Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2013

Registration No. 333-185269

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 5

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1531   90-0907433

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

(480) 840-8100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Darrell C. Sherman, Esq.

Vice President and General Counsel

4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

(480) 840-8100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

John C. Kennedy, Esq.

Lawrence G. Wee, Esq.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

(212) 373-3000

 

Julie H. Jones, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

(617) 951-7000

 

William J. Whelan III, Esq.

Joseph D. Zavaglia, Esq.

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019-7475

(212) 474-1000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 

 

Title Of Each Class Of

Securities To Be Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering

Price per share

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount Of
Registration Fee(2)(3)

Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share

  27,381,500   $22.00   $602,393,000   $82,166

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes 3,571,500 shares of Class A common stock which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) Previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Dated April 4, 2013

23,810,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, which we refer to in this prospectus as “TMHC,” is offering 23,810,000 shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $20.00 and $22.00 per share.

We have been approved to list the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TMHC,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

 

After the completion of this offering, our Principal Equityholders (as defined in this prospectus) will own a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, will have the ability to elect a majority of our board of directors and will have substantial influence over our governance.

Investing in the Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 25.

PRICE $         PER SHARE

 

     Price to Public      Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
     Proceeds to
Company (1)
 

Per Share

   $                    $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                    $                

 

  (1) We intend to use approximately $275.0 million of the proceeds plus $7.0 million of cash on hand to purchase a portion of the existing investments of the Principal Equityholders and other equityholders in our company.

TMHC has granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional 3,571,500 shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                     , 2013.

 

 

 

Credit Suisse   Citigroup

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan   Zelman Partners LLC

 

 

 

HSBC   Wells Fargo Securities  

FBR

 

JMP Securities

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

STATEMENT REGARDING INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     ii   

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     25   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     50   

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     53   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     58   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     59   

CAPITALIZATION

     60   

DILUTION

     61   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     63   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     71   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     73   

INDUSTRY

     123   

BUSINESS

     129   

 

     Page  

MANAGEMENT

     153   

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

     162   

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     196   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     201   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     204   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     210   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     214   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

     217   

UNDERWRITING

     221   

LEGAL MATTERS

     227   

EXPERTS

     227   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     227   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   
 

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Trademarks

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

i


Table of Contents

STATEMENT REGARDING INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Any market or industry data contained in this prospectus is based on a variety of sources, including internal data and estimates, independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Industry publications and other published sources generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from third-party sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources. Accordingly, investors should not place significant reliance on such data and information.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer (1) subsequent to the reorganization transactions described under “Organizational Structure” (referred to in this prospectus as the “Reorganization Transactions”), to TMHC and its consolidated subsidiaries, (2) prior to the consummation of this offering and the Reorganization Transactions and following the date of our acquisition by our principal equityholders (referred to in this prospectus as the “Acquisition”) in July 2011, to TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“TMM” or the “Successor”) and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (3) prior to the Acquisition, to the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc (the “Predecessor”). References to “Taylor Morrison Holdings” are to Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., the indirect parent company of our U.S. business. References to “Monarch Communities” are to Monarch Communities Inc., the indirect parent company of our Canadian business. See “—The Reorganization Transactions” and “Organizational Structure.” References to “TPG Global” are to TPG Global, LLC, and references to “TPG” are to TPG Global and its affiliates. References to “Oaktree” are to investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or their respective subsidiaries that are invested in TMM prior to this offering. References to “JH” are to investment funds managed by JH Investments Inc. or its subsidiary that are invested in TMM prior to this offering and will be directly invested in New TMM (as defined elsewhere in this “Prospectus Summary”) or indirectly invested in New TMM through the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles (as described elsewhere in this “Prospectus Summary”).

Where we present information on a “pro forma” basis, such information gives pro forma effect to this offering, the Acquisition and Financing Transactions (as defined elsewhere in this “Prospectus Summary”) and the Reorganization Transactions in the manner described in this prospectus under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.” References to the information or results of “unconsolidated joint ventures” refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada. Unless otherwise indicated, when we refer to average sales price of our homes the amounts referred to do not include our sales from our unconsolidated joint ventures. Amounts expressed in “$” or “dollars” refer to U.S. dollars.

Our Company

Upon completion of this offering, we will be one of the largest public homebuilders in North America. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master-planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.

Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 37% and 17%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Dallas, Austin, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the Greater Toronto Area (“GTA”) and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Throughout our markets, we build and sell a broad mix of homes across diverse price points ranging from $120,000 to more than $1,000,000. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to first- and second-time move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings as reported by Hanley Wood and 2012 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.

As explained in greater detail in this prospectus summary, our management believes our business is distinguished by our:

 

   

strong historical financial performance and industry-leading margins;

 

   

solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity with which to execute our growth plan;

 

   

significant land inventory, representing approximately eleven years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings, carried at a low cost basis;

 

   

top-10 market share in historically high-growth homebuilding markets;

 

   

profitable Canadian business;

 

   

expertise in delivering “lifestyle” communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers; and

 

   

reputation for quality and customer service, based on customer surveys.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we closed 4,014 homes, consisting of 2,933 homes in the United States and 1,081 homes in Canada, including 232 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price across North America of $364,000. During the same period, we generated $1.4 billion in revenues, $430.8 million in net income and $228.8 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 6 under the caption “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information”). In the United States, for the year ended December 31, 2012, our sales orders increased approximately 45.8% as compared to 2011, and we averaged 2.9 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 1.7 sales per active selling community per month in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we offered homes in 128 active selling communities and had a backlog of 4,112 homes sold but not closed, including 909 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.4 billion.

Our Industry

United States

The residential housing industry has historically been a significant contributor to economic activity in the United States. From 1970 to 2007, the residential housing sector represented an average of approximately 4.5% of U.S. annual gross domestic product and then declined to an average of 2.5% of U.S. annual GDP from 2008 to 2012. Similarly, total new home starts averaged 1.55 million per year from 1960 to 2007 and then declined to an average of 687,000 per year from 2008 to 2012.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Total New Home Starts

(in thousands)

 

LOGO

We believe that a U.S. housing recovery is underway on a national basis, driven by consumers who are increasingly optimistic about their economic prospects and supported by several recent positive economic and demographic factors observed by our management including:

 

   

improving employment growth;

 

   

increasing consumer confidence, bolstered by rising home values and improving household finances;

 

   

improving sentiment towards residential real estate ownership;

 

   

accelerating household formation;

 

   

significant declines in new and existing for-sale home inventory; and

 

   

record low interest rates supporting affordability and home ownership.

We believe that the improvement in the U.S. housing market is illustrated by a number of key benchmarks and statistics. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, building permits for privately owned homes in January 2013 were estimated at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 925,000, representing an approximate 35% increase over the January 2012 estimate of 684,000. The increase in new building permits is consistent with an average of 37% and 58% year-over-year growth in new home orders and backlog, respectively, reported by the top 10 public homebuilders (ranking based on 2011 revenues reported by Hanley Wood), based on the most recently reported quarterly data as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, home prices in the United States are generally increasing, with the strongest price increases in the last seven years occurring in the fourth quarter of 2012. According to the National Association of Realtors, U.S. median home prices improved on a year-over-year basis in 133 out of 152 Metropolitan Statistical Areas (“MSA”) in the fourth quarter of 2012. Based on data from the U.S. Census Bureau, new home prices increased approximately 10% year-over-year in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Canada

The Canadian housing market has been more stable than the U.S. housing market over the last five years. The relative consistency of the Canadian housing market, particularly in Ontario where we operate, is principally a result of demand due to growth in employment and immigration. For instance, the Canadian housing market has exhibited stable housing starts, a balanced sales-to-listings ratio and steady long-term growth in housing prices. In addition, Canadian home buying practices reflect a number of stabilizing structural, mortgage lending, legal and general market characteristics that have allowed the Canadian housing market to grow at a sustainable pace and to experience significantly lower mortgage default rates over the past decade, as compared to the United States.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Ontario represents approximately one-third of the total Canadian new home market, as measured by total housing starts, and benefits from positive demographic and economic growth trends. For example, the population and GDP of Ontario between 2008 and 2011 increased by approximately 4.4% and 9.5%, respectively. Ontario housing starts increased from 68,123 in 2007 to an estimated level of 77,600 in 2012, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 2.6%. Similarly, average home prices in Ontario increased from CAD$299,610 in 2007 to an estimated average price of CAD$386,000 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 5.2%. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (“CMHC”) projected in its First Quarter 2013 Housing Market Outlook for Ontario housing starts to moderate to approximately 60,800 in 2013 before modestly increasing to 62,900 in 2014 and for average home prices in Ontario to remain relatively flat at approximately CAD$382,200 in 2013 and CAD$390,000 in 2014.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our business is characterized by the following competitive strengths:

Strong historical financial performance with industry-leading margins

We have a profitable and scalable operating platform, which we believe positions us well to take advantage of the continued recovery we expect in the U.S. housing industry. We are among a select few of our public homebuilding peers to be profitable in each of 2010, 2011 and 2012. We generated net income of $90.6 million in 2010, $76.8 million in 2011 and $430.8 million in 2012. Our pre-tax income margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 11.9%, which was the highest among the top 10 largest publicly traded U.S. homebuilders for fiscal 2012, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders.

We believe that our management approach, which balances a decentralized local market expertise with a centralized executive management focus on maximizing efficiencies, will support our strong margins and further grow our profitability. Our operating platform is scalable, which we believe allows us to increase volume while at the same time improving profitability and driving shareholder returns.

During the recent housing downturn, we improved our margins by aligning our headcount to reflect local and national industry conditions, standardizing systems and processes across business units and reducing construction and procurement costs through standardized national, regional and local contracts.

Solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity for growth

We are well-positioned with a solid balance sheet and sufficient liquidity with which to service our debt obligations, support our ongoing operations and take advantage of growth opportunities as the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market continues. At December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $845.0 million in outstanding indebtedness and a net debt-to-net book capitalization of 28.9% (or total debt-to-total book capitalization of 37.9%). Also at December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $283.6 million of unrestricted cash and approximately $163.8 million of availability under our senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). Less than 26% of our approximately $1.0 billion of currently outstanding debt matures before 2020.

The balance sheet carrying value of our entire inventory base was adjusted to fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011. The purchase accounting adjustments resulted in a comprehensive revaluation of our entire land inventory near the bottom of the recent U.S. housing downturn. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments, the carrying value of our U.S. land inventory at the time of the Acquisition represented 52% of its original cost. We believe this reduced cost basis positions us to generate strong margins in the future.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Significant land inventory carried at a low cost basis

We continue to benefit from a sizeable and well-located existing land inventory. As of December 31, 2012, we owned or controlled 43,987 lots, including unconsolidated joint venture lots, which equated to approximately eleven years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings of 4,014 homes. Our land inventory reflects our balanced approach to investments, yielding a distribution of finished lots available for near-term homebuilding operations and strategic land positions to support future growth. Our significant land inventory allows us to be selective in identifying new land acquisition opportunities and positions us against potential land shortages in markets that exhibit land supply constraints. In addition, some of our holdings represent multi-phase, master-planned communities, which provide us with the opportunity to utilize our development expertise to add value through re-entitlements, repositioning and/or opportunistic land sales to third parties.

Since January 1, 2009, we have spent approximately $1.0 billion on new land purchases, acquiring 25,532 lots, of which 21,334 currently remain in our lot supply. We believe a substantial portion of our current land holdings was purchased at attractive prices at or near the low point of the market. We believe our local, well-established relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors and our knowledge of the local markets position us to be quick to market both to identify land and to gain access to such sellers, brokers and investors. We also believe that our long-held reputation as a leading homebuilder and developer of land, combined with our balance sheet strength and our active opportunistic purchasing of land through the downturn, gives land brokers and sellers confidence that they can close transactions with us on a timely basis and with minimal execution risk.

Strong market position and local presence in high-growth homebuilding markets

Our focused geographic footprint positions us to participate in the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market. The U.S. housing market experienced a significant downturn from 2006 to 2011 but has recently shown signs of recovery. We currently operate exclusively in states benefiting from positive momentum in housing demand drivers, including nationally leading population and employment growth trends, migration patterns, housing affordability and desirable lifestyle and weather characteristics. The five states in which we operate accounted for 30% of the total 2010 U.S. population of 309 million and 35% of the 514,200 building permits issued for privately owned homes in 2012.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Our land inventory is concentrated in markets that have experienced significant improvement in home prices. We believe that our geographic footprint enables us to capture the benefits of expected increasing home volumes and home prices as the U.S. housing recovery continues and demand for new homes increases. The following table sets forth, for each of our U.S. markets, information relating to growth in median existing home price, projected growth in employment, projected growth in single-family permits, home affordability and our market ranking.

 

U.S. Market

   Median existing
home price 1-yr

growth rate as of 
Dec. 31, 2012
    Employment
growth
2012-2014
estimated CAGR
    Single-Family
permit growth
2012-2014
estimated CAGR
    Affordability
ratio (1)

as of
Dec. 31, 2012
    2012
Taylor Morrison
market share
ranking (2)
 

Austin

     5.3     3.8     30.1     70.2     6   

Dallas (3)

     6.2        3.0        40.3        79.6        16   

Denver

     6.2        2.4        57.5        66.4        9   

Fort Myers (4)

     15.7        3.2        70.0        83.2        10   

Houston (3)

     4.7        2.9        20.3        75.7        7   

Jacksonville

     0.3        1.9        46.9        84.0        8   

Naples (5)

     1.6        3.2        59.5        53.3        7   

Orange County

     2.3        2.1        55.5        47.3        4   

Orlando

     3.8        2.6        56.9        81.7        8   

Phoenix

     18.6        2.5        95.3        79.8        4   

Sacramento

     2.6        2.2        83.5        73.1        4   

San Diego

     0.9        2.2        70.7        49.0        14   

San Francisco

     4.8        2.2        54.1        33.6        11   

San Jose

     8.7        2.1        43.6        38.8        6   

Sarasota (5)

     9.7        2.5        55.8        73.6        6   

Tampa

     4.9        1.9        51.3        77.0        4   

 

          

TM markets average

     6.0 %       2.5 %       55.7 %       66.6 %       8   

US average

     3.1        2.0        52.9        68.8        N/A   

 

Source: Hanley Wood.

(1) The affordability ratio is the percentage of households that can afford the median-priced existing home. The calculation assumes a 20% down payment and a 30-year fixed rate mortgage at the Freddie Mac mortgage rate published just prior to period end and assumes that total monthly payments (including mortgage, property taxes and insurance) cannot exceed 30% of gross household income.
(2) Market rankings based on number of home closings between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012.
(3) Includes the historical business of Darling Homes for periods prior to its acquisition by us on December 31, 2012. See “—Recent Developments.”
(4) Based on Hanley Wood data as of November 30, 2012 (most recent publication for this market).
(5) Based on Hanley Wood data as of October 31, 2012 (most recent publication for this market).

We are well-positioned within our markets. As set forth in the table above, we have a top-ten market share in 13 of our 16 U.S. markets. We believe that maintaining significant market share within our markets enables us to achieve economies of scale, differentiates us from most of our competitors and increases our access to land acquisition opportunities.

Profitable Monarch business in Ontario

We benefit from increased diversification through our presence in the Canadian housing market because of our Monarch business in Ontario. Monarch Corporation delivered its first home in 1936 and since that time has become a recognized brand in Canada. Monarch Corporation has generated stable income and cash flow and has been profitable every year since 1941. Since 2008, the first full year after our U.S. and Canadian operations were combined, our Canada region has generated between 27% and 46% of our annual revenues and has played an

 

 

6


Table of Contents

important role in delivering growth, profitability and cash flow, which helped us withstand the recent downturn in the U.S. housing industry. As of December 31, 2012, Monarch Corporation had $732.9 million in backlog of homes sold and to be delivered in 2013 through 2016, including $313.3 million of unconsolidated joint venture backlog.

Monarch Corporation has six wholly owned and joint venture high-rise developments in the GTA which are expected to close and recognize revenue in 2013 and 2014 and which have sold in excess of 95% of the aggregate number of the homes offered in those developments. These high-rise developments are expected to recognize in excess of $350 million in total revenues, a portion of which we will recognize as joint venture income on an equity method basis.

Expertise in delivering lifestyle communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers

We focus on developing lifestyle communities, which have many distinguishing attributes, including proximity to job centers, strong school systems and a variety of amenities. Within our communities, we offer award-winning home designs through our single-family detached, single-family attached and high-rise condominium products. During the economic downturn, we maintained our core business strategy of focusing on first- and second-time move-up buyers, whereas we observed many homebuilders refocus their businesses on lower-priced homes. We believe our experience in the move-up market allows us to significantly expand our new home offerings at higher price points. We believe homebuyers at these higher price points are more likely to value and pay for the quality of lifestyle, construction and amenities for which we are known. While we primarily target move-up buyers, our portfolio also includes homes for entry-level, luxury and active adult buyers (55 years of age and over). We have the expertise and track record in designing and delivering lifestyle products and amenities that we believe appeal to active adult buyers.

 

LOGO

Our captive mortgage company allows us to offer financing to our homebuyers and to more effectively convert backlog into closings

We directly originate, underwrite and fund mortgages for our homebuyers through our wholly owned mortgage lending company, Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC (“TMHF”). TMHF maintains relationships with several correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. We believe TMHF provides a distinct competitive advantage relative to homebuilders without captive mortgage units, since many of our buyers seek an integrated home buying experience. While we believe many other homebuilders with a captive mortgage company use a single lender, our multi-lender platform provides us with the ability to leverage a broad range of

 

 

7


Table of Contents

products and underwriting and pricing options for the benefit of our home buyers. Therefore, TMHF allows us to use mortgage finance as an additional sales tool, helps ensure and enhance the customer experience, prequalifies buyers earlier in the home buying process, provides us better visibility in converting our sales order backlog into closings and is a source of incremental revenues and profitability. TMHF outperforms a number of builder-affiliated mortgage companies, as evidenced by our industry-leading capture rate of 84% in 2012 (compared to an average of 73% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data). TMHF also had one of the lowest sales cancellation rates among our publicly traded peers with mortgage units, which was 15% in 2012, compared to an average of 19% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data.

Highly experienced management team

We benefit from an experienced management team that has demonstrated the ability to generate positive financial results and adapt to constantly changing market conditions. In addition to our corporate management team, our division presidents bring substantial industry knowledge and local market expertise, with an average of approximately 18 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Our success in land acquisition and development is due in large part to the caliber of our local management teams, which are responsible for the planning, design, entitlements and eventual execution of the entire community. Unlike some of our homebuilding peers, our management team chose to retain a core competency in land acquisition and development during the recent downturn, which positions us to more effectively identify and capitalize on land opportunities in the current market.

Our Growth Strategy

We have performed well through the unprecedented challenges of the recent economic downturn. We believe we are well-positioned for growth and increased profitability in an improving housing market through disciplined execution of the following elements of our growth strategy:

Drive revenue by opening new communities from existing land supply

Over the last few years we have strategically invested in new land in our core markets. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 50% in 2013 and approximately 30% in 2014. We also currently own or have an option to purchase over 95% of the land on which we expect to close homes during 2013 and 2014. A significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle. Although future downturns may occur, these land purchases, coupled with the adjustment of our land cost basis to fair market value at the time of our Acquisition, are expected to result in continued revenue growth and strong gross margin performance from our U.S. communities.

Combine land acquisition and development expertise with homebuilding operations to maximize profitability

Our ability to identify, acquire and develop land in desirable locations and on favorable terms is critical to our success. We evaluate land opportunities based on how we expect they will contribute to overall corporate profitability and returns, rather than how they might drive volume on a regional or submarket basis. We continue to use our local relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors to seek to obtain the “first look” at quality land opportunities. We expect to continue to allocate capital to pursue creative deal structures and other opportunities with the goal of achieving superior returns by utilizing our development expertise, efficiency and opportunistic mindset.

We continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots. Unlike many of our competitors, we believe we are able to increase the value of our land portfolio through the

 

 

8


Table of Contents

zoning and engineering process by creating attractive land use plans and optimizing our use of land, which ultimately translates into greater opportunities to generate profits.

Focus our offerings on targeted customer groups

Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We have identified seven consumer groups by focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our “Fancy Nesters” customers, and three categories of families, such as our “Parks and Prestige” customers.

Our approach to consumer group segmentation guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed-marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly-trafficked website which provides innovative tools that are designed to enhance our customers’ home buying experience.

Build aspirational homes for our customers and deliver superior customer service

We develop communities and build homes in which our target customers aspire to live. In order to deliver aspirational homes, we purchase well-located land and focus on developing attractive neighborhoods and communities with desirable lifestyle amenities. Our efforts culminate in the design and construction of thoughtfully detailed finished homes utilizing the highest construction standards.

We are committed to after-sales service that we believe can improve our brand recognition and encourage our customers to make referrals resulting in lower customer acquisition costs and increased home sales rates. Both the Taylor Morrison and Monarch brands have received numerous accolades and awards for quality, service and design by homebuilding industry trade groups and publications, such as the 2009 award for “Best Customer Experience” by a large homebuilder in the United States by AVID Awards and Builder magazine’s “Builder’s Choice” Hall of Fame award in 2009.

Selectively pursue acquisitions

Our company was formed through the combination of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. We have successfully acquired and integrated homebuilding businesses in the past and intend to utilize our experience in integrating businesses as opportunities for acquisitions arise.

We selectively evaluate expansion opportunities in our existing markets as well as in new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For instance, in December 2012 we acquired the assets of Darling Interests, Inc., a Texas-based home builder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. We believe that our success in integrating operations across both a wide range of geographic markets and product types demonstrates the scalable nature of our business model and provides us with the structure to support disciplined growth in existing and new markets.

Adhere to our core operating principles to drive consistent long-term performance

We recognize that the housing market is cyclical and home price movement between the peak and trough of cycles can be significant. We seek to maximize shareholder value over the long-term and therefore operate our business to mitigate risks from downturns in the market and to position ourselves to capitalize on upturns in the

 

 

9


Table of Contents

market: we seek to control costs, maintain a solid balance sheet and ensure an overall strategic focus that is informed by national, regional and local market trends. This management approach also includes the following elements:

 

   

attracting and retaining top talent through a culture in which team members are encouraged to contribute to our success and are given the opportunity to recognize their full potential;

 

   

balancing decentralized local day-to-day decision-making responsibility with centralized corporate oversight;

 

   

ensuring all team members understand the organization’s strategy and the goals of the business and have the tools to contribute to our success;

 

   

centralizing management approval of all land acquisitions and dispositions under stringent underwriting requirements; and

 

   

maintaining a performance-based corporate culture committed to the highest standards of integrity, ethics and professionalism.

Risks Associated with our Business and Growth Strategy

While we have set forth our competitive strengths and our strategy above, the homebuilding industry is a competitive industry, and we face certain challenges. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. These factors may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned.

Below is a summary of certain key risk factors and a description of certain challenges we face in our business that you should consider in evaluating an investment in shares of our Class A common stock:

 

   

the U.S. housing market may not recover to the extent or on the timetable we expect;

 

   

downturns or cyclical economic conditions affecting the housing industry in the particular geographic markets in which we operate;

 

   

competition in our industry, which is significant;

 

   

failure to manage land acquisition strategies;

 

   

access to, and the cost of, qualified labor and raw materials may be affected by factors beyond our control;

 

   

our inability to continue to source land at attractive prices;

 

   

increases in homebuyers’ financing costs;

 

   

increases in the cancellation rates of existing agreements of sale with our homebuyers;

 

   

increases in home warranty and construction defect claims made in the ordinary course of our business;

 

   

cost overruns in the land acquisition, development and construction processes;

 

   

increases in government regulation, impact fees and development charges; and

 

   

our ability to continue to comply with the covenants in our debt agreements and service our indebtedness.

The above list is not exhaustive, and the additional risks and challenges we face are described under the caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus. These risks and challenges or other unforeseen events could impair our ability to operate our business or inhibit our strategic plans.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

The Reorganization Transactions

Prior to this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, our business and operations were conducted by subsidiaries of TMM. In the Reorganization Transactions, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM, including the Principal Equityholders (as described below) and certain members of our management and our board, will, through a series of transactions, contribute their limited partnership interests in TMM to a new limited partnership, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“New TMM”), such that TMM and the general partner of TMM will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of New TMM. TMHC will, through a series of transactions, become the sole owner of the general partner of New TMM, and TMHC will use the net cash proceeds received in this offering to purchase common partnership units in New TMM (“New TMM Units”).

Immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions, partnership interests in TMM were divided into three categories of units: Class A Units, Class J Units and Class M Units. The Principal Equityholders and certain members of our management and our board held all of the Class A Units. JH, one of the Principal Equityholders, held all of the Class J Units. Certain members of our management and our board held all of the Class M Units. Holders of the Class J Units and Class M Units were not entitled to receive distributions unless specified return thresholds were met and all capital contributed to TMM by holders of Class A Units has been returned. Class M Units were issued as long-term incentive compensation for members of our management and our board and were subject to time-vesting or performance-vesting.

In the Reorganization Transactions:

 

   

TPG and Oaktree will each form a holding vehicle;

 

   

Our Principal Equityholders and members of our management and our board will directly or indirectly exchange all of their respective Class A Units, Class J Units and performance-vesting Class M Units in TMM on a one-for-one basis for new equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with terms that are substantially the same as the Class A Units (other than certain Class A Units exchanged by JH as described below), Class J Units (other than with respect to certain vesting conditions) and performance-vesting Class M Units in TMM surrendered for exchange;

 

   

JH will exchange a portion of its Class A Units in TMM for New TMM Units to be held by JH;

 

   

Members of our management and our board will exchange all of their time-vesting Class M Units in TMM for New TMM Units with vesting terms that are substantially the same as those of the Class M Units surrendered for exchange;

 

   

The vesting terms of the equity interests in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and New TMM Units received by members of our management and our board will be identical to the current vesting terms of the Class M Units of TMM prior to their exchange. No equity interests in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles or New TMM Units held by members of our management and our board will vest as a result of the completion of this offering;

 

   

New TMM will directly or indirectly acquire all of the Class A Units, Class J Units and Class M Units outstanding prior to the Reorganization Transactions; and

 

   

The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will directly or indirectly acquire New TMM Units.

Immediately following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the limited partners of New TMM will consist of TMHC, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board. The number of New TMM Units issued to each of the TPG and Oaktree holding

 

 

11


Table of Contents

vehicles, JH and members of our management and our board as described above will be determined using the same methodology and based on a hypothetical cash distribution by TMM of our pre-IPO value to the holders of Class A Units, Class J Units and Class M Units of TMM and the price per share paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

For example, based on an assumed public offering price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth in the cover page of this prospectus), our pre-IPO valuation would be $2,226.4 million (calculated using an assumed price paid per share by the underwriters in this offering of $19.74). Based on these facts, a member of management who would be entitled to receive $200,000 in respect of such manager’s time-vesting Class M Units in a hypothetical distribution of the assumed pre-IPO value of TMM would receive 10,132 New TMM Units in the Reorganization Transactions (determined by dividing $200,000 by the assumed price paid per share by the underwriters in this offering).

The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and members of our management and our board will also be issued a number of shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units that each will receive.

Following the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, TMHC will hold 19.5% of the New TMM Units, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will each hold an aggregate of 39.3% of the New TMM Units, JH will hold 0.5% of the New TMM Units and members of our management and our board will directly hold an aggregate of 1.4% of the New TMM Units (in each case based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

TMHC will control the sole general partner of New TMM, which will control TMM. TMHC will directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. TMHC will consolidate the financial results of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries, and TMHC’s net income (loss) will be reduced by a noncontrolling interest expense to reflect the entitlement of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) to a portion of New TMM’s net income (loss). See “Organizational Structure” for further details.

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which we collectively refer to as “common stock,” will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders. The Class B common stock will not entitle its holders to any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) that will be provided to holders of Class A common stock. The total voting power of the outstanding Class A common stock will be proportional to the percentage of New TMM Units held by TMHC, and the total voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the remaining percentage of New TMM Units not held by TMHC. New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board described above together with a corresponding number of Class B shares of common stock of TMHC may be exchanged for shares of Class A common stock of TMHC on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments and according to the terms of the Exchange Agreement to which TMHC, New TMM, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board will be a party upon completion of this offering.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Post-Reorganization Structure

The following chart summarizes our legal entity structure following the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us:

LOGO

See “Organizational Structure,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Description of Capital Stock” for more information on the Exchange Agreement and the rights associated with our common stock and the New TMM Units.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Our Principal Equityholders

In this prospectus, we refer to (i) the affiliates of TPG that are invested in TMM prior to this offering, (ii) Oaktree and (iii) JH, collectively, as our “Principal Equityholders.” Following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, the Principal Equityholders, through the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, will own a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and will be parties to a stockholders agreement pursuant to which they agree to vote for each other’s nominees to the TMHC board of directors. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange on which the shares of Class A common stock will be listed. See “Principal Stockholders.”

TPG

TPG is a leading global private investment firm founded in 1992 with $54.7 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2012 and offices in San Francisco, Fort Worth, Austin, Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, London, Luxembourg, Melbourne, Moscow, Mumbai, New York, Paris, São Paulo, Shanghai, Singapore and Tokyo. TPG has extensive experience with global public and private investments executed through leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, spinouts, growth investments, joint ventures and restructurings.

Oaktree

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“Oaktree Capital Management”) is a leading global investment management firm focused on alternative markets, with an estimated $77.1 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2012. The firm emphasizes an opportunistic, value-oriented and risk-controlled approach to investments in distressed debt, corporate debt (including high yield debt and senior loans), control investing, convertible securities, real estate and listed equities. Oaktree was founded in 1995 by a group of principals who have worked together since the mid-1980s. Headquartered in Los Angeles, the firm has over 700 employees and offices in 13 cities worldwide.

JH Investments

JH Investments Inc. (“JH Investments”) is a Vancouver, Canada-based private company with investments in a wide variety of businesses including real estate development in Canada and the United States, an international resort development and consulting business operated through RePlay Resorts and an alternative energy business operated through Elemental Energy.

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH. The stockholders agreement will contain provisions related to the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC, the committees of the Board of Directors of TMHC and TMHC’s corporate governance (including requiring that certain actions and significant business decisions be approved by directors nominated by TPG and Oaktree). Under the stockholders agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be entitled to nominate a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of TMHC and will agree to vote for each other’s board nominees. The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and TMHC will also enter into governance agreements with each of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities. See “Management—Board Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” and “—Governance Agreements.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Acquisition by the Principal Equityholders and Financing Transactions

Affiliates of the Principal Equityholders formed TMM in March 2011, and on July 13, 2011, TMM acquired Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. (now known as Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc. or “TMC”) and Monarch Corporation (together with TMC, the “Operating Subsidiaries”) from Taylor Wimpey plc for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. TMC is currently held indirectly by TMM via Taylor Morrison Holdings. We refer to this transaction as the “Acquisition.” To fund a portion of the consideration for the Acquisition, the Principal Equityholders contributed an aggregate of $620.3 million in cash to TMM in exchange for the issuance to them of limited partner interests in TMM (the “Equity Contribution”).

Concurrently with the Equity Contribution and to finance the remaining portion of the consideration for the Acquisition, the Operating Subsidiaries entered into a $625.0 million senior unsecured credit facility with affiliates of TPG and Oaktree, consisting of a $500.0 million bridge loan facility and a $125.0 million incremental bridge loan facility (collectively, the “Sponsor Loan”). In August 2011, we repaid the $125.0 million incremental bridge loan facility. Concurrently with the Acquisition, the Operating Subsidiaries also entered into the Revolving Credit Facility with a syndicate of third party banks and financial institutions, with an aggregate committed principal amount of $75.0 million. On August 15, 2012, we utilized the $50.0 million incremental facility feature under the Revolving Credit Facility to increase the revolving credit commitments from $75.0 million to $125.0 million. On December 27, 2012, we further amended the Revolving Credit Facility to provide for $225.0 million in aggregate revolving credit commitments.

On April 13, 2012, TMC and Monarch Communities completed an offering of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the senior notes to repay $350.0 million of the then outstanding Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be acquired by a subsidiary of TMM, and affiliates of TPG and Oaktree acquired an additional $150.0 million of limited partnership interests in TMM (the “Sponsor Loan Contribution”). On August 21, 2012, we completed the offering of an additional $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020 at an issue price of 105.5%.

We refer to the Acquisition, the Sponsor Loan Contribution, the initial entry into the Revolving Credit Facility (and its subsequent amendment and extension), the two offerings of our senior notes and the use of proceeds from those transactions as the “Acquisition and Financing Transactions.”

Recent Developments

Selected 2013 Operations Data

Based on currently available information, we believe our U.S. net sales orders for the two months ended February 28, 2013 totaled 888 homes, representing a 71% increase as compared to 519 homes in the same period in 2012. Our Canadian net sales orders for the two months ended February 28, 2013 totaled 88 (including 9 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) homes, representing a 39% decline as compared to 145 homes (including 42 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) in the same period in 2012. We believe our total net sales orders totaled 976 homes for the two months ended February 28, 2013, representing a 47% increase as compared to 664 homes in the same period in 2012. We estimate that we had 498 home closings in the United States for the two months ended February 28, 2013, an 84% increase over the 270 home closings in same period in 2012, and 539 home closings on a total basis, a 40% increase over the 385 home closings in same period in 2012. Our home closings in Canada for the two months ended February 28, 2013 decreased 64% to 41 (including two homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) over the 115 home closings (including seven homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) in same period in 2012.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Also based on currently available information, we believe that our U.S. backlog of homes sold but not closed as of February 28, 2013 increased by 128% to 2,254 homes as compared to our U.S. backlog of 990 homes sold but not closed as of February 29, 2012. Our Canadian backlog as of February 28, 2013 decreased by 7% from a backlog of 2,468 homes (including 1,029 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) as of February 29, 2012 to a backlog of 2,293 (including 914 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures). We believe our total backlog was 4,547 homes as of February 28, 2013, a 31% increase over our total backlog of 3,458 homes as of February 29, 2012. We believe that the sales value of our U.S. backlog increased by 218% to $896.0 million, that the sale value of our Canadian backlog decreased by 7% to $735.5 million (including $307.2 million in unconsolidated joint ventures) and that the value of our total backlog increased by 53% to $1.6 billion, each from February 28, 2012 to February 28, 2013. We believe the decline in net sales orders, backlog and closings in Canada are temporary and the result of limited Monarch product availability in 2012 in our single-family communities as well as a reduction in our active high-rise developments in their prime selling phases available to the market. The GTA has also seen a moderation in sales activity compared to the prior periods.

The preliminary financial and other data set forth in this section has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. The foregoing information and estimates have not been compiled or examined by our independent auditors nor have our independent auditors performed any procedures with respect to this information or expressed any opinion or any form of assurance on such information. In addition, the foregoing information and estimates are subject to revision as we prepare our financial statements and other disclosures as of and for the three months ending March 31, 2013, including all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. Because we have not completed our normal quarterly closing and review procedures for the three months ending March 31, 2013, and subsequent events may occur that require material adjustments to these results, the final results and other disclosures for the three months ending March 31, 2013 may differ materially from these estimates. These estimates should not be viewed as a substitute for full financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or as a measure of performance. In addition, these estimated results of operations and other data are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the full quarter ending March 31, 2013 or any future period. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements.”

Acquisition of Darling Homes

On December 31, 2012, Taylor Morrison, Inc., through its subsidiary Darling Homes of Texas, LLC, acquired the assets of Darling Interests, Inc. (“Darling”), a Texas-based homebuilder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. Darling is a well-established builder whose products complement our existing product lines in Texas. We believe the acquisition of Darling has given us a strong presence in the Dallas homebuilding market and will expand our current operations in Houston.

The consideration for the acquisition of the Darling assets included an initial cash payment of $115.0 million, which is subject to post-closing adjustment under certain circumstances. A portion of this amount was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Approximately $26.0 million of additional consideration for the acquisition was financed by the sellers. Subsequent payments of up to an aggregate of $50.0 million, plus 5% of any cumulative EBIT (or earnings before interest and taxes) attributable to the acquired assets above $229.5 million over the four year period following December 31, 2012, may be made to the sellers pursuant to an earn-out arrangement. Darling generated revenues of $181.9 million and $261.4 million, and closed 409 and 624 homes, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Amendment to Revolving Credit Facility

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend and restate the Revolving Credit Facility in order to convert the Revolving Credit Facility into an unsecured facility and increase the aggregate amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to $400.0 million, of which $200.0 million would be available

 

 

16


Table of Contents

for letters of credit. We also expect the amendment will permit us to increase the Revolving Credit Facility by up to an additional $200.0 million through an incremental facility. We expect that the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility will permit us to borrow up to the full commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility unless the capitalization ratio as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter exceeds 0.55 to 1.00, in which case borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility will be measured by reference to a borrowing base formula to be calculated quarterly. The amendment will also extend the maturity date of the facility to March 2017. The amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility may include certain financial and restrictive covenants similar to those currently in place, including covenants to maintain net worth and capitalization ratios and to restrict distributions and the incurrence of liens. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility.” There can be no assurance that we will successfully amend and restate the Revolving Credit Facility on these terms or at all.

Corporate and Other Information

We have been building homes since 1936. The July 2007 merger between Taylor Woodrow and George Wimpey, two UK-based, publicly listed homebuilders, resulted in the formation of Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent, and the subsequent integration of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. TMHC was incorporated in Delaware in November 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, Arizona 85251 and the telephone number is (480) 840-8100.

We also maintain internet sites at http://www.taylormorrison.com, http://www.darlinghomes.com and http://www.monarchgroup.net. Our websites and the information contained in our websites or connected to our websites are not and will not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not consider such information part of this prospectus or rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our Class A common stock.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation.

 

Class A common stock offered

23,810,000 shares.

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering and use of proceeds therefrom

23,810,000 shares.

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering and use of proceeds therefrom

98,498,964 shares. Each share of our Class B common stock will have one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders but will have no economic rights (including no rights to dividends or distributions upon liquidation). Shares of our Class B common stock will be issued to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board in an amount equal to the number of New TMM Units held by these holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board. The aggregate voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the aggregate percentage of New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Voting rights

One vote per share; Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Exchange

New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board may be exchanged at any time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary exchange rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. When a New TMM Unit and the corresponding share of our Class B common stock are exchanged by a limited partner of New TMM for a share of Class A common stock, the corresponding share of our Class B common stock will be canceled.

 

Over-allotment option

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 3,571,500 additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price (less underwriting discounts and commissions) to cover over-allotments, if any, for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering before the payment of expenses will be approximately $470.0 million ($540.5 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) based on an assumed

 

 

18


Table of Contents
 

initial public offering price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). TMHC will use $195.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM. New TMM will contribute such net proceeds to its subsidiaries. New TMM’s subsidiaries intend to use such proceeds to redeem $181.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior notes. TMHC intends to use the remaining $275.0 million of proceeds from this offering, together with $7.0 million of cash on hand, to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management. To the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, the additional net proceeds will be used to purchase additional New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. We will use cash on hand to pay the estimated $10.0 million of expenses in connection with this offering. For additional information, see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

  Following this offering, in accordance with our growth strategy, we intend to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions. We intend to use any proceeds from such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

Dividend policy

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock or to make distributions from New TMM to its limited partners (other than to TMHC to fund its operations). We plan to retain any earnings for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth.

 

Listing

We have been approved to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TMHC,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

Risk factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments;

 

   

assumes 7,956,955 shares are issuable under options to purchase shares of Class A common stock, restricted stock units or other similar awards, including those that may be granted in connection with this offering, under the Taylor Morrison 2013 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”);

 

   

assumes 98,498,964 shares of Class A common stock are reserved for issuance upon the exchange of New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock); and

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

 

19


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The summary combined financial information of TMM set forth below for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of TMM’s predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial information set forth below as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, and as of December 31, 2011, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of TMM (the “successor”) included elsewhere in this prospectus. The predecessor period financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The successor period financial statements for periods ending subsequent to July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) are also prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, although they reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. As a result, the financial information for periods subsequent to the date of the Acquisition is not necessarily comparable to that for the predecessor periods or to the pro forma financial information presented below.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data of TMHC for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2012. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data of TMHC as of December 31, 2012 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on December 31, 2012. At the consummation of this offering, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we estimate we will record a one-time, non-cash charge that is estimated to be $76.4 million (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and other factors) in respect of the modification of the Class J Units in TMM resulting from the termination of the JHI Partnership Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) between JH and TMM and the direct or indirect exchange (on a one-for-one basis) of the Class J Units for units having substantially equivalent performance vesting and distribution terms in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. The charge is reflected on our unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and is offset in the noncontrolling interest of TMHC. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Exchange of Class J Units in TMM.”

In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions. We intend to use any remaining proceeds from this offering and proceeds from such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. Our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not give effect to any such debt financing.

The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the relevant transactions on the historical financial information of TMHC, TMM and its predecessor. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the consolidated results of operations or financial position of TMM or TMHC that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial information presented below does not purport to be indicative of results of future operations and should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information included elsewhere in this prospectus under the captions “Organizational Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Capitalization.”

 

    TMHC     Successor           Predecessor  
   

Pro Forma
Year
Ended
December 31,

   

Year
Ended
December 31,

   

July 13 to
December 31,

         

January 1
to

July 12,

   

Year Ended
December 31,

 
($ in thousands, except per                
share amounts)   2012     2012     2011           2011     2010  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Home closings revenue

  $ 1,369,452      $ 1,369,452      $ 731,216          $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160   

Land closings revenue

    44,408        44,408        10,657            13,639        12,116   

Financial services revenue

    21,861        21,861        8,579            6,027        12,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,435,721        1,435,721        750,452            619,735        1,297,867   

Cost of home closings(1)

    1,072,640        1,077,525        591,891            474,534        1,003,172   

Cost of land closings

    35,884        35,884        8,583            7,133        6,028   

Inventory impairments

    —          —          —              —          4,054   

Financial services expenses

    11,266        11,266        4,495            3,818        7,246   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    315,931        311,046        145,483            134,250        277,367   

Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs

    80,907        80,907        36,316            40,126        85,141   

General and administrative expenses

    63,952        60,444        32,883            35,743        66,232   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

    (22,964     (22,964     (5,247         (2,803     (5,319

Interest expense (income)—net

    (2,446     (2,446     (3,867         941        40,238   

Other income

    (1,644     (1,644     (1,245         (11,783     (10,842

Other expense

    5,211        5,311        3,553            1,125        13,193   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    11,025        7,853        —              —          —     

Transaction expenses

    —          —          39,442            —          —     

Indemnification loss (gain)

    —          13,034        12,850            —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    181,890        170,551        30,798            70,901        88,724   

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (253,463     (260,297     4,031            20,881        (1,878
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    435,354        430,848        26,767            50,020        90,602   

Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests(2)

    (348,159     (28     (1,178         (4,122     (3,235
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to owners

  $ 87,195      $ 430,820      $ 25,589          $ 45,898      $ 87,367   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

    23,810                —          —     

Basic net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock

  $ 3.66                —          —     

Diluted weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

    122,309                —          —     

Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock

  $ 3.56                —          —     

Basic weighted average number of Class A Units outstanding(3)

      723,181        620,646            —          —     

Basic net income (loss) per unit applicable to Class A Units

    $ 0.60      $ 0.04            —          —     

Diluted weighted average number of Class A Units outstanding

      723,181        620,646            —          —     

Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A Units

    $ 0.60      $ 0.04            —          —     

 

 

21


Table of Contents
    TMHC     Successor           Predecessor  
   

Pro Forma
Year
Ended
December 31,

   

Year
Ended
December 31,

   

July 13 to
December 31,

         

January 1
to

July 12,

   

Year Ended
December 31,

 
($ in thousands, except per                
share amounts)   2012     2012     2011           2011     2010  
 

Other Financial Data:

             

Interest incurred(4)

  $ 47,973      $ 62,468      $ 37,605          $ 23,077      $ 85,720   

Depreciation and amortization

    4,370        4,370        2,564            1,655        3,242   

Adjusted home closings gross margin(5)

    322,243        320,684        148,847            144,572        307,193   

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

    23.5     23.4     20.4         24.1     24.1

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

  $ 228,778      $ 228,778      $ 94,223          $ 92,919      $ 176,523   

Adjusted EBITDA margin %(6)

    15.9     15.9     12.6         15.0     13.6
 

Operating Data:

             

Average active selling communities

    122        122        140            151        149   
 

Net sales orders (units)

    4,482        4,482        1,953            2,031        3,347   

Net sales orders - unconsolidated Canadian joint ventures (units)(7)

    360        361        82            63        343   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined net sales orders (units)

    4,842        4,843        2,035            2,094        3,690   
 

U.S. closings (units)

    2,933        2,933        1,282            1,045        2,570   

Canada closings (units)

    849        849        741            797        1,567   

Canada closings (units) - unconsolidated joint ventures(7)

    232        232        54            1        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined closings (units)

    4,014        4,014        2,077            1,843        4,140   
 

U.S. average sales price of homes delivered

  $ 336      $ 336      $ 304          $ 308      $ 274   

Canada average sales price of homes delivered

  $ 451      $ 451      $ 460          $ 349      $ 364   

Canada average sales price of homes delivered - unconsolidated joint ventures(7)

  $ 391      $ 391      $ 527          $ 290      $ 593   

Combined average sales price of homes delivered

  $ 364      $ 364      $ 366          $ 326      $ 308   
 

U.S. backlog at end of period (units)

    1,864        1,864        740            882        503   

Canada backlog at end of period (units)

    1,339        1,339        1,444            1,345        1,562   

Canada backlog at end of period (units) - unconsolidated joint ventures(7)

    909        909        781            781        691   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined backlog at end of period (units)

    4,112        4,112        2,965            3,008        2,756   
 

U.S. backlog at end of period (value)

  $ 716,033      $ 716,033      $ 259,392          $ 311,977      $ 170,503   

Canada backlog value at end of period (value)

  $ 419,607      $ 419,607      $ 473,675          $ 546,104      $ 542,783   

Canada backlog value at end of period (value) - unconsolidated joint ventures(7)

  $ 313,294      $ 313,294      $ 249,458          $ 262,385      $ 217,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined backlog at end of period (value)

  $ 1,448,934      $ 1,448,934      $ 982,525          $ 1,120,466      $ 931,001   

Balance Sheet Data:

 

    TMM     TMHC  
($ in thousands)   As of
December 31,
2012

(Actual)
    As of
December 31,
2012
(Pro Forma)
 
          (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash

  $ 300,567        283,589   

Real estate inventory

    1,633,050        1,633,050   

Total assets

    2,756,815        2,734,893   

Senior notes, loans payable, revolving credit facility borrowings and other borrowings

    947,509        764,679   

Mortgage company debt

    80,360        80,360   

Total debt

    1,027,869        845,039   

Total equity (including noncontrolling interests)

    1,223,333        1,384,316   

 

(1) Does not reflect a pro forma adjustment for the decrease in capitalized interest due to the redemption of some of our senior notes using the proceeds of this offering because the amount of such redemption is not known at this time.
(2) Represents ownership interests in noncontrolled units owned by third parties and, on a pro forma basis only, the interests of the partners of TMM (other than TMHC) in a share of TMM’s net income (loss).
(3) Represents Class A partnership interests in TMM.

 

 

22


Table of Contents
(4) Interest incurred is interest accrued on debt, whether or not paid and whether or not capitalized. Interest incurred includes debt issuance costs, modification fees and waiver fees. Interest incurred is generally capitalized to inventory but is expensed when assets that qualify for interest capitalization no longer exceed debt.
(5) Adjusted home closings gross margin is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management and our local divisions in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions. For a full description of adjusted home closings gross margin, the reasons management believes adjusted home closings gross margin is useful to investors and the limitations associated with adjusted home closings gross margin, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.”

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of adjusted home closings gross margin to home closings gross margin, which is the U.S. GAAP financial measure that management believes to be most directly comparable:

 

    TMHC     Successor         Predecessor  
    Pro  Forma
Year

Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
          January 1  to
July 12,
2011
    Year Ended

December 31,
2010
 
($ in thousands)                

Home closings revenue

  $ 1,369,452      $ 1,369,452      $ 731,216          $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160   

Home closings cost of revenue and impairments(a)

    1,072,640        1,077,525        591,891            474,534        1,005,178   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

    296,812        291,927        139,325            125,535        267,982   

Add:

             

Impairments

    —          —          —              —          2,006   

Capitalized interest amortization

    25,431        28,757        9,531            18,965        37,205   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

  $ 322,243      $ 320,684      $ 148,856          $ 144,500      $ 307,193   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

    21.7     21.3     19.1         20.9     21.0

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

    23.5     23.4     20.4         24.1     24.1

 

  (a) Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through home closings cost of revenue.

 

(6) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures used by management and our local divisions in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions. For a full description of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, the reasons management believes these EBITDA-based measures are useful to investors and the limitations associated with these EBITDA-based measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted EBITDA.”

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

 

    TMHC     Successor           Predecessor  
   

Pro Forma

Year

Ended

December 31,

   

Year

Ended

December 31,

   

July 13 to

December 31,

          January 1  to
July 12,
2011
   

Year Ended

December 31,

 
    2012     2012     2011         2010  

Net income

  $ 435,353      $ 430,848      $ 26,767          $ 50,020      $ 90,602   

Interest (income) expense, net

    (2,446     (2,446     (3,867         941        40,238   

Amortization of capitalized interest(a)

    25,431        30,316        10,114            19,422        37,370   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (253,463     (260,297     4,031            20,881        (1,878

Depreciation and amortization

    4,370        4,370        2,564            1,655        3,242   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    209,245        202,791        39,609            92,919        169,574   

Management fees(b)

    5,000        5,000        2,322            —          2,517   

Land inventory impairments(c)

    —          —          —              —          2,529   

Lot option write-offs(d)

    —          —          —              —          1,525   

Non-cash compensation charge(e)

    3,508        —          —              —          170   

Royalties paid to parent(f)

    —          —          —              —          208   

Early extinguishment of debt(g)

    11,025        7,853        —              —          —     

Transaction-related expenses and indemnification loss(h)

    —          13,134        52,292            —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 228,778      $ 228,778      $ 94,223          $ 92,919      $ 176,523   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

 

  (a) Represents the interest amortized through cost of home and land closings.
  (b) Represents management fees for the provision of certain legal, administrative and other related back-office functions paid to Taylor Wimpey plc prior to the consummation of the Acquisition and management fees paid to our Principal Equityholders following the consummation of the Acquisition. In connection with this offering, the management services agreements will be terminated. For further information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Services Agreements.”
  (c) Represents impairments expensed through cost of home and land closings in connection with fair market value write-downs from cost basis.
  (d) Represents amounts expensed through cost of sales in connection with unexercised land option contracts.
  (e) Represents expenses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2010 in connection with employee stock options linked to the stock of Taylor Wimpey plc, in connection with compensation arrangements in place prior to the consummation of the Acquisition. In the pro forma year ended December 31, 2012, represents non-cash compensation expense related to the vesting of equity awards, including stock options and shares of restricted stock, granted to certain members of management in connection with this offering. See Note (g) to our Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations For Year Ended December 31, 2012 under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”
  (f) Represents royalties paid to Taylor Wimpey plc for certain U.S. and Canadian intellectual property rights, which include trademarks, logos, and domain names which we acquired in October 2009 and September 2010, respectively.
  (g) Represents the write-off of $7.9 million of unamortized deferred financing costs in the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the retirement of the Sponsor Loan. The pro forma amount represents the historical write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in the year ended December 31, 2012, together with a pro forma write-off of an additional $5.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the retirement of $181.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering, net of the recognition of $1.8 million of premium from the redemption of senior notes that were issued on August 21, 2012.
  (h) Represents $39.4 million of fees and expenses incurred by TMM in connection with the Acquisition and the reversal of a receivable from Taylor Wimpey plc due to the resolution of an uncertain tax position of $12.8 million during the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011. Reflects the elimination of $0.1 million of historical costs related to the Acquisition that were paid during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the reversal of a receivable related to a tax indemnity from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(7) The substantial majority of our unconsolidated joint ventures are in Canada, but we also have investments in unconsolidated joint ventures in the United States, although none of these joint ventures in the United States are actively involved in homebuilding. Our proportionate share of net income in such U.S. unconsolidated joint ventures was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. In this prospectus, references to “unconsolidated joint ventures” refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada. Management believes that home and land closings, including our proportionate share of joint venture closings and the revenue-based measures associated therewith, are appropriate metrics to measure our performance. Management and our local divisions use these measures in evaluating the operating performance of each community and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix, and other daily operating decisions. We believe they are relevant and useful measures to investors for evaluating our performance. Although other companies in the homebuilding industry report similar information, their methods used may differ. We urge investors to understand the methods used by other companies in the homebuilding industry to calculate home and land closings and associated revenues and any adjustments to such amounts, before comparing our measures to that of such other companies.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock would likely decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our industry and our business

Our business is cyclical and is significantly affected by changes in general and local economic conditions.

Our business can be substantially affected by adverse changes in general economic or business conditions that are outside of our control, including changes in:

 

   

short- and long-term interest rates;

 

   

the availability and cost of financing for homebuyers;

 

   

consumer confidence generally and the confidence of potential homebuyers in particular;

 

   

the ability of existing homeowners to sell their existing homes at prices that are acceptable to them;

 

   

U.S., Canadian and global financial system and credit markets, including stock market and credit market volatility;

 

   

private and federal mortgage financing programs and federal, state and provincial regulation of lending practices;

 

   

federal, state and provincial income tax provisions, including provisions for the deduction of mortgage interest payments;

 

   

housing demand from population growth and demographic changes (including immigration levels and trends in urban and suburban migration);

 

   

demand from overseas buyers for our homes (particularly in our GTA market), which may fluctuate according to economic circumstances in overseas markets;

 

   

the supply of available new or existing homes and other housing alternatives, such as apartments and other residential rental property;

 

   

employment levels and job and personal income growth and household debt-to-income levels;

 

   

real estate taxes; and

 

   

the supply of developable land in our markets in the United States and Canada.

Adverse changes in these conditions may affect our business nationally or may be more prevalent or concentrated in particular regions or localities in which we operate. During the recent downturn, unfavorable changes in many of the above factors negatively affected all of the markets we serve, although to a more limited extent in Canada than in the United States. Economic conditions in all our markets continue to be characterized by levels of uncertainty. Any deterioration in economic conditions or continuation of uncertain economic conditions would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Adverse changes in economic conditions can cause demand and prices for our homes to diminish or cause us to take longer to build our homes and make it more costly for us to do so. We may not be able to recover these increased costs by raising prices because of weak market conditions and because the price of each home we sell is usually set several months before the home is delivered, as many customers sign their home purchase contracts before construction begins. The potential difficulties described above could impact our customers’ ability to obtain suitable financing and cause some homebuyers to cancel or refuse to honor their home purchase contracts altogether.

 

25


Table of Contents

The homebuilding industry in the United States has recently undergone a significant downturn, and the likelihood of a full recovery is uncertain in the current state of the economy. A slowdown in our business in the United States or a downturn in Ontario, Canada could have additional adverse effects on our operating results and financial condition.

In connection with the recent downturn in the U.S. housing market, we incurred substantial losses, after impairments, in our U.S. operations during 2008 and 2009. Although the U.S. housing market continues to recover, we cannot predict the extent of further recovery or its timing. In addition, while the market for single-family homes and high-rise condominiums in Canada remained relatively stable during the U.S. downturn, the housing market in parts of Canada has lately shown signs of weakening. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, the GTA has seen a moderation in sales activity compared to prior periods and it is anticipated that Ontario housing starts could continue to moderate and average home prices will remain relatively flat in 2013. A significant weakening of the Ontario housing market could adversely affect our business.

Though we have taken steps to alleviate the impact of these conditions on our business, given the downturn in the homebuilding industry over the past several years and global economic uncertainty, there can be no guarantee that steps taken by us will continue to be effective, and to the extent the current economic environment does not improve or any improvement takes place over an extended period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In the past we have incurred losses and may have difficulty maintaining profitability in the future.

Although we generated net income of $430.8 million in 2012, $76.8 million in 2011 (arithmetically combined historical results of the predecessor and successor) and $90.6 million in 2010, we had net losses of approximately $0.8 million and $396.5 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Even if we maintain profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis going forward. If our revenue grows more slowly than we anticipate, or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations and cannot be adjusted accordingly, our business will be harmed. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may decline, and you may lose a portion of your investment. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a more complete description of our historical losses.

Changes to foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our earnings and net asset value.

We have businesses with exposure to foreign currency exchange risk in Canada. Changes in the $U.S.-$CAD exchange rate will affect the value of our reported earnings and the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. For example, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the Canadian dollar would reduce our Canadian dollar-denominated revenue when reported in U.S. dollars, our functional reporting currency. Our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected by such exchange rate fluctuations.

An inability to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit could limit our future growth.

We are often required to provide performance, payment and completion surety bonds or letters of credit to secure the completion of our construction contracts, development agreements and other arrangements. We have obtained facilities to provide the required volume of performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit for our expected growth in the medium term; however, unexpected growth may require additional facilities. We may also be required to renew or amend our existing facilities. Our ability to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit primarily depends on our credit rating, capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and certain external factors, including

 

26


Table of Contents

the capacity of the markets for such bonds. Performance, payment and completion surety bond and letter of credit providers consider these factors in addition to our performance and claims record and provider-specific underwriting standards, which may change from time to time.

If our performance record or our providers’ requirements or policies change, if we cannot obtain the necessary consent from our lenders, or if the market’s capacity to provide performance, payment and completion bonds or letters of credit is not sufficient for any unexpected growth and we are unable to renew or amend our existing facilities on favorable terms or at all, we could be unable to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds or letters of credit from other sources when required, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a decline in the value of our Class A common stock.

Higher cancellation rates of existing agreements of sale may have an adverse effect on our business.

Our backlog reflects sales contracts with our homebuyers for homes that have not yet been delivered. We have received a deposit from a homebuyer for each home reflected in our backlog, and generally we have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to retain the deposit if the homebuyer fails to comply with his or her obligations under the sales contract, including as a result of state and local law, the homebuyer’s inability to sell his or her current home or the homebuyer’s inability to make additional deposits required prior to the closing date. In addition, in our Canadian markets we have the right to retain the deposits and pursue the homebuyer for damages or specific performance in the event of a homebuyer’s breach of the purchase and sale agreement. However, in the United States, if prices for new homes decline, if competitors increase their use of sales incentives, if interest rates increase, if the availability of mortgage financing diminishes or if there is a downturn in local or regional economies or in the national economy, U.S. homebuyers may terminate their existing home purchase contracts with us in order to negotiate for a lower price or because they cannot, or will not, complete the purchase.

Compared to the prevailing cancellation rates in the United States, our experience has been that cancellations in Canada are less common due to differences in the Canadian economy and the laws of Ontario, which make it more difficult for purchasers to cancel their contracts. Although our cancellation rates for our homebuyers in the United States are now closer to long-term historical averages, cancellation rates may rise in the future. If uncertain economic conditions in the United States and Canada continue, if mortgage financing becomes less available or if current homeowners find it difficult to sell their current homes, more homebuyers may cancel their sales contracts with us. As a result, our financial condition may deteriorate and you may lose a portion of your investment.

In cases of cancellation, we remarket the home and usually retain any deposits we are permitted to retain. Nevertheless, the deposits may not cover the additional costs involved in remarketing the home and carrying higher inventory. Significant numbers of cancellations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The homebuilding industry is highly competitive and, if our competitors are more successful or offer better value to our customers, our business could decline.

We operate in a very competitive environment which is characterized by competition from a number of other homebuilders in each market in which we operate. We compete with large national and regional homebuilding companies and with smaller local homebuilders for land, financing, raw materials and skilled management and labor resources. We also compete with the resale, or “previously owned,” home market which has increased significantly due to the large number of homes that have been foreclosed on or could be foreclosed on due to the recent economic downturn. Increased competition could cause us to increase our selling incentives and reduce our prices. An oversupply of homes available for sale and the heavy discounting of home prices by some of our competitors have adversely affected demand for our homes and the results of our operations in the

 

27


Table of Contents

past and could do so again in the future. If we are unable to compete effectively in our markets, our business could decline disproportionately to our competitors, and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

If homebuyers are not able to obtain suitable financing, our results of operations may decline.

A substantial majority of our homebuyers finance their home purchases through lenders that provide mortgage financing. The availability of mortgage credit remains constrained in the United States, due in part to lower mortgage valuations on properties, various regulatory changes and lower risk appetite by lenders, with many lenders requiring increased levels of financial qualification, lending lower multiples of income and requiring greater deposits. Investors and first-time homebuyers are generally more affected by the availability of financing than other potential homebuyers. These buyers are a key source of our demand. A limited availability of home mortgage financing may adversely affect the volume of our home sales and the sales prices we achieve in the United States.

During the last four fiscal years, the mortgage lending industry in the United States has experienced significant instability, beginning with increased defaults on subprime loans and other nonconforming loans and compounded by expectations of increasing interest payments requirements and further defaults. This in turn resulted in a decline in the market value of many mortgage loans and related securities. Lenders, regulators and others questioned the adequacy of lending standards and other credit requirements for several loan products and programs offered in recent years. Credit requirements have tightened, and investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities has declined. The deterioration in credit quality during the downturn had caused almost all lenders to stop offering subprime mortgages and most other loan products that were not eligible for sale to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or loans that did not meet FHA and Veterans Administration requirements. Fewer loan products, tighter loan qualifications and a reduced willingness of lenders to make loans may continue to make it more difficult for certain buyers to finance the purchase of our homes. These factors may reduce the pool of qualified homebuyers and make it more difficult to sell to first-time and move-up buyers who have historically made up a substantial part of our customers. Reductions in demand adversely affected our business and financial results during the downturn, and the duration and severity of some of their effects remain uncertain. The liquidity provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to the mortgage industry has been very important to the housing market. These entities have required substantial injections of capital from the federal government and may require additional government support in the future. Several federal government officials have proposed changing the nature of the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the federal government and even nationalizing or eliminating these entities entirely. If Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were dissolved or if the federal government determined to stop providing liquidity support to the mortgage market, there would be a reduction in the availability of the financing provided by these institutions. Any such reduction would likely have an adverse effect on interest rates, mortgage availability and our sales of new homes. The FHA insures mortgage loans that generally have lower loan payment requirements and qualification standards compared to conventional guidelines, and as a result, continue to be a particularly important source for financing the sale of our homes. In recent years, lenders have taken a more conservative view of FHA guidelines causing significant tightening of borrower eligibility for approval. Availability of condominium financing and minimum credit score benchmarks has reduced opportunity for those purchasers. In the near future, further restrictions are expected on FHA-insured loans, including limitations on seller-paid closing costs and concessions. This or any other restriction may negatively affect the availability or affordability of FHA financing, which could adversely affect our ability to sell homes in the United States. In addition, changes in federal and provincial regulatory and fiscal policies aimed at aiding the homebuying market (including a repeal of the home mortgage interest tax deduction) may also negatively affect potential homebuyers’ ability to purchase homes.

In each of our markets, decreases in the availability of credit and increases in the cost of credit adversely affect the ability of homebuyers to obtain or service mortgage debt. Even if potential homebuyers do not themselves need mortgage financing, where potential homebuyers must sell their existing homes in order to buy a new home, increases in mortgage costs, lack of availability of mortgages and/or regulatory changes could

 

28


Table of Contents

prevent the buyers of potential homebuyers’ existing homes from obtaining a mortgage, which would result in our potential customers’ inability to buy a new home. Similar risks apply to those buyers who are awaiting delivery of their homes and are currently in backlog. The success of homebuilders depends on the ability of potential homebuyers to obtain mortgages for the purchase of homes. If our customers (or potential buyers of our customers’ existing homes) cannot obtain suitable financing, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected, the price of our Class A common stock may decline and you could lose a portion of your investment.

Any increase in unemployment or underemployment may lead to an increase in the number of loan delinquencies and property repossessions and have an adverse impact on us.

In the United States, the unemployment rate was 7.7% as of February 2013, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. People who are not employed or are underemployed or are concerned about the loss of their jobs are less likely to purchase new homes, may be forced to try to sell the homes they own and may face difficulties in making required mortgage payments. Therefore, any increase in unemployment or underemployment may lead to an increase in the number of loan delinquencies and property repossessions and have an adverse impact on us both by reducing demand for the homes we build and by increasing the supply of homes for sale.

Increases in taxes, government fees or interest rates could prevent potential customers from buying our homes and adversely affect our business or financial results.

Significant expenses of owning a home, including mortgage interest and real estate taxes, generally are deductible expenses for an individual’s U.S. federal, and in some cases, state income taxes, subject to various limitations under current tax law and policy. Mortgage interest and real estate taxes are not deductible for an individual’s federal or provincial income taxes in Canada. If the U.S. federal government or a state government changes its income tax laws, as has been discussed from time to time, to eliminate, limit or substantially modify these income tax deductions, the after-tax cost of owning a new home would increase for many of our potential customers. The resulting loss or reduction of homeowner tax deductions, if such tax law changes were enacted without offsetting provisions, or any other increase in any taxes affecting homeowners, would adversely impact demand for and sales prices of new homes.

Increases in property tax rates by local governmental authorities, as experienced in response to reduced federal, state and provincial funding, can adversely affect the ability of potential customers to obtain financing or their desire to purchase new homes. Fees imposed on developers to fund schools, open spaces, road improvements, and/or provide low and moderate income housing, could increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our operations. In addition, increases in sales taxes (such as the Ontario harmonized sales tax initiative implemented in July 2010 by the Government of Ontario combining the 5% Canadian federal goods and services tax and the 8% Ontario provincial sales tax with certain abatement, rebate and transition rules for new housing) could adversely affect our potential customers who may consider those costs in determining whether to make a new home purchase and decide, as a result, not to purchase one of our homes.

In addition, increases in interest rates as a result of changes to U.S. and Canadian monetary policies could significantly increase the costs of owning a home, which in turn would adversely impact demand for and sales prices of homes and the ability of potential customers to obtain financing and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock and the value of your investment may decline.

Inflation could adversely affect our business and financial results, particularly in a period of oversupply of homes.

Inflation can adversely affect us by increasing costs of land, materials and labor. In the event of an increase in inflation, we may seek to increase the sales prices of homes in order to maintain satisfactory margins.

 

29


Table of Contents

However, an oversupply of homes relative to demand and home prices being set several months before homes are delivered may make any such increase difficult or impossible. In addition, inflation is often accompanied by higher interest rates, which historically had a negative impact on housing demand. In such an environment, we may not be able to raise home prices sufficiently to keep up with the rate of inflation and our margins could decrease. Moreover, the cost of capital increases as a result of inflation and the purchasing power of our cash resources declines. Current or future efforts by the government to stimulate the economy may increase the risk of significant inflation and its adverse impact on our business or financial results.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate because of the seasonal nature of our business and other factors.

Our quarterly operating results generally fluctuate by season and also because of the uneven delivery schedule of certain of our products and communities, such as high-rise condominiums in the GTA.

Historically, a larger percentage of our agreements of sale in the United States have been entered into in the winter and spring. Weather-related problems, typically in the fall, late winter and early spring, may delay starts or closings and increase costs and thus reduce profitability. Seasonal natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and fires could cause delays in the completion of, or increase the cost of, developing one or more of our communities, causing an adverse effect on our sales and revenues.

In many cases, we may not be able to recapture increased costs by raising prices because we set our prices up to 12 months in advance of delivery upon signing the home sales contract. In the case of high-rise condominium sales, purchase agreements are signed up to three years in advance of delivery. In addition, deliveries may be staggered over different periods of the year and may be concentrated in particular quarters. Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate because of these factors.

Negative publicity may affect our business performance and could affect our stock price.

Unfavorable media related to our industry, company, brands, marketing, personnel, operations, business performance, or prospects may affect our stock price and the performance of our business, regardless of its accuracy or inaccuracy. Our success in maintaining, extending and expanding our brand image depends on our ability to adapt to a rapidly changing media environment. Adverse publicity or negative commentary on social media outlets, such as blogs, websites or newsletters, could hurt operating results, as consumers might avoid brands that receive bad press or negative reviews. Negative publicity may result in a decrease in operating results that could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.

Homebuilding is subject to home warranty and construction defect claims in the ordinary course of business that can be significant.

As a homebuilder, we are subject to home warranty and construction defect claims arising in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance that any developments we undertake will be free from defects once completed. Construction defects may occur on projects and developments and may arise during a significant period of time after completion. Defects arising on a development attributable to us may lead to significant contractual or other liabilities.

As a consequence, we maintain products and completed operations excess liability insurance, obtain indemnities and certificates of insurance from subcontractors generally covering claims related to damages resulting from faulty workmanship and materials, and create warranty and other reserves for the homes we sell based on historical experience in our markets and our judgment of the risks associated with the types of homes built. Although we actively monitor our insurance reserves and coverage, because of the uncertainties inherent to these matters, we cannot provide assurance that our insurance coverage, our subcontractor arrangements and our reserves will be adequate to address all of our warranty and construction defect claims in the future. In addition,

 

30


Table of Contents

contractual indemnities can be difficult to enforce. We may also be responsible for applicable self-insured retentions and some types of claims may not be covered by insurance or may exceed applicable coverage limits. Additionally, the coverage offered by and the availability of products and completed operations excess liability insurance for construction defects is currently limited and costly. This coverage may be further restricted or become more costly in the future.

In 2005 and 2006, we discontinued requiring insurance policies from most of our contractors in California and instead adopted an Owner Controlled Insurance Plan (“OCIP”) for general liability exposures of most subcontractors, as a result of the inability of subcontractors to procure acceptable insurance coverage to meet our requirements. Under the OCIP, subcontractors are effectively insured by us. We have assigned risk retentions and bid deductions to our subcontractors based on their risk category. These deductions are used to fund future liabilities.

As an example of construction defect claims, in 2009 we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several Florida communities, primarily in West Florida, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. If we identify more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall or other defects than we currently have estimated, we may be required to increase our warranty and claims reserves in the future, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. See “Business—Insurance and Legal Proceedings.”

Unexpected expenditures attributable to defects or previously unknown sub-surface conditions arising on a development project may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, severe or widespread incidents of defects giving rise to unexpected levels of expenditure, to the extent not covered by insurance or redress against sub-contractors, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our reliance on contractors can expose us to various liability risks.

We rely on contractors in order to perform the construction of our homes, and in many cases, to select and obtain raw materials. We are exposed to various risks as a result of our reliance on these contractors and their respective subcontractors and suppliers, including, as described above, the possibility of defects in our homes due to improper practices or materials used by contractors, which may require us to comply with our warranty obligations and/or bring a claim under an insurance policy. Several other homebuilders have received inquiries from regulatory agencies concerning whether homebuilders using contractors are deemed to be employers of the employees of such contractors under certain circumstances. Although contractors are independent of the homebuilders that contract with them under normal management practices and the terms of trade contracts and subcontracts within the homebuilding industry, if regulatory agencies reclassify the employees of contractors as employees of homebuilders, homebuilders using contractors could be responsible for wage, hour and other employment-related liabilities of their contractors. In the event that a regulatory agency reclassified the employees of our contractors as our own employees, we could be responsible for wage, hour and other employment-related liabilities of our contractors.

Failure to manage land acquisitions and development and construction processes could result in significant cost overruns or errors in valuing sites.

We own and purchase a large number of sites each year and are therefore dependent on our ability to process a very large number of transactions (which include, among other things, evaluating the site purchase, designing the layout of the development, sourcing materials and sub-contractors and managing contractual commitments) efficiently and accurately. Errors by employees, failure to comply with regulatory requirements and conduct of business rules, failings or inadequacies in internal control processes, equipment failures, natural disasters or the failure of external systems, including those of our suppliers or counterparties, could result in operational losses that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and our relationships with our customers.

 

31


Table of Contents

If land and lots are not available at competitive prices, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our long-term profitability depends in large part on the price at which we are able to obtain suitable land and lots for the development of our communities. Increases in the price (or decreases in the availability) of suitable land and lots could adversely affect our profitability. Moreover, changes in the general availability of desirable land, competition for available land and lots, limited availability of financing to acquire land and lots, zoning regulations that limit housing density, environmental requirements and other market conditions may hurt our ability to obtain land and lots for new communities at prices that will allow us to be profitable. If the supply of land and lots that are appropriate for development of our communities becomes more limited because of these factors, or for any other reason, the cost of land and lots could increase and the number of homes that we are able to build and sell could be reduced, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock and the value of your investment.

If the market value of our land inventory decreases, our results of operations could be adversely affected by impairments and write-downs.

The market value of our land and housing inventories depends on market conditions. We acquire land for expansion into new markets and for replacement of land inventory and expansion within our current markets. There is an inherent risk that the value of the land owned by us may decline after purchase. The valuation of property is inherently subjective and based on the individual characteristics of each property. We may have acquired options on or bought and developed land at a cost we will not be able to recover fully or on which we cannot build and sell homes profitably. In addition, our deposits for lots controlled under option or similar contracts may be put at risk. Factors such as changes in regulatory requirements and applicable laws (including in relation to building regulations, taxation and planning), political conditions, the condition of financial markets, both local and national economic conditions, the financial condition of customers, potentially adverse tax consequences, and interest and inflation rate fluctuations subject valuations to uncertainty. Moreover, all valuations are made on the basis of assumptions that may not prove to reflect economic or demographic reality. If housing demand decreases below what we anticipated when we acquired our inventory, our profitability may be adversely affected and we may not be able to recover our costs when we sell and build houses.

Due to economic conditions in the United States in recent years, including increased amounts of home and land inventory that entered certain U.S. markets from foreclosure sales or short sales, the market value of our land and home inventory was negatively impacted prior to the Acquisition. Write-downs and impairments have had an adverse effect (and any further write-downs may also have an adverse effect) on our business, financial condition and operating results. We recorded no inventory impairments in 2011 or 2012 (compared to $4.1 million in 2010). In 2011, the carrying value of all of our land was adjusted to its fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition. We regularly review the value of our land holdings and continue to review our holdings on a periodic basis. Further material write-downs and impairments in the value of our inventory may be required, and we may in the future sell land or homes at a loss, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks associated with our land inventory could adversely affect our business or financial results.

Risks inherent in controlling or purchasing, holding and developing land for new home construction are substantial. In certain circumstances, a grant of entitlements or development agreement with respect to a particular parcel of land may include restrictions on the transfer of such entitlements to a buyer of such land, which may increase our exposure to decreases in the price of such entitled land by restricting our ability to sell it for its full entitled value. In addition, inventory carrying costs can be significant and can result in reduced margins or losses in a poorly performing community or market. In recent periods of market weakness, we have sold homes and land for lower margins or at a loss and we have recorded significant inventory impairment charges, and such conditions may recur. The recording of a significant inventory impairment could negatively affect our reported earnings per share and negatively impact the market perception of our business, leading to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

 

32


Table of Contents

If we experience shortages in labor supply, increased labor costs or labor disruptions, there could be delays or increased costs in developing our communities or building homes, which could adversely affect our operating results.

We require a qualified labor force to develop our communities. Access to qualified labor may be affected by circumstances beyond our control, including:

 

   

work stoppages resulting from labor disputes;

 

   

shortages of qualified trades people, such as carpenters, roofers, electricians and plumbers, especially in our key markets in the southwest United States;

 

   

changes in laws relating to union organizing activity;

 

   

changes in immigration laws and trends in labor force migration; and

 

   

increases in sub-contractor and professional services costs.

Any of these circumstances could give rise to delays in the start or completion of, or could increase the cost of, developing one or more of our communities and building homes. We may not be able to recover these increased costs by raising our home prices because the price for each home is typically set months prior to its delivery pursuant to sales contracts with our homebuyers. In such circumstances, our operating results could be adversely affected. Additionally, market and competitive forces may also limit our ability to raise the sales prices of our homes.

Failure to recruit, retain and develop highly skilled, competent people at all levels, including finding suitable subcontractors, may have a material adverse effect on our standards of service.

Key employees, including management team members, are fundamental to our ability to obtain, generate and manage opportunities. Key employees working in the homebuilding and construction industries are highly sought after. Failure to attract and retain such personnel or to ensure that their experience and knowledge is not lost when they leave the business through retirement, redundancy or otherwise may adversely affect the standards of our service and may have an adverse impact on our business, financial conditions and operating results. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance in respect of any member of our senior management team. The loss of any of our management members or key personnel could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. See “Management.”

The vast majority of our work carried out on site is performed by subcontractors. The difficult operating environment over the last six years in the United States has resulted in the failure of some subcontractors’ businesses and may result in further failures. In addition, reduced levels of homebuilding in the United States have led to some skilled tradesmen leaving the industry to take jobs in other sectors. If subcontractors are not able to recruit sufficient numbers of skilled employees, our development and construction activities may suffer from delays and quality issues, which would also lead to reduced levels of customer satisfaction.

During the recent downturn, we had to reduce our number of employees, which may have resulted in a loss of knowledge that could be detrimental to our business and our ability to manage future business opportunities. Our margins, and accordingly our business, financial conditions and operating results, may be adversely affected.

Government regulations and legal challenges may delay the start or completion of our communities, increase our expenses or limit our homebuilding or other activities, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

The approval of numerous governmental authorities must be obtained in connection with our development activities, and these governmental authorities often have broad discretion in exercising their approval authority. We incur substantial costs related to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Any increase in legal and regulatory requirements may cause us to incur substantial additional costs, or in some cases cause us to

 

33


Table of Contents

determine that the property is not feasible for development. Various local, provincial, state and federal statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning building, health and safety, environment, zoning, sales and similar matters apply to and/or affect the housing industry.

Municipalities may restrict or place moratoriums on the availability of utilities, such as water and sewer taps. If municipalities in which we operate take such actions, it could have an adverse effect on our business by causing delays, increasing our costs or limiting our ability to operate in those municipalities.

Certain states, cities and counties in which we operate have in the past approved, or approved for inclusion on their ballot, various “slow growth” or “no growth” initiatives and other ballot measures that could negatively impact the availability of land and building opportunities within those localities. A similar initiative in Ontario, Canada known as “smart growth” could also negatively impact our Canadian operations. The Ontario smart growth initiatives were implemented in 2005 pursuant to the “Places to Grow Act” and the “Greenbelt Act”. The legislation is designed to minimize urban sprawl, promote population density increases in cities and towns and protect the agricultural land and natural systems that surround the GTA, extending from Niagara Falls to Oshawa, Ontario, bordering Lake Ontario. The effect of the legislation is to restrict development on approximately 1.8 million acres of land. These measures may reduce our ability to open new home communities and to build and sell homes in the affected markets, including with respect to land we may already own, and create additional costs and administration requirements, which in turn may harm our future sales, margins and earnings. A further expansion of these measures or the adoption of new slow-growth, no-growth, “smart-growth” or other similar programs could exacerbate such risks. The above risks could have a material, adverse effect on our business and results of operations in Canada, and as a result, the price of the Class A common stock could be negatively affected.

Governmental regulation affects not only construction activities but also sales activities, mortgage lending activities and other dealings with consumers. In addition, it is possible that some form of expanded energy efficiency legislation may be passed by the U.S. Congress or federal agencies and certain state and provincial legislatures, which may, despite being phased in over time, significantly increase our costs of building homes and the sale price to our buyers, and adversely affect our sales volumes. We may be required to apply for additional approvals or modify our existing approvals because of changes in local circumstances or applicable law. Further, we may experience delays and increased expenses as a result of legal challenges to our proposed communities, whether brought by governmental authorities or private parties.

Our financial services business may be adversely affected by changes in governmental regulation and other risks associated with acting as a mortgage lender.

Prior to January 1, 2011, TMHF operated as a mortgage broker, limiting TMHF’s exposure to employee or third party fraud in the origination and processing of loan applications submitted to wholesale lending groups, and which may repurchase risk from previously closed loans. Since January 1, 2011, in response to new legislation and in order to operate competitively in the market, TMHF transitioned to full lender status. This change results in TMHF having the ability to originate, underwrite and fund mortgage transactions through correspondent lending relationships. While we intend for the loans that we originate to typically be held for no more than 20 days before being sold on the secondary market, if we are unable to sell loans into the secondary mortgage market or directly to large secondary market loan purchasers such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, TMHF would bear the risk of being a long-term investor in these originated loans. Mortgage lending is also subject to credit risks associated with the borrowers to whom the loans are extended and an increase in default rates could have a material and adverse effect on our business. Being required to hold loans on a long-term basis would also negatively affect our liquidity and could require us to use additional capital resources to finance the loans that we are extending. In addition, although mortgage lenders under the mortgage warehouse facilities we currently use to finance our lending operations normally purchase our mortgages within 20 days of origination, if there is a default under these warehouse facilities we would be required to fund the mortgages then in the pipeline. In such case, amounts available under our Revolving Credit Facility and cash from operations may not be sufficient to allow us to provide financing required by our business during these times.

 

34


Table of Contents

An obligation to commit our own funds to long-term investments in mortgage loans could, among other things, delay the time when we recognize revenues from home sales on our statements of operations. If, due to higher costs, reduced liquidity, heightened risk retention obligations and/or new operating restrictions or regulatory reforms related to or arising from compliance with new U.S. federal laws and regulations, residential consumer loan putback demands or internal or external reviews of its residential consumer mortgage loan foreclosure processes, or other factors or business decisions, TMHF could be unable to make loan products available to our homebuyers, and home sales and mortgage services results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, changes in governmental regulation with respect to mortgage lenders could adversely affect the financial results of this portion of our business. Our mortgage lending operations are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. There have been numerous changes and proposed changes in these regulations as a result of the housing downturn. For example, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted. Among other things, this legislation provides for a number of new requirements relating to residential mortgage lending practices, many of which are to be developed further by implementing rules. These include, among others, minimum standards for mortgages and lender practices in making mortgages, limitations on certain fees, retention of credit risk, prohibition of certain tying arrangements and remedies for borrowers in foreclosure proceedings. The effect of such provisions on TMHF and our mortgage lending business will depend on the rules that are ultimately enacted. In addition, we cannot predict whether similar changes to, or new enactments of, statutes and regulations pertinent to our mortgage lending business will occur in the future. Any such changes or new enactments could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and the market perception of our business, which could lead to a decline in the price of our common stock.

The prices of our mortgages could be adversely affected if we lose any of our important commercial relationships.

TMHF has longstanding relationships with members of the lender community from which its borrowers benefit. TMHF plans to continue with these relationships and use the correspondent lender platform as a part of its operational plan. If our relationship with any one or more of those banks deteriorates or if one or more of those banks decide to renegotiate or terminate existing agreements, we may be required to increase the price of our products, or modify the range of products we offer, which could cause us to lose customers who may choose other providers based solely on the price or fees, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to use certain deferred tax assets, which may result in our having to pay substantial taxes.

We have significant deferred tax assets, including net operating losses in the United States that could be used to offset earnings and reduce the amount of taxes we are required to pay. Our ability to use net operating losses to offset earnings is dependent on a number of factors, including applicable rules relating to the permitted carry back period for offsetting certain net operating losses against prior period earnings. We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions with respect to our carry back of net operating losses in our historical tax returns and have appealed Internal Revenue Service determinations that we may not carry back certain net operating losses. Income tax payable on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 includes reserves of $8.7 million and $74.8 million related to this issue for tax years 2009 and 2008, respectively. An IRS appeal is ongoing for the 2009 and 2008 TMC and subsidiaries tax return. We are also currently under examination on our 2006 and 2007 California legacy Taylor Woodrow returns. The outcomes of the remaining examinations are not yet determinable. The statute of limitations for these examinations remains open with various expiration dates, the latest of which is March 2014. Our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, has agreed to indemnify TMM for amounts payable in respect of these additional taxes. However, if Taylor Wimpey plc defaults on its indemnification obligation and we are unable to collect under the posted letter of credit, if we fail to obtain a

 

35


Table of Contents

favorable determination on appeal from the IRS with respect to our ability to carry back certain net operating losses, and if the result of the IRS or California examinations is also that we are not entitled to carry back certain net operating losses, we may be required to pay additional taxes, which may adversely affect our liquidity.

Raw materials and building supply shortages and price fluctuations could delay or increase the cost of home construction and adversely affect our operating results.

The homebuilding industry has, from time to time, experienced raw material shortages and been adversely affected by volatility in global commodity prices. In particular, shortages and fluctuations in the price of concrete, drywall, lumber or other important raw materials could result in delays in the start or completion of, or increase the cost of, developing one or more of our residential communities.

In addition, the cost of petroleum products, which are used both to deliver our materials and to transport workers to our job sites, fluctuates and may be subject to increased volatility as a result of geopolitical events or accidents such as the Deepwater Horizon accident in the Gulf of Mexico. Changes in such costs could also result in higher prices for any product utilizing petrochemicals. These cost increases may have an adverse effect on our operating margin and results of operations and may result in a decline in the price of our Class A common stock. Furthermore, any such cost increase may adversely affect the regional economies in which we operate and reduce demand for our homes.

The geographic concentration of our operations subjects us to an increased risk of loss of revenue or decreases in the market value of our land and homes in these regions from factors which may affect any of these regions.

Our operations are concentrated in Ontario, Canada and California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas and Florida. Some or all of these regions could be affected by:

 

   

severe weather;

 

   

natural disasters;

 

   

shortages in the availability or increased costs in obtaining land, equipment, labor or building supplies;

 

   

changes to the population growth rates and therefore the demand for homes in these regions; and

 

   

changes in the regulatory and fiscal environment.

Due to the concentrated nature of our operations, negative factors affecting one or a number of these geographic regions at the same time could result in a relatively greater impact on our results of operations than they might have on other companies that have a more diversified portfolio of operations.

Changes to the population growth rates in certain of the markets in which we operate could affect the demand for homes in these regions.

Slower rates of population growth or population declines in our key markets, especially as compared to the high population growth rates in prior years, could affect the demand for housing, causing home prices in these markets to fall, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We participate in certain unconsolidated joint ventures where we may be adversely impacted by the failure of the unconsolidated joint venture or the other partners in the unconsolidated joint venture to fulfill their obligations.

We have investments in and commitments to certain unconsolidated joint ventures with unrelated strategic partners to acquire and develop land and, in some cases, build and deliver homes. To finance these activities, our unconsolidated joint ventures often obtain loans from third-party lenders that are secured by the unconsolidated joint venture’s assets. In certain instances, we and the other partners in an unconsolidated joint venture provide

 

36


Table of Contents

guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the unconsolidated joint venture’s debt, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the unconsolidated joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements.

In Canada, we have consistently used joint ventures as a means of acquiring land. Where we do not have a controlling interest in these unconsolidated joint ventures, we depend heavily on the other partners in each unconsolidated joint venture to both cooperate and make mutually acceptable decisions regarding the conduct of the business and affairs of the unconsolidated joint venture and ensure that they, and the unconsolidated joint venture, fulfill their respective obligations to us and to third parties. If the other partners in our unconsolidated joint ventures do not provide such cooperation or fulfill these obligations due to their financial condition, strategic business interests (which may be contrary to ours), or otherwise, we may be required to spend additional resources (including payments under the guarantees we have provided to the unconsolidated joint ventures’ lenders) and suffer losses, each of which could be significant. Moreover, our ability to recoup such expenditures and losses by exercising remedies against such partners may be limited due to potential legal defenses they may have, their respective financial condition and other circumstances. In addition, certain joint ventures relating to our Canadian operations have change of control consent requirements that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of such joint ventures. Furthermore, the termination of a joint venture may also give rise to lawsuits and legal costs.

In certain instances, Monarch Corporation and the other partners in a joint venture provide guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the unconsolidated joint venture’s debt, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements. As of December 31, 2012, Monarch Corporation’s total recourse exposure under its guarantees of joint venture debt was approximately $140.4 million. To the extent any or all of our joint ventures default on obligations secured by the assets of such joint venture or guaranteed by Monarch Corporation, the assets of our joint ventures could be forfeited to our joint ventures’ third party lenders, and Monarch Corporation could be liable to such third party lenders to the full extent of its guarantees and, in the case of secured guarantees, to the extent of the assets of Monarch Corporation that secure the applicable guarantee. Any such default by our joint ventures could cause significant losses, with a resulting adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Recent market conditions have required us to provide a greater number of such guarantees and we expect this trend to continue.

We may incur a variety of costs to engage in future growth or expansion of our operations or acquisitions or disposals of businesses, and the anticipated benefits may never be realized.

As a part of our business strategy, we may make acquisitions, or significant investments in, and/or disposals of businesses. Any future acquisitions, investments and/or disposals would be accompanied by risks such as:

 

   

difficulties in assimilating the operations and personnel of acquired companies or businesses;

 

   

diversion of our management’s attention from ongoing business concerns;

 

   

our potential inability to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation or disposition of operations;

 

   

maintenance of uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies; and

 

   

impairment of existing relationships with employees, contractors, suppliers and customers as a result of the integration of new management personnel and cost-saving initiatives.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully integrate any company or business that we might acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could harm our current business.

In addition, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of these transactions and there may be other unanticipated or unidentified effects. While we would seek protection, for example, through warranties and

 

37


Table of Contents

indemnities in the case of acquisitions, significant liabilities may not be identified in due diligence or come to light after the expiry of warranty or indemnity periods. Additionally, while we would seek to limit our ongoing exposure, for example, through liability caps and period limits on warranties and indemnities in the case of disposals, some warranties and indemnities may give rise to unexpected and significant liabilities. Any claims arising in the future may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

We have defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes to which we may be required to increase our contributions to fund deficits.

We provide retirement benefits for former and certain of our current employees through a number of defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes. Certain of these plans are no longer available to new employees, though in Canada we retain a defined contribution plan. As of December 31, 2012, we had recorded a deficit of $13.2 million in our defined benefit pension plans. This deficit may increase, and we may be required to increase contributions to our plans in the future, which may materially and adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

A major health and safety incident relating to our business could be costly in terms of potential liabilities and reputational damage.

Building sites are inherently dangerous, and operating in the homebuilding industry poses certain inherent health and safety risks. Due to health and safety regulatory requirements and the number of projects we work on, health and safety performance is critical to the success of all areas of our business. Any failure in health and safety performance may result in penalties for non-compliance with relevant regulatory requirements, and a failure that results in a major or significant health and safety incident is likely to be costly in terms of potential liabilities incurred as a result. Such a failure could generate significant negative publicity and have a corresponding impact on our reputation, our relationships with relevant regulatory agencies or governmental authorities, and our ability to win new business, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Ownership, leasing or occupation of land and the use of hazardous materials carries potential environmental risks and liabilities.

We are subject to a variety of local, state and federal statutes, rules and regulations concerning land use and the protection of health and the environment, including those governing discharge of pollutants to water and air, including asbestos, the handling of hazardous materials and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We may be liable for the costs of removal, investigation or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances located on, under or in a property currently or formerly owned, leased or occupied by us, whether or not we caused or knew of the pollution. The costs of any required removal, investigation or remediation of such substances or the costs of defending against environmental claims may be substantial. The presence of such substances, or the failure to remediate such substances properly, may also adversely affect our ability to sell the land or to borrow using the land as security. Environmental impacts from historical activities have been identified at some of the projects we have developed in the past and additional projects may be located on land that may have been contaminated by previous use. Although we are not aware of any projects requiring material remediation activities by us as a result of historical contamination, no assurances can be given that material claims or liabilities relating to such developments will not arise in the future.

The particular impact and requirements of environmental laws that apply to any given community vary greatly according to the community site, the site’s environmental conditions and the present and former use of the site. We expect that increasingly stringent requirements may be imposed on homebuilders in the future. Environmental laws may result in delays, cause us to implement time consuming and expensive compliance programs and prohibit or severely restrict development in certain environmentally sensitive regions or areas, such

 

38


Table of Contents

as wetlands. We also may not identify all of these concerns during any pre-development review of project sites. Environmental regulations can also have an adverse impact on the availability and price of certain raw materials, such as lumber. Furthermore, we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines, penalties and other sanctions and damages from third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of our failure to comply with, or liabilities under, applicable environmental laws and regulations. In addition, we are subject to third-party challenges, such as by environmental groups, under environmental laws and regulations to the permits and other approvals required for our projects and operations. These matters could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may be liable for claims for damages as a result of use of hazardous materials.

As a homebuilding business with a wide variety of historic homebuilding and construction activities, we could be liable for future claims for damages as a result of the past or present use of hazardous materials, including building materials which in the future become known or are suspected to be hazardous. Any such claims may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Insurance coverage for such claims may be limited or non-existent.

We may suffer uninsured losses or suffer material losses in excess of insurance limits.

We could suffer physical damage to property and liabilities resulting in losses that may not be fully compensated by insurance. In addition, certain types of risks, such as personal injury claims, may be, or may become in the future, either uninsurable or not economically insurable, or may not be currently or in the future covered by our insurance policies. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could sustain financial loss or lose capital invested in the affected property as well as anticipated future income from that property. In addition, we could be liable to repair damage or meet liabilities caused by uninsured risks. We may be liable for any debt or other financial obligations related to affected property. Material losses or liabilities in excess of insurance proceeds may occur in the future.

In the United States, the coverage offered and the availability of general liability insurance for construction defects is currently limited and is costly. As a result, an increasing number of our subcontractors in the United States may be unable to obtain insurance, particularly in California where we have instituted an OCIP, under which subcontractors are effectively insured by us. If we cannot effectively recover construction defect liabilities and costs of defense from our subcontractors or their insurers, or if we have self-insured, we may suffer losses. Coverage may be further restricted and become even more costly. Such circumstances could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may face substantial damages or be enjoined from pursuing important activities as a result of existing or future litigation, arbitration or other claims.

In our homebuilding activities, we are exposed to potentially significant litigation, including breach of contract, contractual disputes and disputes relating to defective title, property misdescription or construction defects, including use of defective materials (including Chinese-made drywall).

For example, we engage subcontractors to construct of our homes, and in many cases, to obtain the necessary building materials. Between 2008 and 2011, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in a number of Florida homes, primarily delivered during our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years. As of December 31, 2012, we had accrued an amount that our management believes to be a reasonable reserve for losses that may be related to this matter, including repair costs. We continue to inspect additional homes in order to determine whether they also contain the defective Chinese-made drywall. The outcome of these on-going inspections may require us to increase our warranty and claims reserves in the future, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Currently, the amount of additional liability, if any, is not reasonably estimable.

 

39


Table of Contents

Although we have established warranty, claim and litigation reserves that we believe are adequate, due to the uncertainty inherent in litigation, legal proceedings may result in the award of substantial damages against us beyond our reserves. Furthermore, plaintiffs may in certain of these legal proceedings seek class action status with potential class sizes that vary from case to case. Class action lawsuits can be costly to defend, and if we were to lose any certified class action suit, it could result in substantial liability for us. In addition, we are subject to potential lawsuits, arbitration proceedings and other claims in connection with our business. See “Business—Insurance and Legal Proceedings.” The filing or threat of filing of a major class action lawsuit against us could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

With respect to certain general liability exposures, including construction defect, Chinese-made drywall and related claims and product liability claims, interpretation of underlying current and future trends, assessment of claims and the related liability and reserve estimation process requires us to exercise significant judgment due to the complex nature of these exposures, with each exposure often exhibiting unique circumstances. Furthermore, once claims are asserted for construction defects, it is difficult to determine the extent to which the assertion of these claims will expand geographically. As a result, our insurance policies may not be available or adequate to cover any liability for damages, the cost of repairs, and/or the expense of litigation surrounding current claims, and future claims may arise out of events or circumstances not covered by insurance and not subject to effective indemnification agreements with our subcontractors. Should such a situation arise, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Poor relations with the residents of our communities could negatively impact sales, which could cause our revenues or results of operations to decline.

Residents of communities we develop rely on us to resolve issues or disputes that may arise in connection with the operation or development of their communities. Efforts made by us to resolve these issues or disputes could be deemed unsatisfactory by the affected residents and subsequent actions by these residents could adversely affect sales or our reputation. In addition, we could be required to make material expenditures related to the settlement of such issues or disputes or to modify our community development plans, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are dependent on certain members of our management and key personnel.

Our business involves complex operations and therefore demands a management team and employee workforce that is knowledgeable and expert in many areas necessary for our operations. Investors in our Class A common stock must rely to a significant extent upon the ability, expertise, judgment and discretion of our management and key personnel. Our performance and success are dependent, in part, upon key members of our management and personnel, and their loss or departure could be detrimental to our future success. Further, the process of attracting and retaining suitable replacements for key personnel whose services we may lose would result in transition costs and would divert the attention of other members of our senior management from our existing operations. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance in respect of any members of our senior management team. The loss of any of our management members or key personnel could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. See “Management.”

Utility and resource shortages or rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our operations.

Several of the markets in which we operate have historically been subject to utility and resource shortages, including significant changes to the availability of electricity and water. Austin and Denver in particular have at times been affected by such shortages. Shortages of natural resources in our markets, particularly of water, may make it more difficult for us to obtain regulatory approval of new developments. We have also experienced material fluctuations in utility and resource costs across our markets, and we may incur additional costs and may not be able to complete construction on a timely basis if such fluctuations arise. Our lumber inventory is particularly sensitive to these shortages. Furthermore, these shortages and rate fluctuations may adversely affect the regional economies in which we operate, which may reduce demand for our homes and negatively affect our business and results of operations.

 

40


Table of Contents

If we are unable to develop our communities successfully or within expected timeframes, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Before a community generates any revenues, time and material expenditures are required to acquire land, obtain development approvals and construct significant portions of project infrastructure, amenities, model homes and sales facilities. A decline in our ability to develop and market our communities successfully and to generate positive cash flow from these operations in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations and on our ability to service our debt and to meet our working capital requirements.

Constriction of the capital markets could limit our ability to access capital and increase our costs of capital.

We fund our operations from cash from operations, capital markets financings and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Volatile economic conditions and the constriction of the capital markets could reduce the sources of liquidity available to us and increase our costs of capital. Our Canadian operations rely on separate banking facilities for liquidity and to a lesser extent on our Revolving Credit Facility. If the size or availability of these banking facilities is reduced in the future, it would have an adverse effect on our liquidity and operations.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $164.4 million of debt maturing in the next 12 months. In addition, our credit facilities related to our Canadian operations (under which we had CAD $113.6 million of outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2012) are scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013. If we fail to renew these facilities, we will be required to obtain replacement facilities with other lenders to support our operations. We believe we can meet our other capital requirements with our existing cash resources and future cash flows and, if required, other sources of financing that we anticipate will be available to us. However, we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to do so, particularly if industry or economic conditions deteriorate. The future effects on our business, liquidity and financial results of these conditions could be adverse, both in the ways described above and in other ways that we do not currently foresee.

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and prevent us from fulfilling our debt-related obligations.

We have a substantial amount of debt. As of December 31, 2012, the total principal amount of our debt (including $80.4 million of indebtedness of TMHF) was $1.0 billion. In addition, in accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we intend to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions, but such debt capital may not be available to us on a timely basis at reasonable rates or at all. Our substantial debt could have important consequences for the holders of our common stock, including:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt or to our trade or other creditors;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, particularly when the availability of financing in the capital markets is limited;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations and the proceeds of this offering for the payment of interest on our debt and reducing our ability to use our cash flows and the proceeds of this offering to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate requirements;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and

 

   

placing us at a competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors.

 

41


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us through capital markets financings or under our Revolving Credit Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, on or before its maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness in order to finance our operations or to repay existing indebtedness. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional debt or equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or on terms that would be advantageous to our stockholders or on terms that would not require us to breach the terms and conditions of our existing or future debt agreements.

Restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the senior notes and the agreements governing our Revolving Credit Facility and other indebtedness may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

The indenture governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility limit our ability, and the terms of any future indebtedness may limit our ability, among other things, to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

pay dividends or make distributions on our capital stock;

 

   

sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

agree to payment restrictions affecting our restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

incur liens; and

 

   

designate any of our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain “springing” financial covenants based on (a) consolidated total debt and consolidated adjusted tangible net worth requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to maintain a certain maximum capitalization ratio and (b) consolidated EBITDA requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to maintain a certain minimum interest coverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness and liens, the payment of dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks and limitations on debt payments and amendments. The amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility is expected to include certain financial and restrictive covenants similar to those currently in place, including covenants to maintain net worth and capitalization ratios and to restrict distributions and the incurrence of liens. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility.”

The restrictions contained in the indenture governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility could also limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans.

Monarch Corporation is party to credit facilities with The Toronto-Dominion Bank and with HSBC Bank Canada. These facilities also contain restrictive covenants, including a maximum debt to equity ratio, minimum consolidated net equity, limitations on dividends and maintenance of a minimum interest coverage ratio. A breach of any of these restrictive covenants or our inability to comply with the applicable financial covenants could result in a default under the agreements governing our Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility and the

 

42


Table of Contents

HSBC Facility, which could allow for the acceleration of the debt under the agreements. If the indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility, the HSBC Facility and the senior notes were to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and our other indebtedness. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

We may require additional capital in the future and may not be able to secure adequate funds on terms acceptable to us.

The expansion and development of our business may require significant capital, which we may be unable to obtain, to fund our capital expenditures and operating expenses, including working capital needs. During 2011 and 2012, we made capital expenditures for land, development and construction of $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively.

In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions, but such debt capital may not be available to us on a timely basis at reasonable rates or at all.

During the next 12 months, we otherwise expect to meet our cash requirements with existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations (including sales of our homes and land) and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. We may fail to generate sufficient cash flow from the sales of our homes and land to meet our cash requirements. Further, our capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned if, for example, our revenues do not reach expected levels or we have to incur unforeseen capital expenditures and make investments to maintain our competitive position. If this is the case, we may require additional financing sooner than anticipated or we may have to delay or abandon some or all of our development and expansion plans or otherwise forego market opportunities.

To a large extent, our cash flow generation ability is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, on or before its maturity, or obtain additional equity or debt financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so on favorable terms, if at all. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow, refinance our debt or incur additional debt on favorable terms could adversely affect our financial condition and could cause us to be unable to service our debt and may delay or prevent the expansion of our business.

Risks related to our structure and organization

TMHC’s only asset after the completion of this offering will be its interest in New TMM, and accordingly it will be dependent upon distributions from New TMM to pay dividends, if any, taxes and other expenses. New TMM is a holding company with no operations of its own and, in turn, relies on distributions from TMM and its operating subsidiaries.

Following the completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, TMHC will be a holding company and will have no assets other than its ownership, directly or indirectly, of New TMM Units. TMHC will have no independent means of generating revenue. TMHC intends to cause New TMM to make distributions to its partners in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes payable and dividends, if any, declared by TMHC. To the extent that TMHC needs funds, and New TMM is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially and adversely affect TMHC’s liquidity and financial condition. In addition, New TMM has no direct operations and derives all of its cash flow from TMM and its subsidiaries. Because the operations of TMHC’s business are conducted through subsidiaries of TMM, New TMM is dependent on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet the financial obligations of New TMM. Legal and contractual restrictions in the Revolving Credit Facility, the senior notes and other debt agreements governing current and future

 

43


Table of Contents

indebtedness of New TMM’s subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of New TMM’s subsidiaries, may limit TMHC’s ability to obtain cash from New TMM’s subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, New TMM’s subsidiaries may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to TMHC to enable TMHC to pay any dividends on the Class A common stock, taxes and other expenses.

The Principal Equityholders have substantial influence over our business, and their interests may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders.

Following this offering, the Principal Equityholders, via the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, will continue to hold a majority of the combined voting power of TMHC. Due to their ownership, our Principal Equityholders have the power to control us and our subsidiaries, including the power to:

 

   

elect a majority of our directors and appoint our executive officers, set our management policies and exercise overall control over our company and subsidiaries;

 

   

agree to sell or otherwise transfer a controlling stake in our company; and

 

   

determine the outcome of substantially all actions requiring stockholder approval, including transactions with related parties, corporate reorganizations, acquisitions and dispositions of assets, and dividends.

The interests of our Principal Equityholders may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders and the concentration of control in our Principal Equityholders will limit other stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters. The concentration of ownership and voting power of our Principal Equityholders may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of our Principal Equityholders, even if such events are in the best interests of our other stockholders. The concentration of voting power among our Principal Equityholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock. Our company may take actions that our other stockholders do not view as beneficial, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and cause the value of your investment to decline.

Pursuant to the stockholders agreement that we expect to enter into with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH, certain of our actions will require the approval of the directors nominated by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. Specifically, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle, so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s common stock held by it at the closing of this offering (and the application of net proceeds), and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle, so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s common stock held by it following this offering (and the application of net proceeds), must be obtained before we are permitted to take any of the following actions:

 

   

any change of control of TMHC;

 

   

acquisitions or dispositions by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of assets (including land) valued at more than $50.0 million;

 

   

incurrence by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of any indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million or the making of any loan in excess of $50.0 million;

 

   

issuance of any equity securities of TMHC, subject to limited exceptions (which include issuances pursuant to approved compensation plans);

 

   

hiring and termination of our Chief Executive Officer; and

 

   

certain changes to the size of our Board of Directors.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations or acquisitions of additional

 

44


Table of Contents

shares, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” An “interested stockholder” is defined to include persons owning directly or indirectly 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation. We have elected in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except that they provide that the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and their respective affiliates and transferees will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

In addition, because the Principal Equityholders hold their economic interest in our business through New TMM, but not through TMHC, the public company, these existing owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock.

As a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, holders of our Class A common stock may not have the same degree of protection as that afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of these exchanges.

Following this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange as a result of the ownership position and voting rights of our Principal Equityholders upon completion of this offering. A “controlled company” is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company. More than 50% of our voting power will be held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles after completion of this offering. As a controlled company, we are entitled to elect, and we intend to elect, not to comply with certain corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange that would otherwise require the Board of Directors to have a majority of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and governance committees to be comprised entirely of independent directors, have written charters addressing such committee’s purpose and responsibilities and perform an annual evaluation of such committee. Accordingly, holders of our Class A common stock will not have the same protection afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced.

TMHC’s directors who have relationships with the Principal Equityholders may have conflicts of interest with respect to matters involving our company.

Following this offering, the majority of TMHC’s directors will be affiliated with the Principal Equityholders. These persons will have fiduciary duties to TMHC and in addition will have duties to the Principal Equityholders. In addition, TMHC’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no officer or director of TMHC who is also an officer, director, employee or other affiliate of the Principal Equityholders or an officer, director or employee of an affiliate of the Principal Equityholders will be liable to TMHC or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates instead of TMHC, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to TMHC that such person or affiliate has directed to the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates. As a result, such circumstances may entail real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both TMHC and the Principal Equityholders, whose interests, in some circumstances, may be adverse to those of TMHC. In addition, as a result of the Principal Equityholders’ indirect ownership interest, conflicts of interest could arise with respect to transactions involving business dealings between TMHC and the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates, including potential business transactions, potential acquisitions of businesses or properties, the issuance of additional securities, the payment of dividends by TMHC and other matters.

 

45


Table of Contents

Risks related to this offering

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock so the share price for our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot provide assurance that an active trading market will develop upon completion of this offering or, if it does develop, that it will be sustained. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be representative of the price that will prevail in the open market after this offering. See “Underwriting” for a discussion of the factors that were considered in determining the initial public offering price.

The market price of our Class A common stock after this offering may be significantly affected by factors such as quarterly variations in our results of operations, changes in government regulations, the announcement of new contracts by us or our competitors, general market conditions specific to the homebuilding industry, changes in general economic conditions, volatility in the financial markets, differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts and changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections. These fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.

These and other factors may lower the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. As a result, our Class A common stock may trade at prices significantly below the public offering price.

Furthermore, in recent years the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our Class A common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the price of our Class A common stock and materially affect the value of your investment.

We have broad discretion to use the offering proceeds and our investment of those proceeds may not yield a favorable return.

Our management has broad discretion to spend the proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns. This could harm our business and could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

A substantial portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market at any time. This could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. After the consummation of this offering, we will have 122,308,964 shares of outstanding Class A common stock on a fully diluted basis, assuming that all the New TMM Units outstanding (and the corresponding shares of Class B common stock) after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this offering described under “Organizational Structure,” excluding those held by TMHC, are exchanged into shares of our Class A common stock.

In addition, upon consummation of this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board will beneficially own an aggregate of 80.5% of the outstanding partnership interests in New TMM and 98,498,964 shares of our Class B common stock (or 77.6% of New TMM

 

46


Table of Contents

Units and 94,927,464 shares of our Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the limited partners of New TMM (other than TMHC) will be able to exchange their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the limited partners of New TMM upon an exchange of New TMM Units as described above would be considered “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, unless the exchange is registered under the Securities Act. We and certain of the existing holders of New TMM Units who is a party to the Exchange Agreement will also agree with the underwriters not to sell, otherwise dispose of or hedge any Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, subject to specified exceptions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of New TMM Units will be eligible for resale from time to time, subject to certain contractual restrictions and the requirements of the Securities Act.

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering 7,956,955 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan and we will enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board. See the information under the heading “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a more detailed description of the shares of Class A common stock that will be available for future sale upon completion of this offering.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules implemented or to be implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing and the costs we incur for such purposes may strain our resources. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, divert management’s attention to ensuring compliance and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We have hired a number of people to assist with the enhanced requirements of being a public company but still need to hire more people for that purpose. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers and may divert management’s attention. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and stock price.

Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. To date, we have not identified any material deficiencies related to our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, although we have not conducted an audit of our controls. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. We are also beginning to evaluate how to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the

 

47


Table of Contents

related rules of the SEC, which require, among other things, our management to assess annually the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014. During the course of this documentation and testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may be unable to remedy before the requisite deadline for those reports. Our auditors have not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to remediate material deficiencies noted by us or our independent registered public accounting firm or to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If our management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to conclude in their reports that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our Class A common stock could drop significantly. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or other regulatory authorities.

If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering. See “Dilution.”

If we raise additional capital through the issuance of new equity securities at a price lower than the initial public offering price, you will incur additional dilution.

If we raise additional capital through the issuance of new equity securities at a lower price than the initial public offering price, you will be subject to additional dilution which could cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment. If we are unable to access the public markets in the future, or if our performance or prospects decreases, we may need to consummate a private placement or public offering of our Class A common stock at a lower price than the initial public offering price. In addition, any new securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those securities held by you.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class A common stock may be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Provisions in our charter and bylaws and provisions of Delaware law may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party, which might diminish the value of our Class A common stock. Provisions in our debt agreements may also require an acquirer to refinance our outstanding indebtedness if a change of control occurs.

In addition to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles holding a majority of the voting power of TMHC following this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain certain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable, including the following, some of which may only become effective when the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock (the “Triggering Event”):

 

   

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

 

48


Table of Contents
   

the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

   

after the Triggering Event, limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent;

 

   

after the Triggering Event, in certain cases, the approval of holders of at least three-fourths of the shares entitled to vote generally on the making, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

 

   

after the Triggering Event, the required approval of holders of at least three-fourths of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors, which removal may only be for cause; and

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used, among other things, to institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” We have elected in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except that they provide that the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and their respective affiliates and transferees will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in the acquisition. For more information, please see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Under our Revolving Credit Facility, a change of control would be an event of default, which would therefore require a third party acquirer to obtain a facility to refinance any outstanding indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility. Under the indenture governing our senior notes, if a change of control were to occur, we would be required to make an offer to repurchase the senior notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount. These change of control provisions in our existing debt agreements may also delay or diminish the value of an acquisition by a third party.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our company, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about our company and our industry. One or more analysts could downgrade our Class A common stock or issue other negative commentary about our company or our industry. In addition, we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. Alternatively, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.

 

49


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “will” or “should” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies, the industry in which we operate and potential acquisitions. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of this prospectus.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Important factors that could cause our results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to:

 

   

cyclicality in our business and adverse changes in general economic or business conditions outside of our control;

 

   

a prolongation or worsening of the recent significant downturn in the U.S. or a significant decline in the market for new single-family homes or condominiums in Ontario, Canada;

 

   

the potential difficulty in maintaining profitability in the future;

 

   

fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar;

 

   

an inability on our part to obtain performance bonds or letters of credit necessary to carry on our operations;

 

   

higher cancellation rates of agreements of sale pertaining to our homes;

 

   

competition in the homebuilding industry;

 

   

constriction of the credit markets and the resulting inability of our customers to secure financing to purchase our homes;

 

   

an increase in unemployment;

 

   

increases in taxes or government fees;

 

   

increased homeownership costs due to government regulation;

 

   

our inability to pass along the effects of inflation or increased costs to our customers;

 

   

the seasonal nature of our business;

 

   

negative publicity;

 

   

an unexpected increase in home warranty or construction defect claims, including with respect to Chinese-made drywall;

 

50


Table of Contents
   

various liability issues related to our reliance or contractors;

 

   

failure in our financial and commercial controls or systems;

 

   

changes in the availability of suitable land on which to build;

 

   

declines in the market value of our land and inventory;

 

   

risks associated with our real estate and lot inventory;

 

   

shortages in labor supply, increased labor costs or labor disruptions;

 

   

the failure to recruit, retain and develop highly skilled, competent personnel and our dependence on certain members of our management and key personnel;

 

   

the effects of government regulation or legal challenges on our development and other activities;

 

   

changes in governmental regulation and other risks associated with acting as a mortgage lender;

 

   

the loss of any of our important commercial relationships;

 

   

an inability to use certain deferred tax assets;

 

   

shortages in raw materials and building supply and price fluctuations;

 

   

the concentration of our operations in California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, Florida and Ontario, Canada, including adverse weather conditions;

 

   

changes to the population growth rates in our markets;

 

   

risks related to conducting business through joint ventures;

 

   

costs associated with the future growth or expansion of our operations or acquisitions or disposals of our divisions;

 

   

U.S. defined benefit pension schemes, which may require increased contributions;

 

   

a major health and safety incident;

 

   

potential environmental risks and liabilities associated with the ownership, leasing or occupation of land;

 

   

potential claims for damages as a result of hazardous materials;

 

   

uninsured losses or losses in excess of insurance limits;

 

   

existing or future litigation, arbitration or other claims;

 

   

poor relations with the residents of our communities;

 

   

utility and resource shortages or rate fluctuations;

 

   

an inability to develop our communities successfully or within expected time frames;

 

   

any future inability on our part to secure the capital required to fund our business;

 

   

issues relating to our substantial debt;

 

   

an inability to pursue certain business strategies because of restricted covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness; and

 

   

other risks and uncertainties inherent in our business.

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. We urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry”

 

51


Table of Contents

and “Business,” for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect our future performance and the industry in which we operate. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events described in this prospectus may not occur.

We undertake no obligation, and do not expect, to publicly update or publicly revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

52


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Structure Prior to the Reorganization Transactions

Our business is conducted by wholly owned subsidiaries of TMM. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Operating Subsidiaries and their subsidiaries is directly or indirectly owned by TMM. The limited partners of TMM immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions were the Principal Equityholders and certain members of our management and our board.

The following chart summarizes our legal entity structure immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions described below. This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by TMM:

 

LOGO

The Reorganization Transactions

In the Reorganization Transactions, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM including the Principal Equityholders and certain members of our management and our board will, through a series of transactions, contribute their limited partnership interests in TMM to New TMM, a new limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, such that TMM and the general partner of TMM will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of New TMM. TMHC will, through a series of transactions, become the sole owner of the general partner of New TMM, and TMHC will use the net cash proceeds received in this offering to purchase New TMM Units.

Immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions, partnership interests in TMM were divided into three categories of units: Class A Units, Class J Units and Class M Units. The Principal Equityholders and certain members of our management and our board held all of the Class A Units. JH, one of the Principal Equityholders, held all of the Class J Units. Certain members of our management and our board held all of the Class M Units.

 

53


Table of Contents

Holders of the Class J Units and Class M Units were not entitled to receive distributions unless specified return thresholds were met and all capital contributed to TMM by holders of Class A Units has been returned. Class M Units were issued as long-term incentive compensation for members of our management and our board and were subject to time-vesting or performance-vesting.

In the Reorganization Transactions:

 

   

TPG and Oaktree will each form a holding vehicle;

 

   

Our Principal Equityholders and members of our management and our board will directly or indirectly exchange all of their respective Class A Units (other than certain Class A Units exchanged by JH as described below), Class J Units and performance-vesting Class M Units in TMM on a one-for-one basis for new equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with terms that are substantially the same as the Class A Units, Class J Units (other than with respect to certain vesting conditions) and performance-vesting Class M Units in TMM surrendered for exchange;

 

   

JH will exchange a portion of its Class A Units in TMM for New TMM Units to be held by JH;

 

   

Members of our management and our board will exchange all of their time-vesting Class M Units in TMM for New TMM Units with vesting terms that are substantially the same as those of the Class M Units surrendered for exchange;

 

   

The vesting terms of the equity interests in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and New TMM Units received by members of our management and our board will be identical to the current vesting terms of the Class M Units of TMM prior to their exchange. No equity interests in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles or New TMM Units held by members of our management and our board will vest as a result of the completion of this offering;

 

   

The vesting terms of the Class J Unit equivalents in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles received by JH will be substantially identical to the current vesting terms of the Class J Units of TMM prior to the exchange, except that there will no longer be any time-based vesting conditions;

 

   

New TMM will directly or indirectly acquire all of the Class A Units, Class J Units and Class M Units outstanding prior to the Reorganization Transactions; and

 

   

The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will directly or indirectly acquire New TMM Units.

Immediately following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the limited partners of New TMM will consist of TMHC, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board. The number of New TMM Units issued to each of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and members of our management and our board as described above will be determined using the same methodology and based on a hypothetical cash distribution by TMM of our pre-IPO value to the holders of Class A Units, Class J Units and Class M Units of TMM and the price per share paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

For example, based on an assumed public offering price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth in the cover page of this prospectus), our pre-IPO valuation would be $2,226.4 million (calculated using an assumed price paid per share by the underwriters in this offering of $19.74). Based on these facts, a member of management who would be entitled to receive $200,000 in respect of such manager’s time-vesting Class M Units in a hypothetical distribution of the assumed pre-IPO value of TMM would receive 10,132 New TMM Units in the Reorganization Transactions (determined by dividing $200,000 by the assumed price paid per share by the underwriters in this offering).

The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and members of our management and our board will also be issued a number of shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units that each vehicle and members of management will receive. Following the consummation of the Reorganization

 

54


Table of Contents

Transactions, TMHC, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board will all hold the same class of New TMM Units.

At the consummation of this offering, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we estimate we will record a one-time, non-cash charge that is estimated to be $76.4 million (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and other factors) in respect of the modification of the Class J Units in TMM resulting from the termination of the Services Agreement between JH and TMM and the direct or indirect exchange (on a one-for-one basis) of the Class J Units for units having substantially equivalent performance vesting and distribution terms in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. The charge is reflected on our unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and is offset in the noncontrolling interest of TMHC. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Exchange of Class J Units in TMM.”

Immediately after the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, the only asset of TMHC will be its direct or indirect interest in New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. Each share of TMHC Class A common stock will correspond to an economic interest held by TMHC in New TMM, whereas the shares of TMHC Class B common stock will only have voting rights in TMHC and will have no economic rights of any kind. Shares of TMHC Class B common stock will be initially owned solely by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board and cannot be transferred except in connection with an exchange or transfer of a New TMM Unit. We do not intend to list the Class B common stock on any stock exchange.

TMHC was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in November 2012. TMHC has not engaged in any business or other activities, except for certain aspects of the Reorganization Transactions, and following the Reorganization Transactions will have no assets other than its direct or indirect interest in New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. Following this offering, TMM’s subsidiaries will continue to operate the historical business of our company.

TMHC is currently authorized to issue a single class of common stock. In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Shares of common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders. The Class B common stock will not entitle its holders to any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) that holders of Class A common stock will have. The aggregate voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the aggregate percentage of New TMM Units not held by TMHC.

In connection with this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board will enter into the Exchange Agreement under which, from time to time, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and our board will have the right to exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of TMHC Class B common stock) for shares of TMHC Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

For a description of the vesting and other terms applicable to the exchange of TMM Units in the Reorganization Transactions as described above see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation—Exchange of Class M Units.”

In addition, as a part of the Reorganization Transactions, we will, among other things, amend and restate the limited partnership agreement governing TMM, enter into a stockholders agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH and enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

55


Table of Contents

Effect of the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering

The Reorganization Transactions are intended to create a holding company that will facilitate public ownership of, and investment in, our company.

The following chart summarizes our legal entity structure following the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us:

 

LOGO

 

56


Table of Contents

Upon the consummation of this offering, TMHC intends to use the net proceeds from this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM and from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management as further described under “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Upon completion of the Reorganizations Transactions described above, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering:

 

   

TMHC will control the sole general partner of New TMM, which will control New TMM, and will hold directly or indirectly 19.5% of the outstanding New TMM Units (22.4% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). TMHC will consolidate the financial results of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries and TMHC’s net income (loss) will be reduced by a noncontrolling interest expense to reflect the portion of New TMM’s net income (loss) to which TMHC is not entitled;

 

   

the TPG holding vehicle will hold an aggregate of 48,041,098 shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock and an aggregate of 48,041,098 New TMM Units, or 39.3% of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing 39.3% of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or 37.8% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full);

 

   

the Oaktree holding vehicle will hold an aggregate of 48,041,098 shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock and an aggregate of 48,041,098 New TMM Units, or 39.3% of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing 39.3% of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or 37.8% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full);

 

   

JH will hold an aggregate of 633,232 shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock and an aggregate of 633,232 New TMM Units, or 0.5% of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing 0.5% of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or 0.5% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full);

 

   

certain members of our management and our board will hold directly an aggregate of 1,783,536 shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock and an aggregate of 1,783,536 New TMM Units, or 1.4% of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing 1.4% of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or 1.4% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full);

 

   

TMHC’s public stockholders will collectively hold 23,810,000 shares of TMHC’s Class A common stock (or 27,381,500 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), representing 19.5% of the combined voting power and economic interest in TMHC (or 22.4% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full); and

 

   

the New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board (together with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) may be exchanged for shares of TMHC’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The exchange of New TMM Units for shares of our Class A common stock will not, in and of itself, affect the aggregate voting power of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board since the votes represented by the exchanged shares of our Class B common stock will be replaced with the votes represented by the shares of Class A common stock for which New TMM Units are exchanged.

In addition, in connection with this offering, 1,223,000 non-qualified stock options and 191,959 restricted stock units will be granted to certain members of management and our board. Of these grants, an aggregate of 802,500 non-qualified stock options and 116,980 restricted stock units will be granted to our named executive officers and an aggregate of 420,500 non-qualified stock options and 65,478 restricted stock units will be granted to other members of our management. An aggregate of 9,501 restricted stock units will be granted to two of our directors. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation.”

 

57


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of 23,810,000 shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering will be approximately $470.0 million after deducting $30.0 million of underwriting discounts and commissions and assuming an initial public offering price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $540.5 million.

TMHC will use $195.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering). New TMM will contribute such net proceeds to its subsidiaries. New TMM’s subsidiaries intend to use such proceeds to redeem $181.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior notes (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $7.0 million through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013). TMHC intends to use the remaining approximately $275.0 million of the proceeds from this offering, together with $7.0 million of cash on hand to purchase New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management. We expect that the purchase of the New TMM Units from certain members of our management will be consummated at closing of this offering and the purchase of New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH will be consummated promptly following this offering, but in no event prior to April 15, 2013. Unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, any disclosures set forth herein relating to our post-offering capital structure, our post-offering shareholders (and their holdings) or similar matters assume the successful completion of these purchases from management, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH. To the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, the additional net proceeds will be used to purchase additional New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering). We will use cash on hand to pay the estimated $10.0 million of expenses in connection with this offering.

Following this offering, in accordance with our growth strategy, we intend to opportunistically raise up to $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions. We intend to use proceeds from such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Prior to the application of the proceeds described above, TMHC, New TMM and TMM and its subsidiaries may hold any net proceeds in cash or invest them in short-term securities or investments.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $21.00 per share of common stock would increase (decrease) our expected net proceeds by approximately $22.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. To the extent that the initial public offering price exceeds or is less than $21.00 per share of Class A common stock, the amount to be contributed to New TMM’s subsidiaries to redeem senior notes and the amount to be used to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and members of management will increase or decrease pro rata.

 

58


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future or to make distributions from New TMM to its limited partners (other than to TMHC to fund its operations). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” TMHC has not previously declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock.

Any future determination as to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors of TMHC and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, including those governing the Revolving Credit Facility and the senior notes, that limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and other factors the Board of Directors of TMHC deems relevant. For further information, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Notes.”

 

59


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2012:

 

   

on an actual basis, for TMM; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis with respect to TMHC, giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions as well as this offering and the use of proceeds of this offering as described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions. We intend to use any proceeds from such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. At the closing of this offering, we will also be terminating the management services agreement with TPG and Oaktree, and in connection with the termination, we will be paying a termination fee of $30.0 million in cash, split equally between TPG and Oaktree. Our pro forma capitalization does not give effect to any such debt financing, termination fee payment or the possible amendment and restatement of our Revolving Credit Facility.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     December 31, 2012  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)    TMM
Actual
     TMHC
Pro Forma(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 300,567       $ 283,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revolving Credit Facility(2)

   $ 50,000       $ 50,000   

Loans payable and other borrowings(3)

     215,968         215,968   

Senior Notes(4)

     681,541         498,711   

Mortgage company debt(5)

     80,360         80,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt(6)

     1,027,869         845,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Owners’ Equity

     1,196,685         (41,714

Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share

     —           —     

Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value per share

     —           —     

Additional paid-in capital

        539,952   

Noncontrolling interest

     26,648         886,079   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,223,333         1,384,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,251,202       $ 2,229,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Assuming that the total number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price would result in (i) a $0.3 million decrease in our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, (ii) a $8.6 million decrease in our pro forma total debt, (iii) a $13.1 million increase in our pro forma additional paid-in capital, (iv) a $15.2 million increase in our stockholder equity and (v) a $6.2 million increase in our pro forma total capitalization. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would result in corresponding inverse changes.
  (2) At December 31, 2012 the Revolving Credit Facility provided TMC and Monarch Corporation with revolving borrowing capacity up to $225.0 million. The Revolving Credit Facility matures in July 2016. Drawings under this facility will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2012, there was $50.0 million in outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, and there was $11.2 million in outstanding letters of credit. In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the Revolving Credit Facility to increase the revolving borrowing capacity from $225.0 million to $400.0 million on an unsecured basis. The amendment is expected to include a $200.0 million incremental facility feature which would allow us to increase the borrowing capacity to $600.0 million, subject to compliance with certain financial covenants. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
  (3) Loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 consists of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. As of December 31, 2012, $114.4 million of the loans were scheduled to be repaid in the next 12 months. The interest rate on $131.9 million of the loans ranged from 1.0% to 8.0% and $84.0 million of the loans were non-interest bearing.
  (4) Reflects the carrying value of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020 issued at par on April 13, 2012 and $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional senior notes issued at a price of 105.5% of their principal amount on August 21, 2011.
  (5) Reflects debt of TMHF, our wholly owned mortgage subsidiary. TMHF is separately capitalized and its obligations are non-recourse to TMHC, New TMM, TMM or any of our homebuilding entities.
  (6) Total debt does not include letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility (as defined in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”). The TD Facility provides for borrowings and letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of CAD $102.6 million, and CAD $102.6 million in letters of credit were outstanding as of December 31, 2012. The HSBC Facility provided for letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of CAD $11.0 million, and the facility was fully drawn as of December 31, 2012. The TD Facility and the HSBC Facility are scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.

 

60


Table of Contents

DILUTION

The pro forma net tangible book value of TMHC as of December 31, 2012 would have been $1.2 billion or $10.55 per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing TMHC’s pro forma tangible net worth of $1.2 billion, total assets (excluding intangible assets) less total liabilities, by the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions (including the issuance of an aggregate of 112,784,964 New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock) and assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock. After giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the sale of the 23,810,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and the receipt and application of the net proceeds, including the purchase of 14,286,000 New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock from the existing equityholders by TMHC for approximately $282.0 million, TMHC pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2012 would have been $1.4 billion or $11.08 per share assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing equityholders of $0.53 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $9.92 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

  

   $ 21.00   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012 (1)

   $ 10.55      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     0.49      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after offering (2)

  

     11.04   
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

  

   $ 9.96   
     

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects 112,784,964 outstanding shares, consisting of 98,498,964 New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock to be held by the existing equityholders immediately prior to this offering and 14,286,000 New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock to be held by the existing equityholders immediately prior to this offering and to be purchased by TMHC using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

(2) Reflects 122,308,964 outstanding shares, consisting of 23,810,000 shares of Class A common stock issued in this offering and 98,498,964 New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock. Does not reflect 14,286,000 New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock which will be purchased by TMHC from the existing equityholders using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.

Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering from the initial public offering price per share.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering by $8.9 million and the dilution per share to new investors by $0.93, in each case assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis, as of December 31, 2012, the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from TMHC, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing equityholders and by the new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the receipt and application of the net proceeds of this offering and assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing equityholders(1)

     98,498,964         80.5   $ 677,740,650         57.5   $ 6.88   

New investors(2)

     23,810,000         19.5        500,010,000         42.5        21.00   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

Total

     122,308,964         100   $ 1,177,750,650         100     9.63   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

(1) Reflects approximately $776.0 million of consideration paid by existing equityholders for TMM Units, net of $98.3 million of consideration paid in respect of TMM Units that will be directly or indirectly exchanged for the 14,286,000 New TMM Units and associated shares of Class B common stock that will be acquired using a portion of the proceeds of this offering. The $776.0 million of consideration paid consists of (i) a contribution by the Principal Equityholders and certain members of management of $623.6 million in July 2011 in connection with the Acquisition, (ii) a $150.0 million contribution by the Principal Equityholders in respect of the Sponsor Loan Contribution in April 2012, (iii) a $0.5 million additional investment by certain members of management in April 2012 and (iv) a $1.9 million investment by members of the board of directors in April 2012.

 

(2) Includes 14,286,000 shares of Class A common stock sold whose proceeds are being used to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of management as described in note (1) above.

To the extent the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering by $22.4 million and would increase (decrease) the average price per share paid by new investors by $1.00, assuming the number of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and without deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

62


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 presents TMHC’s consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on December 31, 2012.

At the consummation of this offering, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we estimate we will record a one-time, non-cash charge that is estimated to be $76.4 million (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and other factors) in respect of the modification of the Class J Units in TMM resulting from the termination of the Services Agreement between JH and TMM and the direct or indirect exchange (on a one-for-one basis) of the Class J Units for units having substantially equivalent performance vesting and distribution terms in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. The charge is reflected on our unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and is offset in the noncontrolling interest of TMHC. For more information, see the notes to our Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet included herein.

In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions. We intend to use any remaining proceeds from this offering and such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. Our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not give effect to any such debt financing or additional senior notes redemption transactions. At the closing of this offering, we will be terminating the management services agreement with TPG and Oaktree, and in connection with the termination, we will be paying a termination fee of $30.0 million in cash to TPG and Oaktree, which is calculated based on the present value of the annual $3.5 million management fee under that agreement during the remaining term of the agreement (which expires on July 11, 2021). Our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not reflect the payment of such termination fee because it is non-recurring.

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information, we have assumed that 23,810,000 shares of Class A common stock will be issued by TMHC at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and as a result, immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will be 80.5%, and the net income attributable to New TMM Units not held by TMHC will accordingly represent 80.5% of our net income. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will be 77.6%; and the net income attributable to New TMM Units not held by TMHC will accordingly represent 77.6% of our net income.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations and unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for information purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of TMHC that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to be indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transaction and this offering occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations of financial position for any future period or date.

 

63


Table of Contents

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2012

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     TMM
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Pro forma
Adjustments for
the Financing
Transactions

and the
Reorganization
Transactions
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
for this
Offering
    TMHC
Pro Forma
 
          

Home closings revenue

   $ 1,369,452      $ —        $ —        $ 1,369,452   

Land closings revenue

     44,408        —          —          44,408   

Financial services revenue

     21,861        —          —          21,861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,435,721        —          —        $ 1,435,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of home closings

     1,077,525        (43 )(b)      (4,842 )(f)      1,072,640   

Cost of land closings

     35,884        —          —          35,884   

Financial services expenses

     11,266        —          —          11,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     1,124,675        (43     (4,842     1,119,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     311,046        43        (4,842     315,931   

Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs

     80,907        —          —          80,907   

General and administrative expenses

     60,444  (a)      —          3,508  (g)      63,952   

Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated entities

     (22,964     —          —          (22,964

Other expense

     1,121        —          —          1,121   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     7,853        —          3,172  (h)      11,025   

Transaction expenses

     100        (100 )(c)      —          —     

Indemnification (income) expense

     13,034        (13,034 )(d)      —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     170,551        13,177        (1,838     181,890   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (260,297     4,612  (e)      2,222  (i)      (253,463
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     430,848        8,565        (4,059     435,354   

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (28     —          (348,131 )(j)      (348,159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

   $ 430,820      $ 8,565      $ (352,190   $ 87,195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

     —          —          —          23,810   

Basic net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock

     —          —          —        $ 3.66   

Diluted weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

     —          —          —          122,309   

Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock

     —          —          —        $ 3.56   

 

64


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

(a) General and administrative expenses include approximately $5.0 million of management fees paid to the Principal Equityholders for general corporate and administrative expenses during the period pursuant to management services agreements. Effective as of the completion of this offering, the management services agreements will be terminated, and the fees will no longer be charged, although the charge for such fees has not been eliminated by any pro forma adjustment.

 

(b) Represents adjustments related to the elimination of the amortization of capitalized interest (including amortization of debt discount and deferred financing fees) included in cost of home closings that was attributable to our historical debt financing arrangements in effect during the period presented. These historical debt financing arrangements included (i) $500.0 million borrowed on July 13, 2011 under the bridge loan facility under our Sponsor Loan, which bore interest at a stated rate of 13.0% per annum and was retired on April 13, 2012, (ii) $550.0 million of senior notes issued at par on April 13, 2012, which bear interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum, (iii) $125.0 million of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012 at a price equal to 105.5% of their principal amount, which also bear interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum and (iv) our Revolving Credit Facility, whose commitments were increased from $75.0 million to $225.0 million in December 2012.

 

     Also reflects adjustments to give pro forma effect to the following financing transactions (the “New Financing Transactions”), as if such financing transactions had occurred on January 1, 2012: (i) the incurrence of $550.0 million of senior notes issued at par, bearing interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum, (ii) the incurrence of $125.0 million of senior notes issued at a price equal to 105.5% of their principal amount, also bearing interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum and (iii) the increase in our Revolving Credit Facility from $75.0 million to $225.0 million (with $50.0 million drawn thereunder during the period presented).

($ in thousands)

 

Elimination of historical capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings related to our historical debt financing arrangements

   $ 30,316   

Adjustment reflecting capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings related to the New Financing Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2012

     30,273   
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings

   $ (43
  

 

 

 

 

(c) Represents the elimination of $0.1 million of historical costs related to the Acquisition that were paid during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(d) Reflects the reversal of a receivable related to a tax indemnity from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, in respect of certain matters that have been settled. The indemnity was provided in connection with the Acquisition for certain tax liabilities that existed on the date of the Acquisition.

 

(e) Reflects the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated using a blended rate of 35% for the respective statutory tax rates of the jurisdiction where the respective adjustment relates.

 

(f) Reflects the elimination of historical capitalized interest expense and amortization of financing fees included in cost of home closings related to $181.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013) using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, based on the redemption of 26.8% of the $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on April 13, 2012 and the same percentage of the $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012, as if such redemption had occurred on January 1, 2012.

 

65


Table of Contents
(g) In connection with this offering, 1,223,000 non-qualified stock options and 191,959 restricted stock units will be granted to certain members of management and our board. Of these grants, an aggregate of 802,500 non-qualified stock options and 116,980 restricted stock units will be granted to our named executive officers and an aggregate of 420,500 non-qualified stock options and 65,478 restricted stock units will be granted to other members of our management. An aggregate of 9,501 restricted stock units will be granted to two of our directors. The non-qualified stock options vest over a five year period. Fair value was estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. We estimated the inputs for the option pricing model as follows:

 

   

The grant price and market value for these non-qualified stock options was assumed to be $21.00, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

   

Volatility and expected term assumptions were estimated using an average of volatility and expected term measures disclosed by seven publicly traded homebuilders. We assumed the volatility to be 55.55% and the expected term to be 5.20 years.

 

   

We selected a U.S. Treasury bond rate of 1.01% consistent with the expected term assumption.

 

   

As we do not plan to pay dividends, a dividend rate of zero was assumed.

The total estimated fair value was $12.5 million, and $2.5 million of the adjustment represents the amount amortized to expense during one year. The restricted stock units vest ratably over four years. The fair value was determined by multiplying the midpoint of the price range for this offering set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $21.00, by the 191,959 restricted stock units issued, resulting in an aggregate fair value of $4.0 million, and $1.0 million of the adjustment represents the amount amortized to general and administrative expense during one year. Combining the year one amortization amounts for the non-qualified stock options and the restricted stock units results in a $3.5 million total adjustment.

 

(h) Reflects the write-off of $5.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the $181.0 million of senior notes being retired with a portion of the proceeds of this offering, net of $1.8 million of premium recognized as a result of the retirement, at a price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013), of 26.8% of the senior notes that were issued on August 21, 2012 at a price of 105.5% of their principal amount.

 

(i) Records the amount of incremental tax expense on the 20% of New TMM profits (which are pushed-up to TMHC on a pro forma basis) that do not qualify for the dividends received deduction under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The amount of tax is based on the 19.5% assumed ownership percentage of TMHC in New TMM.

 

     The amount of tax on U.S. profits is calculated as follows: (i) 35.0% statutory rate times (ii) 20% of profits not qualifying for the deduction times (iii) 19.5% TMHC pro forma ownership percentage in New TMM, yielding additional tax of $1.1 million.

 

     The amount of tax on Canadian profits is calculated as follows: (i) 35.0% U.S. statutory rate minus 26.0% Canadian statutory rate times (ii)  19.5% TMHC pro forma ownership percentage in New TMM, yielding additional tax of $1.7 million.

 

(j) Eliminates net income attributable to the direct or indirect holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC), assuming such holders retain 80.5% ownership after this offering, which would be adjusted from the consolidated financials under ASC Topic 810.

 

66


Table of Contents

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2012

(Unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

    TMHC     TMM     Pro Forma
Adjustments for the
Financing Transactions
and the Reorganization
Transactions
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
for this
Offering
     TMHC  
    Historical     Historical          Pro Forma  

ASSETS

          

ASSETS:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 35      $ 300,567      $ —          (17,013) (c)     $ 283,589   

Restricted cash

    —          13,683        —          —           13,683   

Real estate inventory

    —          1,633,050        —          —           1,633,050   

Land deposits

    —          28,724        —          —           28,724   

Loan receivables—net

    —          48,685        —          —           48,685   

Mortgage receivables

    —          84,963        —          —           84,963   

Tax indemnification receivable

    —          107,638        —          —           107,638   

Other receivables—net

    —          48,951        —          —           48,951   

Prepaid expenses and other assets—net

    72        101,427        —          (5,015 )(d)       96,484   

Investment in unconsolidated entities

    —          74,465        —          —           74,465   

Property and equipment—net

    —          6,423        —          —           6,423   

Deferred tax assets—net

    —          274,757        —          —           274,757   

Intangible assets—net

    —          33,480        —          —           33,480   

Income taxes receivable

    —          —          —          —           —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

  $ 107      $ 2,756,813      $ —        $ (18,029    $ 2,734,893   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

          

LIABILITIES:

          

Accounts payable

  $   —        $ 98,647        —          —         $ 98,647   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    106        213,413        —          (7,013 )(e)       206,506   

Income taxes payable

    —          111,513        4,612  (a)      2,222  (f)       118,347   

Deferred tax liabilities—net

    —          —          —          —           —     

Customer deposits

    —          82,038        —          —           82,038   

Mortgage borrowings

    —          80,360        —          —           80,360   

Net payable to Taylor Wimpey plc

    —          —          —          —           —     

Loans payable and other borrowings

    —          265,968        —          —           265,968   

Long-term debt

    —          681,541        —          (182,830 )(e)       498,711   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 106      $ 1,533,480      $ 4,612      $ (187,622    $ 1,350,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES EQUITY:

          

Net owners’ equity

  $ —        $ 1,231,050      $ (13,177 )(b)      (1,217,873 )(g)       —     

Capital stock

    0        —            0  (h)       0   

Additional paid-in capital

    1        —            539,951  (i)       539,951   

Retained earnings

    —          —          8,565  (a)      (15,915 )(j)       (7,349

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    —          (34,365     —          —           (34,365
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total owners’ equity

    1        1,196,685        (4,612     (693,837      498,237   

Noncontrolling interests

    —          26,648          859,430  (k)       886,079   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

    —          1,223,333        (4,612     169,593         1,384,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

  $ 107      $ 2,756,813      $ —        $ (18,029    $ 2,734,893   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

(a) Reflects a $4.6 million increase in income taxes payable and an $8.6 million increase in retained earnings due to the $13.0 million reduction in pro forma income before income taxes due to the reversal of a receivable related to a tax indemnity from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, in respect of certain matters that have since been settled (see note (d) to the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of operations). The indemnity was provided in connection with the Acquisition for certain unsettled tax liabilities that existed on the date of the Acquisition.
(b) Represents the balance sheet effects of the pro forma adjustments to income before income taxes described in notes (b), (c) and (d) to the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of operations.
(c) Reflects TMHC’s receipt and application of the proceeds from this offering assuming the issuance of 23,810,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), with sources and uses of the proceeds as follows:

Sources:

 

   

$500.0 million gross cash proceeds to TMHC from the offering of Class A common stock; and

 

   

$17.0 million in cash from a dividend by TMM.

Uses:

 

   

TMHC will use $30.0 million to pay underwriting discounts and commissions;

 

   

TMHC will use $282.0 million to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management (see note (k) below); and

 

   

TMHC will use $195.0 million to purchase New TMM Units from New TMM, whereupon New TMM will contribute such proceeds to subsidiaries of TMM, which will use $195.0 million of such contributed proceeds to redeem $181.0 million aggregate principal amount of the senior notes (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $7.0 million through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013); and

 

   

TMHC will use $10.0 million to pay professional fees and expenses relating to this offering.

 

(d) Reflects the write-off of $5.0 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the $181.0 million of senior notes being redeemed with a portion of the proceeds of this offering.
(e) Reflects (i) the redemption of $181.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption of $7.0 million, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013) using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, based on the redemption of 26.8% of the $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on April 13, 2012 and the same percentage of the $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012, as if such redemption had occurred on December 31, 2012, (ii) the write-off of $5.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the redeemed senior notes and (iii) the payment of $36.0 million of fees and expenses in connection with this offering (including underwriting discounts and commissions) and (iv) recognition of $1.8 million of premium from the redemption, at a price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption), of 26.8% of the senior notes that were issued on August 21, 2012 at a price of 105.5% of their principal amount.
(f) Records the amount of incremental tax liability from pro forma adjustments related to this offering, as described in note (i) to the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of operations.
(g)

Reflects the elimination of the Principal Equityholders’ ownership under ASC Topic 810 for consolidation in TMHC’s financial statements.

 

68


Table of Contents
(h) Reflects the effect on capital stock relating to the issuance of 23,810,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, in this offering.
(i) Reflects the effects on additional paid-in capital relating to the following ($ in thousands):

 

Gross proceeds of this offering

   $ 500,000   

Payment of underwriting discounts with respect to this offering

     (30,000

Allocation of equity related to the non-cash charge relating to the exchange of Class J Units of TMM for Class J Units of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles(1)

     76,443   

Effect on addition paid in capital related to the vesting of 1.223 million options to purchase Class A common stock at the offering price granted to certain members of management in connection with this offering

     2,503   

Reflects the vesting of a portion of the 191,354 shares of restricted Class A common stock to be awarded to certain members of management at the closing of this offering

     1,005   

Deemed distribution from TMM to pay estimated professional fees and expenses of TMHC with respect to this offering

     (10,000
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to additional paid-in capital

   $ 539,952   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) In connection with the Acquisition, in July 2011, JH received an aggregate of 60,531,998 Class J Units in TMM (made up of J-1 Units, J-2 Units and J-3 Units). Class J Units were issued in consideration of JH’s service to TMM and are subject to both time and performance-based vesting conditions. At the completion of the Acquisition, TMM and JH entered into the Services Agreement.

 

       Satisfaction of the time-vesting condition requires the Services Agreement to be in effect as of the date each annual installment vests. The service conditions set forth in the Services Agreement lapse after a period of five years.

 

       Class J Units issued in the Acquisition satisfy performance-based vesting conditions once TPG and Oaktree have achieved certain specified threshold rates of return on their Class A Units in TMM and those returns have been realized in cash. Holders of vested J-1 Units, J-2 Units and J-3 Units would generally be entitled to participate in TMM distributions once the relevant sponsor, TPG or Oaktree, has realized an internal rate of return (in cash or in kind) on its initial capital contribution of 10%, 15%, or 15% plus a 1.0x, 1.0x or 2.0x return of capital, respectively. Because achievement of the performance-based vesting conditions, meaning the requirement to realize in cash the return on capital of TPG and Oaktree at the applicable thresholds set forth in the next paragraph, was not probable over any prior period, the Company determined that no expense for the value of the Class J Units was required to be recorded in its financial statements for any period prior to the occurrence of the Reorganization Transactions.

 

       In the Reorganization Transactions, the TMM Class J Units tied to TPG’s returns will be exchanged for Class J Units of the TPG holding vehicle, and the TMM Class J Units tied to Oaktree’s returns will be exchanged for Class J Units of the Oaktree holding vehicle, in each case with substantially equivalent performance vesting and distribution terms but no future service conditions. Following this offering, J-1 Units, J-2 Units and J-3 Units will generally vest when the applicable sponsor, TPG or Oaktree, has achieved an internal rate of return (in cash) on its aggregate capital contribution of 10%, 15%, or 15% plus a 1.0x, 1.0x or 2.0x return of capital, respectively.

 

       No Class J Units will be part of the equity structure of TMHC or New TMM following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering. The Services Agreement will be terminated and will not be replaced. The termination of the Services Agreement in connection with the exchange is a modification of the Class J Units under ASC Topic 718-20-35-3, requiring the recognition of a non-cash charge in our statement of operations, which we estimate to be approximately $76.4 million.

 

      

The non-cash charge will be non-recurring and will be recorded as an expense and as an offset in the non-controlling interests of TMHC. The amount of the charge represents the fair value of the Class J Units on the date of modification. The fair value of the Class J Units at the date of modification is

 

69


Table of Contents
  estimated using a Black-Scholes model with the following key assumptions: (1) volatility of 40%, based on a comparable peer set of companies, which includes Standard Pacific Group, Lennar Corp, Ryland Group Inc, KB Home, PulteGroup Inc., Hovnanian Enterprises Inc., Beazer Homes USA Inc, Meritage Homes Corporation, M/I Homes Inc, and DR Horton Inc.; (2) a risk free rate of 0.4%, based on US Treasuries with a like term; (3) an expected life of three years; (4) a 20% discount for lack of marketability to account for the illiquidity of the Class J Units in TMM and the Class J Units in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles being issued in exchange as well as the impact of the performance conditions (the requirement to realize the return on capital of TPG and Oaktree at the applicable thresholds) still to be met as of the date of the modification, based on both quantitative and qualitative factors; and (5) a hypothetical cash distribution by TMM of TMM’s pre-IPO value to the holders of Class A Units, Class J Units and Class M Units of TMM based on the price per share paid by the underwriters for shares of TMHC’s Class A common stock in this offering on the assumption that the performance conditions applicable to the Class J Units in TMM (the requirement to realize the return on capital of TPG and Oaktree at the applicable thresholds) have been met as of the date of this offering.

 

(j) Reflects the effects on retained earnings relating to the following ($ in thousands):

 

Write-off of deferred financing fees related to the redemption of $181.0 million of senior notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering

   $ (5,015

Premium on redemption of $181.0 million of senior notes at 103.875%

     (7,013

Recognition of premium associated with the portion of the redeemed senior notes that were issued at a premium to par in August 2012

     1,843   

Effect on retained earnings related to the vesting of 1.223 million options to purchase Class A common stock granted to certain members of management in connection with this offering at the offering price

     (2,503

Effect on retained earnings related to the vesting of a portion of the 191,354 shares of restricted Class A common stock to be awarded to certain members of management at the closing of this offering

     (1,005

Effect on retained earnings related to incremental tax liability from pro forma adjustments related to this offering, as described in note (i) to the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of operations

     (2,222
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to retained earnings

   $ (15,915
  

 

 

 

 

(k) Reflects the issuance of 23,810,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering to the public and the use of $195.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM in exchange for a 19.5% interest in New TMM. The following sets forth the reduction in the noncontrolling interest recorded for the sale of TMM units:

 

($ in thousands)       

Noncontrolling interest prior to sale

   $ 1,217,873   

Non-cash charge relating to the exchange of Class J Units of TMM for Class J Units of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles(1)

     (76,443

Sales of New TMM Units

     (282,000
  

 

 

 

Remaining noncontrolling interest of Principal Equityholders

   $ 859,430   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) See Note (1) to Note (i), above.

 

70


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected combined financial information of TMM set forth below as of December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of TMM’s predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc (our “predecessor”), which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the financial data as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from the historical financial statements of our predecessor, in each case, which are not included in this prospectus. This predecessor financial information for 2008 was prepared by our predecessor and has not been subject to a review or audit.

The selected consolidated financial information set forth below for the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, and the year ended December 31, 2012 and as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of TMM (the “successor”) included elsewhere in this prospectus. The predecessor period financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The successor period financial statements for periods ending subsequent to July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) are also prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, although they reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. As a result, the financial information for periods subsequent to the date of the Acquisition is not necessarily comparable to that for the predecessor periods presented below. In addition, the historical financial information of TMM will not necessarily be comparable to the financial information of TMHC following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering.

The selected consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

71


Table of Contents
    Successor           Predecessor      
    Year
Ended
December 31,
    July 13 to
December 31,
          January 1
to July 12,
    Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)   2012     2011           2011     2010     2009     2008      
                                               

Statement of Operations Data:

                 

Home closings revenue

  $ 1,369,452      $ 731,216          $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160      $ 1,224,082        1,679,503     

Land closings revenue

    44,408        10,657            13,639        12,116        24,967        65,123     

Financial services revenue

    21,861        8,579            6,027        12,591        13,415        —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

    1,435,721        750,452            619,735        1,297,867        1,262,464        1,744,626     

Cost of home closings

    1,077,525        591,891            474,534        1,003,172        1,003,694        1,430,276     

Cost of land closings

    35,884        8,583            7,133        6,028        17,001        79,530     

Inventory impairments

    —          —              —          4,054        78,241        430,891     

Financial services expenses

    11,266        4,495            3,818        7,246        6,269       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating gross margin

    311,046        145,483            134,250        277,367        157,259        (196,071  

Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs

    80,907        36,316            40,126        85,141        100,534        136,730     

General and administrative expenses

    60,444        32,883            35,743        66,232        71,300        101,664     

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

    (22,964     (5,247         (2,803     (5,319     (347     (2,739  

Interest expense (income)—net

    (2,446     (3,867         941        40,238        20,732        22,614     

Other income

    (1,644     (1,245         (11,783     (10,842     (24,465     (55,633  

Other expense

    5,311        3,553            1,125        13,193        25,725        41,364     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    7,853        —              —          —          —          —       

Transaction expenses

    —          39,442            —          —          —          —       

Indemnification loss

    13,034        12,850            —          —          —          —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    170,551        30,798            70,901        88,724        (36,220     (439,511  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (260,297     4,031            20,881        (1,878     (35,396     (42,999  
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    430,848        26,767            50,020        90,602        (824     (396,512  

Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (28     (1,178         (4,122     (3,235     (5,138     (7,976  
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to owners

  $ 430,820      $ 25,589          $ 45,898      $ 87,367      $ (5,962   $ (404,488  
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

($ in thousands)    2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
                                    

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

              

Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash

   $ 300,567       $ 279,322       $ 165,415       $ 189,032       $ 237,267   

Land inventory

     1,633,050         1,003,482         1,073,953         979,562         1,072,147   

Total assets

     2,756,813         1,671,067         1,527,321         1,500,473         1,562,868   

Total debt

     1,027,869         599,750         605,768         925,863         1,048,535   

Total equity

     1,223,333         628,565         465,531         103,773         68,944   

 

72


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations covers the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012.

The discussion and analysis of historical periods prior to July 12, 2011 do not reflect the significant impact of the Acquisition and Financing Transactions. You should read the following discussion together with the financial statements, including the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

In addition, all of the historical financial data presented in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” do not give effect to the Reorganization Transactions and therefore may not be representative of our financial condition for periods following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering. You should read “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical And Pro Forma Consolidated Financial And Other Information,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.”

References to the information or results of “unconsolidated joint ventures” refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada.

Business Overview

Upon completion of this offering, we will be one of the largest public homebuilders in North America. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master-planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.

Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 37% and 17%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Because we added our Dallas operations through the acquisition of the assets of Darling on December 31, 2012, the historical results of operations presented in this section do not reflect the historical results of Darling for the periods discussed. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.

In all of our markets, we build and sell a broad and innovative mix of homes across a wide range of price points. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings as reported by Hanley Wood and 2012 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we closed 4,014 homes, comprised of 2,933 homes in the United States and 1,081 in Canada, including 232 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price across North America of $364,000. During the same period, we generated $1.4 billion in revenues, $430.8

 

73


Table of Contents

million in net income and $228.8 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to owners, see footnote 4 in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information”). In the United States, for the year ended December 31, 2012, our sales orders increased approximately 45.8% as compared to 2011, and we averaged 3.1 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 2.5 sales per active selling community per month for the same period in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we offered homes in 129 active selling communities, including seven in unconsolidated joint ventures and had a backlog of 4,112 homes sold but not closed, including 909 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.4 billion, including $313.3 million in unconsolidated joint ventures.

In 2011, we closed 3,920 units, comprised of 2,327 units in the United States and 1,593 units in Canada, including 55 units in unconsolidated joint ventures, with a Company-wide average sales price of $347,000. During the same period, we generated $1.3 billion in revenues, $71.5 million in net income and $187.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA, in each case based on the arithmetically combined predecessor/successor periods. As of December 31, 2011, we offered homes in 135 active selling communities and had a backlog of 2,965 homes sold but not closed, including 781 in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $982.5 million, including $249.5 million in unconsolidated joint ventures.

We generate revenue primarily through sales of detached and attached homes and condominium units as well as through sales of land and the operations of our mortgage subsidiary, TMHF. We recognize revenue on detached and attached homes when the homes are completed and delivered to the buyers. We recognize revenue on the majority of our high-rise condominiums at the time of occupancy. We also recognize revenue when buyer deposits are forfeited.

Our primary costs are the acquisition of land in various stages of development and the construction costs of the homes and condominiums we sell (including capitalized interest, real estate taxes and related development costs). Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales based on the construction cost of the home being sold. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value.

Unlike most of our public homebuilding peers, as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011, the balance sheet carrying value of our entire U.S. and Canadian inventory was adjusted to fair market value. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments and previous impairments, the carrying value of our U.S. inventory represented 52% of its original cost. We believe the combination of inventory valuation, coupled with recent high-quality land acquisitions, results in a cost basis in land that will contribute to our continued profitability and strong margins.

Strategy

Because the housing market is cyclical, and home price movement between the peak and trough of the cycle can be significant, we seek to adhere to our core operating principles through these cycles to drive consistent long-term performance.

Based on our current land position, we expect to drive revenue by opening new communities from our existing land supply. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 50% in 2013 and 30% in 2014. We also currently own or have an option to purchase over 95% of the land on which we expect to close homes during 2013 and 2014. We expect that most of the communities we will open during the next twelve months will be in our Phoenix, West Florida and Houston markets in response to increased demand by consumers in those markets.

Because a significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle and because our entire land inventory was adjusted to fair market value at the time of the Acquisition, we expect to continue our revenue growth and strong gross margin performance in our U.S. communities.

 

74


Table of Contents

Our approach to land supply management in our East and West regions has historically been to acquire land that has attractive characteristics, including good access to schools, shopping, recreation and transportation facilities. In connection with our overall land inventory management process, our management team reviews these considerations, as well as other financial metrics, in order to decide the highest and best use of our land assets. Historically, land dispositions have not had a material effect on our overall results of operations, but may impact overall margins.

We intend to maintain a consistent approach to land positioning within our regions, markets and communities in the foreseeable future in an effort to concentrate a greater amount of our land inventory in areas that have the attractive characteristics referred to above. We also intend to continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots.

Over the next twelve months our goal is to further focus our offerings on targeted customer groups. We aim to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we intend to continue our market research to determine preferences of our customer groups.

We will also seek to grow through selective acquisitions in both existing markets and new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For example, on December 31, 2012 we acquired Darling, a Texas- based homebuilder, which gives us a presence in the Dallas market and expands our presence in the Houston market. See “Summary—Recent Developments.” In connection with our growth strategy over the near term, we intend to opportunistically access the debt and equity capital markets. For instance, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions. We would expect to use the proceeds of any such financing for general corporate purposes and to fund future growth.

Factors Affecting Comparability of Results

You should read this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Financial Condition and Results of Operations in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Below are the period-to-period comparisons of our historical results and the analysis of our financial condition. In addition to the impact of the matters discussed in “Risk Factors,” our future results could differ materially from our historical results due to a variety of factors, including the following:

Liquidity

As a result of the Acquisition, our former parent Taylor Wimpey plc no longer provides financing support for our operations. We therefore rely on our ability to finance our operations by generating operating cash flows, borrowing under our Revolving Credit Facility and our existing Canadian credit facilities or accessing the debt and equity capital markets. We also rely on our independent ability to obtain performance, payment and completion surety bonds, and letters of credit to finance our projects. We believe that we can fund our current and foreseeable liquidity needs from the cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and our existing Canadian letter of credit facilities. In connection with this offering, we intend to amend our Revolving Credit Facility to increase the revolving credit commitments from $225.0 million to $400.0 million on an unsecured basis. The amendment is expected to include a $200.0 million incremental facility feature which would allow us to increase the aggregate credit commitments to $600.0 million, subject to compliance with certain financial covenants. See “—Overview of Capital Resources and Liquidity” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility.”

The Acquisition and Financing Transactions and Basis of Presentation

On July 13, 2011, TMM and its subsidiaries acquired 100% of the issued share capital of TMC and Monarch Corporation for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. The Acquisition has been accounted for

 

75


Table of Contents

as a purchase under ASC Topic 805, “ Business Combinations .” As a result of the change in ownership, our historical financial data for periods prior to the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the predecessor periods) are derived from the historical financial statements of our predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc, which financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition. Our financial statements for periods from and after the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the successor period) are derived from the financial statements of TMM, which already reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. Therefore, the financial information for the predecessor periods is not comparable with that for the successor period.

In connection with the Acquisition, we incurred indebtedness, including $625.0 million of borrowings under the Sponsor Loan, $125.0 million of which was repaid through working capital in August 2011 pursuant to our recapitalization plan, $350.0 million of which was refinanced by the offering of the senior notes and $150.0 million of which was contributed or transferred to a subsidiary of TMM. We also have the ability to borrow under our Revolving Credit Facility and Canadian letter of credit facilities from time to time as warranted by business needs. Since we operated largely as a stand-alone company prior to the Acquisition, we have not incurred significant incremental general and administrative expenses as a result of the separation from Taylor Wimpey plc. Additional cost savings within the organization may be achieved in the future. However, we cannot accurately predict, and there can be no assurances as to, the extent of any such savings.

Certain results for 2011 are presented to reflect the arithmetically combined historical results from the predecessor period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 and the successor period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011. This presentation may yield results that are not directly comparable on a period-to-period basis with those in predecessor periods because of differences in accounting basis due to the change of ownership resulting from the Acquisition. The cost of home closings and the cost of land closings were the only line items directly impacted in any material respect by the purchase accounting adjustments described below (although the effects of such adjustments are carried through to the items below such line items in our statement of operations). For purposes of this prospectus, however, we believe that it is most meaningful to present our results of operations for 2011 in this manner. The combined historical results for 2011 are not necessarily indicative of what the results for the period would have been had the Acquisition actually occurred as of January 1, 2011.

Home closings and land sales that occurred during the predecessor period do not reflect any purchase accounting adjustments to costs of home closings and costs of land closings, while home closings and land sales occurring during the successor period do reflect such purchase accounting adjustments to the cost of home closings and cost of land closings. The carrying values of home and land inventory were both increased and decreased in adjusting their carrying values to fair market value as of the closing of the Acquisition through the application of purchase accounting. Such adjustments may result in higher or lower costs of home and land closings in the successor period and future periods as compared to the predecessor period. For the successor period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, such adjustments increased our cost of home closings by $38.9 million and our cost of land closings by $0.9 million. For the successor year ended December 31, 2012, such adjustments increased our cost of home closings by $6.9 million and decreased our cost of land closings by $1.6 million.

You should read this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in conjunction with the information provided in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and our historical consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Recent Developments

On December 31, 2012, Taylor Morrison, Inc., through its subsidiary Darling Homes of Texas, LLC, acquired the assets of Darling, a Texas-based homebuilder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities

 

76


Table of Contents

in the Greater Houston Area markets. Darling is a well-established builder whose products complement our existing product lines in Texas. We believe the acquisition of Darling has given us a strong presence in the Dallas homebuilding market and will expand our current operations in Houston.

The consideration for the acquisition of the Darling assets included an initial cash payment of $115.0 million, which is subject to post-closing adjustment under certain circumstances. A portion of this amount was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Approximately $26.0 million of additional consideration for the acquisition was financed by the sellers. In connection with the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition, we recorded $15.5 million of goodwill and $9.1 million of intangible assets with finite useful lives, consisting of $1.3 million with respect to a trade name, $4.7 million of lot option contracts and land supplier relationships, $0.2 million of favorable leases and $2.9 million of non-compete covenants. Additionally, we incurred $1.8 million of transaction costs which were recorded as other expense. The purchase price allocation for the Darling acquisition is subject to change. Darling operates as part of our East region, so the goodwill recorded as part of the Darling acquisition has been recorded in the East region.

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend and restate the Revolving Credit Facility in order to convert the Revolving Credit Facility into an unsecured facility and increase the aggregate amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to $400.0 million, of which $200.0 million would be available for letters of credit. We also expect the amendment will permit us to increase the Revolving Credit Facility by up to an additional $200.0 million through an incremental facility. We expect that the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility will permit us to borrow up to the full commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility unless the capitalization ratio as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter exceeds 0.55 to 1.00, in which case borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility will be measured by reference to a borrowing base formula to be calculated quarterly. The amendment will also extend the maturity date of the facility to March 2017. The amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility may include certain financial and restrictive covenants similar to those currently in place, including covenants to maintain net worth and capitalization ratios and to restrict distributions and the incurrence of liens. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility.” There can be no assurance that we will successfully amend and restate the Revolving Credit Facility on these terms or at all.

Based on currently available information, we believe our U.S. net sales orders for the two months ended February 28, 2013 totaled 888 homes, representing a 71% increase as compared to 519 homes in the same period in 2012. Our Canadian net sales orders for the two months ended February 28, 2013 totaled 88 (including 9 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) homes, representing a 39% decline as compared to 145 homes (including 42 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) in the same period in 2012. We believe our total net sales orders totaled 976 homes for the two months ended February 28, 2013, representing a 47% increase as compared to 664 homes in the same period in 2012. We estimate that we had 498 home closings in the United States for the two months ended February 28, 2013, an 84% increase over the 270 home closings in same period in 2012, and 539 home closings on a total basis, a 40% increase over the 385 home closings in same period in 2012. Our home closings in Canada for the two months ended February 28, 2013 decreased 64% to 41 (including two homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) over the 115 home closings (including seven homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) in same period in 2012.

Also based on currently available information, we believe that our U.S. backlog of homes sold but not closed as of February 28, 2013 increased by 128% to 2,254 homes as compared to our U.S. backlog of 990 homes sold but not closed as of February 29, 2012. Our Canadian backlog as of February 28, 2013 decreased by 7% from a backlog of 2,468 homes (including 1,029 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) as of February 29, 2012 to a backlog of 2,293 (including 914 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures). We believe our total backlog was 4,547 homes as of February 28, 2013, a 31% increase over our total backlog of 3,458 homes as of February 29, 2012. We believe that the sales value of our U.S. backlog increased by 218% to $896.0 million, that the sale value of our Canadian backlog decreased by 7% to $735.5 million (including $307.2 million in

 

77


Table of Contents

unconsolidated joint ventures) and that the value of our total backlog increased by 53% to $1.6 billion, each from February 28, 2012 to February 28, 2013. We believe the decline in net sales orders, backlog and closings in Canada are temporary and the result of limited Monarch product availability in 2012 in our single-family communities as well as a reduction in our active high-rise developments in their prime selling phases available to the market. The GTA has also seen a moderation in sales activity compared to the prior periods.

The preliminary financial and other data set forth in this section has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. The foregoing information and estimates have not been compiled or examined by our independent auditors nor have our independent auditors performed any procedures with respect to this information or expressed any opinion or any form of assurance on such information. In addition, the foregoing information and estimates are subject to revision as we prepare our financial statements and other disclosures as of and for the three months ending March 31, 2013, including all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. Because we have not completed our normal quarterly closing and review procedures for the three months ending March 31, 2013, and subsequent events may occur that require material adjustments to these results, the final results and other disclosures for the three months ending March 31, 2013 may differ materially from these estimates. These estimates should not be viewed as a substitute for full financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or as a measure of performance. In addition, these estimated results of operations and other data are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the full quarter ending March 31, 2013 any future period. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements.”

Exchange of Class J Units in TMM

In connection with the Acquisition, in July 2011, JH received an aggregate of 60,531,998 Class J Units in TMM (made up of J-1 Units, J-2 Units and J-3 Units). Class J Units were issued in consideration of JH’s service to TMM and are subject to both time and performance-based vesting conditions. At the completion of the Acquisition, TMM and JH entered into the Services Agreement.

Satisfaction of the time-vesting condition requires the Services Agreement to be in effect as of the date each annual installment vests. The service conditions set forth in the Services Agreement lapse after a period of five years.

Class J Units issued in the Acquisition satisfy performance-based vesting conditions once TPG and Oaktree have achieved certain specified threshold rates of return on their Class A Units in TMM and those returns have been realized in cash. Holders of vested J-1 Units, J-2 Units and J-3 Units would generally be entitled to participate in TMM distributions once the relevant sponsor, TPG or Oaktree, has realized an internal rate of return (in cash or in kind) on its initial capital contribution of 10%, 15%, or 15% plus a 1.0x, 1.0x or 2.0x return of capital, respectively. Because achievement of the performance-based vesting conditions, meaning the requirement to realize in cash the return on capital of TPG and Oaktree at the applicable thresholds set forth in the next paragraph, was not probable over any prior period, the Company determined that no expense for the value of the Class J Units was required to be recorded in its financial statements for any period prior to the occurrence of the Reorganization Transactions.

In the Reorganization Transactions, the TMM Class J Units tied to TPG’s returns will be exchanged for Class J Units of the TPG holding vehicle, and the TMM Class J Units tied to Oaktree’s returns will be exchanged for Class J Units of the Oaktree holding vehicle, in each case with substantially equivalent performance vesting and distribution terms but no future service conditions. Following this offering, J-1 Units, J-2 Units and J-3 Units will generally vest when the applicable sponsor, TPG or Oaktree, has achieved an internal rate of return (in cash) on its aggregate capital contribution of 10%, 15%, or 15% plus a 1.0x, 1.0x or 2.0x return of capital, respectively.

No Class J Units will be part of the equity structure of TMHC or New TMM following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering. The Services Agreement will be terminated and will not be replaced. The termination of the Services Agreement in connection with the exchange is a modification of the Class J Units under ASC Topic 718-20-35-3, requiring the recognition of a non-cash charge in our statement of operations, which we estimate to be approximately $76.4 million.

 

78


Table of Contents

The non-cash charge will be non-recurring and will be recorded as an expense and as an offset in the non-controlling interests of TMHC. The amount of the charge represents the fair value of the Class J Units on the date of modification. The fair value of the Class J Units at the date of modification is estimated using a Black-Scholes model with the following key assumptions: (1) volatility of 40%, based on a comparable peer set of companies, which includes Standard Pacific Group, Lennar Corp, Ryland Group Inc, KB Home, PulteGroup Inc., Hovnanian Enterprises Inc., Beazer Homes USA Inc, Meritage Homes Corporation, M/I Homes Inc, and DR Horton Inc.; (2) a risk free rate of 0.4%, based on US Treasuries with a like term; (3) an expected life of three years; (4) a 20% discount for lack of marketability to account for the illiquidity of the Class J Units in TMM and the Class J Units in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles being issued in exchange as well as the impact of the performance conditions (the requirement to realize the return on capital of TPG and Oaktree at the applicable thresholds) still to be met as of the date of the modification, based on both quantitative and qualitative factors; and (5) a hypothetical cash distribution by TMM of TMM’s pre-IPO value to the holders of Class A Units, Class J Units and Class M Units of TMM based on the price per share paid by the underwriters for shares of TMHC’s Class A common stock in this offering on the assumption that the performance conditions applicable to the Class J Units in TMM (the requirement to realize the return on capital of TPG and Oaktree at the applicable thresholds) have been met as of the date of this offering.

Non-GAAP Measures

In addition to the results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we have provided information in this prospectus relating to “adjusted home closings gross margin,” “EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA” and the results of “unconsolidated joint ventures.”

Results of unconsolidated joint ventures

References to the information or results of “unconsolidated joint ventures” refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures in Canada and are included as non-GAAP measures because they are accounted for under the equity method. We believe that such results are useful to investors as an indication of the level of business activity of our joint ventures in Canada as well as the potential for cash and revenue generation from those joint ventures.

Adjusted gross margins

We calculate adjusted gross margin from U.S. GAAP gross margin by adding impairment charges attributable to the write-down of operating communities and the amortization of capitalized interest through cost of revenue. We also discuss adjusted home closings gross margin, which is calculated by adding back to home closings gross margin the capitalized interest amortization and impairment charges related to the homes closed. Adjusted land closings gross margin is calculated similarly. Management uses our adjusted gross margin measures to evaluate our performance on a consolidated basis as well as the performance of our regions. We believe these adjusted gross margins are relevant and useful to investors for evaluating our performance. These measures are considered non-GAAP financial measures and should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures as measures of our operating performance. Although other companies in the homebuilding industry report similar information, the methods used may differ. We urge investors to understand the methods used by other companies in the homebuilding industry to calculate gross margins and any adjustments to such amounts before comparing our measures to those of such other companies.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA measures performance by adjusting net income (loss) to exclude interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), management fees for certain legal, administrative and other related back-office functions paid prior to the Acquisition to Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent, and management

 

79


Table of Contents

fees to our Principal Equityholders following the Acquisition, land inventory impairments, lot option write-offs related to non-exercised lot options, stock option expenses related to stock options linked to the stock of Taylor Wimpey plc, non-cash compensation expenses, the reversal of the 2007 severance and restructuring accrual related to the merger of our predecessor companies (Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes), royalties for certain intellectual property rights paid to Taylor Wimpey plc prior to the Acquisition, expenses related to the early extinguishment of debt and transaction fees, expenses and indemnification losses related to the Acquisition. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator of general economic performance that is not affected by fluctuations in interest rates or effective tax rates, or levels of depreciation or amortization. Accordingly, our management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Furthermore, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants and other tests based on metrics similar to Adjusted EBITDA. The method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented in this prospectus does not differ in any material respect from the method used for calculating Adjusted EBITDA for the corresponding periods, if they were used for purposes of our indebtedness covenants. Our indebtedness covenants are generally based on Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing twelve-month period, a period not presented in this prospectus. Nevertheless, based on conditions existing at the time of calculation, the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the indebtedness covenants may, in the future, include items (including items deemed non-recurring or unusual and certain pro forma cost savings) that are different from those that are currently reflected in the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA of other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted EBITDA is limited because it does not include certain material costs, such as interest and taxes, necessary to operate our business. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net income in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Our EBITDA-based measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

they do not reflect every cash expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments, including for the purchase of land;

 

   

they do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced or require improvements in the future, and our EBITDA-based measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements or improvements;

 

   

they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows;

 

   

they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;

 

   

they do not reflect limitations on our costs related to transferring earnings from our subsidiaries to us; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, our EBITDA-based measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. We compensate for these limitations by using our EBITDA-based measures along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. These U.S. GAAP measurements include operating income (loss), net income (loss),

 

80


Table of Contents

cash flows from operations and cash flow data. We have significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures, interest payments, debt principal repayments, taxes and other non-recurring charges, which are not reflected in our EBITDA-based measures.

Our EBITDA-based measures are not intended as alternatives to net income (loss) as indicators of our operating performance, as alternatives to any other measure of performance in conformity with U.S. GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow provided by operating activities as measures of liquidity. You should therefore not place undue reliance on our EBITDA-based measures or ratios calculated using those measures. Our U.S. GAAP-based measures can be found in our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Successor     Arithmetically
Combined
(Predecessor/
Successor)
    Successor            Predecessor  
(in thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1
to
July 12,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 
           (unaudited)                           

Statement of Operations Data:

               

Home closings revenue

   $ 1,369,452      $ 1,331,285      $ 731,216           $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160   

Land closings revenue

     44,408        24,296        10,657             13,639        12,116   

Financial services revenue

     21,861        14,606        8,579             6,027        12,591   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,435,721        1,370,187        750,452             619,735        1,297,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of home closings

     1,077,525        1,066,425        591,891             474,534        1,003,172   

Cost of land closings

     35,884        15,716        8,583             7,133        6,028   

Inventory impairments

     —          —          —               —          4,054   

Mortgage Operations expenses

     11,266        8,313        4,495             3,818        7,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Gross margin

     311,046        279,733        145,483             134,250        277,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs

     80,907        76,442        36,316             40,126        85,141   

General and administrative expenses

     60,444        68,626        32,883             35,743        66,232   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

     (22,964     (8,050     (5,247          (2,803     (5,319

Interest expense (income), net

     (2,446     (2,926     (3,867          941        40,238   

Transaction expenses

     —          39,442        39,442             —          —     

Indemnification expense

     13,034        12,850        12,850             —          —     

Other (income) expense, net

     3,567        (8,350     2,308             (10,658     2,351   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     7,953        —          —               —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     170,551        101,699        30,798             70,901        88,724   

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (260,297     24,912        4,031             20,881        (1,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     430,848        76,787        26,767             50,020        90,602   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (28     (5,300     (1,178          (4,122     (3,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to owners

   $ 430,820      $ 71,487      $ 25,589           $ 45,898      $ 87,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For additional information on pro forma adjustments, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

 

81


Table of Contents

Key Results

Key financial results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011 (on an arithmetically combined predecessor/successor basis), were as follows:

 

   

Net sales orders increased 17% from 4,129 homes (including 145 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) to 4,842 homes (including 360 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures). Our East region increased, from 1,617 homes to 2,077 homes, while our West region increased from 947 homes to 1,661 homes. Our Canada region, including our share of joint ventures, decreased from 1,565 to 1,104 homes.

 

   

Homes closed increased 2% from 3,920 homes (including 55 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures) to 4,014 homes (including 232 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures), with an increase in the average selling price of those homes closed of 5% to $364,000.

 

   

Total revenues (home closings, land closings and financial services) increased 4.8%, from $1.370 billion to $1.436 billion.

 

   

Total operating gross margin increased from 20.4% to 21.7%.

 

   

SG&A (including overhead on direct selling costs and other marketing costs) decreased 2.5% from $145.1 million to $141.4 million, and SG&A as a percentage of total revenues declined from 10.6% to 9.8%.

 

   

No inventory impairments were recorded in 2012 or 2011.

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA was $228.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $187.1 million in the corresponding prior year period.

 

   

Sales order backlog, increased 48% to $1.4 billion (including $313.3 million of unconsolidated joint venture backlog). This amount includes $326.9 million of high-rise closings scheduled to be completed after December 31, 2013.

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents totaled $300.6 million, compared to $279.3 million at December 31, 2011.

 

   

Total owned and controlled lots increased 38.1% to 43,987 lots as compared to December 31, 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Data for the year ended December 31, 2011 represent the arithmetic sum of predecessor and successor results while data for the year ended December 31, 2012 represent successor results, except where noted.

Average Active Selling Communities

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      Change  

East

     74.6         82.6         (9.7 )% 

West

     33.2         37.6         (11.7

Canada

     14.0         14.4         (3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

     121.8         134.6         (9.5

Unconsolidated joint ventures(1)

     6.9         5.3         30.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     128.7         139.9         (8.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Represents the average number of total communities in which our joint ventures were actively selling during the period.

Average active selling communities declined 8.0% from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012 with the largest decrease in the West region, primarily due to the close out of some vintage selling communities during the ordinary course of business and the timing of new community openings

 

82


Table of Contents

coming to market. We expect to open new communities throughout all of our markets during 2013, mostly in our West Florida, Phoenix and Houston divisions, where demand and our land positions afford us the opportunity. We expect to recognize home closings in 2013 from the communities we open during that period.

Net Sales Orders

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands )(1)    Net Homes Sold     Sales Value     Average Selling Price  
     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change  

East

     2,077         1,617         28.4   $ 692,287       $ 498,445         38.9   $ 333       $ 308         8.1   

West

     1,661         947         75.4        612,428         320,907         90.8        369         339         8.8   

Canada

     744         1,420         (47.6     309,584         512,037         (39.5     416         361         15.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

     4,482         3,984         12.5        1,614,299         1,331,389         21.2        360         334         7.8   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     360         145         147.9        82,845         32,876         152.0        230         227         1.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     4,842         4,129         17.3      $ 1,697,144       $ 1,364,265         24.4      $ 351       $ 330         6.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Canada (CAD$)

     744         1,420         (47.6     308,605         506,196         (39.0     415         356         16.4   

Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$)

     360         145         147.9   $ 81,899       $ 32,501         152.0   $ 228       $ 224         1.6

 

(1) Net sales orders represent the number and dollar value of new sales contracts executed with customers. High-rise sales are generally not recognized until a building is approved for construction. High-rise sales typically do not close in the year sold. Other sales are recognized after a contract is signed and the rescission period has ended.
(2) Includes only proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.

Sales Order Cancellations—Units

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     Cancelled Sales Orders      Cancellation Rate(1)  
     2012      2011      2012     2011  

East

     363         319         14.9     16.5

West

     243         194         12.8        17.0   

Canada

     19         12         2.5        0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal/weighted average

     625         525         12.2        11.6   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     6         2         1.8        1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total/weighted average

     631         527         11.5     11.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(1) Cancellation rate represents the number of cancelled sales orders divided by gross sales orders.
(2) Includes only proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.

The value of net sales orders, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased by 24.4% to $1.697 billion (4,842 homes) in the year ended December 31, 2012, from $1.364 billion (4,129 homes) in the year ended December 31, 2011. The number of net sales orders, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased 17.3% in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. These results were impacted by the strong demand in the spring and summer selling seasons in 2012, during which we benefited from higher selling prices as consumers in the market gained confidence in the values present in the marketplace. The apparent settling and recovery of the market in the United States in areas such as Phoenix, West Florida and Northern California resulted in an increase in the number of units sold and related revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 over the prior year. The Canada region experienced a decline of 676 units in net new homes sold in the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the same period last year, which is attributable to the lower number of wholly owned open communities in the region in the year ended December 31, 2012, and product mix.

 

83


Table of Contents

Our annual sales order cancellations, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased due to increases in sales volume, from 527 in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 631 in the year ended December 31, 2012. The cancellation rate increased slightly from 11.3% in 2011 to 12.0% for 2012. Our continued scrutiny of potential buyers and use of prequalification strategies helps us maintain a low cancellation rate.

We expect that, to the extent economic and housing market conditions improve in the markets in which we operate, net homes sold and aggregate sales value will increase. Average selling price is dependent to a large degree on which communities are being actively sold.

Sales Order Backlog

 

     As of December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)(1)    Homes in Backlog     Sales Value     Average Selling Price  
     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change  

East

     1,202         467         157.4   $ 474,086       $ 170,085         178.7   $ 394       $ 364         8.3

West

     662         273         142.5        241,947         89,306         170.9        365         327         11.7   

Canada

     1,339         1,444         (7.3     419,607         473,675         (11.4     313         328         (4.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Subtotal

     3,203         2,184         46.7      $ 1,135,640       $ 733,066         54.9      $ 355       $ 336         5.6   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     909         781         16.4        313,294         249,458         25.6        345         319         7.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Total

     4,112         2,965         38.7      $ 1,448,934       $ 982,524         47.5      $ 352       $ 331         6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Canada (CAD$)

     1,339         1,444         (7.3     418,311         483,125         (13.4     312         335         (6.6

Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$)

     909         781         16.4   $ 312,326       $ 254,435         22.8   $ 344       $ 326         5.5

 

(1) Sales order backlog represents homes under contract for which revenue has not yet been recognized at the end of the period. Some of the contracts in our sales order backlog are subject to contingencies including mortgage loan approval and buyers selling their existing homes, which can result in cancellations.
(2) Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.

Our homes in backlog at December 31, 2012 increased by 38.7% from December 31, 2011. This increase was caused in part by increased consumer demand and the market recovery in the United States, as evidenced by increased sales in 2012. Our backlog of 4,112 homes was valued at $1.449 billion as compared to 2,965 homes at December 31, 2011 valued at $982.5 million. Backlog increased as the business continued to recognize improved sales performance in most of our communities and relieved pent-up consumer demand in some of our markets, which have also experienced price appreciation.

 

84


Table of Contents

Home Closings Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except units
data)(1)
   Homes Closed     Sales Value     Average Selling Price  
     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change  

East

     1,661         1,460         13.8   $ 529,686       $ 417,182         27.0   $ 319       $ 286         11.6

West

     1,272         867         46.7        456,512         294,810         54.8        359         340         5.5   

Canada

     849         1,538         (44.8     383,254         619,293         (38.1     451         403         12.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Subtotal

     3,782         3,865         (2.1   $ 1,369,452       $ 1,331,285         2.9      $ 362       $ 344         5.1   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)(3)

     232         55         321.8        90,791         28,740         215.9        391         523         (25.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Total

     4,014         3,920         2.4      $ 1,460,243       $ 1,360,025         7.4      $ 364       $ 347         4.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Canada (CAD$)

     849         1,538         (44.8     382,042         612,228         (37.6     450         398         13.0   

Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$)

     232         55         321.8   $ 90,504       $ 28,412         218.5   $ 390       $ 517         (24.5 )% 

 

(1) Home closings revenue represents homes where possession has transferred to the buyer.
(2) Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. In 2011 we closed two wholly owned high-rise buildings, while in 2012 only a portion of a single joint venture high-rise building contributed to closings.
(3) Unconsolidated joint venture revenue is not reported as revenue but is recognized as a component of income of unconsolidated entities. Included here on a non-GAAP basis for information purposes only.

Home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, increased 7.4% from $1.360 billion in the year ended December 31, 2011, to $1.460 billion in the year ended December 31, 2012. Home closings revenue increased from $1.331 billion in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1.369 billion in the year ended December 31, 2012. The average selling price of homes closed (including unconsolidated joint ventures) during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $364,000 up 4.9% from the $347,000 average in the year ended December 31, 2011. Canada revenues were negatively impacted in 2012 due to the timing and nature of high rise closings. In 2011, we closed two wholly owned joint venture high-rise buildings, which accounted for more than $93 million in revenue on 469 closed units, compared to 2012, when we only recognized $2.4 million of revenue from the sale of two wholly owned high-rise units and had only one joint venture high-rise building close, which revenue was recorded as a component of income of unconsolidated entities and not included in homebuilding revenue. In addition, some markets in which we operate have experienced a robust recovery in recent months. In particular, the Phoenix and West Florida markets have experienced a recovery although their product mix recognized in the period remained at a lower price point than our overall average sales price. Also, during 2012, we closed out of vintage communities with higher margins in our West and East regions. These changes in our geographic and product mix have resulted in lower home closings revenue as well as lower home closings gross margins in 2012, compared to 2011. The lower home closings revenue and gross margins we recognized in 2012 as compared to 2011 result from a higher portion of sales attributable to deliveries in markets such as Phoenix and West Florida, where the average sales price and specification levels of our homes generally result in lower dollar margins than in other markets in which we operate.

Land Closings Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)    2012      2011      Change  

East

   $ 28,837       $ 22,531         28.0

West

     4,286         1,765         142.8  

Canada

     11,285         —          n/a   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 44,408       $ 24,296         82.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

85


Table of Contents

Land closings revenue increased 82.8% to $44.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, from $24.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. We generally purchase land and lots with the intent to build and sell homes on them. Nevertheless, in some locations where we act as a developer, we occasionally purchase land that includes commercially zoned parcels, which we typically sell to commercial developers, and we also sell residential lots or land parcels to manage our land and lot supply. Land and lot sales occur at various intervals and varying degrees of profitability. Therefore, the revenue and gross margin from land closings fluctuate from period to period.

Home Closings Gross Margin

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our home closings gross margin and our adjusted home closings gross margin. Adjusted gross margins are non-GAAP financial measures calculated based on gross margins, excluding impairments and capitalized interest amortization. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Home closings revenue

   $ 1,369,452      $ 1,331,285      $ 731,216           $ 600,069   

Home closings cost of revenue

     1,077,525        1,066,425        591,891             474,534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     291,927        264,860        139,325             125,535   

Capitalized interest amortization

     28,757        28,496        9,531             18,965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 320,684      $ 293,356      $ 148,856           $ 144,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     21.3     19.9     19.1          20.9

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     23.4     22.0     20.4          24.1

Our home closings gross margin increased in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $291.9 million, from $264.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. The earned housing profit recognized in connection with the Acquisition impacted 2012 by $6.9 million of margin that would have been contributed to 2012, compared to $38.1 million for the 2011 period. Earned housing profit represents the fair value adjustment to work in process for inventory in construction at the time of the Acquisition. As a percentage of revenue, our home closings gross margin increased 140 basis points, to 21.3% in the year ended December 31, 2012 from 19.9% in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in home closings gross margin in the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to a shift to higher margin product mix across our markets, but particularly in the Northern California, Phoenix and Houston markets, where our move-up homes produced higher margins in the improving markets. Consumer demand in these areas, as well as in certain other markets in which we operate, allowed price increases and we were able to achieve higher margins than in the prior year period.

Adjusted home closings gross margin increased by 9.3% to $320.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, from $293.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, and as a percentage of home closings revenue increased 140 basis points, to 23.4%. The increase in adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily due to our increased margins in Canada, where we recognized an increase from product mix, and to a lesser extent our West region’s Phoenix and Northern California divisions. We generally recognize lower margins in our Phoenix division due to lower consumer price points and specification levels associated with our Phoenix product mix.

 

86


Table of Contents

Segment Gross Margins

East Region

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our East region gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding East region adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Home Closings

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 529,686      $ 417,182      $ 237,654           $ 179,528   

Home closings cost of revenue

     421,204        334,523        190,486             144,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     108,482        82,659        47,168             35,491   

Capitalized interest amortization

     9,409        9,837        2,514             7,323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 117,891      $ 92,496      $ 49,682           $ 42,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     20.5     19.8     19.8          19.8

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     22.3     22.2     20.9          23.8
 

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 28,837      $ 22,531      $ 9,212           $ 13,319   

Land closings costs of revenues

     25,895        13,823        7,207             6,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     2,942        8,708        2,005             6,703   
 

Capitalized interest amortization

     1,497        1,004        583             421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 4,439      $ 9,712      $ 2,588           $ 7,124   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     10.2     38.6     21.8          50.3

Land adjusted gross margin %

     15.4     43.1     28.1          53.5
 

Home and Land Closings

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 558,523      $ 439,713      $ 246,866           $ 192,847   

Home and land cost of revenue

     447,099        348,346        197,693             150,653   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Gross margin

     111,424        91,367        49,173             42,194   
 

Capitalized interest amortization

     10,906        10,841        3,097             7,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 122,330      $ 102,208      $ 52,270           $ 49,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     19.9     20.8     19.9          21.9

Adjusted gross margin %

     21.9     23.2     21.2          25.9

For the year ended December 31, 2012, home closings revenue in the East region increased by 27.0% compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, driven by an increase in home closing units of 13.8% to 1,661 units, compared to 1,460 units the same period of 2011. Average home closings sales price in the East region increased to $319,000, from $286,000 a year earlier. Net homes sold increased by 28.4% to 2,077 units, compared to 1,617 units a year ago, driving sales order value higher by 38.9% to $692.3 million compared to $498.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 with an average sales price increasing by $25,000, or 8.1%. The number of average active selling communities in the East region was 9.7% lower in 2012 than in 2011 as the region was able to close out of several legacy communities as market conditions improved. The East region also had an increase in the average monthly sales pace to 2.3 homes per community in 2012, from 1.6 homes per community in 2011. Sales order cancellation rates were 14.9% and 16.5% in the East region for the

 

87


Table of Contents

years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Overall, the improvement in East region home closings revenue, sales prices and sales pace has been due primarily to our well-located land positions and our consumer-driven offerings. Management in the region continues to market its offerings and diligently look to reduce customer incentives and other promotions and increase sales prices as market conditions allow. Our experiences to date show continued stability in the Houston and Austin, Texas markets and a positive recovery in the Florida markets that bolstered our backlog.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, home closings gross margin for the East region was 20.5%, compared to 19.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011. East region adjusted home closings gross margin was 22.3% in 2012 compared to 22.2% for 2011. The recovery and improved stabilization of the West Florida market, which has generally tended to generate lower margins within the East region, began when consumer demand returned and we were able to leverage land with a low cost basis and produce homes at a higher price point than in the prior year. The Houston market improved from the prior year, as we were able to increase prices on our move-up offerings and maintain stable land and construction costs. In addition, we were able to increase prices on average in the East region by 11.6% in 2012. As a result of the above factors, East region home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin increased in 2012, compared to 2011. To the extent that the overall U.S. economic recovery and, in particular, the housing market recovery in our East region markets continues, we expect that our margin performance will continue to be favorable.

Land revenue in the East region was $28.8 million in 2012 compared to $22.5 million in 2011. Land sales during the year were the result of planned dispositions and strategic opportunities to monetize those assets where the highest and best use warranted sale. Land closings revenue in 2011 was primarily generated from sales at our consolidated Steiner Ranch Joint Venture in Austin, Texas, and in 2012 at Steiner Ranch and our Old Mill Preserve community in West Florida. Land closings gross margin percentage decreased in 2012 to 10.2% compared to 38.6% 2011, and adjusted land closings gross margin percentage decreased in 2012 to 15.4% from 43.1% in 2011. These decreases were largely due to Acquisition-related purchase accounting increases in the carrying values of the relevant lots that were sold.

 

88


Table of Contents

West Region

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our West region gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding West region adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Home Closings

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 456,512      $ 294,810      $ 152,552           $ 142,258   

Home closings cost of revenues

     374,775        252,122        129,654             122,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     81,737        42,688        22,898             19,790   

Capitalized interest amortization

     9,474        12,713        1,895             10,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 91,211      $ 55,401      $ 24,793           $ 30,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     17.9     14.5     15.0          13.9

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     20.0     18.8     16.3          21.5

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 4,286      $ 1,765      $ 1,445           $ 320   

Land closings cost of revenue

     1,401        1,406        1,367             39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     2,885        359        78             281   

Capitalized interest

     32        36        —               36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 2,917      $ 395      $ 78           $ 317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     67.3     20.3     5.4          87.8

Land adjusted gross margin %

     68.1     22.4     5.4          99.1

Home and Land Closings

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 460,798      $ 296,575      $ 153,997           $ 142,578   

Home and land cost of revenue

     376,176        253,528        131,021             122,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross margin

     84,622        43,047        22,976             20,071   

Capitalized interest

     9,506        12,749        1,895             10,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 94,128      $ 55,796      $ 24,871           $ 30,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     18.4     14.5     14.9          14.1

Adjusted gross margin %

     20.4     18.8     16.2          21.7

The West region closed 405 more units in the year ended December 31, 2012 than in the same period last year. This increase in units closed and a 5.5% increase in average selling price during the year ended December 31, 2012 resulted in an additional $161.7 million of home closings revenue, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The West region has experienced the largest increase in net sales of all of our segments when comparing the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 recognizing that a number of markets in the West region experienced artificially low demand during the market downturn. We sold 1,272 units in the West region in the year ended December 31, 2012, which represents a 46.7% increase compared to last year. Net sales order value increased to $612.4 million from $320.9 million, or 90.8% higher, when comparing the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The average selling price increased 8.8%, or $30,000, in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period last year. The number of average active selling communities in the West region declined 11.7% when compared to the same period last year. The average sales per outlet per month for the years ending December 31 2012 and 2011 were 4.2 and 2.1, respectively. Overall, during the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues and sales pace improved in the West region compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to housing market recoveries in the

 

89


Table of Contents

Phoenix and Northern California markets. We continue to see strong demand in these markets and are systematically releasing product into the marketplace to capture and maintain increased operating margins, as evidenced by the 11.7% increase in average sales price of our backlog units.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, home closings gross margin for the West region was 17.9%, compared to 14.5% for 2011. Adjusted home closings gross margin in the West region increased by 120 basis points in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily due to our ability to control our construction costs while increasing our average selling price by 5.5% in 2012. The Phoenix and Northern California divisions experienced the highest percentage of price increases during the year and also were able to contain construction costs as the volume of construction in those markets allowed us to effectively manage cost pressures on construction materials and labor. If the recovery in our West region markets continues, we expect that our margin performance will continue to be favorable. We believe that the backlog margins in the West region indicate that the recovery in that region has grown more durable.

Land revenue in the West region was $4.3 million in 2012 compared to $1.8 million in 2011. Land sales during the most recent year were the result of planned dispositions and strategic opportunities to monetize those assets where the highest and best use warranted sale.

Canada

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our Canada gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding Canada adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Home Closings

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 383,254      $ 619,293      $ 341,010           $ 278,283   

Home closings cost of revenue

     281,546        479,717        271,761             207,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     101,708        139,576        69,249             70,327   

Capitalized interest amortization

     9,874        5,946        5,122             824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 111,582      $ 145,522      $ 74,371           $ 71,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     26.5     22.5     20.3          25.3

Adjusted home closings gross margin

     29.1     23.5     21.8          25.6
 

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 11,285      $ —        $ —             $ —     

Land closings cost of revenues

     8,588        —          —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     2,697        —          —               —     

Capitalized interest

     30        —          —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 2,727      $ —        $ —             $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     23.9     N/A        N/A             N/A   

Land adjusted gross margin %

     24.2     N/A        N/A             N/A   
 

Home and Land Closings

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 394,539      $ 619,293      $ 341,010           $ 278,383   

Home and land cost of revenue

     290,134        479,717        271,760             207,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross margin

     104,405        139,576        69,250             70,326   

Capitalized interest

     9,904        5,946        5,122             824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 114,309      $ 145,522      $ 74,372           $ 71,150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     26.5     22.5     20.3          25.3

Adjusted gross margin %

     29.0     23.5     21.8          25.6

 

90


Table of Contents

Canada region home closings revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 38.1%, to $383.3 million, compared to $619.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The number of home closings units in the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 44.8% compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Canada region revenues and number of closings were affected by timing of high-rise closings. In 2011, we closed two wholly owned high-rise buildings which accounted for more than $93 million in revenue on 469 closed units, while in 2012, we only recognized $2.4 million of revenue from wholly owned high-rise units and only had a single joint venture high-rise building close, which was included as a component of net income of unconsolidated entities and not included in homebuilding revenue. The average home closings sales price was 12.1% higher for the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the same period last year. This increase was due to a product mix shift into a larger number of single-family detached homes during 2012, which have higher average sale prices compared to high-rise closings, which were a larger component of our 2011 closings. The Canada region experienced a decline of 676 units in net new homes sold in the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the same period last year, which is attributable to the number of open communities in the region, timing of high-rise sales launches and product mix. The average sales per community per month were 4.4 and 8.2 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The occupancy of two towers in 2011 accounted for a large portion of home closings revenue recorded in 2011. We continue to focus on our margin over volume approach to selling in our communities. Average sales price increased by $55,000 or 15.4%, and average sales value declined 39.5% when comparing the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2011. The decline in home sales from fewer wholly owned communities and a product mix change have contributed to the reduced sales values during 2012. Our total sales value was $309.6 million, compared to $512.0 million a year earlier.

Home closings gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 for the Canada region was 26.5%, compared to 22.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The adjusted home closings gross margin for the Canada region was 560 basis points higher in 2012, when compared to 2011. The increases in home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin were due to a shift into higher margin single-family detached and attached homes. Currently we anticipate, in light of slowing job growth in Ontario relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, that growth in the Ontario housing market will moderate in the near term.

Land closings revenue for the Canada region was $11.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, while there was no land closings revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011. We made these land sales as part of our land management strategy when determining the highest and best use of the property.

 

91


Table of Contents

Financial Services

Our Financial Services segment, which provides mortgage lending through TMHF and title services in certain markets, is highly dependent on our sales and closings volumes. Our Financial Services segment’s revenue increased from $14.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $21.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, due primarily to increased closings volume and average loan amounts. The increase in gross margin was driven primarily by the same factors, from 1,495 and $250,479, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2011, to 2,001 and $264,723, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Financial services revenue

   $ 21,861      $ 14,606      $ 8,579           $ 6,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Financial services cost of sales

     11,266        8,313        4,495             3,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Financial services gross margin

     10,595        6,293        4,084             2,209   

Impairments

     —         —         —              —    

Other

     —         —         —               —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted financial services margin

   $ 10,595      $ 6,293      $ 4,084           $ 2,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Financial services margin %

     48.5     43.1     47.6          36.7

Adjusted financial services margin %

     48.5     43.1     47.6          36.7

Sales, Commissions and Other Marketing Costs

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, sales, commissions, and other marketing costs such as advertising and sales office expenses were $80.9 million and $76.4 million, respectively, reflecting the 5.1% increase in average selling price, partially offset by a 2.1% decrease in homes closed. Our U.S. regions tend to have higher per-unit commissions, so our mix of commissions paid shifted more towards our U.S. operations, where we closed 26% more homes in 2012 as compared to 2011.

General and Administrative Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2012, general and administrative expenses were $60.4 million as compared to $68.6 million in the same period in 2011, which was a 11.9% decrease. General and administrative expenses were 4.4% as a percentage of total home closings revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 5.2% in the same period in 2011 due in part to certain one-time reversals of legal reserves of $9.1 million from a favorable litigation settlement during 2012 as well as our diligent cost containment strategy as we actively pursue synergies within the business and were therefore able to reduce professional consulting fee expenses.

Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Entities

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities was $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in income was due to the timing and progress of joint venture projects, particularly the closing of high-rise condominiums in the Canada region which began occupancy in 2012.

Interest Expense (Income)

Interest expense represents interest incurred, but not capitalized on our long-term debt and other borrowings. Purchase accounting from the Acquisition eliminated the accumulated capitalized interest on the balance sheet as of the Acquisition date. Interest expense (income), net for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, was

 

92


Table of Contents

$(2.4) million and $(2.9) million, respectively. While we had a higher level of cash and cash equivalents during 2012 than in 2011, Taylor Wimpey plc paid interest on certain cash deposits it held on our behalf in the 2011 period, which did not occur in 2012.

Other (Income) Expense, net

Other (income) expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $3.6 million of expense as compared to ($8.4) million of income in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in expense is primarily driven by increased insurance losses from our captive insurance company of $2.1 million, and to a lesser extent, $1.8 million of acquisition costs related to our acquisition of Darling and reduced golf course fees of $1.4 million and general contracting fees of $1.0 million.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

During 2012, we prepaid $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan with proceeds from the senior notes. The remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was exchanged for equity interests. The Sponsor Loans that were retired had been borrowed at a discount of 2.5%, consequently, the $7.9 million of unamortized portion of the discount was written off during 2012 to expense.

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

Income tax expense for December 31, 2012 was a $260.3 million income tax benefit compared to a $24.9 million income tax expense for the comparable period in 2011. Our Canadian operations generated taxable income in each period and recorded tax expense at their effective rate. In the year ended December 31, 2012, our U.S. operations recorded a benefit primarily related to the reversal of prior valuation allowances on deferred tax assets of $334.6 million as we achieved a three year cumulative profit in the fourth quarter. The prospects of continued profitability and growth were further supported by a strong order backlog and sufficient balance sheet liquidity to sustain and grow operations as of December 31, 2012. In addition there was other evidence supporting the reversal of uncertain tax positions under ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes ” that we effectively settled with the IRS during the period in the amount of $15.0 million. In the year ended December 31, 2011, our U.S. operations recorded benefits primarily related to reversal of prior uncertain tax positions under ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes ” that we effectively settled with the IRS during the periods and expense related to interest on those uncertain positions.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Data for 2011 is presented on an arithmetically combined predecessor/successor basis, except where noted.

Average Active Selling Communities

 

     2011      2010      % Change  

East

     82.6         79.2         4.3

West

     37.6         48.1         (21.9

Canada

     14.4         15.6         (7.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

     134.6         143.0         (5.9

Unconsolidated joint ventures(1)

     5.3         5.8         (8.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     139.8         148.7         (6.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Represents the average number of total communities in which our joint ventures were actively selling over such time period.

 

93


Table of Contents

Average active selling communities declined 6.0% from 2010 to 2011 with the largest decrease in the West, primarily related to closeout communities as part of our ordinary course repositioning of the land portfolio out of less desirable submarkets to submarkets that exhibit the attractive characteristics we believe our customers want, such as good access to schools, shopping, recreation and transportation facilities.

Net Sales Orders

 

    Net Sales Orders(1)
Year Ended
December 31,
 
    Net Homes Sold     Value (in thousands)     Average Selling Price
(in thousands)
 
    2011     2010     % Change     2011     2010     % Change     2011     2010     % Change  

East

    1,617        1,405        15.1   $ 498,445      $ 366,102        36.1   $ 308      $ 261        18.3

West

    947        914        3.6        320,907        290,198        10.6        339        318        6.7   

Canada

    1,420        1,028        38.1        512,037        448,938        14.1        361        437        (17.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

         

Subtotal

    3,984        3,347        19.0        1,331,389        1,105,238        20.5        334        330        1.2   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

    145        343        (57.7     32,876        55,961        (41.3     227        163        38.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total

    4,129        3,690        11.9   $ 1,364,265      $ 1,161,199        17.5   $ 330      $ 315        5.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

     Sales Order Cancellations
Year Ended December 31,
 
     Cancelled Sales Orders      Cancellation Rate(3)  
     2011      2010      2011     2010  

East

     319         403         16.5     22.3

West

     194         217         17.0        19.2   

Canada

     12         24         0.8        2.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal/weighted average

     525         644         11.6        16.1   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     2         1         1.4        0.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total/weighted average

     527         645         11.3     14.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(1) Net sales orders represent the number and dollar value of new sales contracts executed with customers (gross sales orders), net of cancelled sales orders. High-rise sales are not recognized until a building is approved for construction. High-rise sales typically do not close in the year sold.
(2) Includes only our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.
(3) Cancellation rate represents the number of cancelled sales orders divided by gross sales orders.

The value of net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint ventures net sales orders, increased 17.5%, to $1,364.3 million (4,129 homes) in 2011, from $1,161.2 million (3,690 homes) in 2010. The number of net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint venture net sales orders, increased 11.9% in 2011 compared to 2010. These results were impacted by increased levels of affordability resulting from lower home sales prices, recent declines in the number of new homes available for sale and a low mortgage interest rate environment. Our net sales increased despite the U.S. federal government’s monetary and fiscal policies and programs, including the federal homebuyer tax credit, which accelerated sales demand during the first half of 2010.

The value of net sales orders increased in the United States largely due to changes in product mix. The average price in 2011 was $319,560, an increase of 12.9% from the $283,010 average in 2010, due to a shift in product mix to higher priced homes.

Our annual sales order cancellation rate, including unconsolidated joint ventures, improved to 11.3% in 2011 from 14.9% in 2010. The improvement was generally a result of an overall improvement in our mortgage qualification process and the improved financial position of our homebuyers.

 

94


Table of Contents

In Canada, the cancellation rate continues to be negligible due to non-refundable deposit structures and full recourse remedies in our homebuyers’ contracts as well as the effects of market conditions.

Sales Order Backlog

 

     Sales Order Backlog(1)
As of December 31,
 
     Homes in Backlog     Value (in thousands)     Average Selling Price
(in thousands)
 
     2011      2010      % Change     2011      2010      % Change     2011      2010      % Change  

East

     467         310         50.6   $ 170,085       $ 103,483         64.4   $ 364       $ 334         9.1

West

     273         193         41.5        89,306         67,020         33.3        327         347         (5.8

Canada

     1,444         1,562         (7.6     473,675         542,783         (12.7     328         347         (5.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Subtotal

     2,184         2,065         5.8        733,067         713,287         2.8        336         345         (2.8

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     781         691         13.1        249,458         217,715         14.6        319         315         1.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Total

     2,965         2,756         7.6   $ 982,525       $ 931,002         5.5   $ 331       $ 338         (1.9 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

 

(1) Sales order backlog represents homes under contract for which revenue has not yet been recognized at the end of the period. Some of the contracts in our sales order backlog are subject to contingencies including mortgage loan approval and buyers selling their existing homes, which can result in cancellations.
(2) Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.

Our homes in backlog at December 31, 2011 increased 7.6% from December 31, 2010 as a result of increased sales and improving market conditions.

Home Closings Revenue

 

     Home Closings Revenue(1)
Year Ended December 31,
 
     Homes Closed     Value (in thousands)     Average Selling Price
(in thousands)
 
     2011      2010     % Change     2011     2010     % Change     2011      2010     % Change  

East

     1,460         1,539        (5.1 )%    $ 417,182      $ 383,283        8.8   $ 286       $ 249        14.7

West

     867         1,031        (15.9     294,810        319,641        (7.8     340         310        9.7   

Canada

     1,538         1,567        (1.9     619,293        570,236        8.6        403         364        10.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

          

Subtotal

     3,865         4,137        (6.6     1,331,285        1,273,160        4.6        344         308        11.9   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     55         3        1,716.7        28,740 (3)      1,779 (3)      1,515.4 (3)      527         593        (11.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

          

Total

     3,920         4,140        (5.3 )%    $ 1,360,025      $ 1,274,939        6.7   $ 347       $ 308        12.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

(1) Home closings revenue represents homes where possession has transferred to the buyer.
(2) Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.
(3) Unconsolidated joint venture revenue is not reported as revenue but is recognized as a component of income of unconsolidated entities. Included here on a non-GAAP basis for information purposes only.

Home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, increased 6.7% to $1,360.0 million in 2011, from $1,274.9 million in 2010, despite a 5.3% decrease in homes closed. Home closings revenue rose in 2011 to $1,331.3 million, from $1,273.2 million in 2010. The average selling price of homes closed (including unconsolidated joint ventures) during 2011 was $347,000, up 12.7% from the $308,000

 

95


Table of Contents

average in 2010. East region home closings revenue increased by 8.8% in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in average selling price largely due to new communities in North Florida, Houston and Austin with higher price points. The 14.7% increase in average selling price was offset by a decrease of 5.1%. West region home closings revenue decreased by 7.8% in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to a decrease in home of 15.9%. The revenue shortfall was partially offset by a 9.7% increase in the average selling price to $340,000. The increase in average selling price was achieved in all West divisions, but the increase was especially large in California. Canada region home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, of $28.7 million, increased 13.3% to $648.0 million in 2011 compared to $572.0 million in 2010, as a result of an increase in total home closings of 1.5% and a mix shift to higher-priced product.

Land Closings Revenue

 

     Land Closings Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
 
     Value (in thousands)  
     2011      2010      % Change  

East

   $ 22,531       $ 7,225         211.8

West

     1,765         —           n/a   

Canada

     —           4,891         (100.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 24,296       $ 12,116         100.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Land closings revenue increased 100.5% to $24.3 million in 2011, from $12.1 million in 2010. Fluctuations in land closings revenue are a function of how we manage our inventory levels in various markets. Land closings revenue in the United States was primarily generated by sales in our consolidated Steiner Ranch Joint Venture in Austin, Texas.

Home Closings Gross Margin

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our home closings gross margin and our adjusted home closings gross margin. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
           January 1
to July 12,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home closings revenue

   $ 731,216      $ 1,331,285           $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160   

Home closings cost of revenue and impairments(a)

     591,891        1,066,425             474,534        1,005,178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     139,325        264,860             125,535        267,982   

Add:

             

Impairments

     —          —               —          2,006   

Capitalized interest amortization

     9,531        28,496             18,965        37,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 148,856      $ 293,356           $ 144,500      $ 307,193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     19.1     19.9          20.9     21.0

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     20.4     22.0          24.1     24.1

 

(a) Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings.

Our home closings gross margin declined slightly in 2011 to $264.9 million, from $268.0 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, our home closings gross margin declined 210 bps, from 21.0% in 2010 to 19.9% in 2011.

In 2011, adjusted home closings gross margin decreased by 5.3% to $293.4 million in 2011, from $307.2 million in 2010, and as a percentage of home closings revenue decreased 230 bps, to 22.0%. The decline in

 

96


Table of Contents

adjusted home closings gross margin and home closings gross margin was driven primarily by the impact of purchase accounting on homes under construction at the date of Acquisition that subsequently closed by year end. These homes were impacted by both write-up and write-down adjustments. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of Results—The Acquisition and Financing Transactions and Basis of Presentation.”

Segment Gross Margins

East Region

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our East region gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding East region adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
           January 1
to July 12,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home Closing

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 237,654      $ 417,182           $ 179,528      $ 383,283   

Home closings cost of revenue

     190,486        334,523             144,037        306,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     47,168        82,659             35,491        76,644   

Add:

             

Capitalized interest amortization

     2,514        9,837             7,323        14,225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 49,682      $ 92,496           $ 42,814      $ 90,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     19.8     19.8          19.8     20.0

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     20.9     22.1          23.8     23.7
 

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 9,212      $ 22,531           $ 13,319      $ 7,225   

Land closings cost of revenues

     7,207        13,823             6,616        3,064   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     2,005        8,708             6,703        4,161   
 

Capitalized interest amortization

     583        1,004             421        165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 2,005      $ 9,712           $ 7,124      $ 4,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     21.8     38.6          50.3     57.6

Land adjusted gross margin %

     28.1     43.1          53.5     59.9
 

Home and Land Closing

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 246,866      $ 439,713           $ 192,847      $ 390,508   

Home and land cost of revenues

     197,693        348,346             150,653      $ 309,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     49,173        91,367             42,194        80,805   
 

Capitalized interest amortization

     3,097        10,841             7,744        14,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 52,270        102,208           $ 49,938      $ 95,195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     19.9     20.8          21.9     20.7

Adjusted gross margin %

     21.2     23.2          25.9     24.4

East region home closings gross margin increased in 2011 to $82.7 million, from $76.6 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, East region home closings gross margin declined 20 bps, to 19.8% in 2011 from 20% in 2010.

 

97


Table of Contents

East region adjusted home closings gross margin increased by 1.8%, to $92.5 million in 2011, from $90.9 million in 2010. The East region’s adjusted home closings gross margin percentage decreased 160 bps to 22.1% in 2011 compared to 23.7% in 2010. The decrease in adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily a result of the negative impact of purchase accounting on home inventory under construction at the date of the Acquisition. Decreased adjusted home closings gross margin related to purchase accounting adjustments for homes under construction totaled $7.9 million.

Land closings revenue increased in 2011 compared to 2010 due to sales at our consolidated Steiner Ranch Joint Venture in Austin, Texas. Land closings gross margin percentage decreased in 2011 to 38.6% from 57.6% in 2010, and adjusted land closings gross margin percentage decreased in 2011 to 43.1% from 59.9% in 2011. These decreases were largely due to Acquisition-related purchase accounting increases in the carrying values of the relevant lots.

 

98


Table of Contents

West Region

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our West region gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding West region adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined           Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
          January 1 to
July 12,
2011
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home Closings

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 152,552      $ 294,810          $ 142,258       $ 319,641   

Home closings cost of revenue and impairments(a)

     129,654        252,122            122,468         271,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     22,898        42,688            19,790         47,906   

Add:

             

Impairments

     —          —              —           2,006   

Capitalized interest amortization

     1,895        12,713            10,818         22,980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

West region adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 24,793      $ 55,401          $ 30,608       $ 72,892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     15.0     14.5         13.9      15.0

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     16.3     18.8         21.5      22.8
 

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 1,445      $ 1,765          $ 320       $ —     

Land closings cost of revenue and impairment

     1,367        1,406            39         2,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     78        395            281         (2,048
 

Impairments

     —          —              —           2,048   

Capitalized interest amortization

     —          36            36         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 78      $ 395          $ 317       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     5.4     20.3         87.8   

Land adjusted gross margin

     5.4     22.4         99.1   
 

Home and Land Closings

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 153,997      $ 296,575          $ 142,578       $ 319,641   

Home and land cost of revenue and
impairments(a)

     131,021        253,528            122,507         273,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross margin

     22,976        43,047            20,071         45,859   
 

Impairments

     —          —              —           4,054   

Capitalized interest amortization

     1,895        12,749            10,854         22,980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 24,871      $ 55,796          $ 30,925       $ 72,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     14.9     14.5         14.1      14.3

Adjusted gross margin %

     16.2     18.8         21.7      22.8

 

(a) Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating companies and interest amortized through cost of home closings.

West region home closings gross margin declined in 2011 to $42.7 million, from $45.9 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, West region home closings gross margin increased 20 bps, to 14.5% in 2011 from 14.3% in 2010.

 

99


Table of Contents

West region adjusted home closings gross margin decreased by 24.0%, to $55.4 million in 2011, from $72.9 million in 2010. The decrease in both home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily a result of the decrease in homes closed as well as the impact of purchase accounting. The decrease in adjusted home closings gross margin percentage was 400 bps, to 18.8% in 2011 from 22.8% in 2010, and resulted primarily from the negative impact of purchase accounting on home inventory under construction at the date of the Acquisition. Decreased margin related to purchase accounting adjustments for homes under construction at July 31, 2011 totaled $7.8 million. Additionally, the product mix of homes shifted from communities in our higher-margin California markets to our Phoenix markets. West region land closings revenue was not significant in either 2010 or 2011.

Canada

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our Canada gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding Canada adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined           Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
          January 1 to
July 12,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home Closings

            

Home closings revenue

   $ 341,010      $ 619,293          $ 278,283      $ 570,236   

Home closings cost of revenue

     271,761        479,717            207,956        426,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     69,249        139,576            70,327        143,431   

Add:

            

Capitalized interest amortization

     5,122        5,946            824        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 74,371      $ 145,522          $ 71,151      $ 143,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     20.3     22.5         25.3     25.2

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     21.8     23.5         25.6     25.2
 

Land Closings

            

Land closings revenue

   $ —        $ —            $ —        $ 4,891   

Land closings cost of revenues

     —          —              —          2,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land gross margin

   $ —        $ —            $ —        $ 1,927   

Capitalized interest amortization

     —          —              —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ —        $ —            $ —        $ 1,927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     N/A        N/A            N/A        39.4

Land adjusted gross margin %

     N/A        N/A            N/A        39.4
 

Home and Land Closings

            

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 341,010      $ 619,293          $ 278,283      $ 575,127   

Home and land cost of revenue

     271,760        479,717            207,957        429,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     69,250        139,576            70,326        145,358   

Capitalized interest amortization

     5,122        5,946            824        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 74,372      $ 145,522          $ 71,150      $ 145,358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     20.3     22.5         25.3     25.3

Adjusted gross margin %

     21.8     23.5         25.6     25.3

Canada home closings gross margin declined in 2011 to $139.6 million, from $143.4 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, Canada home closings gross margin declined 270 bps, to 22.5% in 2011 from 25.2% in 2010.

 

100


Table of Contents

Canada adjusted home closings gross margin increased by 1.5%, to $145.5 million in 2011, from $143.4 million in 2010. Adjusted home closings gross margin percentage decreased 170 bps to 23.5% in 2011 compared to 25.2% in 2010. The decrease in both home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin resulted primarily from increased land cost of sales related to the write-up of the Canadian assets through purchase accounting adjustments.

The Canada region did not have any land closings revenue in 2011. Canada land closings revenue in 2010 related to the sale of our Topper Woods community.

Financial Services Gross Margin

 

     2011     2010  
($ in thousands)    Total
Financial
Services
Revenue
     Financial
Services
Gross
Margin
     % of
Revenue
    Total
Financial
Services
Revenue
     Financial
Services
Gross
Margin
     % of
Revenue
 

Total

   $ 14,606       $ 6,293         43.1   $ 12,591       $ 5,345         42.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Financial services gross margin increased by 17.7% to $6.3 million in 2011, from $5.3 million in 2010, and margin as a percentage of financial services revenue improved by 60 bps to 43.1%. The increase in gross margin was driven primarily by an increase in our closings volume and average loan amount, from 1,701 and $233,700, respectively, in 2010, to 1,495 and $250,479, respectively, in 2011. Additionally, our transition from broker to lender has created service release premiums revenue when loans are sold to a secondary market.

Impaired Communities

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
($ in thousands)    Number of
Communities(1)
     Carrying
Value
Prior to
Impairment
     Fair Value      Impairment  

East

     —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

West

     3         8,462         5,933         2,529   

Canada

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3       $ 8,462       $ 5,933       $ 2,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Total communities determined to have been impaired during the year.

During 2011, we did not record inventory impairments. During 2010, we recorded land impairment charges of $2.5 million.

Sales, Commissions and Other Marketing Costs

Sales, commissions and other marketing costs such as advertising and sales office expenses decreased 10.2% in 2011 to $76.4 million, from $85.1 million in 2010. Sales, commissions and other marketing costs as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 5.6% in 2011 from 6.6% in 2010. The decrease was related to cost savings and business optimization measures and the volume decrease in closings, which decreases commission expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses, which represent corporate and divisional overhead expenses such as salaries and bonuses, occupancy, insurance and travel expenses, increased 3.6% to $68.6 million in 2011, from

 

101


Table of Contents

$66.2 million in 2010. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 5.0% in 2011, compared to 5.1% in 2010. General and administrative expenses for 2011 reflect our continued concentrated efforts to control overhead expenses but were offset by increased professional expenses related to the Acquisition.

Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Entities

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, which consists of our share in the earnings or losses of entities not consolidated in our financial results, was $8.1 million in 2011, up $2.7 million from 2010. Our Canadian high-rise development activity occurs, to a large extent, through unconsolidated joint ventures. These projects, which are large in scale and can span several years from concept to completion, represent a large revenue stream that fluctuates and can cause wide variances in quarterly and annual income.

Interest Expense

Interest expense represents interest incurred, but not capitalized, on our long-term debt and other borrowings. During 2011 and 2010, non-capitalizable interest expense was $0 and $40.2 million, respectively. The decrease in expense year over year is a result of higher amount of active assets that qualify for interest capitalization and less overall interest incurred.

Other Income and Other Expense

Other income was $13.0 million in 2011, compared to $10.8 million in 2010. Other income is derived primarily from the operations of our captive insurance company. Other expense was $4.7 million in 2011 compared to $13.2 million in 2010. Other expense includes insurance losses related to our captive insurance company, pre-Acquisition costs for projects not undertaken and carrying costs of our inventory held for long-term development.

Income Tax

Income tax provision for 2011 was $24.9 million compared to a benefit of $1.9 million in 2010. Our Canadian operations generated taxable income in each period and recorded tax expense at their effective rate. The U.S. operations recorded benefits in each period primarily related to reversal of prior uncertain tax positions under ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes ” that we effectively settled with the IRS during the periods.

Overview of Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our principal uses of capital in 2011 and 2012 were land and property purchases, lot development, home construction, operating expenses, payment of debt service, income taxes, investments in joint ventures and the payment of various liabilities. Historically, we have used a combination of capital contributions and intercompany borrowings from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, and funds generated by operations to meet our short-term working capital requirements. Cash flows for each of our communities depend on the status of the development cycle, and can differ substantially from reported earnings. Early stages of development or expansion require significant cash outlays for land acquisitions, plats, vertical development, construction of model homes, general landscaping and other amenities. Because these costs are a component of our inventory and are not recognized in our statement of operations until a home closes, we incur significant cash outflows prior to recognition of earnings. In the later stages of a community, cash inflows may significantly exceed earnings reported for financial statement purposes, as the costs associated with home and land construction were previously incurred.

We have in place strict controls and a defined strategy for cash management, particularly as related to cash outlays for land and inventory development. Among other things, we require multiple party account control and

 

102


Table of Contents

authorizations for payments. We had $158.4 million of cash provided by operating activities for 2011 and $214.5 million of cash used in operating activities in 2012. Our principal cash uses in 2012 were real estate inventory acquisition. In addition, on December 31, 2012, we consummated our acquisition of the Darling assets, which included an initial cash payment of $115.0 million. A portion of this amount was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. We generated the cash used in 2012 through the sale of our senior notes and from operating activities.

Since the Acquisition, we have primarily funded our cash needs from cash from operations and cash generated from our offerings of senior notes, and until recently have had minimal draws on our Revolving Credit Facility other than the draw to fund the Darling acquisition. Our need for letters of credit has been primarily fulfilled through the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility, which are discussed in more detail below. We believe that our solid balance sheet and liquidity position will allow us to be flexible in reacting to changing market conditions.

After giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, we believe that we can fund our cash needs for planned and projected operations for the next twelve months from cash on hand and cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Depending upon future homebuilding market conditions and our expectations for these conditions, we may use a portion of our cash and cash equivalents to take advantage of land opportunities. We intend to maintain adequate liquidity and balance sheet strength, and we will continue to evaluate opportunities to access the capital markets as they become available. Following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions. We would expect to use the proceeds of any such financing for general corporate purposes and to fund future growth. We expect that, in connection with the closing of this offering, direct or indirect subsidiaries of ours will use approximately $30.0 million of cash to pay the termination fee relating to the termination of the management services agreement with TPG and Oaktree.

Capital Resources

Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of December 31, 2012, we had available cash and cash equivalents of $300.6 million. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions and short-term, highly liquid investments. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less, such as certificates of deposit, money market funds, and commercial paper, to be cash equivalents. Non-interest-bearing cash accounts are temporarily guaranteed for an unlimited amount, through December 31, 2012, and all other cash accounts are insured up to $250,000.

The amount of cash and cash equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 was $189.5 million. While all of such cash and cash equivalents are readily convertible into U.S. dollars, we would be required to accrue and pay taxes to repatriate those funds to the U.S. Historically we have not generally repatriated such funds, since we generally have used such funds in our Canadian business. However, we may in the future repatriate such funds to the U.S.

Revolving Credit Facility

We have the ability to finance working capital and other needs by drawing on the Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility may be made in U.S. dollars and in Canadian dollars (the borrowings in Canadian dollars being subject to a U.S. $15.0 million sublimit) and bear interest based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canada prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the borrowers plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The applicable margin for (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than three months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, 2.25% per

 

103


Table of Contents

annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, and subject to a 25 basis point reduction based upon the achievement of a specified capitalization ratio. The borrowers have the right to make “amend and extend” offers to lenders of a particular class.

Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility, we have the ability to issue letters of credit. Borrowing availability is reduced by the amount of letters of credit outstanding. As of December 31, 2012, there were $50.0 million of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and $11.2 million of letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility, leaving $163.8 million of availability for borrowing based on our $225.0 million of total commitments as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, we had increased the total amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility from $125.0 million to $225.0 million. In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the Revolving Credit Facility to further increase the aggregate credit commitments from $225.0 million to $400.0 million on an unsecured basis. The amendment is expected include a $200.0 million incremental facility feature that would allow us to increase the aggregate credit commitments to $600.0 million, subject to compliance with certain financial covenants.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain “springing” financial covenants. In the event that, either there are (a) any loans outstanding thereunder on the last day of any fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days of such fiscal quarter or (b) any unreimbursed letters of credit thereunder on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days of such fiscal quarter, we will be required to, in respect of such fiscal quarter, comply with a maximum capitalization ratio test as well as a minimum interest coverage ratio test. As of December 31, 2012, our capitalization ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) was 45% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 60%) while our interest coverage ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) for the twelve-month period then ended was 3.83 to 1.0 (compared with the requirement not to fall below 1.75 to 1.0). For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants for any fiscal quarter, TMM may exercise an equity cure by issuing certain permitted securities for cash or otherwise receiving cash contributions to its capital that will, upon the contribution of such cash to TMC and/or Monarch Corporation, be included in the calculation of consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated total capitalization. The equity cure right may not be exercised more than twice in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and may not be exercised more than five times during the term of the facility.

Senior Notes

On April 13, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued $550.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020. A portion of the net proceeds of the senior notes was used to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. The senior notes are unsecured and guaranteed by TMM and certain of TMM’s domestic subsidiaries. On August 21, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued an additional $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes under the same indenture.

The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that limit the ability of the Operating Subsidiaries, TMM and certain of their subsidiaries to, among other things, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock or make payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, create certain liens, enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from certain restricted subsidiaries, consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets, engage in transactions with affiliates and create additional, unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes are also subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the senior notes indenture). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. The senior notes do not have any registration rights.

The senior notes mature on April 15, 2020. Interest on the senior notes accrues at the rate of 7.750% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

 

104


Table of Contents

We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time prior to April 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. On or after April 15, 2015, we may also redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the senior notes.

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we may also redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 103.875% (if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013) or 107.750% (if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013) of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date.

Mortgage Company Loan Facilities

TMHF has entered into an agreement with Flagstar Bank (the “Flagstar Facility”), as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named in such agreement. The purpose of the Flagstar Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits, with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of the total availability under the facility. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860, “ Transfers and Servicing.” The Flagstar Facility is terminable by either party with 30 days’ notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum, with a minimum floor of 3.95% per annum. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when mortgages are sold to Flagstar Bank, or to other approved lenders subject to certain sublimits. In 2011, loans originated by TMHF remained on the Flagstar Facility warehouse line for an average of 20 days, before being sold either to Flagstar Bank or other approved lenders. The Flagstar Facility does not have a scheduled maturity date but is subject to an annual renewal process, which was last completed in December 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there were $38.6 million in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar Facility.

In December 2011, TMHF entered into a mortgage warehouse loan letter agreement with Comerica Bank (the “Comerica Facility”). The purpose of the Comerica Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.0 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and a temporary $20.0 million incremental facility, subject to approval by Comerica. Borrowings under this facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860. The Comerica Facility bears interest at a rate of daily adjusting LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum with a minimum floor of 3.75% per annum. Borrowings under the Comerica Facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to approved lenders participating in the Comerica Facility. As of December 31, 2012, there were $41.7 million in outstanding borrowings under the Comerica Facility. The Comerica Facility matures on October 29, 2013 (subject to an annual renewal process).

Letters of Credit, Surety Bonds and Financial Guarantees

We are often required to provide letters of credit and surety bonds to secure our performance under construction contracts, development agreements and other arrangements. The amount of such obligations outstanding at any time varies in accordance with our pending development activities. In the event any such bonds or letters of credit are drawn upon, we would be obligated to reimburse the issuer of such bonds or letters of credit. In addition, Monarch Corporation will typically provide guarantees of the financing debt of the joint ventures through which Monarch Corporation operates, which guarantees may be secured.

Under these letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees, we are committed to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees under these arrangements, including letters of credit issued under the TD Facility and HSBC Facility (as described below) and our share of responsibility for financial guarantee arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $230.8 million as of December 31, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site

 

105


Table of Contents

improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are not generally released until all development and construction activities are completed. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding letters of credit or surety bonds, letters of credit or financial guarantees as of December 31, 2012 will be drawn upon.

Monarch Corporation is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, which we refer to as the “TD Facility.” The TD Facility provides revolving operating facilities (including letters of credit) of up to CAD $102.6 million (or its U.S. dollar equivalent) to provide direct and letter of credit financing in support of Monarch Corporation’s projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property or cash. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $102.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.

Monarch Corporation is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada, which we refer to as the “HSBC Facility.” The HSBC Facility provides a partially revolving letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 million in support of Monarch Corporation’s construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $11.0 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.

Each of the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.

The TD Facility contains certain financial covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum net equity and a minimum debt-to-equity ratio as well as maintain an interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2012, our net equity, as defined in the TD Facility, was $378.8 million (compared with the minimum requirement of $250 million), our debt-to-equity ratio was 55% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 125%) while our interest coverage ratio is 15.3 (the requirement is not to fall below 2.5 to 1.0). Violations of the financial covenants in the TD Facility, if not waived by the lenders or cured, could result in acceleration by the lenders. In the event these violations were not waived by the lenders or cured, the violations could also result in a default under the Company’s other indebtedness. As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the TD Facility.

For additional detail on all of the above facilities, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Other Loans Payable and Other Borrowings

Other loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 consist of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. We estimate that approximately $114.4 million of the loans are scheduled to be repaid in the next 12 months, which we expect to repay from available cash. The weighted average interest rate on $131.2 million of the loans as of December 31, 2012 was 3.0% per annum, and $84.0 million of the loans were non-interest bearing. As of December 31, 2012, other loans payable and other borrowings increased by an estimated $137.3 million compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to the closing of transactions under land purchase contracts with seller financing, high-rise funding and financing for a portion of the purchase price of the Darling assets. The note payable to the sellers of Darling bears interest at a rate equal to 8.0% per annum and has an aggregate principal amount of $26.0 million, maturing in January 2016. Interest is payable annually.

Operating Cash Flow Activities

Our net cash used in operating activities amounted to $214.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $158.4 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011. The primary cause of our $372.9 million increase in cash used in operating activities was our increased purchases of land

 

106


Table of Contents

inventory of $331.1 million. In the period leading up the Acquisition in July 2011, Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent company, decreased funding for land purchases as part of their divestiture process. Consequently, in the period following the Acquisition, we increased our land purchases to replenish our real estate inventory. We made land purchases in 2012 throughout our U.S. markets particularly weighted towards Northern California and Houston, as increased demand in the U.S. housing market resulted in upward price pressures. These purchases were primarily funded with proceeds from the 2012 senior notes issuances and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Consistent with our increases in home closings revenue and average selling price per home, the increase in loan volume and average loan amounts experienced in our Financial Services business resulted in increased loans receivable of $51.0 million. Prepaid expenses also increased by $20.3 million as a result of costs incurred in connection with our senior notes offerings in 2012. These uses of cash flows from operations were partially offset by our $354.1 million increase in net income, which was favorably impacted by a $278.9 million relief of our income tax valuation allowance.

Our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities amounted to $158.4 million in 2011 and $(8.4) million in 2010. The primary cause of the increase in operating cash flows in 2011 versus 2010 was our decreased purchases of land inventory. Taylor Wimpey plc reduced funding for our land inventory purchases in the period leading up to the Acquisition on July 13, 2011, resulting in less spending in that year on land inventory and land deposits. Throughout 2011, Taylor Wimpey plc reduced spending on land as part of a comprehensive sale process to minimize its ongoing cash investments in its North American business. Operating cash flows decreased in 2010 versus 2009 primarily due to increased land inventory purchases in 2010. The purchases were funded through increased borrowings from Taylor Wimpey plc. In addition, we had somewhat higher receivable amounts in 2010 from Canadian joint venture partners due to the timing of the closing of certain high rise units, the timing of the receipt of payments related to certain domestic land infrastructure development projects and the timing of the receipt of reimbursement, related to Chinese drywall claims. These items were partially offset by the receipt in 2010 of certain income tax receivables from 2009 generated by carrying back U.S. operating losses to prior periods and receiving cash refunds. Receivables decreased in 2010 as our Canadian operations funded certain construction projects of their joint ventures by creating receivables to be settled with the consummation of the projects and those receivables were reversed in 2010. Customer deposits were larger during 2011 as we closed two wholly owned high-rise towers and were able to recognize the deposits relating to those towers as income.

Investing Cash Flow Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $138.9 million and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in cash used in 2012 was primarily the result of an increase in investments in unconsolidated entities as we continue to fund existing joint venture operations, primarily in our Canada region, and our acquisition of Darling.

Net cash used in investing activities was $5.3 million in 2011, compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $51.0 million in 2010. The net cash provided in 2010 was primarily the result of changes in restricted cash from our Canadian operations.

Financing Cash Flow Activities

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities totaled $375.5 million and ($29.3) million for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2012 was primarily attributable to the net increase in long-term debt in connection with the $550 million senior notes issuance in April 2012 and the subsequent offering of $125 million of senior notes, which was offset by a repayment of $350 million of the Sponsor Loan. In addition, on December 31, 2012, we consummated our acquisition of the Darling assets, which included through a $26.0 million note payable to the sellers and a $50.0 million draw under our Revolving Credit Facility to finance a portion of the purchase price. In 2011 we increased our borrowings from our Taylor Wimpey plc as part of their cash management program to support their investment in North American operations.

 

107


Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $29.3 million and $72.4 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net cash used in all periods is primarily driven by the return of cash from our North American operations to our former parent company and to our Principal Equityholders after the Acquisition.

Contractual Cash Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Our primary contractual cash obligations are payments under our debt agreements and lease payments under our operating leases. Purchase obligations of our homebuilding operations represent specific performance requirements under purchase agreements for land in Canada and purchase agreements for land in the United States. We expect to fund our contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business through a combination of our existing cash resources, cash flows generated from operations, renewed or amended mortgage repurchase facilities and, if needed or believed advantageous, the issuance of new debt or equity securities through the public capital markets as market conditions may permit.

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

 

     Payments Due by Period (in thousands)  
     Totals      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      4-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Operating lease obligations

   $ 23,118       $ 5,004       $ 10,655       $ 6,479       $ 980   

ASC Topic 740 obligations incl. interest and penalties(1)

     115,343         —          104,473         10,870         —    

Land purchase contracts(2)

     268,022         167,716         84,138         5,315        10,853   

Debt outstanding(3)

     940,968         164,409         65,281         11,623         699,655   

Estimated interest expense(4)

     328,821         60,303         109,008         106,456         53,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,676,271       $ 397,432       $ 373,555       $ 140,743       $ 764,541   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions with respect to our carry back of net operating losses in our historical tax returns. Our former parent Taylor Wimpey plc has indemnified us for amounts payable in respect of these additional taxes. See “ Risk Factors—We may not be able to use certain net operating loss carry backs, which may result in our having to pay substantial taxes .”
(2) Represents remaining purchase price due under full-recourse land purchase contracts.
(3) In April 2012, we completed the offering of $550.0 million of our senior notes and used the proceeds of that offering to repay $350.0 million of the then outstanding Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be contributed or transferred to TMM or its subsidiaries, and in return those affiliates received additional equity interests in TMM. In August 2012, we also issued a further $125.0 million of senior notes at an issue price of 105.5% plus accrued interest from and including April 13, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, we had a total of $940.9 million of long-term debt outstanding, consisting of $675.0 million of senior notes, which are due in 2020 and $265.9 million of other long-term indebtedness. Of the $265.9 million, $164.4 million matures in less than one year and $65.3 million matures in one to three years. Excludes $80.4 million in debt of TMHF. Scheduled maturities of certain loans and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 reflect estimates of anticipated lot take-downs associated with such loans.
(4) Estimated interest expense amounts for debt outstanding at the respective contractual interest rates.

We do not engage in commodity trading or other similar activities. We had no derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2011 or 2012.

 

108


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees of joint ventures as of the dates indicated.

 

     As of December 31,  
(in thousands)    2012      2011  

Letters of credit

     

U.S.

   $ 25,333       $ 23,865   

Canada

     100,462         101,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding letters of credit

     125,795         125,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Surety bonds

     

U.S.

     61,619         30,426   

Canada

     48,369         76,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding surety bonds

     109,988         107,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial guarantees of joint ventures, proportionate

     

Letters of credit

     14,013         17,591   

Borrowings

     52,847         43,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding financial guarantees of joint ventures

     66,860         60,931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees of joint ventures

   $ 302,643       $ 293,561   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments in Land Development and Homebuilding Joint Ventures or Unconsolidated Entities

We participate in a number of strategic land development and homebuilding joint ventures with unrelated third parties. These joint ventures operate primarily in our Canada region and relate mainly to our high-rise developments. The use of these entities, in some instances, enables us to acquire land to which we could not otherwise obtain access, or could not obtain access on terms that are as favorable. Our partners in these joint ventures historically have been land owners/developers, other homebuilders and financial or strategic partners. Joint ventures with land owners/developers have given us access to sites owned or controlled by our partners. Joint ventures with other homebuilders have provided us with the ability to bid jointly with our partners for large land parcels. Joint ventures with financial partners have allowed us to combine our homebuilding expertise with access to our partners’ capital. Joint ventures with strategic partners have allowed us to combine our homebuilding expertise with the specific expertise (e.g. commercial or infill experience) of our partner.

As of December 31, 2012, we had equity investments in 39 unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures, compared to 33 at December 31, 2011. Not all of these joint ventures are actively engaged in operations and some may be maintained, despite no longer being operational.

Investment in unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures

 

     As of December 31,  
(in thousands)    2012      2011  

East

   $ 723       $ 2,789   

West

     —           —    

Canada

     73,210         34,379   

Other

     532         472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 74,465       $ 37,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

These joint ventures often obtain acquisition, development and construction financing, designed to reduce our equity investment and improve our overall returns. This joint venture specific indebtedness is typically secured by all assets of the entity raising the debt. As of December 31, 2012, our unconsolidated joint ventures’ borrowings were $162.2 million compared to $135.1 million at December 31, 2011. Our proportional share of letters of credit issued and indebtedness was $14.0 million and $52.8 million at December 31, 2012 and $17.6 million and $43.3 million at December 31, 2011.

As added support to the third party lenders of these unconsolidated joint ventures related to our Canadian business, secured guarantees are typically provided by Monarch Corporation, typically in proportion to Monarch Corporation’s equity ownership in the joint ventures. As of December 31, 2012, our maximum recourse exposure related to outstanding indebtedness and letters of credit issued by our unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures totaled $140.4 million, an increase from $125.0 million as of December 31, 2011. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Guarantees of Indebtedness of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures.”

We also provide completion and performance guarantees for projects undertaken by our unconsolidated joint ventures.

The summarized balance sheets below of our unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures with recourse to us were as follows:

Summary balance sheet

 

     As of December 31,  
(in thousands)    2012      2011  

Assets

   $ 473,115       $ 440,300   

Liabilities

     356,094         397,477   

Equity

     117,021         42,823   

Land Purchase and Land Option Contracts

We enter into land purchase and option contracts to procure land or lots for the construction of homes in the ordinary course of business. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding land purchase contracts of $268.0 million and lot options totaling $268.0 million. We are obligated to close the transaction under our land purchase contracts. However, our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related non-refundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit provided to obtain the options. For additional detail, see “—Contractual Cash Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal. We have historically experienced, and in the future expect to continue to experience, variability in our results on a quarterly basis. We generally have more homes under construction, close more homes and have greater revenues and operating income in the third and fourth quarters of the year. Therefore, although new home contracts are obtained throughout the year, a significant portion of our home closings occur during the third and fourth calendar quarter. Our revenue therefore may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis and we must maintain sufficient liquidity to meet short-term operating requirements. Factors expected to contribute to these fluctuations include:

 

   

the timing of the introduction and start of construction of new projects;

 

   

the timing of project sales;

 

   

the timing of closings of homes, condominium units, lots and parcels;

 

   

our ability to continue to acquire land and options on that land on acceptable terms;

 

110


Table of Contents
   

the timing of receipt of regulatory approvals for development and construction;

 

   

the condition of the real estate market and general economic conditions in the areas in which we operate;

 

   

mix of homes closed;

 

   

construction timetables;

 

   

the prevailing interest rates and the availability of financing, both for us and for the purchasers of our homes; and

 

   

the cost and availability of materials and labor.

As a result of seasonal activity, our quarterly results of operation and financial position at the end of a particular quarter are not necessarily representative of the results we expect at year end. We expect this seasonal pattern to continue, although it may be affected by the continuing downturn in the homebuilding industry.

In contrast to our typical seasonal results, the weakness in homebuilding market conditions in the United States during recent years has mitigated our historical seasonal variations. Also, in 2010 the expiration of the federal homebuyer tax credit impacted the timing of our construction activities, home sales and closing volumes. Although we may experience our typical historical seasonal pattern in the future, given the current market conditions, we can make no assurances as to when or whether this pattern will recur.

Inflation

We and the homebuilding industry in general may be adversely affected during periods of high inflation, primarily because of higher land, financing, labor and material construction costs. In addition, higher mortgage interest rates can significantly affect the affordability of permanent mortgage financing to prospective homebuyers. We attempt to pass through to our customers any increases in our costs through increased sales prices. However, during periods of soft housing market conditions, we may not be able to offset our cost increases with higher selling prices.

Valuation of Recent Equity Awards

Class M Units in TMM were issued as long-term incentive compensation to our employees (including our executive officers) and independent board members for their continued service and to incentivize their efforts to maximize our performance. Since April 1, 2012, we have awarded 9,805,000 Class M Units. Approximately 7,346,429 of the 9,805,000 Class M Units are time-vesting, vesting ratably in annual installments over the five years after the grant date. The remaining 2,458,571 Class M Units are performance-vesting.

All Class M Units of TMM entitle the holders to receive cash amounts in respect of the appreciation of Class A Units of TMM above a distribution threshold that is based on the value of such Class A Units as of the grant Date (determined based on the fair value of the equity of TMM). Unless the fair value of the equity of TMM increases above the applicable distribution thresholds, no payments will be made to holders of Class M Units. As a result, at the time of grant, all Class M units had no “intrinsic value.”

In addition, payments to holders of performance-vesting Class M Units will be made only when the value realized upon the sale of a Class A Unit exceeds a specified return amount (each a “Return Amount”). For one half of the performance-vesting Class M Units, the Return Amount is an amount that represents a 2.0x return on the equity investment made in respect of the Class A Units. For the other half of the performance-vesting Class M Units, the Return Amount is an amount that represents a 2.5x return on the equity investment made in respect of the Class A Units. Therefore, to the extent that the equity value of TMM at the time of sale of Class A Units does not exceed the applicable Return Amount for the performance-vesting Class M Units, no distributions would be payable to holders of such performance-vesting Class M Units in respect of such sale. Because there

 

111


Table of Contents

has been $776.0 million of contributions to TMM by holders of Class A Units, the cumulative Return Amounts are $1.55 billion for 2.0x Class M performance-vesting Units and $1.94 billion for 2.5x Class M performance-vesting units. All performance-vesting Class M Units were granted at a time when the aggregate fair value of the equity of TMM was below the cumulative Return Amounts in respect of the outstanding Class A Units.

We recognized compensation expense in general and administrative expense beginning in the quarter in which each grant occurred, based on the grant date value (assuming a hypothetical distribution of the entire value of TMM), using a standard Black-Scholes method in accordance with applicable guidance. All exchanges of Class M Units for New TMM Units (which New TMM Units will be convertible into shares of TMHC’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis) will occur based on a hypothetical cash distribution by TMM of our pre-IPO value based on the price per share of TMHC’s Class A common stock, less underwriters’ discounts, and therefore will not result in any additional compensation expense. Furthermore, all Class M Units that are performance vesting (and therefore were not exchanged for New TMM Units) will be indirectly exchanged on a one-for-one basis for substantially identical units in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, and therefore that exchange also will not result in any additional compensation expense. Certain of the New TMM Units issued to members of management in the exchange will be purchased with the proceeds of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Purchase of New TMM Units from the Principal Equityholders and Certain Members of our Management.”

Fair Value Determinations

We determined the fair value of the Class M Unit awards contemporaneously, at each grant date, using two standard methodologies, in accordance with applicable guidance: (1) Market Approach using the Guideline Public Company method; and (2) the Income Approach, which are consistent with valuing closely held business interests. The resulting values were then averaged with equal weighting to arrive at a blended result, which was used to determine the fair value of our equity and the estimated fair value of the Class M Unit awards at such grant date. The grant date used was the date of the relevant award agreement. The two methodologies are detailed below:

Market Approach – Guideline Public Company method: This method involves identifying and selecting publicly traded companies with financial and operating characteristics similar to the company being valued. We operate within an industry that includes several publicly traded peer companies of which pricing data is available. We selected ten publicly traded home builders, with pricing data readily available, as the peer set. The peer companies (the “Peer Set”) include: Standard Pacific Group, Lennar Corp, Ryland Group Inc, KB Home, PulteGroup Inc., Hovnanian Enterprises Inc., Beazer Homes USA Inc, Meritage Homes Corporation, M/I Homes Inc, and DR Horton Inc. We obtained the book value of invested capital multiple of each peer company that most nearly coincided with the relevant grant date. We believe the multiples of book value of invested capital were the most meaningful and most reliable.

Income Approach: This method is based on discounted cash flow method using the invested capital ( i.e. , debt-free) method. This method utilizes the cash flow to all investors, both debt and equity holders, to derive an enterprise value. The cash flows available are detailed estimates of debt free cash flows for a specified number of years where a terminal year value is calculated reflecting our value at the end of the discrete cash flow period. The cash flow period and terminal year value are then discounted to present value using a discount rate. This calculation was derived from the following formula:

 

WACC =    (k e x W e ) + (k d x [1-t] x W d )
WACC =    the weighted average cost of capital
k e =    our cost of equity capital, which is based on the cost of equity capital of the Peer Set
W e =    the percentage of equity capital in the capital structure
k d =    our cost of debt capital
t =    our effective tax rate
W d =    the percentage of debt capital in the capital structure

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the equity fair values used for grants of Class M Units that we have made since April 1, 2012 (dollars in millions):

 

     Grant Date  
     June 29, 2012     October 15, 2012     December 7, 2012  

Class M Units granted

     6,380,000        1,500,000        1,475,000   

Financial statement date

     06/30/12        9/30/12        11/30/12   

Market approach:

      

Peer Set multiple

     1.18x        1.22x (1)      1.18x   

Calculated enterprise value

   $ 2,163      $ 2,489      $ 2,390   

Income approach:

      

WACC rate

     10.3     10.0     10.0

Growth rate

     4.0     4.0     5.0

Capitalization ratio

     6.3     6.0     5.0

Calculated enterprise value

   $ 1,995      $ 2,200      $ 2,140   

Calculation of equity value:

      

Average enterprise value

   $ 2,079      $ 2,345      $ 2,265   

Less debt

     708        871        861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average fair value of equity

   $ 1,371      $ 1,474      $ 1,404   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) We made a 10% negative adjustment to our Peer Set multiple equity valuation for the October 15, 2012 grant date. The adjustment was due to the following factors:

 

   

We were moderately smaller than a number of members of the Peer Set, and we therefore thought ourselves to be less well-positioned to capitalize on the early stages of the housing industry recovery;

 

   

We were also not as geographically diverse as many of the members of the Peer Set, and we therefore thought ourselves to be not as well-positioned to capitalize on the recovery, which, at the time was not as broadly-based (from a geographic standpoint) as it eventually became in later stages; and

 

   

Our equity value was not encumbered by the accumulated losses since the housing industry downturn because of the application of purchase accounting from the July 2011 Acquisition, so it was yet not appropriate to fully apply the Peer Set’s multiples to our equity value, since the Peer Set’s equity values did reflect such accumulated losses.

The adjustment was not made with respect to the June 29, 2012 grant date because we were not certain at that time that a housing industry recovery had actually begun, and all of the reasons for the adjustment were related to the recovery that was underway as of October 15, 2012 grant date.

The adjustment was removed with respect to the December 7, 2012 grant date valuation because we had by that date determined to try to access the public equity markets and made the initial filing of our registration statement on Form S-1 on December 5, 2012, and we saw increasing evidence that the housing industry recovery was positively affecting our U.S. geographic markets. In addition, our board of directors had approved the acquisition of the assets of Darling Homes, which gave us an opportunity to increase our scale.

The following table summarizes our equity fair values on each grant date, together with our pre-offering valuation (dollars in millions):

 

Grant Date

   Enterprise
Value
     Debt      Fair
Value
 

June 29, 2012

   $ 2,079       $ 708       $ 1,371   

October 15, 2012

   $ 2,345       $ 871       $ 1,474   

December 7, 2012

   $ 2,265       $ 861       $ 1,404   

Pre-offering

   $ 2,568       $ 861       $ 1,707   

Our enterprise value was largely flat from the June 29, 2012 grant date to the October 15, 2012 grant date. While there were initial signs of a housing industry recovery that developed between the two grant dates, at the time, we believed it was premature to take account of such a recovery. The homebuilding industry had previously experienced a number of “false starts” in the recovery in the previous years, and there was some continued uncertainty in the prospects of the housing industry due to economic instability in the European Union and uncertainty with respect to the U.S. presidential election, resulting in substantial volatility in equity valuations

 

113


Table of Contents

among the Peer Set. Also, we were moderately smaller than a number of members of the Peer Set, and we were also not as geographically diverse as many such members, so we thought we were not as well-positioned to capitalize on the recovery at the time.

Our enterprise value continued to be flat from the October 15, 2012 grant date to the December 7, 2012 grant date. While the housing industry recovery had continued somewhat, the equity multiples of the Peer Set had slightly retrenched. We also took into account the significant uncertainty that impacted the U.S. economy during the fourth quarter. Uncertainty with respect to the “fiscal cliff” and softness in retail sales, employment levels and other macroeconomic indicators tempered our valuation estimates for the December 7, 2012 grant date. As discussed above, in Note (1) to the table summarizing the fair value methodologies, we applied a 10% discount to our Peer Set equity multiple due to our relative lack of size, our lack of geographic diversity and some lack of comparability with the Peer Set.

Our fair value has increased by approximately 21.5% from the November 30, 2012 level used for the December 7, 2012 grant to the pre-IPO level (from approximately $1.4 billion to approximately $1.7 billion) due to a number of factors, including:

 

   

The Peer Set’s equity valuation improved by approximately 29% from November 30, 2012 to February 28, 2013;

 

   

We completed our acquisition of the assets of Darling Homes on December 31, 2012, giving us a strong presence in the Dallas market and expanded our presence in the Houston market, providing additional assets on our balance sheet and additional opportunities for growth;

 

   

The U.S. housing industry recovery has continued to strengthen, particularly in our U.S. geographic markets, therefore mitigating our concerns regarding lack of geographic diversity;

 

   

We had significant backlog as of December 31, 2012 (4,112 homes sold but not closed, including 909 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.4 billion), which represents the first time since the beginning of the housing industry downturn that we have had significant backlog entering our first quarter;

 

   

The avoidance of the “fiscal cliff” at the end of 2012 and the lack of material macroeconomic consequences from the “sequester”; and

 

   

Our continued strong performance during the first quarter of 2013.

Calculation of Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the compensation expense associated with the various grants of Class M Units made since April 1, 2012:

 

    Grant Date (in millions)  
    June 29, 2012     October 15, 2012     December 7, 2012  

Compensation expense:

     

Annualized per Class M Unit Expense – time vesting

  $ 0.64      $ 0.81      $ 0.65   

Annualized per Class M Unit Expense – performance vesting

  $ 0.57      $ 0.53      $ 0.45   

Total 2012 compensation expense recognized (millions) (1)

  $ 0.40      $ 0.01      $ 0.01   

 

(1) Reflects actual compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2012. Annualized compensation expense would be $0.7 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million with respect to the June 29, 2012, October 15, 2012 and December 7, 2012 grants, respectively.

 

114


Table of Contents

The compensation expense was calculated based on an option pricing model using a Black-Scholes methodology based on a hypothetical distribution of the entire value of TMM, using the following assumptions:

 

     Grant Date  
     June 29, 2012     October 15, 2012     December 7, 2012  

Volatility

     50     45     45

Risk-free rate

     0.6     0.6     0.5

Expected life – private (years)

     4.5        4.5        4.3   

Expected life – IPO/public (years)

     1.0        0.5        0.3   

Discount for lack of marketability

     30     20     20

The volatility was based on that of the Peer Set at the time. The risk-free rate was based on U.S. Treasuries with a term most similar to the term of the units granted. The expected life of the Class M Unit was calculated by applying an equal weighting to both an expected life of the unit assuming the Company remains a private company and the expected life of the unit assuming the Company becomes a public company. The discount for lack of marketability was based on both quantitative and qualitative factors. The qualitative factors included industry performance and general market conditions. The quantitative factors included:

 

   

Longstaff regression analysis (with lookback option);

 

   

European protective put options; and

 

   

Asian protective put model.

Critical Accounting Policies

General

A comprehensive enumeration of the significant accounting policies is presented in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Each of our accounting policies is based upon current authoritative literature that collectively comprises U.S. GAAP. In instances where alternative methods of accounting are permissible under U.S. GAAP, the method used is that which most appropriately reflects the nature of our business, the results of our operations and our financial condition, and we have consistently applied those methods over each of the periods presented in the financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Home Sales

Home closings revenue is recorded using the completed-contract method of accounting at the time each home is delivered, title and possession are transferred to the buyer, we have no significant continuing involvement with the home, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.

Revenues from the sale of high-rise condominiums are recognized when construction is beyond the preliminary stage, the buyer is committed to the extent of being unable to require a refund except for non-delivery of the unit, sufficient units in the project have been sold to ensure that the property will not be converted to a rental property, the sales proceeds are collectible and the aggregate sales proceeds and total cost of the project can be reasonably estimated.

Revenue for our Canadian high-rise condominiums is recognized, on an individual unit basis, when a certificate of occupancy has been received, all significant conditions of registration have been performed and the purchaser has the right to occupy the unit. At such time, the deposits that have been received from firm sales are applied to the sales price, and a receivable is set up for the balance due upon closing. Costs are recognized on the individual unit’s proportionate share of budgeted project costs along with the budgeted specifically identifiable home costs.

 

115


Table of Contents

Land Sales

Land closings revenue is recognized when title is transferred to the buyer, we have no significant continuing involvement, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property sold. If the buyer has not made an adequate initial or continuing investment in the property, the profit on such sales is deferred until these conditions are met.

Financial Services Revenue

Revenues from loan origination are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. All of the loans TMHF originates are sold within a short period of time, generally 20 days, on a non-recourse basis as further described in Note 18 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. After the loans are sold, we retain potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that we breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. Gains or losses from the sale of mortgages are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and carrying value of the related loans upon sale.

Deposits

Forfeited buyer deposits related to home, condominium, and land sales are recognized in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations in the period in which we determine that the buyer will not complete the purchase of the property and the deposit is determined to be nonrefundable to the buyer.

Sales Discounts and Incentives

We typically grant our homebuyers sales discounts and incentives, including cash discounts, discounts on options included in the home, option upgrades, and seller-paid financing or closing costs. Discounts are accounted for as a reduction in the sales price of the home.

Real Estate Inventory

Inventory consists of land, land under development, homes under construction, completed homes, and model homes, and is stated at cost, net of impairment charges. In addition to direct carrying costs, we also capitalize interest, real estate taxes, and related development costs that benefit the entire community, such as field construction supervision and related direct overhead. Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales at home closing using the specific identification method. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead, and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value method. These costs are capitalized to inventory from the point development begins to the point construction is completed. For those communities that have been temporarily closed or development has been discontinued, we do not allocate interest or other costs to the community’s inventory until activity resumes. Changes in estimated costs to be incurred in a community are generally allocated to the remaining homes on a prospective basis.

We assess the recoverability of our land inventory in accordance with the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 360, “ Property, Plant, and Equipment .” ASC Topic 360 requires that companies evaluate long-lived assets that are expected to be held and used in operations, including inventories, for recoverability based on undiscounted future cash flows of the assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. On a quarterly basis, each community is reviewed for actual sales pace, actual margin on closed homes and margin on homes in backlog. If a community is not in closeout (it would be in closeout if it had fewer than 15 remaining homes) and the actual or projected home margin is less than 10%, the community is tested for impairment by comparing the estimated undiscounted remaining cash flows to the current carrying value. At the end of each year, we prepare for each community an estimated remaining undiscounted cash flow and compare it to the community’s sales carrying value. The estimates and assumptions used are based on current

 

116


Table of Contents

community sales prices, paces, house costs and current development budgets. There are no assumptions of increases in either pace or price. For assets that are currently “mothballed” (i.e., strategic long-term land positions not currently under development or subject to an active selling effort), assumptions are based on current development plans and current price, pace and house costs of similar communities. Discount rates are determined using a base rate, which may be increased depending on the total remaining lots in a community, the development status of the land, the market in which it is located and if the product is higher-priced with potentially lower demand. A specific community can be sensitive to various components depending on the life phase of a community. For example, a community with 150 remaining lots would be more materially impacted by a pace change than a community with 20 remaining lots.

If the carrying value of the assets exceeds their estimated undiscounted cash flows, then the assets are deemed to be impaired and are recorded at fair value as of the assessment date. We evaluate cash flows on a community-by-community basis. These cash flows are significantly impacted by various estimates of sales prices, construction costs, sales pace, and other factors. In 2011 no impairment charges were recorded after testing 122 communities. In 2010 we recorded an impairment charge of $4.1 million after testing 162 communities. The following tables summarize the number of communities tested and the results of our impairment testing as of the end of the 2012, 2011 and 2010 fiscal years (dollars in thousands):

 

    As of December 31, 2012     As of December 31, 2011  
    Total
number of
communities
tested
    Number of
impaired
communities
    Carrying
value
prior to
impairment
    Fair
Value
    Impairment     Total
number of
communities
tested
    Number of
impaired
communities
    Carrying
value
prior to
impairment
    Fair
Value
    Impairment  

East

    74        —       $ —       $ —       $ —         72        —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

West

    32        —         —         —         —         35        —         —         —         —    

Canada

    14        —         —         —         —         15        —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    120        —       $ —       $ —       $ —         122        —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2010  
    Total
number of
communities
tested
    Number of
impaired
communities
    Carrying
value
prior to
impairment
    Fair
Value
    Impairment  

East

    86        —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

West

    58        3       8,462       5,933       2,529  

Canada

    18        —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    162        3     $ 8,462     $ 5,933      $ 2,529 (1)
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes impairments of owned real estate and excludes impairments of lot option contracts consisting largely of write-offs of deposits.

We perform our impairment analysis based on total inventory at the community level using discount rates that in the past have generally ranged from 12.0% to 20.5%. When an impairment charge for a community is determined, the charge is then allocated to each lot in the community in the same manner as land and development costs are allocated to each lot. Inventory within each community is categorized as construction in progress and finished homes, residential land and lots developed and under development, or land held for development, based on the stage of production or plans for future development.

Our estimate of undiscounted cash flows from these communities may change with market conditions and could result in a future need to record impairment charges to adjust the carrying value of these assets to their estimated fair value. Several factors could lead to changes in the estimates of undiscounted future cash flows for a given community. The most significant of these include pricing and incentive levels actually realized by the community, the rate at which the homes are sold and changes in the costs incurred to develop lots and construct homes. Pricing and incentive levels are often interrelated with sales pace within a community, given that price

 

117


Table of Contents

reductions generally lead to an increase in sales pace. Further, both of these factors are heavily influenced by the competitive pressures facing a given community from both new homes and existing homes, some of which may result from foreclosures. If conditions worsen in the broader economy, homebuilding industry or specific markets in which we operate, and as we re-evaluate specific community pricing and incentives, construction and development plans and our overall land sale strategies, we may be required to evaluate additional communities or re-evaluate previously impaired communities for potential impairment. We do not forecast any adjusted market improvement in our analysis above the original model we used as of the date of the Acquisition. For assets that are currently “mothballed” (i.e., strategic long-term land positions not currently under development or subject to an active selling effort), assumptions are based on current development plans and current price pace and house costs of similar communities. These evaluations may result in additional impairment charges.

The life cycle of a community generally ranges from three to five years, commencing with the acquisition of unentitled or entitled land, continuing through the land development phase and concluding with the sale, construction and delivery of homes. Actual community lives will vary based on the size of the community, the sales absorption rate and whether we purchased the property as raw land or finished lots. In 2012 and 2011, we were actively selling in an average of 120 and 135 communities, respectively. For further details refer to Note 2 to the audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Capitalized Interest

We capitalize certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of sales when the related inventory is delivered or when the related inventory is charged to cost of sales under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. For further details refer to Note 2 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Investments in Unconsolidated Entities and Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into land and lot option purchase contracts in order to procure land or lots for the construction of homes. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. In June 2009, the FASB revised its guidance regarding the determination of a primary beneficiary of a VIE, ASC Topic 810-10, “ Consolidation.”

We have concluded that when we enter into an option or purchase agreement to acquire land or lots and pay a nonrefundable deposit, a VIE may be created because we are deemed to have provided subordinated financial support that will absorb some or all of an entity’s expected losses if they occur. For each VIE, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary by first determining if we have the ability to control the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance. Such activities include, but are not limited to, the ability to determine the budget and scope of land development work, if any; the ability to control financing decisions for the VIE; the ability to acquire additional land into the VIE or dispose of land in the VIE not under contract with us; and the ability to change or amend the existing option contract with the VIE. If we are not able to control such activities, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If we do have the ability to control such activities, we will continue our analysis by determining if we are expected to absorb a potentially significant amount of the VIE’s losses or, if no party absorbs the majority of such losses, if we will potentially benefit from a significant amount of the VIE’s expected gains. If we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE, we will consolidate the VIE in our financial statements and reflect such assets and liabilities as consolidated real estate not owned within our inventory balance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. For further details refer to Note 2 to the audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are also involved in several joint ventures with independent third parties for our homebuilding activities. We use the equity method of accounting for investments that qualify as VIEs where we are not the primary

 

118


Table of Contents

beneficiary and entities that we do not control or where we do not own a majority of the economic interest, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. For those unconsolidated entities in which we function as the managing member, we have evaluated the rights held by our joint venture partners and determined that they have substantive participating rights that preclude the presumption of control. For joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, our share of net earnings or losses is included in equity in net earnings (loss) of unconsolidated entities when earned and distributions are credited against our investment in the joint venture when received. See Note 3 to the audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Noncontrolling Interests

We have consolidated joint ventures where we were determined to be the primary beneficiary. Therefore, those entities’ financial statements are consolidated in our consolidated and combined financial statements and the other partners’ equity is recorded as noncontrolling interests.

Business Combinations

We account for businesses we acquire in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their estimated fair values. Any purchase price paid in excess of the net fair values of tangible and identified intangible assets less liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Our reported income from an acquired company includes the operations of the acquired company from the effective date of acquisition.

Purchase Accounting

The accounting following the Acquisition is one where net assets of the Company are brought forth at fair market value. We completed a third party appraisal of our assets and liabilities to determine the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The value was recorded shortly after the sale, although there may be reasonable cause to adjust the value if new information is discovered that will prompt an adjustment to be made, which will be recorded in the current period earnings in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.”

The treatment of major components of the balance sheet is as follows:

 

   

Marketable securities—Current net realizable values

 

   

Receivables—Present value of net receivables using market interest rates

 

   

Inventories—Finished homes at estimated net realizable value less a market profit allowance. Work-in-process at estimated net realizable value of finished goods less costs to complete and profit allowance. Raw land and finished lots at appraised value

 

   

Identifiable intangibles—At appraised value

 

   

Other assets—At appraised values

 

   

Payables—At carrying values which approximate present values

 

   

Liabilities and accruals—At carrying values which approximate present values

 

   

Other liabilities and commitments—At estimated present value

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on future tax consequences of both temporary differences between the amounts reported for financial reporting purposes and the amounts deductible for income tax purposes, and are measured

 

119


Table of Contents

using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted.

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, we periodically assess our deferred tax assets, including the benefit from net operating losses, to determine if a valuation allowance is required. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other matters, taxable income in prior years available for carryback, estimates of future income, tax planning strategies, and reversal of existing temporary differences. Given the downturn in the homebuilding industry over the past several years, the degree of the economic recession, the instability and deterioration of the financial markets, and the resulting uncertainty in projections of our future taxable income, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets during 2007. We maintained a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011, as we determined at that time that the weight of the negative evidence exceeded that of the positive evidence, and it was more likely than not that we would not be able to utilize all of our deferred tax assets and state net operating loss carryovers.

At December 31, 2012, we re-evaluated the evidence related to the need for our deferred tax asset valuation allowances and determined that part of the valuation allowance on our federal deferred tax assets and certain state valuation allowances were no longer needed because of sufficient positive objective evidence. That evidence principally consisted of (i) 3-year cumulative book income through the year ended December 31, 2012; and (ii) strong backlog evidencing that profitability will likely increase in 2013.

Some of the evidence considered was as follows:

 

   

We have experienced increasingly positive operating results in the United States during the past two years. During the Predecessor period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 we generated pre-tax income in the United States of $11.0 million. During the Successor period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 we reported a pre-tax loss in the United States of $19.5 million, which included approximately $27.3 million of transaction expenses and $12.8 million of indemnification expense recorded in the United States. During 2012, we generated pre-tax income in the United States of $73.3 million, which included approximately $7.9 million of transaction expenses and $13 million of indemnification expense;

 

   

Our last three years of cumulative results became profitable during the fourth quarter of 2012;

 

   

We incurred zero impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to the strength of the recovery in the housing industry and the carrying value of our inventories;

 

   

Our current belief that the recovery in the housing market will be sustained;

 

   

Our 176% increase in U.S. backlog dollar value to $716 million at December 31, 2102 from $259 million at December 31, 2011; and

 

   

Improving industry and other indicators, including positive gains in housing indices during 2012, a 37% year-over-year increase in the seasonally adjusted rate of housing starts in December 2012, continued low interest rates, improvements in unemployment rates, improvements in consumer confidence, improvements in the housing market in the geographic areas we serve and improvements in other macroeconomic factors.

The 2012 improvement we experienced is in line or exceeds the average of our peer companies. In addition, current evidence indicates that these same housing market conditions will continue into the foreseeable future. For the first two months of 2013, new orders have increased 71% while U.S. backlog dollars has increased 218% as compared to the first two months of 2012. This analysis was consistent with the anticipated future trends we used in estimating the fair value of our real estate inventory for impairment and our assessment of our tangible and intangible assets for impairment.

 

120


Table of Contents

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-04, which amended ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements ,” providing a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement, and expands the disclosure requirements. ASU 2011-04 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “ Presentation of Comprehensive Income .” ASU 2011-05 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (i) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (ii) two separate, but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2011-05, we added separate but consecutive statements of comprehensive income. The impact of the retrospective application of such standard, including on segment information, is included in the discussion above for the nine months ended December 31, 2012.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our operations are interest rate sensitive. We monitor our exposure to changes in interest rates and incur both fixed rate and variable rate debt. At December 31, 2012, 87% of our debt was fixed rate and 13% was variable rate. None of our market sensitive instruments were entered into for trading purposes. We did not utilize swaps, forward or option contracts on interest rates or other types of derivative financial instruments to manage our risk as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. For fixed rate debt, changes in interest rates generally affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but not our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for variable rate debt, changes in interest rates generally do not impact the fair value of the debt instrument but may affect our future earnings and cash flows, and may also impact our variable rate borrowing costs, which principally relate to any borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and to any borrowings by TMHF under its various warehouse facilities. As of December 31, 2012, we had increased the total amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility from $125.0 million to $225.0 million and borrowed $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling. Additionally, there were $11.2 million of letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2012, leaving $163.8 million of availability. In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the Revolving Credit Facility to increase further the revolving credit commitments from $225.0 million to $400.0 million on an unsecured basis. The amendment is expected to include a $200.0 million incremental facility feature which would allow us to increase the aggregate credit commitments to $600.0 million, subject to compliance with certain financial covenants. See “Summary—Recent Developments.” Our fixed rate debt is subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the indenture governing the senior notes). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. Other than in those circumstances, we do not have an obligation to prepay fixed rate debt prior to maturity and, as a result, interest rate risk and changes in fair value would not have a significant impact on our cash flows related to our fixed rate debt until such time as we are required to refinance, repurchase or repay such debt.

We are not exposed to interest rate risk associated with TMHF’s mortgage loan origination business, because at the time any loan is originated, TMHF has identified the investor who will agree to purchase the loan on the interest rate terms that are locked in with the borrower at the time the loan is originated.

 

121


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth principal cash flows by scheduled maturity, effective weighted average interest rates and estimated fair value of our debt obligations as of December 31, 2012. The interest rate for our variable rate debt represents the interest rate on our mortgage warehouse facilities. Because the mortgage warehouse facilities are effectively secured by certain mortgage loans held for sale which are typically sold within 60 days, its outstanding balance is included as a variable rate maturity in the most current period presented.

 

     Expected Maturity Date                     
(in millions, except percentage data)    2013     2014     2015     2016     2016      Thereafter     Total     Fair
Value
 

Fixed Rate Debt

   $ 114.4      $ 57.2      $ 8.0      $ 11.6      $ —         $ 699.7      $ 890.9      $ 939.9   

Average interest rate(1)

     3.0     3.0     3.0     3.0     —           7.6     6.6  

Variable rate debt (2)

   $ 130.4      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 130.4      $ 130.4   

Average interest rate

     3.4     —          —          —          —           —          3.4  

 

(1) Represents the coupon rate of interest on the full principal amount of the debt.
(2) Based upon the amount of variable rate debt at December 31, 2102, and holding the variable rate debt balance constant, each 1% increase in interest rates would increase the interest incurred by us by approximately $1.3 million per year.

Currency Exchange Risk

The functional currency for our Canadian operations is the Canadian dollar. In the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, 27%, 45% and 44%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues were generated by our Canadian operations. As a result, our future earnings could be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. and Canadian dollars. We do not utilize swaps, forward or option contracts on currency exchange rates or other types of derivative financial instruments to manage our risk for the year ended December 31, 2012. Based upon the level of our Canadian operations during the year ended December 31, 2012, relative to our operations as a whole, a 10% increase in the value of the Canadian dollar as compared to the U.S. dollar would have reduced net income by approximately $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

122


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

Housing Industry Conditions within the United States

The residential housing industry has historically been a significant contributor to economic activity in the United States. From 1970 to 2007, the residential housing sector represented an average of approximately 4.5% of annual U.S. GDP and then declined to an average of 2.5% of annual U.S. GDP from 2008 to 2012. Similarly, total new home starts averaged 1.55 million per year from 1960 to 2007 and then declined to an average of 687,000 per year from 2008 to 2012, a declined of over 56%. The following charts show total U.S. households, U.S. GDP, residential investment as a percentage of GDP and annual total new home starts.

 

Total Households (in millions)    U.S. Gross Domestic Product ($ in billions)
LOGO   

LOGO

 

 

Residential Investment as a % of GDP

   Annual Total New Home Starts (in thousands)
LOGO    LOGO

The U.S. housing industry experienced substantial growth from the beginning of 2000 through the end of 2005. Single-family housing starts, closings, and new home sales increased at CAGRs of 6.9%, 5.6% and 7.9%, respectively, during this period. In addition, according to the U.S. Census Bureau, the median sales price for a new single-family home in the United States increased from $169,000 to $240,900 between 2000 and 2005, representing a 7.3% CAGR. During this period, growth momentum encouraged significant and ultimately unsustainable new home supply expansion. In 2005, peaks were realized in total new home starts, single-family new home starts and new home sales. With economic growth modestly decelerating and interest rates (higher on average) affecting affordability, housing starts and new home sales began to decline in 2006, while closings peaked.

 

123


Table of Contents

Beginning in 2007, single-family starts and new home sales meaningfully decreased as unemployment increased, consumer confidence deteriorated and mortgage financing became increasingly difficult to obtain. High unemployment, reaching 10.0% in October 2009, had a dampening effect on homebuyer demand and contributed to an increase in home mortgage defaults.

According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the downturn in the U.S. housing industry lasted approximately 73 months, with the market appearing to have reached a trough in December 2011. Since that time, a number of housing indicators have shown improvement. Inventories of existing and new homes have continued to fall, sales of new homes have increased, housing starts have increased, the national unemployment rate declined to 7.9% as of January 2013 and mortgage payments past due over 90 days decreased to approximately 3.0% as of September 2012, which is the lowest level since 2008. The following charts show new and existing home inventory as a percentage of total housing stock, housing affordability and payrolls.

 

New Inventory as a % of Housing Stock

 

LOGO

  

Existing Inventory as a % of Housing Stock

 

LOGO

National Affordability Index

 

LOGO

  

Non-Farm Payrolls, Excluding Construction

and Government (Year-Over-Year Change)

 

LOGO

We believe that a strong fundamental U.S. housing recovery is underway on a national basis, driven by consumers who are increasingly optimistic about their economic prospects and supported by several positive economic and demographic factors including improving employment growth, an increase in consumer confidence bolstered by increasing home values and improving household finances, improving sentiment towards residential real estate ownership, accelerating household formation, significant declines in new and existing for-sale home inventory and record low interest rates supporting affordability and home ownership.

 

124


Table of Contents

We believe that the improvement in the U.S. housing market is well illustrated by a number of key housing benchmarks and statistics. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, building permits for privately owned homes in January 2013 were estimated at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 925,000, representing an approximate 35% increase over the January 2012 estimate of 684,000. The increase in new building permits is consistent with an average of 37% and 58% year-over-year growth in new orders and backlog reported by the 10 largest publicly traded homebuilders (ranking based on 2012 revenues per Hanley Wood), respectively, based on the most recently reported quarterly data as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, home prices in the United States are generally increasing. According to the National Association of Realtors, U.S. median home prices improved on a year-over-year basis in 133 out of 152 MSAs in the fourth quarter of 2012. Based on data from the U.S. Census Bureau, new home prices increased approximately 11% year-over-year in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Change in Home Prices, Year-Over-Year

 

LOGO

Housing Industry Conditions within Ontario, Canada

The Canadian housing market has been more stable than the U.S. housing market over the last five years. The relative consistency of the Canadian housing market, particularly in Ontario where we operate, is principally a result of demand due to growth in employment and immigration. The Canadian housing market has also exhibited stable housing starts, a balanced sales-to-listings ratio and steady long-term growth in housing prices. In addition, Canadian home buying practices reflect a number of helpful structural, mortgage lending, legal and general market characteristics that have allowed the Canadian housing market to grow at a sustainable pace and to experience significantly lower mortgage default rates over the past decade, as compared to the United States.

The charts below show the number of starts and completions in Ontario and Canada from 2001 to 2012 with housing starts and completions in Ontario generally following a similar pattern to Canada.

 

Ontario Residential Building Activity

 

LOGO

  

Canadian Residential Building Activity

 

LOGO

 

125


Table of Contents

Canada has historically experienced steady long term growth in new home prices over the last 25 years. Similarly, new home prices in Ontario have tracked the Canadian market, although the rate of increase has recently moderated, as illustrated below:

New House Prices in Canada and Ontario

(Indexed to January 1986)

 

LOGO

Ontario represents approximately one-third of the total Canadian new home market, as measured by total housing starts, and benefits from positive demographic and economic growth trends. For example, the population and GDP of Ontario between 2008 and 2011 increased by approximately 4.5% and 9.5%, respectively. Ontario housing starts increased from 68,123 in 2007 to 76,742 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 2.4%. Similarly, average home prices in Ontario increased from CAD$299,600 in 2007 to an average price of CAD$386,000 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 5.2%. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, the CMHC projected in its First Quarter 2013 Housing Market Outlook for Ontario housing starts to moderate to approximately 60,800 in 2013 before modestly increasing to 62,900 in 2014 and for average home prices in Ontario to remain relatively flat at approximately CAD$382,200 in 2013 and CAD$390,000 in 2014.

 

Ontario, Canada Population

(in thousands)

 

LOGO

  

Ontario, Canada GDP

(CAD$ in millions)

 

LOGO

The GTA is the most important market in our Canadian business. The supply of land in the GTA is constrained due to governmental regulations. In 2005, the provincial government of Ontario established the “Greenbelt” plan protecting approximately 1.8 million acres of farmland and green space around the city of Toronto. This regulation limited urban expansion for homebuilders by constraining the supply of land available for development, thereby promoting population density in the cities and towns within the “Greenbelt.” Our high-rise development expertise has allowed us to adapt to this regulatory challenge, and we benefit from the fact that all of our owned and controlled GTA land inventory is within the defined “Greenbelt.”

 

126


Table of Contents

Structural Characteristics of the Canadian Housing Market

The Canadian housing market has a number of stabilizing structural, mortgage financing and legal characteristics that have helped maintain a more sustainable pace over the past decade.

In Canada, almost all mortgages are “full recourse” loans, which means that the borrower remains responsible for the mortgage even in the case of foreclosure. The laws of most Canadian jurisdictions permit home mortgage lenders to seek to apply all other assets of the borrower against the mortgage and even to garnish future earnings of the borrower in the event of default. In contrast, many mortgages in the United States are “limited recourse” which provide for more limited remedies. Because only 29% of Canadian residential mortgages are bundled into securities and sold on the secondary market (compared to the United States, in which approximately 60% of all mortgages are securitized), the mortgage underwriting standards in Canada have remained relatively stringent. In 2005 and 2012, non-conforming mortgages in the Canadian housing market accounted for approximately 3.3% and 6.0% of the market, respectively, while in the United States, non-conforming mortgages made up over 20% of the housing market. As illustrated below, mortgage delinquencies in arrears for more than 90 days in Canada even at the peak of the global recession did not exceed 0.64%, as compared to 5.02% in the United States.

Mortgage Delinquency Rates

 

LOGO

Notable characteristics of the Canadian housing market include:

 

   

conservative banking practices, including those resulting from the Canadian Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions imposing a maximum leverage multiple of 20 for federally regulated banks;

 

   

housing supply constraints, particularly in Ontario;

 

   

Canada’s historical resistance to short-term swings in demand, especially in the high-rise markets; and

 

   

increased population density in major Ontario urban centers resulting from steady and significant immigration flows.

Notable characteristics of the Canadian mortgage market include:

 

   

mortgage interest is not tax deductible;

 

   

the most common mortgage in Canada is a fixed rate loan that comes due in five years and requires principal payments prior to maturity based on a 25-year amortization schedule, whereas the most common mortgage in the United States comes due in 30 years and requires principal payments prior to maturity based on a 30-year amortization schedule;

 

127


Table of Contents
   

homebuyers with a downpayment of less than 20% of the purchase price are required to obtain mortgage loan insurance backed by CMHC;

 

   

Canadian mortgage institutions do not offer subprime mortgages; and

 

   

the Canadian Federal government continued to tighten mortgage lending rules during 2012, in line with prior actions to limit excessive borrowing in the Canadian residential mortgage market.

 

128


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Business Overview

Upon completion of this offering, we will be one of the largest public homebuilders in North America. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master-planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.

Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 37% and 17%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.

Throughout our markets, we build and sell a broad mix of homes across price points ranging from $120,000 to more than $1,000,000. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to first- and second-time move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings as reported by Hanley Wood and 2012 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.

As explained in greater detail below, our management believes our business is distinguished by our:

 

   

strong historical financial performance and industry-leading margins;

 

   

solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity with which to execute our growth plan;

 

   

significant land inventory, representing approximately eleven years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings, carried at a low cost basis;

 

   

top-10 market share in high-growth homebuilding markets;

 

   

profitable Canadian business;

 

   

expertise delivering “lifestyle” communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers; and

 

   

reputation for quality, based on customer surveys.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we closed 4,014 homes, consisting of 2,933 homes in the United States and 1,081 in Canada, including 232 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price across North America of $364,000. During the same period, we generated $1.4 billion in revenues, $430.8 million in net income and $228.7 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 6 in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information”). In the United States, for the year ended December 31, 2012, our sales orders increased approximately 45.8% as compared to the same period in 2011, and we averaged 2.9 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 1.7 sales per active selling community per month for the same period in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we offered homes in 128 active selling communities and had a backlog of 4,112 homes sold but not closed, including 909 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.4 billion.

 

129


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Our business is characterized by the following competitive strengths:

Strong historical financial performance with industry-leading margins

We have a profitable and scalable operating platform, which we believe positions us well to take advantage of the continued recovery we expect in the U.S. housing industry. We are among a select few of our public homebuilding peers to be profitable in 2010, 2011 and 2012. We generated net income of $90.6 million in 2010, $76.8 million in 2011 and $430.8 million in 2012. Our pre-tax income margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 11.9%, which was the highest among the top 10 publicly traded homebuilders for fiscal 2012, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders.

We believe that our management approach, which balances a decentralized local market expertise with our centralized executive management focus on maximizing efficiencies, will support our strong margins and further grow our profitability. Our operating platform is scalable, which we believe allows us to increase volume, while at the same time improving profitability and driving shareholder returns.

During the recent housing downturn, we improved our margins by aligning our headcount to reflect local and national industry conditions, standardizing systems and processes across business units and reducing construction and procurement costs through standardized national, regional and local contracts. As a result of our initiatives, we:

 

   

improved our adjusted home closings gross margin by approximately 580 basis points from 17.6% in 2008 to 23.4% in 2012, despite the decline in our home closings revenue from $1.7 billion in 2008 to $1.4 billion in 2012 (for a discussion of how we calculate adjusted home closings gross margin and a reconciliation of adjusted home closings gross margin to home closings revenue, see footnote 4 under the caption “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information”);

 

   

carefully managed our costs, as evidenced by reducing employee headcount by approximately 52% between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2011, from 1,434 employees to 693. Our headcount at February 28, 2013 was 1,041 employees, including 203 Darling employees; and

 

   

generated revenue per employee of $1.8 million in 2012 (based on the number of full-time equivalent employees at year end), which we believe is among the highest of our public homebuilding peers, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders, and reduced SG&A expense as a percentage of home closings revenue to 10.3%.

Solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity for growth

We are well-positioned with a solid balance sheet and sufficient liquidity with which to service our debt obligations, support our ongoing operations and take advantage of growth opportunities as the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market continues. At December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $845.0 million in outstanding indebtedness and a strong net debt-to-net book capitalization of 28.9% (or total debt-to-total book capitalization of 37.9%). Also at December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $283.6 million of unrestricted cash, approximately $163.8 million of availability under our Revolving Credit Facility. Less than 26% of our approximately $1.0 billion of currently outstanding debt matures before 2020.

The balance sheet carrying value of our entire inventory base was adjusted to fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011. The purchase accounting adjustments resulted in a comprehensive revaluation of our entire land inventory near the bottom of the recent U.S. housing downturn. In contrast, our competitors have only been required, from time to time, to take impairment charges using the “impairment accounting” U.S.

 

130


Table of Contents

GAAP methodology applied to their land inventory. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments, the carrying value of our U.S. land inventory at the time of the Acquisition represented 52% of its original cost. We believe this reduced cost basis positions us to generate strong margins in the future.

Significant land inventory carried at a low cost basis

We continue to benefit from a sizeable and well-located existing land inventory. As of December 31, 2012, we owned or controlled 43,987 lots, including unconsolidated joint venture lots, which equated to approximately eleven years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings of 4,014 homes. Our land inventory reflects our balanced approach to investments, yielding a distribution of finished lots available for near-term homebuilding operations and strategic land positions to support future growth. Our significant land inventory allows us to be selective in identifying new land acquisition opportunities and positions us against potential land shortages in markets that exhibit land supply constraints. In addition, some of our holdings represent multi-phase, master-planned communities, which provide us with the opportunity to utilize our development expertise to add value through re-entitlements, repositioning and/or opportunistic land sales to third parties. We operate in six of the largest ten master-planned communities in the United States based on 2012 sales.

 

2012 U.S. Market

Size Ranking(1)

  

Community Name

   Lots Owned or
Controlled by
the Company
2    Irvine Ranch (Orange County, CA)    83
3    The Woodlands (Houston, TX)    100
4    Cinco Ranch (Katy, TX)    293
7    Riverstone (Houston, TX)    1,551
8    Lakewood Ranch (Sarasota, FL)    1,176
10-tie    Nocatee (Jacksonville, FL)    16

 

  (1) Measured by 2012 sales based on data from John Burns Real Estate Consulting.

Since January 1, 2009, we have spent approximately $1.0 billion on new land purchases, acquiring 25,532 lots, of which 21,334 currently remain in our lot supply. We believe a substantial portion of our current land holdings was purchased at attractive prices at or near the low point of the market. We believe our local, well-established relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors and our knowledge of the local markets position us to be quick to market both to identify land and to gain access to such sellers, brokers and investors. We believe that our long-held reputation as a leading homebuilder and developer of land, combined with our balance sheet strength and our active opportunistic purchasing of land through the downturn, gives land brokers and sellers confidence that they can close transactions with us on a timely basis and with minimal execution risk. The following table sets forth our owned and controlled lot inventory by region as of December 31, 2012:

 

Lot Inventory by Region

   As of December
31, 2012
 
   Owned      Controlled*  

East

     19,620         6,364   

West

     9,637         1,393   

Canada

     4,620         2,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,877         10,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  * Controlled lots are those subject to a contract or option to purchase.

Strong market position and local presence in high-growth homebuilding markets

Our focused geographic footprint positions us to participate in the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market. The U.S. housing market experienced a significant downturn from 2006 to 2011 but has recently has shown signs of recovery. We currently operate exclusively in states benefitting from positive momentum in

 

131


Table of Contents

housing demand drivers, including nationally leading population and employment growth trends, migration patterns, housing affordability and desirable lifestyle and weather characteristics. The five states in which we operate accounted for 30% of the total 2010 U.S. population of 309 million and 35% of the 514,200 building permits issued for privately owned homes in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

2000 – 2010 Annual Population Growth

 

LOGO

 

Total Permits, 2012

 

LOGO

Our land inventory is concentrated in markets that have experienced significant improvement in home prices. We believe that our geographic footprint enables us to capture the benefits of expected increasing home volumes and home prices as the U.S. housing recovery continues and demand for new homes increases. The following table sets forth, for each of our U.S. markets, information relating to growth in median existing home price, projected growth in employment, projected growth in single-family permits, home affordability and our market ranking.

 

U.S. Market

   Median existing
home price

1-yr growth
rate as of
Dec. 31, 2012
    Employment
growth
2012-2014
estimated CAGR
    Single-Family
permit growth
2012-2014
estimated CAGR
    Affordability
ratio (1)  as of
Dec. 31,
2012
    2012
Taylor Morrison
market share
ranking  (2)
 

Austin

     5.3     3.8     30.1     70.2     6   

Dallas (3)

     6.2        3.0        40.3        79.6        16   

Denver

     6.2        2.4        57.5        66.4        9   

Fort Myers (4)

     15.7        3.2        70.0        83.2        10   

Houston (3)

     4.7        2.9        20.3        75.7        7   

Jacksonville

     0.3        1.9        46.9        84.0        8   

Naples (5)

     1.6        3.2        59.5        53.3        7   

Orange County

     2.3        2.1        55.5        47.3        4   

Orlando

     3.8        2.6        56.9        81.7        8   

Phoenix

     18.6        2.5        95.3        79.8        4   

Sacramento

     2.6        2.2        83.5        73.1        4   

San Diego

     0.9        2.2        70.7        49.0        14   

San Francisco

     4.8        2.2        54.1        33.6        11   

San Jose

     8.7        2.1        43.6        38.8        6   

Sarasota (5)

     9.7        2.5        55.8        73.6        6   

Tampa          

       4.9        1.9        51.3        77.0        4   

 

            

TM markets average

     6.0 %       2.5 %       55.7 %       66.6 %       8   

US average

     3.1        2.0        52.9        68.8        N/A   

 

Source: Hanley Wood.

(1)

The affordability ratio is the percentage of households that can afford the median-priced existing home. The calculation assumes a 20% down payment and a 30-year fixed rate mortgage at the Freddie Mac mortgage

 

132


Table of Contents
  rate published just prior to period end and assumes that total monthly payments (including mortgage, property taxes and insurance) cannot exceed 30% of gross household income.

 

(2) Market rankings based on number of home closings between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012.

 

(3) Includes the historical business of Darling Homes for periods prior to its acquisition by us on December 31, 2012. See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments.”
(4) Based on Hanley Wood data as of November 30, 2012 (most recent publication for this market).
(5) Based on Hanley Wood data as of October 31, 2012 (most recent publication for this market).

We are well-positioned within our markets. As set forth in the table above, we have a top-ten market share in 13 of our 16 U.S. markets. We believe that maintaining significant market share within our markets enables us to achieve economies of scale, differentiates us from most of our competitors and increases our access to land acquisition opportunities.

Profitable Monarch business in Ontario

We benefit from increased diversification through our presence in the Canadian housing market because of our Monarch business in Ontario. Monarch Corporation delivered its first home in 1936 and since that time has become a recognized brand in Canada. Monarch Corporation has generated stable income and cash flow and has been profitable every year since 1941. Since 2008, the first full year after our U.S. and Canadian operations were combined, our Canada region has generated between 27% and 46% of our annual revenues and has played an important role in delivering growth, profitability and cash flow, which helped us withstand the recent downturn in the U.S. housing industry. As of December 31, 2012, Monarch Corporation had $732.9 million in backlog of homes sold and to be delivered in 2012 through 2016, including $313.3 million of unconsolidated joint venture backlog.

Monarch Corporation has six wholly owned and joint venture high-rise developments in the GTA which are expected to close and recognize revenue in 2013 and 2014 and which have sold in excess of 95% of the aggregate number of the homes offered in those developments. These high-rise developments are expected to recognize in excess of $350 million in total revenues, a portion of which we will recognize as joint venture income on an equity method basis. The sales contracts for these homes are typically supported with a deposit of up to 20% of the purchase price and are full-recourse to the buyer, allowing Monarch Corporation to retain the deposit and pursue any shortfall from the remaining purchase price of a home in the event of a default by a homebuyer. Over the last five years, Monarch Corporation’s cancellation rate has not exceeded 2.5%. Furthermore, substantially all of our construction costs have been contracted, and each development has project-level finance in place to fund construction costs.

Expertise in delivering lifestyle communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers

We focus on developing lifestyle communities, which have many distinguishing attributes, including proximity to job centers, strong school systems and a variety of amenities. Within our communities, we offer award-winning home designs through our single-family detached, single-family attached and high-rise condominium products. We engineer our homes for energy-efficiency, which is aimed at reducing the impact on the environment and lowering energy costs to our homebuyers.

During the economic downturn, we maintained our core business strategy of focusing on first- and second-time move-up buyers, whereas we observed many homebuilders refocus their businesses on lower-priced homes. We believe our experience in the move-up market allows us to significantly expand our new home offerings at higher price points. Our average selling price was $364,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, which ranked us among the top quartile for average selling price of public homebuilders. We believe homebuyers at these higher price points are more likely to value and pay for the quality of lifestyle, construction and amenities for which we are known.

 

133


Table of Contents

While we primarily target move-up buyers, our portfolio also includes homes for entry-level, luxury and active adult buyers (55 years of age and over). We have the expertise and track record in designing and delivering lifestyle products and amenities that we believe appeal to active adult buyers. We believe that through our geographic footprint, we are well-positioned to capture greater share of the active adult market, with new active adult communities planned to open in Florida and Colorado in 2013.

 

LOGO

Our captive mortgage company allows us to offer financing to our homebuyers and to more effectively convert backlog into closings

We directly originate, underwrite and fund mortgages for our homebuyers through our wholly owned mortgage lending company TMHF. TMHF maintains relationships with several correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. We believe TMHF provides a distinct competitive advantage relative to homebuilders without captive mortgage units, since many of our buyers seek an integrated home buying experience. While we believe many other homebuilders with a captive mortgage company use a single lender, our multi-lender platform provides us with the ability to leverage a broad range of products and underwriting and pricing options for the benefit of the homebuyers. Therefore, TMHF allows us to use mortgage finance as an additional sales tool, helps ensure and enhance the customer experience, prequalifies buyers earlier in the home buying process, provides us better visibility in converting our sales order backlog into closings and is a source of incremental revenues and profitability. TMHF outperforms a number of builder-affiliated mortgage companies, as evidenced by our industry-leading capture rate of 84% in 2012 (compared to an industry average of 73%, based on the most recent fiscal year data). TMHF also had one of the lowest sales cancellation rates among our publicly traded peers with mortgage units, which was 15% in 2012, compared to an average of 19% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data. During the year ended December 31, 2012, TMHF closed 2,001 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $530 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. TMHF is independently financed on a non-recourse basis and originates mortgages that have been subject to disciplined underwriting standards, illustrated by the fact that TMHF’s average borrower FICO score was 743 for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. TMHF also has the lowest rate of early defaults, based on delinquent Federal Housing Administration loans, compared with public builder-affiliated mortgage companies. TMHF’s rate of early defaults is currently equivalent to 25% of the U.S. average. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income from TMHF of $10.6 million.

 

134


Table of Contents

Highly experienced management team

We benefit from an experienced management team that has demonstrated the ability to generate positive financial results and adapt to constantly changing market conditions. The ability to execute during highly challenging conditions is exemplified by our performance and focus on efficiency and profitability over the past several years. In addition to our corporate management team, our division presidents bring substantial industry knowledge and local market expertise, with an average of approximately 18 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Our success in land acquisition and development is due in large part to the caliber of our local management teams, which are responsible for the planning, design, entitlements and eventual execution of the entire community. Unlike some of our homebuilding peers, our management team chose to retain a core competency in land acquisition and development during the recent downturn, which positions us to more effectively identify and capitalize on land opportunities in the current market. We believe our managers’ local, regional and national industry knowledge enables us to quickly and effectively evaluate and capitalize on market opportunities in order to optimize our business.

Our Growth Strategy

We have performed well through the unprecedented challenges of the recent economic downturn. We believe we are well-positioned for growth and increased profitability in an improving housing market through disciplined execution of the following elements of our growth strategy:

Drive revenue by opening new communities from existing land supply

Over the last few years we have strategically invested in new land in our core markets. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 50% in 2013 and 30% in 2014. We own or have an option to purchase over 95% of the land on which we expect to close homes during 2013 and 2014. A significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle. Although future downturns may occur, these land purchases, coupled with the adjustment of our land cost basis to fair market value at the time of our Acquisition, are expected to result in continued revenue growth and strong gross margin performance from our U.S. communities.

Combine land acquisition and development expertise with homebuilding operations to maximize profitability

Our ability to identify, acquire and develop land in desirable locations and on favorable terms is critical to our success. We evaluate land opportunities based on how we expect they will contribute to overall corporate profitability and returns, rather than how they might drive volume on a regional or submarket basis. We continue to use our local relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors to seek to obtain the “first look” at quality land opportunities. We expect to continue to allocate capital to pursue creative deal structures and other opportunities with the goal of achieving superior returns by utilizing our development expertise, efficiency and opportunistic mindset.

We continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots. Unlike many of our competitors, we believe we are able to increase the value of our land portfolio through the zoning and engineering process by creating attractive land use plans and optimizing our use of land, which ultimately translates into greater opportunities to generate profits. Many of our competitors focus on buying finished lots from land developers, an approach that often reduces their margins, especially when competition for finished lots is high. By contrast, we will continue to deploy our well-established land development capability in each of our markets, allowing us to generate margins both from land development and homebuilding.

Focus our offerings on targeted customer groups

Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct

 

135


Table of Contents

extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We do not employ “off the shelf” industry-standard customer groups (which tend to focus on classification by price point) in our marketing programs. Instead, through extensive and targeted market research, we have identified seven consumer groups by focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our “Fancy Nesters” customers, and three categories of families, such as our “Parks and Prestige” customers.

Our approach to consumer group segmentation guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed-marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly-trafficked website which provides innovative tools that are designed to enhance our customers’ homebuying experience.

Build aspirational homes for our customers and deliver superior customer service

We develop communities and build homes in which our target customers aspire to live. In order to deliver aspirational homes, we purchase well-located land and focus on developing attractive neighborhoods and committees with desirable lifestyle amenities. Our efforts culminate in the design and construction of thoughtfully detailed finished homes utilizing the highest construction standards.

Our success rests not only on our ability to deliver exceptional products, but also to provide extensive after-sales service to ensure buyer satisfaction and establish long-term customer relationships. We are committed to after-sales service that we believe can improve our brand recognition and encourage our customers to make referrals resulting in lower customer acquisition costs and increased home sales rates. Both the Taylor Morrison and Monarch brands have received numerous accolades and awards for quality, service and design by homebuilding industry trade groups and publications, such as the 2009 award for “Best Customer Experience” by a large homebuilder in the United States by AVID Awards and Builder magazine’s “Builder’s Choice” Hall of Fame award in 2009.

Selectively pursue acquisitions

Our company was formed through the combination of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. We have successfully acquired and integrated homebuilding businesses in the past and intend to utilize our experience in integrating businesses as opportunities for acquisitions arise.

We selectively evaluate expansion opportunities in our existing markets as well as in new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For instance, in December 2012 we acquired the assets of Darling, a Texas-based home builder. Darling build homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. We believe that our success in integrating operations across both a wide range of geographic markets and product types demonstrates the scalable nature of our business model and provides us with the structure to support disciplined growth in existing and new markets.

Adhere to our core operating principles to drive consistent long-term performance

We recognize that the housing market is cyclical and home price movement between the peak and trough of the cycle can be significant. We seek to maximize shareholder value over the long-term and therefore operate our business to mitigate risks from downturns in the market and to position ourselves to capitalize on upturns in the market: we seek to control costs, maintain a solid balance sheet and ensure an overall strategic focus that is informed by national, regional and local market trends. This management approach also includes the following elements:

 

   

attracting and retaining top talent through a culture in which team members are encouraged to contribute to our success and are given the opportunity to recognize their full potential;

 

136


Table of Contents
   

balancing decentralized local day-to-day decision-making responsibility with centralized corporate oversight;

 

   

ensuring all team members understand the organization’s strategy and the goals of the business and have the tools to contribute to our success;

 

   

centralizing management approval of all land acquisitions and dispositions under stringent underwriting requirements; and

 

   

maintaining a performance-based corporate culture committed to the highest standards of integrity, ethics and professionalism.

While we have set forth our competitive strengths and our strategy above, the homebuilding industry is a competitive industry, and we face certain challenges. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. These factors may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to our industry and our business.”

Our Markets and Products

Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada. Each of our regions is an operating segment and is comprised of multiple divisions. Each of our divisions is primarily run as a standalone business by local management teams under the supervision of a division President. The division Presidents in turn report to a regional President, with the three regional Presidents reporting directly to our President and Chief

Executive Officer.

 

137


Table of Contents

East Region

Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. The Houston, Austin and West Florida divisions have historically operated as both merchant builders and community developers, while the North Florida division has historically operated as a merchant builder. Community development includes the acquisition and development of large-scale communities that may include significant planning and entitlement approvals and construction of off-site and on-site utilities and infrastructure. In contrast, merchant builders generally acquire fully planned and entitled lots and may construct on-site improvements but normally do not construct significant off-site utility or infrastructure improvements.

 

LOGO

West Region

Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. The Denver, Northern California and Southern California divisions have historically operated as merchant builders, while the Phoenix division has historically operated as both a merchant builder and a community developer.

 

LOGO

 

138


Table of Contents

Canada

Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities. Our high-rise products are exclusively offered in the GTA, where demand for high-rise living is greatest.

The GTA, Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo are the top three housing markets in Ontario (based on number of permits), and Ontario represents over one-third of the total Canadian housing market (based on number of permits), in each case as reported by CMHC. Monarch Corporation’s signature single-family residential communities include golf courses, locations adjacent to conservation areas or centrally located communities near the heart of each city and that are close to amenities. Monarch Corporation’s GTA high-rise condominiums are typically located near employment centers, subway stations and shopping malls.

 

LOGO

The following table summarizes the historical mix in closings, including unconsolidated joint venture closings, for the years ended December 31, 2009 through 2012.

Historical Closings

 

LOGO

Our Homes

We offer a wide range of high-quality homes to consumers in our markets, ranging from entry-level to luxury homes. We strive to maintain appropriate consumer product and price level diversification. We target the largest and most profitable consumer groups while ensuring the division portfolios are not overly concentrated in any one group. Our ability to build at multiple price points enables us to adjust readily to changing consumer

 

139


Table of Contents

preferences and affordability. We also use measures of market-specific supply and demand to determine which consumer groups are ultimately targeted and will be the most profitable in a specific land position.

We market single-family homes with many amenities to entry-level through move-up homebuyers. We believe that our reputation as a builder of homes for the first- and second-time move-up markets enhances our competitive position with respect to the sale of our smaller, more moderately priced single-family detached and attached homes enabling us to capture more margin.

We have developed a number of home designs with features such as one-story living and first floor master bedroom suites to appeal to universal design needs, as well as communities with recreational amenities such as golf courses, pool complexes, country clubs and recreation centers. We have integrated these designs and features in many of our homes and communities.

We offer some of the same basic home designs in similar communities and engage unaffiliated architectural firms to develop new designs to replace or augment existing ones in order to ensure that our homes reflect current and local consumer tastes. During the past year, we introduced 220 floor plans.

Geographic buyer profiles for our different lines of homes at December 31, 2012, was as follows (including unconsolidated joint ventures):

 

     Phoenix     Northern
California
    Southern
California
    Denver     North
Florida (1)
    West
Florida
    Houston     Austin     Canada
Single-
Family
    Canada
High-
Rise
 

Closings:

                    

Entry-level

     156        132        31        34        202        187        121        52        —          —     

1 st Move-up

     191        162        107        77        59        30        143        39        644        195   

2 nd Move-up

     173        83        53        46        117        21        162        135        243        —     

Active Adult

     —          —          3        —          7        238        18        62        —          —     

Urban

     —          24        —          —          36        32        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     520        401        194        157        421        508        444        288        887        195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closings as a % of Total:

                    

Entry-level

     30     33     16     22     48     37     27     18     0     0

1 st Move-up

     37        40        55        49        14        6        32        14        73        100   

2 nd Move-up

     33        21        27        29        28        4        36        47        27        0   

Active Adult

     0        0        2        0        2        47        4        22        0        0   

Urban

     0        6        0        0        9        6        0        0        0        0   

Product Mix

                    

Detached

     100     56     56     100     91     88     100     100     43     0

Attached

     0        44     44        0        9        12        0        0        57        100   

 

(1) Includes Mirasol Country Club closings in Southeast Florida.

In most of our single-family detached home communities, we offer at least four different floor plans, each consistent with local market design expectations. In addition, the exterior of each basic floor plan may be varied further by the use of stone, stucco, brick or siding. Our traditional attached home communities generally offer several different floor plans that consist of two, three or four bedrooms.

In most of our communities, a wide selection of options and upgrades are available to homebuyers for additional charges. The number and complexity of options varies by community and are based on the specific demands of each particular consumer group. Our architectural options could include additional garages, guest suites, finished lofts and extra fireplaces. These options usually add significant additional revenues without significant costs, further improving the margin on the home.

 

140


Table of Contents

Market Position

We are disciplined in our selection of markets in which to operate, considering the underlying supply and demand, competitiveness, employment base and profitability specific to each location. Our markets have historically had strong population growth rates and a level of population density conducive to rising sales volumes. We operate in 10 of the 25 largest homebuilding markets in the United States (based on 2012 new single-family permits reported by the U.S Census Bureau).

 

2012 U.S.
Market Size
Ranking (1)

  

Market

  

Single-family permits

 

1

   Houston-Baytown-Sugarland,TX      28,568   

2

   Dallas-Fort Worth, TX      17,821   

3

   Phoenix-Mesa-Scottsdale, AZ      11,859   

7

   Austin-Round Rock, TX      7,970   

8

   Orlando, FL      7,240   

13

   Denver-Aurora, CO      5,886   

14

   Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL      5,885   

22

   Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana, CA      4,921   

23

   San Francisco-Bay Area, CA (2)      4,921   

24

   Jacksonville, FL      4,582   

 

(1) Measured by single-family residential permits based on U.S. Census data.
(2) Includes San Jose, CA

Monarch Corporation’s three active Canadian markets of the GTA, Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo make up the top three homebuilding markets in Ontario and all are ranked in the top 15 Canadian homebuilding markets (based on 2012 new housing starts as reported by CMHC).

 

2012 Canadian
Market Size
Ranking (1)

  

Market

  

Total housing starts

1

   Toronto, Ontario    48,105

6

   Ottawa, Ontario    8,785

13

   Kitchener, Ontario    2,900

 

(1) Measured by total housing starts based on data from the CMHC.

Warranty Program

In the United States, we offer express written limited warranties on our homes that generally provide for one year of coverage for various defects in workmanship or materials. These warranties are in addition to certain legal warranties (including implied warranties) that may apply in the markets where we operate. In Canada, in accordance with regulatory requirements administered by the Tarion Warranty Corporation, we offer a limited warranty that generally provides for seven years of structural coverage, two years of coverage for water penetration, electrical, plumbing, heating, and exterior cladding defects, and one year of coverage for workmanship and materials.

We are responsible for performing all of the work during the warranty period. As a result, warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and labor during warranty periods.

 

141


Table of Contents

Community Development

We aim to establish a complete concept for each community we develop, beginning with an overall community design and then determining the size, style and price range of the homes and the layout of the streets and individual home sites. In the case of developed communities, after necessary governmental subdivision and other approvals have been obtained, we improve the land by clearing and grading it, installing roads, installing underground utility lines and recreational amenities, erecting distinctive entrance structures and staking out individual home sites.

Each community is staffed with a superintendent, customer service and sales personnel, in conjunction with a local management team managing the general project. Major development strategy decisions regarding community positioning are included in the underwriting process and are made in consultation with senior members of our management team.

Our construction managers and land managers coordinate subcontracting activities and supervise all aspects of construction work and quality control.

We are a general contractor for substantially all of our homebuilding projects in the United States and all of our projects in Canada. Subcontractors perform all home construction and land development work, generally under fixed-price contracts. Based on local market practices, we either purchase the materials used to build our homes and infrastructure directly from the manufacturers or producers, or we contract with trades that include all materials and workmanship in their pricing. We generally have multiple sources for the materials we purchase and have not experienced significant delays due to unavailability of necessary materials.

Customer Mortgage Financing

TMHF provides a number of mortgage-related services to our homebuilding customers through its mortgage lending operations. TMHF operated as a table-funded lender through December 21, 2010 with the primary responsibility of origination, processing and documentation of mortgage loans exclusively for our U.S. homebuilding customers. TMHF had the ability to use wholesale lender funds in its transactions, rather than a warehouse line facility. The wholesale lending sources carried all decision making authority and all principal risk associated with underwriting loans. This historical profile has led to limited put-back risk for TMHF. TMHF’s multi-lender platform included Flagstar Bank, US Bank, SunTrust Bank, Wells Fargo Mortgage and Metlife Home Loans. Revenue was derived from yield spread premiums, broker points and processing fees. The main strategic purpose of TMHF in our business is:

 

   

to utilize finance as a sales tool as part of the purchase process to ensure a consistent customer experience and assist in maintaining production efficiency; and

 

   

to influence and assist in determining our backlog quality and to better manage projected closing and delivery dates for our customers.

As of January 1, 2011, in response to U.S. federal regulatory changes, TMHF transitioned to operating as a full lender and conducting its business as a Federal Housing Authority Full Eagle lender. TMHF funds mortgage loans utilizing a warehouse line facility. TMHF maintains a relationship with its correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. Revenue is earned through origination and processing fees combined with service release premiums earned in the secondary market once the loans are sold to investors. We seek to hold loans on our books for approximately 20 days before selling them to the secondary market. TMHF maintains long-standing relationships with several of the lenders stated above.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, TMHF closed 2,001 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $529.7 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. In 2011, TMHF closed 1,495 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $378.1 million, representing a capture rate of 83%. In 2010, TMHF

 

142


Table of Contents

closed 1,701 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $397.5 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. Our mortgage capture rate represents the percentage of our U.S. homes sold to a purchaser that utilized a mortgage, for which the borrower obtained such mortgage from TMHF or one of our preferred third party lenders.

Land Acquisition Policies and Development

Locating and vetting attractive land positions is a critical challenge for any homebuilder or developer. In order to maximize our expected risk-adjusted return, the allocation of capital for land investment is performed at the corporate level with a disciplined approach to portfolio management. Our Investment Committee meets twice monthly and consists of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and General Counsel, Vice President, Land Investments and Vice President, Sales and Marketing. Annually, the divisions prepare a strategic plan for their specific geographies. Macro and micro indices, such as employment, housing starts, new home sales, resales and foreclosures along with market related shifts in competition, land availability and consumer preferences, are carefully analyzed to determine the land and business strategy for the following one to five years. Supply and demand are analyzed on a consumer segment and submarket basis to ensure land investment is targeted appropriately. The long-term plan is compared on an ongoing basis to realities in the marketplace as they evolve and is adjusted to the extent necessary. Our existing land portfolio as of December 31, 2012 is detailed below:

East Region (lots owned or controlled)

 

     Owned December 31, 2012      Controlled December 31, 2012         

Division

   Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Total
Owned &
Controlled
 

Austin

     3,994         109         384         4,487         316         —           4         320         4,807   

Houston

     3,394         172         1,189         4,755         112         96         519         727         5,482   

Dallas

     —           —           263         263         187         159         583         929         1,192   

West Florida

     2,141         3,245         2,466         7,852         3,048         —           —           3,048         10,900   

North Florida

     1,233         143         887         2,263         1,225         —           115         1,340         3,603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,762         3,669         5,189         19,620         4,888         255         1,221         6,364         25,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
West Region (lots owned or controlled)                
     Owned December 31, 2012      Controlled December 31, 2012         

Division

   Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Total
Owned &
Controlled
 

Northern California

     678         418         601         1,697         80         60         17         157         1,854   

Southern California

     —           107         391         498         249         72         51         372         870   

Phoenix

     3,986         1,085         1,195         6,266         756         —           66         822         7,088   

Denver

     832         86         258         1,176         42         —           —           42         1,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,496         1,696         2,445         9,637         1,127         132         134         1,393         11,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

Canada Region (lots owned or controlled)

 

     Owned December 31, 2012      Controlled December 31, 2012         
     Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Total
Owned &
Controlled
 

Single-family

     1,017         72         651         1,740         771         —           —           771         2,511   

High-rise

     186         402         423         1,011         —           —           —           —           1,011   

Single-family JV

     1,060         —           9         1,069         859         —           —           859         1,928   

High-rise JV

     187         612         3         801         659         64         —           723         1,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,449         1,086         1,085         4,620         2,289         64         —           2,353         6,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

North America (lots owned or controlled)

 

     Owned December 31, 2012      Controlled December 31, 2012         
     Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Total
Owned
and
Controlled
 

Total

     18,707         6,451         8,719         33,877         8,304         451         1,355         10,110         43,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: Single-family JV and high-rise JV controlled lots are comprised of our proportionate share of lots within consolidated joint ventures.

Lot Inventory by Geography

 

     As of December 31, 2012      Year ended
December 31, 2012
 
     Owned
Lots
     Inventory book
value (Owned
Only) (in
thousands)
     Consolidated
closings
 

Florida

     10,115       $ 255,887         929   

Texas

     9,505         499,066         732   

Arizona

     6,266         220,393         520   

California

     2,195         345,885         595   

Colorado

     1,176         74,538         157   

Canada Single-family

     2,808         135,685         847   

Canada High-rise

     1,812         101,596         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,877       $ 1,633,050         3,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: 3,864 and 1,979 lots in Florida and Arizona, respectively, are lots held for long-term development.

 

144


Table of Contents

Lot Inventory by Year

 

       As of or for the year ended December 31,  
Year    Lot
Purchases
     Closings      Lot
Sales
     Owned
Lots
 

2007

     4,153         6,740         1,128         28,537   

2008

     2,313         5,421         2,847         22,610   

2009

     4,906         4,755         411         24,690   

2010

     5,188         4,140         61         25,753   

2011

     3,985         3,866         175         23,786   

2012

     12,494         3,782         945         33,877   

Beginning in 2007, we strategically sold land holdings in the outer metropolitan areas of our markets. Since January 1, 2009, we have opportunistically acquired 25,532 lots, of which 21,334 remain in our lot supply. In addition, 73% of our U.S. lots were acquired after January 1, 2008, with such lots representing 88% of our U.S. inventory book value of land. Since 2010, we have reduced the book value of our Canadian lot inventory from $274.0 million, or 27% of the book value of our total lot inventory, to $237.3 million, or 14.5% of the book value of our total lot inventory.

Lot Development Status

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
(in thousands, except for lots)              
Development Status    Owned Lots      Book Value of Land and Development  

Long-term

     5,843       $ 40,071   

Raw

     16,914         462,603   

Under development

     3,704         198,263   

Finished

     7,416         472,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,877       $ 1,173,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In North America, many of our competitors buy finished lots from a land developer. This approach often reduces the margins of such builders, especially where competition for finished lots is high. We are less dependent on this approach, having a well-established land development capability in all of our markets, which we believe allows us to generate higher margins. Our investment in raw land as a percentage of our total lot inventory has increased to 85% in 2012 from 65% in 2010, or an average of 80% over the last three years.

Lot Vintage

 

     As of December 31, 2012  

(in thousands, except for lots)

      

Year acquired

   Owned Lots      Book Value of Land and Development  

Pre-2008

     11,813       $ 181,970   

2008

     730         11,948   

2009

     2,577         69,663   

2010

     2,846         84,075   

2011

     3,397         182,805   

2012 

     12,515         643,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,877       $ 1,173,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the land purchasing process, specific projects of interest are detailed by the local division team, including proposed ownership structure, environmental concerns, anticipated product segmentation, competitive environment and financial returns. We also determine whether further spending on currently

 

145


Table of Contents

owned and controlled land is a well-timed and appropriate use of capital. As market circumstances change, we evaluate whether communities that have been put on hold will be resumed. In all circumstances, our investment strategy emphasizes expected profitability to reflect the risk and timing of returns, rather than the establishment or maintenance of sales volumes in new or existing markets.

One benefit of recent market conditions has been improvement in the entitlement and development process. Entitlements generally give the developer the right to obtain building permits upon compliance with conditions usually within the developer’s control. For the duration of the term of the entitlements, the developer enjoys the right to develop a specific number of residential lots without the need for further public hearings or discretionary local government approvals. Certain regulatory agencies in the United States have recently shown some flexibility and willingness to provide cost saving concessions to builders and developers. The development process has also seen certain benefits. The primary land development tasks include grading land, installing utilities, constructing concrete curbs and other structures, paving roads and landscaping. As the market demand for these tasks has decreased, in certain cases our development timelines and costs have been reduced. In certain of our U.S. markets, we anticipate that the cost and time advantages that exist today will continue in the near term as many builders continue to push for finished lot inventory.

Homes in Inventory

We manage our inventory of homes under construction by selectively starting construction on unsold homes to capture new home demand, while monitoring the number and aging of unsold homes. As of December 31, 2012, we had a total of 3,156 homes in inventory, which included 2,354 homes under contract but not yet closed.

The following is a summary of our homes in inventory by region as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Homes in
Backlog
     Models      Inventory
to be Sold
     Total      Inventory
Value
without
Land (in
thousands)
 

West

     518         77         145         740       $ 88,492   

East

     717         104         381         1,202         271,514   

Canada(1)

     1,119         20         75         1,214         109,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,354         201         601         3,156       $ 469,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Does not include unconsolidated joint ventures.

A significant portion of our Canada homes in inventory relates to our high-rise products. The following table summarizes the size and status of our active high-rise projects, as of December 31, 2012:

 

    Couture     Ultra     Water-
scapes
    Encore     Yorkland     Lago     Garden
Court
    Picasso  

Ownership by Monarch Corporation

    50.0     100.0     50.0     50.0     100.0     50.0     100.0     50.0

Units in the project

    476        423        344        403        402        444        186        402   

Total firm sales as of Sept. 30, 2012

    474        422        324        379        396        286        165        331   

Percentage sold

    99.6     99.8     94.2     94.0     98.5     64.3     88.7     82.3

Launch date

    Oct. 07        May 08        Sept. 08        Feb. 10        Apr. 10        Jun. 11        Oct. 11        Nov. 11   

Occupancy (expected for periods from 2013 onward)

    Mar. 13        May 13        May 14        Jul. 13        Jun. 14        Nov. 16        Aug. 14        Aug. 16   

 

146


Table of Contents

Procurement and Construction

We employ a comprehensive procurement program that leverages our size and national presence to achieve attractive cost savings. Our objective in procurement is to maximize efficiencies on local, regional and national levels and to ensure consistent utilization of established contractual arrangements.

The program currently involves over 30 vendors and includes highly reputable and well-established companies who supply us with lumber, appliances, HVAC systems, insulation, shingles, paint and lighting, among other supplies. Through these relationships, we are able to realize discounts on the costs of essential materials. Contracts are typically structured to include a blend of attractive upfront pricing and rebates and, in some cases, advantageous retroactive pricing in instances of contract renewals. The program arrangements are typically not designed to be completely exclusive in nature; for example, divisions may choose to use local or alternate suppliers if they find cost savings by doing so. However, our divisions have historically made use of over 80% of our national procurement contracts, largely as a result of the advantageous pricing available under such contracts.

In addition to cost advantages, these arrangements also help minimize the risk of construction delays during supply shortages, as we are often able to leverage our size to obtain our full allocation of required materials. Furthermore, these arrangements sometimes include provisions for cooperative marketing, which allow us to extend the reach and effectiveness of our advertising efforts.

As the U.S. housing market continues to recover, we expect to be able to further leverage our size to ensure continued competitive pricing on required supplies. We have extensive experience managing all phases of the construction process. Although we do not employ our own skilled tradesmen, such as plumbers, electricians and carpenters, we actively participate in the entire construction process to ensure that our homes meet our high standard of quality. Each of our new home projects is staffed by an on-site construction manager, or superintendent. Our homes are constructed by subcontractors who are overseen by the on-site superintendent. As a result of not employing our own construction base, it is not necessary to purchase and maintain high capital construction equipment. On-site personnel are also responsible for making any adjustments to a home before delivery to a purchaser and for after-sales service pursuant to our warranty.

Joint Ventures

We participate in property development and homebuilding joint ventures to purchase and/or develop land where we have less than full ownership, as a means of controlling lot positions, expanding our market opportunities, establishing strategic alliances, reducing our risk profile, leveraging our capital base, and enhancing our returns on capital. The purpose of our homebuilding joint ventures is to develop land and construct homes that are sold directly to homebuyers. Our land development joint ventures include those with developers and other homebuilders, as well as financial investors to develop finished lots for sale to the joint venture’s members or other third parties. We evaluate joint venture opportunities in all of our existing homebuilding markets as a means to acquire attractive land positions, expand our presence in markets, manage our risk profile and leverage our capital base.

In Canada, Monarch Corporation enters into joint ventures as a means of acquiring land in partnership with a landowner that wants to participate in its development. In some instances, joint ventures allow Monarch Corporation to keep land under control without a significant cash outlay until the land is ready for future development or delivered to end users. Joint ventures also allow Monarch Corporation to mitigate risk on large projects and in some instances provide a market for finished lots to us and to our joint venture partners on single-family projects. We have used joint ventures for both our single-family and high-rise product development.

Monarch Corporation’s joint ventures are generally structured so that the owner holds title to the land until construction or land development commences. Monarch Corporation contributes capital on an as-needed basis to the joint venture in the form of equity contributions, which in the aggregate is generally equal to its joint venture partner’s net land equity. Typically, our joint ventures operate as 50/50 co-ownerships managed by a management committee

 

147


Table of Contents

with equal voting rights for each co-owner. Monarch Corporation is appointed development manager of the joint venture and manages the day-to-day operating decisions under the direction of the management committee. Additional financing beyond each co-owner’s equity contribution is arranged through a third party lender, and Monarch Corporation’s liability under such financing is typically limited to a guarantee of a portion of the financing in proportion to its ownership in the joint venture. This financing is undertaken for the life of the project and is negotiated on the basis of market interest rates and covenants. In all high-rise joint ventures, we are paid a fee to manage the project.

We also participate in joint ventures related to title services in Canada.

Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in unconsolidated joint ventures that are not VIEs and over which we do not exercise control and have ownership interests of 50% or less. As of December 31, 2012, we had equity investments in seven unconsolidated active land development and homebuilding entities. Of our six active unconsolidated joint ventures in Canada, one was related to our single-family business and five were related to our high-rise business.

Our unconsolidated joint ventures obtain secured acquisition, development and construction financing primarily from third party lenders. As of December 31, 2012, outstanding debt of our unconsolidated joint ventures to third party lenders was $139.6 million, of which our subsidiaries have issued secured guarantees of $139.6 million.

The investment in these unconsolidated entities recorded on our consolidated balance sheet was $74.5 million as of December 31, 2012.

Consolidated Joint Ventures

We consolidate joint ventures where we exercise control and influence over the investee and/or we own a majority economic interest. As of December 31, 2012, we conducted land development and homebuilding activities in one consolidated joint venture. Our Steiner Ranch project in Austin, Texas has been deemed a VIE, which qualifies for consolidation in our financial statements. The project is a long-lived residential and commercial venture where, subject to the terms of our joint venture arrangements, we exercise control over the operations and strategic direction of the joint venture.

Sales and Marketing

Our marketing program calls for a balanced approach of corporate support and local expertise to attract potential homebuyers in a focused, efficient and cost-effective manner. Our sales and marketing team provides a generalized marketing framework across our regional operations as well as sales training to our local teams. Our divisional sales and marketing teams utilize local media and marketing streams to deliver a unique message that is relevant to our targeted consumer groups in each market.

Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality products that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We do not use “off the shelf” industry-standard customer groups (which tend to focus on classification by price point) in our marketing programs. Instead, through extensive and targeted market research, we have identified seven consumer groups by focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification, includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our “Fancy Nesters” customers, and three categories of families, such as our “Parks and Prestige” customers.

 

148


Table of Contents

We have gathered data regarding the specific preferences of our seven consumer groups. Our approach to customer group identification guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through to our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly trafficked internet site.

The central element of our marketing platform is our customer websites. The main purpose of these websites is to direct potential customers to one of our sales teams. Customers are also able to use the websites to make inquiries and to receive a prompt response from one of our “Internet Home Consultants.” The websites are fully integrated with our customer relationship management system. By analyzing the content of our customer relationship management system, we are able to focus our lead generation programs to deliver high-quality sales leads. With these leads we are better able to increase sale conversion rates and lower marketing costs.

Competition

The U.S. and Canadian homebuilding industries are highly competitive. We compete in each of our markets with numerous other national, regional and local homebuilders for homebuyers, desirable properties, raw materials, skilled labor and financing. We also compete with sales of existing homes and with the rental housing market. Our homes compete on the basis of quality, price, design, mortgage financing terms and location. We have begun to see some consolidation among national homebuilders in the United States and expect that this trend will continue. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors such as D. R. Horton Inc., Pulte Group, Inc. and Lennar Corporation are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. This may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to our industry and our business.”

In order to maximize our sales volumes, profitability and product strategy, we strive to understand our competition and their pricing, product and sales volume strategies and results. Market conditions in the United States have also led to a large number of foreclosed homes being offered for sale, which has increased competition for homebuyers and has affected pricing. However, we have generally taken a proactive approach to distancing ourselves from overly affected submarkets, which we believe has enabled us to drive sales in our markets without competing as directly with foreclosures.

In addition, across our U.S. markets, we have seen reduced competition from small and mid-sized private builders who had been competitors in the new home market. We believe that access to and cost of capital for these private builders has been significantly constrained; however, private builders in the Canadian markets are well capitalized.

TMHF competes with other mortgage lenders, including national, regional and local mortgage bankers and other financial institutions. While many large homebuilders are affiliated with a single lender, TMHF utilizes a multi-lender correspondent platform which gives us increased flexibility when placing loans with investors. During the downturn, during which time this structure had limited correspondent lenders, TMHF continued to strengthen its relationships with its existing lender sources. This created stability and consistency in our processes and delivery of funding. Although we do not benefit from the secondary market segment of our mortgage transactions, we have the benefits of utilizing our lender’s underwriting and funding platforms. Along with reduced underwriting risk of the legacy pipeline, this advantage has made us stronger and more resilient than many of our peers in uncertain economic conditions. Due to the historically low interest rate environment, many banks are focused on existing home refinance business and government modification/refinance programs, while our focus and expertise remains dedicated to the financing of new home construction. While many builder-

 

149


Table of Contents

owned mortgage companies sustained significant losses from repurchase demands, TMHF did not suffer losses comparable to those of many of its peers, due to the unique multi-lender platform and mitigated exposure to repurchases and buy-backs. To date, TMHF has not incurred a financial loss from the repurchase of mortgages from legacy business; however one lender is pursuing indemnity claims against TMHF relating to certain loans previously brokered by TMHF. We do not believe that any amounts potentially due under such indemnity claims would be material.

Regulatory, Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to various local, state, provincial and federal statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning zoning, building design, construction and similar matters, including local regulations which impose restrictive zoning and density requirements in order to limit the number of homes that can eventually be built within the boundaries of a particular property or locality. In a number of our markets, there has been an increase in state, provincial and local legislation authorizing the acquisition of land as dedicated open space, mainly by governmental, quasi-public and non-profit entities. In addition, we are subject to various licensing, registration and filing requirements in connection with the construction, advertisement and sale of homes in our communities. The impact of these laws may increase our overall costs, and may delay the opening of communities or cause us to conclude that development of particular communities is not economically feasible, even if any or all governmental approvals were obtained. We also may be subject to periodic delays or may be precluded entirely from developing communities due to building moratoriums in one or more of the areas in which we operate. Generally, such moratoriums relate to insufficient water or sewage facilities or inadequate road capacity.

In order to secure certain approvals in some areas, we may be required to provide affordable housing at below market rental or sales prices. The impact on our business depends on how the various state and local governments in such areas implement their programs for affordable housing. To date, these restrictions have not had a material impact on us and have existed generally only in California.

Our mortgage subsidiary is subject to various state and federal statutes, rules and regulations, including those that relate to licensing, lending operations and other areas of mortgage origination and financing. The impact of those statutes, rules and regulations may increase our homebuyers’ cost of financing, increase our cost of doing business, as well as restrict our homebuyers’ access to some types of loans.

Environmental

We are required to comply with existing federal, state, provincial and local environmental statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning protection of public health and the environment, including those which require a current or previous owner or operator of real property to bear the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in property. These laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, the presence of hazardous or toxic substances, or the failure to properly remediate property, may adversely affect the owner’s ability to borrow by using the real property as collateral. Persons who arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous or toxic substances may also be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of any substance at a disposal or treatment facility, whether or not the facility is or ever was owned or operated by the person. Environmental laws and common law principles could be used to impose liability for releases of hazardous materials, including asbestos-containing materials, into the environment, and third parties may seek recovery for personal injuries caused by hazardous materials from owners of real property that contain hazardous materials. Complying with these environmental laws may result in delays, may cause us to incur substantial compliance and other costs, and/or may prohibit or severely restrict development in certain environmentally sensitive regions or areas.

We are subject to certain litigation related to environmental matters. See “—Insurance and Legal Proceedings—Chinese Drywall.”

 

150


Table of Contents

As part of the land acquisition due diligence process, we utilize environmental assessments to identify environmental conditions that may exist on potential acquisition properties. Environmental site assessments conducted at our properties have not revealed any environmental liability or compliance concerns that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity or results of operations, nor are we aware of any material environmental liability or concerns.

We manage compliance with federal, state, provincial and local environmental requirements at the division level with assistance from the corporate and regional legal departments, including environmental regulations related to U.S. Storm Water Pollution Prevention, U.S. Endangered Species Act, U.S. Wetlands Permitting, NPDES Permitting, Cultural Resources, dust control measures and state, provincial and local preservation ordinances.

Health and Safety

We are committed to maintaining high standards in health and safety at all of our sites, to ensure the safety of our team members, our trade partners, our customers and prospects and the general public. That commitment is tested through our health and safety audit system that includes comprehensive twice-yearly independent third-party inspections of our sites covering all aspects of health and safety. A key area of focus is ensuring that site conditions meet exacting health and safety standards and that subcontractor performance throughout our operating areas meet or exceed expectations. All of our team members must complete an assigned curriculum of online health and safety courses each year. These courses vary according to job responsibility. In addition, groups such as construction and field personnel are required to attend additional training programs such as the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) 10-hour course, First-Aid and CPR.

Employee Matters

As of February 28, 2013, we employed approximately 1,041 full-time equivalent persons. Of these, approximately 280 were engaged in sales and marketing activities (of which 205 are onsite sales representatives), 260 in construction (of which 201 are field superintendents), 49 warranty and 77.5 purchasing team members, 203.5 in operations (inclusive of TMHF, title services and corporate services in Canada and the United States), 77.5 in finance activities, 24.5 in our design centers and 56 in land activities. As of January 31, 2013, we were subject to no collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Properties

We lease office space in Scottsdale, Arizona, which serves as our corporate headquarters, and office space in other locations throughout California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas and Florida, which serves our Taylor Morrison divisional homebuilding operations and as branch office space for our related real estate services, including our title and mortgage services. We also lease office space in Toronto, Canada, which serves as the headquarters of our Monarch operations.

Information Technology

We have a centralized information technology organization with its core team located at our corporate headquarters in Scottsdale, augmented with field support technicians in key locations across the United States and Canada. Our approach to information technology is to continuously simplify our information technology platform and consolidate and standardize applications. We believe a common application platform enables the sharing of ideas and rapid implementation of process improvements and best practices across the entire company. All back-office operations in the United States and Canada use a fully integrated, industry recognized enterprise resource planning package. Marketing and field sales utilize a leading customer relationship management solution that tracks leads and prospects from all sources and manages the customer communication process from lead creation through the buying process and beyond the post-warranty period. Field operations teams collaborate with the supply chain to schedule and manage development and construction projects with a set of standard and widely used homebuilding industry solutions.

 

151


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We own certain logos and trademarks that are important to our overall branding and sales strategy. Our consumer logos are designed to draw on a recognized homebuilding heritage while emphasizing a customer-centric focus.

Insurance and Legal Proceedings

Insurance and Risk Management

We maintain insurance through a captive insurance company and through third-party commercial insurers, subject to deductibles and self-insured amounts, to protect us against various risks associated with our activities, including, among others, general liability, “all-risk” property, workers’ compensation, automobile and employee fidelity. We accrue for our expected costs associated with the deductibles and self-insured amounts. Litigation is managed by our legal department, with assistance from our risk management team on insurance coverage matters and from other division personnel as required. We are focused on claim prevention through training, standardized documentation and centralized processes.

Legal Proceedings

Chinese Drywall . Between 2008 and 2012, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several of our communities in Florida, primarily in West Florida homes, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. The estimated cost of repair for affected homes that we have inspected is included in our warranty reserve. We are continuing our investigation of homes to determine whether there are additional homes, not yet inspected, with defective, Chinese-made drywall. If our inspection identifies more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall than we have currently identified, it may require an increase in our warranty reserve in the future. We are seeking reimbursement from our subcontractors, suppliers, insurers and manufacturers for costs that we have incurred to investigate and repair homes with defective Chinese-made drywall. We believe that adequate provision for costs associated with the repair of homes currently known to have defective Chinese-made drywall has been made and that these costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

152


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The names and ages of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus are set out below:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Sheryl Palmer

   51    President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director

C. David Cone

   41    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Stephen Wethor

   47    President, West Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Louis Steffens

   45    President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Brad Carr

   40    President, Monarch Corporation

Darrell Sherman

   48    Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Erik Heuser

   40    Vice President, Land Investments of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Robert Witte

   47    Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Kathleen Owen

   48    Vice President, Human Resources of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Graham Hughes

   53    Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Tawn Kelley

   49    President, TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures

Timothy R. Eller

   64    Chairman, Director

John Brady

   49    Director

Kelvin Davis

   49    Director

James Henry

   66    Director

Joe S. Houssian

   64    Director

Jason Keller

   43    Director

Greg Kranias

   35    Director

Peter Lane

   48    Director

Rajath Shourie

   39    Director

Sheryl Palmer , President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc., Director

Ms. Palmer became the President and Chief Executive Officer of Taylor Morrison in August 2007 after previously serving as Executive Vice President for the West Region of Morrison Homes. Ms. Palmer became the President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC in November 2012. Her previous experience includes 10 years with Pulte Homes/Del Webb, a homebuilder and developer of retirement communities, where she last held the title of Nevada Area President, and eight years as Division President for Blackhawk Corp, a homebuilder. Ms. Palmer brings more than 25 years of experience to her position, including leadership in land acquisition, sales and marketing, development and operations management. For these reasons, we believe she is well qualified also to serve on our Board of Directors.

C. David Cone , Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Cone joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in October 2012. Mr. Cone became the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC in November 2012. In the nine years prior to joining Taylor Morrison, Mr. Cone held various positions at PetSmart, Inc., a pet supply and service company, serving as Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis in 2012, Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasury from 2008 to 2011, and Vice President of Finance from 2007 to 2008. Prior to his tenure at PetSmart, Mr. Cone worked at AdvancePCS, a prescription benefit plan administrator, and PricewaterhouseCoopers, an accounting firm. Mr. Cone holds a degree in business economics from the University of California at Santa Barbara.

 

153


Table of Contents

Stephen Wethor , President, West Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc .

Mr. Wethor joined Taylor Morrison as Division President for Phoenix in March 2007 and was named President of the West Region in August 2007. As President, he is responsible for the development and execution of strategic, operational and financial business plans for the West region (which includes the Phoenix, Southern California, Northern California and Denver divisions). He temporarily assumed the responsibilities of Chief Financial Officer from July 2010 until February 2012. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent 12 years with Pulte/Del Webb and seven years at Deloitte & Touche, an accounting firm. Mr. Wethor holds a bachelor’s degree in Accounting from the University of South Dakota.

Louis Steffens , President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Steffens joined Taylor Morrison as President of the East Region in January 2007. His responsibilities include development and execution of strategic, operational and financial business plans for the East region which includes the North Florida, West Florida, Houston, Dallas and Austin markets. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent four years at Beazer Homes, a publicly traded homebuilding company, and 10 years at Pulte Homes. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Michigan State University.

Brad Carr , President, Monarch Corporation

Mr. Carr joined Monarch Corporation in 2001 as Manager of Land Acquisitions and was named Senior Vice President of single-family operations in 2004, a position he held until becoming Regional President in May 2012. Prior to joining Monarch Corporation, he worked as a Vice President in The Heinrichs Group, a land developer. Mr. Carr holds a bachelor’s degree in architectural and building science from Ryerson University.

Darrell Sherman , Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Sherman joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and General Counsel in June 2009 and has over 17 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Mr. Sherman became the Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC in November 2012 and serves as the board secretary. He is responsible for the Company’s legal affairs, including finance and real estate transactions, corporate governance, regulatory compliance and litigation matters. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, Mr. Sherman was a Managing Member and General Counsel of Patriot American Development, a real estate acquisition and development company from 2005-2009; General Counsel of the Southwest and Mountain States Regions of Centex Homes from 2000 to 2005; and Associate General Counsel of Pulte Homes/Del Webb Corporation from 1996 to 2000. Prior to joining the homebuilding industry Mr. Sherman was a finance and real estate lawyer at Snell & Wilmer, a law firm headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona. He holds a B.A. in Economics with university honors and a J.D., both from Brigham Young University where he was a member of the BYU Law Review. He is a member of the State Bar of Arizona and the American Bar Association.

Erik Heuser , Vice President, Land Investments of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Heuser joined Taylor Morrison as Director of Business Development in 2004 and was named Vice President of Land Investments in 2007. His responsibilities include business development initiatives and evaluation of all of our contemplated investments and divestitures. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he was Regional Director for Hanley Wood Market Intelligence, a provider of residential real estate research and analysis; Vice President of Acquisitions for PNC Financial Services Group/Washington Mutual Bank, a national bank; Metropolitan Life Insurance, a national insurance company; and A.G. Edwards & Sons, a financial services holding company. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Finance from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. from the Keller Graduate School of Management.

 

154


Table of Contents

Robert Witte , Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Witte joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and Chief Information Officer in June 2004. His responsibilities include oversight of all enterprise-wide information technology activities, including infrastructure and architecture, applications development, re-engineering business processes, networks, outsourcing, computer and auxiliary operations and support. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent 17 years at General Electric, a multinational manufacturing conglomerate, where he held the position of Chief Information Officer for GE Nuclear Energy for three years and GE Wind Energy for two years. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Management Information Systems and Operations Management from Syracuse University and an M.B.A. from Purdue University.

Kathleen Owen , Vice President, Human Resources of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Ms. Owen joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President of Human Resources in June 2005. Her responsibilities include oversight of all employee benefit programs and providing expertise in the areas of leadership, organization design, building capability and human capital processes. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, she held the title of Vice President of Human Resources at McKesson Corp., a pharmaceutical distributor and healthcare provider, and CheckFree Corp., a global provider of financial electronic commerce. Ms. Owen holds a bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Georgia State University.

Graham Hughes , Vice President, Sales & Marketing of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Hughes was named Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Taylor Morrison in July 2007. His responsibilities include promoting and maintaining the overall Taylor Morrison brand, developing strategies and marketing campaigns on a national level and creating a culture of best practice consistency in Sales and Marketing. Mr. Hughes transferred to the United States from the then parent company, George Wimpey, in January 2007 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing for the West region of Morrison Homes. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he worked for 20 years with George Wimpey in the United Kingdom where he was the Director of Customer Services and Sales and Marketing, as part of the executive team, for seven years.

Tawn Kelley , President, TMHF

Ms. Kelley joined Taylor Morrison as President of TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures in April 2009 when Taylor Morrison acquired Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, a mortgage provider owned by Ms. Kelley. From January 2001 until the acquisition of Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, she held the position of Managing Member and President of both Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures and TMHF. Prior to owning Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, Ms. Kelley worked with CTX Mortgage Ventures, NVR Mortgage and Wells Fargo Mortgage (formerly Norwest Mortgage), each a mortgage provider.

Timothy Eller , Director and Chairman

Mr. Eller is a principal of Cordalla Capital, LLC, a private equity firm, where he directs major investments in real estate and related businesses. He is also Chief Executive Officer of TegrityHomes, Cordalla’s homebuilding subsidiary. Prior to founding Cordalla Capital in 2009, Mr. Eller served in various industry roles including President and CEO of Centex Homes, a public homebuilder; Chairman, President and CEO of Centex Corporation from 2002-2009; and board Vice Chairman of Pulte Group, Inc. from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Eller currently sits on the board of BuildLinks, a private company engaged in the development and sale of software to the homebuilding industry, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the Encore Housing Opportunity Fund, a private equity fund. We believe Mr. Eller’s extensive experience in leadership, real estate investment and corporate governance make him well qualified to serve as Chairman of our Board of Directors.

 

155


Table of Contents

John Brady , Director

Mr. Brady joined Oaktree Capital Management in 2007 as Managing Director and Head of Oaktree Capital Management’s global real estate group. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Brady was Principal and Head of the North American acquisitions business (excluding gaming) at Colony Capital, LLC, a private international real estate-related investment firm in Los Angeles. In 2000, he co-founded The Destination Group, LLC, a private equity investment firm in Los Angeles targeting opportunities in travel and leisure. From 1991 to 2000, Mr. Brady focused on distressed investments for Colony Capital and led Colony’s expansion into Asia in 1998. He holds a B.A. in English from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. with concentrations in corporate finance and real estate from the University of California at Los Angeles. Mr. Brady has extensive experience across a range of real estate investments and property types, including distressed loan portfolio acquisitions and asset management, loan restructurings and workouts, and direct real estate and real estate related acquisitions and financings. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Kelvin Davis , Director

Mr. Davis is a TPG Senior Partner and co-heads TPG’s Real Estate Group. Prior to 2012, he was also head of TPG’s North American Buyouts Group, incorporating investments in all non-technology industry sectors. Prior to joining TPG in 2000, Mr. Davis was President Chief Operating Officer of Colony Capital, Inc., which he co-founded in 1991. Prior to the formation of Colony, Mr. Davis was a principal of RMB Realty, Inc., the real estate investment vehicle of Robert M. Bass. Prior to his affiliation with RMB Realty, he worked at Goldman, Sachs & Co., an investment bank, in New York City and with Trammell Crow Company, a real estate developer, in Dallas and Los Angeles. Mr. Davis is a Director of Caesars Entertainment, Inc., a casino and resort developer, Northwest Investments, LLC (which is an affiliate of ST Residential, a private homebuilder), Univision Communications, Inc., (a Spanish language media provider), Catellus Development Corporation, and Parkway Properties, Inc. He is also a long-time Director (and one-time Chairman) of Los Angeles Team Mentoring, Inc. (a charitable mentoring organization), is a Director of the Los Angeles Philharmonic Association, is a member of the Board of Trustees of the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, and is on the Board of Overseers of the Huntington Library, Art Collections, and Botanical Gardens. Mr. Davis holds a B.A. in Economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. Mr. Davis brings extensive experience in real estate, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

James Henry , Director

Mr. Henry joined our Board of Directors in March 2013. He has held various positions at Bank of the West, a financial services company, most recently serving as Vice Chairman and Chief Risk Officer from 2006 until his retirement in 2007. For most of his tenure at Bank of the West, Mr. Henry was responsible for operating and growing the bank’s specialty lending groups. Mr. Henry currently sits on the boards of Wedgewood, Inc., a privately held, large real estate foreclosure company, Chief Enterprises, Inc., a privately held auto and heavy equipment supplier, and the John Muir Health System, a not-for-profit healthcare provider. He holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Dayton and a M.B.A. from DePaul University. We believe Mr. Henry’s long experience in banking and extensive knowledge of lending practices make him well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Joe S. Houssian , Director

Mr. Houssian founded JH Investments, his personal investment and holding company, in 2007 and has served as its Chairman since. Mr. Houssian began his career in 1973 at Xerox, a multinational document management corporation, before founding Intrawest in 1976. Intrawest grew from an urban residential real estate business into an internationally renowned resort and real estate development company responsible for the success of such pre-eminent ski resorts as Whistler Blackcomb as well as dozens of award winning golf courses, resort villages and developments around the world. Mr. Houssian served as Chairman of Intrawest until his departure in

 

156


Table of Contents

2006 when the firm was sold to Fortress Investments Group, a private equity firm. Mr. Houssian is also the cofounder of Intracorp—a North American urban real estate developer—and the cofounder of Versacold Cold Storage, a Canadian refrigeration services provider. More recently, Mr. Houssian cofounded Replay Resorts, an integrated hospitality company, as well as Elemental Energy, an alternative energy development company with operations in the United States and Canada. Mr. Houssian holds an M.B.A. from the University of British Columbia. He brings extensive experience in leadership, corporate governance and finance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Jason Keller , Director

Mr. Keller is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management and previously served as Senior Vice President since he joined the firm in July 2007. Mr. Keller oversees the Oaktree Capital Management real estate group’s land, residential and homebuilding investments. Mr. Keller previously worked as a Vice President in the Real Estate Private Equity division of DLJ/Credit Suisse, an investment bank. Prior to joining DLJ, Mr. Keller worked in real estate finance at Salomon Brothers and CIBC Oppenheimer, financial services providers, advising numerous public and private companies, REITs, and financial institutions with respect to the acquisition, disposition and recapitalization of their real estate portfolios. He also worked as a real estate manager and developer for D-Street Investments, a boutique private equity firm. Mr. Keller holds a B.A. in Finance from Utah State University and an M.B.A. in Finance and Real Estate from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Keller’s extensive background in real estate, corporate strategy and corporate finance make him well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Greg Kranias , Director

Mr. Kranias joined TPG in 2005 and has served as a Principal in TPG’s Private Equity Group since 2010. From 2005 to 2009 Mr. Kranias served as a TPG Vice President. While at TPG, Mr. Kranias has been involved with the firm’s investments in Taylor Morrison, Catellus Corporation, Caesars Entertainment and Iasis Healthcare and a number of real estate non-performing loans. He currently sits on the board of directors of Catellus Corporation and Iasis Healthcare. Prior to joining TPG in 2005, Mr. Kranias worked at Forstmann Little & Company, a private equity firm, and Goldman, Sachs & Co, an investment bank. Mr. Kranias holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Kranias brings extensive experience in real estate, corporate strategy and corporate finance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Peter Lane , Director

Mr. Lane has served since 2010 as Chief Executive Officer of Valerus, an oilfield services company headquartered in Houston, Texas. Prior to joining Valerus, Mr. Lane was an Operating Partner with TPG from 2009 to 2011. Before TPG, Mr. Lane spent 12 years at Bain & Company, a global consulting firm, where he led the Dallas and Mexico City Offices as well as the oil and gas practice. He became a Partner at Bain in 2003. Mr. Lane currently serves on the boards of Valerus and Petro Harvester, an oil and gas company. Mr. Lane holds a B.S. in physics from the University of Birmingham in the United Kingdom and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School. Mr. Lane brings extensive experience in business operations, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Rajath Shourie , Director

Mr. Shourie joined Oaktree Capital Management in 2002 and has served as a Managing Director in the firm’s Opportunities Group since 2007. His prior experience includes two years at Goldman, Sachs & Co., in the Principal Investment Area and three years as a consultant at McKinsey & Co, a consulting firm. At Oaktree Capital Management, Mr. Shourie has been responsible for distressed debt and private equity investments in a wide range of industries including financial services, automotive, energy, aviation and real estate. His current

 

157


Table of Contents

board memberships include Jackson Square Aviation LLC and Store Capital LLC. Mr. Shourie holds a B.A. in Economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Shourie brings extensive experience in real estate, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new stockholders agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH. Under this stockholders agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH will have the right, subject to certain terms and conditions, to nominate representatives to our Board of Directors and committees of our Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to the stockholders agreement, certain of our actions and certain of our significant business decisions will require the approval of directors nominated by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Controlled Company

We have been approved to list the shares offered in this offering on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance. Acting as a group, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of management will control more than 50% of the combined voting power of our common stock following completion of this offering, so under current listing standards, we would qualify as a “controlled company” and accordingly, will be exempt from requirements to have a majority of independent directors, a fully independent nominating and corporate governance committee and a fully independent compensation committee.

Director Independence

The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that Timothy R. Eller and James Henry are “independent directors” as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.

Board Structure

Composition

The Board of Directors of TMHC currently consists of ten members. Following this offering we intend to appoint an additional board member such that our board of directors will consist of 11 members. In accordance with our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, the number of directors on the Board of Directors of TMHC will be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of TMHC, and only a majority of the Board of Directors of TMHC may fix the number of directors, provided that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined in the stockholders agreement) shall be required to increase the size of the Board above the minimum number of directors required for TMHC to comply with applicable law and the regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of the stockholders agreement, “Requisite Investor Approval” will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHC’s Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s common stock held by it following this offering and the application of net proceeds and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s common stock held by it following this offering and the application of net proceeds.

Each director is to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the Board of Directors of TMHC may be filled at any time by the remaining directors.

Until the Triggering Event (which is the point in time at which the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock),

 

158


Table of Contents

any director may be removed with or without cause by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Thereafter, directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-fourths of our outstanding shares of common stock. At any meeting of the Board of Directors of TMHC, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes, provided that, until the Triggering Event, a quorum will require the attendance of one director nominated by each holding vehicle that has the right to designate at least one director for election to the Board.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Board of Directors of TMHC will be divided into three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of the Board of Directors of TMHC will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC. In connection with this offering, Timothy Eller, Jason Keller, Peter Lane and Sheryl Palmer will be designated as Class I directors, John Brady, Greg Kranias and Joe Houssian will be designated as Class II directors and Kelvin Davis, James Henry and Rajath Shourie will be designated as Class III directors.

Pursuant to the stockholders agreement that we will enter into with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH, each of the Principal Equityholders will have certain nomination rights. For so long as the TPG or Oaktree holding vehicles owns at least 50% of the shares of common stock held by it following this offering and the application of proceeds, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate three directors to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC. When such holding vehicle owns less than 50% but at least 10% of the shares of common stock held by it following this offering and the application of net proceeds, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate two directors. Thereafter, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate one director so long as it owns at least 5% of the shares of common stock held by it following this offering and the application of net proceeds. To the extent permitted under applicable regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, for so long as a holding vehicle has the right to nominate one director, such holding vehicle shall be entitled to have one of its nominees serve on each committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC. In addition, for so long as JH owns 50% of its interest in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and such holding vehicles own at least 50% of the shares of common stock owned by such holding vehicles following this offering and the application of net proceeds, JH will be entitled to nominate one director to the Board of Directors of TMHC. The TPG holding vehicle has nominated Kelvin Davis, Greg Kranias and Peter Lane to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC, the Oaktree holding vehicle has nominated John Brady, Jason Keller and Rajath Shourie to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC and JH has nominated Joe S. Houssian to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC.

The composition of the Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings, the parent company of our U.S. business, and Monarch Communities, the parent company of our Canadian business, is identical to the current composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC. Upon consummation of this offering, pursuant to governance agreements that we expect to enter into, we will contractually control the composition of the Boards of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities and their respective committees. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Governance Agreements.”

The Board of Directors of TMHC and its committees will have supervisory authority over TMHC, which will, through its indirect control of New TMM and TMM, exercise stewardship over the business and affairs of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries and Monarch Communities and its subsidiaries. TMHC, New TMM and TMM will not conduct any activities other than direct or indirect ownership and stewardship over Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities and their respective subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its committees will have supervisory authority over Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries and will exercise control over the operations and businesses of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of Monarch Communities and its committees will have supervisory authority over Monarch Communities and its subsidiaries and will exercise control over the operations and businesses of Monarch Corporation and its subsidiaries.

 

159


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board

Upon consummation of this offering, the Board of Directors of TMHC will have three standing committees. TMHC will be required to have an audit committee consisting entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable phase-in periods. As a controlled company, we are not required to have a fully independent nominating and governance or compensation committee.

Pursuant to the stockholders agreement described above, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will each have the right to appoint a member to each committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC, subject to applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.

Audit

Upon completion of this offering, TMHC will have an audit committee consisting of James Henry, Jason Keller and Greg Kranias. The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that Mr. Henry qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and that Mr. Henry is “independent” for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that the composition of its audit committee satisfies the independence requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation

Upon completion of this offering, the compensation committee of TMHC will consist of Kelvin Davis, Joe Houssian and Rajath Shourie. Because we will be a “controlled company” under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, our compensation committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the compensation committees accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

The compensation committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant to assist in the evaluation of employee compensation and to approve the consultant’s fees and the other terms and conditions of the consultant’s retention.

Nominating and Governance

Upon completion of this offering, the nominating and governance committee of TMHC will consist of John Brady, Timothy Eller and Peter Lane. Because we will be a “controlled company” under the New York Stock Exchange rules, our nominating and governance committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of our nominating and governance committees accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

Risk Oversight

TMHC’s Board of Directors has an oversight role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of its risks. The Board of Directors of TMHC regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to its employee compensation plans and arrangements and the audit committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC oversees the management of financial risks. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire Board of Directors of TMHC is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

Risk and Compensation Policies

TMHC’s management, at the direction of its Boards of Directors, has reviewed its employee compensation policies, plans and practices to determine if they create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely

 

160


Table of Contents

to have a material adverse effect on TMHC. In conducting this evaluation, management has reviewed our various compensation plans, including our incentive and bonus plans, equity award plans and severance compensation plans, to evaluate risks and the internal controls we have implemented to manage those risks. In completing this evaluation, TMHC’s Boards of Directors and management believe that there are no unmitigated risks created by TMHC’s compensation policies, plans and practices that create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers will serve as a member of TMHC’s compensation committee, and none of them have served, or will be permitted to serve, on TMHC’s compensation committee (or any other committee serving a similar function) of any other entity.

Codes of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, senior financial officers and controllers at the corporate and division levels (the “Senior Officers Code”). The Senior Officers Code was designed to be read and applied in conjunction with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees. Both the Senior Officers Code and the Code of Business Conduct are available on our website at www.taylormorrison.com. Any future changes or amendments to the Senior Officers Code or the Code of Business Conduct, and any waiver of the Senior Officers Code or the Code of Business Conduct that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Principal Accounting Officer will be posted to our website at the above location.

Related Person Transactions

We have adopted a Related Person Transaction Policy, which sets forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by TMHC’s audit committee. In accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy, TMHC’s audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with this policy.

For the purposes of our Related Person Transaction Policy, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and in which any related person (as defined in our Related Person Transaction Policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, in excess of $120,000. A “related person transaction” does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship which has been reviewed and approved by TMHC’s Board of Directors or compensation committee.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy requires that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entering into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to TMHC’s audit committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under our Related Person Transaction Policy, only TMHC’s audit committee will be permitted to approve those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under our Related Person Transaction Policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to TMHC’s audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy also provides that TMHC’s audit committee will review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.

 

161


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Executive Summary

This compensation discussion and analysis discusses our executive compensation programs for our named executive officers in respect of our 2012 fiscal year and includes a discussion of our compensation objectives and philosophy and the material elements of compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, our named executive officers in the year. This section also describes processes we use in reaching compensation decisions and is intended to amplify and provide context for understanding the amounts in the tabular disclosure that follows. In addition, we highlight certain attributes of our program and describe some of our preliminary thinking as to our intended compensation approach when we are a public company.

Our named executive officers for 2012 were as follows:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities

   Sheryl Palmer

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

   C. David Cone

President, West Region and Interim Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former)

   Stephen Wethor

Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former)

   Ed Barnes

President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

   Louis Steffens

President, TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures

   Tawn Kelley

President, Monarch Corporation

  

Brad Carr

TMM generally does not have executive officers, so our named executive officers are generally officers of subsidiaries of TMM.

During 2011, notwithstanding the economic challenges facing our business and our change in ownership in 2011, we retained our highly experienced management team by balancing our goal of minimizing changes and disruptions to compensation structures with our need to incentivize the team to create value in the business.

Economic Challenges . Consistent with the general downturn of the economy and decline in demand for housing over the past few years, our business faced challenges during our 2012 fiscal year. In the United States, there continued to be an overall decline in home sales from the prior decade, and the housing recovery has been restrained due to only modest recoveries in consumer confidence and employment rates, among other issues. In Ontario, recently we have seen modest contraction in single family housing starts and closings largely due to the lack of supply, but the market has maintained a more sustainable pace of growth over the past decade and generally has been stable in contrast to the housing downturn in the United States. Due to the relative historic success of our operations in Ontario, our disciplined operating platform and our strategic locations in the United States, we were profitable in 2012 and performed well notwithstanding the unprecedented challenges of the economic downturn. We believe that our pursuit of efficiency and profitability and our attractive land supply coupled with disciplined land acquisition policies have been significant contributors to our profitability and position us to capitalize on a recovery in the U.S. housing market.

Change in Compensation Structure Post—Change in Ownership. Our company has a history of more than 75 years of North American homebuilding operations, originally commencing homebuilding operations in both the United States and Canada in 1936. From July 2007 until the closing of the Acquisition in July 2011, we were

 

162


Table of Contents

owned by and operated as a subsidiary of Taylor Wimpey plc, a U.K. publicly-listed homebuilding company. Since the Acquisition in 2011, we have been owned and controlled by the Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof). To that end, 2011 marked a significant change in our operations towards private ownership and operation as a stand-alone business.

After the Acquisition, and following a review of our compensation structure, our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof) approved a new structure for our management team, taking into account our existing compensation levels, the economic challenges facing our business and the need for new incentive and retention devices suitable for a privately-owned company. At the time the new structure was approved, the decision to take the Company public had not been made (the decision was based on a number of developments in 2012), and consequently becoming a public company was not a driver in setting the 2012 compensation structure. The compensation structure for 2012 was established in 2011 following the Acquisition and before a decision was made in 2012 to take the Company public. For a discussion of changes to our compensation structure in light of our anticipated public offering, please see “Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation.” The primary goals of the changes to our executive compensation structure were to align the interests of our management team with those of our Principal Equityholders and retain our talent, as we view the continuity of management as vital to the success of our business. To this end, long-term equity compensation was integrated into our compensation structure in 2011, and total target compensation relative to compensation paid by our homebuilding peers was closely scrutinized by our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof). During 2011, we developed certain additional changes to our compensation structure, which were designed to create a balanced mix between annual cash compensation and the new long-term equity program for our management team and to be more consistent with pay packages being offered by our industry peers. Such changes began to take effect on December 15, 2011 and continued to apply to our compensation arrangements in place for 2012. In addition, effective as of January 1, 2012, we implemented a long-term cash-based incentive program to further motivate our management team towards contributing to our long-term goals as well as to function as a retention device.

Retention of Management . In 2012, we engaged David Cone, as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. to succeed Ed Barnes, who served in such position from January 30, 2012 until June 19, 2012.

In addition, following the departure of our former President of Monarch Corporation, Brian Johnston, whose employment with us terminated in May 2012, Brad Carr, who had served our business in other capacities since 2001, became our new President of Monarch.

Consistent with our compensation objectives and philosophy, which are discussed in detail in this compensation discussion and analysis, our compensation programs for 2012 have the following attributes:

 

   

A balanced mix of short-term cash compensation and long-term compensation (both equity- and cash-based);

 

   

Forfeiture of equity awards upon violation of certain post-employment restrictive covenants;

 

   

An appropriate level of severance protection to ensure continuity of service;

 

   

No single-trigger change in control “parachute payment” features in any of our programs;

 

   

No gross-ups for any excise or other penalty taxes related to compensation paid; and

 

   

A modest use of perquisites, which do not make up a material portion of the compensation and benefits provided to our named executive officers.

Overview of Contents

In this compensation discussion and analysis, the following topics will be discussed:

 

   

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

 

   

Establishing and Evaluating Executive Compensation

 

163


Table of Contents
   

Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program

 

   

Other Program Attributes

 

   

Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

Our compensation program reflects our philosophy to pay all of our executives, including our named executive officers, in ways that support our primary objectives of:

 

   

Encouraging a results-driven culture through a pay-for-performance structure;

 

   

Balancing long-term and short-term compensation and cash and equity-based compensation to ensure our executives are focused on the appropriate short-term financial budget goals and long-term strategic objectives;

 

   

Aligning executives’ interests with equityholder interests in creating long-term value for our owners;

 

   

Attracting, retaining and motivating key talent; and

 

   

Aligning total compensation levels with those paid by our direct competitors in the homebuilding sector as well as companies of comparable size and scope in other industries.

Our compensation structure is centered on a pay-for-performance philosophy, and such pay-for-performance focus is designed to align the interests of our executives and our Principal Equityholders, motivate our executives to achieve our targeted financial and other performance objectives, and reward them for their achievements when those objectives are met. To help achieve these objectives, a significant portion of our executive officers’ compensation is at-risk and provided in the form of variable or performance-based compensation with significant upside potential for strong performance, as well as downside exposure for underperformance. We believe this is appropriate given our executive officers’ ability to influence our overall performance.

We recognize the need for long-term incentives to retain talent in today’s challenging economic environment where short-term goals may be more difficult to achieve. To that end, we seek to provide a balance between short-term and long-term incentives as well as between cash compensation and equity-based compensation to encourage the focus on long-term strategic objectives. Having a long-term compensation component is also consistent with the long time horizon inherent in the homebuilding industry for the realization of revenue from any specific development project. In light of such objectives, our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof) determined that a significant portion of total compensation would be delivered in the form of long-term equity-based compensation, a portion of which vests based on continued service over five years and another portion of which vests upon a multi-tiered return that is ultimately achieved by our Principal Equityholders upon a qualifying future sale of the business.

The overall level of total compensation for our executive officers is intended to be reasonable in relation to and competitive with the compensation paid by similarly situated peer leaders in the homebuilding industry, subject to variation for factors such as the individual’s experience, performance, duties, scope of responsibility, prior contributions and future potential contributions to our business. With these principles in mind, we structure our compensation program as a competitive total pay package which we believe allows us to attract, retain and motivate executives with the skill and knowledge we require and ensure the stability of our management team which is vital to the success of our business. However, in setting named executive officer compensation levels, we do not formally benchmark to any peers.

 

164


Table of Contents

Establishing and Evaluating Executive Compensation

Process – Role of Officers and Compensation Committee

In 2012, our executive compensation program was managed at the level of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities, and the respective compensation committee of each of the boards of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities (referred to collectively in this compensation discussion and analysis as the “Compensation Committee”) was responsible for all compensation decisions for the executive officers of the applicable company and its subsidiaries. Taylor Morrison, Inc.’s Vice President of Human Resources works with Ms. Palmer to establish Compensation Committee meeting agendas and provide various types of information, including interim progress against performance targets, information about other homebuilding companies or other topics requested by the Compensation Committee to assist the Compensation Committee in making its decisions.

The Compensation Committee, after consultation with Ms. Palmer as to officers other than herself, reviewed and determined base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses and long-term incentive compensation levels for each executive officer. Ms. Palmer recommended to the Compensation Committee annual cash incentive bonus performance targets and evaluates actual performance relative to those targets, excluding as would be applicable to her own compensation. The Compensation Committee, after taking into account Ms. Palmer’s recommendations, reviewed and approved annual bonus performance targets and the amount of annual bonuses payable to each named executive officer based on achievement of annual performance targets. Ms. Palmer’s compensation levels are established by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. While Ms. Palmer may discuss her compensation with the Compensation Committee, she does not have any formal role or authority in the determination of her compensation.

Process – Factors Considered in Setting Compensation

The Compensation Committee believes that compensation decisions for our named executive officers are complex and require consideration of many factors, including the Company’s performance, the overall competitive market environment, industry compensation levels, the officer’s individual performance and the Company’s performance.

Market Data ( Competitors and General Industry ). The Compensation Committee does not benchmark compensation for our executives based on compensation paid by our competitors or companies in other industries and only reviews such information to better assess the range of compensation needed to attract, retain and motivate executive talent in our highly competitive industry. Nevertheless, in establishing compensation packages for our named executive officers in the United States, the Compensation Committee reviews and considers the compensation levels of executives at public homebuilding companies as a factor, amongst other factors, in establishing targeted compensation. This review covers compensation data for a group of our competitors within the homebuilding industry (as available in such companies’ public filings) and the most directly-relevant published survey sources available with respect to all direct pay elements, including salary, cash incentives and equity.

Specifically, in 2012 the Compensation Committee reviewed compensation data at the following 13 publicly-traded homebuilding companies in connection with setting compensation for Ms. Palmer and Messrs. Barnes and Cone:

 

•   PulteGroup Inc.

 

•   Toll Brothers, Inc.

 

•   The Ryland Group, Inc.

•   D.R. Horton, Inc.

 

•   KB Home

 

•   Meritage Homes Corporation

•   Lennar Corporation

 

•   Hovnanian Enterprises, Inc.

 

•   MDC Holdings Inc.

•   NVR, Inc.

 

•   Standard Pacific Corp.

 

•   Beazer Homes USA Inc.

   

•   M/I Homes, Inc.

 

165


Table of Contents

In connection with setting compensation for Mr. Steffens, Mr. Wethor and Ms. Kelley, the Compensation Committee reviewed a variety of compensation surveys, including Mercer’s Executive Remuneration Survey for the Real Estate and Construction Sector and FMI Compensation’s Homebuilders Executive Survey. In addition, for certain officer positions or to further inform its compensation decisions, from time to time the Compensation Committee will review compensation levels and trends across companies outside the homebuilding sector. In setting compensation levels for our executive officers serving Monarch in Canada, including Mr. Carr, the Compensation Committee does not review formal market data on compensation levels due to the fact that information about compensation paid by our competitors in Canada is not as readily available. All of our competitors in Canada are privately owned, and the Canadian homebuilding sector does not publish general compensation surveys and reports. So, in setting compensation levels for these executives, we rely on our extensive experience in the industry in Canada as well as informal data obtained about our Canadian competitors. We also look at our United States competitors for data on pay for executives serving in similar capacities and use such information to guide our decisions, taking into account the different legal regime applicable to employees in Canada.

Individual Performance . As mentioned above, in addition to considering market data, the Compensation Committee considers each executive officer’s individual performance in determining executive compensation levels, including the nature and scope of the executive’s responsibilities and the executive’s prior performance and expected future contributions. The Compensation Committee’s review of individual performance is general and subjective in nature – specific individual performance goals (such as goals tied to an officer’s job function, role or personal performance) are not systematically established or measured.

Company Performance . The Compensation Committee also considers our performance, financial plans and budget in setting officer compensation levels for any given year taking into account general economic challenges as well as any specific challenges facing our business.

Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program

The primary elements of our compensation structure are base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses, long-term incentives (including equity-based awards that provide value to our executives as the equity value of TMM increases and long-term cash awards), investment opportunities and certain employee benefits and perquisites. A brief description of, objectives of, and any changes in 2012 to, each principal element of our executive compensation programs for fiscal 2012 are summarized in the following table and described in more detail below.

 

166


Table of Contents

Key Compensation Program Elements – Overview

 

Compensation Element

  

Brief Description

  

Objectives

  

Changes in 2012 (from 2011)

Base Salary

   Fixed compensation    Provide a competitive, fixed level of cash compensation to attract and retain talented and skilled executives    Base salary increases from 2011 were provided to our named executive officers as follows: Sheryl Palmer 11%, Stephen Wethor 12.5%, Louis Steffens 7%, Tawn Kelley 17%, and Brad Carr 37% (these are discussed in more detail below)

Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses

   Variable, performance-based cash compensation earned based on achieving pre-established annual goals   

Motivate executives to achieve or exceed our current-year financial goals and reward them for their achievements

 

Aid in retention of key executives in a highly competitive market for talent

  

Bonuses were based on performance over the full year and the weighting of the performance metrics were adjusted in order to continue to drive important business results

Long-Term Incentives – Equity Based

   Variable equity-based compensation to promote achievement of longer-term goals   

Align executives’ and Principal Equityholders’ interests by linking rewards with achievement of return to our Principal Equityholders based on our long-term growth plan

 

Aid in retention of key executives and ensure continuity of management in a highly competitive market for talent

   Long-term equity incentive awards (and phantom incentive awards for our executives serving Monarch, including Mr. Carr) were granted to each of our named executive officers based on decisions made by the Compensation Committee

Long-Term Incentives – Cash Based

   Variable cash-based compensation to promote achievement of longer-term goals   

Motivate and reward executives to achieve or exceed multi-year performance goals and reward them for their achievements

 

Aid in retention of key executives and ensure continuity of management in a highly competitive market for talent

   This program was implemented in 2012 for a performance period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014

 

167


Table of Contents

Compensation Element

  

Brief Description

  

Objectives

  

Changes in 2012 (from 2011)

Investment Opportunity

   Opportunity to make a direct investment in TMM alongside our Principal Equityholders with a minimum investment of $50,000    Align executives’ and our Principal Equityholders’ interests and encourage executives to have “skin in the game” by direct ownership    Messrs. Carr & Wethor and Ms. Palmer made additional investments of their own capital in TMM

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

   Participation in all broad-based employee health and welfare programs and retirement plans    Aid in retention of key executives in a highly competitive market for talent by providing overall benefits package competitive with industry peers    Employee benefits vary based on individual elections; auto allowance and certain commuting expense reimbursements are the only perquisites provided to our named executive officers

Our executive compensation program also provides for commissions where appropriate, cash severance payments and benefits and accelerated vesting of equity awards in the event of certain terminations of employment following a change in ownership of our business.

Base Salary

The base salary component of executive officer compensation is intended to provide a stable level of minimum compensation to each officer commensurate with the executive’s role, experience and duties. The Compensation Committee annually reviews and approves base salaries for our executive officers based on several factors, including the individual’s experience, responsibilities, performance, expected future contribution, our expected financial performance and salaries of similarly situated executives of our public peers in the homebuilding industry and in the general industry.

Following its review of existing salary levels as set by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, available market data and individual performance factors, and in order to partially mitigate the decrease in annual cash compensation resulting from the changes to compensation mix (discussed under Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses , below), the Compensation Committee, in consultation with Ms. Palmer (except as to her own compensation), determined that named executive officer base salaries would increase as of January 1, 2012, as follows:

 

Name and Title

   2011 Base Salary      2012 Base Salary  

Sheryl Palmer

   $ 630,375       $ 700,000   

David Cone*

     N/A       $ 400,000   

Stephen Wethor

   $ 400,000       $ 450,000   

Ed Barnes*

     N/A       $ 450,000   

Louis Steffens

   $ 443,375       $ 475,000   

Tawn Kelley

   $ 364,500       $ 425,000   

Brad Carr**

   $ 293,908       $ 401,240   

 

* These executives commenced employment with us during 2012.
** Mr. Carr received an increase in base salary to $310,961 on January 1, 2012 and received an additional increase to $401,240 on May 25, 2012 in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch.

Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses

The second component of executive officer compensation is annual cash incentive bonuses based on company performance. Tying a portion of total compensation to annual company performance permits us to adjust the performance measures each year to reflect changing objectives and those that may be of special importance for a particular year. Through this program, we seek to provide an appropriate amount of short-term cash compensation that is at-risk and tied to the achievement of certain short-term performance goals.

 

168


Table of Contents

Target Amounts. Target annual cash incentive bonuses in respect of 2012 were significantly reduced for each of our named executive officers, from the 2011 levels set by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc. The Compensation Committee reduced the bonus targets after its review of the existing compensation package for our executives, taking into account the competitive salary levels previously established and the level of equity-based compensation set by our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof), and its determination that, effective as of January 1, 2012, a smaller portion of total compensation would be delivered through annual cash bonuses, with a greater emphasis on equity-based compensation. The target annual cash incentive bonuses for 2012 set by the Compensation Committee for each of our named executive officers as decreased from the prior year are as follows:

 

Name

   2012 Target Annual
Bonus as a Percentage
of Base Salary
    Percentage Decrease in Target
Bonus from Prior Year
 

Sheryl Palmer

     150 %     -350 %

C. David Cone*

     100     N/A   

Stephen Wethor

     135 %     -215 %

Ed Barnes*

     100     N/A   

Louis Steffens

     135 %     -315 %

Tawn Kelley

     135 %     -215 %

Brad Carr**

     125     -100

 

* These executives commenced employment with us during 2012. Mr. Cone’s annual bonus for 2012 will be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012.
** Mr. Carr’s bonus opportunity was decreased as of January 1, 2012 to 185% of base salary (at the same time that bonus opportunities for other executives were decreased) and further decreased to 125% of base salary on May 25, 2012 in order to rebalance his total target compensation upon the issuance to him of a new equity compensation opportunity in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch.

The actual 2012 annual cash incentive bonus amounts will be calculated based on a combination of objective performance measures and using the following formula:

 

  Annual  

Salary

    x      Target
Bonus
Percentage
    x      Business
Unit
Multiplier
    =      Bonus
Payout

Business Unit Multiplier . Our “Business Unit Multiplier” is an aggregated measure of the attainment of specific financial and operational performance goals for the relevant business unit, or, for some officers, for the Company as a whole, expressed in our tables below as a percentage. These performance goals are based on corporate and business objectives and are not tied to individual performance. Nevertheless, the goal itself varies among the officers, as described below. To determine the Business Unit Multiplier, specific criteria and corresponding goals are set for each officer. Each goal (1) has an associated “entry,” “threshold,” and “maximum” percentage attainment level (typically, 20%, 50-60% and 100%, respectively), with straight-line interpolation for attainment between levels, and (2) is weighted to reflect the Compensation Committee’s assessment of the goals’ importance in relation to our overall business objectives. Specifically, the percentage attainment of each goal is applied to the weighting factor (itself a percentage), and these numbers are totaled to set the Business Unit Multiplier.

Establishing Performance Goals for 2012 Annual Bonus Plan . Bonus plan goals (including the “North American Scorecard”, which is described below) for 2012 were established by the Compensation Committee in consultation with Ms. Palmer. The threshold payout level was designed to be achievable with strong management performance and the maximum level was designed to encourage and reward our named executive officers for outstanding performance. The bonus plan goals included financial performance metrics consistent with those established for the post-Acquisition period of 2011 and operational goals focused on customer satisfaction and the “North American Scorecard.” The term “North American Scorecard” is a scoring system that we produce

 

169


Table of Contents

internally and by which we measure the satisfaction of a combination of key financial and operational metrics that are critical to the successful performance of our business. The goals are tracked monthly and measured in the aggregate for each of our 10 operational divisions. Each division is then scored from 1st to 10th place based on its performance. These metrics include budgets or expectations, as well as measures of forecasting accuracy, construction performance and customer satisfaction.

The approach to goal setting for 2012 bonuses involved a process of reviewing, among other things, our prior year’s financial performance, the economic constraints facing the homebuilding industry and the economy and our short-term and long-term strategic objectives. We also took into account the need for setting goals that are challenging yet reasonably achievable so as to provide a competitive pay package necessary for the retention of our talent.

Achievement of Corporate Performance Goals . The 2012 bonus program performance goals applicable to Ms. Palmer and Mr. Cone were subject to overall company — not business unit specific — results. The goals were as follows:

 

Corporate Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Earnings before interest and taxes

     40%      $ 145,000      $ 165,000      $ 180,000      $ 217,261        100

Operating cash flow before all land investment

     30%      $ 275,000      $ 300,000      $ 325,000      $ 337,733        100

Actual Closings plus year-end order book

     20%        6,800        6,950        7,100        7,807        100

Customer Satisfaction – 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction

     10%        82     86     90     87.5     75

Total

     100             97.5

Achievement of Business Unit Performance Goals . The 2012 bonus program performance goals applicable to Messrs. Steffens, Wethor, and Carr and Ms. Kelley are based on overall company results and/or the results of the specific business unit they lead. Performance criteria for 2012 for the East, West and Canada regions were the same as the metrics used for the overall company (earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, order book/closings and customer satisfaction).

 

   

Mr. Steffens’ 2012 bonus was based 100% on the results of the East region. The goals for the East region for 2012 were as follows:

 

East Region Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Earnings before interest and taxes

     30   $ 57,000      $ 65,000      $ 71,000      $ 79,406        100

Operating cash flow before all land investment

     30   $ 100,000      $ 106,000      $ 112,000      $ 127,965        100

Actual Closings plus year-end order book

     20     2,040        2,067        2,165        2,544        100

Customer Satisfaction – 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction

     10     82     86     90     87.5     75

North American Scorecard

     10     3        2        1        2        60

Total

     100             93.5

 

   

Mr. Wethor’s 2012 bonus was to be based 100% on the results of the West region unless the overall company results were better than the results for the West region for the first quarter (when he served as acting Chief Financial Officer), in which case 25% of his bonus would tie to overall company results based on the Corporate Performance goals described above. Since the results for the West region for

 

170


Table of Contents
 

2012 were better than the overall company results for 2012, Mr. Wethor’s 2012 bonus was based 100% on the West region performance goals, described below. The goals for the West region for 2012 were as follows:

 

West Region Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
     Threshold
(60%)
     Maximum
(100%)
     Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Earnings before interest and taxes

     30   $ 30,000       $ 35,000       $ 38,000       $ 62,572        100

Operating cash flow before all land investment

     30   $ 115,000       $ 124,000       $ 134,000       $ 151,334        100

Actual Closings plus year-end order book

     20     1,290         1,308         1,370         1,934        100

Customer Satisfaction – 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction

     10  

 

82%

  

     86%         90%         88.1     81

North American Scorecard

     10     3         2         1         1        100

Total

     100                98.1

 

   

Mr. Carr’s 2012 bonus was to be based either 100% on the results of the Canada region (calculated with his current bonus target of 125% of his current base salary of $401,240) or 100% on the performance of the low-rise division of Monarch (calculated based on his bonus target and base salary in effect prior to his promotion to President of Monarch at 185% of a base salary of $310,961), whichever formula resulted in a higher amount being due him. Mr. Carr’s 2012 bonus was based on the performance of the low-rise division of Monarch due to the higher attainment of targets in such region. Mr. Carr also received an additional discretionary bonus for 2012 as described below. The goals for the Canada region for 2012 were as follows:

 

Canada Monarch Region Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

  Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Earnings before interest and taxes

    30   $ 83,000      $ 90,000      $ 97,000      $ 106,269        100

Operating cash flow before all land investment

    30   $ 87,000      $ 97,000      $ 107,000      $ 131,959        100

Actual Closings plus year-end order book*

    20     3,470        3,575        3,610        3,329        0

Customer Satisfaction – 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction*

    10     81%        85%        89%        86.3     76

North American Scorecard*

    10     3        2        1        3        20

Total

    100             69.6

 

  * The performance metrics and targets for the Low Rise Division of Monarch are the same as for Monarch except for lower targets as follows:

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Actual Closings plus year-end order book

     20%        1,400        1,460        1,483        1,251        0%   

Customer Satisfaction - 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction

     10%        82%        86%        90%        88%        80%   

Scorecard

     10%        9        5        1        7        40%   

Total (with Monarch EBIT and cash flow)

     100%                72%   

 

171


Table of Contents
   

Ms. Kelley’s bonus is based 50% on overall company results based on the goals described above and 50% on TMHF results and is designed to incentivize Ms. Kelley to integrate TMHF into our core homebuilding business. The goals for TMHF for 2012 were as follows:

 

TMHF Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Profit per Unit

     40%        $4,400        $4,550        $4,700      $ 5,387        100%   

Revenue

     40%        2.80%        2.90%        3.00%        3.16%        100%   

Mortgage Capture

     20%        80%        82.5%        85%        84%        84%   

Total

     100%                96.8%   

 

   

In connection with Mr. Barnes departure in June 2012 and entry into a separation and general release agreement with us, we agreed to provide him with a prorated bonus opportunity for 2012 based 100% on overall company results based on the goals described above or a prorated amount of his guaranteed minimum bonus of $300,000, whichever results in a higher bonus being due him.

The actual cash incentive bonuses approved for our named executive officers in respect of 2012 are as follows: Ms. Palmer—$1,023,225, Mr. Cone—$97,450, Mr. Wethor—$596,201, Mr. Barnes—$171,025, Mr. Steffens—$599,376, Ms. Kelley—$557,255, and Mr. Carr—$448,573. The Compensation Committee, in consultation with Ms. Palmer, exercised discretion to increase Mr. Carr’s 2012 annual incentive bonus by $34,517 based on a subjective evaluation of his contribution and exceptional performance for the year. Mr. Cone’s 2012 annual incentive bonus was pro-rated for the period of time that he was employed by us in 2012.

Long-Term Incentives – Equity-Based

Class M Unit Plan for U.S. Executives . Following the Acquisition, each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Carr, whose phantom arrangement is described below) were granted equity-based interests in TMM, which allow them to share in the future appreciation of TMM, subject to certain vesting conditions including both time-based vesting (based on continued employment) and performance-based vesting (based on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders), as described in more detail below. These equity-based interests are designed to foster a long-term commitment to us by our named executive officers, provide a balance to the short-term cash components of our compensation program, align a portion of our executives’ compensation to the interests of our Principal Equityholders, promote retention and reinforce our pay-for-performance structure (as discussed in more detail below).

The equity interests were granted pursuant to the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Management Incentive Plan (the “MIP”) in the form of profits interests, called “Class M Units.” Class M Units represent an ownership interest in TMM providing the holder with the opportunity to receive, upon a liquidity event, a return based on the appreciation of TMM’s equity value from the date of grant. These Class M Units were issued as an upfront grant designed to provide a long-term incentive for the next five years. The awards were structured so that if TMM’s equity value were to appreciate, the executive would share in the growth in value from the date of grant solely with respect to the vested portion of the executive’s Class M Units. If TMM’s equity were not to appreciate in value or decrease in value in the future, then the Class M Units would have no value.

These equity awards also function as a retention device because a portion of the awards are scheduled to vest ratably over a five-year period (20% per year), subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment on each annual vesting date. To reinforce the pay-for-performance structure and alignment with interests of our equity holders, a portion of each award is scheduled to vest only upon satisfaction of certain performance thresholds (50% of the performance-based Class M Units are scheduled to vest only if the return on investment to our Principal Equityholders is 2.0x and the remaining 50% are scheduled to vest only if the return on investment to our Principal Equityholders is 2.5x; however, if the liquidity event occurs within 24 months

 

172


Table of Contents

following the Acquisition, the thresholds for vesting are reduced from 2.0x and 2.5x to 1.75x and 2.25x, respectively). See the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for more information regarding the Class M Units held by our named executive officers.

Phantom Plan for Executives in Canada . In May 2012, in connection with his promotion to serve as regional President of Monarch, Mr. Carr was issued phantom interests (“Phantom Units”) pursuant to the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Phantom Appreciation Rights Plan. Phantom Units are designed to provide equivalent payments and benefits to the equity awards issued under the MIP and are generally subject to the same terms and conditions as the MIP awards. Phantom Units do not entitle the holder to any equity interest in TMM and will be settled in cash. To that end, the payments and benefits under the phantom arrangement provide an opportunity to receive additional compensation based on the future appreciation of TMM, subject to certain vesting conditions including both time-based vesting (based on continued employment) and performance-based vesting (based on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders) on the same basis as in the MIP awards, in a manner consistent with Canadian tax rules.

Class M Units and Phantom Unit Awards Issued in 2012 . On May 25, 2012, Mr. Carr received a grant of 1,300,000 Phantom Units in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch, an amount which the Compensation Committee determined was at the low range of what would be an appropriate grant level for someone serving in a similar position but was selected because of Mr. Carr’s new promotion to the position. After its review of his performance in the new position during the six months after his promotion, the Compensation Committee issued to Mr. Carr, effective as of December 7, 2012, an additional grant of 400,000 Phantom Units to bring his incentive compensation and total target compensation up to what it determined were more competitive levels. On October 15, 2012, Mr. Cone received an initial new hire grant of 1,500,000 Class M Units, an amount which the Compensation Committee determined was at the low range of what would be an appropriate grant level for someone serving in such position but was selected because Mr. Cone was a new hire. After its review of his performance in his role, the Compensation Committee issued to Mr. Cone, effective as of December 7, 2012, an additional grant of 400,000 Class M Units to bring his equity compensation and total target compensation up to what it determined were more competitive levels. On June 29, 2012, our Compensation Committee determined in its sole discretion to issue each of our other named executive officers a one-time special equity-based grant of Class M Units in order to maintain the value of the equity compensation held by our named executive officers in light of, and in connection with, the additional equity contribution associated with the offering of senior notes and Sponsor Loan Contribution in April 2012. The size of each grant was determined based on the executives’ then outstanding equity awards, with larger awards being issued to those individuals with a higher level of existing equity and were as follows: Ms. Palmer—1,000,000 Class M Units; Mr. Wethor—425,000 Class M Units; Mr. Steffens—425,000 Class M Units; and Ms. Kelley—200,000 Class M Units.

 

173


Table of Contents

Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.

Consistent with our pay-for-performance compensation structure, the Compensation Committee approved the adoption of a new long-term cash incentive plan (the “Cash LTIP”) for the benefit of our executive officers, including our named executive officers. The Cash LTIP is designed to motivate and reward management for the achievement of multi-year performance goals by offering participants an opportunity to receive cash payments based on the achievement of such goals. The Cash LTIP has a three-year performance period commencing January 1, 2012 and continuing through December 31, 2014. Payouts under the Cash LTIP are based on achievement of targeted return on net assets (50%) for the year ending December 31, 2014 and cumulative earnings before interest and taxes (50%) over the three-year period. This bonus is paid at the end of the three-year performance period, if applicable performance goals are achieved. The amount of each individual’s target payout is set at a multiple of target annual cash incentive bonus opportunities for fiscal year 2012, which is 100% for our executives, as follows:

 

Executive

   Base      2012 Bonus
Opportunity
    LTIP
Opportunity
 

Sheryl Palmer

   $ 700,000         150   $ 1,050,000   

C. David Cone*

   $ 400,000         100   $ 300,000   

Louis Steffens

   $ 475,000         135   $ 641,250   

Stephen Wethor

   $ 450,000         135   $ 607,500   

Brad Carr

   $ 401,240         125   $ 501,550   

Tawn Kelley

   $ 425,000         135   $ 573,750   

 

  * Mr. Cone’s LTIP opportunity has been prorated based on his commencement of employment with us in October 15, 2012.

Investment Opportunity

The Compensation Committee believes it is important for key members of our senior management team and directors to build and maintain a long-term ownership position in our company, to further align their financial interests with those of our Principal Equityholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value. In order to achieve such goals and to assure that management owns a meaningful level of equity in TMM, each of our named executive officers was offered an opportunity to make a direct investment in TMM alongside our Principal Equityholders through the purchase of Class A Units, with a minimum investment amount of $50,000. We encouraged our executive officers to invest more than the minimum and rather invest an amount that is equal to one times their base salary, and each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Cone) made an investment in TMM that is greater than the minimum amount. We believe that this investment opportunity has resulted in our management team having a desirable level of direct ownership in the business and a sufficient level of capital at risk thereby reinforcing our goal of aligning the interests of management with our owners.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

We provide a number of benefit plans to all eligible employees, including our named executive officers. These benefits include programs such as medical, dental, life insurance, business travel accident insurance, short-and long-term disability coverage, a 401(k) defined contribution plan for employees in the United States, a registered retirement savings plans for employees in Canada and home purchase rebate program providing employees with a 5% rebate on purchases of homes built by us. Employees in the United States who have been with us on or before December 31, 2010, including certain of our named executive officers, were eligible to accrue pension benefits under a cash balance pension plan which was frozen to new accruals and participants as of January 1, 2011. Under this plan, prior to 2011, our predecessor contributed a specified percentage of each employee’s salary each quarter (generally based on the participant’s age) to the participant’s account balance, and employees vested in their accounts after five years of service. For further information on pension benefits for our named executive officers, see the “Pension Benefits” table.

 

174


Table of Contents

Perquisites for our named executive officers are limited to monthly auto allowances and, solely for Ms. Palmer, commuting expenses for her travel from her residence in Las Vegas to our offices in Scottsdale, Arizona. Auto allowances may be available to our other employees either in an executive role or those employees whose positions require regular driving for business as an essential job function. While perquisites help to provide competitive total compensation packages to the named executive officers in a cost-efficient manner by providing a benefit with a high perceived value at a relatively low cost, we do not generally view perquisites as a material component of our executive compensation program. In the future, we may provide additional or different perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe doing so is appropriate to assist an individual in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective and for recruitment, motivation and/or retention purposes.

During 2012, Ms. Kelley received certain commission payments totaling approximately $177,154, consistent with the terms of Ms. Kelley’s employment agreement originally established in 2009 at the time her company was acquired by our predecessor. Such commissions are based on certain percentage of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in a given year and are generally payable within 30 days of the end of each calendar month. In the event Ms. Kelley’s employment were to terminate, she would be entitled to outstanding commissions only for joint venture/spot retail closings that occur prior to her departure date.

Employment Agreements, Severance Protection and Restrictive Covenant Agreements

Each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is party to an employment agreement with us, which specifies the terms of the individual’s employment including certain compensation levels and are intended to assure us of the executive’s continued employment and provide stability in our senior management team.

Each of Messrs. Wethor, Steffens and Ms. Kelley’s employment agreements with us were entered into prior to the Acquisition, and the employment of each such named executive officer under these agreements will continue in effect until terminated by us or by the named executive officer. Mr. Cone’s employment agreement with us was entered into shortly following his commencement of employment, and the term of his employment under such agreement will continue in effect until terminated by us or him. The term of Ms. Palmer’s employment agreement (dated July 13, 2011, and amended as of May 17, 2012), which was entered into in connection with the Acquisition in replacement of her then existing employment agreement, continues for three years through July 13, 2014, subject to automatic successive one-year extensions thereafter unless either party gives at least 90 days’ prior notice that the term will not be extended.

Ms. Palmer and Messrs. Wethor, Cone, Steffens and Carr are each party to a restrictive covenant agreement, which includes an 18-month post-employment non-compete and non-solicit of customers and employees in connection with certain terminations of employment; however, if termination is without cause by us or the executive resigns for good reason, the covenants apply only through the duration of the period in which the executive is receiving severance. Ms. Kelly is party to a similar restrictive covenant agreement, but hers will apply only during a post-employment period in which she is also receiving severance.

Pursuant to the employment agreements, we provide salary continuation and other benefits in the event of certain terminations of employment. A portion of the Class M Units (only those subject to time-based vesting conditions) held by our named executive officers (Phantom Units with respect to Mr. Carr) are also subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment following a sale of TMM (generally, a transaction where (1) more than 80% of the Class A units are acquired by a third party that is unrelated to the Principal Equityholders, (2) the buyer acquires the right to replace the general partner of TMM, or (3) all or substantially all of the assets are sold (including due to the sale of more than 80% of the equity of the subsidiaries holding such assets)). These payments and benefits are designed to provide financial security in the event of certain corporate transactions and/or termination of employment, as well as consideration for the executive’s compliance

 

175


Table of Contents

with certain post-employment restrictive covenants. We believe these provisions help retain our executives who are critical to the success and operation of our business while also protecting important business objectives through restrictive covenants. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for a discussion of severance and change of control payments payable to our named executive officers pursuant to their employment agreements.

In May 2012, we amended Ms. Palmer’s employment agreement to provide her with an opportunity to receive a special retirement bonus of $1,000,000 if she voluntarily terminates her employment with us after May 15, 2013 and does not resume employment in the homebuilding industry in any capacity for five years. If Ms. Palmer resumes employment in the homebuilding industry within five years, she will be required to repay the bonus to us. The purpose of providing this bonus was twofold: to retain Ms. Palmer’s services through at least May 15, 2013 and incentivize her not to directly compete with us, which could cause significant harm to our business.

As mentioned above, we did not enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Carr. This is primarily because we expect he would be entitled to certain severance benefits depending on the circumstances of his dismissal pursuant to and in accordance with Canadian law, as described in more detail below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” We did not enter into any employment agreement with Mr. Barnes due to the short term of his service with our business. We entered into a separation agreement and general release agreement with him in connection with his departure, which is described under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Other Program Attributes

Equity Ownership

Our compensation structure for management provides for a significant percentage of compensation to be equity-based, which places a substantial portion of compensation at risk over a long-term period. At this time, we do not have specific equity ownership guidelines for named executive officers or our non-employee directors as our equity-based compensation programs and previously offered investment opportunities have, in our view, resulted in management having a desirable level of direct ownership in our business.

Adjustment or Recovery of Awards

Our equity-based awards provide that all vested equity-based awards will be forfeited by our executives automatically upon a breach by them of any of the post-employment restrictive covenants (e.g. non-competes) to which they are subject. The executive would also be responsible for damages suffered by us in connection with any such breach. We view this recovery of awards feature as a necessary element of our equity-based program as it deters competitive activities that would likely cause significant harm to our business.

Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation

Retention of a Compensation Consultant

In November 2012, the Compensation Committee retained Pearl Meyer, the compensation consulting firm, to evaluate our compensation programs and to provide guidance with respect to developing and implementing our compensation philosophy and programs as a public company.

Clawback Policy

In connection with or following this offering, we intend to adopt a clawback policy that would require an individual to repay to us any incentive compensation paid to such individual based on the individual’s misconduct that results in the restatement of our financials. In addition, we reserve the right to adopt any additional clawback policies as may be necessary to protect our compensation policies and objectives and as may be required by law, including mandates required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

176


Table of Contents

Exchange of Class M Units

In connection with this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, (i) all of the outstanding Class M Units in TMM subject only to time-based vesting conditions, will be converted into an amount of vested and unvested New TMM Units and (ii) all of the outstanding Class M Units that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions will be converted into an amount of vested and unvested equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, in each case, based on our pre-IPO value (calculated using the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering). None of the exchange of the Class M Units into New TMM Units, the exchange of performance-vesting Class M Units or Class A Units for new equity interests in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles or the consummation of the offering will result in any acceleration of vesting of any units or equity interests and, accordingly, no amount of outstanding units unvested will be converted into vested equity interests. The unvested New TMM Units and unvested equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles shall vest following the offering based on the current vesting schedule of, or satisfaction of the relevant performance condition applicable for, the outstanding unvested Class M Units which they will replace. Both the vested and unvested New TMM Units and equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles issued to former holders of Class M Units will be entitled to receive distributions, if any, from New TMM and/or the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, as applicable, provided, however, distributions (other than tax distributions) in respect of unvested New TMM Units shall only be delivered to the holder thereof when, as, and if such units ultimately vest. The vesting and other terms applicable to replaced Class M Units will be set forth in definitive documentation to be entered into immediately prior to the completion of this offering. As described in “The Reorganization Transactions,” members of management who receive New TMM Units in connection with the Reorganization Transactions will also receive a number of shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units they receive. Each share of Class B common stock paired with a New TMM Unit will be vested or unvested to the same extent as the New TMM Unit with which it is paired. There are no voting rights associated with the New TMM Units, whether vested or unvested, but each share of Class B common stock will carry one vote, including both vested and unvested shares of Class B common stock.

Adjustment of Phantom Units

In connection with this offering and the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” and in accordance with the our administrative authority under the Phantom Plan, we intend to adjust the Phantom Units held by our executives in Canada in a manner designed to provide substantially similar economic benefits as those achieved by holders of Class M Units in connection with this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, consistent with the intended economic benefit of the original award.

IPO Equity Grants

In connection with this offering, we intend to grant awards for an aggregate of 919,480 shares of our Class A common stock to our named executive officers under the 2013 Plan described below. The awards will consist of (i) stock options for 802,500 shares of Class A common stock in the aggregate at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price, which will expire on the 10th anniversary of the date of grant, and (ii) restricted stock units representing the right to receive 116,980 shares of Class A common stock in the aggregate. Ms. Palmer will be granted 200,000 options and 48,179 restricted stock units, Mr. Cone will be granted 175,000 options and 10,745 restricted stock units, Mr. Wethor will be granted 110,000 options and 18,814 restricted stock units, Mr. Steffens will be granted 125,000 options and 18,350 restricted stock units, Mr. Carr will be granted 125,000 options and 12,030 restricted stock units and Ms. Kelley will be granted 67,500 options and 8,863 restricted stock units. The options will generally vest in four equal installments of 25% on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date of grant and shall otherwise be on terms consistent with the 2013 Plan described below. The restricted stock units will be subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting conditions. They will generally vest in four equal installments of 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to continued employment on the applicable vesting date and satisfaction of the performance condition. The performance condition will be satisfied if the weighted average

 

177


Table of Contents

price at which the Principal Equityholders have previously sold their common units of New TMM or related Class A common stock exceeds the gross initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock being sold in this offering. The performance condition is fully satisfied, if, as of any date on which the Principal Equityholders sell their units or stock, the price threshold is exceeded. If the performance condition has not been met as of December 31, 2015, all of the restricted stock units will be forfeited. The restricted stock units shall otherwise be on terms consistent with the terms of the 2013 Plan.

2013 Equity Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt an omnibus equity incentive plan, the 2013 Plan, designed to align the interests of our management team with our new public investors. The following is a summary of certain terms and conditions of the 2013 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2013 Plan filed as an exhibit to this registration statement. You are encouraged to read the full 2013 Plan. Pursuant to 2013 Plan, the TMHC compensation committee (or subcommittee of delegated directors or officers) will have authority to grant awards under the plan, determine the types of awards to be granted, the recipients of awards, and the terms and conditions of awards (including the number of shares of Class A common stock (or dollar value) subject thereto, the vesting schedule and term, and to what extent and when awards may be settled in cash, shares of common stock, restricted shares or other property) and to establish rules relating to the plan and interpret the plan and awards.

The TMHC compensation committee may grant awards of stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, cash-based awards or any combination of the foregoing to our non-employee directors and employees, consultants or advisors selected by the TMHC compensation committee. Subject to adjustment in connection with changes in capitalization and other corporate or non-recurring events, the 2013 Plan will provide for an aggregate of 7,956,955 shares of our Class A common stock, including authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased in the open market or otherwise, to be authorized for grants.

Plan Limitations . No more than 3,903,748 shares of Class A common stock may be issued in respect of incentive stock options under our 2013 Plan. No more than 1,951,739 shares of Class A common stock may be granted under our 2013 Plan with respect to performance compensation awards in any one year. The maximum amount payable to any participant under the 2013 Plan for any 12-month period during a performance period for a cash-denominated award is $3,150,000.

If any award is forfeited, or if any option or stock appreciation right terminates, expires or lapses without being settled or exercised, shares of our Class A common stock subject to such award will again be available for future grant. If there is any change in our corporate capitalization, the TMHC compensation committee shall make any equitable substitutions or adjustments it deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion to the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan, the number of shares covered by awards then outstanding under our 2013 Plan, the limitations on awards under our 2013 Plan, the exercise price of outstanding options and such other adjustments as it may determine appropriate.

Options.  The TMHC compensation committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of Class A common stock that are either “qualified,” meaning they satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or “nonqualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. These options will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the TMHC compensation committee. Under the terms of our 2013 Plan, unless the TMHC compensation committee determines otherwise, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value of our Class A common stock at the time of grant. Options granted under the 2013 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the TMHC compensation committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2013 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% stockholder). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash, check, and or by surrender of

 

178


Table of Contents

unrestricted shares of Class A common stock (valued at their fair market value on the date of exercise) or the TMHC compensation committee may, in its discretion and to the extent permitted by law, allow such payment to be made: (i) by delivery of other property having a fair market value on the exercise date equal to the total purchase price, (ii) by a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism, (iii) by a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Class A common stock otherwise deliverable in respect of an option needed to pay the exercise price and applicable statutory minimum withholding taxes, or (iv) or by such other method as the TMHC compensation committee may determine to be appropriate.

Stock appreciation rights.  The TMHC compensation committee is authorized to award stock appreciation rights (referred to as “SARs”) under the 2013 Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the TMHC compensation committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time less applicable withholding in the case of cash-settled SARs. An option granted under the 2013 Plan may include SARs, and the TMHC compensation committee may also award SARs to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option corresponding to such SARs. The terms of the SARs shall be subject to terms established by the TMHC compensation committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Restricted stock.  The TMHC compensation committee will be authorized to award restricted stock under the 2013 Plan. Awards of restricted stock will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the TMHC compensation committee. Restricted stock is Class A common stock that generally is non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the TMHC compensation committee for a specified period. Unless the TMHC compensation committee determines otherwise, or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment during the restricted period, any then unvested restricted stock will be forfeited. Subject to any restrictions set forth in the applicable award agreement, holders of restricted stock shall generally be entitled to vote and receive dividends with respect to such restricted stock, however, dividends shall only be payable to the holder following the date on which the restrictions on such restricted stock lapse.

Restricted stock unit awards.  The TMHC compensation committee will be authorized to award restricted stock units. Restricted stock unit awards, or RSUs, will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the TMHC compensation committee. Unless the TMHC compensation committee determines otherwise, or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period of time over which all or a portion of the restricted stock units are to be earned, any then unvested restricted stock units will be forfeited. At the election of the TMHC compensation committee, the participant will receive a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of shares, at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned, or at a later date set forth in the applicable award agreement, less any taxes required to be withheld. The holder of any restricted stock units may be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by us of dividends on our Class A common stock, in the form of shares or cash and payable at the same time and under the same restrictions as the underlying restricted stock units.

Stock bonus awards.  The TMHC compensation committee is authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the TMHC compensation committee may determine.

Performance compensation awards.  The TMHC compensation committee may grant any award under the 2013 Plan in the form of a performance compensation award by conditioning the vesting of the award on the satisfaction of certain performance goals. In addition, the TMHC compensation committee may denominate an award in cash or shares of Class A common stock to any participant and designate such award as a performance award intended to qualify as “performance based” under Section 162(m). If the TMHC compensation committee determines that any performance-based award is intended to be subject to Section 162(m), the TMHC compensation committee shall establish performance criteria based on one or more of the following:

 

   

basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes);

 

179


Table of Contents
   

pre- or after-tax income (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus);

 

   

operating income (before or after taxes);

 

   

revenue, net revenue, net revenue growth or product revenue growth;

 

   

gross profit or gross profit growth;

 

   

net operating profit (before or after taxes);

 

   

earnings, including earnings before or after interest, depreciation and/or taxes;

 

   

return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, net assets, capital, total capital, tangible capital, invested capital, equity, sales, or total shareholder return);

 

   

cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on capital, cash flow return on investment, and cash flow per share (before or after dividends));

 

   

margins, gross or operating margins, or cash margin;

 

   

operating efficiency;

 

   

productivity ratios;

 

   

share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return);

 

   

expense targets;

 

   

objective measures of customer satisfaction;

 

   

working capital targets;

 

   

measures of economic value added, or economic value-added models or equivalent metrics;

 

   

inventory control;

 

   

enterprise value;

 

   

net sales;

 

   

appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of our company’s Common Stock;

 

   

market share;

 

   

comparisons with various stock market indices;

 

   

reductions in costs;

 

   

improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels;

 

   

year-end cash;

 

   

debt reductions;

 

   

shareholder equity;

 

   

regulatory achievements;

 

   

implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures and recruiting and maintaining personnel; or

 

   

any combination of the foregoing

Effect of a Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, the TMHC compensation committee has the right to provide for, in the event of a change in control of our company or certain other significant corporate transactions, as described in the 2013 Plan: (i) an adjustment of the number and class of

 

180


Table of Contents

shares subject to the award and/or the exercise price or grant price of a stock option or SAR, as applicable; (ii) cancellation and cash-out of outstanding options and SARs, including cancellation without payment if the fair market value of one share of Class A common stock on the date of the change in control is less than the per share option exercise price or SAR grant price; and (iii) substitution and assumption of awards. In addition, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, if a participant’s employment terminates within 24 months following a change in control of our company: (i) outstanding options and SARs will immediately vest and be fully exercisable, (ii) the restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to outstanding restricted shares and restricted stock units will lapse, and restricted shares and restricted stock units will be free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions; and (iii) any deferred awards will be settled as soon as possible in a manner intended to be consistent with Section 409A of the Code.

Transferability. In general, no awards or shares may be assigned, transferred, sold, pledged or encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Awards may be exercised only by the participant or the participant’s guardian, executor, administrator or legal representative. However, awards other than incentive stock options may, with the approval of and subject to terms set by the TMHC compensation committee, be transferred to certain family members and estate planning vehicles, as set out in the 2013 Plan.

Amendment.  Our 2013 Plan will have a term of 10 years. Our Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate our 2013 Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval may be necessary if the law so requires. No amendment, suspension or termination will materially and adversely impair the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

Clawback/Forfeiture. In the TMHC compensation committee’s discretion, an award agreement may provide for cancellation of an award without payment if the participant violates a non-compete, non-solicit or non-disclosure agreement or otherwise engages in activity in conflict with or adverse to the interests of our company or any subsidiary, as determined by the TMHC compensation committee in its sole discretion. The TMHC compensation committee may also provide that in such circumstances the participant or any person to whom any payment has been made will forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized thereafter on the vesting, exercise or settlement of an award, the sale or transfer of an award or the sale of the ordinary shares acquired in respect of an award, and must promptly repay such amounts to our company. The TMHC compensation committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant receives an amount in excess of what the participant should have received under the terms of the award due to material noncompliance by our company with any financial reporting requirement under the U.S. securities laws or any mistake in calculations or other administrative error, then the award will be cancelled and the participant must promptly repay any excess value to our company. To the extent required by applicable law and/or the rules and regulations of any U.S. national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which shares are listed or quoted, or pursuant to a written company policy, awards shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or other similar action.

U.S. federal income tax consequences

The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant, exercise and vesting of awards under the 2013 Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards described in the summary are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

Options—Qualified and nonqualified.  The Code requires that, for favorable tax treatment of a qualified option (“an incentive stock option”), shares of our Class A common stock acquired through the exercise of a qualified option cannot be disposed of on or before the later of (i) two years from the date of grant of the option

 

181


Table of Contents

or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. Holders of qualified options will generally incur no U.S. federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of those options. However, the difference between the exercise price and fair market value of one share will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares on or before two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for U.S. federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the qualified option. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of a qualified option disposes of those shares, the participant will generally realize ordinary compensation income at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an otherwise qualified option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the qualified option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No income will be realized by a participant upon the grant of any stock option. Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted stock.  A participant will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have ordinary compensation income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on such date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the participant will have ordinary compensation income at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. (Special rules may apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted stock units.  A participant will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the grant of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have ordinary compensation income equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the award. We will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

SARs.  A participant will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the grant of a SAR. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

 

182


Table of Contents

Stock bonus awards.  A participant will have ordinary compensation income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date the award is made over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Section 162(m).  In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to its chief executive officer and the three other officers whose compensation is required by the Exchange Act to be disclosed in its proxy statement (excluding the chief financial officer), subject to certain exceptions. The 2013 Plan is intended to satisfy either an exception or applicable transitional rule requirements with respect to grants of options to covered employees. In addition, the 2013 Plan is designed to permit certain awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units and other awards (including cash bonus awards) to be awarded as performance compensation awards intended to qualify under either the “performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code or applicable transitional rule requirements. At such time as we are subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, we generally intend to design awards under the 2013 Plan to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code in order to maintain the federal tax deductibility for executive compensation, however, the Compensation Committee may, and reserves the right to, award compensation that may not be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code where it believes it is appropriate to do so.

 

183


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, each of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
    TMM
Class M
Units or
Phantom
Units

($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
    Change in
Pension

Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(4)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(6)
    Total
($)
 

Sheryl Palmer

    2012        700,000        —          620,000        1,023,225        8,526        71,003        2,422,554   

President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities

    2011        626,827        —          2,222,000        2,764,050        14,437        1,539,225        7,166,539   

C. David Cone,

    2012        84,615        —          1,332,143        97,450        —          2,670        1,516,878   

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

               

Stephen Wethor

    2012        450,000        —          263,500        596,201        7,604        22,099        1,339,404   

President, West Region and Interim Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former)

    2011        395,385        237,500        851,250        1,260,288        12,725        20,719        2,777,867   

Ed Barnes,

    2012        176,538        —          833,250        171,025        —          290,695        1,471,508   

Chief Financial Officer (former)

               

Louis Steffens

    2012        475,000        —          263,500        599,376        9,358        20,009        1,367,243   

President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

    2011        423,553        212,500        833,250        1,765,723        15,602        17,601        3,268,229   

Tawn Kelley

    2012        425,000        —         124,000        557,255        3,318        193,669        1,303,242   

President, TMHF and Mortgage

Funding Direct Ventures

    2011        362,365        175,000        404,000        1,160,278        5,588        78,084        2,185,315   

Brad Carr,

    2012        363,624        34,517        1,043,143        414,057        —          24,657        1,879,998   

President of Monarch(5)

               

 

(1) The amount reported in this column for 2012, reflects an increase in the 2012 annual incentive bonus payable to Mr. Carr, as determined by the compensation committee in its discretion based on Mr. Carr’s exceptional performance for the year in light of the unique challenges he faced in his role as President of Monarch. The amounts reported in this column for 2011 reflect the second half of the transaction and success bonuses earned in fiscal 2011 contingent upon the executive remaining employed for the six-month period following the Acquisition, which were payable pursuant to special transaction and success bonus arrangements entered into in 2009, as approved by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc. These bonuses were designed to reward such executive officers for their efforts and contributions towards the consummation of a sale of Taylor Wimpey plc North American business and to provide an incentive to such executives to remain employed with us through and following the sale. The amount of each executive’s transaction and success bonus was set at a number of months of such individual’s 2009 base salary (generally 12 months) as determined by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc.
(2) The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718, “Stock Compensation,” as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additional information regarding the awards is set forth in the tables and notes under “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” and “Outstanding Equity and Equity-Based Awards at Fiscal Year End.” The grant date fair value for Mr. Barnes’ award on January 31, 2012 has been estimated based on the grant date fair value as of December 15, 2011 because Mr. Barnes forfeited his Class M Unit award on June 19, 2012 in connection with his departure.
(3) The amounts reported in this column were paid under our annual cash incentive bonus program for the applicable year, which is described above, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program – Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses.”

 

184


Table of Contents
(4) These amounts do not represent realized compensation; rather, they represent an actuarial adjustment to the present value of accumulated benefits under our Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan, from the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year, to the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year. See below under the heading “Pension Benefits” for additional details.
(5) Figures in this table for Mr. Carr are in U.S. dollars, even though amounts were paid to Mr. Carr in Canadian dollars. To derive the figures in the table, the actual Canadian dollar amounts paid were converted to U.S. dollars at a rate of 1.0031 Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars, the Canadian to U.S dollar exchange rate in effect on December 31, 2012.
(6) For each of our named executive officers, “All Other Compensation” consists of the payments for fiscal 2012 that are shown in the table below:

 

Name

   401(k)
Company
Match ($)
    Company
Paid Life
Insurance
Premiums
($)
     Auto
Allowance
($)
     Commuting
Expenses
($)(a)
     Other
($)
     Total
($)
 

Sheryl Palmer

     8,575        2,724         14,400         25,554         19,750 (b)       71,003   

C. David Cone

     923        224         1,523         —           —           2,670   

Stephen Wethor

     8,575        2,724         10,800         —           —           22,099   

Ed Barnes

     3,894        790         2,825         —           283,186 (c)       290,695   

Louis Steffens

     6,125        2,724         10,800         —           360 (d)       20,009   

Tawn Kelley

     8,575        2,724         10,800         —           171,570 (e)       193,669   

Brad Carr

     6,019 (f)      1,184         17,454         —           —           24,657   

 

  (a) We pay the commuting expense of Ms. Palmer’s flights from her residence in Las Vegas, Nevada to our corporate headquarters in Scottsdale, Arizona.
  (b) This amount represents the value of the rebate Ms. Palmer received in connection with her home purchase pursuant to the Taylor Morrison Home Purchase Rebate Program.
  (c) This value represents the amount of severance paid to Mr. Barnes following his departure from employment on June 19, 2012, pursuant to his separation and release agreement ($258,462) and the value of relocation benefits he received ($24,724).
  (d) This value represents a service award paid to Mr. Steffens in recognition of his five-year anniversary with us. We recognize all team members achieving milestone anniversaries for their commitment and loyalty to us beginning at five years of service and again every addition five-year milestone thereafter.
  (e) For 2012, Ms. Kelly received commissions for joint venture/spot retail closings.
  (f) For Mr. Carr, this amount reflects contributions to a registered retirement savings plan in Canada.

 

185


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table summarizes awards under our annual cash incentive bonus program and the equity-based awards to each of our named executive officers in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
     Type of Award   Estimated
Possible
Payouts
Under
Non-Equity
Long-Term
Cash
Incentive
Plan
Awards(1)
    Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan  Awards(2)
    Estimated Possible Payouts Of
Class M Unit Awards or
Phantom Units(3)
 
       Target
($)
    Entry
($)
    Threshold
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Number of
Class M
Units or
Phantom
Units(#)
    Grant Date Fair
Value of Class M
Units or
Phantom
Units ($/Unit)(4)
 

Sheryl Palmer

    6/29/12       Class M Units             1,000,000        620,000   
     2012 Bonus Program       210,000        630,000        1,050,000       
     2012 Cash LTIP     1,050,000             

C. David Cone(5)

    12/7/12       Class M Units             400,000        237,143   
    10/15/12       Class M Units             1,500,000        1,095,000   
     2012 Bonus Program       20,000        60,000        100,000       
     2012 Cash LTIP     300,000             

Stephen Wethor

    6/29/12       Class M Units             425,000        263,500   
     2012 Bonus Program       121,500        364,500        607,500       
     2012 Cash LTIP     607,500             

Ed Barnes

     Class M Units             2,887,500        833,250   
     2012 Bonus Program       300,000        —          450,000       

Louis Steffens

    6/29/12       Class M Units             425,000        263,500   
     2012 Bonus Program       128,250        384,750        641,250       
     2012 Cash LTIP     641,250             

Tawn Kelley

    6/29/12       Class M Units             200,000        124,000   
     2012 Bonus Program       114,750        344,250        573,750       
     2012 Cash LTIP     573,750             

Brad Carr

    12/7/12       Phantom Units             400,000        237,143   
    5/25/12       Phantom Units             1,300,000        806,000   
     2012 Bonus Program       115,056        345,167        575,278       
     2012 Cash LTIP     501,550             

 

(1) Under our Cash LTIP, each named executive officer is eligible to receive a cash payment for the achievement of certain performance goals over a three-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2012 and continuing through December 31, 2014. For a detailed description of the Cash LTIP, see “– Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program – Long-Term Incentives – Equity-Based –Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.” This column shows the potential amount of the bonus if the performance metrics are attained.
(2) Under our annual cash incentive bonus program, each named executive officer is eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus for the fiscal year, the amount of which will vary depending on the degree of attainment of certain performance metrics, as described in “–Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program – Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses.” This column shows the potential amount of the bonus if performance metrics were attained at certain entry, threshold or maximum levels. For performance between entry and threshold, or threshold and maximum, the bonus amount is set using straight line interpolation.
(3) For a description of the material terms of these awards, see “– Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program – Long-Term incentives – Equity-Based – Class M Unit Plan for U.S. Executives or Phantom Plan for Executives in Canada.”
(4) The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718 “Stock Compensation,” as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(5) Mr. Cone’s annual bonus opportunity for 2012 and his Cash LTIP opportunity were pro-rated to reflect his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012.

 

186


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity and Equity-Based Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

            Equity and Equity-Based Awards  

Name

   Grant Date      Number of Class M Units
and Phantom Units
That Have Not Vested
(#)(1)
     Market Value of Class M Units
and Phantom Units
That Have Not Vested

($)(2)
 

Sheryl Palmer

     6/29/2012        1,000,000         250,000   
     12/15/2011         6,600,000         1,980,000   

C. David Cone

     12/7/2012         400,000         0   
     10/15/2012         1,500,000         214,286   

Stephen Wethor

     6/29/2012        425,000         106,250   
     12/15/2011         2,475,000         742,500   

Louis Steffens

     6/29/2012        425,000         106,250   
     12/15/2011         2,475,000         742,500   

Tawn Kelley

     6/29/2012        200,000         50,000   
     12/15/2011         1,200,000         360,000   

Brad Carr

     12/7/2012         400,000         0   
     5/25/2012         1,300,000         325,000   
     12/15/2011         375,000         112,500   

 

  (1) All awards granted in 2011 reported in this column were approved and granted by the board of directors of TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc. in its capacity as the general partner of TMM, (i) on December 15, 2011 Ms. Palmer, Messrs. Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley each received a grant of Class M Units and, Mr.Carr received a grant of 437,500 Phantom Units, of which 20% of the portion of the award subject to time-based vesting vested in fiscal 2012, (ii) Mr. Carr who received a grant of 1,300,000 Phantom Units on May 25, 2012 in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch, (iii) on June 29, 2012 Ms. Palmer, Messrs. Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley each received a grant of Class M Units, (iv) Mr. Cone received an initial grant of 1,500,000 Class M Units on October 15, 2012 in connection with his hiring, and (v) Mr. Cone received a grant of 400,000 Class M Units, and Mr. Carr received a grant of 400,000 Phantom Units on December 7, 2012. See “– Executive Compensation-Long-Term Incentives – Equity Based” for a description of the vesting terms of these awards.
  (2) There was no public market for the Class M Units or Phantom Units as of December 31, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committee’s valuation of $1.45 per unit as of such date, and the amount reflected in the table represents the value of the unvested time-based Class M Units. Based on a per unit value of $1.45 the return to our Principal Equityholders as of December 31, 2012 would have been less than the relevant vesting thresholds and accordingly, the performance-based Class M Units would have had no value.

Class M Units and Phantom Units Vested

 

     TMM Class M Units/Phantom Units  

Name

   Number of Class M
Units/Phantom
Units Vested

(#)
     Value Realized  on
Vesting

($)(1)
 

Sheryl Palmer

     1,100,000         275,000   

Stephen Wethor

     472,500         118,125   

Louis Steffens

     412,500         103,125   

Tawn Kelley

     200,000         50,000   

Brad Carr

     62,500         15,625   

 

  (1) There was no public market for the Class M Units as of the vesting date of July 13, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committee’s valuation of $1.25 per unit as of such date.

 

187


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

 

Name

   Plan Name    Number of Years
Credited Service

(#)(1)
     Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit

($)
    Payments During
Last Fiscal Year ($)
 

Sheryl Palmer

   Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan
     7.0         81,619 (2)      0   

Stephen Wethor

   Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan
     6.0         60,472 (2)      0   

Louis Steffens

   Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan
     6.0         72,013 (2)      0   

Tawn Kelley

   Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan
     4.0         28,291 (2)      0   

 

  (1) As of December 31, 2012, each participating named executive officer is fully vested in his or her respective retirement plan benefit. Pursuant to the terms of the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan, a year of service is credited once a participant has worked 1,000 hours in that year.
  (2) These amounts represent the actuarial present value of the total retirement benefit that would be payable to each respective named executive officer under the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan as of December 31, 2012. The following key actuarial assumptions and methodologies were used to calculate the present value of accumulated benefits under the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan: a discount rate of 3.81% and 2012 Static Mortality Table for Annuitants.

Overview of Pension Benefits

Pension benefits are provided to our named executive officers under the following plan, The Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) (for our officers in the U.S.). Effective January 1, 2011, the Pension Plan was frozen as to new participants and future accruals. Ms. Palmer was the only named executive officer eligible for early retirement under the Pension Plan for fiscal 2012.

The following table is an overview of the current terms and provisions of the frozen Pension Plan and the Supplemental Pension Plan.

 

    

Pension Plan

Purpose

   To provide a retirement benefit for eligible employees in recognition of their contributions to the overall success of our business

Eligibility

   U.S. salaried and hourly employees, including the named executive officers. The Pension Plan was frozen effective January 1, 2011. Employees hired January 1, 2011 or later are not eligible to participate in the Pension Plan.
Retirement Date & Early Retirement Date    Normal Retirement: The first day of the month coinciding with or next following the participant’s 65 th birthday, or if later the participant’s 5 th anniversary of joining the Pension Plan.
   Early Retirement: The first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date that participant attains age 50, and has completed at least five years of service with us.

 

188


Table of Contents
    

Pension Plan

Pension Formula   

Normal Retirement: Quarterly credits based on the employee’s age and eligible compensation (including regular compensation for services, commissions, bonuses, leave cash-outs, deferred compensation, but excluding separation payments), with the size of our contributions increasing based on the participant’s age. Our contributions range from 2% to 4% of eligible compensation, plus 1% of eligible compensation over the social security wage base. As of January 1, 2011, the Pension Plan was frozen with regard to pay credits.

 

Early Retirement: Same as normal retirement, however, if the participant elects to receive payments as of the early retirement date, the benefit will be equal to the actuarial equivalent of the normal retirement benefit.

Form of Benefit   

Normal Retirement: Paid as a monthly pension commencing on the participant’s retirement date and continuing for the participant’s life, with survivor benefits following the participant’s death continuing to the participant’s spouse during the spouse’s life at a rate equal to 50% of the rate at which such benefits were payable to the participant (i.e., a joint and 50% survivor annuity). A participant who is unmarried at the time benefits become payable under the Pension Plan shall be entitled to a monthly pension continuing for the participant’s life. However, the form of distribution of such benefit shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of the pension plan (i.e., one lump-sum cash payment, monthly pension payable over the life of the participant, etc.)

 

Early Retirement: Same as normal retirement.

Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

The following summaries and tables describe and quantify the potential payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers in connection with termination of employment and/or change in control. In determining amounts payable, we have assumed in all cases that the termination of employment and/or change in control occurred on December 31, 2012. The amounts that would actually be paid to our executive officers upon a termination of employment will depend on the circumstances and timing of termination or change in control.

Severance Benefits

Ms. Palmer . If Ms. Palmer resigns for good reason or if we terminate her employment without cause (including our election not to renew her employment agreement), Ms. Palmer will be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits, subject to a release of claims against us and her continued compliance with her post-employment restrictive covenants:

 

   

cash severance equal to two and a half times her base salary, payable in equal installments over a thirty month period in accordance with our standard payroll practices, provided that if Ms. Palmer’s date of termination is on or prior to July 13, 2013, her cash severance payment shall be no less than $2,000,000;

 

   

a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which her employment terminates, payable in a lump sum and based on actual performance for the year (determined by the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings following completion of the performance year and paid at the same time as other executives participating in the applicable plan); and

 

189


Table of Contents
   

we will pay the employer’s portion of Ms. Palmer’s COBRA premiums for up to thirty months following her date of termination of employment or such shorter period if she becomes eligible to receive comparable coverage under another employer plan.

 

   

Solely in the event that a qualifying termination occurred within the twenty four month period following a change in control, in addition to the severance payments and benefits described above, Ms. Palmer will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to two and a half times her target bonus for the then current fiscal year payable in equal installments over the thirty month.

 

   

In 2012, we also amended Ms. Palmer’s employment agreement to provide her with an opportunity to receive a special retirement bonus in the amount of $1,000,000, if, after May 15, 2013, she voluntarily terminates her employment from the homebuilding industry and does not resume employment in the industry in any capacity for a period of five years following such departure. In the event that Ms. Palmer resumes employment in the home building industry within such five-year period, she will be required to repay the special retirement bonus to us. The purpose of providing Ms. Palmer this retirement bonus is twofold: retention of her services through at least May 15, 2013 and to deter her from directly competing with us for a period of five years following any such departure which could cause significant harm our business.

Termination of Ms. Palmer for “cause” generally means (i) a material breach by Ms. Palmer of her employment agreement, any equity agreement or any of our policies; (ii) Ms. Palmer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, which is injurious to us; or (iii) Ms. Palmer’s commission of a felony or other crime involving dishonesty, fraud, breach of any fiduciary obligation to the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings or any equity holder, or unethical business conduct, in the case of clause (i) subject to up to a fifteen day period to cure such breach or failure if reasonably susceptible to cure.

Resignation by Ms. Palmer for “good reason” generally means (i) any material diminution in the nature or status of Ms. Palmer’s duties and responsibilities, (ii) any material diminution in Ms. Palmer’s base salary or bonus opportunity, other than a decrease in base salary or bonus opportunity that applies to a similarly situated class of employees, or (iii) a change of the Ms. Palmer’s principal place of business to a location more than 50 miles from its then present location; provided, that Ms. Palmer provides us with written notice of any fact or circumstance believed by her to constitute good reason within 90 days of the occurrence of such fact or circumstance, and subject to a 30 day period to cure such fact or circumstance.

A “change in control” generally includes: an acquisition in excess of 80% of the stock of our predecessor (which includes a merger and sale or transfer of equity interests), an acquisition in excess of 80% of the equity interests in our subsidiaries, the acquisition of the power to replace a majority of the members of the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings or the sale of all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets.

Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley . The employment of Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley may be terminated by us or by the executive at any time, with or without cause. Pursuant to each such executive’s employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive severance benefits upon termination by us without “cause” or upon resignation for “good reason” that is in connection with a “change in control.” Upon an eligible termination, the terminated executive will be entitled to continued payment of base salary for 12 months, a prorated annual bonus for the year of termination, and company-paid COBRA premiums for continued participation in our welfare plans for up to one year or such shorter period if the executive becomes eligible for coverage under another group program. The executive’s entitlement to these severance payments and benefits is generally conditioned on continued compliance with obligations not to solicit our employees, customers or suppliers and a general release of all claims against us.

Resignation for “good reason” generally includes: (i) a material change in the executive’s level, scope of duties and responsibilities or total compensation; or (ii) a relocation of more than 50 miles of the executive’s principal place of employment; provided that, in each case, notice of resignation is delivered to us within 30 days of such occurrence.

 

190


Table of Contents

Termination for “cause” generally includes any of the following actions by the executive: (i) conviction, guilty plea or confession to any felony, act of fraud, theft or embezzlement; (ii) malfeasance, negligence or intentional failure to perform duties that is not cured after 5 days of receipt of notice from us; or (iii) failure to comply with our employment policies a failure to comply with executive’s agreement or deviation from any of our employee policies or directives of the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings.

“Change in control” generally includes: the sale of all of the assets of the employer entity; sale of 50% or more of any parent entity that controls the employer; or merger of the employer entity or its controlling parent entity.

Each executive (including Mr. Carr and Mr. Cone) is also subject to a restrictive covenants agreement in which he or she has agreed, among other things, not to compete with us for 18 months following termination of employment by us (other than for cause) or by the executive for good reason, provided that we are paying the executive severance and, except with respect to Ms. Kelley, upon voluntary termination of employment.

Mr. Carr . As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement upon a termination by us without cause, Mr. Carr will be entitled to reasonable notice of termination, or pay in lieu thereof, under Canadian common law (whether or not following a change in control). The amount of such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. We did not enter into any agreement with Mr. Carr that provided him with single trigger benefits in the event of a change in control.

Mr. Barnes . In connection with his departure on June 19, 2012, we entered into a separation and release agreement with Mr. Barnes which provides him with the right to receive severance payments equal to $480,000 in the aggregate, payable in equal installments in accordance with our regular payroll practices, a prorated bonus for 2012 payable at the same time as other executives receive their bonuses, and company-paid COBRA premiums for up to one year or until he obtains coverage from another employer. In exchange for such severance payments, Mr. Barnes released us from any claims he may have had and agreed to certain restrictions on his activities, including a restriction from soliciting our customers and suppliers for a two-year period following his date of termination.

Change in Control Benefits

We do not provide our named executive officers with any single-trigger change in control payments or benefits. If a change in control were to have occurred on December 31, 2012, and none of our named executive officers were terminated, there would have been no payments due to our named executive officers under any of our plans. Each named executive officer’s Class M Units (Phantom Units with respect to Mr. Carr) that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions will only become vested upon receipt by our Principal Equityholders of the relevant returns described above, whether or not in connection with a change in control.

Each named executive officer’s Class M Units or Phantom Units that are subject only to time-based vesting conditions will become 100% vested in connection with any termination by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each as defined in the relevant award agreement) that occurs within 24 months following a “change in control.” A change in control is generally defined as: (i) a sale of 80% or more of the equity of TMM or a subsidiary if such subsidiary holds substantially all of the assets of TMM and its subsidiaries; (ii) a sale of substantially all of the assets of TMM and its subsidiaries; or (iii) a transfer pursuant to which the acquirer has power to replace TMM’s general partner.

No named executive officer has any right to receive a “gross up” for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or any other U.S. federal, state and local income tax.

 

191


Table of Contents

Calculations of Benefits to Which Executives Would be Entitled

Assuming no change in control had occurred and termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2012, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each of the named executive officers are estimated to be as follows:

Estimated Payments and Benefits upon Termination without Cause or

Resignation for Good Reason Assuming No Change in Control had Occurred

 

Name

   Salary
Continuation
    Prorated
Bonus
    Continued
Benefits
    Other
Compensation
    TOTAL  

Sheryl Palmer

   $ 2,000,000 (1)    $ 1,050,000 (2)    $ 54,065 (3)      —        $ 3,104,065   

C. David Cone

   $ 400,000 (4)    $ 100,000 (2)    $ 21,626 (3)      —        $ 521,626   

Stephen Wethor

   $ 450,000 (4)    $ 607,500 (2)    $ 21,626 (3)      —        $ 1,079,126   

Ed Barnes(5)

   $ 480,000      $ 175,070      $ 21,626        —        $ 676,696   

Louis Steffens

   $ 475,000 (4)    $ 641,250 (2)    $ 21,626 (3)      —        $ 1,137,876   

Tawn Kelley

   $ 425,000 (4)    $ 573,750 (2)    $ 21,626 (3)    $ 19,263 (6)    $ 1,039,639   

Brad Carr(7)

   $ 416,672      $ 405,098      $ 9,537        —       $ 831,307   

 

(1) Ms. Palmer’s base severance amount is two and a half times her base salary ($1,750,000); however, in the event that she was terminated on or prior to July 13, 2013, her base severance payment would have been no less than $2,000,000.
(2) Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is entitled to a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which employment terminates. For purposes of this table, we have calculated the bonuses assuming that each named executive officer would have received his or her respective target bonus amount, except that Mr. Cone’s bonus for 2012 would be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012. The annual target bonus percentage for fiscal year 2012 for the named executive officers were as follows: Ms. Palmer — 150%, Mr. Cone 100%, Mr. Wethor — 135%, Mr. Barnes — 100%, Mr. Steffens — 135%, Ms. Kelley — 135%.
(3) These amounts reflect the estimated COBRA premiums for the executives and their respective eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing group health plans for one year (or in the case of Ms. Palmer, 30 months) as required by their respective employment agreements and assumes that the executive does not become eligible for other health coverage.
(4) Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley are entitled to an amount equal to one times the named executive officer’s base salary.
(5) As described above, Mr. Barnes’ employment with us was terminated on June 19, 2012 and this table reflects the actual amounts of severance payable to him in connection with his departure, except that the prorated bonus amount has been calculated assuming that he will receive a prorated bonus based on his target bonus amount of 100%.
(6) The amount reflected in this table represents the outstanding commissions owed to Ms. Kelley based on 25% of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in 2012.
(7) As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement, Mr. Carr will be entitled to compensation in the event of his dismissal without cause (whether or not following a change in control) in accordance with Canadian law. Such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. The amount reflected is an estimate of his potential severance package, including salary continuation, prorated bonus and continued benefits, and the actual amount that could be due cannot be determined with certainty.

 

192


Table of Contents

Assuming a change in control and termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2012, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each of the named executive officers are estimated to be as follows:

Estimated Payments and Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control

 

Name

   Salary
Continuation
    Prorated
Bonus
    Continued
Benefits
    Other
Compensation
    Equity or
Equity-Based

Value(1)
     TOTAL  

Sheryl Palmer

   $ 2,000,000 (2)    $ 1,050,000 (3)    $ 54,065 (4)    $ 2,625,000 (5)    $ 2,230,000       $ 7,959,065   

C. David Cone

   $ 400,000 (6)    $ 100,000      $ 21,626 (4)      —        $ 214,286       $ 735,912   

Stephen Wethor

   $ 450,000 (6)    $ 607,500 (3)    $ 21,626 (4)      —        $ 864,179       $ 1,943,305   

Ed Barnes(9)

   $ 480,000      $ 175,500      $ 21,626        —        $ 0       $ 677,126   

Louis Steffens

   $ 475,000 (6)    $ 573,750 (3)    $ 21,626 (4)      —        $ 848,750       $ 1,919,126   

Tawn Kelley

   $ 425,000 (6)    $ 641,250 (3)    $ 21,626 (4)    $ 75,070 (7)    $ 410,000       $ 1,572,946   

Brad Carr(8)

   $ 416,672      $ 405,098      $ 9,537        —        $ 437,500       $ 1,268,807   

 

(1) In accordance with the terms of the equity-based awards, the vesting of all of the individual’s Class M Units or Phantom Units subject only to time-based vesting conditions would have accelerated and become vested as of the date of termination of employment and change in control. There was no public market for the Class M Units as of December 31, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committee’s valuation of $1.45 per unit as of such date, and the amount reflected in the tables represents the value of the accelerated vesting of unvested time-based Class M Units or Phantom Units. We have assumed for purposes of this disclosure that return to our Principal Equityholders in connection with any such change in control would have been, based on a per unit value of $1.45, insufficient to trigger any vesting of the performance-based Class M Units or Phantom Units which would have been forfeited without any consideration payable.
(2) Ms. Palmer’s base severance amount is two and a half times her base salary ($1,750,000); however, in the event that she was terminated on or prior to July 13, 2013, her base severance payment would have been no less than $2,000,000.
(3) Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is entitled to a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which employment terminates. For purposes of this table, we have calculated the bonuses assuming that each named executive officer would have received their respective target bonus amount, except Mr. Cone’s bonus for 2012 would be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012. The annual target bonus percentage for fiscal year 2012 for the name executive officers were as follows: Ms. Palmer — 150%, Mr. Cone — 100%, Mr. Wethor — 135%, Mr. Barnes — 100%, Mr. Steffens — 135%, and Ms. Kelley — 135%.
(4) These amounts reflect the estimated COBRA premiums for the executives and their respective eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing group health plans for one year (or in the case of Ms. Palmer, 30 months) as required by their respective employment agreements.
(5) This amount reflects two and a half times an amount equal to 150% of Ms. Palmer’s base salary, as payable pursuant to her employment agreement, to the extent she is terminated either by us without cause or she resigns for good reason during the 24 month period following a change in control. This amount would be payable in installments over a 30-month period.
(6) Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, Messrs. Cone, Wethor, and Steffens and Ms. Kelley are entitled to an amount equal to one times the named executive officer’s base salary.
(7) The amount reflected in this table represents the outstanding commissions owed to Ms. Kelley based on 25% of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in 2012.
(8) As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement, Mr. Carr will be entitled to compensation in the event of his dismissal without cause (whether or not following a change in control) in accordance with Canadian law. Such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. The amount reflected is an estimate of his potential severance package, including salary continuation, prorated bonus and continued benefits, and the actual amount that could be due cannot be determined with certainty.
(9) As described above, Mr. Barnes’ employment with us was terminated on June 19, 2012 and this table reflects the actual amounts of severance payable to him in connection with his departure except that the prorated bonus amount has been calculated assuming that he will receive a pro-rated bonus based on his target bonus amount of 100%. All of Mr. Barnes’ Class M Unit awards were forfeited as of June 19, 2012, therefore no dollar amount is reported in the column titled “Equity Value.”

 

193


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table summarizes the compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, those of our directors who, for the year ended December 31, 2012, were compensated for their service as directors. None of our other directors (i.e., those not in the table) earned, were awarded or were paid any compensation from us for the year ended December 31, 2012, for their service as directors.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Fees
Earned
or Paid
     TMM
Class  M
Units

(1)
     Total  

Timothy Eller, Chairman

   $ 46,667       $ 512,000       $ 558,667   

Peter Lane

   $ 23,333       $ 256,000       $ 279,333   

 

(1) On June 29, 2012, Mr. Lane received a one-time equity grant in the amount of 400,000 Class M Units, and Mr. Eller who as Chairman received a one-time equity grant in the amount of 800,000 Class M Units. The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718, “Stock Compensation,” as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we did not have any standard compensation arrangements that applied to all of our directors. Rather, the Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities determined that only two of our 10 directors, Peter Lane and our Chairman, Timothy Eller, should be compensated by us for their service on these boards. The Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities set each of these two directors’ compensation based on an individual assessment of the scope of their services and the amount of compensation that these boards determined would be necessary to retain these directors’ service. (The other eight directors were not compensated by us because, in the case of Ms. Palmer, she was already compensated as our President and Chief Executive Officer, and, in the case of our other seven directors, they were employed by our Principal Equityholders and would not be separately compensated by us for their service on our board.)

The compensation for Messrs. Eller and Lane was approved by the Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities effective as of July 1, 2012. Each director received a one-time appointment equity-based grant of Class M Units, a right to invest in Class A Units and was also given a right to an annual retainer. Our Board of Directors and Compensation Committee determined to include the equity component because they believe it is important for our directors who receive compensation from us to build and maintain a long-term ownership position in our business, to further align their financial interests with those of our stockholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value.

The compensation levels and equity grant/investment terms for Mr. Lane and Mr. Eller are as follows:

 

   

annual retainer fee for Mr. Lane equal to $40,000;

 

   

annual retainer fee for Mr. Eller equal to $80,000;

 

   

for Mr. Lane, a one-time appointment grant of 400,000 Class M Units under the MIP, with an ultimate target value ranging from $600,000 to $1,000,000, depending on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders, vesting over five years in equal annual installments subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date and accelerated vesting, if during the twenty-four month period following a sale of TMM, the director’s service is terminated for any reason other than for cause or he resigns from service for good reason;

 

   

for Mr. Eller, a one-time appointment grant of 800,000 Class M Units under the MIP, with an ultimate target value ranging from $1,360,000 to $2,160,000, depending on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders, vesting over five years in equal annual installments subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date and accelerated vesting, if during the twenty-four month period following a

 

194


Table of Contents
 

sale of TMM, the director’s service is terminated for any reason other than for cause or he resigns from service for good reason; and

 

   

for both Messrs. Lane and Eller, an opportunity to invest in Class A units with a minimum investment amount of $100,000 and Messrs. Lane and Eller both invested more than the minimum amount.

In connection with this offering, 6,334 restricted stock units will be granted to Mr. Eller and 3,167 restricted stock units will be granted to Mr. Lane.

The annual cash retainer was paid to such directors in quarterly installments in arrears. We also reimbursed our directors for reasonable travel and other related expenses to attend Board of Directors and Committee meetings.

We expect that any additional directors who are retained to provide services to us (other than those who are our employees or officers) and who do not otherwise receive compensation from the Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof), including Mr. Henry who joined our Board of Directors in March 2013, will generally receive similar levels of compensation, depending on the individual’s specific role and whether such individual will also serve as a chair on one of our committees of the Board of Directors. Any equity compensation issued to additional directors in connection with or following this offering shall be issued pursuant to the 2013 Plan.

 

195


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Notes

On April 13, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued $550.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020. A portion of the net proceeds of the senior notes was used to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. The senior notes are unsecured and guaranteed by TMM and certain of TMM’s domestic subsidiaries. On August 21, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued an additional $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes under the same indenture.

The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that limit the ability of the Operating Subsidiaries, TMM and certain of their subsidiaries to, among other things, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock or make payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, create certain liens, enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from certain restricted subsidiaries, consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets, engage in transactions with affiliates and create additional, unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes are also subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the senior notes indenture). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. The senior notes do not have any registration rights.

The senior notes mature on April 15, 2020. Interest on the senior notes accrues at the rate of 7.750% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time prior to April 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. On or after April 15, 2015, we may also redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the senior notes.

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we may also redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 103.875% (if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013) or 107.750% (if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013) of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date.

Revolving Credit Facility

Concurrently with the Acquisition, TMC and Monarch Corporation (together, the “Revolver Co-Borrowers”), entered into the Revolving Credit Facility, in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million, the proceeds of which may be used by the Revolver Co-Borrowers for working capital and general corporate purposes. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The aggregate amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility was increased to $125.0 million in August 2012 and $225.0 million in December 2012.

The obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, jointly and severally, by TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities, Monarch Parent Inc. and each material current and future wholly owned domestic subsidiary of TMC (other than certain excluded subsidiaries and any unrestricted subsidiaries) (the “Revolver Subsidiary Guarantors,” and together with TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities and Monarch Parent Inc., the “Revolver Guarantors”) and are secured by (a) a pledge of the equity interests of Monarch Parent Inc., Monarch Corporation and TMC and (b) substantially all of the assets of TMC and the Revolver Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

196


Table of Contents

On April 13, 2012, TMC, Monarch Corporation, the lenders and the other parties thereto amended and restated the Revolving Credit Facility in order to, among other things, (a) permit us to measure borrowing availability under the facility by reference to a formula based on the amount of real estate collateral pledged to the secured parties under the Revolving Credit Facility (but not exceeding the aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility) (such calculated amount being referred to hereinafter as the “Availability Amount”), (b) permit Monarch Corporation and its subsidiaries to incur certain indebtedness and liens without limitation (but subject to certain conditions) so long as the total utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility does not exceed the Availability Amount and (c) permit us to make up to $150.0 million, in the aggregate, of restricted payments, investments and/or asset sales consisting of certain property or assets of Monarch Corporation or its restricted subsidiaries that may be designated by Monarch Corporation from time to time, subject to certain conditions. At any time our total utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds the Availability Amount, we are required to either repay loans (without reducing commitments) under the Revolving Credit Facility or deliver additional mortgages that, in each case, would be sufficient to eliminate any such over-utilization. On August 15, 2012, the Revolver Co-Borrowers increased the aggregate principal amount of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to $125.0 million through the exercise of a $50.0 million incremental facility provision.

On December 27, 2012, the Revolver Co-Borrowers amended the Revolving Credit Facility to increase to $225.0 million the aggregate revolving commitments under the facility, to permit the Revolver Co-Borrowers to take out base rate loans on a same-day basis and to join Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA as lenders. As of December 31, 2012, we had borrowed $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling. See “Summary—Recent Developments.”

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend and restate the Revolving Credit Facility in order to, among other things, (a) convert the Revolving Credit Facility into an unsecured facility, (b) increase the aggregate amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to $400.0 million, of which $200.0 million would be available for letters of credit, (c) permit us to increase the Revolving Credit Facility by up to an additional $200.0 million through an incremental facility, (d) permit us to borrow up to the commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility, unless the capitalization ratio as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter exceeds 0.55 to 1.00, in which case borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility will be measured by reference to a borrowing base formula to be calculated quarterly (or more frequently as the Revolver Co-Borrowers may elect) and (e) extend the maturity date of the facility to March of 2017. There can be no assurance that we will successfully amend and restate the Revolving Credit Facility on these terms or at all.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility may be made in Canadian dollars (subject to a $15.0 million sublimit) and in U.S. dollars. Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility bear a variable interest rate based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canadian prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the Revolver Co-Borrowers, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan, is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than 3 months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, is 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, subject to a 0.25% step-down based upon a capitalization ratio. The Revolver Co-Borrowers have the right to make “amend and extend” offers to lenders of a particular class.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain “springing” financial covenants based on (a) consolidated total debt and consolidated adjusted tangible net worth, requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to comply with a certain maximum capitalization ratio and (b) consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated cash interest expense, requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to comply with a certain minimum interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2012, our capitalization ratio was 45% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 60%) while our interest coverage ratio for the twelve-month period then ended was 3.83 to 1.0 (compared with the requirement not to fall below 1.75 to 1.0).

 

197


Table of Contents

The financial covenants will be in effect for any fiscal quarter during which any (a) loans under the Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding during the last day of such fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days during such fiscal quarter or (b) unpaid drawings in respect of letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days during such fiscal quarter. For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants for any fiscal quarter, TMM may exercise an equity cure by issuing certain permitted securities for cash or otherwise recording cash contributions to its capital that will, upon the contribution of such cash to TMC and/or Monarch Corporation, be included in the calculation of consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated total capitalization. The equity cure right may not be exercised more than twice in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and may not be exercised more than five times.

The amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility is expected also to contain certain “springing” financial covenants based on (a) consolidated total debt and consolidated adjusted tangible net worth, requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to comply with a certain maximum capitalization ratio and (b) consolidated tangible net worth, requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to comply with a minimum consolidated tangible net worth test. The financial covenants would be in effect for any fiscal quarter during which any (a) loans under the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding during the last day of such fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days during such fiscal quarter or (b) undrawn letters of credit (except to the extent cash collateralized) issued under the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount greater than $40.0 million or unreimbursed letters of credit issued under the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility, in each case, are outstanding on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days during such fiscal quarter. For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants for any fiscal quarter, the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility is expected to provide that TMM may exercise an equity cure by issuing certain permitted securities for cash or otherwise recording cash contributions to its capital that will, upon the contribution of such cash to TMC and/or Monarch Corporation, be included in the calculation of consolidated tangible net worth or consolidated total capitalization. The equity cure right is expected to be exercisable up to twice in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and up to five times overall.

The Revolving Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks, passive holding entities (with respect to TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities and Monarch Parent Inc.) and limitation on debt payments and amendments. The amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility is also expected to contain certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions and investments in entities that are not guarantors, limitations on prepayment of subordinated indebtedness and limitations on fundamental changes.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary events of default, subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants (including financial covenants, subject to the exercise of an equity cure), incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross acceleration, bankruptcy, material monetary judgments, ERISA events with material adverse effect, actual or asserted invalidity of material guarantees, material security or intercreditor agreements or subordination provisions, and change of control. The amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility is also expected to contain similar customary events of default.

As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the applicable covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds

We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $230.8 million as of December 31, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have

 

198


Table of Contents

been completed related to these site improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are reduced as development and construction work is completed, but not fully released until warranty periods have expired. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding surety bonds as of December 31, 2012 will be drawn upon.

Monarch Corporation is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, which we refer to as the “TD Facility.” The TD Facility provides revolving operating facilities (including letters of credit) of up to CAD $102.6 million (or its U.S. dollar equivalent) to provide direct and letter of credit financing in support of Monarch Corporation’s projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $102.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.

Monarch Corporation is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada, which we refer to as the “HSBC Facility.” The HSBC Facility provides a partially revolving letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 million in support of Monarch Corporation’s construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $11.0 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.

Each of the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.

The TD Facility contains certain financial covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum net equity and a minimum debt-to-equity ratio as well as maintain an interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2012, our net equity, as defined in the TD Facility, was CAD $378.8 million (compared with the minimum requirement of CAD $250 million) and our debt-to-equity ratio was 55% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 125%) while our interest coverage ratio is 15.3 (the requirement is not to fall below 2.5 to 1.0). Violations of the financial covenants in the TD Facility, if not waived by the lenders or cured, could result in acceleration by the lenders. In the event these violations were not waived by the lenders or cured, the violations could also result in a default under our other indebtedness. As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the TD Facility.

Mortgage Company Loan Facilities

In December 2010, TMHF, our wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, entered into the Flagstar Facility, as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named in such agreement. The purpose of the Flagstar Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.0 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits, with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of the total availability under the facility. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860. The Flagstar Facility is terminable by either party with 30 days’ notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum, with a minimum floor of 3.95% per annum. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Flagstar Facility, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits. The time period from borrowing to repayment is typically 20 business days.

As of December 31, 2012, there was $38.6 million in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar Facility, and $41.7 million under the Comerica Facility which comprise the balance of mortgage borrowings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Flagstar Facility does not have a scheduled maturity date but is subject to an annual renewal process, which was last completed in December 2012.

In December 2011, TMHF entered into the Comerica Facility. The purpose of the Comerica Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.1 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and a preapproved accordion feature. The Comerica Facility matures on October 29, 2013 (subject to an annual renewal

 

199


Table of Contents

process). We expect the annual renewal process to proceed in a manner similar to that in previous years. The Comerica Facility bears interest at a rate of daily adjusting LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum with a minimum floor of 3.75% per annum. Borrowings under the Comerica Facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Comerica Facility, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits.

Other Loans Payable and Other Borrowings

Other loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 consist of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. As of December 31, 2012, we estimate that approximately $114.4 million of the loans are scheduled to be repaid during 2013, which we expect to repay from available cash. The weighted average interest rate on $131.9 million of the loans, as of December 31, 2012 was 3% per annum, and $84.0 million of the loans were noninterest bearing. As of December 31, 2012, other loans payable and other borrowings increased by an estimated $137.3 million compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to the closing of transactions under land purchase contracts with seller financing, high-rise funding and financing for a portion of the purchase price of the Darling assets. The note payable to the sellers of Darling bears interest at a rate equal to 8.0% per annum and has an aggregate principal amount of $26.0 million, maturing in January 2016. Interest is payable annually.

Guarantees of Indebtedness of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

In certain instances, Monarch Corporation and the other partners in a joint venture provide guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the debt of the unconsolidated joint ventures related to our Canadian business, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements. As of December 31, 2012, Monarch Corporation’s total recourse exposure under its guarantees of joint venture debt was $140.4 million. To the extent any or all of our joint ventures default on obligations secured by the assets of such joint venture or guaranteed by Monarch Corporation, the assets of our joint ventures could be forfeited to our joint ventures’ third party lenders, and Monarch Corporation could be liable to such third party lenders to the full extent of its guarantees and, in the case of secured guarantees, to the extent of the assets of Monarch Corporation that secure the applicable guarantee. Any such default by our joint ventures could cause significant losses, with a resulting adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Recent market conditions have required us to provide a greater number of such guarantees and we expect this trend to continue.

 

200


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock for:

 

   

each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of any class of our shares;

 

   

each of the directors and named executive officers individually; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering are based on the number of shares of Class B common stock and New TMM Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to this offering and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions (based on the midpoint of the public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering are based on the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in this offering and the number of shares of Class B common stock and New TMM Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions (based on the midpoint of the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and assuming the use of proceeds consistent with that set forth under “Use of Proceeds”). Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, New TMM Units may be exchanged at any time (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to such securities. Except as otherwise indicated, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, Arizona, 85251.

 

201


Table of Contents
    Class A Common Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to

the Reorganization
Transactions
and Before this Offering
    Class A Common Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to
the Reorganization
Transactions and this
Offering
    Class A Common  Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to
the Reorganization

Transactions and this
Offering(1)
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number      Percent     Number      Percent     Number      Percent  

Oaktree holding vehicle(2)(3)

    54,790,935         48.6     48,041,098         39.3     46,255,348         37.8

TPG holding vehicle(2)(4)

    54,790,935         48.6     48,041,098         39.3     46,255,348         37.8

Directors and Executive Officers

              

Sheryl Palmer(5)(6)

    497,937         *        457,702         *        457,702         *   

Stephen Wethor(5)(6)

    194,322         *        180,441         *        180,441         *   

Louis Steffens(5)(6)

    189,494         *        156,300         *        156,300         *   

C. David Cone(5)(6)

    92,758         *        92,758         *        92,758         *   

Brad Carr (5)(6)

    114,487         *        114,487         *        114,487         *   

Tawn Kelley(5)(6)

    91,540         *        81,884         *        81,884         *   

Timothy R. Eller

    61,996         *        61,996         *        61,996         *   

John Brady(7)

    —           —          —           —          —           —     

Kelvin Davis(8)

    —           —          —           —          —           —     

Joe S. Houssian(9)

   
1,266,464
  
     1.1     633,232         *        633,232         *   

Jason Keller(10)

    —           —          —           —          —           —     

Greg Kranias(11)

    —           —          —           —          —           —     

Peter Lane

    30,998         *        30,998         *        30,998         *   

James Henry(6)

    —           —          —           —          —           —     

Rajath Shourie(12)

    —           —          —           —          —           —     

All Directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)(6)(9)

    2,539,995         2.3     1,809,797         1.5     1,809,797         1.5

 

* Less than 1%
(1) Assumes exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in full and the application of net proceeds therefrom. See “Underwriting.”
(2) In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with the Principal Equityholders whereby, among other things, the Oaktree and TPG holding vehicles will have the right to nominate a majority of our board of directors and will agree to vote for each others’ nominees. See “Management—Board Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”
(3) Includes New TMM Units and an equal amount of shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The general partner of the holding vehicle will be an entity affiliated with Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC. The members of Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC are Kevin Clayton, John Frank, Stephen Kaplan, Bruce Karsh, Larry Keele, David Kirchheimer, Howard Marks and Sheldon Stone, who, by virtue of their membership interests in Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the Class B shares held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. Each of the general partners, managing members, unit holders and members described above disclaims beneficial ownership of any New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock owned beneficially or of record by the Oaktree holding vehicle, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for all of the entities and individuals identified above is 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.
(4)

Includes New TMM Units and an equal amount of shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The general partner of the TPG holding vehicle is TPG TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company, whose sole shareholder is TPG TM III-2, SRL, a Barbados society with restricted liability, whose sole member is TPG TM IV, SRL, a Barbados society with restricted liability, whose sole member is TPG TM IV-A, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar VI AIV TM, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar VI AIV TM Advisors, Inc., a Cayman corporation, whose sole shareholder is TPG Holdings III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings III-A, L.P., a Cayman limited

 

202


Table of Contents
  partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings III-A, Inc., a Cayman corporation, whose sole shareholder is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Group Advisors”). David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are directors, officers and sole shareholders of Group Advisors and may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Group Advisors and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(5) Sheryl Palmer, Stephen Wethor, Louis Steffens, C. David Cone, Brad Carr and Tawn Kelley, our named executive officers, and Timothy R. Eller and Peter Lane, two of our directors, also each hold limited partnership interests in each of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. Such officers and directors have no voting or investment power over and disclaim beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and the shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles.
(6) Includes vested New TMM Units and an equal amount of shares of Class B common stock. Does not include New TMM Units, options to purchase shares of Class A common stock or restricted stock units granted in connection with this offering, in each case which are subject to vesting and will not be vested or exercisable within 60 days of this offering.
(7) Mr. Brady, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Brady has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Brady is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.
(8) Mr. Davis, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Partner. Mr. Davis has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Davis is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(9) Includes New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by JHI Holding Limited Partnership, of which the sole limited partner is JSH Investment Corporation and the general partner is JHI Advisory Ltd. The sole shareholder of JHI Advisory Ltd. is JH Investments. The sole shareholder of JH Investments is Joe S. Houssian. Joe S. Houssian is the sole director of JHI Advisory Ltd., JSH Investment Corporation and JH Investments. The address for Joe S. Houssian, JH Investments Inc., JHI Advisory Ltd. and JHI Holding Limited Partnership is 3260 – 666 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 2X8.
(10) Mr. Keller, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Keller has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Keller is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.
(11) Mr. Kranias, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Principal. Mr. Kranias has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Kranias is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(12) Mr. Shourie, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Shourie has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Shourie is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.

 

203


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Reorganization Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we entered into a reorganization agreement with New TMM and other subsidiaries of ours, the Principal Equityholders, other existing limited partners of TMM and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, which governs the Reorganization Transactions. In addition, under the reorganization agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board subscribed for a number of shares of our Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units they own, at price equal to the par value per share of Class B common stock. See “Organizational Structure”.

The table below sets forth the consideration in New TMM Units to be received by any of our directors, executive officers, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, based on an assumed public offering price of $21.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus):

 

Name

   New TMM Units
To Be Issued

in the
Reorganization
Transactions
 

Oaktree holding vehicle

     54,790,935   

TPG holding vehicle

     54,790,935   

JH

     1,266,464   

Directors and Executive Officers

  

Sheryl Palmer

     497,937   

Stephen Wethor

     194,322   

Louis Steffens

     189,494   

C. David Cone

     92,758   

Brad Carr

     114,487   

Darrell Sherman

     134,848   

Erik Heuser

     56,134   

Bob Witte

     43,556   

Katy Owen

     44,386   

Graham Hughes

     43,556   

Tawn Kelley

     91,540   

Timothy Eller

     61,996   

Peter Lane

     30,998   

New TMM Limited Partnership Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board will enter into the limited partnership agreement of New TMM (the “New TMM LPA”). As a result of the Reorganization Transactions and in accordance with the terms of the New TMM LPA, New TMM will, through TMM and its subsidiaries, exercise stewardship over the business and affairs of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries and Monarch Communities and its subsidiaries. New TMM will not conduct any activities other than direct or indirect ownership and stewardship over Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities and their respective subsidiaries.

The holders of New TMM Units, including TMHC, will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any net taxable income of New TMM. Net profits and net losses of New TMM will generally be allocated to its members pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective New TMM Units, though certain non pro rata adjustments will be made to reflect tax depreciation, amortization and other allocations. To the extent permitted under the Revolving Credit Facility, the New TMM LPA will provide for cash distributions to its limited partners if the taxable income of New TMM will give rise to taxable

 

204


Table of Contents

income for its limited partners. In accordance with the New TMM LPA and assuming New TMM is permitted to do so under the Revolving Credit Facility, New TMM will make cash distributions to the extent feasible to the holders of the New TMM Units, including TMHC, for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of New TMM that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of New TMM allocable to such holder of New TMM Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the greater of (x) the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in San Francisco, California and (y) the highest combined provincial and federal income tax rate applicable to an individual or (if higher) a corporation that is a resident of Canada and is subject to tax in the province of Canada that has the highest income tax rate (in each case taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). In addition, to the extent permitted under our Revolving Credit Facility, New TMM may make distributions to TMHC without pro rata distributions to other limited partners in order to pay (i) consideration, if any, for redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of equity interests of New TMM to the extent such cash is used to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire our Class A common stock, (ii) operating, administrative and other similar costs incurred by TMHC, and (iii) other payments related to (a) legal, tax, accounting and other professional fees and expenses, (b) judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or other costs and expenses in respect of any claims involving TMHC and (c) other fees and expenses related to the maintenance of our existence or any securities offering, investment or acquisition transaction authorized by our board of directors.

The New TMM LPA will provide that subject to certain exceptions any time TMHC issues a share of our Class A common stock or any other equity security, the net proceeds received by TMHC with respect to such issuance, if any, shall be concurrently invested in New TMM and New TMM shall issue to TMHC one New TMM Unit or other economically equivalent equity interest. Conversely, if at any time, any shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired, New TMM shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire an equal number of New TMM Units held by TMHC, upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired.

Under the New TMM LPA, the members have agreed that the Principal Equityholders and/or one or more of their respective affiliates are permitted to engage in business activities or invest in or acquire businesses which may compete with our business or do business with any customer of ours.

Under the New TMM LPA, New TMM will indemnify all of its partners, including TMHC, against any and all losses and expenses related thereto incurred by reason of the fact that such person was a partner of New TMM. In the event that losses are incurred as a result of a member’s fraud or willful misconduct, such member is not entitled to indemnification under the New TMM LPA.

New TMM may be dissolved only upon the voluntary agreement of its general partner and the Principal Equityholders or as otherwise required by the laws of the Cayman Islands. Upon dissolution, New TMM will be liquidated and the proceeds from any liquidation will be applied and distributed in the following manner: (a) first, to creditors (including to the extent permitted by law, creditors who are members) in satisfaction of the liabilities of New TMM, (b) second, to establish cash reserves for contingent or unforeseen liabilities and (c) third, to the members in proportion of their interests in New TMM (other than to members holding unvested New TMM Units to the extent that their units do not vest as a result of the event causing the dissolution).

Due to the nature of the New TMM LPA, it is not the type of agreement that is typically entered into with or available to unaffiliated third parties.

Exchange Agreement

At the closing of this offering, we, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board and other existing and future holders of our New TMM Units (and corresponding Class B common stock) will enter into the Exchange Agreement under which, from time to time, they (or certain

 

205


Table of Contents

transferees thereof) will have the right to exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to terminate the existing stockholders agreement among the general partner of TMM, TMM and certain of TMM’s limited partners and enter into a new stockholders agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH. The stockholders agreement will contain provisions related to the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC and the committees of the Board of Directors. See “Management—Board Structure.” The stockholders agreement will also provide that we do not have any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the Principal Equityholders and of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and that each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities. The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will agree in the stockholders agreement to vote for each other’s board nominees. In addition, the stockholders agreement will provide that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined below) must be obtained before we are permitted to take the any of the following actions:

 

   

any change of control of TMHC;

 

   

acquisitions or dispositions by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of assets (including land) valued at more than $50.0 million;

 

   

incurrence by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of any indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million or the making of any loan in excess of $50.0 million;

 

   

issuance of any equity securities of TMHC, subject to limited exceptions (which include issuances pursuant to approved compensation plans);

 

   

hiring and termination of our Chief Executive Officer; and

 

   

certain changes to the size of our Board of Directors.

For purposes of the stockholders agreement, “Requisite Investor Approval” will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHC’s Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle, so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s common stock held by it at the closing of this offering (and the application of net proceeds), and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle, so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s common stock held by it following this offering (and the application of net proceeds).

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to terminate the existing registration rights agreement among TMM and certain of its limited partners and enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and our board. The registration rights agreement will provide the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with certain demand registration rights, including shelf registration rights, in respect of any shares of our Class A common stock held by them, subject to certain conditions. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of Class A common stock for sale to the public following the completion of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and the members of management and our board party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, include shares of Class A common stock held by them in such registration. We will undertake in the registration rights agreement to file a shelf registration statement as soon as we meet the applicable eligibility criteria and to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the shelf registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable and to remain effective in order to register the exchange of New TMM Units together with shares

 

206


Table of Contents

of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock by certain members of our management and our board from time to time. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares pursuant to the agreement. The agreement will include customary indemnification provisions in favor of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and the members of management and our board party to the agreement, any person who is or might be deemed a control person (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) and related parties against certain losses and liabilities (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) arising out of or based upon any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registration.

Governance Agreements

In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into governance agreements setting forth certain matters with respect to the management of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities. TMHC will enter into one such agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and Taylor Morrison Holdings and one such agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and Monarch Communities. Each governance agreement will provide that the composition of the board of directors of the applicable company shall each generally be identical to that of the TMHC Board of Directors and that the Principal Equityholders will have the right to nominate representatives to the committees of such board of directors on the same basis as set forth in the stockholders agreement described above. Each governance agreement will also provide affiliates of the Principal Equityholders with approval rights over certain actions on the same basis as set forth in the stockholders agreement.

The Sponsor Loan

In connection with the Acquisition, we borrowed $625.0 million under the Sponsor Loan from affiliates of Oaktree and TPG, of which $500.0 million was priced at a 2.5% discount to par and $125.0 million was priced at par, yielding total proceeds to us of $612.5 million. The Sponsor Loan bore interest at a rate of 13.0% per annum. In August 2011, we repaid the $125.0 million balance of the Sponsor Loan that had been borrowed at par. In April 2012, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the senior notes to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be acquired by subsidiaries of TMM, and affiliates of TPG and Oaktree acquired an additional $150.0 million of limited partnership interests in TMM. After the completion of these transactions, the Sponsor Loan is no longer outstanding.

Management Services Agreements

In connection with the Acquisition, affiliates of the Principal Equityholders entered into management services agreements with TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities relating to the provision of certain management, advisory and consulting services. In consideration of financial and structural advice and analysis made in connection with the Acquisition, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities paid a one-time transaction fee of $13.7 million to the Principal Equityholders, and also reimbursed the Principal Equityholders for third-party, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition, including fees, expenses and disbursements of lawyers, accountants, consultants and other advisors. In addition, as compensation for ongoing services provided by affiliates of the Principal Equityholders under the management services agreements, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities agreed to pay to affiliates of the Principal Equityholders an annual aggregate management fee of $5.0 million.

In connection with this offering, the management services agreement with affiliates of TPG and Oaktree will be terminated in exchange for an aggregate payment of $30.0 million split equally between TPG and Oaktree.

In addition, in conjunction with the formation of TMM and in connection with the Acquisition, an affiliate of JH entered into a management services agreement and the JHI Partnership Services Agreement, or Services

 

207


Table of Contents

Agreement with TMM relating to the provision of certain services to TMM. In consideration of the services provided under the Services Agreement, TMM made a one-time grant to the JH affiliate of certain partnership interests in TMM, subject to certain terms, conditions and restrictions contained in a Class J Unit award agreement and the TMM limited partnership agreement. In connection with this offering, the management services agreement and the Services Agreement among JH and TMM will be terminated.

Purchase of New TMM Units from the Principal Equityholders and Certain Members of our Management

TMHC intends to use approximately $275.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering, together with $7.0 million of cash on hand, to purchase 6,749,837 New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the TPG holding vehicle, 6,749,837 New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the Oaktree holding vehicle, 633,232 New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by JH and 117,887 New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by certain members of our management. TMHC and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, on the one hand, and JH, on the other hand, will each enter into a put/call agreement with customary conditions to TMHC’s obligation to close the acquisition, including the absence of a material adverse change in the business and affairs of New TMM and its subsidiaries. The purchase of the New TMM Units from members of our management will occur at the closing of this offering. We expect that the purchase of the New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH will be consummated promptly following this offering, but in no event prior to April 15, 2013. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, TMHC will acquire 8,535,587 additional New TMM Units from the TPG holding vehicle and 8,535,587 New TMM Units from the Oaktree holding vehicle.

The following table sets forth the cash proceeds the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and any of our executive officers and directors will receive from the purchase by us of New TMM Units (and corresponding shares of Class B common stock) with the proceeds from this offering (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the coverage page of this prospectus):

 

($ in thousands)    Assuming no exercise of the
over-allotment option
     Assuming the
over-allotment option
is exercised in full
 

Name:

   Number of
New TMM Units
     Cash Proceeds      Number of
New TMM Units
     Cash Proceeds  

Oaktree holding vehicle

     6,749,837       $ 141,747         8,535,587       $ 179,247   

TPG holding vehicle

     6,749,837         141,747         8,535,587         179,247   

JH

     633,232         13,298         633,232         13,298   

Directors and Executive Officers

           

Sheryl Palmer

     40,235       $ 845         40,235       $ 845   

Stephen Wethor

     13,881         292         13,881         292   

Louis Steffens

     33,194         697         33,194         697   

Erik Heuser

     12,875         270         12,875         270   

Katy Owen

     4,023         84         4,023         84   

Graham Hughes

     4,023         84         4,023         84   

Tawn Kelley

     9,656         203         9,656         203   

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide, in general, that we will provide them with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

 

208


Table of Contents

Real Estate Acquisitions

From time to time, we may engage in transactions with entities that are affiliated with one or more of the Principal Equityholders through either lending or equity ownership arrangements. Transactions with related parties are executed in the normal course of operations and at arm’s length. Real estate acquisitions from affiliates of Oaktree amounted to approximately $30.0 million in the period from July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) through December 31, 2012.

Related Person Transactions Policy

We have adopted a Related Person Transaction Policy, which sets forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by TMHC’s audit committee. In accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy, TMHC’s audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with this policy.

For the purposes of our Related Person Transaction Policy, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and in which any related person (as defined in our Related Person Transaction Policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, in excess of $120,000. A “related person transaction” does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship which has been reviewed and approved by TMHC’s Board of Directors or compensation committee.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy requires that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entering into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to TMHC’s audit committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under our Related Person Transaction Policy, only TMHC’s audit committee will be permitted to approve those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under our Related Person Transaction Policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to TMHC’s audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy also provides that TMHC’s audit committee will review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.

 

209


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Capital Stock

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation so that our authorized capital stock will consist of 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 200,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

After consummation of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we expect to have 23,810,000 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, 98,498,964 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting . Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval, except with respect to the amendment of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely, which amendments must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class, or as otherwise required by applicable law. The voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock (expressed as a percentage of the total voting power of all common stock) will be equal to the percentage of partnership interests not held directly or indirectly by TMHC.

Upon completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will control approximately 79% of the combined voting power of our common stock. Accordingly, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be able to control our business policies and affairs and any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the approval of mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets and (prior to the Triggering Event, or the point in time at which the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock) the removal of members of our Board of Directors with or without cause. The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will also have the power to nominate members to our Board of Directors under our new stockholders agreement and the new stockholders agreement will provide that each of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will agree to vote for the other’s nominees. The concentration of ownership and voting power of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, even if such events are in the best interests of minority stockholders.

For instance, the stockholders agreement will provide that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined below) must be obtained before we are permitted to take any of the following actions:

 

   

any change of control of TMHC;

 

   

acquisitions or dispositions by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of assets (including land) valued at more than $50.0 million;

 

   

incurrence by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of any indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million or the making of any loan in excess of $50.0 million;

 

   

issuance of any equity securities of TMHC, subject to limited exceptions (which include issuances pursuant to approved compensation plans);

 

210


Table of Contents
   

hiring and termination of our Chief Executive Officer; and

 

   

certain changes to the size of our Board of Directors.

For purposes of the stockholders agreement, “Requisite Investor Approval” will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHC’s Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle, so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s common stock held by it at the closing of this offering (and the application of net proceeds), and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle, so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s common stock owned held by it at the closing of this offering (and the applications of net proceeds).

Dividends . The holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. The holders of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive dividends other than dividends consisting of shares of our Class B common stock paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class B common stock.

Liquidation or Dissolution . Upon our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to share ratably in those of our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Other than their par value, the holders of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company.

Transferability and Exchange . Subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board may exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock. Each such exchange will be on a one-for-one equivalent basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Shares of Class B common stock may not be transferred except in connection with an exchange or transfer of New TMM Units.

Upon exchange, each share of our Class B common stock will be cancelled.

Preferred Stock

After the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our Board of Directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. Our Board of Directors will also be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock following the consummation of this offering.

Corporate Opportunities

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the Principal Equityholders and of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer. See “Risk Factors—The Principal Equityholders have a great deal of influence over our business and their interests may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders.”

 

211


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors.

These provisions include:

Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board of Directors (after the initial number is set by such amended and restated certificate of incorporation). Our Board of Directors will initially have 11 members.

Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, following the Triggering Event (or the point in time at which the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock), stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the Triggering Event, outstanding shares, or at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures . Our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

Super Majority Approval Requirements . The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws require a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, following the Triggering Event, the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions, including those relating to the classified board, actions by written consent of stockholders, calling of special meetings of stockholders and the provisions relating to business combinations. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

 

212


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Shares . Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. We intend to elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that our Principal Equityholders and their respective affiliates and transferees will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Directors’ Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that we will provide them with customary indemnification. We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Transfer Agent and Register

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Securities Exchange

We have been approved to list the shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TMHC,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

213


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

All of the 23,810,000 shares of Class A common stock (or 27,381,500 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) outstanding following this offering will have been issued in this offering and will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, upon consummation of the offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board will beneficially own an aggregate of 80.5% of the New TMM Units and 98,498,964 shares of our Class B common stock (or 77.6% of the New TMM Units and 94,927,464 shares of our Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board could from time to time exchange their New TMM Units (and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the existing holders of New TMM Units upon an exchange of New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) would be considered “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 at the time of this offering, unless the exchange is registered under the Securities Act.

Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act, or pursuant to a registration statement that is effective under the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 98,498,964 shares of our Class A common stock (on an assumed as-exchanged basis) will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter “lock-up” period pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The representatives of the underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly reported volume of trading of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

However, the six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. In addition, any sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale

 

214


Table of Contents

and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. The six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we have been a reporting company.

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our Class A common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering we intend to enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board to provide them with certain customary demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Stock Options and Other Equity Compensation Awards

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to our 2013 Plan. Shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.

Lock-up Agreements

Our executive officers, directors, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH will agree that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, subject to certain exceptions.

Immediately following the consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, stockholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold shares of our Class A common stock (on an assumed as-exchanged basis), representing approximately 80.5% of then outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, or approximately 77.6% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full (on an assumed as-exchanged basis).

We will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. We may, however, grant awards under the 2013 Plan and we may issue or sell Class A common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination as long as the acquirer of such Class A common stock agrees in writing to be bound by the obligations and restrictions of our lock-up agreement. See “Underwriting.”

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the

 

215


Table of Contents

material news or material event, as applicable (any such release of earnings or announcement of material news or a material event, an “Event”), unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension; provided that if none of the underwriters publishes or otherwise distributes a research report or makes a public appearance concerning the Company within three trading days after an Event, the extension of the “lock-up” period related to such Event (but not related to any other Event) will be only until the later of (i) the last day of the initial “lock-up” period and (ii) the third trading day after such Event.

 

216


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative rulings and court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. No opinion of counsel has been obtained, and we do not intend to seek a ruling from the IRS as to any of the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax considerations described below.

This discussion only addresses beneficial owners of our Class A common stock, and it is assumed for purposes of this discussion that Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) hold shares of our Class A common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, financial institutions, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein), Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, and Non-U.S. Holders who hold our Class A common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax (such as U.S. federal estate tax or the Medicare contribution tax on certain net investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holder should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes.

For the purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust, other than:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as a partner in a partnership holding shares of our Class A common stock should consult their own tax advisors.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE

 

217


Table of Contents

OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

Dividends

Distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Except as described below under “— Effectively Connected Income ,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our Class A common stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our Class A common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold on the entire distribution, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying such stockholder’s entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under “— Information Reporting and Backup Withholding ” and “— FATCA ,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the conduct, by such Non-U.S. Holder, of a trade or business in the United States, and if an applicable income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, in which case the gain will be subject to tax in the manner described below under “— Effectively Connected Income ”;

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain (reduced by any U.S.-source capital losses) will be subject to 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) tax; or

 

   

we are, or have been, a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in our Class A common stock; provided, that so long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a Non-U.S. Holder generally would be subject to taxation with respect to a taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, only if at any time during that five-year or shorter period it owned more than 5% directly or by attribution, of our Class A common stock.

Under U.S. federal income tax laws, we will be a U.S. real property holding corporation if at least 50% of the fair market value of our assets consists of “United States real property interests.” We believe that we are

 

218


Table of Contents

currently a U.S. real property holding corporation based upon the composition of our assets. Accordingly, any taxable gains recognized by a Non-U.S. Holder that meets the ownership requirements described in the third bullet point above on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock will be subject to tax as if the gain were effectively connected with the conduct of the Non-U.S. Holder’s trade or business in the United States (except the branch profits tax would not apply) so long as we remain a U.S. real property holding corporation or were a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time during the period described in such bullet. See “— Effectively Connected Income .” In addition, if our Class A common stock ceases to be regularly traded on an established securities market, the transferee of our common stock would generally be required to withhold tax, under U.S. federal income tax laws, in an amount equal to 10% of the amount realized by the Non-U.S. Holder on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock. The rules regarding U.S. real property interests are complex, and Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors on the application of these rules based on their particular circumstances.

Effectively Connected Income

If a dividend received on our Class A common stock, or gain from a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, is treated as effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. permanent establishment), such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be exempt from withholding tax on any such dividend and any gain realized on such a disposition, provided such Non-U.S. Holder complies with certain certification requirements (generally on IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on any such gains or dividends in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) on such holder’s earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with such holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to such holder’s U.S. permanent establishment), subject to adjustments.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report to our Non-U.S. Holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, if any, and the amount of any tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding is required (e.g., because the distributions are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, or withholding is eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty). This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions payable to a Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our Class A common stock provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the Non-U.S. Holder is a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) that is not an exempt recipient.

Payments on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock made to or through a foreign office of a foreign broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting. However, if such broker is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period, or a foreign partnership with certain connections to the United States, then information reporting will be required unless the broker has in its records documentary evidence that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise

 

219


Table of Contents

establishes an exemption. Backup withholding may apply to any payment that such broker is required to report if the broker has actual knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person. Payments to or through the U.S. office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be credited against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability or refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied by the Non-U.S. Holder to the IRS.

FATCA

Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” foreign financial institutions (which include most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities must comply with new information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a new withholding tax on U.S. source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party). More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements will generally be subject to a new 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, withholdable payments include generally U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends) and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. The new FATCA withholding tax will apply even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., because it is capital gain). Final Treasury regulations defer this withholding obligation until January 1, 2014 for payments of dividends on U.S. common stock and until January 1, 2017 for gross proceeds from dispositions of U.S. common stock. FATCA withholding will not apply to withholdable payments made directly to foreign governments, international organizations, foreign central banks of issue and individuals, and Treasury is authorized to provide additional exceptions.

Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.

 

220


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated as of the date of this prospectus each underwriter named below has agreed, on a several and not joint basis, to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares of our Class A common stock set forth opposite the underwriter’s name:

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Zelman Partners LLC

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities LLC

  

FBR Capital Markets & Co

  

JMP Securities LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     23,810,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

If the underwriters sell more shares of Class A common stock than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase on a pro rata basis up to 3,571,500 additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments of Class A common stock, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares that are the subject of this offering.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at the public offering price less a selling concession of up to $             per share. After the initial public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and selling concession.

The following table summarizes the compensation we will pay:

 

     Per Share      Total  
     Without
Over-allotment
     With
Over-allotment
     Without
Over-allotment
     With
Over-allotment
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

   $                   $                   $                   $               

 

221


Table of Contents

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth above, will be $10.0 million.

The representatives have informed us that the underwriters do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by them.

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or enter into any swap, hedge or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our Class A common stock, without the prior written consent of the representatives, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions set forth above shall not apply to, among certain other customary exceptions, our issuance of Class A common stock or securities convertible into Class A common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination to the extent such issuance is limited to an amount equal to 5% of the total shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after the completion of the offering (assuming that all partnership interests in New TMM and corresponding shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of the offering are exchanged for shares of Class A common stock). The representatives in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these “lock-up” agreements at any time without notice.

Our directors, executive officers, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH, collectively representing in the aggregate 99.5% of our Class A common stock on a fully diluted basis have agreed that they will not, subject to certain exceptions, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock (including New TMM Units and Class B common stock), enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable (any such release of earnings or announcement of a material news or event, an “Event”), unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension; provided that if none of the underwriters publishes or otherwise distributes a research report or makes a public appearance concerning the Company within three trading days after an Event, the extension of the “lock-up” period related to such Event (but not related to any other Event) will be only until the later of (i) the last day of the initial “lock-up” period and (ii) the third trading day after such Event. The representatives in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these “lock-up” agreements at any time without notice.

 

222


Table of Contents

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We have been approved to list the shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TMHC” subject to official notice of issuance.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the Class A common stock following this offering. The principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

 

   

the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

 

   

the history of, the economic conditions in and the prospects for, the industry in which we will compete;

 

   

the ability of our management;

 

   

the prospects for our future earnings;

 

   

the present state of our development, our results of operations and our current financial condition;

 

   

our markets;

 

   

the prevailing general condition of the equity securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies.

We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our Class A common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the Class A common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

In connection with this offering, the representatives, on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

 

223


Table of Contents

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. These transactions may be effected on a national securities exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have performed, and may in the future perform, various investment banking, financial advisory and other services for us, our affiliates and our officers in the ordinary course of business, for which they received and may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In particular, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acted as representative of the initial purchasers of the senior notes. In addition, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is a lender and the administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Facility, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as joint bookrunners for the proposed amendment and restatement of the Revolving Credit Facility. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters participate in the Revolving Credit Facility or may participate in the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer

 

224


Table of Contents

and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors ( cercle restreint d’investisseurs ), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier ;

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations ( Règlement Général ) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers , does not constitute a public offer ( appel public à l’épargne ).

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance

 

225


Table of Contents

(Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

226


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will pass on the validity of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for us. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011 (Successor), and for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein which expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that the financial information of the predecessor and successor periods is not comparable. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The balance sheet of Taylor Morison Home Corporation as of December 31, 2012 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheet is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as any other documents that we have filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains the registration statement and other reports, proxy and information statements and information that we file will electronically with the SEC.

After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website once the offering is completed. You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information on file at the public reference rooms. You can also request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC, or you can review these documents on the SEC’s website, as described above. In addition, we will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.

 

227


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012

     F-3   

Notes to the Balance Sheet

     F-4   

TMM Holdings Limited Partnership

  

Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Successor)

     F-6   

Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     F-7   

Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December  31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     F-8   

Statements of Equity for the year ended December  31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     F-9   

Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     F-10   

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

     F-12   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Scottsdale, Arizona

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion . An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 4, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Balance Sheet

(Amounts in whole dollars except share data)

 

     December 31,
2012
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 35,029   

Prepaids

     72,100   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $    107,129   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

  

Liabilities

  

Payable to Taylor Morrison

   $ 106,129  
  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

  

Common stock, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 10   

Additional paid in capital

     990   
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,000   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 107,129   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to balance sheet

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

1. ORGANIZATION

Organization and Description of the Business —Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (the “Company”), a Delaware Corporation was incorporated on November 15 th , 2012 as a holding company for the purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of common stock. The Company has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. It is expected that in connection with an internal reorganization of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“TMM Holdings”), the limited partners of TMM will contribute their interests to a new limited partnership, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“New TMM Holdings”) such that TMM and the general partner of TMM will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of New TMM Holdings. The Company will, through a series of transactions, become the sole owner of the general partner of New TMM Holdings, and the Company will use the net cash proceeds received in the initial public offering to purchase common partnership units in New TMM Holdings. The Company’s only business following the initial public offering of the Company will be to control the business and affairs of New TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries. The Company will consolidate the financial results of New TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries into the Company’s consolidated financial statements. New TMM Holdings is the ultimate parent of Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., (“Taylor Morrison,” formerly known as Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc.) and Monarch Corporation (“Monarch”). Taylor Morrison’s principal business is residential homebuilding and the development of lifestyle communities throughout the United States, with operations focused in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida and Texas. Taylor Morrison’s product lines feature entry-level, move-up, and luxury homes. Monarch was founded in the province of Ontario in 1957 and is one of the oldest names in Canadian homebuilding. Its businesses concentrate on high-rise and low-rise residential construction in Ontario, Canada. Taylor Morrison and Monarch are the general contractors for all of their projects and retain subcontractors for home construction and site development. In addition to homebuilding, Taylor Morrison offers financial services to its customers in the U.S. through its mortgage brokerage subsidiary, Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC, and title examination services in some locations through various joint ventures.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation —The accompanying balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Separate statements of income, comprehensive income and changes in stockholders equity have not been presented because there have been no operating activities or equity transactions of this entity. A separate statement of cash flows has not been presented, as the only transactions impacting such statement are fully described below.

 

3. LIABILITIES

In December 2012, the Company borrowed $106,129 from Taylor Morrison, a related party, to fund the payment of certain fees related the filing of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1.

 

4. STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share. At November 15, 2012, 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value of $.01 per share, were issued for a subscription price of $1,000.

 

5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 4, 2013, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. No subsequent events were identified that would require recognition in the financial statement or disclosure in the notes to the balance sheet.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Partners of

TMM Holdings Limited Partnership:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011 (Successor), and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor). These consolidated and combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and combined financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011 (Successor), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. and Monarch Corporation on July 13, 2011, at which date all assets and liabilities of the acquired companies were recorded at fair value. The financial information for the Predecessor periods, which combines the operations of the two acquired entities, is not comparable with that for the Successor periods.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 4, 2013

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,
(Successor)
 
     2012     2011  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 300,567      $ 279,322   

Restricted cash

     13,683        5,000   

Real estate inventory

     1,633,050        1,003,482   

Land deposits

     28,724        13,565   

Loans receivable

     48,685        55,895   

Mortgage receivables

     84,963        33,961   

Tax indemnification receivable

     107,638        122,871   

Prepaid expenses and other assets, net

     101,427        50,253   

Other receivables, net

     48,951        53,109   

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     74,465        37,640   

Deferred tax assets, net

     274,757        —    

Property and equipment, net

     6,423        6,236   

Intangible assets, net

     17,954        9,733   

Goodwill

     15,526        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,756,813      $ 1,671,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 98,647      $ 64,843   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     213,413        194,652   

Income taxes payable

     111,513        119,032   

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     —         4,032   

Customer deposits

     82,038        60,193   

Mortgage borrowings

     80,360        32,730   

Loans payable and other borrowings

     215,968        78,623   

Revolving Credit Facility borrowings

     50,000        —    

Sponsor Loan (Due to related party)

     —         488,397   

Senior Notes

     681,541        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,533,480        1,042,502   

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 17)

    

Equity

    

Net owners’ equity

     1,231,050        649,209   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (34,365     (30,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total owners’ equity

     1,196,685        619,144   

Noncontrolling interests

     26,648        9,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,223,333        628,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 2,756,813      $ 1,671,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TMM Holdings Limited Partnership

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations

(Amounts in thousands, except per unit data)

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13, 2011
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1, 2011
Through
July 12, 2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home closing revenue

   $  1,369,452      $    731,216          $       600,069      $   1,273,160   

Land closing revenue

     44,408        10,657            13,639        12,116   

Mortgage operations revenue

     21,861        8,579            6,027        12,591   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,435,721        750,452            619,735        1,297,867   

Cost of home closings

     1,077,525        591,891            474,534        1,003,172   

Cost of land closings

     35,884        8,583            7,133        6,028   

Inventory impairments

     —          —             —         4,054   

Mortgage operations expenses

     11,266        4,495            3,818        7,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     1,124,675        604,969            485,485        1,020,500   

Gross margin

     311,046        145,483            134,250        277,367   

Sales, commissions and other marketing costs

     80,907        36,316            40,126        85,141   

General and administrative expenses

     60,444        32,883            35,743        66,232   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

     (22,964     (5,247         (2,803     (5,319

Interest (income) expense, net

     (2,446     (3,867         941        40,238   

Transaction expenses

     7,953        39,442            —         —    

Indemnification expense

     13,034        12,850            —         —    

Other (income) expense, net

     3,567        2,308            (10,658     2,351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     170,551        30,798            70,901        88,724   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (260,297     4,031            20,881        (1,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     430,848        26,767            50,020        90,602   

Income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (28     (1,178         (4,122     (3,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Owners

   $ 430,820      $ 25,589          $ 45,898      $ 87,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per Class A unit:

          

Basic and Diluted

   $ 0.60      $ 0.04         

Weighted Average Number of Class A units:

          

Basic and Diluted

     723,181        620,646         

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TMM Holdings Limited Partnership

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13, 2011
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1, 2011
Through
July 12, 2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Net income

   $     430,848      $       26,767          $           50,020      $ 90,602   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

            

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (1,073     (22,320         8,866        18,708   

Post-retirement benefits adjustments

     (3,227     (7,745         214        (1,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     (4,300     (30,065         9,080        17,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     426,548        (3,298         59,100        108,278   

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (28     (1,178         (4,122     (3,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to owners

   $ 426,520      $ (4,476       $ 54,978      $     105,043   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Net Owners
Equity
    Accumulated
other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Total
Owners
Equity
    Non-Controlling
Interest
    Total Equity  

BALANCE — January 1, 2010 (Predecessor)

   $ 100,504      $ (20,179   $ 80,325      $         23,448      $ 103,773   

Net income

     87,367        —          87,367        3,235        90,602   

Other comprehensive income

     —                  17,676        17,676        —          17,676   

Contributions from Predecessor Parent Company

     406,440        —          406,440        —          406,440   

Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company, net

     (127,761     —          (127,761     —          (127,761

Distributions to Predecessor Parent Company

     (3,339     —          (3,339     —          (3,339

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          (21,860     (21,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE — December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     463,211        (2,503     460,708        4,823        465,531   

Net income

     45,898        —          45,898        4,122        50,020   

Other comprehensive income

     —          9,080        9,080        —          9,080   

Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company, net

     11,359        —          11,359        —          11,359   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          (5,326     (5,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE — July 12, 2011 (Predecessor)

     520,468        6,577        527,045        3,619        530,664   

Initial capital contribution and purchase price allocation adjustments

     99,852        (6,577     93,275        9,574        102,849   

Net income

     25,589          25,589        1,178        26,767   

Other comprehensive loss

     —         (30,065     (30,065     —          (30,065

Issuance of partnership units

     3,300        —          3,300        —          3,300   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          (4,950     (4,950
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE — December 31, 2011 (Successor)

     649,209        (30,065     619,144        9,421        628,565   

Net income

     430,820        —          430,820        28        430,848   

Other comprehensive income

     —          (4,300     (4,300     —          (4,300

Share based compensation

     1,975        —          1,975        —          1,975   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          (1,800     (1,800

Contribution of debt in exchange for equity

     146,633        —          146,633        —          146,633   

Noncontrolling interest of acquired entity

     —          —          —          18,999        18,999   

Issuance of partnership units

     2,413        —          2,413        —          2,413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE – December 31, 2012 (Successor)

   $ 1,231,050      $ (34,365   $ 1,196,685      $ 26,648      $ 1,223,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the
Period from
July 13, 2011
through
December 31,
2011
          For the Period
from
January 1, 2011
through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net income

  $     430,848      $       26,767          $         50,020      $       90,602   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

           

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

    (22,964     (5,247         (2,803     (5,319

Inventory impairment charges and deposit write-offs

    —          —              —          4,054   

Stock compensation expense

    1,975             

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    7,853        —              —          —     

Distributions of earnings from unconsolidated entities

    36,746        5,684            9,603        4,558   

Depreciation and amortization

    4,370        2,564            1,655        3,242   

Deferred income taxes

    (278,880     (11,676         423        61   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Real estate inventory and land deposits

    (331,116     52,587            23,832        (71,853

Receivables, prepaid expenses, and other assets

    (109,970     25,757            (8,426     (80,291

Income taxes receivable

    —          —              —          70,448   

Customer deposits

    16,845        (8,534         (6,506     (3,246

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

    6,089        12,484            (9,407     2,585   

Income taxes payable

    23,735        6,645            (6,992     (23,213
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (214,469     107,031            51,399        (8,372
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Purchase of property and equipment

    (2,753     (1,428         (1,329     (2,937

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (114,571     —              —          —     

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

    (8,645     1,686            (3,260     51,616   

Investments of capital into unconsolidated entities

    (12,967     (1,000         —          (15

Distributions of capital from unconsolidated entities

    —          —              —          2,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (138,936     (742         (4,589     50,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Payments on net payable to Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              (3,000     (270,873

Borrowings on net payable to Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              80,554        291,642   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    (1,800     (4,950         (5,326     (21,860

Distributions to Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              —          (3,339

Increase in receivable from Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              —          (148,813

Decrease in receivable from Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              8,560        21,053   

Capital contributions

    2,413        58,800            —          —     

Proceeds from Revolving Credit Facility

    50,000        —              —          —     

Net borrowing on line of credit related to mortgage borrowings

    47,630        596            27,492        4,642   

Proceeds from loans payable and other borrowings

    716,598        —              —          60,202   

Repayments of loans payable and other borrowings

    (69,028     (36,497         (27,778     (5,091

Repayments of Sponsor Loan (Due to a related party)

    (350,000     (125,000         —          —     

Deferred financing costs

    (20,282     (2,751         —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    375,531        (109,802         80,502        (72,437
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (881     (12,591         2,699        6,227   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the
Period from
July 13, 2011
through
December 31,
2011
          For the Period
from
January 1, 2011
through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

  $ 21,245      $ (16,104       $ 130,011      $ (23,617

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period

        279,322            295,426                    165,415              189,032   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period

  $ 300,567      $ 279,322          $ 295,426      $ 165,415   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

           

Interest paid — net of amounts capitalized

  $ —        $ —            $ —        $ 45,759   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes (paid) refunded, net

  $ (42,555   $ (17,986       $ (24,024   $ 46,572   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Conversion of Sponsor loans payable to Additional Class A Units

  $ 146,663     $ —            $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of loans payable to Predecessor Parent Company to contributions from Predecessor Parent Company

  $ —        $ —            $ 499,935      $ 406,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of Joint Venture loan receivable for equity in joint venture

  $ 36,855      $ —            $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans payable and liabilities assumed related to business acquisition

  $ 54,926      $ —            $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in loans payable issued to sellers in connection with land purchase contracts

  $ 134,001      $ 35,972          $ 5,707      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in income taxes payable and related tax indemnification receivable from seller

  $ 15,233      $ 12,850          $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

     (Concluded

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012 (SUCCESSOR) AND 2011 (SUCCESSOR), FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND THE PERIOD FROM JULY 13, 2011 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2011 (SUCCESSOR), FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2011 THROUGH JULY 12, 2011 (PREDECESSOR), AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 2009 (PREDECESSOR)

1. BUSINESS

Organization and Description of the Business  — TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“TMM Holdings” or the “Company”) is a British Columbia limited partnership formed in 2011 by a consortium comprised of affiliates of TPG Global, LLC (the “TPG Entities”), investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or their respective subsidiaries, and affiliates of JH Investments (collectively the “Sponsors”). On July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings, through various wholly owned acquisition subsidiaries, acquired all of the outstanding shares of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. (now known as Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc. or “Taylor Morrison”) and Monarch Corporation (“Monarch”) from Taylor Wimpey plc (“Predecessor Parent Company”), through a combination of equity and debt (the “Acquisition”). In conjunction with the Acquisition, a series of holding companies and partnerships were established to hold TMM Holdings’ investments in the acquired businesses. Taylor Morrison’s principal business is residential homebuilding and the development of life style communities throughout the United States, with operations focused in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, and Texas. Taylor Morrison’s product lines feature entry-level, move-up, and luxury homes. Monarch was founded in the province of Ontario in 1957 and is one of the oldest names in Canadian homebuilding. Its businesses focus on high-rise and low-rise residential construction in Ontario, Canada. Taylor Morrison and Monarch are the general contractors for all of their projects and retain subcontractors for home construction and site development. In addition to homebuilding, Taylor Morrison offers financial services to its customers in the U.S. through its mortgage brokerage subsidiary and title examination services in some locations through various joint ventures.

Taylor Morrison and Monarch represented the North American subsidiaries of the Predecessor Parent Company, a United Kingdom publicly held homebuilder incorporated under the Company Act of 2006.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation  — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TMM Holdings, Taylor Morrison, Monarch, their consolidated subsidiaries, partnerships, and other entities in which the companies have a controlling financial interest (collectively, “we,” “us,” “our,” “TMM Holdings,” and the “Company”). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), and all intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations , the Acquisition was accounted for on July 13, 2011, under the acquisition method of accounting and all acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at fair value. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company is sometimes referred to as the “Successor” for the period on or after July 13, 2011, and the “Predecessor” for periods prior to July 13, 2011. The Predecessor’s financial statements include the accounts of Taylor Morrison and Monarch, their consolidated subsidiaries and other entities in which the companies have controlling financial interests, and have been combined given the common ownership and control by the Predecessor Parent Company.

On July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Taylor Morrison and Monarch for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. As a result of the change in ownership, the Company’s historical financial data for periods prior to the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the predecessor periods) are derived from the historical financial statements of the predecessor, the North American

 

F-12


Table of Contents

business of Taylor Wimpey plc., which financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition. The Company’s financial statements for periods from and after the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the successor period) are derived from the financial statements of TMM Holdings, which reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. Therefore, the financial information for the predecessor periods is not comparable with that for the successor period.

Unless otherwise stated, amounts are shown in U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are recorded to net owners’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of equity.

Purchase Price Allocation and Related Acquisition Accounting  — TMM Holdings acquired the Taylor Morrison and Monarch businesses for total consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. In accordance with ASC 805, the effects of the acquisition are reflected on the date of the transaction in the financial statements of the acquired businesses by recording the assets and liabilities at their fair values in order to reflect the purchase price paid in the acquisition.

Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, other assets, accounts payable, and accrued and other liabilities were generally stated at historical carrying values given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Income tax receivables and liabilities were recorded at historical carrying values in accordance with ASC 805. The Predecessor Parent Company is indemnifying the Company for specific uncertain tax positions for which tax liabilities are included in income taxes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. A receivable due from the Predecessor Parent Company for the indemnification is valued at the same amount as the estimated income tax liability.

The Company determined the fair value of real estate inventory on a community-by-community basis primarily using the sales comparison and income approaches. The income approach derives a value indication for income-producing property by converting anticipated benefits, such as cash flow, into property value. This approach was used exclusively for finished lots. The sales comparison approach used recent land sales to provide a lot value for finished lots or an average value for raw land. In markets where there were no recent land sales, the third party appraiser conducted interviews with local market participants, including brokers and appraisers, to gain an understanding of local land and lot values. In instances where both the income and sales approaches were used, equal weightings were typically given to each approach. These estimated cash flows are significantly affected by estimates related to expected average selling prices and sales incentives, expected sales paces and cancellation rates, expected land development and construction timelines, and anticipated land development, construction, and overhead costs. Such estimates must be made for each individual community and may vary significantly between communities.

The fair value of acquired intangible assets was determined based on valuations using the income approach. The intangibles were valued at $10.2 million with $4.1 million related to the Taylor Morrison trade name and $6.1 million related to the Monarch trade name. Both trade names are being amortized on a straight line basis over 10 years. For the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, amortization of $0.5 million and $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 was recorded and is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated and combined statements of operations.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company has completed its business combination accounting as of December 31, 2011. A summary of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of July 13, 2011, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Financial Statement Caption

   Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 295,426   

Restricted cash

     6,705   

Real estate inventory

     1,036,068   

Land deposits

     9,667   

Loan receivables, net

     76,386   

Mortgage receivables

     32,531   

Other receivables

     64,481   

Tax indemnity receivable

     129,686   

Prepaid expenses and other assets, net

     48,781   

Investment in unconsolidated entities

     38,488   

Property and equipment, net

     6,591   

Intangible assets

     10,200   

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     (16,240

Accounts payable

     (44,763

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (199,235

Income taxes payable

     (120,878

Customer deposits

     (71,155

Mortgage borrowings

     (32,134

Loans payable and other borrowings

     (80,092

Noncontrolling interests

     (13,193
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired at fair value

     1,177,320   

Less amounts financed through debt

     (612,500
  

 

 

 

Equity infusion paid to seller

     564,820   

Cash contributed by the Sponsors

     55,500   
  

 

 

 

Net Sponsors equity

     620,320   

Less carrying basis of Predecessors’ equity

     (527,045
  

 

 

 

Initial capital contribution and purchase price allocation adjustments

   $ 93,275   
  

 

 

 

Transaction Expenses  — In 2012, these costs relate to a $7.9 million loss on the early extinguishment of a portion of the Sponsor Loan and $0.1 million transaction costs directly related to the Acquisition. In 2011, these costs include transaction and integration costs directly related to the Acquisition, excluding the impact of restructuring costs and acquisition accounting adjustments, totaling $39.4 million, which were incurred by TMM Holdings and the Sponsors and are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as transaction expenses.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Unaudited supplemental pro-forma information  — The unaudited supplemental pro forma information presented below includes the effects of the acquisition of the Taylor Morrison and Monarch businesses as if it had been completed as of January 1, 2010. The pro forma results include (i) the impact of certain estimated fair value adjustments and (ii) interest expense associated with debt used to fund the acquisition. The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 include adjustments for the financial impact of certain acquisition related items incurred during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. Accordingly, the following unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered indicative of either future results or results that might have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of January 1, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     For the
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
     For the
Period from
January 1 through
July 12, 2011
 

Total revenues

   $ 1,297,867       $ 619,735   

Net income

   $ 148,284       $ 57,603   

2012 Acquisition

On December 31, 2012, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Darling Interests, Inc. (“Darling”), a Texas based homebuilder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and Houston markets. The acquisition, which consists primarily of real estate inventory, enables the Company to strengthen its presence in these two Texas markets. The assets and liabilities were acquired in exchange for consideration of $115.0 million subject to certain post-close adjustments as well as contingent purchase price of $50.0 million, plus 5% of any cumulative EBIT (earnings before interest and taxes) above $229.5 million over the four year period following December 31, 2012. A portion of the initial purchase price was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under the Company’s Credit Facility and approximately $26.0 million was financed by the sellers. The preliminary purchase price to be allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Initial consideration

   $ 115,005   

Contingent consideration

     8,300   

Seller Financing

     27,605   

Liabilities assumed

     19,021   
  

 

 

 
   $ 169,931   
  

 

 

 

In connection with the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition, the Company recorded (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Real estate inventory

   $ 111,814   

Land deposits

     12,500   

Joint Venture interests before consolidation

     18,999   

Other assets

     1,971   

Intangibles with finite lives

     9,121   

Goodwill

     15,526   

Contingent consideration

     (8,300

Seller Financing

     (27,605

Liabilities assumed

     (19,021
  

 

 

 
   $ 115,005   
  

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The $9.1 million of intangible assets with finite useful lives consist of $1.3 million of trade name, $4.7 million of lot option contracts and supplier relationships, $2.9 million of non-compete covenants and $0.2 million of favorable leases.

The Company valued the $50.0 million of contingent purchase using probability weightings of the anticipated liability under four different scenarios: (1) business enterprise forecast of liability; (2) the contribution margin and earnings before income and tax estimates from a valuation income forecast; (3) alternative estimates of contribution margin and earnings before interest and taxes and (4) as if the full buy out obligation was paid to Darling. The mid point of the range of the results of these probability weighted valuations was discounted, resulting in a $8.3 million liability that is included within Loans payable and other borrowings at December 31, 2012.

Additionally, the Company incurred $1.8 million of transaction costs which were recorded as Other expense. Darling’s Dallas and Houston operations will be integrated into the Company’s East Region for Segment Reporting purposes. As the Darling acquisition closed on the last day of fiscal 2012, the purchase price allocation for Darling Homes is subject to change during the acquisition measurement period.

Use of Estimates  — The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates include the purchase price allocations, valuation of certain real estate, valuations of the M and J Units, deferred tax assets valuation allowance and reserves for warranty and self-insured risks. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents  — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions, and short-term, highly liquid investments. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less, such as certificates of deposit, money market funds, and commercial paper to be cash equivalents. Non-interest-bearing cash accounts are temporarily guaranteed for an unlimited amount, through December 31, 2012, and all other cash accounts are insured for up to $250,000. The Company’s cash is, in some cases, in excess of the federally insured limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) of up to $250,000. No losses have been experienced to date.

Restricted Cash  — Restricted cash consists of $2.0 million pledged to collateralize mortgage credit lines through certificates of deposit known as Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) and $11.6 million of escrow funds.

Concentration of Credit Risk  — Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include amounts on deposit with financial institutions in excess of the FDIC federally insured limits. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a $107.6 million receivable from the Predecessor Parent Company, which represents the indemnification of certain covered tax matters as agreed to in connection with the Acquisition. The Company has $84.0 million in standby letters of credit from the Predecessor Parent Company for a portion of this receivable. In addition, the Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent that mortgage and loan borrowers may fail to meet their contractual obligations. This risk is mitigated by collateralizing the mortgaged property or land that was sold to the buyer.

Loans Receivable  — Loans receivable consist of amounts due from land buyers and certain of our joint ventures, are generally secured by underlying land, bear interest at average interest rates of 5.5% and 5% as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and mature at various dates through 2013. The Company imputes interest based on relevant market data for loans with no stated interest rate.

Mortgage Receivables  — Mortgage receivables consist of mortgages due from buyers of Taylor Morrison homes that are financed through Taylor Morrison’s mortgage brokerage subsidiary. Mortgages receivable are

 

F-16


Table of Contents

held for sale and are carried at fair value, which is calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions, investor commitment prices, or broker quotations.

Tax Indemnification Receivable  — The Predecessor Parent Company has indemnified TMM Holdings for specific uncertain tax positions existing as of the date of the transaction. An indemnification receivable was recorded at $129.7 million at Acquisition. The indemnification receivable also includes a periodic increase for accrued interest, penalties, and additional identified tax issues covered by the indemnity, offset by periodic decreases as uncertain tax matters and related tax obligations are resolved. The receivable due from the Predecessor Parent Company for the indemnification is valued at the same amount as the estimated income tax liability.

Other Receivables  — Other receivables primarily consist of amounts due from buyers of condominiums, as well as other amounts expected to be recovered from various community development districts and utility deposits. Allowances for potential credit losses based on historical experience, present economic conditions, and other factors considered relevant by management are made for these receivables. A summary of the changes in this allowance account is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Allowance — beginning of period

   $        3,956      $         2,567          $     3,424      $         4,250   

Additions to allowance

     —          1,389            —          385   

Amounts written off

     —          —              —          (222

Change in estimates to preexisting allowance

     (2,852     —              (857     (989
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance — end of period

   $ 1,104      $ 3,956          $ 2,567      $ 3,424   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate Inventory  — Inventory consists of land, land under development, homes under construction, completed homes, and model homes. Inventory is carried at cost, net of impairment charges. In addition to direct carrying costs, we also capitalize interest, real estate taxes, and related development costs that benefit the entire community, such as field construction supervision and related direct overhead. Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales at home closing using the specific identification method. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead, and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value method. These costs are capitalized to inventory from the point development begins to the point construction is completed. For those communities that have been temporarily closed or development has been discontinued, we do not allocate interest or other costs to the community’s inventory until activity begins again. Changes in estimated costs to be incurred in a community are generally allocated to the remaining homes on a prospective basis.

In accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , “ASC 360” we review our real estate inventory for indicators of impairment by evaluating each community during each reporting period. In conducting our review for indicators of impairment on a community level, we evaluate, among other things, the margins on homes that have been delivered, margins on homes under sales contracts in backlog, projected margins with regard to future home sales over the life of the community, projected margins with regard to future land sales and the estimated fair value of the land itself. The Company pays particular attention to communities in which inventory is moving at a slower than anticipated absorption pace and communities whose average sales price and/or margins are trending downward and are anticipated to continue to trend downward. From this review, the Company identifies communities with indicators of impairment, and then performs additional analysis to determine if the carrying value exceeds the communities undiscounted cash flows. ASC 360 requires that companies evaluate long-lived assets that are expected to be held and used in operations, including inventories, for recoverability based on undiscounted future cash flows of the assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds their estimated undiscounted cash

 

F-17


Table of Contents

flows, then the assets are deemed to be impaired and are recorded at fair value as of the assessment date. The Company estimates the fair value of its communities using a discounted cash flow model. The projected cash flows for each community are significantly impacted by estimates related to market supply and demand, product type by community, homesite sizes, sales pace, sales prices, sales incentives, construction costs, sales and marketing expenses, the local economy, competitive conditions, labor costs, costs of materials and other factors for that particular community. Every division evaluates the historical performance of each of its communities as well as current trends in the market and economy impacting the community and its surrounding areas. These trends are analyzed for each of the estimates listed above.

The Company’s projected cash flows are impacted by many assumptions. Some of the most critical assumptions in the Company’s cash flow model are projected absorption pace for home sales, sales prices and costs to build and deliver homes on a community by community basis.

In order to arrive at the assumed absorption pace for home sales included in the Company’s cash flow model, the Company analyzes its historical absorption pace in the community as well as other comparable communities in the geographical area. In addition, the Company considers internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing the Company’s historical absorption pace for home sales and corresponding internal and external market studies, the Company places greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as the absorption pace realized in its most recent quarters as well as forecasted population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product.

In order to determine the assumed sales prices included in its cash flow models, the Company analyzes the historical sales prices realized on homes it delivered in the community and other comparable communities in the geographical area as well as the sales prices included in its current backlog for such communities. In addition, the Company considers internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on sales prices in neighboring communities and sales prices on similar products in non-neighboring communities in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing its historical sales prices and corresponding market studies, the Company also places greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as future forecasted sales prices in neighboring communities as well as future forecasted sales prices for similar products in non-neighboring communities.

In order to arrive at the Company’s assumed costs to build and deliver homes, the Company generally assumes a cost structure reflecting contracts currently in place with its vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure. Costs assumed in the cash flow model for the Company’s communities are generally based on the rates the Company is currently obligated to pay under existing contracts with its vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure.

Since the estimates and assumptions included in the Company’s cash flow models are based upon historical results and projected trends, they do not anticipate unexpected changes in market conditions or strategies that may lead the Company to incur additional impairment charges in the future. Using all available information, the Company calculates its best estimate of projected cash flows for each community. While many of the estimates are calculated based on historical and projected trends, all estimates are subjective and change from market to market and community to community as market and economic conditions change. The determination of fair value also requires discounting the estimated cash flows at a rate the Company believes a market participant would determine to be commensurate with the inherent risks associated with the assets and related estimated cash flow streams. The discount rate used in determining each asset’s fair value depends on the community’s projected life and development stage. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, no impairment charges were identified and recorded. We recorded inventory impairment charges, inclusive of land deposits write-offs, of $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, discount rates used in the discounted cash flows averaged 16.2% with ranges from 14.0% to 19.5%. Management believes these rates are commensurate with the risk associated with the related communities.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

In certain cases, the Company may elect to stop development and/or marketing of an existing community if it believes the economic performance of the community would be maximized by deferring development for a period of time to allow market conditions to improve. The decision may be based on financial and/or operational metrics. If the Company decides to stop developing a project, it will impair such project if necessary to its fair value as discussed above and then cease future development and/or marketing activity until such a time when management believes that market conditions have improved and economic performance can be maximized. Quarterly, we review all communities, for potential impairments.

When the Company elects to stop development of a community, it is management’s belief that the community is affected by local market conditions that are expected to improve within the next 3 to 5 years. Therefore, a temporary postponement of construction and development is expected to yield better returns. For these communities, as well as real estate held for development or sale, management’s assessment of the carrying value of these assets typically includes subjective estimates of future performance, including the timing of when development will recommence, the type of product to be offered, and the margin to be realized. In the future some of these inactive communities may be re-opened while others may be sold. As of December 31, 2012, there were 20 inactive communities with a carrying value of $34.4 million of which $15.5 and $18.9 million is in the West and East Region, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company placed 1 community into inactive status and moved 8 into active status.

The life cycle of a community generally ranges from three to five years, commencing with the acquisition of unentitled or entitled land, continuing through the land development phase, and concluding with the sale, construction, and delivery of homes. Actual community lives will vary based on the size of the community, the sales absorption rate, and whether we purchased the property as raw land or finished lots. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we were actively selling in 120 and 135 communities, respectively.

Inventory consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December  31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  

Operating communities

   $ 1,296,763       $ 830,573   

Real estate held for development or sale

     336,287         172,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,633,050       $ 1,003,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory impairment charges are recognized against all inventory costs of a community, such as land, land improvements, cost of home construction, and capitalized interest. No inventory impairment charges were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Capitalized Interest — The Company capitalizes certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 and the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, we capitalized all interest costs into real estate inventory because the levels of our active real estate inventory exceeded our debt costs. In the year ended December 31, 2010, $48.4 million was included in interest income (expense), net due to our debt levels exceeding our active real estate inventory levels in that period. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of sales when the related inventory is delivered. Interest capitalized, incurred, and expensed is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the
Year  Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Interest capitalized — beginning of period

   $       27,491      $ —            $ 68,202      $       68,185   

Interest capitalized

     62,468              37,605                23,091        37,282   

Interest amortized to cost of sales and impairments

     (30,316     (10,114         (19,422     (37,370

Foreign currency adjustment

     —         —             51        105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest capitalized — end of period

   $ 59,643      $ 27,491          $ 71,922      $ 68,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest incurred was $62.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $37.6 million during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $23.1 million during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Land Deposits  — Deposits we pay related to land options and land purchase contracts are capitalized when paid and classified as land deposits until the associated property is purchased. Deposits are recorded as a component of inventory at the time the deposit is applied to the acquisition price of the land based on the terms of the underlying agreements. To the extent the deposits are nonrefundable, deposits are charged to expense if the land acquisition process is terminated or no longer determined probable. We review the likelihood of the acquisition of contracted lots in conjunction with our periodic real estate impairment analysis.

The Company is subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts, including option contracts, for the purchase, development, and sale of real estate in the routine conduct of our business. We have a number of land purchase option contracts, generally through cash deposits or letters of credit, for the right to purchase land or lots at a future point in time with predetermined terms. We do not have title to the property and the creditors generally have no recourse against us, except in Canada where sellers have full recourse under statutory regulations. Our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related nonrefundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had the right to purchase approximately 5,013 and 4,523 lots under land option and land purchase contracts, respectively, which represents purchase commitments of $268.0 million and $239.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, we had $28.7 million in land deposits and $0.2 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase. As of December 31, 2011, we had $13.6 million in land deposits and $43.6 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts.

For the year ended December 31, 2010 we incurred a pretax charge of $1.5 million related to the impairment of option deposits and capitalized pre-acquisition costs for abandoned projects, which is included in inventory impairments in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We continue to evaluate the terms of open land option and purchase contracts in light of housing market conditions and may impair additional option deposits and capitalized pre-acquisition costs in the future, particularly in those instances where land sellers or third-party financial entities are unwilling to renegotiate significant contract terms.

Investments in Unconsolidated Entities and Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)  — In the ordinary course of business, we enter into land and lot option purchase contracts in order to procure land or lots for the construction

 

F-20


Table of Contents

of homes. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. In June 2009, the FASB revised its guidance regarding the determination of a primary beneficiary of a VIE.

In accordance with ASC Topic 810, Consolidation , we have concluded that when we enter into an option or purchase agreement to acquire land or lots and pay a nonrefundable deposit, a VIE may be created because we are deemed to have provided subordinated financial support that will absorb some or all of an entity’s expected losses if they occur. For each VIE, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary by first determining if we have the ability to control the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect its economic performance. Such activities include, but are not limited to, the ability to determine the budget and scope of land development work, if any; the ability to control financing decisions for the VIE; the ability to acquire additional land into the VIE or dispose of land in the VIE not under contract with the Company; and the ability to change or amend the existing option contract with the VIE. If we are not able to control such activities, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If we do have the ability to control such activities, we will continue our analysis by determining if we are expected to absorb a potentially significant amount of the VIE’s losses or, if no party absorbs the majority of such losses, if we will potentially benefit from a significant amount of the VIE’s expected gains. If we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE, we will consolidate the VIE in our consolidated financial statements and reflect such assets and liabilities as consolidated real estate not owned within our inventory balance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We currently have no VIE’s that we consolidate. Our exposure to loss related to our option contracts with third parties and unconsolidated entities consisted of our nonrefundable option deposits totaling $28.7 million and $13.6 million, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Additionally, we posted $0.2 million and $43.6 million of letters of credit in lieu of cash deposits under certain option contracts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Creditors of these VIEs, if any, have no recourse against us.

We are also involved in several joint ventures with independent third parties for our homebuilding activities. We use the equity method of accounting for entities that we do not control or where we do not own a majority of the economic interest, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. For those unconsolidated entities in which we function as the managing member, we have evaluated the rights held by our joint venture partners and determined that they have substantive participating rights that preclude the presumption of control. For joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, our share of net earnings or losses is included in equity in net income of unconsolidated entities when earned and distributions are credited against our investment in the joint venture when received. See Note 3 for financial statement information related to unconsolidated entities.

We evaluate our investments in unconsolidated entities for indicators of impairment during each reporting period. A series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a decrease in value of the Company’s investment in the unconsolidated entity has occurred which is other-than-temporary. The amount of impairment recognized is the excess of the investment’s carrying amount over its estimated fair value.

The evaluation of the Company’s investment in unconsolidated entities includes certain critical assumptions made by management: (1) projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities, (2) discount rates applied to the future distributions and (3) various other factors. The Company’s assumptions on the projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities are dependent on market conditions. Specifically, distributions are dependent on cash to be generated from the sale of inventory by the unconsolidated entities. Such inventory is also reviewed for potential impairment by the unconsolidated entities. The unconsolidated entities generally use a discount rate of approximately 12-18% in their reviews for impairment, subject to the perceived risks associated with the community’s cash flow streams relative to its inventory. If a valuation adjustment is recorded by an unconsolidated entity related to its assets, the Company’s proportionate share is reflected in the equity in loss from unconsolidated entities with a corresponding decrease to its investment in unconsolidated entities.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Additionally, the Company considers various qualitative factors to determine if a decrease in the value of the investment is other-than-temporary. These factors include age of the venture, stage in its life cycle, intent and ability for the Company to recover its investment in the entity, financial condition and long-term prospects of the entity, short-term liquidity needs of the unconsolidated entity, trends in the general economic environment of the land, entitlement status of the land held by the unconsolidated entity, overall projected returns on investment, defaults under contracts with third parties (including bank debt), recoverability of the investment through future cash flows and relationships with the other partners. If the Company believes that the decline in the fair value of the investment is temporary, then no impairment is recorded.

Merger and Restructuring Costs  — As a result of the July 2007 combination of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc., and Morrison Homes, Inc., the Company incurred total merger and restructuring charges of $34.9 million. The remaining liability for restructuring costs of $2.2 million and $3.0 million which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, relate to lease termination costs that will be paid through March of 2016.

Noncontrolling Interests  — We consolidate joint ventures when we are the primary beneficiary. Therefore, those entities’ financial statements are consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the other partners’ equity is recorded as noncontrolling interests.

Goodwill  — The excess of the purchase price of a business acquisition over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is capitalized as goodwill in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other “ASC 350.” ASC 350 requires that goodwill and intangible assets that do not have finite lives not be amortized, but instead be assessed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain impairment indicators are present. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 2010 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011. There was no goodwill recorded in connection with the Acquisition on July 13, 2011 (see Note 4 for goodwill and other intangible assets).The Company recorded $15.5 million of goodwill related to the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Darling acquisition which closed on December 31, 2012. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 2012.

Property and Equipment  — Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Gross property and equipment at December 31, 2012 and 2011, consist of $11.2 million and $7.9 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation related to these assets was $4.8 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Depreciation expense was $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $1.7 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $1.6 million for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Depreciation expense is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 40 years. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes  — We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes “ASC 740” . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on future tax consequences of both temporary differences between the amounts reported for financial reporting purposes and the amounts deductible for income tax purposes, and are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted.

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, we periodically assess our deferred tax assets, including the benefit from net operating losses, to determine if a valuation allowance is required. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other matters, taxable income in prior years available for carryback, estimates of future income, tax planning strategies, and reversal of existing temporary differences.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Insurance Costs and Self-Insurance Reserves  — We have certain deductible limits under our workers’ compensation, automobile, and general liability insurance policies, and we record expense and liabilities for the estimated costs of potential claims for construction defects. The excess liability limits are $50 million per occurrence in the annual aggregate and apply in excess of automobile liability, employers liability under workers compensation and general liability policies. We also generally require our subcontractors and design professionals to indemnify us for liabilities arising from their work, subject to certain limitations. We are the parent of Beneva Indemnity Company (“Beneva”), which provides insurance coverage for construction defects discovered during a period of time up to 10 years following the sale of a home, coverage for premise operations risk, and property coverage. We accrue for the expected costs associated with the deductibles and self-insured amounts under our various insurance policies based on historical claims, estimates for claims incurred but not reported, and potential for recovery of costs from insurance and other sources. The estimates are subject to significant variability due to factors, such as claim settlement patterns, litigation trends, and the extended period of time in which a construction defect claim might be made after the closing of a home.

Warranty Reserves:

U.S. Operations  — We offer warranties on our homes that generally provide for one-year warranties to cover various defects in workmanship or materials or to cover structural construction defects. Warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and outside labor during warranty periods. Our warranty reserves are based on factors that include an actuarial study for structural warranty, historical and anticipated warranty claims, trends related to similar product types, number of home closings, and geographical areas. The structural warranty is carried by Beneva, a wholly owned subsidiary of Taylor Morrison. We also provide third-party warranty coverage on homes where required by Federal Housing Administration or Veterans Administration lenders.

Canadian Operations  — We offer a limited warranty that generally provides for seven years of structural coverage; two years of coverage for water penetration, electrical, plumbing, heating, and exterior cladding defects; and one year of coverage for workmanship and materials. We are responsible for performing all of the work during the warranty period. As a result, warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and labor during warranty periods. The warranty reserves are determined using historical experience and trends related to similar product types, and number of home closings.

We regularly review the reasonableness and adequacy of our recorded warranty reserves and make adjustments to the balance of the preexisting reserves to reflect changes in trends and historical data as information becomes available. Warranty reserves are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets. A summary of changes in our self-insurance and warranty reserves are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the
Year  Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Reserve — beginning of period

   $       43,158      $       45,929          $ 50,069      $     52,222   

Purchase price allocation adjustments

     —         (2,731         —         —    

Additions to reserves

     3,096        2,950            9,634        10,753   

Costs and claims incurred

     (10,858     (15,428         (16,267     (22,051

Change in estimates to preexisting reserves

     4,036        13,036            2,346        8,866   

Foreign currency adjustment

     328        (598         147        279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve — end of period

   $ 39,760      $ 43,158          $     45,929      $ 50,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition:

Home Sales  — Revenues from home sales are recorded using the completed contract method of accounting at the time each home is delivered, title and possession are transferred to the buyer, there is no significant continuing involvement with the home, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.

Condominium Sales  — Revenues from the sale of condominium units is recognized when construction is beyond the preliminary stage, the buyer is committed to the extent of being unable to require a refund except for non-delivery of the unit, sufficient units in the project have been sold to ensure that the property will not be converted to a rental property, the sales proceeds are collectible, and the aggregate sales proceeds and the total cost of the project can be reasonably estimated. For our Canadian high rise condominiums, these conditions are met when a certificate of occupancy has been received, all significant conditions of registration have been performed and the purchaser has the right to occupy the unit.

Land Sales  — Revenues from land sales are recognized when title is transferred to the buyer, there is no significant continuing involvement, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property sold. If the buyer has not made an adequate initial or continuing investment in the property, the profit on such sales is deferred until these conditions are met.

Financial Services Revenues  — Revenues from loan origination are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. All of the loans Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC (TMHF) originates are sold within a short period of time, generally 20 days, on a nonrecourse basis as further described in Note 18. After the loans are sold, the Company retains potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that it breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. Gains or losses from the sale of mortgages are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and carrying value of the related loans upon sale.

Deposits  — Forfeited buyer deposits related to home, condominium, and land sales are recognized in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations in the period in which we determine that the buyer will not complete the purchase of the property and the deposit is determined to be nonrefundable to the buyer.

Sales Discounts and Incentives  — We grant our home buyers sales discounts and incentives from time to time, including cash discounts, discounts on options included in the home, option upgrades, and seller-paid financing or closing costs. Discounts are accounted for as a reduction in the sales price of the home.

Advertising Costs  — We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs were $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $6.1 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $7.0 million for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Earnings per Unit  — Basic earnings per unit is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to Owners by the weighted average number of common units outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per unit reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue partnership units were exercised or converted into partnership units that then shared in earnings of the Company.

Reclassifications – Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period cash flows to show additional detail of financing activities in the consolidated and combined statements of cash flows to conform with the current period presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  — In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-04, which amended ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements ”, providing a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement, and expands the disclosure requirements. ASU 2011-04 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on our consolidated and combined financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income ”. ASU 2011-05 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (i) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (ii) two separate, but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments in this ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2011-05 the Company added separate, but consecutive statements of comprehensive income.

3. INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

We participate in a number of joint ventures with unrelated third parties. These entities are generally involved in real estate development or mortgage lending and title services. We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in unconsolidated entities, which are not VIEs and which we do not control, but normally have ownership interests up to 50%.

Summarized condensed financial information of unconsolidated entities that are accounted for by the equity method is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December  31,
(Successor)
 
Balance Sheets    2012      2011  

Assets:

  

Inventories

   $ 364,105       $ 354,243   

Other assets

     109,010         86,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 473,115       $ 440,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and owners’ equity:

     

Debt

   $ 162,197       $ 135,065   

Other liabilities

     193,897         262,412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     356,094         397,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Owners’ equity:

     

TMM Holdings

     57,837         18,596   

Others

     59,184         24,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total owners’ equity

     117,021         42,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

   $ 473,115       $ 440,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents
     Successor           Predecessor  
Statements of Operations    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Revenues

   $     238,763      $       77,426          $ 22,374      $     113,476   

Costs and expenses

     (180,596     (61,860         (17,027     (89,516
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings of unconsolidated entities

   $ 58,167      $ 15,566          $ 5,347      $ 23,960   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company’s share in net earnings of unconsolidated entities

   $ 22,964      $ 5,247          $ 2,803      $ 5,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have investments in, and advances to, a number of joint ventures with unrelated parties to develop land and to develop condominium projects, including for-sale residential units and commercial space. Some of these joint ventures develop land for the sole use of the venture participants, including us, and others develop land for sale to the joint venture participants and to unrelated builders. Our share of the joint venture profit relating to lots we purchase from the joint ventures is deferred until homes are delivered by us and title passes to a homebuyer.

The investment in unconsolidated entities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the fair value adjustments as a result of purchase accounting, while the amounts in this note represent the original equity amounts. Fair value adjustments for the Company’s investment in unconsolidated entities are recorded at the consolidated level and are amortized against the Company’s share of earnings of the underlying joint ventures as the underlying joint venture assets are sold.

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In September 2010, Monarch acquired from the Predecessor Parent Company certain Canadian intellectual property rights. Prior to our acquisition, Monarch paid the Predecessor Parent Company $0.2 million in royalty fees during 2010. These rights were recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at the Predecessor Parent Company’s carrying value of $0 in accordance with U.S. GAAP for transfers of assets between entities under common control. The $3.3 million paid in 2010 is reflected as distribution to Predecessor Parent Company.

GOODWILL

There was no goodwill as of December 31, 2011. A summary of the changes in goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Carrying
Amount
 

Balance at January 1, 2012 (Successor)

   $ —     

Additions

   $ 15,526   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012 (Successor)

   $ 15,526   
  

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible asset consist of the following (in thousands):

 

   

December 31,

(Successor)

 
    2012     2011  
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Useful
Life (a)
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Useful
Life (a)
 

Tradenames

  $ 11,649      $       1,516      $ 10,133        8.7      $   10,208      $         475      $ 9,733        9.5   

Lot option contracts and land supplier relationships

    4,697        —          4,697        2.0           

FMV Leases

    224        —          224        5.0           

Non-compete covenants

    2,900        —          2,900        5.0           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ 19,470      $ 1,516      $ 17,954        $ 10,208      $ 475      $ 9,733     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(a) Remaining useful life is weighted average, calculated based on the net book value and the remaining amortization period of each respective intangible asset.

Amortization expense recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.0 million, and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, was $0.5 million.

As of December 31, 2012, future amortization expense for the other intangible assets is estimated to be (in thousands):

 

2013

   $ 4,145   

2014

     4,145   

2015

     1,796   

2016

     1,796   

2017

     1,796   

Thereafter

     4,276   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,954   
  

 

 

 

5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December  31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 65,022       $ 37,832   

Other assets

     36,405         12,421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other assets

   $ 101,427       $ 50,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our prepaid expenses consist primarily of prepaid bond and revolving credit facility issue costs, sales commissions, sales presentation centers, and model home costs, such as design fees and furniture. The prepaid sales commissions are recorded on preclosing sales activities, which are recognized on the ultimate closing of the units to which they relate. The model home and sales presentation centers costs are paid in advance and amortized over the life of the project on a per-unit basis, or a maximum of three years. Other assets consist primarily of various operating and escrow deposits, golf club membership inventory, preacquisition costs, and other deferred costs.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December  31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  

Real estate development costs to complete

   $ 31,904       $ 45,670   

Compensation and employee benefits

     47,554         33,518   

Insurance, litigation reserves, and other professional fees

     9,104         19,917   

Self-insurance and warranty reserves

     39,760         43,158   

Interest payable

     12,360         17,322   

Merger and restructuring reserves

     2,212         2,803   

Property and sales taxes payable

     13,097         9,616   

Other accruals

     57,422         22,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 213,413       $ 194,652   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. NET PAYABLE TO PREDECESSOR PARENT COMPANY

During 2010 and until July 12, 2011, Taylor Morrison’s funds on deposit with the Predecessor Parent Company were offset against the amount of term and revolving debt payable to the Predecessor Parent Company in accordance with the conditions set by the Predecessor Parent Company regarding cash retention. The Predecessor Parent Company, in its discretion, was able to offset any outstanding debt with cash collected from the respective subsidiaries.

In December 2010, the Predecessor Parent Company recapitalized Taylor Morrison by contributing capital and settling certain of the loans and notes payable with funds that were on deposit with and due from the Predecessor Parent Company (the “Recapitalization”).

The GW Loan, GW Revolving Line, and TWPLC Loan debt facilities payable to the Predecessor Parent Company had the following terms:

GW Loan  — 6.44% interest per annum, compounded annually, and paid annually on December 20 of each year. This note was settled in December 2010, as part of the recapitalization of Taylor Morrison by the Predecessor Parent Company.

GW Revolving Line  — Interest accrued at a rate of London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus 2.05%. This note was settled in December 2010, as part of the recapitalization of Taylor Morrison by the Predecessor Parent Company.

TWPLC Loan  — 7.02% interest per annum, compounded annually, and paid semiannually. Principal balance and unpaid interest payable were due on December 20, 2010; however, the Predecessor Parent Company had extended the maturity of this loan to July 15, 2011, and subsequently converted the loan into equity prior to the 2011 Acquisition. The balance of the TWPLC Loan on the date of the 2010 Recapitalization was $755.1 million and was recorded as capital contributed by the Predecessor Parent Company.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, through the date of Recapitalization, various other intercompany accounts were settled for an additional $17.2 million that was contributed to the Company by the Predecessor Parent Company.

The Predecessor Parent Company paid interest monthly on funds it held on deposit at rates that are based upon LIBOR and are adjusted periodically. The interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2010 was 0.26%. Interest earned from the Predecessor Parent Company from funds held on deposit was $9,000 during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and $1.2 million during 2010.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

For the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010, interest expense incurred related to the above debt was $19.2 million and $80.5 million, respectively, and, after deducting capitalized interest, is included in interest (income) expense — net in the accompanying consolidated and condensed statements of operations. Of the interest expense incurred related to the above debt, $19.2 million and $36.6 million was capitalized to inventory during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively.

8. LOANS PAYABLE AND OTHER BORROWINGS

Loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 consist of amounts due to land sellers and $26.0 million of debt payable to the former owners of Darling at 8.0%, see Note 2 for more information related to the Company’s December 31, 2012 acquisition of Darling. Loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2011 consist of the amounts due to land sellers. Loans payable bear interest at rates that ranged from 0% to 8% at December 31, 2012 and from 0% to 7% at December 31, 2011, and generally are secured by the land that was acquired with the loans. The Company imputes interest for loans with no stated interest rates. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.

Principal maturities of loans payable and other borrowings for each of the next five years ending December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending

December 31

      

2013

   $ 114,407   

2014

     57,218   

2015

     8,064   

2016

     11,605   

2017

     —     

Thereafter

     24,674   
  

 

 

 

Total loans payable and other borrowings

   $ 215,968   
  

 

 

 

9. DEBT

Sponsor Loan

In connection with the Acquisition in July 2011, the Company entered into a loan agreement with certain investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management and affiliates of TPG, providing for a $625.0 million senior unsecured loan (the “Sponsor Loan”) maturing on July 13, 2018. The Sponsor Loan was issued at a discount of 2.5% for $500.0 million of the balance and at par for the remaining $125.0 million balance. In August 2011, $125.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was repaid by Monarch from operating cash. In April 2012, in connection with the offering of the Senior Notes (as defined below), $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was repaid in full and the remaining $150.0 million, net of unamortized discount, was converted into additional Class A units of the Company. The remaining balance of the unamortized discount totaling $7.9 million was written off in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 as a result of the retirement of the Sponsor Loan and is included in Transaction Expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. Amortization expense of the discount was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.4 million the period of July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 which is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Sponsor Loan bore a 13% annual interest rate calculated on a 360-day year. Interest amounts were paid quarterly on the final day of the period. Interest expense for the period of July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 was $31.0 million. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $18.6 million. No interest was unpaid or accrued as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The outstanding balance of the Sponsor Loan was $0 at December 31, 2012 and $488.4 million as of December 31, 2011, net of $11.6 million of unamortized discount.

Senior Notes

On April 13, 2012, we issued $550.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Initial Notes”) at an initial offering price of 100% of the principal amount (the “Offering”). The net proceeds from the sale of the Initial Notes were $537.4 million, net of debt issuance costs of $12.6 million, were used, in part, to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The remaining proceeds of approximately $187.4 million from the Offering were retained by the Company for general corporate purposes. An additional $3.0 million of issuance costs were settled outside the bond proceeds.

On August 21, 2012, the Company issued an additional $125.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Additional Notes” together with the Initial Notes the “Senior Notes”) at an initial offering price of 105.5% of the principal amount. The Company received $132.5 million, net of debt issuance costs of $3.1 million. The net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. The Additional Notes issued August 21, 2012 were issued pursuant to the existing indenture dated as of April 13, 2012.

There were approximately $16.9 million in unamortized bond financing costs at December 31, 2012 related to the Senior Notes, which are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There is $6.5 million of unamortized original issue premium related to the Senior Notes resulting in a $681.5 million balance at December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company amortized $1.8 million of deferred financing costs.

The indenture for our Senior Notes contains covenants that limit (i) the investments we can make, (ii) the payment of dividends and the redemption of equity and junior debt, (iii) the incurrence of additional indebtedness, (iv) asset dispositions, (v) mergers and similar corporate transactions, (vi) the incurrence of liens, (vii) the incurrence of prohibitions on payments and asset transfers among the issuers and restricted subsidiaries and (viii) transactions with affiliates, among other items. The most restrictive covenant of the indenture requires a fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.00 to 1.00. At December 31, 2012, the Company’s fixed charge ratio was 3.83 to 1.00.

Obligations to pay principal and interest on the Senior Notes are guaranteed by the U.S. homebuilding subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) who guarantee the Credit Facility (as defined below), each of which is directly or indirectly 100% owned by TMM Holdings. Such guarantees are full and unconditional, and joint and several. We do not provide separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries or condensed consolidating financial information because the Senior Notes are not registered and are not subject to registration rights.

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we are entitled to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 103.875% of the principal amount if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013 or at a redemption price of 107.750% of the principal amount if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013 and prior to April 15, 2015.

Revolving Credit Facility

In 2011, the Company entered into a $75.0 million Credit Facility with Credit Suisse, HSBC, and Deutsche Bank, secured by the underlying assets of the U.S. operations. In conjunction with the August 21, 2012 Additional Notes offering the Company exercised the accordion feature of the facility and expanded the line to $125.0 million in capacity. In December 2012, the Revolving Credit Facility was expanded to $225.0 million.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility may be made in U.S. dollars and in Canadian dollars subject to a U.S. $15.0 million sublimit for borrowings in Canadian dollars and bear interest based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canada prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the borrowers plus,

 

F-30


Table of Contents

in each case, an applicable margin. The Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The applicable margin for (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than three months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitment (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, and subject to a 25 basis point reduction upon the completion of the second full quarter after the closing date based upon the achievement of a specified capitalization ratio. The borrowers have the right to make “amend and extend” offers to lenders of a particular class. Of the draws made under the Credit Facility there was $50.0 million outstanding balance at December 31, 2012 and no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2011. The $50.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2012 is due on January 30, 2013. In connection with the implementation of the Credit Facility the Company capitalized $2.1 million and $3.0 million of financing fees in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company recorded amortization of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.4 million for the July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 period.

Under the terms of the Credit Facility, we have the ability to issue letters of credit totaling up to $125.0 million. Borrowing availability is reduced by the amount of letters of credit outstanding. As of December 31, 2012, there were $11.2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains certain “springing” financial covenants. In the event that, either there are (a) any loans outstanding thereunder on the last day of any fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days of such fiscal quarter or (b) any unreimbursed letters of credit thereunder on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days of such fiscal quarter, we will be required to, in respect of such fiscal quarter, comply with a maximum capitalization ratio test as well as a minimum interest coverage ratio test. The maximum capitalization ratio requires a maximum ratio of 0.60 to 1.000. The ratio as calculated by the Company at December 31, 2012 was 0.45 to 1.000. The minimum interest coverage ratio requires a minimum ratio of 1.75 to 1.00. The ratio as calculated by the Company at December 31, 2012 was 3.83 to 1.00.

The Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks, passive holding entities with respect to TMM Holdings, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc. and Monarch Parent Inc. and limitation on debt payments and amendments.

The Credit Facility contains customary events of default, subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants including financial covenants, subject to the exercise of an equity cure, incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross acceleration, bankruptcy, material monetary judgments, ERISA events with material adverse effect, actual or asserted invalidity of material guarantees, material security or intercreditor agreements or subordination provisions, and change of control. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 we were in compliance with our financial covenants.

Mortgage Company Loan Facilities

TMHF, the Company’s wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, has certain outstanding facilities, as described further in Note 18, below.

Letters of Credit, Surety Bonds and Guarantees

We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. These guarantees have been made in connection with joint venture funding of our operations in Canada. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $230.8 million as of December 31, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have

 

F-31


Table of Contents

been completed related to these site improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are reduced as development and construction work is completed, but not fully released until warranty periods have expired.

Monarch is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Facility”). The TD Facility provides facilities including letters of credit of up to CAD $102.6 million or its U.S. dollar equivalent to provide letter of credit financing in support of Monarch’s projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens on the interests of Monarch in certain Canadian real property. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $102.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.

Monarch is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada (“HSBC Facility”). The HSBC Facility provides a letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 as of December 31, 2012 in support of Monarch’s construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $11.0 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.

Prior to the Acquisition, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility were revolving. Pursuant to modifications made in connection with the Acquisition, the TD Facility and the HSBC facility are revolving, such that to the extent any letters of credit are cancelled, or have been cancelled, the size of each facility will be reduced by the amount of such cancellation.

Both the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility are 364-day facilities scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.

10. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

We have adopted ASC Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”)for valuation of our financial instruments. ASC 820 provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, expands disclosures about fair value measurements, and establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:

Level 1  — Fair value is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2  — Fair value is determined using significant observable inputs, generally either quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or quoted prices in markets that are not active.

Level 3  — Fair value is determined using one or more significant input that is unobservable in active markets at the measurement date, such as a pricing model, discounted cash flow, or similar technique.

Mortgage receivables and mortgage borrowings attributable to Taylor Morrison are recorded at fair value which are considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy of fair value calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions, investor commitment prices, or broker quotations. The carrying values of our mortgage receivables exceeds the face value by approximately $4.6 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying value of our loans payable and other borrowings of $216.0 million and $78.6 million, respectively, approximated fair value. The estimated fair values of our loans payable are considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy for fair value measurement and are based on a cash flow model discounted at market interest rates that considers the underlying risks of unsecured debt.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The fair value of our Senior Notes is considered a Level 2 valuation in the hierarchy for fair value measurement and is derived from quoted market prices by independent dealers and is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  
     Aggregate
Principal
     Estimated
Fair
Value
     Aggregate
Principal
     Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Description:

           

7.75% Senior Notes

   $ 675,000       $ 723,938       $ —        $ —    

The fair value of the Sponsor Loan that was outstanding at December 31, 2012 was not readily determinable because of the related party nature of the debt and the absence of market equivalents.

The fair values of advances to and from the Predecessor Parent Company and affiliated companies are not determinable given their related-party nature and the absence of market equivalents.

We consider the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, loans receivable, other receivables, net, accounts payable and Revolving Credit Facility Borrowings to approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

As described in Note 2 and in conjunction with the Acquisition all assets and liabilities of the Company were adjusted to fair value on a non recurring basis using significant Level 3 unobservable assumptions and valuation inputs. Additionally the preliminary allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities related to the December 31, 2012 Darling acquisition have been recorded at fair value on a non recurring basis using significant Level 3 unobservable assumptions and valuation inputs.

11. INCOME TAXES

The (benefit) provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Domestic

   $ (284,301   $ (11,893       $ 4,228       $ (40,240

Foreign

           24,004              15,924              16,653               38,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (260,297   $ 4,031          $ 20,881       $ (1,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

             

Federal

     (12,084     (11,306         3,869         (39,227

State

     890        (587         291         (1,013

Foreign

     29,727        27,355            16,258         38,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current tax provision (benefit)

   $ 18,533      $ 15,462          $ 20,418       $ (2,192

Deferred

             

Federal

     (218,967     —              —           —     

State

     (54,141     —              —           —     

Foreign

     (5,722     (11,431         463         314   

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

     (278,830     (11,431         463         314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (260,297   $ 4,031          $ 20,881       $ (1,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
     July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Domestic

   $ 73,317       $ (19,486       $ 11,065       $ (32,471

Foreign

     97,234             50,284            59,836             121,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $     170,551       $ 30,798          $ 70,901       $ 88,724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had a valuation allowance of $62.9 million and $397.4 million, respectively, against net deferred tax assets, which include the tax benefit from federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. Federal NOL carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income for 20 years and begin to expire in 2028. State NOL carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income for a period of time ranging from 5 to 20 years, depending on the state, and begin to expire in 2013. NOL carryforwards in Canada expire in 20 years. The change in the valuation allowance from 2011 to 2012, from 2010 to 2011, and from 2009 to 2010, was a decrease of $334.6 million, $121.2 million, and $20.3 million, respectively. Our future deferred tax asset realization depends on sufficient taxable income in the carryforward periods under existing tax laws. State deferred tax assets include approximately $15.8 million and $24.5 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, of tax benefits related to state NOL carryovers, which began to expire in 2013. On an ongoing basis, we will continue to review all available evidence to determine if and when we expect to realize our deferred tax assets and federal and state NOL carryovers.

A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income before provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
through
December 31,
2011
           January 1
through
July 12, 2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Tax at federal statutory rate

               35.0               35.0                    35.0                 35.0

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     (20.5     0.3             0.1        —     

Foreign income taxed below US Rate

     (4.9     (14.7          (5.7     (5.5

Valuation allowance

     (173.9     (31.8          (3.4     14.4   

Built in loss limitation

     23.8        20.0             —          —     

Tax Indemnity

     2.7        15.4             —          —     

Uncertain tax positions

     (9.2     (39.1          3.3        (42.3

Transaction costs

     (2.8     35.3                    —     

Non-controlling interest

     —          (1.3          (2.0     (1.6

Deferred tax adjustments

     (4.4     —               —          —     

Other

     —          (6.0          2.3        (2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective Rate

     (154.2 )%      13.1          29.6     (2.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have substantial tax attributes available to offset the impact of future income taxes. We have a process for determining the need for a valuation allowance with respect to these attributes. In accordance with ASC 740-10, Income Taxes, we assess whether a valuation allowance should be established based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard with significant weight being given to evidence that can be objectively verified. This assessment includes an extensive review of both positive and negative evidence including our earnings history, forecasts of future profitability, assessment of the industry, the length of statutory carry-forward periods, experiences of utilizing NOLs and built-in losses, and tax planning alternatives.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

As a result of the Acquisition on July 13, 2011, the Company had a “change in control” as defined by Section 382 of the IRC. Section 382 of the IRC imposes certain limitations on the Company’s ability to utilize certain tax attributes and net unrealized built-in losses that existed as of July 13, 2011. The gross deferred tax asset includes amounts that are considered to be net unrealized built-in losses. To the extent these net unrealized losses are realized during the five-year period after July 13, 2011, they may not be deductible for federal income tax reporting purposes to the extent they exceed the Company’s overall IRC Section 382 limitation.

TMM Holdings is a partnership that is not subject to U.S. federal or state income tax. TMM Holdings owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Monarch Corporation, the Canadian operating company. Since TMM Holdings is not subject to an entity-level income tax, there is not a U.S. federal or state deferred tax liability to recognize. Taxable income or loss is includable from the taxable income of the partners in TMM Holdings. Hence, the Company has not relied on the exception to the recognition of deferred tax liabilities provided in ASC 740-30-25-17 to avoid the recognition of such deferred tax liabilities.

The most significant judgments we make in our assessment of the need for a valuation allowance involve estimating the amount of built-in losses that may be utilized to offset future taxable income from the sale of real estate inventory that we held on the Acquisition date, and the ability to utilize NOLs as limited by Section 382 of the IRC. Making such estimates and judgments, particularly pertaining to the future ability to utilize built-in losses, is subject to inherent uncertainties.

We recorded a full valuation allowance against all of our deferred tax assets during 2007 due to economic conditions and the weight of negative evidence at that time. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we reversed a large portion of the valuation allowance because the weight of the positive evidence exceeds that of the negative evidence. We retained a valuation allowance of $62.9 million primarily for various deferred tax assets we estimate we will not be able to utilize due to federal and state limitations. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance at December 31, 2012, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including that our last three years of cumulative results in the United States became profitable during the fourth quarter of 2012 as well as evidence of recovery in the United States housing markets where we operate and our level of pre-tax income and growth in sales orders.

Some of the evidence considered was as follows:

 

   

We have experienced increasingly positive operating results in the United States during the past two years. During the Predecessor period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 we generated pre-tax income in the United States of $11.0 million. During the Successor period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 we reported a pre-tax loss in the United States of $19.5 million, which included approximately $27.3 million of transaction expenses and $12.8 million of indemnification expense recorded in the United States. During 2012, we generated pre-tax income in the United States of $73.3 million, which included approximately $7.9 million of transaction expenses and $13 million of indemnification expense;

 

   

Our last three years of cumulative results became profitable during the fourth quarter of 2012;

 

   

We incurred zero impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to the strength of the recovery in the housing industry and the carrying value of our inventories;

 

   

Our current belief that the recovery in the housing market will be sustained;

 

   

Our increase in U.S. backlog dollar value; and

 

   

Improving industry and other indicators, including positive gains in housing indices during 2012, a year-over-year increase in the seasonally adjusted rate of housing starts in December 2012, continued low interest rates, improvements in unemployment rates, improvements in consumer confidence, improvements in the housing market in the geographic areas we serve and improvements in other macroeconomic factors.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

We believe the 2012 improvement we experienced is in line or exceeds the average of our peer companies. In addition, we believe current evidence indicates that these same housing market conditions will continue into the foreseeable future. This analysis was consistent with the anticipated future trends we used in estimating the fair value of our real estate inventory for impairment and our assessment of our tangible and intangible assets for impairment.

In addition, most of our tax jurisdictions have a 20-year NOL carryforward utilization period during which time we fully expect to be able to absorb NOL carryovers and temporary differences as they reverse in future years. In making the determination that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize all of our deferred tax assets in most of our jurisdictions, the Company applied the rules of ASC 740-10-30-18 through 30-25 and considered two possible sources of taxable income under the tax law to realize the tax benefit for deductible temporary differences and carryforwards. These sources included future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards. We evaluated the anticipated future trends included in our projections of future taxable income. We expect pre-tax income in the United States to grow and exceed the 2012 level of $73.3 million in the near future due to the economic and business factors discussed above. In addition, we considered the possibility of zero growth from 2012 levels in pre-tax income over the 20-year expiration period of our NOLs. We also considered the possibility of zero growth in average pretax income in the United States from levels earned since the July 2011 Acquisition date and other periods over the 20-year expiration period of our NOLs. This combined analysis supported our determination that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize all of our deferred tax assets in most of our jurisdictions. Using an assumed effective tax rate of 38.5%, the Company would be required to generate at least $713.5 million in pretax income prior to the expiration of its NOLs in order to realize the $274.7 million deferred tax asset.

The components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, consisted of timing differences related to inventory impairment, expense accruals, provisions for liabilities, and NOL carryforwards. The Company has approximately $149.0 million in available federal NOL carryforwards, which will begin to expire in 2028. The Company has approximately $6.0 million in available NOL carryforwards related to the Canadian operations which will begin to expire in 2025. A summary of these components is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
(Successor)
 
     2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets

    

Real estate inventory

   $ 205,461      $ 277,289   

Accruals and reserves

     32,293        38,530   

Other

     23,810        22,414   

Net operating losses

     83,908        80,354   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     345,472        418,587   

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Real estate inventory, intangibles, other

     (7,847     (25,184
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (62,868     (397,435
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 274,757      $ (4,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740. This guidance clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. ASC 740 requires a company to recognize the financial statement effect of a tax position when it is more-likely-than-not (defined as a substantiated likelihood of more than 50%) based on the

 

F-36


Table of Contents

technical merits of the position that the position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements based upon the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Our inability to determine that a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold does not mean that the IRS or any other taxing authority will disagree with the position that we have taken.

If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold despite our belief that our filing position is supportable, the benefit of that tax position is not recognized in the consolidated financial statements and we are required to accrue potential interest and penalties until the uncertainty is resolved. Potential interest and penalties are recognized as components of the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Differences between amounts taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements are considered unrecognized tax benefits. We believe that we have a reasonable basis for each of our filing positions and intend to defend those positions if challenged by the IRS or other taxing jurisdictions. If the IRS or other taxing authorities do not disagree with our position and after the statute of limitations expires, we will recognize the unrecognized tax benefit in the period that the uncertainty of the tax position is eliminated.

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
through
December 31,
2011
           January 1
through
July 12,
2011
     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Beginning of the period

   $ 108,955      $ 120,033           $ 119,901       $ 158,815   

Increases of current year items

     1,394        5,211             —          —    

Increases of prior year items

     3,189       —              —          1,687   

Settlement with tax authorities

     (615 )     —              —          (5,137

Decreased for tax positions of prior years

     (14,995     —               —          (35,690 )

Decreased due to statute of limitations

     (2,362     (16,049          —          —    

Foreign exchange differences

     —          (240          132         226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of the period

   $ 95,566      $ 108,955           $ 120,033       $ 119,901   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized potential interest expense on our uncertain tax positions of $3.0 million, $4.1 million, $2.3 million, and $2.1 million, respectively, which is included in income tax provision (benefit) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties of $19.7 million and $18.4 million are recorded at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Interest and penalties of $6.3 million and $3.6 were released in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

During 2012, we reached a settlement of an IRS audit of tax years 2005 to 2007, which reduced our income tax expense by $15.0 million.

We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions and anticipate finalizing the examinations with certain jurisdictions within 12 months from the consolidated balance sheet date of December 31, 2012. For the filing period of 2004 to 2007, we have effectively settled with the IRS Office of Appeals (“IRS Appeals”) for returns filed under the legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc operations. In April 2010, the Company received a favorable ruling in an IRS Appeals hearing regarding their carryback of losses. The agreement of the 2004 to 2007 legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc position was forwarded to the Joint Committee on Taxation of the U.S. Congress for

 

F-37


Table of Contents

review, and the Company received a consent agreement regarding those carrybacks. As a result, $18.6 million of our previously unrecognized tax positions were recognized in 2010. For the periods 2005 to 2007, we reached a settlement in 2012 with the IRS for the legacy Morrison Homes which reduced our income tax expense by $15.0 million related to this issue. In addition, income tax payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012, includes reserves of $8.7 million and $74.8 million related to this issue for the tax years 2009 and 2008, respectively. An IRS exam is ongoing at the field level for the 2009 and 2008 Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. and subsidiaries tax return. We are also currently under examination on our 2006 and 2007 California worldwide legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc returns. The outcomes of the remaining examinations are not yet determinable. The statute of limitations for these examinations remains open with various expiration dates, the latest of which is March 2014.

We currently are under appeals for the 2000 and 2003 periods for our Canadian operations with the Canada Revenue Authority, the outcome of which are not readily determinable at this time.

The Company has received an indemnity from the Predecessor Parent Company for certain tax matters where a liability is related to periods ending prior to December 31, 2010.

We currently operate in five states and are subject to various state tax jurisdictions. We estimate our state tax liability based upon the individual taxing authorities’ regulations, estimates of income by taxing jurisdiction, and our ability to utilize certain tax-saving strategies. Primarily due to a change in our estimate of the allocation of income or loss, as the case may be, among the various taxing jurisdictions and changes in tax regulations and their impact on our tax strategies, our estimated rate for state income taxes was 3.6% and 3.2% for 2012 and 2011, respectively, before consideration of any applicable valuation allowance.

During the next 12 months, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease as a result of the completion of tax audits where certain of the filing positions are ultimately accepted by the IRS and/or other tax jurisdictions and/or expiration of tax statutes and successfully settled to the benefit of the Company. As a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations for the federal and Arizona jurisdictions, unrecognized tax benefits of $16.1 million were recognized in income tax expense in the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, our cumulative gross unrecognized tax benefits were $85.7 million in the U.S. and $9.8 million in Canada and all unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2011, our cumulative gross unrecognized tax benefits were $98.3 million in the U.S. and $10.6 million in Canada. These amounts are included in income taxes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011. Total unrecognized tax benefits expected to reverse in the next 12 months is $84.1million.

On November 6, 2009, the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 was enacted into law and amended Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) to extend the permitted carryback period for offsetting certain NOLs against earnings to up to five years. Due to this recently enacted federal tax legislation, Taylor Morrison was able to carry back and offset its 2009 NOL against earnings it generated in 2005 and 2004. As a result, the Company filed an application for a federal tax refund of $78.7 million and received the cash proceeds from the refund in March 2010. The Company also filed for an additional refund of $4.7 million in December 2010 was received in March 2011.

In 2009, the Company filed an application for a federal refund of $148.8 million for the carryback of its 2008 losses to taxable income generated in 2006. Such refunds were received in full in 2009.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

12. NET PREDECESSOR PARENT COMPANY INVESTMENT

Net Predecessor Parent Company investment as of December 31, 2010, consisted of the following (in thousands, except for share data) — Taylor Wimpey Holdings of Canada Corp. as presented in the table below was amalgamated into Monarch Corporation as of the acquisition date:

 

     Predecessor  
     Taylor
Woodrow
Holdings
(USA), Inc.
     Taylor
Wimpey
Holdings
of  Canada Corp.
    Total  

Common stock — shares authorized

     2,500         Unlimited     

Common stock — shares issued

     757             5,000,000     

Owners’ equity

   $   91,538       $ 874,429      $ 965,967   

Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company

     —           (502,756     (502,756
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net owners’ equity

   $ 91,538       $ 371,673      $ 463,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

13. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

From time to time, the Company may engage in transactions with entities that are affiliated with one or more of the Sponsors through either lending or equity ownership arrangements. We believe transactions with related parties are in the normal course of operations and are executed at arm’s length as they are entered into at terms comparable to those with unrelated third parties. Real estate acquisitions from such affiliates amounted to approximately $30.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 and were approximately $8.6 million during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011.

Management and Advisory Fees — In connection with the Acquisition, affiliates of the Sponsors entered into services agreements with Taylor Morrison and Monarch relating to the provision of financial and strategic advisory services and consulting services. We paid affiliates of the Sponsors a one-time transaction fee of $13.7 million for structuring the Acquisition. This amount was included in the overall purchase price of the Acquisition and is included in transaction expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. In addition, we pay a monitoring fee for management services and advice. Fees for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, were $5.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations.

In addition, in conjunction with the formation of TMM Holdings and in connection with the Acquisition, an affiliate of JHI entered into a partnership services agreement with TMM Holdings relating to the provision of certain services to TMM Holdings. In consideration of these services, TMM Holdings granted to the JH Investments affiliate an amount of partnership interests, subject to certain terms, conditions and restrictions contained in a unit award agreement and the TMM Holdings limited partnership agreement.

Expense for management services provided by the Predecessor Parent Company to the Company was zero for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations.

U.S. Operations  — For the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, interest expense incurred related to fixed and revolving debt due to the Predecessor Parent Company was $19.2 million, and $80.5 million, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, net of amounts capitalized.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Canadian Operations  — Accounts receivable due from joint ventures and partners in the joint ventures was $38.9 million and $24.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Loans receivable due from joint ventures and partners in the joint ventures was $39.1 million and $42.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Interest expense — net in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, includes $6.8 million and $7.3 million, respectively, of interest income earned from a receivable from the Predecessor Parent Company.

In 2010, Monarch acquired from the Predecessor Parent Company certain Canadian intellectual property rights, which include trademarks, logos, and domain names that are integral to its Canadian operations. Prior to the acquisition, expense in 2010 for use of these rights was $0.2 million and is included in other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. These rights were recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at the Predecessor Parent Company’s carrying value of zero in accordance with U.S. GAAP for transfers of assets between entities under common control and the amount paid of $3.3 million is reflected in distributions to the Predecessor Parent Company in the year ended December 31, 2010.

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, RETIREMENT, AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

U.S. Operations  — We maintain a defined contribution plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the IRC (“401(k) Plan”). Each eligible employee may elect to make before-tax contributions up to the current tax limits. We match 100% of employees’ voluntary contributions up to a maximum of 3.5% of eligible compensation. We contributed $1.1 million, $0.6 million, $0.5 million, and $0.9 million to the 401(k) Plan for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively.

The Taylor Morrison NonQualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “NQDC Plan”) is an unfunded plan that permits select key employees to defer a portion of their compensation to future periods. All contributions to this plan on behalf of the participant are fully vested and placed into a grantor trust, commonly referred to as a “rabbi trust.” We may contribute an amount equal to the amount the employee does not receive as matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan as a result of certain limitations. The NQDC Plan invests the contributions in diversified securities from a selection of investments identical to that of our 401(k) Plan. The participants choose their investments and may periodically reallocate the assets in their respective accounts. Title and beneficial ownership of the assets are at all times subject to the creditors of Taylor Morrison and the participants have no property rights in those assets. Participants are entitled to receive the benefits in their accounts upon separation of service from Taylor Morrison for any reason or disability or upon their deaths. The NQDC Plan assets are included in prepaid expenses and other assets — net, in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets. We did not contribute deferred compensation to the NQDC Plan on behalf of employees in the year ended December 31, 2011. The NQDC Plan contained a change of control provision that was triggered in July 2011 as a result of the Acquisition and all amounts were paid to the participants prior to December 2011.

The Taylor Woodrow (USA) UK Supplementary Pension Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified pension plan for several individuals who transferred from our UK-related companies to the employment of Taylor Woodrow on or before October 1, 1995. The recorded obligations represent benefits accrued by these individuals for service with Taylor Woodrow prior to the employees’ participation in the U.S. pension plan minus any benefit accrued in any other pension-type benefit plans sponsored by or contributed to a Taylor Woodrow Group-related company for the period of service prior to participation in the U.S. plan. In accordance with the plan document, the participants are entitled to a fixed monthly pension and a fixed survivor benefit after the age of 65. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1.0 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, consists of net actuarial loss that arose during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from July 13,

 

F-40


Table of Contents

2011 through December 31, 2011, and has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had accrued $1.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for our obligations under this plan.

We also maintain the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan (the “U.S. Cash Balance Plan”). This is a consolidated defined benefit plan arising from the 2007 merger of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes, Inc. All full-time employees are eligible to participate in this plan. The percent of our contribution is based on the participant’s age and ranges from 2% to 4% of eligible compensation, plus 1% of eligible compensation over the social security wage base. We contributed to the plan $1.0 million, $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the unfunded status of the plan was $11.9 million and $11.6 million, respectively.

Effective December 31, 2010, the U.S. Cash Balance Plan was amended to freeze participation so that no new or reemployed employees may become participants and to freeze all future benefit accruals to existing participants.

The changes in the total benefit obligation and in the fair value of assets and the funded status of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
 

Change in benefit obligations:

          

Benefit obligation — beginning of period

   $       30,961      $       25,087          $     25,192   

Service cost

          

Interest on liabilities

     1,326        691            688   

Benefits paid

     (1,206     (672         (844

Actuarial loss

     2,511        5,855            51   

Curtailment

     —          —              —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Benefit obligation — end of period

     33,592        30,961            25,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

          

Fair value of plan assets — beginning of period

     19,394        19,631            19,517   

Return on plan assets

     2,552        (75         508   

Employer contributions

     999        510            450   

Benefits paid

     (1,207     (672         (844
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets — end of period

     21,738        19,394            19,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Unfunded status — end of period

   $ 11,854      $ 11,567          $ 5,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Components of net periodic pension cost of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Service cost

   $ —       $ —           $ —       $ 831   

Interest cost

           1,326                  691                688                1,366   

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     108        —              75        725   

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,358     (692         (686     (1,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (76   $ (1       $ 77      $ 1,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $7.5 million as of December 31, 2010, consisted of net actuarial loss that had not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. On July 13, 2011, in connection with the accounting for the Acquisition, the accumulated other comprehensive loss was adjusted to zero. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $7.8 million and $6.4 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, consists of net actuarial loss that arose during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. In the year ending December 31, 2012, $0.1 million of amortization of net actuarial loss was recognized in net periodic pension cost.

The estimated future benefit payments in the next five years and the five years thereafter in aggregate are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2013

   $ 720   

2014

     849   

2015

     1,071   

2016

     1,005   

2017

     1,191   

2018–2022

     7,075   

We expect to contribute $1.0 million to the U.S. Cash Balance Plan in the year ending December 31, 2013.

The significant weighted-average assumptions adopted in measuring the benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Discount rate:

            

Net periodic pension cost

     4.31     5.56         5.47     5.08

Pension obligation

     3.81        4.31            5.56        5.47   

Expected return on plan assets

     7.00        7.00            7.00        8.00   

Rate of compensation increase

     N/A        N/A            N/A        3.00   

The overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is determined based on the plan’s targeted allocation among asset classes and the weighted-average expected return of each class. The expected return of each class is determined based on the current yields on inflation-indexed bonds, current forecasts of inflation, and long-term historical real returns.

The fair value of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan’s assets by asset categories is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  
Asset Category    Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

U.S. equity securities

   $ 7,826       $         $         $ 7,826   

International equity securities

     2,608               2,608   

Fixed-income securities

     9,782               9,782   

Cash

     1,087               1,087   

Other

     435               435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,738       $         —        $           —        $ 21,738   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents
     Successor  
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011  
Asset Category    Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

U.S. equity securities

   $ 7,910       $         —        $         $ 7,910   

International equity securities

     2,427         —                     —           2,427   

Fixed-income securities

     7,872         —           —           7,872   

Cash

     792         —           —           792   

Other

     393         —           —           393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,394       $ —        $ —        $ 19,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We believe the U.S. Cash Balance Plan’s assets are invested in a manner consistent with generally accepted standards of fiduciary responsibility. Taylor Morrison’s primary investment objective is to build and maintain the plan’s assets through employer contributions and investment returns to satisfy legal requirements and benefit payment requirements when due. Because of the long-term nature of the plan’s obligations, Taylor Morrison has the following goals in managing the plan: long-term (i.e., five years and more) performance objectives, maintenance of cash reserves sufficient to pay benefits, and achievement of the highest long-term rate of return practicable without taking excessive risk that could jeopardize the plan’s funding policy or subject the Company to undue funding volatility. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity, fixed-income securities, and cash, though allocation will favor equity investments in order to reach the U.S. Cash Balance Plan’s stated objectives. One of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan’s investment criteria is that over a complete market cycle, each of the investment funds should typically rank in the upper half of the universe of all active investment funds in the same asset class with similar investment objectives. Investments in commodities, private placements, or letter stock are not permitted. The equity securities are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, as well as growth and value. Investment performance is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly portfolio reviews and annual reviews relative to the objectives and guidelines of the plan.

The range of target allocation percentages of plan assets of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan is as follows:

 

     Minimum     Maximum     Target  

U.S. equity securities

     37     47     42

International equity securities

     8        18        13   

Fixed-income securities

     35        45        40   

Other

       10        5   
      

 

 

 
             100
      

 

 

 

Canadian Operations  — Effective January 31, 2006, Monarch elected to convert the defined benefit provisions of the plan to defined contribution provisions for service beyond January 31, 2006. As part of this conversion, the plan members were given the option to convert their defined benefits accrued prior to February 1, 2006, to the defined contribution plan. As a result, Monarch maintains both a defined benefit plan (the “Monarch Plan”) and a defined contribution plan. Total expense for the defined contribution plan was $0.2 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively.

Our funding policy in regard to the Monarch Plan is to make contributions to our pension funds based on various actuarial cost methods as permitted by pension regulatory bodies, and Monarch is responsible to adequately fund the plan. Contributions reflect actuarial assumptions concerning future investment returns and future service benefits. Plan assets are represented primarily by Canadian and foreign equities, government and corporate bonds, debentures, and secured mortgages.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The changes in the total benefit obligation and in the fair value of assets and the funded status of the Monarch Plan are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
 

Change in benefit obligations:

          

Benefit obligation — beginning of period

   $ 11,092      $ 10,956          $ 10,846   

Interest on liabilities

     522        253            310   

Benefits paid

     (733     (294         (458

Actuarial loss

     1,210        665         

Currency translation adjustment

     255        (488         258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Benefit obligation — end of period

     12,346        11,092            10,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

          

Fair value of plan assets — beginning of period

     10,630        11,556            11,460   

Return on plan assets

     682        (225         203   

Employer contributions

     149        74            76   

Benefits paid

     (733     (294         (458

Currency translation adjustment

     245        (481         275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets — end of period.

         10,973              10,630              11,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Funded status — deficit (surplus) — end of period

   $ 1,373      $ 462          $ (600
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Components of net periodic pension cost are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Interest cost

   $           522      $           253          $         310      $           562   

Amortization of net actuarial gain

     —          —              —          (856

Expected return on plan assets

     (688     (333         (408     1,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (166   $ (80       $ (98   $ 1,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $2 million as of December 31, 2010, consisted of net actuarial loss and transition obligation that had not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. On July 13, 2011, in connection with the accounting for the Acquisition, the accumulated other comprehensive loss was adjusted to zero. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1.9 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, consists of net actuarial loss that has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. Amortization of net actuarial loss the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.1 million and was recognized in net periodic pension cost.

The estimated future benefit payments in the next five years and the five years thereafter in aggregate are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2013

   $ 760   

2014

     766   

2015

     771   

2016

     773   

2017

     774   

2018–2022

     3,835   

 

F-44


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2012, $0.1 million was contributed to the Monarch Plan.

The significant weighted-average assumptions adopted in measuring the benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Discount rate:

            

Net periodic pension cost

     4.75     4.875         5.25     5.25

Pension obligation

     4.00        4.75            4.875        5.25   

Expected return on plan assets

     6.25        6.50            6.50        6.50   

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption was determined by reviewing the current investment policy as compared to current expected rates of return for all asset categories.

The fair value of the Monarch Plan’s assets by asset categories is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  
Asset Category    Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

Canadian equity securities

   $         $ 3,576       $         $ 3,576   

U.S. equity securities

        707            707   

International equity securities

        709            709   

Fixed-income securities

        5,981            5,981   

Balanced income securities

        —              —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       —        $   10,973       $           —        $ 10,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Successor  
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011  
Asset Category    Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

Canadian equity securities

   $ —        $ 3,482       $ —        $ 3,482   

U.S. equity securities

     —           656         —           656   

International equity securities

     —           652         —           652   

Fixed-income securities

     —           4,762         —           4,762   

Balanced income securities

     —           1,078         —           1,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     —        $ 10,630       $           —        $ 10,630   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Monarch employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income securities is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for an appropriate level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed-income securities. One of the Monarch Plan’s investment criteria is that the plan will achieve a rate of return that exceeds the rate of wage inflation, as measured by the Wage Price Index provided by Statistics Canada, by 1% per annum over the long term. The equity securities are diversified across Canadian and non-Canadian stocks, as well as growth and value. Investment performance is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly portfolio reviews and annual reviews relative to the objectives and guidelines of the Monarch Plan.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The range of target allocation percentages of plan assets of the Monarch Plan is as follows:

 

     Minimum     Maximum  

Canadian equity securities

     25     60

Foreign equity securities (including U.S. and global equities)

       20   

Fixed-income securities

     30        60   

Real estate

       15   

Cash and cash equivalents

       40   

Resource properties

       5   

15. OPERATING AND REPORTING SEGMENTS

In accordance with ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, we have ten homebuilding operating divisions which we aggregate into three reportable segments. These segments are engaged in the business of acquiring and developing land, constructing homes, marketing and selling those homes, and providing warranty and customer service. We aggregate our operating segments into a reporting segment based on similar long-term economic characteristics. The Company has no inter-segment sales, as all sales are to external customers. The Company capitalizes certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of revenue when the related inventory is delivered. In addition, we include financial services as a separate segment. Our reporting segments are as follows:

 

West (Domestic)    Arizona, California, and Colorado
East (Domestic)    Florida and Texas
Canada (Foreign)    Ontario
Financial Services (Domestic)    Mortgage and Title Services

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Management primarily evaluates segment performance based on segment adjusted gross margin, which is comprised of segment gross margin, as defined under U.S. GAAP, less interest amortized to cost of sales and impairments (“adjusted gross margin”). Management also reviews segment performance based on segment gross margin, which we define as homebuilding and land revenue less cost of home construction, commissions and other sales costs, land development and other land sales costs and other costs incurred by or allocated to each segment, including impairments. Each reportable segment follows the same accounting policies described in Note 2. Operating results for each segment may not be indicative of the results for such segment had it been an independent, stand-alone entity. The following is our segment information (in thousands):

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    For the
year ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13, 2011
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1,
2011
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
year ended
December 31,
2010
 

East

  $ 558,523      $     246,866          $   192,847      $   390,508   

West

      460,798        153,997            142,578        319,641   

Canada

    394,539        341,010            278,283        575,127   

Financial services

    21,861        8,579            6,027        12,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,435,721        750,452            619,735        1,297,867   

Gross margin:

           

East

    111,424        49,173            42,194        80,805   

West

    84,622        22,976            20,071        45,859   

Canada

    104,405        69,250            70,326        145,358   

Financial services

    10,595        4,084            1,659        5,345   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross margin

    311,046        145,483            134,250        277,367   

Corporate and unallocated expenses (1)

    (141,351     (69,199         (75,869     (151,373

Earnings from unconsolidated entities, net

    22,964        5,247            2,803        5,319   

Transaction expense

    (7,953     (39,442         —         —    

Indemnification income (expense)

    (13,034     (12,850         —         —    

Interest and other (expense) income

    (1,121     1,559            9,717        (42,589
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  $ 170,551      $ 30,798          $ 70,901      $ 88,724   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

       Year ended December 31, 2012  
     East      West      Canada      Financial
Services
     Total  

Gross margin

   $ 111,424       $ 84,622       $ 104,405       $ 10,595       $ 311,046   

Add back interest amortized to cost of revenue

     10,906         9,506         9,904         —           30,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 122,330       $ 94,128       $ 114,309       $ 10,595       $ 341,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

       July 13, 2011 Through December 31, 2011  
     East      West      Canada      Financial
Services
     Total  

Gross margin

   $ 49,173       $ 22,976       $ 69,250       $ 4,084       $ 145,483   

Add back interest amortized to cost of revenue

     3,097         1,895         5,122         —           10,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 52,270       $ 24,871       $ 74,372       $ 4,084       $ 155,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

       January 1, 2011 Through July 13, 2011  
     East      West      Canada      Financial
Services
     Total  

Gross margin

   $ 42,194       $ 20,071       $ 70,326       $ 1,659       $ 134,250   

Add back interest amortized to cost of revenue

     7,744         10,854         824         —           19,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 49,938       $ 30,925       $ 71,150       $ 1,659       $ 153,672   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents
       Year ended December 31, 2010  
     East      West      Canada      Financial
Services
     Total  

Gross margin

   $ 80,805       $ 45,859       $ 145,358       $ 5,345       $ 277,367   

Add back:

              

Impairments

     —           4,054         —           —           4,054   

Interest amortized to cost of revenue

     14,390         22,980         —           —           37,370   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 95,195       $ 72,893       $ 145,358       $ 5,345       $ 318,791   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(1) Represents selling and general administrative expenses which do not have a readily determinable metric to allocate to the segments

 

December 31, 2012  
     West      East      Canada      Financial
Services
     Corporate
and
Unallocated
     Total  

Inventory and land deposits

   $ 647,877       $ 770,774       $ 243,123       $ —        $ —        $ 1,661,774   

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     —          723         73,210         532         —          74,465   

Other assets

     22,069         99,505         315,436         100,200         483,064         1,020,274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 669,946       $ 871,002       $ 631,769       $ 100,732       $ 483,064       $ 2,756,813   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011  
     West      East      Canada      Financial
Services
     Corporate
and
Unallocated
     Total  

Inventory and land deposits

   $ 414,046       $ 378,070       $ 224,931       $ —        $ —        $ 1,017,047   

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     —          2,789         34,379         472         —          37,640   

Other assets

     22,683         46,148         288,670         43,638         215,241         616,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 436,729       $ 427,007       $ 547,980       $ 50,705       $ 215,241       $ 1,671,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill of $15.5 million related to the acquisition of Darling in the fourth quarter of 2012 (refer to Note 2) is recorded in the East region.

16. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Quarterly results are as follows (in thousands, except per unit data):

 

     Successor  
     First
Quarter
2012
     Second
Quarter
2012
     Third
Quarter
2012
     Fourth
Quarter
2012
 

Total closing revenue

   $ 236,141       $ 312,829       $ 316,351       $ 548,539   

Operating gross margin

     44,720         61,872         74,024         130,431   

Income before income taxes

     16,057         18,660         44,023         91,811   

Net income (loss) attributable to owners

     10,297         28,858         42,603         349,062 (a) 

Basic and diluted earnings per unit

   $ 0.02       $ 0.04       $ 0.06       $ 0.46   

 

F-48


Table of Contents
(a) The Company recorded a net tax benefit of $257.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 from the reversal of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance. See Note 11, Income Taxes, for additional information.

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     First
Quarter
2011
     Second
Quarter
2011
     July 1, 2011
to
July 12, 2011
          July 13, 2011
to
September 30,
2011
    Fourth
Quarter
2011
 

Total closing revenue

   $ 219,399       $ 379,473       $ 14,836          $ 305,340      $ 436,533   

Operating gross margin

     52,138         76,170         3,733            60,123        81,276   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     26,603         45,606         (1,308         (4,909     35,707   

Net income (loss) attributable to owners

     14,237         33,578         (1,917         (14,275 )(b)      39,864   

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit

     N/A         N/A         N/A          $ (0.03   $ 0.07   

 

(b) In connect with the Acquisition Transaction on July 13, 2011, the Company incurred $38.3 million of Transaction expenses in the period form July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011. See Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds  — We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $230.8 million and $206.3 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, the bonds are generally not released until all development and construction activities are completed. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding bonds as of December 31, 2012, will be drawn upon.

Land Deposits  — We are subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts (including option contracts) for the purchase, development, and sale of real estate in the routine conduct of our business. We have a number of land purchase option contracts, generally through cash deposits or letters of credit, for the right to purchase land or lots at a future point in time with predetermined terms. We do not have title to the property and the creditors generally have no recourse against us except in Canada where sellers have full recourse under statutory regulations. Our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related nonrefundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had the right to purchase approximately 5,013 and 4,523 lots under land option and land purchase contracts, respectively, which represents purchase commitments of $268.0 million and $239.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2012, we had $28.7 million in land deposits and $0.2 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts, respectively. At December 31, 2011, we had $13.6 million in land deposits and $43.6 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts.

Legal Proceedings  — Between 2008 and 2012, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several of our communities, primarily in west Florida homes, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. The estimated cost of repair for affected homes that we have inspected is included in our warranty reserve. Taylor Morrison is continuing its investigation of homes to determine whether there are additional homes, not yet inspected, with defective Chinese-made drywall. If the outcome of Taylor Morrison’s inspection identifies more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall than we have currently identified, it may require an increase in Taylor Morrison’s warranty reserve in the future. Taylor Morrison is seeking reimbursement from its subcontractors, suppliers, insurers, and manufacturers for costs that Taylor Morrison has incurred to investigate and repair homes with defective Chinese-made drywall. We believe that adequate provision for costs associated with the repair of homes currently known to have defective Chinese-made drywall has been made and that these costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,

 

F-49


Table of Contents

results of operations, or cash flows. It is reasonably possible that additional affected homes could be identified in the future but the number of homes is not readily determinable and, therefore, the range of loss is not estimable.

Between 2000 and 2007, we acquired lots and constructed homes on 316 lots in a master-planned community known as Vista Lakes near Orlando, Florida. Of the 316 lots, 55 are adjacent to a formerly used defense site, which was used as a World War II bombing range. Upon the purchase of the 316 finished lots from a nonrelated master plan developer, Taylor Morrison was unaware of the use of the adjacent property as a formerly used defense site. In 2007 and 2008, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers conducted an investigation in portions of the Vista Lakes master plan to determine the existence of munitions within the master plan. Two inert World War II practice bombs were found on lots owned by another unrelated party but near the 55 lots sold by Taylor Morrison. No munitions were found on any of the 55 lots inspected by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, although the methodology for the investigation did not include analysis of potential munitions beneath the slabs of existing homes. In 2007 and 2008, homeowners filed two lawsuits against Taylor Morrison for failure to disclose the former use of the adjacent property, seeking rescission of the purchase of their homes, diminution in value, and other damages. One suit was a consolidated action with 97 homeowners. The other lawsuit by two homeowners sought class action certification and was amended in 2009 to also name TMHF as a defendant. Taylor Morrison has settled both the purported class action case and the consolidated action with 97 individual homeowners.

Additionally, we are involved in various other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. We have accrued for losses that we believe are probable of being incurred with respect to legal claims, and at December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had legal accruals of $7.5 million and $17.8 million, respectively. We believe that the disposition of these matters will not have a material effect on our business or on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company reversed $9.1 million of legal accruals related to favorable settlements.

Operating Leases  — We lease office facilities and certain equipment under operating lease agreements. In most cases, we expect that, in the normal course of business, leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by other leases. Approximate future minimum payments under the non-cancelable leases in effect at December 31, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending

December 31,

   Lease
Payments
 

2013

   $ 5,004   

2014

     5,471   

2015

     5,184   

2016

     3,860   

2017

     2,619   

Thereafter

     980   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,118   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under non-cancelable operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $3.8 million, $1.6 million, $2.0 million, and $5.3 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expenses or sales commissions and other marketing costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Sublease income under non-cancelable operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.7 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expenses or sales commissions and other marketing costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total sublease income to be received in years subsequent to December 31, 2012, is $1.1 million.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

18. MORTGAGE COMPANY LOAN FACILITIES

In December 2010, TMHF, the Company’s wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, entered into an agreement with Flagstar Bank (the “Flagstar agreement”), as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named therein. The purpose of the Flagstar agreement is to finance the origination of up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of total availability. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing . The Flagstar agreement is terminable by either party with 30 days’ notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%, with a minimum floor of 3.95%. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Flagstar agreement, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits. The time period from borrowing to repayment is typically less than 20 business days.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were $38.6 million and $32.7 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar agreement.

In December of 2011, TMHF entered into an agreement with Comerica Bank, as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named within. The line will have the capacity to finance up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Comerica, which allows for borrowings in excess of total availability. At December 31, 2012, mortgage loans were financed under this arrangement were $41.7 million.

The mortgage borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, are collateralized by $85.0 million and $34.0 million, respectively, of mortgage loans held for sale, which comprise the balance of mortgage receivables in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and $2.0 million of restricted short-term investments in certificate of deposits known as CDARS, which are included in restricted cash in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

19. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The capital structure described below is reflective of TMM’s capital structure as it existed as of December 31, 2012.

(a) General

On July 13, 2011, the TPG Entities, investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management or their respective subsidiaries (“Oaktree” and collectively with the TPG Entities, the “Principal Sponsors”), and affiliates of JH Investments (“JHI”) acquired Taylor Morrison and Monarch from Taylor Wimpey plc. The transaction was funded by an approximately $500.0 million senior unsecured term loan (“Sponsor Loan”) and $620.3 million in equity. Certain members of management contributed approximately $3.3 million in equity. Following the transaction, there were 623,619,973 Class A Units outstanding held by the limited partners. Also as part of the transaction and in addition to Class A Units, JHI received 30,265,998 Class J1 Units, 15,133,000 Class J2 Units, and 15,133,000 Class J3 Units (“Class J Units”). The Company did not realize any proceeds relating to the issuance of the Class J Units, which were issued in consideration for services to be provided by the holders of such units. TMM Holdings GP, Inc., (“General Partner”) a British Columbia Corporation formed in 2011, is the general partner of the Partnership.

On April 13, 2012, the certain subsidiaries of the Company issued $550.0 million of 7.75 percent Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”) at an initial offering price of 100 percent of the principal amount. The net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes were $537.4 million, net of debt issuance costs of $12.6 million, were used, in part, to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was acquired by a subsidiary of the Company, and the Principal Sponsors acquired an additional 136,363,636

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Class A Units for $150.0 million. As part of the new equity issuance, the same members of management who initially invested in Class A Units were given the opportunity to purchase additional Class A Units. Accordingly, certain of those members of management elected to purchase an aggregate of 462,142 additional Class A Units, which were issued for proceeds of approximately $0.5 million. At the same time, two members of the Board of Directors purchased 1,727,273 Class A Units for $1.9 million.

From time to time the Company has also issued Class M Units to certain members of management as equity compensation, subject to time and performance vesting conditions, as discussed below.

(b) Voting

Holders of Class A Units are entitled to one vote per unit in respect of any matter that requires the action, consent or approval of the limited partners. Class J Units and Class M Units are not entitled to vote. The Company requires the approval of both Principal Sponsors (one Principal Sponsor if the other Principal Sponsor’s position is no longer 50.0 percent of its original position, or a majority of all Class A Units outstanding if neither Principal Sponsor holds 50.0 percent of its original position) to perform certain actions including: any transactions or series of transactions involving the merger or consolidation of the Partnership; any transaction or series of transactions involving the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposal by the Partnership of any assets for consideration in excess of $5.0 million and 25.0 percent of the fair value of the total assets in the Partnership; any transaction or series of transactions involving the purchase, rent, license, exchange or other acquisition by the Partnership of any assets for consideration in excess of the greater of $5.0 million and 25.0 percent of the fair value of total asset of the Partnership; any authorization or issuance of equity securities of the Partnership other than pursuant to any equity incentive plans or arrangements of the Partnership approved by the board of directors; any redemption with respect to the equity securities of the Partnership; the IPO of the Partnership; and the exercise of any registration rights in respect to any securities owned by the Partnership.

(c) Priority on Distributions

Distributions are made at such times as determined by the General Partner, which is owned by affiliates of TPG, Oaktree and JH Investments. Class A Units rank senior to Class J Units and Class M Units. Class J Units and Class M Units are not entitled to distributions until Class A Unit holders have received distributions equal to their original aggregate capital contributions. Class J Units and Class M Units would then participate in any distributions dependent on certain aggregate returns and internal rate of return (“IRR”) thresholds being met on the Principal Sponsors’ aggregate capital contributions, as further described in the Unit Award Agreements.

Any distributions to any holder of Class M Units or Class J Units that have not yet become vested pursuant to the agreement to which such Units were issued will be held back and distributed to the holder if and when such Units vest. Class M Units are eligible to participate in distributions only to the extent that the aggregate value of the distributions exceeds the Class M Return Threshold applicable to that Unit. Class J Units are eligible to participate in the distributions only to the extent that the aggregate value of the distributions exceed the Class J Return Threshold applicable to that Unit.

(d) Tax Distributions

The Partnership is required to distribute to each Limited Partner on an annual basis or more frequently, to the extent the Partnership has available cash and is not subject to any provisions prohibiting it from doing so, tax distributions in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the Limited Partner’s U.S. federal, state and local income taxes or (ii) the amount of the Limited Partner’s Canadian income taxes, with respect to the Limited Partner’s allocable share of any Partnership net taxable income and gain for such fiscal period, determined by assuming that such income or gain, as applicable, is taxable to the Limited partner, at the greater of (x) the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate then in effect, and a state and local income tax rate equal to the highest marginal rate then in effect for an individual or corporation that is a resident of New York, New York or

 

F-52


Table of Contents

(y) the highest combined provincial and federal income tax rate applicable to an individual or corporation that is a resident of Canada and is subject to tax in the province of Canada that has the highest income tax rate.

Class A Units

The following is a summary of the activity for the Class A Units:

 

     Number of Units      Amount  

As of July 13, 2011

     —        $ —    

Issuance of Class A Units

     623,619,973         623,619,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     623,619,973       $ 623,619,973   

Issuances

     138,553,052        152,408,357  

Forfeitures

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     762,173,025       $ 776,028,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity-Based Compensation — Class M

The Partnership has one class of Units (Class M) that have been issued as long-term incentive compensation to management and independent member of the board of directors. In addition, the Partnership has issued phantom M Units to certain employees resident in Canada, which are treated as Class M Units for purposes of this description and the financial statements. The Class M Units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the Class A capital as described in this note.

In conjunction with the Partnership’s 2011 Management Incentive Plan, the Partnership issued 23,717,500 Class M Units in December, 2011. The Class M Units have certain time vesting and performance based vesting provisions, as more precisely defined in the grant agreements. Generally, 5/7 or 71.4% of the Class M Units are designated as Time Vesting Units and vest at the rate of twenty percent (20%) on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. For the purposes of calculating periodic equity-based compensation expense, a five-year requisite service period has been assumed for the Time Vesting Units and expense is recognized using the straight-line allocation method. In addition, upon termination of a participant for any reason other than cause or upon resignation for good reason within the 24 month period following a change in control, all the then outstanding unvested Time Vesting Units shall immediately become vested upon such termination. The remaining 2/7 or 28.6% of the M Units that are designated as Performance Vesting Units vest 50% upon a 2.0x cash return on Sponsor contributed capital and the remaining 50% upon a 2.5x return on Sponsor contributed capital. The performance conditions for 2012 have not been met. The performance conditions for 2011 have not been met. At each future reporting period, the Partnership will assess the probability of the likelihood that the Performance Vesting Units will become eligible to vest.

As of December 31, 2012, there is a remaining pool of 5,891,429 Time Vesting Units and 2,356,571 Performance Vesting Units authorized and for issuance. As of December 31, 2012 there were 3,605,000 units vested.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the activity for the Class M Units:

 

Class M Units (Time Vesting Units)    Number of
Awards
    Grant Date Fair
Value per Unit
(Weighted
Average)
 

As of July 13, 2011

     —       $               —    

Granted

     16,992,500        0.30   

Forfeitures

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     16,992,500      $ 0.30   

Granted

     9,721,428        0.48   

Forfeitures

     (2,062,500 )     0.30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     24,651,428      $ 0.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Class M Units (Performance Vesting Units)    Number of
Awards
    Grant Date Fair
Value per Unit
(Weighted
Average)
 

As of July 13, 2011

     —       $ —    

Granted

     6,725,000        0.26   

Forfeitures

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     6,725,000      $ 0.26   

Granted

     3,408,572        0.38   

Forfeitures

     (825,000 )     0.26  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     9,308,572      $ 0.35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

3,605,000 Time Vesting Class M Units with an aggregate grant date fair value of $1.1 million vested during the year ended December 31, 2012. 21,046,428 Time Vesting Class M Units which are outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2012 have an aggregate grant date fair value of $8.9 million. Unamortized compensation expense of $8.0 million for those units is expected to be recorded over a weighted average period of 4.1 years. Compensation expense of $2.0 million was recorded in General and Administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2102.

No Performance Vesting Class M Units vested during the period ended December 31, 2012. Performance Vesting Class M Units which are outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2012 have an aggregate grant date fair value of $3.1 million. Compensation expense for those units will be recorded when the performance conditions are met.

Equity-Based Awards to Non-Employees-Class J

The Partnership has one class of Units (Class J) that have been issued as awards to non-employees for services rendered to the Partnership. The Class J Units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the Class A and Class M units as described in this note along with time and performance metrics that have not yet been met. No J Units have vested. Once these metrics are achieved and vesting occurs, the Company would record an expense relating to the value of the J shares. At each future reporting period, the Partnership will assess the probability of the likelihood that the Performance Vesting Units will become eligible to vest.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the activity for the Class J Units:

 

     Number of
Awards
 

Class J-1 Units

  

As of July 13, 2011

     —    

Issuance of Class J-1 Units

     30,265,198   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     30,265,198   

Issuances

     —    

Forfeitures

     —    
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     30,265,198   
  

 

 

 

Class J-2 Units

  

As of July 13, 2011

     —    

Issuance of Class J-2 Units

     15,133,000   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     15,133,000   

Issuances

     —    

Forfeitures

     —    
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     15,133,000   
  

 

 

 

Class J-3 Units

  

As of July 13, 2011

     —    

Issuance of Class J-3 Units

     15,133,000   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     15,133,000   

Issuances

     —    

Forfeitures

     —    
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     15,133,000   
  

 

 

 

The Class M Units and Class J Units contain certain repurchase provisions which could result in an award being settled in cash in the event of certain types of termination scenarios. The Company established a policy that settlement will not occur until the point in time where the unit holder has borne sufficient risks and rewards of equity ownership, assumed as six-months and one-day post vesting.

Equity-based compensation- Fair value

The Company accounts for equity-based compensation in accordance with the fair value provisions of ASC Topic 718. Principals of option pricing theory were used to calculate the fair value of the subject grants. Under this methodology, the Company’s various classes of Units are modeled as call options with distinct claims on the assets of the Company. The characteristics of the Unit classes, as determined by the unit agreements and the Company’s limited partnership agreements, determine the uniqueness of each Unit’s claim on the Company’s assets relative to each other and the other components of the Company’s capital structure. Periodic valuations are performed in order to properly recognize equity-based compensation expense in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations.

During 2012, the Company considered the following significant factors in preparing its business enterprise valuations:

 

   

Additional capital contributions associated with the conversion of the Senior Debt to Legacy Class A Units and associated management purchases of Legacy Class A Units, discussed above;

 

   

Issuances of Senior Notes;

 

F-55


Table of Contents
   

Changes in multiples of book value of invested capital for the Company’s comparable publicly-traded peers;

 

   

The state of the housing industry in general, including the timing of the housing industry recovery and the Company’s view of the sustainability of any such recovery;

 

   

The Company’s ability to access the debt and equity capital markets;

 

   

The Company’s performance and results of operations and related indicators (including backlog);

 

   

Housing market conditions in the geographic areas in which the Company operates;

 

   

Changes in and uncertainties with respect to, regional, national and international economic conditions; and

 

   

The Company’s ability to capitalize on any recovery in the housing industry

The equity unit valuations included the following key assumptions in the determination of grant date fair value, summarized as follows:

 

     Period ended December 31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  

Implied Equity Volatility

     45-50%         60%   

Expected Dividends

     None            None      

Risk-free Rate

          0.6%         0.9%   

Expected term

     4.5 years            5.0 years      

20. EARNINGS PER UNIT

Basic and diluted earnings per unit (Successor) were calculated as follows (in thousands, except per unit amounts):

 

     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
     July 13, 2011
Through
December 31,
2011
 

Basic weighted average number of units outstanding

     723,181         620,646   

Effect of dilutive securities

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive average units outstanding

     723,181         620,646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to owners

   $ 430,848       $ 25,589   

Net income attributable to other securities

     —          —    

Net income attributable to Class A units

   $ 430,848       $ 25,589   

Basic and Diluted earnings per Class A unit

   $ 0.60       $ 0.04   

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 4, 2013, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. We are not aware of any significant events that occurred subsequent to the balance sheet date, but prior to the completion of this report, that would have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

******

 

F-56


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

23,810,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

Credit Suisse   Citigroup

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan   Zelman Partners LLC

 

HSBC   Wells Fargo Securities  

FBR

 

JMP Securities

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

     Amount  

Registration fee

   $ 82,166   

FINRA filing fee

     75,500   

Stock exchange fee

     162,621   

Transfer agent’s fees

     2,500   

Printing and engraving expenses

     1,200,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     6,917,213   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,510,000   

Miscellaneous

     50,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the Registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Registrant’s Bylaws provide for indemnification by the Registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On November 15, 2012 the registrant issued 1,000 shares of Class A common stock to certain of the Principal Equityholders for aggregate consideration of $1,000. The shares of Class A common stock described above were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” in the accompanying prospectus, the registrant will issue an aggregate of 98,498,964 shares of its Class B common stock to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and certain members of our management and our board. The shares of Class B common stock described above will be issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis that the transaction will not involve a public offering. No underwriters will be involved in the transaction.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
  4.1   Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2012, relating to Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc.’s and Monarch Communities Inc.’s 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee†
  4.2   Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation†
  5   Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
10.1   Credit Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(a)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(b)   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(c)   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.2   Form of Registration Rights Agreement
10.3  

Form of Limited Partnership Agreement of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership

10.4   Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.5   Form of Exchange Agreement
10.6   Form of Stockholders Agreement
10.7   Form of Put/Call Agreement among Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. and OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P.
10.8   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer†
10.9   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 17, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer†
10.10   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and David Cone†
10.11   Form of Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and the applicable executive (Stephen Wethor, Lou Steffens and Tawn Kelley)†
10.12   Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of June 20, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Edward A. Barnes†
10.13   Form of Restrictive Covenants Agreement with Taylor Morrison, Inc.†
10.14   Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan
10.15   Form of Employee Nonqualified Option Award Agreement for use with the Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan
10.16   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for use with the Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan
10.17   Form of Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement with Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
10.18   Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan
10.19  

Monarch Communities Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan

10.20   Form of Reorganization Agreement
10.21   Form of Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Governance Agreement
10.22   Form of Monarch Communities Inc. Governance Agreement
10.23   TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership 2013 Common Unit Plan
21.1   Subsidiaries of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation†
23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2   Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5)
24.1   Power of Attorney†

 

Previously filed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules:

See our Consolidated Financial Statements starting on page F-1. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and have therefore been omitted.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing date specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the

 

II-3


Table of Contents

registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Scottsdale, State of Arizona, on the 4th day of April , 2013.

 

T AYLOR M ORRISON H OME C ORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Sheryl Palmer

  Name:       Sheryl Palmer
  Title:       President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities, in the locations and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sheryl Palmer

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

April 4, 2013

Sheryl Palmer     

/s/ C. David Cone

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

 

April 4, 2013

C. David Cone     

*

   Director  

April 4, 2013

John Brady     

*

   Director  

April 4, 2013

Kelvin Davis     

*

  

Director and Chairman of the

Board of Directors

 

April 4, 2013

Timothy R. Eller     

*

   Director  

April 4, 2013

James Henry     

*

   Director  

April 4, 2013

Joe S. Houssian     

*

   Director  

April 4, 2013

Jason Keller     

*

   Director  

April 4, 2013

Greg Kranias     

*

   Director  

April 4, 2013

Peter Lane     

*

   Director  

April 4, 2013

Rajath Shourie     

 

*By:  

/s/ Darrell C. Sherman

Name:   Darrell C. Sherman, Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
  4.1   Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2012, relating to Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc.’s and Monarch Communities Inc.’s 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee†
  4.2   Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation†
  5   Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
10.1   Credit Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(a)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(b)   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(c)   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.2   Form of Registration Rights Agreement
10.3  

Form of Limited Partnership Agreement of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership

10.4   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.5   Form of Exchange Agreement
10.6   Form of Stockholders Agreement
10.7   Form of Put/Call Agreement among Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. and OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P.
10.8   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer†
10.9   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 17, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer†

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.10    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and David Cone†
10.11    Form of Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and the applicable executive (Stephen Wethor, Lou Steffens and Tawn Kelley)†
10.12    Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of June 20, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Edward A. Barnes†
10.13    Form of Restrictive Covenants Agreement with Taylor Morrison, Inc.†
10.14    Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan
10.15    Form of Employee Nonqualified Option Award Agreement for use with the Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan
10.16    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for use with the Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan
10.17    Form of Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement with Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
10.18    Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan
10.19   

Monarch Communities Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan

10.20    Form of Reorganization Agreement
10.21    Form of Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Governance Agreement
10.22    Form of Monarch Communities Inc. Governance Agreement
10.23    TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership 2013 Common Unit Plan
21.1    Subsidiaries of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation†
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2    Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5)
24.1    Power of Attorney†

 

Previously filed.

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

23,810,000 Shares

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

Class A Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

April [ ], 2013

C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC AND

C ITIGROUP G LOBAL M ARKETS I NC .,

as representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the several Underwriters (as defined below),

c/o C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue,

New York, NY 10010-3629

C ITIGROUP G LOBAL M ARKETS I NC .

388 Greenwich Street,

New York, NY 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Introductory . Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), agrees with the several underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) to issue and sell to the several Underwriters 23,810,000 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $[ ] per share (the “ Securities ”). Such 23,810,000 shares of Securities are hereinafter referred to as the “ Firm Securities ”. The Company also agrees to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than 3,571,000 additional shares of Securities (such additional shares of Securities, being hereinafter referred to as the “ Optional Securities ”), as set forth below. The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “ Offered Securities ”.

Prior to, or contemporaneous with, the consummation of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the Company will, through a series of transactions, indirectly acquire partnership interests in TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“ TMM Holdings ”) with the net cash proceeds received in said offering and indirectly acquire control over the sole general partner of TMM Holdings. Immediately prior to the consummation of said offering, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM Holdings will indirectly contribute their limited partnership interests in TMM Holdings to TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a new limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ New TMM Holdings ”), such that TMM Holdings and the general partner of TMM Holdings will become wholly owned subsidiaries of New TMM Holdings. In connection with these transactions, TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. and OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P., which will be the entities through which the existing limited partners of TMM Holdings will indirectly continue to hold their equity investment in TMM Holdings, will receive shares of Class B common stock of the Company. The transactions set forth in this paragraph and described in further detail in the General Disclosure Package (as defined below), are referred to collectively as the “ Reorganization ”.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings . The Company, TMM Holdings (subject to Section 19 hereof) and New TMM Holdings, jointly and severally represent and warrant to, and agree with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) Filing and Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Certain Defined Terms . The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-185269) covering the registration of the Offered Securities under the Act, including a related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses. At any particular time, this initial registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including all information contained in the registration statement (if any) filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) and then


deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement, and all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Initial Registration Statement ”. The Company may also have filed, or may file with the Commission, a Rule 462(b) registration statement covering the registration of Offered Securities. At any particular time, this Rule 462(b) registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including the contents of the Initial Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein and including all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Additional Registration Statement ”.

As of the time of execution and delivery of this agreement (this “ Agreement ”), the Initial Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act and is not proposed to be amended. Any Additional Registration Statement has or will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and is not proposed to be amended. The Offered Securities all have been or will be duly registered under the Act pursuant to the Initial Registration Statement and, if applicable, the Additional Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Agreement:

430A Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus and retroactively deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b).

430C Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus then deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430C.

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Applicable Time ” means [ ]:00 [p.m.] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.

Closing Date has the meaning given to such term in Section 3 hereof.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Effective Time ” with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c). If an Additional Registration Statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Company has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file one, “ Effective Time ” with respect to such Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Final Prospectus ” means the Statutory Prospectus that discloses the public offering price, other 430A Information and other final terms of the Offered Securities and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act.

General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors, as evidenced by its being so specified in Schedule B to this Agreement.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, relating to the Offered Securities in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are referred to collectively as the “ Registration Statements ” and individually as a “ Registration Statement ”. A

 

2


Registration Statement ” with reference to a particular time means the Initial Registration Statement and any Additional Registration Statement as of such time. A “ Registration Statement ” without reference to a time means such Registration Statement as of its Effective Time. For purposes of the foregoing definitions, 430A Information with respect to a Registration Statement shall be considered to be included in such Registration Statement as of the time specified in Rule 430A.

Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Securities Laws ” means, collectively, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“ Sarbanes-Oxley ”), the Act, the Exchange Act, the Rules and Regulations, the auditing principles, rules, standards and practices applicable to auditors of “issuers” (as defined in Sarbanes-Oxley) promulgated or approved by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as applicable, the rules of The New York Stock Exchange (“ Exchange Rules ”).

Statutory Prospectus ” with reference to a particular time means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement immediately prior to that time, including any 430A Information or 430C Information with respect to such Registration Statement. For purposes of the foregoing definition, 430A Information shall be considered to be included in the Statutory Prospectus as of the actual time that form of prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 462(c) and not retroactively.

References to “subsidiaries” or “Significant Subsidiaries” of the Company and similar expressions shall be construed after giving effect to the Reorganization as if the same had occurred immediately prior to the date hereof.

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a “rule” is to the indicated rule under the Act.

(ii) Compliance with Securities Act Requirements . (i) (A) At their respective Effective Times, (B) on the date of this Agreement and (C) on each Closing Date, each of the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement (if any) conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (ii) on its date, at the time of filing of the Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Final Prospectus is included, and on each Closing Date, the Final Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any such document based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 8(c) hereof.

(iii) Ineligible Issuer Status. (i) At the time of the initial filing of the Initial Registration Statement and (ii) at the date of this Agreement, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, including (x) the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the preceding three years not having been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor or having been made the subject of a judicial or administrative decree or order as described in Rule 405 and (y) the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the preceding three years not having been the subject of a bankruptcy petition or insolvency or similar proceeding, not having had a registration statement be the subject of a proceeding under Section 8 of the Act and not being the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Act in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, all as described in Rule 405.

(iv) General Disclosure Package . As of the Applicable Time, none of (i) the General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and the preliminary prospectus, dated April 1, 2013 (which is the most recent Statutory Prospectus distributed to investors generally) and the other information, if any, stated in Schedule B to this Agreement to be included in the General Disclosure Package, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”) or (ii) any individual

 

3


Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Statutory Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(b) hereof.

(v) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Securities, or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representatives as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement (other than in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that eliminates or corrects a previously existing conflict, untrue statement or omission in the Registration Statement). If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if republished immediately following such event or development, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (i) the Company has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Representatives and (ii) the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

(vi) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as it is currently being conducted and to own or lease its properties as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package; and the Company is duly qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation (to the extent such a concept exists in such jurisdiction) in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to (1) result, individually or in the aggregate, in a material adverse effect on the properties, business, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (2) materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements (as defined below), to the extent party thereto, or to consummate the Reorganization or any other transactions contemplated hereby or by the Transaction Agreements (any of the events set forth in clauses (1) or (2), a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

(vii) Subsidiaries. Each “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X of the Rules and Regulations, but substituting 5% in place of 10% in such definition) of the Company (each, a “ Significant Subsidiary ”) has been duly incorporated or formed and is validly existing as a corporation or other entity and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (to the extent such a concept exists in such jurisdiction), with all requisite power and authority (corporate and other) to carry on its business as it is currently being conducted and to own or lease its properties as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package; each Significant Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity (to the extent such a concept exists in such jurisdiction) in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or equity interests of each Significant Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued and all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Significant Subsidiary that is a corporation has been fully paid and is nonassessable; and the capital stock of each Significant Subsidiary is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects (other than liens, encumbrances, and defects that (i) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) result from transfer restrictions imposed by the Act, the securities or blue sky

 

4


laws of certain jurisdictions and (iii) result from security interests disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and, in particular, those security interests described under the caption “Description of Certain Indebtedness” in the General Disclosure Package).

(viii) Offered Securities . The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized; the authorized equity capitalization of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package; all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are, and, when the Offered Securities have been delivered and paid for in accordance with this Agreement on each Closing Date, such Offered Securities will have been, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will conform in all material respects to the information in the General Disclosure Package and to the description of such Offered Securities contained in the Final Prospectus; the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities; and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any security holder. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no outstanding (i) securities or obligations of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock of the Company, (ii) warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase from the Company any such capital stock or any such convertible or exchangeable securities or obligations or (iii) obligations of the Company to issue or sell any shares of capital stock, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or obligations or any such warrants, rights or options. The Company has not, directly or indirectly, offered or sold any of the Offered Securities by means of any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations) or used any “prospectus” or made any offer (within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations) in connection with the offer or sale of the Offered Securities, in each case other than the preliminary prospectus referred to in Section 2(a)(iv) hereof.

(ix) No Finder’s Fee. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

(x) Registration Rights. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act (collectively, “ registration rights ”), and any person to whom the Company has granted registration rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period referred to in Section 5(k) hereof.

(xi) Listing. The Offered Securities have been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance.

(xii) Absence of Further Requirements. Except for the filing in the State of Delaware of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement and the filing of the Form 8-A required for registration of the Securities pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing or registration with, qualification, license or permit of or with (i) any court or government agency, body or authority or administrative agency or (ii) any other person is required to be obtained or made by the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, or their respective subsidiaries for (A) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company or TMM Holdings of this Agreement or (B) the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the consummation of the Reorganization or the other transactions contemplated hereby or by the Transaction Agreements (as defined below), in each case except (1) such as have been obtained or made on or prior to the date hereof, (2) such as may be required under state securities laws or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) or (3) where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals, authorizations or orders, filings, registrations, qualifications, licenses or permits could not, individually or in the aggregate, adversely affects the ability of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements, to the extent party thereto, or to consummate the Reorganization or any other transactions contemplated hereby or by the Transaction Agreements.

 

5


(xiii) Title to Property . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, charges, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have peaceful and undisturbed possession under all material leases to which any of them is a party as lessee and each of which lease is valid and binding and no default exists thereunder, except in each case as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xiv) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts Resulting from the Transaction. None of (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, (ii) the offering and sale of the Offered Securities by the Company and (iii) the consummation of the Reorganization or the other transactions contemplated hereby or by the Transaction Agreements violates, conflicts with or constitutes a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or will violate, conflict with or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or a default under (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default under), or require consent under, or result in the imposition of a lien or encumbrance on any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) pursuant to, (a) the charter or bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, (b) any bond, debenture, note, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of their properties are subject, (c) any statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any of their assets or properties or (d) any judgment, order or decree of any court or governmental agency, body or authority or administrative agency, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any of their assets or properties, except, with respect to clauses (b) through (d), as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; a “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition that gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.

(xv) Absence of Existing Defaults and Conflicts. Each of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries, is not (i) in violation of its charter or bylaws or other organizational documents, (ii) in default (or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would be in default) under any existing obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties is subject, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) in violation of any local, state, federal or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, requirement, judgment or court decree (including, without limitation, laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, requirements, judgments or court decrees pertaining to the provision of residential mortgage or other home financing) applicable to it or any of its assets or properties (whether owned or leased), except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package. To the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, there exists no condition (with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above) that, with notice, the passage of time or otherwise, would constitute a default under any such document or instrument or a violation under any such law or order, except for any such default which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xvi) Authorization of Agreements. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and TMM Holdings. Each of the limited partnership agreement of New TMM Holdings, the amended and restated limited partnership agreement of TMM Holdings and the exchange agreement, (in each case as described in the General Disclosure Package and collectively referred to herein as the “ Transaction Agreements ”) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and TMM Holdings to the extent they are a party thereto.

 

6


(xvii) Possession of Licenses and Permits. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries possess, and are in compliance with the terms of, all adequate certificates, authorizations, franchises, licenses and permits (“ Licenses ”), including, without limitation, under any applicable Environmental Laws, as are necessary to lease and operate their respective properties and to the conduct of their respective businesses as now conducted or proposed in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus to be conducted by them, except where the failure to have such Licenses could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, it and its respective subsidiaries have fulfilled and performed all of their obligations with respect to such Licenses and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to, and no event has occurred that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation, termination or modification thereof in either case, except where such failure to perform, or occurrence of such event could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) Absence of Labor Dispute; Compliance with Law. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there is (i) no significant unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, threatened against any of them, before the National Labor Relations Board, any state or local labor relations board or any foreign labor relations board, and no significant grievance or significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, threatened against any of them, except for any such complaint, grievance or arbitration that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) no significant strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, threatened against any of them, except for any such strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, there is no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for any union representation question that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, no material collective bargaining organizing activities are taking place with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Neither the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated (A) any federal, state or local law or foreign law relating to discrimination in hiring, promotion or pay of employees, (B) any applicable wage or hour law or (C) any provision of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), or the rules and regulations thereunder or any similar applicable foreign law, except in each case those violations that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability (1) under Title IV of ERISA (other than for contributions that are not past due to a Plan (defined as any employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not subject to ERISA), with respect to which the Company or any member of its Controlled Group would have any liability) or for premiums to the Pension Benefits Guaranty Corporation, in the ordinary course that are not past due and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) or (2) (x) in excess of the amount permitted by the law applicable to a Foreign Plan (defined as any Plan in which current or former non-U.S. employees participate), (y) on account of the complete or partial termination of a Foreign Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer from a Foreign Plan or (z) due to the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under the law applicable to a Foreign Plan, except in each case covered by clauses (1) and (2) for such liabilities that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix) Possession of Intellectual Property. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms sufficient trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals, trade secrets, inventions, technology, know-how and other intellectual property and similar rights, including registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”) necessary to the conduct of the business now conducted or proposed in the General Disclosure Package to be conducted by them, except where the

 

7


failure to own or possess such Intellectual Property Rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the expected expiration of any such Intellectual Property Rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, (i) to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, there are no rights of third parties to any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, there is no material infringement, misappropriation, breach, default or other violation, or the occurrence of any event that with notice or the passage of time would constitute any of the foregoing, by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights of the Company and its subsidiaries; (iii) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company and its subsidiaries in or to, or the violation of any of the terms of, any of their Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings are unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (iv) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings are unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (v) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates or conflicts with any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; and (vi) none of the Intellectual Property Rights used by the Company or its subsidiaries in their businesses has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of the rights of any persons, except in each case covered by clauses (i) through (vi) as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx) Environmental Laws. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and except for any matters that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of, or has any liability under, any federal, state, local or non-U.S. statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, other requirement or rule of law (including common law), or decision or order of any domestic or foreign governmental entity or court, relating to pollution, to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, discharge, disposal or release of Hazardous Substances (defined below), to the protection or restoration of the environment or natural resources (including biota), to health and safety including as such relates to exposure to Hazardous Substances, and to natural resource damages (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries owns, occupies, operates or uses any real property contaminated with Hazardous Substances in a condition or concentration that requires investigation or remediation pursuant to Environmental Laws, (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is liable or allegedly liable for any release or threatened release of Hazardous Substances, including at any off-site treatment, storage or disposal site, and (iv) the Company and its subsidiaries have received and are in compliance with all, and have no liability under any, permits, licenses, authorizations, identification numbers or other approvals required under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (b) to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, there are no facts or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in a violation of, liability under, claim or expense pursuant to any Environmental Law. For purposes of this subsection, “ Hazardous Substances ” means (A) petroleum and petroleum products, by-products or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and mold, and (B) any other chemical (including film processing chemicals), material or substance defined or regulated as toxic or hazardous or as a pollutant, contaminant or waste under Environmental Laws.

(xxi) Accurate Disclosure. The statements in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the headings “Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock”, “Description of the Capital Stock”, “Description of Certain Indebtedness”, “Certain Relationship and Related Party Transactions” and “Organizational Structure” to the extent they constitute summaries of United States federal law or regulation or legal conclusions or legal documents, accurately and fairly summarize the matters described under that heading in all material respects.

 

8


(xxii) Absence of Manipulation . The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

(xxiii) Statistical and Market-Related Data. Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in a Registration Statement, a Statutory Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package are based on, or derived from, sources that the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings believe to be reliable and accurate.

(xxiv) Internal Controls and Compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley. Except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Company, its subsidiaries and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) are in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley and all applicable Exchange Rules (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law). The Company and each subsidiary (i) makes and keeps accurate books and records and (ii) maintains and will maintain a system of internal controls, including, but not limited to, disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls over accounting matters and financial reporting, an internal audit function and legal and regulatory compliance controls (collectively, “ Internal Controls ”) that comply with the Securities Laws and are sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of its financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”) and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (D) the recorded accountability for its assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Internal Controls are, or upon consummation of the offering of the Offered Securities will be, overseen by the Audit Committee (the “ Audit Committee ”) of the Board in accordance with Exchange Rules. The Company has not publicly disclosed or reported to the Audit Committee or the Board, a significant deficiency, material weakness, change in Internal Controls or fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in Internal Controls (each, an “ Internal Control Event ”), any violation of, or failure to comply with, the Securities Laws, or any matter which, if determined adversely, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxv) Absence of Accounting Issues. The Audit Committee is not currently reviewing or actively investigating, and neither the independent auditor of the Company and its subsidiaries nor any internal auditor has recommended that the Audit Committee review or investigate, (i) adding to, deleting, changing the application of, or changing the disclosure of the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to, any of their material accounting policies; (ii) any matter which could result in a restatement of the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries for any annual or interim period during the current or prior three fiscal years; or (iii) any Internal Control Event, or fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in Internal Controls.

(xxvi) Litigation . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there is (i) no action, suit, investigation or proceeding before or by any court, arbitrator or governmental agency, body or authority or administrative agency, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, threatened or contemplated, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which the assets or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be subject and (ii) no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by a federal or state court or foreign court of competent jurisdiction to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be subject or to which the business, assets or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be subject, that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxvii) Financial Statements. The accountants who have certified or will certify the financial statements included or to be included as part of the General Disclosure Package and each Registration

 

9


Statement are an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the Rules and Regulations and as required by the Act and the applicable rules and guidance from the Public Company Accounting Board (United States). Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and each Registration Statement, the historical consolidated financial statements, together with related schedules and notes thereto, included in the General Disclosure Package and each Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of operations of the Company or TMM Holdings at the dates and for the periods indicated. All such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods presented, except as disclosed therein. The other financial information and data included in the General Disclosure Package and each Registration Statement, which financial information and data is derived from the Company’s or TMM Holdings’ historical consolidated financial statements, are fairly presented in all material respects and (except for any non-GAAP financial measures) prepared on a basis consistent with the Company’s or TMM Holdings’ historical consolidated financial statements, as applicable, included in the General Disclosure Package and each Registration Statement and the books and records, as applicable. The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package and each Registration Statement provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions or events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma columns therein reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the corresponding historical financial statement amounts. There are no financial statements that are required to be included in the General Disclosure Package under the Securities Laws that are not included as required.

(xxviii) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, since the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package (i) there has been no change, nor any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that is material and adverse; (ii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock; (iii) there has been no material adverse change, nor any development that is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse change, in the capital stock, short-term indebtedness, long-term indebtedness, net current assets or net assets of the Company or its subsidiaries from that set forth in the General Disclosure Package (other than borrowings in the ordinary course of business) and (iv) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred any liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company or its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and that are required to be disclosed on a balance sheet or notes thereto in accordance with GAAP and are not disclosed on the latest balance sheet or notes thereto included in the Final Prospectus, nor entered into any transaction not in the ordinary course of business. Since the date hereof and since the date of the Final Prospectus, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there has not occurred any change or development that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxix) Investment Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, none of them will be an “investment company” required to be registered under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940.

(xxx) Ratings. No “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as such term is defined for purposes of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act (i) has imposed (or has informed the Company that it is considering imposing) any condition (financial or otherwise) on the Company’s retaining any rating assigned to the Company or any securities of the Company or (ii) has indicated to the Company that it is considering any of the actions described in Section 7(c)(ii) hereof.

(xxxi) [Reserved.]

(xxxii) Tax Matters . The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns that are required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof, except in any case in which the failure to so file could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, except as

 

10


disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have paid all taxes (including any assessments, fines or penalties) required to be paid by them, except for any such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties (i) currently being contested in good faith and that have been reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP or (ii) as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxiii) Insurance . The Company and its subsidiaries are insured by appropriate insurers against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary for the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to maintain such insurance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect, except where the failure to be in full force and effect could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments, except where the failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; there are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for, except where such refusal would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package.

(xxxiv) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Bribery Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted, in all material respects, in compliance with applicable financial record keeping and reporting requirements relating to money laundering applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries, and, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, any related or similar statutes, rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”), and to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or threatened, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity, (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds, or (iii) caused the Company or its subsidiaries to be in violation of any provision of any applicable national or local law regulating payments to governmental officials or employees (including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended).

(xxxv) OFAC . None of the Company or its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or its subsidiaries is currently subject to any sanctions administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or any other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or in any other manner that will result in a violation of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xxxvi) No Restrictions on Payments by Subsidiaries . Except as provided by the terms of the various instruments disclosed under the caption “Description of Certain Indebtedness” in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, (i) from paying any dividends to the Company, (ii) from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock, (iii) from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or (iv) from transferring any of such subsidiary’s material properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

 

11


3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of $[ ] per share, that number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A hereto.

The Company will deliver the Firm Securities to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives against payment of the purchase price in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to the Representatives drawn to the order of [ ], at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, at [ ] a.m., New York time, on [ ], 2013, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as the Representatives and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “ First Closing Date ”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Offered Securities sold pursuant to the offering. The Firm Securities so to be delivered or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at a reasonable time in advance of the First Closing Date.

In addition, upon written notice from the Representatives given to the Company from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Final Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the Firm Securities. The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of Optional Securities that is specified in such notice. Such Optional Securities shall be purchased from the Company for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name on Schedule A bears to the total number of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by the Representatives to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company.

Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities, being herein referred to as an “ Optional Closing Date ”, which may be the First Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a “ Closing Date ”), shall be determined by the Representatives but shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives, against payment of the purchase price therefore in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to the Representatives drawn to the order of [ ] in the case of [ ] Optional Securities and [ ] in the case of [ ] Optional Securities, at the above office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. The Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.

4. Offering by Underwriters . It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Final Prospectus.

5. Certain Agreements of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings . The Company, TMM Holdings (subject to Section 19 hereof) and New TMM Holdings jointly and severally agree with the several Underwriters that:

(a) Additional Filings. Unless filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) as part of the Additional Registration Statement in accordance with the next sentence, the Company will file the Final Prospectus, in a form approved by the Representatives, with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and

 

12


if consented to by the Representatives, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and provide satisfactory evidence to the Representatives of such timely filing. If an Additional Registration Statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will file the Additional Registration Statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by the Representatives.

(b) Filing of Amendments; Response to Commission Requests. The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of any proposal to amend or supplement at any time the Initial Registration Statement, any Additional Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation without the Representatives’ consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and the Company will also advise the Representatives promptly of (i) the effectiveness of any Additional Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement), (ii) any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus, (iii) any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment to any Registration Statement, for any supplement to any Statutory Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement or the threatening of any proceeding for that purpose, and (v) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Offered Securities in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(c) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Final Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and the dealers and any other dealers upon request of the Representatives, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance. Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor the Underwriters’ delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof.

(d) Rule 158. As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “ Availability Date ” means the day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Time on which the Company is required to file its Form 10-Q for such fiscal quarter except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “ Availability Date ” means the day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter on which the Company is required to file its Form 10-K.

(e) Furnishing of Prospectuses. The Company will furnish to the Representatives conformed copies of each Registration Statement, each related Statutory Prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act, the Final Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as the Representatives reasonably request. The Final Prospectus shall be so furnished on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement; provided that the Company will use its best efforts to so furnish the Final Prospectus on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, the first

 

13


business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All other such documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

(f) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives reasonably designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Securities; provided that in connection therewith, the Company will not be required to file a general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, or subject itself to taxation for doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Reporting Requirements. During the period of five years hereafter, and solely to the extent the Company shall at such time maintain a listing of its Class A common stock on a national securities exchange, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the Company will furnish to the Representatives (i) as soon as available, a copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the Representatives may reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is timely filing reports with the Commission on its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system, it is not required to furnish such reports or statements to the Underwriters.

(h) Payment of Expenses. The Company, New TMM Holdings and TMM Holdings agree with the several Underwriters that the Company, New TMM Holdings and TMM Holdings will pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company, as the case may be, under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) any filing fees and other expenses incurred in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and the preparation and printing of memoranda relating thereto, (ii) costs and expenses related to the review by FINRA of the Offered Securities (including filing fees and the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such review up to an amount not to exceed $15,000 in the aggregate), (iii) fees and expenses incident to listing the Offered Securities on The New York Stock Exchange and other national and foreign exchanges, (iv) costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations or any “road show” in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities, including, without limitation, any travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expenses of the Company including one-half of the cost of any airplane chartered in connection with the “road show”, (v) fees and expenses in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities under the Exchange Act, expenses incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Final Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters, (vi) expenses incurred for preparing, printing and distributing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses to investors or prospective investors, (vii) all fees, expenses and disbursements of any counsel to the Company, New TMM Holdings and TMM Holdings for services performed in connection with the offering. It is understood that, except as provided in this Section and Sections 8 and 10 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the offering and the other transactions contemplated hereby, including fees and disbursements of their own counsel.

(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it in connection with this offering in the manner described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the General Disclosure Package and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any Underwriter or affiliate of any Underwriter.

(j) Absence of Manipulation. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

(k) (A)  Restriction on Sale of Securities by Company. For the period specified below (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the Company will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to its Securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of its Securities (“ Lock-Up Securities ”):

 

14


(i) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities, (ii) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase Lock-Up Securities, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Securities, (iv) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in Lock-Up Securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (v) file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to Lock-Up Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, in each case without the prior written consent of the Representatives. The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (a) the Offered Securities to be sold hereunder, (b) the mere issuance or transfer of Lock-Up Securities as part of the Reorganization pursuant to the Transaction Agreements, (c) the issuance by the Company of options to subscribe for or purchase Lock-Up Securities and other incentive compensation, including restricted shares or restricted share units, in each case under incentive plans approved by the Board and disclosed in the in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, (d) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 with the Commission relating to the offering of securities pursuant to terms of such incentive or similar plans, (e) the issuance by the Company of Class A common stock or securities convertible into Class A common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination (including the filing of a registration statement on Form S-4 or other appropriate form with respect thereto); provided that, for purposes of this clause (e), such issuances are limited to an amount equal to 5% of the total shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after the completion of the offering (assuming that all partnership interests in New TMM Holdings and corresponding shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of the offering are exchanged for shares of Class A common stock); provided further that recipients of such Class A common stock agree to be bound by the terms of the lockup letter in the form of Exhibit A hereto; and (f) issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date hereof, grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof, issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the exercise of such options or issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan, if any. The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and continue for 180 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that the Representatives consent to in writing; provided , however , that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension. The Company will provide the Representatives with notice of any announcement described in clause (2) of the preceding sentence that gives rise to an extension of the Lock-Up Period.

(B) Agreement to Announce Lock-Up Waiver . If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 7(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

6. Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives (not to be unreasonably withheld or delay), it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and each of the Representatives is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus ”. The Company represents that it has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Company represents that is has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

 

15


7. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and New TMM Holdings herein (as though made on such Closing Date), to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company and New TMM Holdings made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and New TMM Holdings of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

(a) Accountants’ Comfort Letters. The Representatives shall have received letters, dated, respectively, the date hereof and each Closing Date, of Deloitte & Touche LLP confirming that they are a registered public accounting firm and independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Laws and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Representatives.

(b) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 p.m., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later time as shall have been consented to by the Representatives. The Final Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section 5(a) hereof. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company, TMM Holdings or the Representatives, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

(c) No Material Adverse Change. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole which, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities or proceed with the offering on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the General Disclosure Package; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act) or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such rating or any announcement that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has been placed on a negative outlook); (iii) any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical to market or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iv) any suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, or any setting of minimum or maximum prices for trading on such exchange; (v) any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (vi) any banking moratorium declared by any U.S. federal or New York authorities; (vii) any major disruption of settlements of securities, payment or clearance services in the United States or (viii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the Representatives, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities or proceed with the offering on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the General Disclosure Package.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Company and New TMM Holdings. The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Company, and Maples and Calder, counsel for New TMM Holdings, substantially in the forms of Exhibit C-1 and Exhibit C-2 hereto.

 

16


(e) Opinion of General Counsel for the Company . The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Darrell Sherman, Esq., general counsel for the Company and New TMM Holdings substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(f) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters. In rendering such opinion, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP may rely as to all matters governed by Arizona, Cayman Islands, and Delaware law upon the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, Maples and Calder and Darrell Sherman, Esq. referred to in Section 7(d) and 7(e) above.

(g) Officers’ Certificate. The Representatives shall have received (i) a certificate for the Company, dated such Closing Date, of an executive officer and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company; and (ii) a certificate for New TMM Holdings, dated such Closing Date, of an authorized signatory of the general partner of New TMM Holdings, each in which such officers or authorized signatories, as applicable shall state that: the representations and warranties of the Company and New TMM Holdings in this Agreement are true and correct; each of the Company and New TMM Holdings have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to their knowledge and after reasonable investigation, are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule 462(b) was timely filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) of Regulation S-T of the Commission; and, subsequent to the respective dates of the most recent financial statements in the General Disclosure Package, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package or as described in such certificate.

(h) Lock-Up Agreements. On or prior to the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received lockup letters substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A from each of the executive officers and directors of the Company and from such other persons as set forth on Schedule C hereto.

(i) No Objection . FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Offered Securities.

(j) CFO Certificate. The Representatives shall have received, on the date hereof and each Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate dated such date and signed by the chief financial officer in his capacity as such on behalf of the Company, in the form previously agreed among the parties hereto.

(k) NYSE Listing . The Offered Securities shall have been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

(l) Concurrent Reorganization . The Company shall have amended and restated its certificate of incorporation (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) and reclassified its common stock into Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Reorganization Transactions (as defined in the General Disclosure Package) shall have been consummated prior to or substantially concurrently with the initial closing hereunder, as set forth in the General Disclosure Package.

The Company and New TMM Holdings will furnish the Representatives with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representatives reasonably request. The Representatives may in their sole discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.

 

17


8. Indemnification and Contribution . (a)  Indemnification of Underwriters by Company. The Company, TMM Holdings (subject to Section 19 hereof) and New TMM Holdings will jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Final Prospectus or, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any reasonable and documented legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating, preparing or defending against any loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, and in connection with the enforcement of this provision with respect to any of the above as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(b) hereof.

(b) Indemnification of Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings. Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless each of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, each of their respective directors and officers who signs a Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus at any time, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any reasonable and documented legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigating, preparing or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Underwriter Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the concession figure appearing in the fourth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus and the information contained in the seventh paragraph (related to sales of discretionary accounts), fourteenth paragraph (related to stabilization), fithteenth paragraph (related to electronic prospectus distribution) and sixteenth paragraph (related to the activities of the underwriters) under the caption “Underwriting” in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above (or, if applicable, subsection (d) below) except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an

 

18


indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided that, with respect to each action or proceeding for which indemnification is sought, the indemnifying party shall only be required to pay the fees and expenses of (i) one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with such action or proceeding and (ii) in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest, where the indemnified party affected by such conflict informs the indemnifying party that, based on the advice of counsel, such conflict exists or may exist and thereafter retains its own counsel, another firm of counsel for each such affected indemnified party and (iii) if necessary, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and special counsel for each relevant speciality. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any such action or claim effected without its consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any reasonable and documented legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The Company, TMM Holdings, New TMM Holdings and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 8(d).

 

19


9. Default of Underwriters . If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First Closing Date or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, the Representatives may make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except as provided in Section 10 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

10. Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, TMM Holdings (subjection to Section 19 hereof), New TMM Holdings or their respective officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company, TMM Holdings or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings will, jointly and severally, reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, and the respective obligations of the Company, TMM Holdings and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8 hereof shall remain in effect. In addition, if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder, the representations and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect.

11. Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Representatives, c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010-3629, Attention: LCD-IBD and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY, 10013, Attention: General Counsel (fax no. (212) 816-7912), with a copy to Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10019-3629, Attention: William J. Whelan III, Esq., or, if sent to the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc. 4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, AZ 85251, Attention: Darrell Sherman Esq., General Counsel, with a copy to Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019-6064, Attention: John C. Kennedy, Esq.; provided , however , that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8 will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Underwriter.

12. Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors, controlling persons and other indemnified persons referred to in Section 8, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

13. Representation . The Representatives will act for the several Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representatives jointly will be binding upon all the Underwriters.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

20


15. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship. The Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings acknowledge and agree that:

(a) No Other Relationship. The Underwriters have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings, on the one hand, and any Underwriter, on the other, has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Prospectus, irrespective of whether the Underwriter has advised or is advising the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings on other matters;

(b) Arms-Length Negotiations. The price of the Offered Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Underwriters and the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) Absence of Obligation to Disclose. The Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings have been advised that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings and that the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

(d) Waiver. The Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims they may have against the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agree that the Underwriters shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company or TMM Holdings in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company, TMM Holdings or New TMM Holdings.

16. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

17. Authorized Agent. TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings hereby irrevocably appoints the Company, with offices at 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, AZ 85251 (or its successors), as agent for service of process, in the County, City and State of New York, United States of America (the “ Authorized Agent ”) as their authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Authorized Agent agrees to act as said agent for service of process.

The Company, TMM Holdings, New TMM Holdings and the Underwriters hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company, TMM Holdings, New TMM Holdings and each Underwriter irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company, TMM Holdings, New TMM Holdings and each Underwriter hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

18. Guarantee . Subject to Section 19 hereof, TMM Holdings hereby absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

 

21


19. Release of TMM Holdings . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, including Section 18 hereof, TMM Holdings shall be fully and unconditionally released, without any further action on the part of the parties hereto, from all of its obligations under this Agreement (including those obligations set forth in Sections 2, 5, 8 and 18 hereof) as of the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions (as defined in the General Disclosure Package), including the contribution of all the limited partnership interests of TMM Holdings to New TMM Holdings such that TMM Holdings and the general partner of TMM Holdings become wholly owned subsidiaries of New TMM Holdings.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

22


If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company, TMM Holdings and New TMM Holdings one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Company, TMM Holdings, New TMM Holdings and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
  T AYLOR M ORRISON H OME C ORPORATION ,
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title
  TMM H OLDINGS L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP ,
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title
  TMM H OLDINGS II L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP ,
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title


The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed

and accepted as of the date first above written.

Acting on behalf of themselves and as the Representatives of

the several Underwriters.

 

C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title
C ITIGROUP G LOBAL M ARKETS I NC .
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title


SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm
Securities to be

Purchased

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Zelman Partners LLC

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities LLC

  

FBR Capital Markets & Co.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Total

  
  

 


SCHEDULE B

 

1. General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses (included in the General Disclosure Package)

“General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” includes each of the following documents:

1. [ ]

 

2. Other Information Included in the General Disclosure Package

The following information is also included in the General Disclosure Package:

1. The initial price to the public of the Offered Securities.


SCHEDULE C

Lock-Up Parties

 

Kenneth Dar Ahrens
Philip S. Bodem
John Brady
Brad Carr
C. David Cone
Kelvin Davis
Timothy R. Eller
Charles W. Enochs
David George
Kip Gilleland
James Henry
Erik Heuser
Joseph Sydney Houssian
Graham Thomas Hughes
Maurice Johnson
Tawn Kelley
Jason Keller
Steve Kempton
Greg Kranias
Peter Lane
Kathleen Owen
Sheryl Palmer
Darrell C. Sherman
Rajath Shourie
Louis E. Steffens
Timothy J. Towell
Stephen J. Wethor
Jonathan White
Robert W. Witte
JHI Holding Limited Partnership
TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P.
OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P.


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER AGREEMENT]


Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Public Offering of Class A Common Stock

April 1, 2013

C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC AND

C ITIGROUP G LOBAL M ARKETS I NC .,

as Representatives of the several Underwriters,

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue,

New York, NY 10010-3629

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street,

New York, NY 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), among Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands and each of you as representatives of a group of Underwriters named therein (the “ Representatives ”) relating to an underwritten public offering of Class A common stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) of the Company (the “ Offering ”).

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives (on behalf of the Underwriters), offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the undersigned or any controlled affiliate of the undersigned), directly or indirectly, including the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to, any shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for such Class A Common Stock, including any limited partnership interests of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership or any shares of Class B common stock of the Company (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Securities ”), or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period from the date hereof until the date that is 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), in each case other than with respect to (i) sales of Lock-Up Securities by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) transfers or sales of Lock-Up Securities to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the reorganization transactions described in the prospectus relating to the Offering and related transfers to the Company made on the First Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), (iii) the establishment and/or increase of a put equivalent position with the Company with respect to, and the related transfers of, Lock-Up Securities to the Company for cash received in the Offering to the extent described in the prospectus relating to the Offering, including pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option in the Underwriting Agreement, (iv) distributions of Lock-Up Securities to limited or general partners, members, stockholders or to direct or indirect affiliates of the undersigned, including funds or other entities under common control or management with the undersigned; provided that such distributions shall not involve a disposition of value, (v) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to any immediate family member, any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned or any of their successors upon death or any partnership or limited liability company the partners or members of which consist of the undersigned and one or more members of the undersigned’s immediately family (for purposes hereof, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); provided that such transfers shall not


involve a disposition of value, (vi) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to any beneficiary of the undersigned pursuant to a will, other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent, (vii) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as bona fide gifts, (viii) [reserved] and (ix) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to the Company for the primary purposes of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to Lock-Up Securities issued upon the exercise of an option or warrant (or upon the exchange of another security or securities), or issued under an employee equity or benefit plan; provided that, in each case, (a) such transfers are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise (including any filing on Form 4 under Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) (other than, (A) any such filings made on Form 4 solely in connection with transfers described in clauses (ii) and (iii) or (B) with respect to transfers described in clause (ix), such filings made on Form 4 under transaction code “F”) and (b) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing regarding such transfers, in each case during the Lock-Up Period; provided further that in the case of a transfer, pledge or distribution pursuant to clause (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii), each transferee, pledgee or distributee (if not already party to a lock-up agreement similar to this letter) shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up agreement in the form of this letter whereby such transferee, pledgee or distribute agrees in writing to be bound by the same restrictions in place for the undersigned pursuant to this letter for the duration that such restrictions remain in effect at the time of transfer. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Class A Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Offering. For the avoidance of doubt, this letter shall not apply to any sale or other transfer by the undersigned of shares of Class A Common Stock acquired by the undersigned in open market purchases following the consummation of the Offering so long as (a) such sales or transfers are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise and (b) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing regarding such sales or transfers, in each case during the Lock-Up Period.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Class A Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

If (i) the Company issues an earnings release or material news, or a material event relating to the Company occurs, during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this letter shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event (any such release of earnings or announcement of a material event referred to herein as an “ Event ”), unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension; provided , however , that if none of the Underwriters publishes or otherwise distributes a research report or makes a public appearance concerning the Company within three trading days after an Event, the extension of the Lock-Up Period related to such Event (but not related to any other Event) will be only until the later of (i) the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period and (ii) the third trading day after such Event. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to provide written notice of any event that would result in an extension of the Lock-Up Period and agrees that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have given to, and received by, the undersigned.

Nothing in this letter shall prohibit any party hereto from converting or exchanging any Lock-Up Securities of the Company (including shares of Class B Common Stock) and/or equity interests of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership held by it into equity securities of the Company, which equity securities shall be subject to the terms of this letter.

In addition, nothing in this letter shall prohibit the undersigned from establishing a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan during the Lock-Up Period; provided that (a) no transactions thereunder are made until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and (b) no public disclosure of such plan shall be required or voluntarily made until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.


Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the undersigned shall be permitted to make transfers, sales, tenders or other dispositions of Lock-Up Securities to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer for securities of the Company or any other transaction, including, without limitation, a merger, consolidation or other business combination, involving a change of control of the Company (including, without limitation, entering into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities in connection with any such transaction, or vote any Lock-Up Securities in favor of any such transaction); provided , that all Lock-Up Securities subject to this letter that are not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to this letter; and provided , further , that it shall be a condition of transfer, sale, tender or other disposition that if such tender offer or other transaction is not completed, any Lock-Up Securities subject to this letter shall remain subject to the restrictions herein.

If (i) for any reason the Underwriting Agreement shall be terminated prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), (ii) you receive written notification from the Company, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (iii) the Company files an application with the Securities and Exchange Commission to withdraw the registration statement relating to the Offering or (iv) the Offering is not completed by May 15, 2013, the agreement set forth above shall likewise be terminated.

[Signature Page Attached]


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF PRESS RELEASE]

[Date]

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (“ Company ”) announced today that Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [ ] shares of Class A common stock, are [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [ ] shares of the Company’s Class A common stock held by [certain officers or directors][an officer or director][certain stockholders][a stockholder] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on [ ], 2013, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


EXHIBIT C-1

[FORM OF PAUL WEISS OPINION]


[Date] , 2013

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named on Schedule A to the Underwriting Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), dated as of [ ], 2013, among the Underwriters named on Schedule A thereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives, and the Company, relating to the purchase today by the Underwriters of [ ] shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 (the “Class A Common Stock”). This opinion is being furnished at the request of the Company as contemplated by Section 7(d) of the Underwriting Agreement. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this letter have the respective meanings given those terms in the Underwriting Agreement.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-185269) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). The Registration Statement was filed on December 5, 2012, was amended on January 15, 2013 and February 13, 2013 and, we


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

are advised orally by the staff of the Commission, was declared effective by the Commission at [ ] on [ ], 2013. In this opinion, the Registration Statement at the time it became effective under the Act, including the information deemed to be part of the Registration Statement under Rule 430A under the Act, is referred to as the “Registration Statement”; the preliminary prospectus dated April 1, 2013 included in the Registration Statement is referred to as the “Pricing Prospectus”; the Pricing Prospectus, taken together with the price of the Shares to the public and the underwriting discount or commission, is referred to as the “Pricing Disclosure Package”; and the prospectus dated [ ], 2013 included as part of the Registration Statement, as filed as required by Rule 424(b) under the Act, is referred to as the “Prospectus.”

We have been advised orally by the staff of the Commission that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued.

In connection with the furnishing of this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents:

 

  1. the Registration Statement;

 

  2. the Pricing Prospectus;

 

  3. the Prospectus;

 

  4. the Underwriting Agreement;

 

  5. a specimen certificate for the Shares; and

 

  6. the agreements set forth in Schedule I to this opinion (the “Reorganization Agreements”).

In addition, we have examined: (i) such corporate records of the Company as we have considered appropriate, including a copy of the certificate of incorporation, as amended,

 

2


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

and by-laws, as amended, of the Company certified by the Company as in effect on the date hereof (collectively, the “Charter Documents”) and copies of resolutions of the board of directors of the Company and the Pricing Committee of the board relating to the issuance of the Shares, each certified by the Company; and (ii) such other certificates, agreements and documents as we deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions and beliefs expressed below. We have also relied upon oral and written statements of officers and representatives of the Company, the factual matters contained in the representations and warranties made in the Underwriting Agreement and the Reorganization Agreements and upon certificates of public officials and officers of the Company.

In our examination of the documents referred to above, we have assumed, without independent investigation, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all individuals who have executed any of the documents reviewed by us, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic, reproduced or conformed copies of valid existing agreements or other documents, the authenticity of the latter documents and that the statements regarding matters of fact in the certificates, records, agreements, instruments and documents that we have examined are accurate and complete.

Based upon the above, and subject to the stated assumptions, exceptions and qualifications, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all necessary corporate power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement, and to own and hold its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement.

 

3


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

2. The Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

3. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company and Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001, of the Company (the “Class B Common Stock”) are duly authorized, have been validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

4. The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock conform in all material respects to the description contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock.”

5. There are no preemptive or other similar rights to subscribe for or to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock in the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, each as in effect on the date of this letter, or in any agreement listed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement, or under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”).

6. The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

7. The statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S.

 

4


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

Holders of Common Stock,” to the extent that they constitute summaries of United States federal law or regulation or legal conclusions, have been reviewed by us and fairly summarize the matters described under that heading in all material respects.

8. The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as of their respective effective or issue times, appear on their face to be appropriately responsive in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act, except for the financial statements, financial statement schedules and other financial data included in or omitted from either of them, as to which we express no opinion.

9. The issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company, the execution and delivery by the Company of the Underwriting Agreement and the Reorganization Agreements and the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder will not (i) result in a violation of the Charter Documents, (ii) breach or result in a default under any agreement, indenture or instrument listed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement or (iii) violate the GCL and those laws, rules and regulations of the United States of America and the State of New York (“Applicable Law”), in each case which in our experience are normally applicable to the transactions of the type contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement or any judgment, order or decree of any New York or federal court or governmental authority binding upon the Company listed on Schedule II to this opinion, except in the case of clause (ii) above, we express no opinion with respect to any provision of any agreement, indenture or instrument listed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement to the extent that an opinion with respect to such provision would require making any financial, accounting or mathematical calculation or determination,

 

5


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

and in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, where the breach, default or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. For purposes of this letter, the term “Applicable Law” does not include federal securities laws (except for purposes of the opinion expressed in paragraph 10 below) or state securities laws, other anti-fraud laws, or any law, rule or regulation that is applicable to the Company, the Shares, the Underwriting Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby solely because such law, rule or regulation is part of a regulatory regime applicable to any party to the Underwriting Agreement or any of its affiliates due to the specific assets or business of such party or such affiliate.

10. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any Governmental Authority, which has not been obtained, taken or made is required by the Company under any Applicable Law or under any judgment, order or decree listed on Schedule II to this opinion for the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company, the execution and delivery by the Company of the Underwriting Agreement and the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder. For purposes of this letter, the term “Governmental Authority” means any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative or regulatory body of the State of Delaware, the State of New York, or the United States of America.

11. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, and the application of their proceeds as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds,” will not be required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

6


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

The opinions expressed above are limited to the laws of the State of New York, the GCL and the federal laws of the United States of America. Our opinions are rendered only with respect to the laws, and the rules, regulations and orders under those laws, that are currently in effect.

This letter is furnished by us solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions referred to in the Underwriting Agreement and may not be circulated to, or relied upon by, any other person without our prior written consent.

 

Very truly yours,
PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

 

7


Schedule I

Reorganization Agreements

 

1. Reorganization Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013, by and among the Company, TMM Holdings II, L.P. (“ New TMM ”), TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. (“ TM Holdings ”), Monarch Communities Inc. (“ Monarch ”), TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. (“ TPG Cayman ”), TPG TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, Oaktree TMM Holdings II, L.P. (“ Oaktree Cayman ”), Oaktree TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, [Initial LP], Builders Holdings International, L.P., Toeis, L.P., TPG Advisors VI-AIV, Inc., Oaktree TM Holdings TP, SRL, Oaktree TM Holdings CTB, LTD, JHI Holding Limited Partnership (“ JHI Holding ”), JHI Management Limited Partnership, the JHI Redeemed Parties (as defined therein) and the individuals listed on the signature pages thereto under the heading “Management Parties.”

 

2. Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013, by and among the Company, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman, the Managers (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto.

 

3. Exchange Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013, by and among the Company, New TMM and the holders of New TMM Units (as defined therein) and shares of Class B Common Stock (as defined therein) party thereto.

 

4. Stockholders Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013, by and among the Company, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman, JHI Holding and the other parties thereto.

 

5. Put/Call Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013, by and among the Company, TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman.

 

6. U.S. Parent Governance Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013, by and among the Company, TM Holdings, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and JHI Holding.

 

7. Canadian Parent Governance Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013, by and among the Company, Monarch, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and JHI Holding.


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Judgments, Orders and Decrees

None.

 

2


EXHIBIT C-2

[FORM OF CAYMAN COUNSEL OPINION]


LOGO

 

Our ref   

AFK/603566-000016/25879665v1

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010-3629

USA

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street,

New York, NY 10013

as Representatives of the several Underwriters (each as defined below)

[    ] 2013

Dear Sirs

[ Partnership Name ]

We have acted as counsel as to Cayman Islands law to [ Partnership Name ] (the “ Partnership ”), a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and to [ Foreign company ], a foreign company incorporated or established in the province of British Columbia, Canada and registered as a foreign company in the Cayman Islands, in its capacity as general partner to the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”) in connection with the underwriting agreement made as of [ date ] 2013 (the “ Transaction Document ”) among the Partnership, Taylor Morrison Home Corporation and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (as representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule A therein, the “ Representatives ”).

 

1 Documents Reviewed

We have reviewed originals, copies, drafts or conformed copies of the following documents:

 

1.1 The certificate of registration dated [ date ] of the General Partner as a foreign company under Part IX of the Companies Law (2012 Revision) (the “ Companies Law ”).

 

1.2 The certificate of registration of the Partnership as an exempted limited partnership under section 9 of the Exempted Limited Partnership Law (2012 Revision) (the “ Law ”) dated [ date ].

 

1.3 The statement signed on behalf of the General Partner pursuant to section 9(1) of the Law relating to the Partnership.

 

1.4 The partnership records of the Partnership maintained at its registered office in the Cayman Islands.

 

1.5 The initial exempted limited partnership agreement of the Partnership dated [ date ] as amended and restated by the amended and restated limited partnership agreement dated [ date ] between the General Partner and each of the limited partners named therein (the “ Limited Partners ”) (the “ Partnership Agreement ”).


1.6 A certificate of good standing in relation to the General Partner issued by the Registrar of Companies dated [ date ].

 

1.7 A certificate of good standing in relation to the Partnership issued by the Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships dated [ date ] (together with the certificate of good standing in relation to the General Partner, referred to as the “ Certificates of Good Standing ”).

 

1.8 [The consent of the Partnership’s [Advisory/Investment Committee] pursuant to Clause [    ] of the Partnership Agreement.]

 

1.9 A certificate of the General Partner, a copy of which is attached to this opinion letter (the “ General Partner’s Certificate ”).

 

1.10 The Transaction Document.

 

2 Assumptions

The following opinions are given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion letter. These opinions only relate to the laws of the Cayman Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion letter. In giving the following opinions, we have relied (without further verification) upon the completeness and accuracy of the General Partner’s Certificate and the Certificates of Good Standing. We have also relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:

 

2.1 The existence and good standing of the General Partner as a [    ] established in the province of British Columbia, Canada and the due authorisation, execution and unconditional delivery of (i) the Partnership Agreement by the General Partner; and (ii) the Transaction Document by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, in each case as a matter of the laws of British Columbia, Canada and all other relevant laws (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2.2 The Partnership Agreement and the Transaction Document have been or, as the case may be, will be authorised and duly executed and unconditionally delivered by or on behalf of all relevant parties in accordance with all relevant laws (other than, with respect to the General Partner and the Partnership, the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2.3 Save as mentioned in paragraph 1.5 above, the Partnership Agreement has not been otherwise amended, varied, waived or supplemented.

 

2.4 The Transaction Document is, or will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable against all relevant parties in accordance with their terms under the law of the State of New York (the “ Relevant Law ”) and all other relevant laws (other than, with respect to the Partnership, the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2.5 The choice of the Relevant Law as the governing law of the Transaction Document has been made in good faith and would be regarded as a valid and binding selection which will be upheld by the courts of the State of New York (the “ Relevant Jurisdiction ”) and any other relevant jurisdiction (other than the Cayman Islands) as a matter of the Relevant Law and all other relevant laws (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands).


2.6 The choice of Cayman Islands law as the governing law of the Partnership Agreement has been made in good faith.

 

2.7 Where a Transaction Document has been provided to us in draft or undated form, it will be duly executed, dated and unconditionally delivered by all parties thereto in materially the same form as the last version provided to us and, where we have been provided with successive drafts of a Transaction Document marked to show changes to a previous draft, all such changes have been accurately marked.

 

2.8 Copies of documents, conformed copies or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals, and translations of documents provided to us are complete and accurate.

 

2.9 All signatures, initials and seals are genuine.

 

2.10 The capacity, power, authority and legal right of all parties under all relevant laws (other than, with respect to the General Partner and the Partnership, the laws of the Cayman Islands) to enter into, execute, unconditionally deliver and perform their respective obligations under the Partnership Agreement and the Transaction Document.

 

2.11 There is no contractual or other prohibition or restriction (other than as arising under Cayman Islands law) binding on the Partnership or the General Partner prohibiting or restricting each of them from entering into and performing their obligations under the Transaction Document.

 

2.12 No monies paid to or for the account of any party under the Transaction Document represent or will represent criminal property or terrorist property (as defined in the Proceeds of Crime Law, 2008 and the Terrorism Law (2011 Revision), respectively).

 

2.13 At all times the affairs of each of the General Partner and the Partnership have been conducted in accordance with the Partnership Agreement.

 

2.14 The transactions contemplated by the Transaction Document do not breach the conditions contained within the Partnership Agreement including the investment restrictions set out in the Partnership Agreement.

 

2.15 All necessary consents have been given, actions taken and conditions met or validly waived pursuant to the Partnership Agreement and the Transaction Document.

 

2.16 There is nothing under any law (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands) which would or might affect the opinions set out below. Specifically, we have made no independent investigation of the Relevant Law or the laws of the jurisdictions in which the General Partner and the Limited Partners are registered or incorporated.

 

2.17 The Court Register constitutes a complete record of the proceedings before the Grand Court as at the time of the Litigation Search (as those terms are defined below).


3 Opinions

Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing assumptions and the qualifications set out below, and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

3.1 The General Partner has been duly registered as a foreign company under Part IX of the Companies Law and is in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

3.2 The Partnership has been duly established and registered and is validly existing and in good standing as an exempted limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

3.3 The Partnership has all requisite capacity, power and authority under the Partnership Agreement to enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction Document.

 

3.4 The execution and delivery of the Transaction Document does not, and the performance by the Partnership of its obligations under the Transaction Document will not, conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of the Partnership Agreement or any law, public rule or regulation applicable to the General Partner or the Partnership currently in force in the Cayman Islands.

 

3.5 The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Document has been authorised in accordance with the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and upon the execution and unconditional delivery of the Transaction Document by [ name ] for and on behalf of the General Partner acting in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership, the Transaction Document will have been duly executed and delivered by the Partnership.

 

3.6 No authorisations, consents, approvals, licences, validations or exemptions are required by law from any governmental authorities or agencies or other official bodies in the Cayman Islands in connection with:

 

  (a) the execution, creation or delivery of the Transaction Document by and on behalf of the Partnership;

 

  (b) subject to the payment of the appropriate stamp duty, enforcement of the Transaction Document against the Partnership; or

 

  (c) the performance by the Partnership of its obligations under the Transaction Document.

 

3.7 No taxes, fees or charges (other than stamp duty) are payable (either by direct assessment or withholding) to the government or other taxing authority in the Cayman Islands under the laws of the Cayman Islands in respect of:

 

  (a) the execution or delivery of the Transaction Document;

 

  (b) the enforcement of the Transaction Document; or

 

  (c) payments made under or pursuant to, the Transaction Document.


The Cayman Islands currently have no form of income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.

 

3.8 The courts of the Cayman Islands will observe and give effect to the choice of the Relevant Law as the governing law of the Transaction Document.

 

3.9 Based solely on our search of the Register of Writs and Other Originating Process (the “ Court Register ”) maintained by the Clerk of the Court of the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands from the date of formation of the Partnership and registration of the General Partner to the close of business (Cayman Islands time) on [ date ] (the “ Litigation Search ”), the Court Register disclosed no writ, originating summons, originating motion, petition (including any winding-up petition), counterclaim nor third party notice (the “ Originating Process ”) nor any amended Originating Process pending before the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, in which the Partnership or the General Partner is a defendant or respondent.

 

3.10 Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the Relevant Jurisdiction, a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognised and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment:

 

  (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;

 

  (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;

 

  (c) is final;

 

  (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and

 

  (e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

 

3.11 It is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, perfection or admissibility in evidence of the Transaction Document that any document be filed, recorded or enrolled with any governmental authority or agency or any official body in the Cayman Islands.

 

4 Qualifications

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following qualifications:

 

4.1 Applicable court fees will be payable in respect of the enforcement of the Transaction Document.

 

4.2 Cayman Islands stamp duty may be payable if the original Transaction Document is brought to or executed in the Cayman Islands.


4.3 Notwithstanding registration, an exempted limited partnership is not a separate legal person distinct from its partners. An exempted limited partnership must act through its general partner and the general partner must execute all agreements and contracts on behalf of the exempted limited partnership. References in this opinion to the “Partnership” taking any action (including executing any agreements) should be construed accordingly.

 

4.4 To maintain the General Partner and the Partnership in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, annual filing fees must be paid and returns made to the Registrar of Companies and the Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships within the time frame prescribed by law.

 

4.5 Under the laws of the Cayman Islands any term of the Transaction Document which is governed by Cayman Islands law may be amended or waived orally or by the conduct of the parties thereto, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Transaction Document.

 

4.6 The obligations of the General Partner or the Partnership may be subject to restrictions pursuant to United Nations sanctions as implemented under the laws of the Cayman Islands and/or restrictive measures adopted by the European Union Council for Common Foreign and Security Policy extended to the Cayman Islands by the Order of Her Majesty in Council.

 

4.7 Any provision of the Transaction Document purporting to impose obligations on or grant rights to a person who is not party to the Transaction Document or the Partnership Agreement (a “ third party ”) may not be enforceable by or against that third party.

 

4.8 Under Cayman Islands law, agreements such as the Transaction Document are effective from the date on which they are executed and delivered by all the parties to it, notwithstanding any prior “as of” date on their face.

 

4.9 In the case of an exempted limited partnership formed under the Law the general partner(s) are liable for partnership debts (i.e. debts validly contracted by them on behalf of the partnership) to the extent the partnership assets are insufficient to meet those debts, and the liability of the limited partners is limited to the extent provided in the Law. The general partner(s) (in the case of an exempted limited partnership) enter into all agreements on behalf of the exempted limited partnership under general legal principles of agency as modified by the terms of the partnership agreement, the Law and the Partnership Law (2011 Revision). Under the terms of the Law, any property of the exempted limited partnership which is conveyed to or vested in or held by the general partner is an asset of the exempted limited partnership held upon trust in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement.

 

4.10 A certificate, determination, calculation or designation of any party to the Partnership Agreement or the Transaction Document as to any matter provided therein might be held by a Cayman Islands court not to be conclusive final and binding if, for example, it could be shown to have an unreasonable or arbitrary basis, or in the event of manifest error.

 

4.11 The Litigation Search of the Court Register would not reveal, amongst other things, an Originating Process filed with the Grand Court which, pursuant to the Grand Court Rules or best practice of the Clerk of the Courts’ office, should have been entered in the Court Register but was not in fact entered in the Court Register (properly or at all).


4.12 In principle the courts of the Cayman Islands will award costs and disbursements in litigation in accordance with the relevant contractual provisions but there remains some uncertainty as to the way in which the rules of the Grand Court will be applied in practice. Whilst it is clear that costs incurred prior to judgment can be recovered in accordance with the contract, it is likely that post-judgment costs (to the extent recoverable at all) will be subject to taxation in accordance with Grand Court Rules Order 62.

 

4.13 The dissolution of the Partnership will be subject to the provisions of and the procedures required by section 15 of the Law.

 

4.14 We reserve our opinion as to the extent to which the courts of the Cayman Islands would, in the event of any relevant illegality or invalidity, sever the relevant provisions of the Transaction Document and enforce the remainder of the Transaction Document or the transaction of which such provisions form a part, notwithstanding any express provisions in the Transaction Document in this regard.

 

4.15 We are not qualified to opine as to the meaning, validity or effect of any references to foreign (i.e. non Cayman Islands) statutes, rules, regulations, codes, judicial authority or any other promulgations and any references to them in the Transaction Document.

 

4.16 Legal proceedings against an exempted limited partnership may be instituted in the name of the general partner(s) and no limited partner shall be a party to or named in such proceedings unless the court deems it just and equitable to join in limited partners who may be liable in the circumstances contemplated in section 7(2) or section 14(1) of the Law.

 

4.17 We have not been provided with, and therefore express no opinion on the enforceability of, any side letter entered into pursuant to the Partnership Agreement. The statutory and fiduciary duties applicable to the General Partner when exercising its powers may affect the enforceability of any such side letter, depending upon the specific circumstances.

We express no view as to the commercial terms of the Transaction Document or whether such terms represent the intentions of the parties, and make no comment with regard to warranties or the representations which may be made therein.

The opinions in this opinion letter are strictly limited to the matters contained in the opinions section above and do not extend to any other matters. We have not been asked to review and we therefore have not reviewed any of the ancillary documents relating to the Transaction Document and express no opinion or observation upon the terms of any such document.

This opinion letter is addressed to and for the benefit solely of the addressees and may not be relied upon by any other person for any purpose, nor may it be transmitted or disclosed (in whole or part) to any other person without our prior written consent, except as required by law.

 

Yours faithfully
Maples and Calder


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF GENERAL COUNSEL OPINION]


1.                     , 2013

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named on Schedule A to the Underwriting Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I am the General Counsel of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (“Taylor Morrison”) and TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership (“TMM” and together with Taylor Morrison, the “Companies”) with oversight responsibility for legal matters with respect to the Companies in connection with the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof, among the Underwriters named on Schedule A thereof (the “Underwriters”), TMM Holdings Limited Partnership and the Companies, relating to the purchase today by the Underwriters of [ ] shares of the Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 (the “Shares”), of Taylor Morrison. This opinion is being furnished at the request of the Representative as contemplated by Section 7(d) of the Underwriting Agreement. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this letter have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Underwriting Agreement.

Taylor Morrison has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-185269) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). The Registration Statement was filed on


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

December 5, 2012, was amended on January 15, 2013 and February 13, 2013 and, I am advised orally by the staff of the Commission, was declared effective by the Commission at [ ] on [ ], 2013. In this opinion, the Registration Statement at the time it became effective under the Act, including the information deemed to be part of the Registration Statement under Rule 430A under the Act, is referred to as the “Registration Statement”; the preliminary prospectus dated April 1, 2013 included in the Registration Statement is referred to as the “Pricing Prospectus”; and the prospectus dated [ ], 2013 included as part of the Registration Statement, as filed as required by Rule 424(b) under the Act, is referred to as the “Prospectus.”

In connection with the furnishing of this opinion, I have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to my satisfaction, of the following documents (items (1) and (4), the “Transaction Documents”):

 

  1. the Registration Statement;

 

  2. the Pricing Prospectus;

 

  3. the Prospectus; and

 

  4. the Underwriting Agreement.

In addition, I have examined such corporate records of the Companies as well as such certificates, agreements and documents as I deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinion and belief expressed below. I have also relied upon oral and written statements of officers and representatives of the Companies, the factual matters contained in the representations and warranties of the Companies made in the Underwriting Agreement and upon certificates of public officials and the officers of the Companies.

 

2


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

In my examination of the documents referred to above, I have assumed, without independent investigation, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all individuals who have executed any of the documents reviewed by me, the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to me as certified, photostatic, reproduced or conformed copies of valid existing agreements or other documents, the authenticity of the latter documents and that the statements regarding matters of fact in the certificates, records, agreements, instruments and documents that I have examined are accurate and complete. I have also assumed that each Transaction Document has been duly executed and delivered by and represents the valid and legally binding obligation of each party thereto.

Whenever I indicate that my opinion is based upon my knowledge or words of similar import, my opinion is based solely on my actual knowledge and without any independent verification.

Based upon the above, and subject to the stated assumptions, exceptions and qualifications, I am of the opinion that, to my actual knowledge, there is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, pending or threatened against the Companies or any of their respective subsidiaries that would be reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, including, without limitation, the offering of the Shares.

I am admitted to the bar in the State of Arizona and my opinion expressed above is limited to the laws of the State of Arizona and the federal laws of the United States of America that are currently in effect. Insofar as my opinion requires

 

3


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

interpretation of the documents, with your consent: (i) I have assumed that all courts of competent jurisdiction would enforce such agreements in accordance with their plain meaning; (ii) to the extent that any questions of legality or legal construction have arisen in connection with my review, I have applied the laws of Arizona in resolving such questions, although certain of the Transaction Documents may be governed by other laws which differ from Arizona law; and (iii) I express no opinion with respect to a breach or default under any Transaction Document that would occur only upon the happening of a contingency.

The opinion expressed above is given as of the date of this letter. This letter is furnished by me solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions referred to in the Underwriting Agreement and may not be circulated to, or relied upon by, any other person without my prior written consent. I disclaim any obligation to notify any person or entity after the date of this letter if any change in fact or law would change my opinion with respect to any matter set forth in this letter.

 

Very truly yours,
Darrell Sherman
Vice President, Secretary & General Counsel
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership

 

4

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

of

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), Taylor Morrison Home Corporation has adopted this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate ”) restating, integrating and further amending its Certificate of Incorporation (originally filed November 15, 2012), which Certificate has been duly proposed by the directors and adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation (by written consent pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL) in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL. Unless defined in the body of this Certificate, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in Article 16.

1. Name . The name of the Corporation is Taylor Morrison Home Corporation.

2. Address; Registered Office and Agent . The address of the Corporation’s registered office is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware 19904, and the name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

3. Purposes . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

4. Number of Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (A): 600,000,000 shares of common stock, divided into 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, with the par value of $0.00001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) and 200,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, with the par value of $0.00001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ” and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) and (B) 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with the par value of $0.00001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, the number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased, in each case by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class will be required therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of authorized shares of any particular class may not be decreased below the number of shares of such class then outstanding plus, in the case of Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable in connection with (i) the exchange of all outstanding Class B Common Stock and all outstanding New TMM Units pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Exchange Agreement and (ii) the exercise of outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class A Common Stock.


5. Classes of Shares . The designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class of stock are as follows:

5.1 Common Stock .

(i) Voting Rights .

(1) Except as may otherwise be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote and shall vote together as a single class on all matters (or, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of Preferred Stock); provided , however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to Section 5.1(i)(2), holders of Common Stock, as such, will have no voting power with respect to, and will not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding class or series of Preferred Stock if the holders of the affected class or series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other classes or series, to vote thereon under this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or under the DGCL.

(2) The holders of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote separately as a class upon any amendment to this Certificate (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event, it being understood that any such merger, consolidation or other business combination that constitutes a Disposition Event in which holders of Class B Common Stock are required to exchange such Common Stock and New TMM Units pursuant to Section 3.8 of the New TMM LPA in such Disposition Event and receive consideration in such Disposition Event in accordance with the terms of the New TMM LPA as in effect prior to such Disposition Event shall not be deemed an amendment hereof) that would alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Class B Common Stock so as to affect them adversely.

(ii) Dividends; Stock Splits or Combinations .

(1) Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference senior to or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends of cash or property may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor, at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) in its discretion may determine. Except as otherwise

 

2


permitted by the New TMM LPA or as otherwise agreed by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, dividends of cash or property may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock only if there is a concurrent and proportionate dividend paid to the holders of outstanding New TMM Units.

(2) Except as provided in Section 5.1(ii)(3) with respect to stock dividends, dividends of cash or property may not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

(3) In no event will any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of stock, reclassification or recapitalization be declared or made on any class of Common Stock (each, a “ Stock Adjustment ”) unless (a) a corresponding Stock Adjustment in the class of Common Stock not so adjusted (or corresponding voting power adjustment in the case of shares of Class B Common Stock) at the time outstanding is made in the same proportion and the same manner and (b) the Stock Adjustment has been reflected in the same economically equivalent manner on all New TMM Units. Stock dividends with respect to Class A Common Stock may only be paid with Class A Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock. Stock dividends with respect to Class B Common Stock may only be paid with Class B Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock.

(iii) Liquidation and Other Events .

(1) In the case of any consolidation, merger or similar event that constitutes a Disposition Event and in which holders of Class B Common Stock are required to exchange such Common Stock and New TMM Units pursuant to Section 3.8 of the New TMM LPA, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock upon the consummation of such Disposition Event for an amount per share equal to the par value thereof, and thereafter such holders of Class B Common Stock shall no longer hold such Class B Common Stock and such Class B Common Stock will be transferred to the Corporation and thereupon shall be retired. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 5.1(iii)(1) shall impair the right of a holder of Class B Common Stock and Units to exchange such Class B Common Stock and Units pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Exchange Agreement.

(2) In the case of any consolidation, merger or similar event that shall be subject to Section 3.9 of the New TMM LPA (other than a Disposition Event in which holders of Class B Common Stock are required to exchange such Common Stock and New TMM Units pursuant to Section 3.8 of the New TMM LPA and receive consideration in such Disposition Event in accordance with the terms of the New TMM Units as in effect prior to such Disposition Event), the Corporation shall make, and shall cause to be made, proper provision to convert all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into securities, with substantially the same voting, exchange and economic rights to the Class B Common Stock of the surviving entity (or, as applicable, of any other such entity into which New TMM Units (in combination with shares of Class B Common Stock) are exchangeable following such event).

 

3


(3) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled, if any, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock will be entitled to receive, pari passu, an amount per share equal to the par value thereof, and thereafter the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock. Without limiting the rights of the holders of Class B Common Stock to exchange their shares of Class B Common Stock together with New TMM Units for shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the Exchange Agreement (or for the consideration payable in respect of shares of Class A Common Stock in such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up), the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, will not be entitled to receive, with respect to such shares, any assets of the Corporation in excess of the par value thereof, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(iv) Retirement of Class B Common Stock . In the event that no New TMM Units remain exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock will be transferred to the Corporation and thereupon shall be retired. In the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held by a holder of New TMM Units, such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation and thereupon shall be retired and cease to be outstanding and may not be reissued by the Corporation.

(v) Exchange of Class B Common Stock and New TMM Units . Class B Common Stock may be exchanged from time to time together with a corresponding New TMM Unit for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the Exchange Agreement.

(vi) Taxes . The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the exercise by the Corporation of its right under Section 2.1 of the Exchange Agreement to exchange shares of Class B Common Stock and New TMM Units will be made without charge to the holders of the shares of Class B Common Stock for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of the issuance, unless any such shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than that of the then record holder of the shares of Class B Common Stock being exchanged, in which case the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof will pay to the Corporation the amount of any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or will establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation that the tax has been paid or is not payable.

5.2 Preferred Stock . Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series of any number of shares, provided that the aggregate number of shares issued and not retired of any and all such series shall not

 

4


exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock hereinabove authorized, and with such powers, including voting powers, if any, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, all as shall hereafter be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the designation and issue of such shares of Preferred Stock from time to time adopted by the Board pursuant to authority so to do which is hereby expressly vested in the Board. The powers, including voting powers, if any, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Each series of shares of Preferred Stock: (a) may have such voting rights or powers, full or limited, if any; (b) may be subject to redemption at such time or times and at such prices, if any; (c) may be entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rate or rates, on such conditions and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of stock, if any; (d) may have such rights upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution of, upon any distribution of the assets of, or in the event of any merger, sale or consolidation of, the Corporation, if any; (e) may be made convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation (or any other securities of the Corporation or any other person) at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments, if any; (f) may be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of shares of such series in such amount or amounts, if any; (g) may be entitled to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or of any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation or any subsidiary of, any outstanding shares of the Corporation, if any; (h) may be subject to restrictions on transfer or registration of transfer, or on the amount of shares that may be owned by any person or group of persons; and (i) may have such other relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any; all as shall be stated in said resolution or resolutions of the Board providing for the designation and issue of such shares of Preferred Stock.

6. Board of Directors .

6.1 Number of Directors . (A) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to Article 5 relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be not less than three nor more than fifteen, with the then-authorized number of directors being fixed from time to time by the Board.

(B) During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional directors as provided for or fixed pursuant to the

 

5


provisions of Article 5, then upon the commencement, and for the duration, of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of additional directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors pursuant to the provisions of the Board’s designation for the series of Preferred Stock, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to such provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total and authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

6.2 Staggered Board . The Board (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to Article 5 (the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”)) shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I directors shall initially serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Article; Class II directors shall initially serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Article; and Class III directors shall initially serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Article. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Article, each director of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term and until such director’s successor has been duly elected and qualified. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors (other than Preferred Stock Directors), the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already holding office to Class I, Class II or Class III.

6.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board. Any director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any director then in office.

 

6


6.4 Removal of Directors for Cause . Except for such additional directors, if any, as are elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to Article 5, any director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided , however , that prior to the Trigger Date, any director of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by the holders of the majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

7. Meetings of Stockholders .

7.1 No Action by Written Consent after the Trigger Date . From and after the Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

7.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders . Subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Board pursuant to a written resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or (ii) by or at the direction of the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. In addition, prior to the Trigger Date, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of the holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

7.3 Election of Directors by Written Ballot . Unless and except to the extent that the By-laws shall so require, the election of the Directors need not be by written ballot.

8. Business Combinations .

8.1 Opt Out of DGCL 203 . The Corporation shall not be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

8.2 Limitations on Business Combinations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

(i) prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or

 

7


(ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers or (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

(iii) at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

8.3 Definitions . For purposes of this Article 8, references to:

(i) “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

(ii) “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

(iii) “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

(1) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation paragraph (b) of this Article 8 is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(2) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder,

 

8


whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

(3) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided , however , that in no case under items (c)-(e) of this subsection (3) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

(4) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

(5) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (1)-(4) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

(iv) “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to

 

9


have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article 8, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

(v) “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided , however , that the term “interested stockholder” shall not include (a) the Investors or sponsor transferees, or (b) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided that such person specified in this clause (b) shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

(vi) “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

(1) beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

(2) has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or

 

10


(3) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (b) of subsection (2) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

(vii) “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

(viii) “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

(ix) “sponsor transferee” means any Person who acquires voting stock of the Corporation from a Principal Stockholder (other than in a public offering) and who is designated in writing by such Principal Stockholder as a “sponsor transferee.”

(x) “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

9. Corporate Opportunity .

9.1 Scope . The provisions of this Article 9 are set forth to define, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the duties of Exempted Persons (as defined below) to the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities. “ Exempted Persons ” means each Investor and its respective Affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) and all of its respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation.

9.2 Competition and Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . The Exempted Persons shall not have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each such Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries.

 

11


9.3 Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 9, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

9.4 Amendment of this Article . No amendment or repeal of this Article 9 in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities of which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal. This Article 9 shall not limit any protections or defenses available to, or indemnification or advancement rights of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Certificate, the By-laws or applicable law.

10. Limitation of Liability .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, as amended from time to time, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(b) Any amendment or repeal of Section 10(a) shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

11. Indemnification .

11.1 Right to Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “ Covered Person ”) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.3, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person (other than a Proceeding brought by such Covered Person (i) by way of defense or counterclaim, or (ii) to enforce such Covered Person’s rights to indemnification, advancement or contribution under any agreement, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or under statute or other law) unless the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Board.

 

12


11.2 Advancement of Expenses . To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Corporation shall advance the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person that is or was a director of the Corporation in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition and the Corporation may advance the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any other Covered Person; provided , however , that, to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 11 or otherwise; such undertaking shall be unsecured and interest free and shall be accepted without regard to the Covered Person’s ability to repay amounts advanced and without regard to the Covered Person’s entitlement to indemnification.

11.3 Claims . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article 11 is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

11.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article 11 shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate, the By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

11.5 Other Sources .

(a) The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other entity or enterprise.

(b) In all events, (i) the Corporation hereby agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e. its obligation to Indemnitee to provide advancement and/or indemnification to such Covered Person are primary and any obligation of the Principal Stockholders (including any Affiliate thereof other than the Corporation) to provide advancement or indemnification hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter), or any obligation of any insurer of the Principal Stockholders to provide insurance coverage, for the same expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement

 

13


(including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by such Covered Person are secondary and (ii) if any Principal Stockholder (or any Affiliate thereof, other than the Corporation) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter) with such Covered Person, then (x) such Principal Stockholder (or such Affiliate, as the case may be), as the case may be, shall be fully subrogated to all rights of such Covered Person with respect to such payment and (y) the Corporation shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless such Principal Stockholder (or such other Affiliate), as the case may be, for all such payments actually made by such Principal Stockholder (or such other Affiliate).

11.6 Amendment or Repeal . Any amendment or repeal of the foregoing provisions of this Article 11 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

11.7 Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses . This Article 11 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

12. Adoption, Amendment or Repeal of By-Laws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws; provided , that with respect to the powers of stockholders entitled to vote with respect thereto to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws, from and after the Trigger Date, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy–five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, shall be required to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws.

13. Adoption, Amendment and Repeal of Certificate . The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the DGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate, and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, no provision of Article 6, Sections 7.1 and 7.2 of Article 7 or Articles 8-14 may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision or bylaw inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate or otherwise required by law, (i) prior to the Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of

 

14


the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, and (ii) from and after the Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose.

14. Forum for Adjudication of Disputes . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of consent to the provision of this Article 14.

15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16. Definitions . As used in this Certificate, unless the context otherwise requires, the term:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee, personal representative or executor, by contract, credit arrangement or otherwise.

(b) “ Board ” is defined in Section 5.1(ii)(1).

(c) “ By-laws ” means the By-laws of the Corporation, as such By-laws may be amended from time to time.

 

15


(d) “ Certificate ” is defined in the preamble.

(e) “ Disposition Event ” has the meaning attributed to such term in the New TMM LPA.

(f) “ Class A Common Stock ” is defined in Section 4.

(g) “ Class B Common Stock ” is defined in Section 4.

(h) “ Common Stock ” is defined in Section 4.

(i) “ Corporation ” means Taylor Morrison Home Corporation.

(j) “ Covered Person ” is defined in Section 11.1.

(k) “ DGCL ” is defined in the preamble.

(l) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor law or statute.

(m) “ Exempted Persons ” is defined in Section 9.1.

(n) “ Exchange Agreement ” has the meaning attributed to such term in the Stockholders Agreement.

(o) “ Investors ” means the Principal Stockholders and the JHI Entities.

(p) “ JHI Entities ” means any investment funds affiliated with JH Investments, Inc. and their respective successors and Affiliates.

(q) “ New TMM ” means TMM Holdings II, Limited Partnership.

(r) “ New TMM LPA ” means the Limited Partnership Agreement of New TMM as in effect from time to time.

(s) “ New TMM Units ” has the meaning attributed to such term in the Stockholders Agreement.

(t) “ Oaktree Entities ” means any investment funds affiliated with Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. and their respective successors and Affiliates.

(u) “ Preferred Stock ” is defined in Section 4.

(v) “ Preferred Stock Directors ” is defined in Section 6.2.

(w) “ Principal Stockholders ” means collectively (i) the Oaktree Entities and (ii) the TPG Entities.

 

16


(x) “ Proceeding ” is defined in Section 11.1.

(y) “ Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement among the Corporation, TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., Oaktree TMM Holdings II, L.P. and JHI Holding Limited Partnership, as in effect from time to time.

(z) “ TPG Entities ” means any investment funds affiliated with TPG Global, LLC and their respective successors and Affiliates.

(aa) “ Trigger Date ” means the first date on which the Principal Stockholders cease collectively to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Certificate to be executed by the officer below this     day of             , 2013.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

of

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

(A Delaware Corporation)

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   

ARTICLE 2 STOCKHOLDERS

     3   

ARTICLE 3 DIRECTORS

     11   

ARTICLE 4 COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

     17   

ARTICLE 5 OFFICERS

     17   

ARTICLE 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS

     19   

 

i


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in these By-laws, unless the context otherwise requires, the term:

1.1 “ Affiliates ” means, with respect to any person, any other person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person.

1.2 “ Assistant Secretary ” means an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation.

1.3 “ Assistant Treasurer ” means an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation.

1.4 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

1.5 “ By-laws ” means the By-laws of the Corporation, as amended and restated.

1.6 “ Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated.

1.7 “ Chairman ” means the Chairman of the Board.

1.8 “ Chief Executive Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

1.9 “ control ” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

1.10 “ Corporation ” means Taylor Morrison Home Corporation.

1.11 “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended.

1.12 “ Directors ” means the directors of the Corporation.

1.13 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor law or statute.

1.14 “ Investors ” means the Principal Stockholders and the JHI Entities.

1.15 “ JHI Entities ” means any investment funds affiliated with JH Investments, Inc. and their respective successors and Affiliates.


1.16 “ law ” means any U.S. or non-U.S., federal, state or local law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling or other similar requirement enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a governmental authority (including any department, court, agency or official, or non-governmental self-regulatory organization, agency or authority and any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof).

1.17 “ New TMM Units ” means partnership units in New TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands limited partnership.

1.18 “ Nominating Stockholder ” is defined in Section 3.3(B).

1.19 “ Notice of Business ” is defined in Section 2.3(C).

1.20 “ Notice of Nomination ” is defined in Section 3.3(C).

1.21 “ Notice Record Date ” is defined in Section 2.4(A).

1.22 “ Oaktree Entities ” means any investment funds affiliated with Oaktree Capital Management and their respective successors and Affiliates.

1.23 “ Office of the Corporation ” means the executive office of the Corporation, anything in Section 131 of the DGCL to the contrary notwithstanding.

1.24 “ President ” means the President of the Corporation.

1.25 “ Principal Stockholders ” means the Oaktree Entities and the TPG Entities.

1.26 “ Proponent ” is defined in Section 2.3(D)(i).

1.27 “ Public Disclosure ” is defined in Section 2.3(I).

1.28 “ Qualifying Shares ” is defined in Section 3.4.

1.29 “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.30 “ Secretary ” means the Secretary of the Corporation.

1.31 “ Stockholder Associated Person ” is defined in Section 2.3(J).

1.32 “ Stockholder Business ” is defined in Section 2.3(B).

1.33 “ Stockholder Information ” is defined in Section 2.3(D)(iii).

1.34 “ Stockholder Nominees ” is defined in Section 3.3(B).

1.35 “ Stockholders ” means the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

2


1.36 “ Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement by and among the Corporation and the Stockholders thereto.

1.37 “ TPG Entities ” means any investment funds affiliated with TPG Global, LLC and their respective successors and Affiliates.

1.38 “ Treasurer ” means the Treasurer of the Corporation.

1.39 “ Vice Chairman ” means the Vice Chairman of the Board.

1.40 “ Vice President ” means a Vice President of the Corporation.

1.41 “ Voting Commitment ” is defined in Section 3.4.

1.42 “ Voting Record Date ” is defined in Section 2.4(A).

ARTICLE 2

STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of Stockholders may be held at such place or solely by means of remote communication or otherwise, as may be designated by the Board from time to time.

2.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Stockholders may be called only in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. Notice of every special meeting of the Stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes of such meeting. Except as otherwise required by law, the business conducted at a special meeting of Stockholders shall be limited exclusively to the business set forth in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, and the individual or group calling such meeting shall have exclusive authority to determine the business included in such notice.

2.3 Annual Meetings; Stockholder Proposals .

(A) A meeting of Stockholders for the election of Directors and other business shall be held annually at such date and time as may be designated by the Board from time to time.

(B) At an annual meeting of the Stockholders, only business (other than business relating to the nomination or election of Directors, which is governed by Section 3.3) that has been properly brought before the Stockholder meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.3 shall be conducted. To be properly brought before a meeting of Stockholders, such business must be brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (ii) by a Stockholder who (a) was a Stockholder of record of the Corporation when the notice required by this Section 2.3 is delivered to the Secretary and at the time of the meeting, (b) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (c) complies with the notice and other provisions of this Section 2.3. Subject to Section 2.3(K),

 

3


and except with respect to nominations or elections of Directors, which are governed by Section 3.3, Section 2.3(B)(ii) is the exclusive means by which a Stockholder may bring business before a meeting of Stockholders. Any business brought before a meeting in accordance with Section 2.3(B)(ii) is referred to as “ Stockholder Business .”

(C) Subject to Section 2.3(K), at any annual meeting of Stockholders, all proposals of Stockholder Business must be made by timely written notice given by or on behalf of a Stockholder of record of the Corporation (the “ Notice of Business ”) and must otherwise be a proper matter for Stockholder action. To be timely, the Notice of Business must be delivered personally or mailed to, and received at the Office of the Corporation, addressed to the Secretary, by no earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days and no later than ninety (90) days before the first anniversary of the date of the prior year’s annual meeting of Stockholders; provided , however , that if (i) the annual meeting of Stockholders is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than sixty (60) days, from the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of Stockholders, (ii) no annual meeting was held during the prior year or (iii) in the case of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of Stockholders as a corporation with a class of equity security registered under the Exchange Act, the notice by the Stockholder to be timely must be received (a) no earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days before such annual meeting and (b) no later than the later of ninety (90) days before such annual meeting and the tenth day after the day on which the notice of such annual meeting was made by mail or Public Disclosure. In no event shall an adjournment, postponement or deferral, or Public Disclosure of an adjournment, postponement or deferral, of a Stockholder meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of the Notice of Business.

(D) The Notice of Business must set forth:

(i) the name and record address of each Stockholder proposing Stockholder Business (the “ Proponent ”), as they appear on the Corporation’s books;

(ii) the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person;

(iii) as to each Proponent and any Stockholder Associated Person, (a) the class or series and number of shares of stock directly or indirectly held of record and beneficially by the Proponent or Stockholder Associated Person, (b) the date such shares of stock were acquired, (c) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, direct or indirect, with respect to such Stockholder Business between or among the Proponent, any Stockholder Associated Person or any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into, directly or indirectly, as of the date of the Proponent’s notice by, or on behalf of, the Proponent or any Stockholder Associated Person, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of the Proponent or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation (a “ Derivative ”), (e) a description in reasonable detail of any proxy (including revocable proxies), contract, arrangement, understanding or other relationship pursuant to which the Proponent or Stockholder Associated Person has a right to

 

4


vote any shares of stock of the Corporation, (f) any rights to dividends on the stock of the Corporation owned beneficially by the Proponent or Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying stock of the Corporation, (g) any proportionate interest in stock of the Corporation or Derivatives held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which the Proponent or Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (h) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that the Proponent or Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of stock of the Corporation or Derivatives thereof, if any, as of the date of such notice. The information specified in Section 2.3(D)(i) to (iii) is referred to herein as “ Stockholder Information ”;

(iv) a representation that each Proponent is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such Stockholder Business,

(v) a brief description of the Stockholder Business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if such business includes a proposal to amend the By-laws, the language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such Stockholder Business at the meeting;

(vi) any material interest of each Proponent and any Stockholder Associated Person in such Stockholder Business;

(vii) a representation as to whether the Proponent intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt such Stockholder Business or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from the Stockholders in support of such Stockholder Business;

(viii) all other information that would be required to be filed with the SEC if the Proponents or Stockholder Associated Persons were participants in a solicitation subject to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

(ix) a representation that the Proponents shall provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.

(E) The Proponents shall also provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation within ten (10) business days after such request.

(F) In addition, the Proponent shall further update and supplement the information provided to the Corporation in the Notice of Business or upon the Corporation’s request pursuant to Section 2.3(E) as needed, so that such information shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is the later of ten (10) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. Such update and supplement must be delivered personally or mailed to, and received at the Office of the Corporation, addressed to the Secretary, by no later than five (5) business days after the record date for the

 

5


meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than seven business (7) days before the date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(G) The person presiding over the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting, that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.3, and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(H) If the Proponent (or a qualified representative of the Proponent) does not appear at the meeting of Stockholders to present the Stockholder Business such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.3, to be considered a qualified representative of the Stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such Stockholder to act for such Stockholder as proxy at the meeting of Stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of Stockholders.

(I) “ Public Disclosure ” of any date or other information means disclosure thereof by a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, Associated Press or comparable U.S. national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(J) “ Stockholder Associated Person ” means with respect to any Stockholder, (i) any other beneficial owner of stock of the Corporation that are owned by such Stockholder and (ii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Stockholder or such beneficial owner.

(K) The notice requirements of this Section 2.3 shall be deemed satisfied with respect to Stockholder proposals that have been properly brought under Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act and that are included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. Further, nothing in this Section 2.3 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation pursuant to any applicable provision of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.4 Record Date .

(A) For the purpose of determining the Stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof, unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the Board may fix a record date (the “ Notice Record Date ”), which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date was adopted by the Board and shall not be more than 60 or less than ten (10) days

 

6


before the date of such meeting. The Notice Record Date shall also be the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such Notice Record Date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination (the “ Voting Record Date ”). For the purposes of determining the Stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date was adopted by the Board and shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date on which the record date was fixed by the Board. For the purposes of determining the Stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or take any other lawful action, unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date was adopted by the Board and shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.

(B) If no such record date is fixed:

(i) The record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(ii) The record date for determining Stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation), when no prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, shall be the first day on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law; and when prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board takes such prior action; and

(iii) When a determination of Stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders has been made as provided in this Section 2.4, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board fixes a new Voting Record Date for the adjourned meeting, in which case the Board shall also fix such Voting Record Date or a date earlier than such date as the new Notice Record Date for the adjourned meeting.

2.5 Notice of Meetings of Stockholders . Whenever under the provisions of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, Stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, notice shall be given stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which Stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the Voting Record Date, if such date is different from the Notice Record Date, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by these By-laws or applicable law, notice of any meeting shall be given, not less than ten nor more than sixty

 

7


(60) days before the date of the meeting, to each Stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the Notice Record Date. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the U.S. mail, with postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or the transfer agent of the Corporation that the notice required by this Section 2.5 has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. Any business that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called may be transacted at the adjourned meeting. If, however, the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new Voting Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new Notice Record Date in accordance with Section 2.4(B)(iii) hereof and shall give notice of such adjourned meeting to each Stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the Notice Record Date.

2.6 Waivers of Notice . Whenever the giving of any notice to Stockholders is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver thereof, given by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a Stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the Stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purposes of, any regular or special meeting of the Stockholders need be specified in any waiver of notice.

2.7 List of Stockholders . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of Stockholders, a complete, alphabetical list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, and showing the address of each Stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder. Such list may be examined by any Stockholder, at the Stockholder’s expense, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation or on a reasonably accessible electronic network as provided by applicable law. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any Stockholder who is present. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open for inspection as provided by applicable law. Except as provided by applicable law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the Stockholders entitled to examine the list of Stockholders or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders.

2.8 Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment . Except as otherwise provided by these By-laws, at each meeting of Stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting of Stockholders, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business at such meeting, except that, where a separate vote by a class or series of classes of shares is required, a

 

8


quorum shall consist of no less than a majority in voting power of the shares of such classes or series of classes. In the absence of a quorum, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders, including an adjourned meeting, may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

2.9 Voting; Proxies . At any meeting of Stockholders, all matters other than the election of directors, except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws or any applicable law, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon. At all meetings of Stockholders for the election of Directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such Stockholder by proxy but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only so long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A Stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a revocation of the proxy or by delivering a new proxy bearing a later date.

2.10 Voting Procedures and Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders . The Board, in advance of any meeting of Stockholders, shall appoint one or more inspectors, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall (A) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (B) determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (C) count all votes and ballots, (D) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (E) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of their duties. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the Stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be determined by the person presiding at the meeting and shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxies, votes or any revocation thereof or change thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon application by a Stockholder shall determine otherwise. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of Stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

9


2.11 Conduct of Meetings; Adjournment . The Board may adopt such rules and procedures for the conduct of Stockholder meetings as it deems appropriate. At each meeting of Stockholders, the Chief Executive Officer and/or President or, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer and/or President, the Chairman or, if there is no Chairman or if there be one and the Chairman is absent, a Vice President and, in case more than one Vice President shall be present, that Vice President designated by the Board (or in the absence of any such designation, the most senior Vice President present), shall preside over the meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with the rules and procedures as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over the meeting of Stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene, adjourn and reconvene the meeting from time to time, to prescribe such additional rules and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules and procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting, may include, (A) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (B) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, (C) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to Stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the person presiding over the meeting shall determine, (D) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof and (E) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The person presiding over any meeting of Stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, may determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of Stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, one of the Assistant Secretaries, shall act as secretary of the meeting. If none of the officers above designated to act as the person presiding over the meeting or as secretary of the meeting shall be present, a person presiding over the meeting or a secretary of the meeting, as the case may be, shall be designated by the Board and, if the Board has not so acted, in the case of the designation of a person to act as secretary of the meeting, designated by the person presiding over the meeting.

2.12 Order of Business . The order of business at all meetings of Stockholders shall be as determined by the person presiding over the meeting.

2.13 Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting . If the Certificate of Incorporation permits action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, then a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action to be so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested) to the

 

10


Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each Stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 2.13, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation as aforesaid. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall, to the extent required by applicable law, be given to those Stockholders who have not consented in writing, and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws or applicable law, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and the management of the Corporation.

3.2 Term of Office . The Board shall consist of one or more members, the number thereof to be determined in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement (as long as such agreement remains in effect), each Director shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until the Director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

3.3 Nominations of Directors .

(A) Subject to Section 3.3(K) and the Stockholders Agreement, and except as otherwise provided by the Stockholders Agreement, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.3 are eligible for election as Directors.

(B) Nominations of persons for election to the Board may only be made at a meeting properly called for the election of Directors and only (i) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (ii) by a Stockholder who (a) was a Stockholder of record of the Corporation when the notice required by this Section 3.3 is delivered to the Secretary and at the time of the meeting, (b) is entitled to vote for the election of Directors at the meeting and (c) complies with the notice and other provisions of this Section 3.3. Subject to Section 3.3(K) and the Stockholders Agreement, Section 3.3(B)(ii) is the exclusive means by which a Stockholder may nominate a person for election to the Board. Persons nominated in accordance with Section 3.3(B)(ii) are referred to as “ Stockholder Nominees .” A Stockholder nominating persons for election to the Board is referred to as the “ Nominating Stockholder .”

 

11


(C) Subject to Section 3.3(K) and the Stockholders Agreement, all nominations of Stockholder Nominees must be made by timely written notice given by or on behalf of a Stockholder of record of the Corporation (the “ Notice of Nomination ”). To be timely, the Notice of Nomination must be delivered personally or mailed to and received at the Office of the Corporation, addressed to the attention of the Secretary, by the following dates:

(i) in the case of the nomination of a Stockholder Nominee for election to the Board at an annual meeting of Stockholders, no earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days and no later than ninety (90) days before the first anniversary of the date of the prior year’s annual meeting of Stockholders; provided , however , that if (a) the annual meeting of Stockholders is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than sixty (60) days, from the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of Stockholders, (b) no annual meeting was held during the prior year or (c) in the case of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of Stockholders as a corporation with a class of equity security registered under the Exchange Act, the notice by the Stockholder to be timely must be received (1) no earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days before such annual meeting and (2) no later than the later of ninety (90) days before such annual meeting and the tenth day after the day on which the notice of such annual meeting was made by mail or Public Disclosure and

(ii) in the case of the nomination of a Stockholder Nominee for election to the Board at a special meeting of Stockholders, no earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days before and no later than the later of ninety (90) days before such special meeting and the tenth day after the day on which the notice of such special meeting was made by mail or Public Disclosure.

(D) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the number of Directors to be elected to the Board at a meeting of Stockholders is increased and there is no Public Disclosure by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Notice of Nomination shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered personally and received at the Office of the Corporation, addressed to the attention of the Secretary, no later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Disclosure is first made by the Corporation.

(E) In no event shall an adjournment, postponement or deferral, or Public Disclosure of an adjournment, postponement or deferral, of an annual or special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of the Notice of Nomination.

(F) The Notice of Nomination shall set forth:

(i) the Stockholder Information with respect to each Nominating Stockholder and Stockholder Associated Person;

 

12


(ii) a representation that each Stockholder nominating a Stockholder Nominee is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination;

(iii) all information regarding each Stockholder Nominee and Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a solicitation of proxies subject to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, the written consent of each Stockholder Nominee to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serve if elected and a completed signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 3.4;

(iv) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among a Nominating Stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person or their respective associates, or others acting in concert therewith, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the Nominating Stockholder, Stockholder Associated Person or any person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the Stockholder Nominee were a director or executive of such registrant;

(v) a representation as to whether the Nominating Stockholders intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the nomination or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from Stockholders in support of such nomination;

(vi) all other information that would be required to be filed with the SEC if the Nominating Stockholders and Stockholder Associated Person were participants in a solicitation subject to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

(vii) a representation that the Nominating Stockholders shall provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.

(G) The Nominating Stockholders shall also provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation within ten (10) business days after such request.

(H) In addition, the Nominating Stockholder shall further update and supplement the information provided to the Corporation in the Notice of Nomination or upon the Corporation’s request pursuant to Section 3.3(G) as needed, so that such information shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. Such update and supplement must be delivered personally or mailed to, and received at the Office of the Corporation, addressed to the Secretary, by no later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than seven (7) business days before the date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

13


(I) The person presiding over the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting, that the nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.3, and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(J) If the Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Stockholder) does not appear at the applicable Stockholder meeting to nominate the Stockholder Nominees, such nomination shall be disregarded and such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.3, to be considered a qualified representative of the Stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such Stockholder to act for such Stockholder as proxy at the meeting of Stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of Stockholders.

(K) Nothing in this Section 3.3 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation pursuant to any applicable provision of the Certificate of Incorporation.

3.4 Nominee and Director Qualifications . Unless the Board determines otherwise or the Stockholders Agreement provides otherwise (as long as such agreement is in effect), to be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a Director, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice by the Board) to the Secretary at the Office of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person will act or vote as a Director on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply with such person’s fiduciary duties as a Director under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a Director that has not been disclosed therein, (C) beneficially owns, or agrees to purchase within ninety (90) days if elected as a Director, not less than 1000 shares of common stock (either and both of such amounts, the “ Qualifying Shares ”) (subject to adjustment for any stock splits or stock dividends occurring after the date of such representation or agreement), will not dispose of such minimum number of shares so long as such person is a Director and has disclosed therein whether all or any portion of the Qualifying Shares were purchased with any financial assistance provided by any other person and whether any other person has any interest in the Qualifying Shares and (D) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed

 

14


corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation that are applicable to Directors; provided , however , that unless the Stockholders Agreement provides otherwise (as long as such agreement is in effect), the provisions of this Section 3.4 shall not apply to any Director nominated by a Principal Stockholder pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement.

3.5 Resignation . Any Director may resign at any time by notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at such later time as is therein specified.

3.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such times and at such places as may be determined from time to time by the Board or its Chairman.

3.7 Telephone Meetings . Board or Board committee meetings may be held by means of telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by a Director in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

3.8 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called only on at least twenty-four (24) hours’ notice to each Director given by one of the means specified in Section 3.10 hereof other than by mail (or on at least three (3) days’ notice if given by mail) and only, (i) if prior to the date on which the Principal Stockholders cease collectively to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation, by or at the direction of a director designated for nomination by the Principal Sponsors, (ii) by or at the direction of two or more directors or (iii) by or at the direction of the Chairman or Vice Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer. Any business transacted at any special meeting of the Stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

3.9 Adjourned Meetings . A majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn and reconvene such meeting to another time and place. At least twenty-four (24) hours’ notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board shall be given to each Director whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be given by one of the means specified in Section 3.10 hereof other than by mail, or at least three (3) days’ notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

3.10 Notice Procedure . Subject to Sections 3.8 and 3.11 hereof, whenever notice is required to be given to any Director by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, such notice shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, mail addressed to such Director at such Director’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, telecopy or by other means of electronic transmission.

3.11 Waiver of Notice . Whenever the giving of any notice to Directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver thereof,

 

15


given by the Director entitled to the notice, whether before or after such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special Board or committee meeting need be specified in any waiver of notice.

3.12 Organization . At each meeting of the Board, the Chairman or, in his or her absence, another Director selected by the Board shall preside. The Secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board. If the Secretary is absent from any meeting of the Board, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

3.13 Quorum of Directors . At any meeting of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, provided that so long as the Principal Stockholders collectively beneficially own (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation, it shall be necessary to constitute a quorum, in addition to a majority of the total number of directors then in office (a) that one director designated for nomination by each of the Principal Stockholders be present (other than attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened) and (b) for an action of the Board taken at a meeting to be valid, directors that constitute a quorum must be present at the time that the vote on such action is taken. For the avoidance of doubt, so long as the Principal Stockholders collectively beneficially own (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation, if directors that constitute a quorum are not present at the time that the vote on any action is taken, a quorum shall not be constituted with respect to such action, and any vote taken with respect to such action shall not be a valid action of the Board, notwithstanding that a quorum of the Board may have been present at the commencement of such meeting. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

3.14 Action by Majority Vote . Except as otherwise expressly required by these By-laws or the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement (as long as such agreement remains in effect), the vote of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

3.15 Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by these By-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all Directors or members of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

16


ARTICLE 4

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The provisions of this Article 4 are subject in all respects to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement (so long as such agreement remains in effect). The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. If a member of a committee shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting thereat, the remaining member or members present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may, by a unanimous vote, appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it to the extent so authorized by the Board. Unless the Board provides otherwise, at all meetings of such committee, a majority of the then authorized members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings. Unless the Board provides otherwise, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules and procedures for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules and procedures each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article 3.

ARTICLE 5

OFFICERS

5.1 Positions; Election . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer and any other officers as the Board may elect from time to time, who shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined by the Board from time to time. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 Term of Office . Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualifies or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at such later time as is therein specified. The resignation of an officer shall be without prejudice to the contract rights of the Corporation, if any. Any officer may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

17


5.3 Chairman . The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board and shall exercise such powers and perform such other duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

5.4 Vice Chairman . The Vice Chairman shall exercise such powers and perform such other duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

5.5 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision over, and direction of, the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board and of any duly authorized committee of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Stockholders and at all meetings of the Board at which the Chairman (if there be one) is not present. The Chief Executive Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other instruments, except in cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by resolution of the Board or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by applicable law otherwise to be signed or executed and, in general, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer of a corporation and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Executive Officer by resolution of the Board.

5.6 President . The President shall have duties incident to the office of President, and any other duties as may from time to time be assigned to the President by the Chief Executive Officer (if the President and Chief Executive Officer are not the same person) or the Board and subject to the control of the Chief Executive Officer (if the President and Chief Executive Officer are not the same person) and the Board in each case. The President may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other instruments, except in cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by applicable law otherwise to be signed or executed.

5.7 Vice Presidents . Vice Presidents shall have the duties incident to the office of Vice President and any other duties that may from time to time be assigned to the Vice President by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board. Any Vice President may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by applicable law otherwise to be signed or executed.

5.8 Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and of the Stockholders, record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Board and of the Stockholders in a book to be kept for that purpose and perform like duties for committees of the Board, when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all special meetings of the Board and of the Stockholders and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or by the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same on any instrument that may require it, and when so affixed, the seal may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary.

 

18


The Board may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the same by such officer’s signature. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may also attest all instruments signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President. The Secretary shall have charge of all the books, records and papers of the Corporation relating to its organization and management, see that the reports, statements and other documents required by applicable law are properly kept and filed and, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of secretary of a corporation and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to the Secretary by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the President.

5.9 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all funds, securities and notes of the Corporation, receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any sources whatsoever; deposit all such moneys and valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board, against proper vouchers, cause such funds to be disbursed by checks or drafts on the authorized depositaries of the Corporation signed in such manner as shall be determined by the Board and be responsible for the accuracy of the amounts of all moneys so disbursed, regularly enter or cause to be entered in books or other records maintained for the purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received or paid for the account of the Corporation, have the right to require from time to time reports or statements giving such information as the Treasurer may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the Corporation from the officers or agents transacting the same, render to the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board, whenever the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board shall require the Treasurer so to do, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation and of all financial transactions of the Corporation, disburse the funds of the Corporation as ordered by the Board and, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer of a corporation and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to the Treasurer by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the President.

5.10 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Secretary or by the Treasurer, respectively, or by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board or the President.

ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Certificates Representing Shares . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or all of such shares shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock, or a combination of both. If shares are represented by certificates (if any) such certificates shall be in the form approved by the Board. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate

 

19


ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.

6.2 Transfer and Registry Agents . The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agents and registry offices or agents at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board.

6.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or his legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

6.4 Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device or method; provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law.

6.5 Seal . The corporate seal shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

6.6 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board.

6.7 Amendments . These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL, subject to the Stockholders Agreement (as long as such agreement is in effect).

6.8 Conflict with Applicable Law or Certificate of Incorporation . These By-laws are adopted subject to any applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Whenever these By-laws may conflict with any applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, such conflict shall be resolved in favor of such law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

20

Exhibit 5

212-373-3000

212-757-3990

April 4, 2013

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 N. Scottsdale Road

Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Registration Statement on Form S-1

( Registration No. 333-185269 )

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (the “Registration Statement”), of the Company, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “Rules”). You have asked us to


furnish our opinion as to the legality of the securities being registered under the Registration Statement. The Registration Statement relates to the registration under the Act of up to 27,381,500 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”), that may be offered by the Company (including shares that may be sold by the Company upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) (the “Shares”).

In connection with the furnishing of this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (collectively, the “Documents”):

1. the Registration Statement;

2. the form of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), included as Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement; and

3. the form of the Reorganization Agreement, included as Exhibit 10.21 to the Registration Statement;

4. the form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement;

5. the form of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, included as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement.

In addition, we have examined (i) such corporate records of the Company that we have considered appropriate, including the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company and the amended and restated by-laws of the Company, certified by the Company as in effect on the date of this letter and copies of resolutions of the board of directors of the Company relating to the issuance of the Shares, certified by the Company and (ii) such other certificates, agreements and documents that we deemed relevant and

 

2


necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below. We have also relied upon the factual matters contained in the representations and warranties of the Company made in the Documents and upon certificates of public officials and the officers of the Company.

In our examination of the documents referred to above, we have assumed, without independent investigation, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all individuals who have executed any of the documents reviewed by us, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic, reproduced or conformed copies of valid existing agreements or other documents, the authenticity of all the latter documents and that the statements regarding matters of fact in the certificates, records, agreements, instruments and documents that we have examined are accurate and complete.

Based upon the above, and subject to the stated assumptions, exceptions and qualifications, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and, when issued, delivered and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

The opinion expressed above is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Our opinion is rendered only with respect to the laws, and the rules, regulations and orders under those laws, that are currently in effect.

We hereby consent to use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” contained in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required by the Act or the Rules.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

 

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

 

3

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

 

AND

 

CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS

 

DATED AS OF [    ], 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I EFFECTIVENESS

     2  

Section 1.1.

    

Effectiveness

     2  

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

     2  

Section 2.1.

    

Definitions

     2  

Section 2.2.

    

Other Interpretive Provisions

     7  

ARTICLE III REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     8  

Section 3.1.

    

Exchange Registration

     8  

Section 3.2.

    

Demand Registration

     8  

Section 3.3.

    

Shelf Registration

     11  

Section 3.4.

    

Piggyback Registration

     14  

Section 3.5.

    

Lock-Up Agreements

     15  

Section 3.6.

    

Registration Procedures

     16  

Section 3.7.

    

Underwritten Offerings

     22  

Section 3.8.

    

No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights

     23  

Section 3.9.

    

Registration Expenses

     24  

Section 3.10.

    

Indemnification

     24  

Section 3.11.

    

Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S

     28  

Section 3.12.

    

Existing Registration Statements

     28  

ARTICLE IV MISCELLANEOUS

     28  

Section 4.1.

    

Authority: Effect

     28  

Section 4.2.

    

Notices

     29  

Section 4.3.

    

Termination and Effect of Termination

     31  

Section 4.4.

    

Permitted Transferees

     31  

Section 4.5.

    

Remedies

     31  

Section 4.6.

    

Amendments

     32  

Section 4.7.

    

Governing Law

     32  

Section 4.8.

    

Consent to Jurisdiction

     32  

Section 4.9.

    

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     33  

Section 4.10.

    

Merger; Binding Effect, Etc.

     33  

Section 4.11.

    

Counterparts

     33  

Section 4.12

    

Severability

     34  

Section 4.13.

    

No Recourse

     34  

 

- i -


This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2013, is made by and among:

i. Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”);

ii. TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (together with its Permitted Transferees that become party hereto, the “ TPG Investor ”);

iii. OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (together with its Permitted Transferees that become party hereto, the “ Oaktree Investor ” and, together with the TPG Investor, the “ Principal Investors ”);

iv. JHI Holding Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership (the “ JHI Investor ”);

v. the individuals who execute the signature pages hereto under the heading “Managers” (the “ Managers ”); and

vi. such other Persons, if any, that from time to time become party hereto as holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.4 in their capacity as Permitted Transferees.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“ TMM ”), Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc. and certain limited partners of TMM entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Reorganization Agreement dated [            ], 2013, the Company has effected a series of reorganization transactions (the “ Reorganization Transactions ”);

WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the Principal Investors, the JHI Investor and the Managers own limited partnership interests in TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership (“ New TMM Units ”) together with shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), which, subject to certain restrictions, are exchangeable from time to time at the option of the holder thereof for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ” and, together with the Class B Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) pursuant to an Exchange Agreement dated [            ], 2013 (the “ Exchange Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company has priced an initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “ IPO ”) pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement dated [            ], 2013 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Prior Agreement is being terminated by the parties thereto; and


WHEREAS, the parties believe that it is in the best interests of the Company and the other parties hereto to set forth their agreements regarding registration rights and certain other matters following the IPO.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

EFFECTIVENESS

Section 1.1. Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO (the “ Closing ”).

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Section 2.1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Adverse Disclosure ” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, after consultation with outside counsel to the Company: (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such Registration Statement, from and after its effective date, does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement; and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person or (b) in the event that the specified Person is a natural Person, a Member of the Immediate Family of such Person; provided that the Company and each of its subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Affiliates of the TPG Investor or the Oaktree Investor. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

- 2 -


Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Class A Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class B Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Demand Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.3.

Demand Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.1(a).

Demand Registration Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.1(a).

Demand Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.1(c).

Demand Suspension ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.6.

Demanding Holder ” means any Principal Investor that exercises a right to request a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.2.

Exchange ” means the exchange of shares of Class B Common Stock together with New TMM Units for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

Exchange Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Exchange Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1.

Exchange Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Holders ” means holders of Registrable Securities under this Agreement.

IPO ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of the Registrable Securities.

Issuer Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company, and any securities into which such shares of Common Stock or other equity securities shall have been changed or any securities resulting from any reclassification or recapitalization of such shares of Common Stock or other equity securities.

 

- 3 -


JHI Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Loss ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.1.

Manager ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Member of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any Person who is an individual, (a) each parent, spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such Person is legally separated) or child (including those adopted) of such individual and (b) each trustee, solely in his or her capacity as trustee, for a trust naming only one or more of the Persons listed in sub-clause (a) as beneficiaries.

New TMM Units ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Oaktree Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Participation Conditions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.5(b).

Permitted Transferee ” means (i) with respect to each Manager, any “Management Permitted Transferee” as defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, (ii) with respect to any Principal Investor, any Affiliate of such Principal Investor, (iii) with respect to the JHI Investor, any Affiliate of the JHI Investor, and (iv) such other Persons as each Principal Investor approves in writing.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.1.

Piggyback Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.1.

Potential Takedown Participant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.5(b).

Principal Investor Minimum ” means, with respect to a Principal Investor, at least 50% of the shares of Common Stock held by such Principal Investor as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and the Put/Call Agreement, or, if neither such closing occurs prior to June 30, 2013, the Closing (as adjusted for any stock dividend or distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, stock exchange, subdivision, combination thereof or similar transaction).

Principal Investors ” or “ Principal Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Prior Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

- 4 -


Pro Rata Portion ” means, with respect to each Holder requesting that its shares be registered pursuant to a Demand Registration or sold in a Public Offering, a number of such shares equal to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be registered in such Demand Registration or sold in such Public Offering (excluding any shares to be registered or sold for the account of the Company) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held by all Holders requesting that their Registrable Securities be registered in such Demand Registration or sold in such Public Offering.

Prospectus ” means (i) the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus, and (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

Public Offering ” means the offer and sale of Registrable Securities for cash pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form).

Put/Call Agreement ” means the Put/Call Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among TPG, Oaktree, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and the Company.

Registrable Securities ” means (i) all shares of Class A Common Stock that are not then subject to vesting (but including shares that were at one time subject to vesting to the extent they have vested), (ii) all shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any option, warrant or convertible security (including shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon Exchange) and (iii) all shares of Class A Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of unit or stock dividend or unit or stock split, or in connection with a combination of units or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (w) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such Registration Statement, (x) such securities shall have been Transferred to the public pursuant to Rule 144, (y) the aggregate number of such securities held by the applicable holder and its Affiliates is less than the number that would subject the distribution thereof to any volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer under Rule 144 and such holder is able to immediately distribute such securities publicly without any restrictions on transfer (including without application of paragraphs (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144), or (z) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the Managers shall be deemed not to hold any Registrable Securities at any time the Exchange Registration Statement is effective and (B) the JHI Investor shall be deemed not to hold any Registrable Securities following consummation of the first underwritten Public Offering in which the JHI Investor is offered the opportunity to sell all of its Registrable Securities or all of the Class B Common Stock and corresponding New TMM Units held by it.

 

- 5 -


Registration ” means registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale to the public of any Issuer Shares under a Registration Statement. The terms “ register ”, “ registered ” and “ registering ” shall have correlative meanings.

Registration Expenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement other than a registration statement (and related Prospectus) filed on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form thereto.

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

Requisite Investor Approval ” means the approval of (a) both Principal Investors for so long as each Principal Investor and its Affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate the Principal Investor Minimum, (b) to the extent only one Principal Investor and its Affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate the Principal Investor Minimum, such Principal Investor and (c) to the extent neither of the Principal Investors together with its respective Affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate the Principal Investor Minimum, holders of a majority of the Issuer Shares; provided that, for purposes of this definition, a Principal Investor shall be deemed to have approved an action to the extent that such Principal Investor or its Affiliates holding a majority of the Issuer Shares held by such Principal Investor and its Affiliates vote in favor of, or provide their written consent to, such action.

Reorganization Transactions ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor Rule).

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency having jurisdiction under the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Shelf Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.3.

Shelf Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1(a).

Shelf Registration Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2.

Shelf Registration Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1(a).

 

- 6 -


Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1(a).

Shelf Suspension ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.4.

Shelf Takedown Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.5(b).

Shelf Takedown Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.5(a).

TPG Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

TMM ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Registrable Security, any interest therein, or any other securities or equity interests, a direct or indirect transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition thereof, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise. “ Transferred ” shall have a correlative meaning.

underwritten Public Offering ” means an underwritten Public Offering, including any bought deal or block sale to a financial institution conducted as an underwritten Public Offering.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown ” means an underwritten Public Offering pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement.

Underwriting Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

WKSI ” means any Securities Act registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act at the most recent eligibility determination date specified in paragraph (2) of that definition.

Section 2.2. Other Interpretive Provisions . (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and any subsection and section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

(d) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(e) Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

 

- 7 -


ARTICLE III

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The Company will perform and comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to perform and comply, with such of the following provisions as are applicable to it. Each Holder will perform and comply with such of the following provisions as are applicable to such Holder.

Section 3.1. Exchange Registration .

Section 3.1.1. Mandatory Exchange Registration . At such time as the Company first becomes eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, the Company shall as promptly as practicable file with the SEC and use reasonable best efforts to cause to be promptly declared effective under the Securities Act a Registration Statement (“ Exchange Registration Statement ”) for the Exchange of all of the shares of Class B Common Stock together with all of the New TMM Units held by the Managers for shares of Class A Common Stock. Such Registration pursuant to this Section 3.1, including as amended, renewed or replaced as provided herein, shall hereinafter be referred to as an “ Exchange Registration .”

Section 3.1.2. Continued Effectiveness; Renewal and Replacement . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the date as of which no Manager holds Class B Common Stock or New TMM Units. In addition, the Company shall promptly amend, renew or replace, as necessary, any Exchange Registration Statement that shall have expired or otherwise been deemed unusable and shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such amended, renewed or replaced Exchange Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the date as of which no Manager holds Class B Common Stock or New TMM Units.

Section 3.1.3. Suspension of Registration . If the continued use of the Exchange Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure or if the Company is not then eligible to file an Exchange Registration Statement on Form S-3, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Managers, suspend use of the Exchange Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise such a suspension in the event of an Adverse Disclosure (i) more than one time during any twelve (12)-month period, or (ii) for a period exceeding thirty (30) days on any one occasion.

Section 3.2. Demand Registration .

Section 3.2.1. Request for Demand Registration .

 

  (a)

Following the Effective Date, each of the Principal Investors shall have the right to make a written request from time to time (a “ Demand

 

- 8 -


  Registration Request ”) to the Company for Registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Principal Investor. Any such Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration Request shall hereinafter be referred to as a “ Demand Registration .”

 

  (b) Each Demand Registration Request shall specify (x) the kind and aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered, and (y) the intended method or methods of disposition thereof.

 

  (c) Upon receipt of the Demand Registration Request, the Company shall as promptly as practicable file a Registration Statement (a “ Demand Registration Statement ”), as specified in the Demand Registration Request for such Demand Registration, relating to such Demand Registration, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to be promptly declared effective under the Securities Act.

Section 3.2.2. Limitation on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand Registration if a Demand Registration was declared effective or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown was consummated within the preceding ninety (90) days (unless otherwise consented to by the Company’s Board of Directors).

Section 3.2.3. Demand Notice . Promptly upon receipt of a Demand Registration Request pursuant to Section 3.2.1 (but in no event more than three (3) Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “ Demand Notice ”) of any such Demand Registration Request to all other Holders and the Demand Notice shall offer each such Holder the opportunity to include in the Demand Registration that number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing. The Company shall include in the Demand Registration all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within two (2) Business Days after the date that the Demand Notice was delivered.

Section 3.2.4. Demand Withdrawal . A Demanding Holder and any other Holder that has requested its Registrable Securities be included in a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.2.3 may withdraw all or any portion of its Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration from such Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. Upon receipt of a notice to such effect from a Demanding Holder (or if there is more than one Demanding Holder, from all such Demanding Holders) with respect to all of the Registrable Securities included by such Demanding Holder(s) in such Demand Registration, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement.

Section 3.2.5. Effective Registration . The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the Demand Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for not less than one hundred eighty (180) days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration

 

- 9 -


Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or, if such Demand Registration Statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer.

Section 3.2.6. Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Demand Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the Demand Registration Statement (a “ Demand Suspension ”); provided , however , that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Demand Suspension (i) more than once during any twelve (12)-month period or (ii) for a period exceeding thirty (30) days on any one occasion. In the case of a Demand Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders in writing upon the termination of any Demand Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company shall, if necessary, supplement or make amendments to the Demand Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Demand Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities that are included in such Demand Registration Statement.

Section 3.2.7. Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten Public Offering of the Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration, advise the Company in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be in the case of any Demand Registration (x) first, allocated to each Holder that has requested to participate in such Demand Registration an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be registered or sold by such Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Holder’s Pro Rata Portion, and (y) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (x) have been included, the number of other securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without having such adverse effect; provided , however , that Registrable Securities held by Managers that were fully vested as of the Closing or held by the JHI Investor shall not be subject to reduction pursuant to this Section 3.2.7 if requested to be included in such Demand Registration by such Manager or the JHI Investor.

 

- 10 -


Section 3.2.8. Resale Rights . In the event that a Principal Investor requests to participate in a Registration pursuant to this Section 3.2 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Principal Investor.

Section 3.3. Shelf Registration .

Section 3.3.1. Request for Shelf Registration .

 

  (a) Upon the written request of any Principal Investor from time to time following the Effective Date (a “ Shelf Registration Request ”), the Company shall promptly file with the SEC a shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (“ Shelf Registration Statement ”) relating to the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by any Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to promptly become effective under the Securities Act. Any such Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration Request shall hereinafter be referred to as a “ Shelf Registration .”

 

  (b) If on the date of the Shelf Registration Request: (i) the Company is a WKSI, then the Shelf Registration Request may request Registration of an unspecified amount of Registrable Securities; and (ii) the Company is not a WKSI, then the Shelf Registration Request shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered. The Company shall provide to the Principal Investors the information necessary to determine the Company’s status as a WKSI upon request.

Section 3.3.2. Shelf Registration Notice . Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Registration Request (but in no event more than three (3) Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “ Shelf Registration Notice ”) of any such request to all other Holders, which notice shall specify, if applicable, the amount of Registrable Securities to be registered, and the Shelf Registration Notice shall offer each such Holder the opportunity to include in the Shelf Registration that number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing. The Company shall include in such Shelf Registration all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within two (2) Business Days after the date that the Shelf Registration Notice has been delivered.

Section 3.3.3. Continued Effectiveness . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming part of the Shelf Registration Statement to be usable by Holders until the earlier of: (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the

 

- 11 -


applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder); and (ii) the date as of which no Holder holds Registrable Securities (such period of effectiveness, the “ Shelf Period ”). Subject to Section 3.3.4, the Company shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in Holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law.

Section 3.3.4. Suspension of Registration . If the continued use of such Shelf Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, suspend use of the Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Shelf Suspension ”); provided , however , that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Shelf Suspension (i) more than one time during any twelve (12)-month period, or (ii) for a period exceeding thirty (30) days on any one occasion. In the case of a Shelf Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders in writing upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company shall, if necessary, supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Shelf Registration Statement or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by any one of the Principal Investors.

Section 3.3.5. Shelf Takedown .

 

  (a) At any time during which the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to a Principal Investor’s Registrable Securities, by notice to the Company specifying the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, such Principal Investor may make a written request (a “ Shelf Takedown Request ”) to the Company to effect a Public Offering, including an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, of all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities that are covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, and as soon as practicable the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose.

 

  (b)

Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Takedown Request (but in no event more than three (3) Business Days thereafter) for any Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall deliver a notice (a “ Shelf Takedown Notice ”) to each other Holder with Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement, or to all other Holders if such Registration Statement is undesignated (each a “ Potential Takedown

 

- 12 -


  Participant ”). The Shelf Takedown Notice shall offer each such Potential Takedown Participant the opportunity to include in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown that number of Registrable Securities as each such Potential Takedown Participant may request in writing. The Company shall include in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within two (2) Business Days after the date that the Shelf Takedown Notice has been delivered. Any Potential Takedown Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall be binding on the Potential Takedown Participant; provided that each such Potential Takedown Participant that elects to participate may condition its participation on the Underwritten Shelf Takedown being completed within ten (10) Business Days of its acceptance at a price per share (after giving effect to any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) to such Potential Takedown Participant of not less than ninety-two percent (92%) of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the Business Day immediately prior to such Potential Takedown Participant’s election to participate (the “ Participation Conditions ”). Notwithstanding the delivery of any Shelf Takedown Notice, but subject to the Participation Conditions (to the extent applicable), all determinations as to whether to complete any Underwritten Shelf Takedown and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Underwritten Shelf Takedown contemplated by this Section 3.3.5 shall be determined by the initiating Principal Investor(s);  provided that if such Underwritten Shelf Takedown is to be completed and subject to the Participation Conditions (to the extent applicable), each Potential Takedown Participant’s Pro Rata Portion shall be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such Potential Takedown Participant has complied with the requirements set forth in this Section 3.3.5.

 

  (c) The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any Underwritten Shelf Takedown if a Demand Registration or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown was consummated within the preceding ninety (90) days (unless otherwise consented to by the Company’s Board of Directors).

Section 3.3.6. Priority of Securities Sold Pursuant to Shelf Takedowns . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 3.3.5 advise the Company in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in the proposed Underwritten Shelf Takedown exceeds the number that can be sold in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such offering shall be (x) first, allocated to each Holder that has requested to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be

 

- 13 -


registered or sold by such Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Holder’s Pro Rata Portion, and (y) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (x) have been included, the number of other securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without having such adverse effect; provided , however , that Registrable Securities held by Managers that were fully vested as of the Closing or held by the JHI Investor shall not be subject to reduction pursuant to this Section 3.3.6 if requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown by such Manager or the JHI Investor.

Section 3.3.7. Resale Rights . In the event that a Principal Investor elects to request a Registration pursuant to this Section 3.3 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Principal Investor.

Section 3.4. Piggyback Registration .

Section 3.4.1. Participation . If the Company at any time proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act or to conduct a Public Offering with respect to any offering of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration under Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3, (ii) a Registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or (iii) a Registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement), then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement or, in the case of any such Public Offering, the anticipated pricing or trade date), the Company shall give written notice (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) of such proposed filing or Public Offering to all Holders, and such Piggyback Notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to register under such Registration Statement, or to sell in such Public Offering, such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing (a “ Piggyback Registration ”). Subject to Section 3.4.2, the Company shall include in such Registration Statement or in such Public Offering as applicable, all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within two (2) Business Days after the receipt by such Holder of any such notice; provided , however , that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register or sell any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration, or the pricing or trade date of such Public Offering, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or sell or to delay Registration or the sale of such securities, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register or sell, shall be relieved of its obligation to register or sell any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration or Public Offering (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of any Holders entitled to request that such Registration or sale be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 3.2 or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 3.3, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay Registration or sale, in

 

- 14 -


the absence of a request for a Demand Registration or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may be, shall be permitted to delay registering or selling any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in registering or selling such other securities. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement or Public Offering is to be underwritten, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 3.4.1 shall, and the Company shall make such arrangements with the managing underwriter or underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such underwritten offering. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement or Public Offering is to be on any other basis, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 3.4.1 shall, and the Company shall make such arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis. Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw all or part of its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided that such request must be made in writing prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or, in the case of a Public Offering, at least two (2) Business Days prior to the earlier of the anticipated filing of the “red herring” Prospectus, if applicable, and the anticipated pricing or trade date.

Section 3.4.2. Priority of Piggyback Registration . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the participating Holders in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities that such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (i) first, one hundred percent (100%) of the securities that the Company or (subject to Section 3.8) any Person (other than a Holder) exercising a contractual right to demand Registration, as the case may be, proposes to sell, and (ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated among the Holders that have requested to participate in such Registration based on an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be sold by such Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Holder’s Pro Rata Portion and (iii) third, and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration.

Section 3.4.3. No Effect on Other Registrations . No Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to a request under this Section 3.4 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 3.3 or shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Sections 3.2 and 3.3.

Section 3.5. Lock-Up Agreements . In connection with each Registration or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3 conducted as an underwritten Public Offering, each Holder agrees, if requested, to become bound by and to execute and deliver such

 

- 15 -


lock-up agreement with the underwriter(s) of such Public Offering restricting such Holder’s right to (a) Transfer, directly or indirectly, any Registrable Securities or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another any of the economic consequences of ownership of Registrable Securities, as is entered into by any Principal Investor with the underwriter(s) of such Public Offering; provided , however , that no Holder shall be required to enter into a lock-up agreement covering a period of greater than 90 days after the date of the final Prospectus relating to such offering or such longer period as is agreed to by each of the Principal Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such lock-up agreement shall not apply to (i) distributions-in-kind to a Principal Investor’s partners or members; (ii) Transfers to Affiliates, but only if such Affiliates agree to be bound by the restrictions herein; or (iii) Transfers to Permitted Transferees of such Holder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 3.6. Registration Procedures .

Section 3.6.1. Requirements . In connection with the Company’s obligations under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration and to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in connection therewith the Company shall:

 

  (a) prepare the required Registration Statement, including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and, before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such underwriters and such Holders and their respective counsel, (y) make such changes in such documents concerning the Holders prior to the filing thereof as such Holders, or their counsel, may reasonably request and (z) except in the case of a Registration under Section 3.4, not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which any participating Principal Investor, or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

 

  (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement and supplements to the Prospectus as may be (x) reasonably requested by any Principal Investor with Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, (y) reasonably requested by any participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (z) necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

- 16 -


  (c) notify the participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such notice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (a) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (b) of any written comments by the SEC, or any request by the SEC or other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or such Prospectus, or for additional information (whether before or after the effective date of the Registration Statement) or any other correspondence with the SEC relating to, or which may affect, the Registration, (c) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (d) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects and (e) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

  (d) promptly notify each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement or the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus or any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the selling Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus, which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

 

  (e)

to the extent the Company is eligible under the relevant provisions of Rule 430B under the Securities Act, if the Company files any Shelf Registration

 

- 17 -


  Statement, the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a Prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment;

 

  (f) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order or notice preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;

 

  (g) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities being sold agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment;

 

  (h) furnish to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

 

  (i) deliver to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter (it being understood that the Company shall consent to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto);

 

  (j)

on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the selling Holders, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the Registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction as any such selling Holder or managing underwriter or

 

- 18 -


  underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such Registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Section 3.2 or Section 3.3, as applicable, provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

  (k) cooperate with the selling Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

 

  (l) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

  (m) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company (in the case of a Registration Statement);

 

  (n) make such representations and warranties to the Holders being registered, and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in public offerings similar to the offering then being undertaken;

 

  (o) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as any participating Principal Investor or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

  (p) obtain for delivery to the Holders being registered and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the most recent effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an underwritten Public Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;

 

- 19 -


  (q) in the case of an underwritten Public Offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter or underwriters, with copies to the Holders included in such Registration or sale, a comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants or independent auditors (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants or independent auditors of any subsidiary of the Company or any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

 

  (r) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

  (s) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and, if a Registration Statement was filed, make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

  (t) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

  (u) use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Company’s equity securities are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s equity securities are then quoted.

 

  (v)

make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by a representative appointed by the majority of the Holders covered by the applicable Registration Statement, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holders or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably

 

- 20 -


  requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement; provided , however , that any such Person gaining access to information regarding the Company pursuant to this Section 3.6.1(v) shall agree to hold in strict confidence and shall not make any disclosure or use any information regarding the Company that the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination such Person is notified, unless (a) the release of such information is requested or required (by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process), (b) disclosure of such information, in the opinion of counsel to such Person, is otherwise required by law, (c) such information is or becomes publicly known other than through a breach of this or any other agreement of which such Person has knowledge, (d) such information is or becomes available to such Person on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or (e) such information is independently developed by such Person;

 

  (w) in the case of a marketed Public Offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any such offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;

 

  (x) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act;

 

  (y) take all reasonable action to ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Registration complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

 

  (z) take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 3.6.2. Company Information Requests . The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration or sale is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing and the Company may exclude from such Registration or sale the Registrable Securities of any such Holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after

 

- 21 -


receiving such request. Each Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 3.6.3. Discontinuing Registration . Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.6.1(d), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3.6.1(d), or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, and if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3.6.1(d) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.

Section 3.7. Underwritten Offerings .

Section 3.7.1. Shelf and Demand Registrations . If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten Public Offering, pursuant to a Registration or sale under Sections 3.2 or 3.3, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to each of the Company, each Principal Investor seeking to participate in such offering and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 3.10. The Holders of the Registrable Securities proposed to be distributed by such underwriters shall cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of the underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Company regarding the form thereof. Such Holders to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to such underwriting agreement, which underwriting agreement shall: (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in public offerings similar to the applicable offering; and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holders. Any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to

 

- 22 -


the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representations required to be made by the Holder under applicable law, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from such offering.

Section 3.7.2. Piggyback Registrations . If the Company proposes to register or sell any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by Section 3.4 and such securities are to be distributed through one or more underwriters, the Company shall, if requested by any Holder pursuant to Section 3.4 and, subject to the provisions of Section 3.4.2, use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include on the same terms and conditions that apply to the other sellers in such Registration or sale all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such Holder among the securities of the Company to be distributed by such underwriters in such Registration or sale. The Holders of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holders. Any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities and such Holder’s intended method of distribution or any other representations required to be made by the Holder under applicable law, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from such offering.

Section 3.7.3. Participation in Underwritten Registrations . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.7.1 and Section 3.7.2 above, no Person may participate in any underwritten Public Offering, hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

Section 3.7.4. Selection of Underwriters . In the case of an underwritten Public Offering, under Sections 3.2 or 3.3, the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering shall be determined by the initiating Principal Investor(s); provided that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

Section 3.8. No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall hereafter enter into, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is currently a party to, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement. Without

 

- 23 -


Requisite Investor Approval, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement granting registration or similar rights to any Person, and the Company hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, no registration or similar rights have been granted to any other Person other than pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 3.9. Registration Expenses . All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement shall be paid by the Company, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “Blue Sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants or independent auditors of the Company and any subsidiaries of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or quotation of the Registrable Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system, (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel for each Principal Investor and the JHI Investor to the extent that they participate in such Registration or sale, (ix) all fees and expenses of accountants selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered, (x) any reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the distribution or Transfer of Registrable Securities to or by a Holder or its Permitted Transferees in connection with a Public Offering, (xii) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company in connection with any Registration or sale, (xiii) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (xiv) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten Public Offering (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Principal Investors), including all travel, meals and lodging. All such expenses are referred to herein as “ Registration Expenses ”. The Company shall not be required to pay any fees and disbursements to underwriters not customarily paid by the issuers of securities in an offering similar to the applicable offering, including underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Section 3.10. Indemnification .

Section 3.10.1. Indemnification by the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each Holder, each shareholder, member, limited or general partner thereof, each shareholder, member, limited or general partner of each such shareholder, member, limited or general partner, each of their

 

- 24 -


respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities are registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries including any report and other document filed under the Exchange Act, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or other document or report; provided , that no selling Holder shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.10.1 in respect of any untrue statement or omission contained in any information furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in a Registration Statement that has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of such securities by such Holder. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

Section 3.10.2. Indemnification by the Selling Holders . Each selling Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement

 

- 25 -


and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation less any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.10.4 and any amounts paid by such Holder as a result of liabilities incurred under the underwriting agreement, if any, related to such sale. The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modification) with respect to information furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus or Registration Statement.

Section 3.10.3. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided , however , that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (i) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (iii) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iv) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action without the consent of the indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of such indemnified party. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 3.10.3, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm

 

- 26 -


admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

Section 3.10.4. Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 3.10.1 and Section 3.10.2 is unavailable to an indemnified party (other than as a result of exceptions contained in Section 3.10.1 and Section 3.10.2) or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the acts, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.10.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 3.10.4. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Sections 3.10.1 and 3.10.2 shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.10.4, in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company, a selling Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation less any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.10.2 and any amounts paid by such Holder as a result of liabilities incurred under the underwriting agreement, if any, related to such sale. If indemnification is available under this Section 3.10, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Sections 3.10.1 and 3.10.2 hereof without regard to the provisions of this Section 3.10.4. The remedies provided for in this Section 3.10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

- 27 -


Section 3.11. Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S . The Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales that would otherwise be permitted by this Agreement pursuant to Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC), and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act in transactions that would otherwise be permitted by this Agreement and within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

Section 3.12. Existing Registration Statements . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and subject to applicable law and regulation, the Company may satisfy any obligation hereunder to file a Registration Statement or to have a Registration Statement become effective by a specified date by designating, by notice to the Holders, a Registration Statement that previously has been filed with the SEC or become effective, as the case may be, as the relevant Registration Statement for purposes of satisfying such obligation, and all references to any such obligation shall be construed accordingly; provided that such previously filed Registration Statement may be amended or, subject to applicable securities laws, supplemented to add the number of Registrable Securities, and, to the extent necessary, to identify as selling stockholders those Holders demanding the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent this Agreement refers to the filing or effectiveness of other Registration Statements, by or at a specified time and the Company has, in lieu of then filing such Registration Statements or having such Registration Statements become effective, designated a previously filed or effective Registration Statement as the relevant Registration Statement for such purposes, in accordance with the preceding sentence, such references shall be construed to refer to such designated Registration Statement, as amended.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.1. Authority: Effect . Each party hereto represents and warrants to and agrees with each other party that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized on behalf of such party and do not violate any agreement or other instrument applicable to such party or by which its assets are bound. This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, give rise to the creation of a partnership among any of the parties hereto, or to constitute any of such parties members of a joint venture or other association. The Company and its subsidiaries shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of each such party pursuant to this Agreement.

 

- 28 -


Section 4.2. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted in this Agreement shall be effective if in writing and (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by facsimile or e-mail, or (iii) sent by overnight courier, in each case, addressed as follows:

If to the Company to:

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000
Scottsdale, AZ 85251
Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Attention:    John C. Kennedy
   Lawrence G. Wee
Facsimile:    (212) 757-3990
E-mail:    jkennedy@paulweiss.com
   lwee@paulweiss.com

If to the TPG Investor to:

 

TPG Global, LLC
301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300
Fort Worth, TX 76102
Attention:    Ronald Cami
Facsimile:    (415) 743-1501
E-mail:rcami@tpg.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ropes & Gray LLP
The Prudential Tower
800 Boylston Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02199
Attention:    Alfred O. Rose
   Julie H. Jones
Facsimile:    (617) 951-7050
E-mail:    alfred.rose@ropesgray.com
   julie.jones@ropesgray.com

 

- 29 -


If to the Oaktree Investor , to:

 

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.
333 South Grand Ave., 28th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention:    Kenneth Liang
Facsimile:    (213) 830-6293
E-mail:    kliang@oaktreecapital.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention:    George E.B. Maguire
   Jasmine Ball
Facsimile:    (212) 909-6836
E-mail:    gebmaguire@debevoise.com
   jball@debevoise.com

If to the JHI Investor , to:

 

JHI Holdings Limited Partnership
c/o JHI Advisory Inc.
Suite 3260 - 666 Burrard Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada V6C 2X8
Attention:    G. Gail Edwards
Facsimile:    (604) 648-6685
E-mail:    gedwards@jhinvest.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

McCarthy Tétrault LLP
1300 – 777 Dunsmuir Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada V7Y 1K2
Attention:    Cameron Belsher
Facsimile:    (604) 622-5674
E-mail:    cbelsher@mccarthy.ca

 

- 30 -


If to any Manager , to:

 

c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000
Scottsdale, AZ 85251
Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com

Notice to the holder of record of any Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be notice to the holder of such securities for all purposes hereof.

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective (i) on the date received, if personally delivered, (ii) on the date received if delivered by facsimile or e-mail on a Business Day, or if not delivered on a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter and (iii) two (2) Business Days after being sent by overnight courier. Each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.

Section 4.3. Termination and Effect of Termination . This Agreement shall terminate upon the date on which no Holder holds any Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Sections 3.10 and 3.11, which shall survive any such termination. No termination under this Agreement shall relieve any Person of liability for breach prior to termination. In the event this Agreement is terminated, each Person entitled to indemnification rights pursuant to Section 3.10 hereof shall retain such indemnification rights with respect to any matter that (i) may be an indemnified liability thereunder and (ii) occurred prior to such termination.

Section 4.4. Permitted Transferees . The rights of a Holder hereunder may be assigned (but only with all related obligations as set forth below) in connection with a Transfer of New TMM Units, shares of Class B Common Stock or Registrable Securities effected in accordance with the terms of the Limited Partnership Agreement of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and this Agreement to a Permitted Transferee of that Holder. Without prejudice to any other or similar conditions imposed hereunder with respect to any such Transfer, no assignment permitted under the terms of this Section 4.4 will be effective unless the Permitted Transferee to which the assignment is being made, if not a Holder, has delivered to the Company a written acknowledgment and agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company that the Permitted Transferee will be bound by, and will be a party to, this Agreement. A Permitted Transferee to whom rights are transferred pursuant to this Section 4.4 may not again transfer those rights to any other Permitted Transferee, other than as provided in this Section 4.4.

Section 4.5. Remedies . The parties to this Agreement shall have all remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise in the event of any breach or violation of this Agreement or any default hereunder. The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedies that may be available, each of the parties hereto shall be

 

- 31 -


entitled to specific performance of the obligations of the other parties hereto and, in addition, to such other equitable remedies (including preliminary or temporary relief) as may be appropriate in the circumstances. No delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor shall any such delay, omission nor waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.

Section 4.6. Amendments . This Agreement may not be orally amended, modified, extended or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Principal Investors; provided , however , that any amendment, modification, extension or termination that disproportionately and adversely affects any of the Managers shall require the prior written consent of the chief executive officer of the Company and any amendment, modification, extension or termination that disproportionately and adversely affects the JHI Investor shall require the prior written consent of the JHI Investor. Each such amendment, modification, extension or termination shall be binding upon each party hereto and each Other Holder. In addition, each party hereto may waive any right hereunder by an instrument in writing signed by such party.

Section 4.7. Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

Section 4.8. Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of New York for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (iii) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than

 

- 32 -


one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (i) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by New York law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.

Section 4.9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 4.9 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 4.9 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

Section 4.10. Merger; Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement (along with the Exchange Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements or discussions with respect to such subject matter, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Holder or other party hereto may assign any of its respective rights or delegate any of its respective obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void.

Section 4.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

 

- 33 -


Section 4.12. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law. The provisions hereof are severable, and in the event any provision hereof should be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision hereof.

Section 4.13. No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder covenant, agree and acknowledge that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

- 34 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement (or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its officer or representative thereunto duly authorized) under seal as of the date first above written.

 

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


OCM TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


JHI HOLDING LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


Managers :

 

Dar Ahrens

 

Michelle Bassett

 

Phil Bodem

 

Calvin Boyd

 

Michelle Campbell

 

David Cone

 

Mark Delillo

 

Timothy Eller

 

Charlie Enochs

 

Caroline Estrada

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


Managers (continued) :

 

Kip Gilleland

 

Amy Haywood

 

Tom Hennessy

 

Erik Heuser

 

Doug Holloway

 

David Hreha

 

Graham Hughes

 

Jim Jimison

 

Maurice Johnson

 

Tawn Kelley

 

Steve Kempton

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


Managers (continued) :

 

Peter Lane

 

John Lucas

 

Lynn Manning

 

Todd Merrill

 

Doug Miller

 

Katy Owen

 

Sheryl Palmer

 

Joe Poletti

 

Darrell Sherman

 

Lou Steffens

 

Tim Towell

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


Managers (continued) :

 

Steve Wethor

 

Jonathan White

 

Erin Willis

 

Bob Witte

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

TMM HOLDINGS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

A Cayman Islands Exempted Limited Partnership

 

 

Amended and Restated

Agreement of Exempted Limited Partnership

 

 

Dated [ ], 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS.

     1   

2.

 

FORMATION AND PURPOSE.

     7   
 

2.1

  

Formation .

     7   
 

2.2

  

Name .

     7   
 

2.3

  

Term .

     7   
 

2.4

  

Registered Office and Agent .

     8   
 

2.5

  

Purpose and Powers .

     8   
 

2.6

  

Limited Liability .

     8   
 

2.7

  

Agreement .

     9   

3.

 

PARTNERSHIP, CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND UNITS.

     9   
 

3.1

  

Partners .

     9   
 

3.2

  

Limited Partner Interests and Units .

     9   
 

3.3

  

Unvested Common Units .

     9   
 

3.4

  

Specific Limitations .

     10   
 

3.5

  

Additional Partners and Units .

     10   
 

3.6

  

Capital Contributions .

     13   
 

3.7

  

Certification .

     13   
 

3.8

  

Action Upon Disposition Event .

     13   
 

3.9

  

Tender Offers and Other Events with Respect to TMHC

     14   
 

3.10

  

Record Date

     15   

4.

 

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.

     15   
 

4.1

  

Capital Accounts .

     15   
 

4.2

  

Revaluations of Assets and Capital Account Adjustments .

     15   
 

4.3

  

Additional Capital Account Provisions .

     16   

5.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS.

     16   
 

5.1

  

Distributions .

     16   
 

5.2

  

No Violation .

     18   
 

5.3

  

Withholding; Tax Indemnity .

     18   

 

- i -


 

5.4

  

Property Distributions and Installment Sales .

     19   
 

5.5

  

Net Profit or Net Loss .

     19   
 

5.6

  

Regulatory Allocations .

     20   
 

5.7

  

Tax Allocations .

     21   
 

5.8

  

Changes in Partners’ Interests .

     21   
 

5.9

  

Allocation for Canadian Tax Purposes.

     21   
 

5.10

  

No Duty to Account

     22   

6.

 

STATUS, RIGHTS AND POWERS OF LIMITED PARTNERS.

     22   
 

6.1

  

Return of Distributions of Capital .

     22   
 

6.2

  

No Management or Control .

     23   

7.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP.

     23   
 

7.1

  

General Partner .

     23   
 

7.2

  

Authority of the General Partner Exclusive .

     24   
 

7.3

  

Execution of Papers .

     24   
 

7.4

  

Noncontravention .

     24   

8.

 

DESIGNATION, RIGHTS, AUTHORITIES, POWERS, RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS AND AGENTS.

     25   
 

8.1

  

Officers, Agents .

     25   

9.

 

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS.

     25   
 

9.1

  

Books and Records .

     25   
 

9.2

  

Tax Information .

     25   
 

9.3

  

Continuation .

     26   
 

9.4

  

Non-Disclosure .

     26   

10.

 

TAX MATTERS PARTNER.

     27   
 

10.1

  

Classification as a Partnership and Other Tax Matters .

     27   
 

10.2

  

Tax Matters Partner .

     27   
 

10.3

  

Indemnity of Tax Matters Partner .

     28   
 

10.4

  

Tax Returns .

     28   

11.

 

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS.

     28   
 

11.1

  

Restricted Transfer .

     28   
 

11.2

  

Transfer Requirements .

     29   

 

- ii -


 

11.3

  

Consent .

     29   
 

11.4

  

Withdrawal of Partner .

     29   
 

11.5

  

Amendment of Exhibit 3.1 .

     30   
 

11.6

  

FIRPTA Certificates and Withholding .

     30   

12.

 

WINDING UP AND DISSOLUTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP.

     30   
 

12.1

  

Termination of Limited Partnership .

     30   
 

12.2

  

Events of Liquidation .

     30   
 

12.3

  

Liquidation .

     31   
 

12.4

  

No Further Claim .

     31   

13.

 

INDEMNIFICATION.

     31   
 

13.1

  

Indemnification Rights .

     31   
 

13.2

  

Exculpation .

     33   
 

13.3

  

Persons Entitled to Indemnity .

     33   
 

13.4

  

Procedure Agreements .

     34   
 

13.5

  

Business Opportunities .

     34   
 

13.6

  

Reliance, etc .

     35   

14.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS BY THE PARTNERS

     35   
 

14.1

  

Investment Intent .

     35   
 

14.2

  

Securities Regulation .

     35   
 

14.3

  

Knowledge and Experience .

     35   
 

14.4

  

Binding Agreement .

     36   
 

14.5

  

Tax Position .

     36   
 

14.6

  

Information .

     36   
 

14.7

  

Tax and Other Advice .

     36   
 

14.8

  

Publicly Traded Partnership Matters .

     36   
 

14.9

  

Tax Information .

     37   
 

14.10

  

Licenses and Permits .

     37   
 

14.11

  

Canadian Securities Laws .

     37   

15.

 

PARTNERSHIP REPRESENTATIONS

     38   
 

15.1

  

Duly Formed .

     38   
 

15.2

  

Valid Issue .

     38   

 

- iii -


16.

 

AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENT.

     38   
 

16.1

  

Amendments .

     38   
 

16.2

  

Binding Effect .

     39   

17.

 

GENERAL.

     39   
 

17.1

  

Successors; Governing Law .

     39   
 

17.2

  

Notices, Etc .

     39   
 

17.3

  

Severability .

     42   
 

17.4

  

Construction .

     42   
 

17.5

  

Table of Contents, Headings .

     42   
 

17.6

  

Rights Limited.

     42   
 

17.7

  

Entire Agreement .

     42   
 

17.8

  

No Third Party Rights

     42   
 

17.9

  

Effect of Waiver or Consent .

     43   
 

17.10

  

Counterparts and Facsimile .

     43   
 

17.11

  

Jurisdiction and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial .

     43   
 

17.12

  

Offset .

     44   
 

17.13

  

Adjustment of Numbers .

     44   
 

17.14

  

Business Days .

     44   
 

17.15

  

Survival .

     44   
 

17.16

  

Wills .

     45   
 

17.17

  

Spousal Consent .

     45   
 

17.18

  

Designees .

     45   
 

17.19

  

Gender .

     45   

 

- iv -


TMM HOLDINGS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF EXEMPTED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

This Amended and Restated Agreement of Exempted Limited Partnership (as amended from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), dated [ ], 2013 is made by and among TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, an unlimited liability company organized under the laws of British Columbia, as the general partner, TPG TMM Holdings II LP, ULC as the initial limited partner (the “ Initial Limited Partner ”) and each of the Persons executing this Agreement as a limited partner.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the General Partner formed the Partnership pursuant to an Agreement of Exempted Limited Partnership dated [ ], 2013 by and between the General Partner and the Initial Limited Partner (the “ Original Agreement ”) upon its registration pursuant to Section 9 of the Exempted Limited Partnership Law (2012 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (such law as amended from time to time, or any successor law, the “ ELP Law ”).

WHEREAS, the Partners now desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate in its entirety the Original Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants expressed herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this Agreement (a) certain capitalized terms have specifically defined meanings set forth below, (b) references to “Articles,” “Exhibits,” “Recitals” and “Sections” are to Articles, Exhibits, Recitals and Sections of this Agreement unless explicitly indicated otherwise, (c) references to statutes include all rules and regulations thereunder, and all amendments and successors thereto from time to time and (d) the word “including” shall be construed as “including without limitation.”

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the specified Person, (b) any Person who is a general partner, partner, managing director, manager, officer, director or principal of the specified Person or (c) in the event that the specified Person is a natural Person, a Member of the Immediate Family of such Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided that TMHC, the General Partner, the Partnership and each Subsidiary of the Partnership or TMHC shall be deemed not to be an Affiliate of TPG Cayman or Oaktree Cayman.


Affiliate Indemnitors ” is defined in Section 13.1(b) .

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

Asset Value ” of any property of the Partnership means its adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless:

 

  (a) the property was accepted by the Partnership as a contribution to capital at a value different from its adjusted basis, in which event the initial Asset Value for such property shall mean the gross Fair Value of the property agreed to by the Partnership and the contributing Limited Partner; or

 

  (b) the property of the Partnership is revalued in accordance with Section 4.2 , in which event the Asset Value for such property shall equal the Fair Value established pursuant to such revaluation.

As of any date, references to the “then prevailing Asset Value” of any property shall mean the Asset Value last determined for such property less the depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss in fiscal periods (or portions thereof) subsequent to such prior determination date.

Assignee ” means any Person who acquires in any manner whatsoever any Units or other interest in the Partnership from an Assignor in accordance with Article 11 .

Assignor ” is defined in Section 11.1(b) .

Assumed Tax Rate ” is defined in Section 5.1(a).

Capital Account ” is defined in Section 4.1 .

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Limited Partner, the sum of (a) the amount of money plus (b) the Fair Value of any other property (net of liabilities assumed or to which the property is subject) at the time of contribution, in each case contributed to the Partnership with respect to the Interest held by such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement.

Class ” means, when used with reference to a Unit, the class of Units of which such Unit is a part.

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of TMHC.

Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of TMHC.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Unit Holder ” means a Person in regard to such Person’s particular Interest in Common Units.

 

- 2 -


Common Units ” is defined in Section 3.2 .

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 9.3 .

Covered Person ” is defined in Section 13.1(c) .

Disposition Event ” means any merger, consolidation or other business combination of TMHC, whether effectuated through one transaction or series of related transactions (including a tender offer followed by a merger in which holders of Class A Common Stock receive the same consideration per share paid in the tender offer), unless, following such transaction, all or substantially all of the holders of the voting power of all outstanding classes of TMHC Common Stock and series of preferred stock of TMHC that are generally entitled to vote in the election of directors prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent) resulting from such transaction or series of transactions in substantially the same proportions as immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions.

Distribution ” means cash or property (valued at its Fair Value and net of liabilities assumed or to which the property is subject, in each case at the time of distribution) distributed by the Partnership to a Limited Partner in respect of the Limited Partner’s Interest whether by liquidating distribution, dividend or otherwise; provided , that a Distribution does not include any redemption or repurchase by the Partnership of any Common Units or Interests and does not include any recapitalization or exchange or distribution of securities of the Partnership, any subdivision (by Unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units.

ELP Law ” is defined in the recitals.

Equity Securities ” means (a) with respect to a partnership, limited liability company or similar Person, any and all units, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options or other equivalents of, or other ownership interests in, any such Person as well as debt or equity instruments convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into any such units, interests, rights or other ownership interests and (b) with respect to a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including all common stock and preferred stock, or warrants, options or other rights to acquire any of the foregoing, including any debt instrument convertible or exchangeable into any of the foregoing.

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among TMHC, the Partnership and the holders of New TMM Units (as defined therein) and shares of Class B Common Stock from time to time party thereto, as amended or restated from time to time.

Fair Value ” means:

 

  (a) as applied to any asset constituting cash or cash equivalents, the amount of such cash or cash equivalents,

 

- 3 -


  (b) as applied to any asset constituting publicly traded securities that may be immediately sold in the public markets without any restrictions or limitations, the average, over a period of twenty-one (21) days consisting of the date of valuation and the twenty (20) consecutive business days prior to that date, of the average of the closing prices of the sales of such securities on the primary securities exchange on which such securities may at that time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such exchange at the end of such day, or, if on any day such securities are not so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ System as of 4:00 p.m., New York time, or, if on any day such securities are not quoted in the NASDAQ System, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over the counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or any similar successor organization,

 

  (c) as applied to any assets other than cash, cash equivalents, or publicly traded securities that may be immediately sold in the public markets without any restrictions or limitations, the fair value of such assets, as determined by the General Partner, which shall take into account any factors that it deems relevant, and

 

  (d) as applied to any Common Unit after the closing of the IPO, the average, over a period of twenty-one (21) days consisting of the date of valuation and the twenty (20) consecutive business days prior to that date, of the average of the closing prices of the sales of shares of Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which, subject to Section 9.1, shall be the calendar year, or such other fiscal year as determined by the General Partner.

General Partner ” means the Person named in the parties clause above as the general partner and/or any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, from time to time, in accordance with this Agreement, in each case only for so long as such Person is a general partner of the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement.

Indemnified Persons ” is defined in Section 13.1 .

Initial Limited Partner ” is defined in the preamble.

Interest ” means, with respect to any Person as of any time, such Person’s partnership interest in the Partnership, which includes the number of Units such Limited Partner holds and such Person’s Capital Account balance.

IPO ” means the initial public offering of shares of Class A Common Stock of TMHC.

Legislation ” is defined in Section 14.9 .

 

- 4 -


Liabilities ” means all liabilities of the Partnership which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, should be carried as liabilities on the balance sheet of the Partnership.

Limited Partner ” means each Person that executes this Agreement as a limited partner as of the date hereof and/or any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner, from time to time, in accordance with this Agreement, in each case only for so long as such Person is a limited partner of the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement.

Management Limited Partner ” means any Limited Partner listed under “Management Limited Partners” on the signature pages hereto and any Management Permitted Transferees of such Limited Partner to whom Vested Common Units are Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Management Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to any Management Limited Partner, any of (a) a Member of the Immediate Family of such Management Limited Partner; (b) a trust established by or for the benefit of such Management Limited Partner of which only such Management Limited Partner and Members of his or her Immediate Family are beneficiaries; and (c) upon an individual Management Limited Partner’s death, an executor, administrator or beneficiary of the estate of the deceased Management Limited Partner.

Management Rollover Agreement ” means, with respect to each Management Limited Partner, the Common Unit Rollover Agreement by and among such Management Limited Partner, the Partnership and TMM, as amended or restated from time to time.

Member of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any natural person, (a) each parent, spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such Partner is legally separated) or child (including those adopted) of such individual and (b) each trustee, solely in his or her capacity as trustee and so long as such trustee is reasonably satisfactory to the General Partner, for a trust naming only one or more of the Persons listed in sub-clause (a) as beneficiaries.

MI Plan ” means the New TMM Cayman 2013 Management Incentive Plan, as amended or restated from time to time.

Monarch ” means Monarch Communities Inc., a British Columbia corporation.

Net Profit ” and “ Net Loss ” are defined in Section 5.5 .

Oaktree Cayman ” means OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

Partners ” means the General Partner and/or the Limited Partners, as the context requires.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, an association, a corporation, a trust, an estate, a limited liability company, a limited liability partnership, an unincorporated entity of any kind, a governmental entity or any other legal entity.

 

- 5 -


Regulations ” means the regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code.

Regulatory Allocations ” is defined in Section 5.6 .

Representative ” means, with respect to any Person, any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 and applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

Securities and Exchange Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor governmental agency or regulatory body.

Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement by and among TMHC and the stockholders party thereto, dated as of [ ], 2013.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Partnership.

Tax Distribution ” is defined in Section 5.1(a) .

Tax Matters Partner ” is defined in Section 10.2 .

TMHC ” means Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

TMHC Common Stock ” means all classes and series of common stock of TMHC, including the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

TMHC Offer ” is defined in Section 3.8 .

TMHI ” means Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

- 6 -


TMM ” means TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership.

TPG Cayman ” means TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Units, any interest therein, or any other securities or equity interests, a direct transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other direct encumbrance or other direct transfer or disposition thereof, including the direct grant of an option or other right, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law; and “Transferred,” “Transferee” and “Transferor” shall each have a correlative meaning. For the avoidance of doubt, any indirect transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other indirect encumbrance or other indirect transfer or disposition shall not fall within the definition of “ Transfer ”.

Units ” means the Common Units and any other class of units of interest in the Partnership that are a measure of a Limited Partner’s share of Net Profit and Net Loss in the Partnership as provided in Article 5 ,

Unvested Common Unit ” means, on any date of determination, any Common Unit held by a Management Limited Partner that is not a Vested Common Unit.

USRPI Information ” is defined in Section 9.2 .

Vested Common Unit ” means, on any date of determination, any Common Unit held by a Management Limited Partner that is “vested” in accordance with such Management Limited Partner’s (or its direct or indirect transferor’s) applicable Management Rollover Agreement.

Withdrawing Partner ” is defined in Section 5.9 .

 

2. FORMATION AND PURPOSE.

2.1 Formation . The Partnership was formed pursuant to the Original Agreement upon its registration as an exempted limited partnership under the ELP Law on [ ], 2013. The rights and liabilities of the Partners shall be determined pursuant to the ELP Law and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights or obligations of any Partner are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the ELP Law, control.

2.2 Name . The name of the Partnership is TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership. The business of the Partnership may be conducted under that name or any other name that the General Partner deems appropriate or advisable in accordance with the ELP Law. The General Partner shall make the filing required by Section 10 of the ELP Law upon any such change of name.

2.3 Term . The term of the Partnership commenced on [ ], 2013 upon the Partnership’s registration as an exempted limited partnership under the ELP Law, and shall continue until the Partnership is wound up and dissolved in accordance with this Agreement.

 

- 7 -


2.4 Registered Office and Agent . The Partnership’s registered agent for service of process on the Partnership and the address of the Partnership’s registered office in the Cayman Islands shall be c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or such other agent or office in the Cayman Islands as the General Partner may from time to time designate.

2.5 Purpose and Powers . Subject to the limitations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, the Partnership is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Partnership is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited partnerships may be formed under the ELP Law and engaging in any and all activities necessary, advisable, convenient or incidental thereto. The Partnership shall have all powers permitted under applicable laws to do any and all things deemed by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable in furtherance of the purposes of the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership shall not undertake business with the public in the Cayman Islands other than so far as may be necessary for the carrying on of the business of the Partnership exterior to the Cayman Islands.

2.6 Limited Liability .

(a) Except as otherwise required by the ELP Law and this Agreement, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Partnership, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Partnership, and no Limited Partner shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Partnership solely by reason of being a Limited Partner. All Persons dealing with the Partnership shall look solely to the General Partner and the assets of the Partnership for the payment of the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Partnership.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or any other Partner for any act or omission taken or suffered by the General Partner in good faith and in the belief that such act or omission is in the best interests of the Partnership; provided that such act or omission does not constitute actual fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the General Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or any other Partner for any action taken by any other Partner, nor shall the General Partner be liable to the Partnership or any other Partner for any action of any employee or agent of the Partnership.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by law, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or in any agreement contemplated herein or applicable provisions of law or equity or otherwise, whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “discretion” or “sole

 

- 8 -


discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the General Partner shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own and any of its Affiliates’ interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interests of or factors affecting the Partnership or any other person, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard.

2.7 Agreement . The General Partner hereby admits each of the Limited Partners who made the Initial New TMM Contribution and the Second Initial New TMM Contribution (as such terms are defined in the Reorganization Agreement dated as of [            ], 2013) and who is a party to this Agreement as a Limited Partner prior to the end of the first fiscal year of the Partnership as established pursuant to Section 9.1 for Canadian tax purposes, and effective thereafter hereby admits each of the other Limited Partners who is a party to this Agreement as Limited Partners and the General Partner, the Initial Limited Partner and the Limited Partners hereby amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety on the terms of this Agreement. The Initial Limited Partner hereby withdraws as a limited partner of the Partnership immediately following the admission of the Limited Partners pursuant to this Section 2.7 and hereby and thereafter shall have no further rights, liabilities or obligations under or in respect of this Agreement.

 

3. PARTNERSHIP, CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND UNITS.

3.1 Partners . The Limited Partners of the Partnership shall be listed on Exhibit 3.1 , as from time to time amended and supplemented in accordance with this Agreement. The Partnership shall maintain a current list of Limited Partners, the total amount of Capital Contributions made by each such Limited Partner, the number and Class of Units held by such Limited Partner and each Limited Partner’s Capital Account balance. The Partnership will also maintain a current list of the number of each Management Limited Partner’s Unvested Common Units and Vested Common Units.

3.2 Limited Partner Interests and Units . The Interests of the Limited Partners of the Partnership shall be divided into Units. The “ Common Units ” shall initially be the only Class of Units. Each “ Common Unit ” shall represent an Interest in the Partnership, shall be designated as a Common Unit of the Partnership and shall be entitled to the Distributions provided for in Article 5 except as provided in Section 3.3 with respect to the Unvested Common Units. No fractional Units shall be issued. In lieu of any fractional Units, a Limited Partner otherwise entitled to a fractional interest in a Unit, shall receive the nearest whole number of Units (with fractions equal to exactly 0.5 being rounded up).

3.3 Unvested Common Units . Unvested Common Units shall be subject to the terms of the MI Plan and applicable Management Rollover Agreements, and the General Partner shall have sole and absolute discretion to interpret and administer the MI Plan and Management Rollover Agreements and to adopt such amendments thereto or otherwise determine the terms and conditions of such Unvested Common Units in accordance with this Agreement and the

 

- 9 -


applicable Management Rollover Agreements. Except as set forth in Article 5 , distributions shall not be made in respect of Unvested Common Units. Unvested Common Units that fail to vest and are forfeited by the applicable Management Limited Partner shall be cancelled by the Partnership (along with the Interest that such Unvested Common Units represent and the corresponding shares of Class B Common Stock) and shall no longer be entitled to any Distributions. The Partnership shall treat a Management Limited Partner holding an Unvested Common Unit as the owner of such Unit, and the Partnership shall file its IRS Form 1065, and the Partnership shall issue appropriate Schedule K-1s, if any, to such Management Limited Partner, allocating to such Management Limited Partner its distributive share of all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit associated with such Unvested Common Unit as if it were fully vested. Each Management Limited Partner agrees to take into account such distributive share in computing its U.S. federal income tax liability for the entire period during which it holds any Unvested Common Unit. The Partnership and each Limited Partner agree not to claim a deduction (as wages, compensation or otherwise) for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes the fair market value of any Unvested Common Unit issued to a Management Limited Partner, whether at the time of grant of the Unit or at the time the Unit becomes a Vested Common Unit. Each recipient of an Unvested Common Unit (whether issued on or after the date hereof) agrees to timely and properly file an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to each Unvested Common Unit and provide the General Partner with a copy of such election.

3.4 Specific Limitations . Without the consent of the General Partner, TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman, in each case solely to the extent such Person, directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited Partner other than through ownership of TMHC Common Stock), then has an ownership interest in Units or Interests in the Partnership, no Limited Partner shall have the right or power to: (a) withdraw or reduce its Capital Contribution except as provided by the ELP Law or in this Agreement, (b) make voluntary Capital Contributions or contribute any property to the Partnership other than cash, (c) bring an action for partition against the Partnership or any Partnership assets, (d) except as provided by the ELP Law, cause the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership, or (e) require that property other than cash be distributed upon any Distribution.

3.5 Additional Partners and Units .

(a) The General Partner may issue Units or Interests in the Partnership (including other Classes thereof having different rights) and admit Limited Partners in exchange for such contributions to capital (including commitments to make contributions to capital) or such other consideration (including past or future services) and on such terms and conditions (including vesting and forfeiture provisions) as the General Partner determines. Promptly following the issuance of Units or Interests, the General Partner shall cause the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the number of Units or Interests issued, any Limited Partners or additional Limited Partners holding such Units or Interests and, in the case of Units or Interests issued other than solely in connection with the performance of services, the Capital Contribution per Unit or Interest. Upon the execution of a deed of adherence, an amendment to this

 

- 10 -


Agreement or an assumption agreement, together with any other documents or instruments required by the General Partner in connection therewith, and the making of the Capital Contribution (if any) specified to be made at such time, a Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if at any time TMHC issues a share of its Class A Common Stock (including in the IPO) or any other Equity Security of TMHC (other than shares of Class B Common Stock), (i) the Partnership shall issue to TMHC one Common Unit (if TMHC issues a share of Class A Common Stock), or such other Equity Security of the Partnership (if TMHC issues Equity Securities other than Class A Common Stock) corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by TMHC, and with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of TMHC and (ii) the net proceeds received by TMHC with respect to the corresponding share of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Security, if any, shall be concurrently transferred to the Partnership; provided , however , that if TMHC issues any shares of Class A Common Stock (including in the IPO) or other Equity Securities some or all of the net proceeds of which are to be used to fund expenses or other obligations of TMHC for which TMHC would be permitted a cash distribution pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 5.1(d) , then TMHC shall not be required to transfer such net proceeds to the Partnership which are used or will be used to fund such expenses or obligations; provided, further, that if TMHC issues any shares of Class A Common Stock in order to purchase or fund the purchase from a Limited Partner of a number of Common Units (together with shares of Class B Common Stock) equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so issued, then the Partnership shall not issue any new Common Units in connection therewith and TMHC shall not be required to transfer such net proceeds to the Partnership (it being understood that such net proceeds shall instead be transferred to such Limited Partner as consideration for such purchase). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.5(b) shall not apply to the issuance and distribution to holders of shares of TMHC Common Stock of rights to purchase Equity Securities of the TMHC under a “poison pill” or similar shareholders rights plan (it being understood that upon exchange of Common Units for Class A Stock, such Class A Stock will be issued together with a corresponding right), or to the issuance under TMHC’s employee benefit plans of any warrants, options, other rights to acquire Equity Securities of TMHC or rights or property that may be converted into or settled in Equity Securities of TMHC, but shall in each of the foregoing cases apply to the issuance of Equity Securities of TMHC in connection with the exercise or settlement of such rights, warrants, options or other rights or property. Except for transactions pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, (x) the Partnership may not issue any additional Common Units to TMHC, any Subsidiary of TMHC or any Person of whom TMHC directly or indirectly owns Equity Securities unless substantially simultaneously TMHC issues or sells an equal number of shares of TMHC’s Class A Common Stock to another Person, and (y) the Partnership may not issue any other Equity Securities of the Partnership to TMHC, any Subsidiary of TMHC or any Person of whom TMHC directly or indirectly owns Equity Securities unless substantially simultaneously TMHC issues or sells, to another Person, an equal number of shares of a new class or series of Equity Securities of TMHC with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of the Partnership.

 

- 11 -


(c) TMHC may not redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Class A Common Stock (including upon forfeiture of any unvested shares of Class A Common Stock) unless substantially simultaneously the Partnership redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires from TMHC an equal number of Common Units for the same price per security and TMHC may not redeem or repurchase any other Equity Securities of TMHC unless substantially simultaneously the Partnership redeems or repurchases from TMHC an equal number of Equity Securities of the Partnership of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of TMHC for the same price per security. The Partnership may not redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Common Units from TMHC unless substantially simultaneously TMHC redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock for the same price per security from holders thereof, and the Partnership may not redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any other Equity Securities of the Partnership from TMHC unless substantially simultaneously TMHC redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires for the same price per security an equal number of Equity Securities of TMHC of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distribution upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of TMHC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any consideration payable to TMHC in connection with the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of TMHC consists (in whole or in part) of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other Equity Securities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with the cashless exercise of an option or warrant), then the redemption or repurchase of the corresponding Common Units or other Equity Securities of the Partnership shall be effectuated in an equivalent manner. TMHC may not authorize, declare or pay any dividends or distributions in respect of its Class A Common Stock unless substantially simultaneously the Partnership authorizes, declares and pays the same dividend or distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.1(c) in respect of its Common Units.

(d) The Partnership shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding Common Units unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding TMHC Common Stock with corresponding changes made with respect to any other exchangeable or convertible securities. TMHC shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding TMHC Common Stock unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding Common Units, with corresponding changes made with respect to any other exchangeable or convertible securities.

 

- 12 -


3.6 Capital Contributions . Each Limited Partner’s Capital Contribution, if any, whether in cash or in-kind, and the number of Units or other Interests issued to such Limited Partner shall be as set forth in Exhibit 3.1 or in the agreement executed by the General Partner pursuant to which such Units were issued to such Limited Partner. Any in-kind Capital Contributions shall be effected by a written assignment or such other documents as the General Partner shall direct. Any Limited Partner making an in-kind Capital Contribution agrees from time to time to take such further acts and execute such further documents as the General Partner may direct to perfect the Partnership’s interest in such in-kind Capital Contribution.

3.7 Certification . In the event that certificates representing Units or other Interests in the Partnership are issued, such certificates will bear the following legend:

“THE UNITS OR OTHER INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED ON [DATE OF ISSUANCE], HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (“STATE ACTS”) AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR STATE ACTS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. THE TRANSFER OF THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN AN AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF EXEMPTED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, DATED [ ], 2013, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, GOVERNING THE ISSUER (THE “PARTNERSHIP”) AND BY AND AMONG THE PARTNERS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE PARTNERSHIP TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.”

3.8 Disposition Events .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a Disposition Event is approved in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement and consummated in accordance with applicable law, at the request of the Partnership (or following such Disposition Event, its successor) or TMHC (or following such Disposition Event, its successor), each of the Limited Partners shall be required to exchange with TMHC, at any time and from time to time after, or simultaneously with, the consummation of such Disposition Event, all of such Limited Partner’s Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock for aggregate consideration for each Common Unit and corresponding share of Class B Common Stock that is equal to the consideration payable in respect of each share of Class A Common Stock in connection with the Disposition Event,

 

- 13 -


provided , however , that in the event of a Disposition Event intended to qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code or as a transfer described in Section 351(a) or Section 721 of the Code, a Limited Partner shall not be required to exchange Common Units or shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 3.8(a) unless either (i) TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman collectively hold less than [5]% of the Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock that were held by TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman immediately prior to the IPO (after giving effect to any unit or stock split, reverse unit or stock split, unit or stock distribution or dividend or similar event) or (ii) as a part of such transaction, the Limited Partners are permitted to exchange their Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock for securities in a transaction that is expected to permit such exchange without current recognition of gain or loss, for U.S. and non-U.S. tax purposes, for the direct and indirect holders of Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock (except to the extent that property other than securities is received in such exchange) based on a “should” or “will” level opinion from independent tax counsel of recognized standing and expertise.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, in a Disposition Event where the consideration payable in such Disposition Event is other than all-cash, if such Disposition Event is consummated in a manner that results in TMHC no longer directly holding Common Units, the new holder of such Common Units (the “ Acquiror ”) shall (i) become a Limited Partner and shall assume all of TMHC’s obligations under this Agreement as set forth in Article 11 and (ii) issue to each Limited Partner (other than the Acquiror) an equity interest in such Acquiror that is equivalent in all respects to each share of Class B Common Stock held by such Limited Partner, including, without limitation, equivalent rights in respect of each such equity interest as those rights set forth in the Exchange Agreement in respect of each share of Class B Common Stock.

3.9 Tender Offers and Other Events with Respect to TMHC . In the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to TMHC Common Stock (a “ TMHC Offer ”) is proposed by TMHC or is proposed to TMHC or its stockholders and approved by the board of directors of TMHC or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or approval of the board of directors of TMHC, the holders (other than TMHC) of Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock shall be permitted to participate in such TMHC Offer by delivery of a contingent Election of Exchange (as defined in the Exchange Agreement). In the case of a TMHC Offer proposed by TMHC, TMHC will use its reasonable best efforts expeditiously and in good faith to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit the holders (other than TMHC) of Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock to participate in such TMHC Offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock without discrimination; provided that, without limiting the generality of this sentence, TMHC will use its reasonable best efforts expeditiously and in good faith to ensure that such holders of Common Units may participate in each such TMHC Offer without being required to exchange Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock (or, if so required, to ensure that any such exchange shall be effective only upon, and shall

 

- 14 -


be conditional upon, the closing of such TMHC Offer and only to the extent necessary to exchange the number of Common Units and shares being repurchased). Nothing in this Section 3.8 shall affect the rights of the Limited Partners under the Exchange Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, in all events, tendering holders of Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive aggregate consideration for each Common Unit and corresponding share of Class B Common Stock that is equal to the consideration payable in respect of each share of Class A Common Stock in connection with a TMHC Offer.

3.10 Record Date . The same record date shall apply in respect of the Common Units, the shares Class B Common Stock and the shares of Class A Common Stock for purposes of any shareholder vote by TMHC, any distribution or dividend by the Partnership or TMHC or any other purpose for which a record date is declared by either the Partnership or TMHC.

 

4. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.

4.1 Capital Accounts . A separate account (each, a “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained for each Limited Partner which:

(a) shall be increased by (i) the amount of any Capital Contribution by such Limited Partner to the Partnership and (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Net Profit (or items thereof) of the Partnership; and

(b) shall be reduced by (i) the amount of any Distribution to such Limited Partner, (ii) proceeds distributed upon redemption of Common Units by the Partnership and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Net Loss (or items thereof) of the Partnership.

In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of sub-clauses (a)(i) and (b)(i), there shall be taken into account Code Section 752 and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations. It is the intention of the Limited Partners that the Capital Accounts of the Partnership be maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder and that this Agreement be interpreted consistently therewith. The Capital Account balance for each Limited Partner as of the date hereof shall be listed on Exhibit 3.1 , as from time to time amended and supplemented in accordance with this Agreement.

4.2 Revaluations of Assets and Capital Account Adjustments . Except upon the prior written consent of the General Partner, TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman, in each case solely to the extent such Person, directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited Partner other than through ownership of TMHC Common Stock), then has an ownership interest in Units or Interests in the Partnership, immediately preceding the issuance of additional Units in exchange for cash, other property, or services to a new or existing Limited Partner or upon the redemption of the Interest of a Limited Partner or the liquidation of the Partnership, the then prevailing Asset Values of the Partnership shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross Fair Value and any

 

- 15 -


increase in the net equity value of the Partnership (Asset Values less Liabilities) shall be credited to the Capital Accounts of the Limited Partners in the same manner as Net Profits are credited under Section 5.5(b) (or any decrease in the net equity value of the Partnership shall be charged in the same manner as Net Losses are charged under Section 5.5(b) ). Accordingly, as of any time Asset Values are adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.2 , the Capital Accounts of Limited Partners will reflect both realized and unrealized gains and losses through such date and the net equity value of the Partnership as of such date.

4.3 Additional Capital Account Provisions . Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Partnership and any Limited Partner, no Limited Partner shall have the right to demand a return of all or any part of such Limited Partner’s Capital Contributions. Any return of the Capital Contributions of any Limited Partner shall be made solely from the assets of the Partnership and only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. No interest shall be paid to any Limited Partner with respect to such Limited Partner’s Capital Contributions or Capital Account. In the event that all or a portion of the Units of a Limited Partner are transferred in accordance with this Agreement, the transferee of such Units shall also succeed to all or the relevant portion of the Capital Account of the transferor (based on the ratio of the number of Units held by the transferor immediately before the transfer to the number of Units transferred, as applicable), and shall be treated as having made any Capital Contributions, and received any Distributions, made or received with respect to such transferred Units while such Units were held by the transferor. Units held by a Limited Partner may not be transferred independently of the Interest to which the Units relate.

 

5. DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS.

5.1 Distributions .

(a) Tax Distributions . To the extent the Partnership has available cash for Distribution by the Partnership under the ELP Law and subject to any applicable agreement to which the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries is a party governing the terms of indebtedness for borrowed money and subject to the retention and establishment of reserves, or payment to third parties, of such funds as the General Partner deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion with respect to the reasonable needs and obligations of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to make, on an annual basis or more frequently as determined by the General Partner, a distribution to each Limited Partner or former Limited Partner equal to such Limited Partner’s or former Limited Partner’s Tax Distribution for each Fiscal Year. The “ Tax Distribution ” for a Limited Partner or former Limited Partner for a Fiscal Year is the amount determined by the General Partner to be sufficient such that such amount, together with any other distributions made to such Limited Partner or former Limited Partner during such Fiscal Year, is at least equal to the amount of the Limited Partner’s or former Limited Partner’s U.S. federal, state and local income taxes, with respect to the Limited Partner’s or former Limited Partner’s allocable share (including for the avoidance of doubt any gain or loss allocable to a Partner as the result of the application of Code Section 704(c)) of any Partnership net taxable income and

 

- 16 -


gain for such fiscal period, determined (i) after taking into account any tax deductions or basis adjustments arising under Code Section 743 in respect of such Limited Partner and (ii) by assuming (without regard to such Limited Partner’s actual tax liability) that such income or gain, as applicable, is taxable to the Limited Partner, with respect to Common Units, at the greater of (x) the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate then in effect (including any tax on “net investment income”), and a state and local income tax rate equal to the highest marginal rate then in effect for an individual or (if higher) a corporation that is a resident of San Francisco, California, and (y) the highest combined provincial and federal income tax rate applicable to an individual or (if higher) a corporation that is a resident of Canada and is subject to tax in the province of Canada that has the highest income tax rate, in each case taking into account the character of such income or gain (such greater amount as of any applicable date of determination, the “ Assumed Tax Rate ”). For purposes of applying this Section 5.1(a) , the General Partner may treat a distribution made by the 90 th day following the end of a Fiscal Year as occurring during such Fiscal Year (and not the Fiscal Year in which it is in fact made). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tax Distributions for a fiscal year with respect to a Common Unit will be made to the Limited Partner or former Limited Partner to whom income is allocated with respect to such Common Unit for U.S. income tax purposes.

(b) Distribution of Net Cash Flow . Subject to Section 5.1(a) and Section 5.1(c) , any applicable agreement to which the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries is a party governing the terms of indebtedness for borrowed money and the retention and establishment of reserves, or payment to third parties, of such funds as the General Partner deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion with respect to the reasonable needs and obligations of the Partnership, the net cash flow of the Partnership may be distributed to the Limited Partners at such times as may be determined by the General Partner from time to time in its sole discretion. Except as specifically set forth herein and subject to Section 5.1(a) , Section 5.1(c) and Section 3.3 , all Distributions shall be made ratably among the Common Unit Holders, based on the number of Common Units owned by such holders.

(c) Distributions to Management Limited Partners holding Unvested Units . Notwithstanding Section 5.1(b) , a Management Limited Partner holding an Unvested Common Unit shall only be entitled to receive a distribution in respect of such Unvested Common Unit in an amount equal to the Tax Distributions with respect to such Unvested Unit in accordance with this Section 5.1(c) . The Partnership shall maintain in a segregated account any other amounts that were otherwise distributable to each Management Limited Partner in respect of each Unvested Common Unit that were not distributed as a result of this Section 5.1(c) . After the end of each Fiscal Year, the Partnership shall distribute to each such Management Limited Partner an amount equal to the aggregate amount previously distributable under Section 5.1(b) , with respect to each Unvested Common Unit that shall have become a Vested Common Unit as of the end of such Fiscal Year held by such Management Limited Partner (determined without giving effect to the first sentence of this Section 5.1(c) ).

 

- 17 -


(d) Distributions to TMHC . Notwithstanding Section 5.1(b) , the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may authorize that (i) cash be distributed to TMHC (which distribution shall be made without pro rata distributions to the other Common Unit Holders) in exchange for the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of TMHC’s Common Units to the extent that such cash distribution is used to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with Section 3.5(b) , and (ii) cash be distributed to TMHC (which distributions shall be made without pro rata distributions to the other Common Unit Holders) as required for TMHC to pay (A) operating, administrative and other similar costs incurred by TMHC, (B) any judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or other costs and expenses in respect of any claims against, or any litigation or proceedings involving, TMHC, (C) fees and expenses related to any securities offering, investment or acquisition transaction (whether or not successful) authorized by the board of directors of TMHC and (D) other fees and expenses in connection with the maintenance of the existence of TMHC (including any costs or expenses associated with being a public company listed on a national securities exchange). For the avoidance of doubt, distributions under this Section 5.1(d) may not be used to pay or facilitate dividends or distributions on the TMHC Common Stock.

(e) Erroneous Distributions. If the Partnership has, pursuant to any clear and manifest accounting or similar error, paid any Limited Partner an amount in excess of the amount to which it is entitled pursuant to this Article 5 , such Limited Partner shall reimburse the Partnership to the extent of such excess, without interest, within 30 days after demand by the Partnership.

5.2 No Violation . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not make a Distribution to any Limited Partner on account of such Limited Partner’s Interest in the Partnership if such Distribution would violate the ELP Law or any other applicable law.

5.3 Withholding; Tax Indemnity . All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax law with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation to a Limited Partner, or which the Partnership is otherwise obligated to pay to any governmental agency because of the status of a Limited Partner of the Partnership (including any interest, penalties and expenses associated with such payments), shall be treated as amounts distributed to such Limited Partner for all purposes of this Agreement. The General Partner is authorized to withhold from any payments or distributions to Limited Partners, or with respect to allocations to Limited Partners, and in each case to pay over to the appropriate U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. government any amounts required to be so withheld. The General Partner shall allocate any such amounts to the Limited Partners in respect of whose payment, distribution or allocation the tax was withheld and shall treat such amounts as actually distributed to such Limited Partners. Each Limited Partner further agrees to indemnify the Partnership in full for any amounts paid pursuant to this Section 5.3 (including any interest, penalties and expenses associated with such payments), to the extent such amounts are not already withheld from any payment or distribution to such Limited Partner, and each Limited Partner shall

 

- 18 -


promptly upon notification of an obligation to indemnify the Partnership pursuant to this Section 5.3 make a cash payment to the Partnership equal to the full amount to be indemnified (and the amount paid shall be added to such Limited Partner’s Capital Account but shall not be treated as a Capital Contribution) with interest to accrue on any portion of such cash payment not paid in full when requested, calculated at a rate equal to 10% per annum, compounded as of the last day of each year (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law).

5.4 Property Distributions and Installment Sales . If any assets of the Partnership shall be distributed in kind pursuant to this Article 5 , such assets shall be distributed to the Limited Partners entitled thereto in accordance with Section 5.1(b) . The amount by which the Fair Value of any property to be distributed in kind to the Limited Partners exceeds or is less than the then prevailing Asset Value of such property shall, to the extent not otherwise recognized by the Partnership, be taken into account in determining Net Profit and Net Loss and determining the Capital Accounts of the Limited Partners as if such property had been sold at its Fair Value immediately prior to such Distribution. If any assets are sold in transactions in which, by reason of Section 453 of the Code, gain is realized but not recognized, such gain shall be taken into account when realized in computing gain or loss of the Partnership for purposes of allocation of Net Profit or Net Loss under this Article 5 .

5.5 Net Profit or Net Loss .

(a) The “ Net Profit ” or “ Net Loss ” of the Partnership for each Fiscal Year or relevant part thereof shall mean an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes for such period (including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code) with the following adjustments:

(i) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax shall constitute Net Profits, and any expenses or expenditures of the Partnership which may neither be deducted nor capitalized for tax purposes (or are so treated for tax purposes) shall constitute Net Losses.

(ii) Gain or loss attributable to the disposition of property of the Partnership with an Asset Value different than the adjusted basis of such property for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be computed with respect to the Asset Value of such property, and any tax gain or loss not included in Net Profit or Net Loss shall be taken into account and allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes among the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 5.7 .

(iii) Depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deductions with respect to any property with an Asset Value that differs from its adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be computed in accordance with Asset Value, and any depreciation allowable for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be allocated in accordance with Section 5.7 .

 

- 19 -


(iv) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 732, 734 or 743 of the Code is required to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain or loss (as the case may be) for purposes of computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

(v) Any items that are required to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.6 shall not be taken into account in determining Net Profit or Net Loss.

(b) The Net Profit and Net Loss of the Partnership for any relevant fiscal period or, to the extent necessary to accomplish the purpose of this Section 5.5(b) , gross items of income, gain, deduction, and loss constituting such Net Profit and Net Loss, shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Limited Partners so as to cause, to the extent possible, the Capital Accounts of the Limited Partners as of the end of such fiscal period, as increased by the Limited Partners’ shares of “minimum gain” and “partner minimum gain” (as such terms are used in Regulation Section 1.704-2) not otherwise required to be taken into account in such period, to be equal to the aggregate Distributions that Limited Partners would be entitled to receive (assuming all Units are vested) if all of the assets of the Partnership were sold for their Asset Values (assuming for this purpose only that the Asset Value of an asset that secures a non-recourse liability for purposes of Section 1.1001-2 of the Regulations is no less than the amount of such liability that is allocated to such asset in accordance with Section 1.704-2(d)(2) of the Regulations), all liabilities of the Partnership were repaid from the proceeds of sale and the net remaining proceeds were distributed as of the end of such accounting period in accordance with Section 5.1(b) .

(c) The allocations made pursuant to this Section 5.5 are intended to comply with the provisions of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder and, in particular, to reflect the Limited Partners’ economic interests in the Partnership as set forth in Section 5.1 , and the General Partner, based on the advice of the Partnership’s auditors or tax counsel, is hereby authorized to interpret and, if necessary, modify this Section 5.5 to the extent necessary to implement such intention.

5.6 Regulatory Allocations . Although the Limited Partners do not anticipate that events will arise that will require application of this Section 5.6 , provisions governing the allocation of taxable income, gain, loss, deduction and credit (and items thereof) are included in this Agreement as may be necessary to provide that the Partnership’s allocation provisions contain a so-called “Qualified Income Offset” and comply with all provisions relating to the allocation of so-called “Nonrecourse Deductions” and “Limited Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” and the chargeback thereof as set forth in the Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code (“ Regulatory Allocations ”); provided , however , that the Limited Partners intend that all Regulatory Allocations that may be required shall be offset by other Regulatory Allocations or special allocations of tax items so that each Limited Partner’s share of the Net Profit, Net Loss and capital of the Partnership will be the same as it would have been had the events requiring the Regulatory Allocations not occurred. For this purpose the General Partner, based on the advice

 

- 20 -


of the Partnership’s auditors or tax counsel, is hereby authorized to make such special curative allocations of tax items as may be necessary to minimize or eliminate any economic distortions that may result from any required Regulatory Allocations.

5.7 Tax Allocations .

(a) Contributed Assets. In accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the Partnership with an adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes different from the initial Asset Value at which such property was accepted by the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Limited Partners so as to take into account such difference in the manner required by Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable Regulations.

(b) Revalued Assets. If the Asset Values of any assets of the Partnership are adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2 , subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such assets shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Limited Partners so as to take into account such adjustment in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable Regulations.

(c) Elections and Limitations. The allocations required by this Section 5.7 are solely for purposes of U.S. federal, state and local income taxes and shall not affect the allocation of Net Profits or Net Losses as between Limited Partners or any Limited Partner’s Capital Account. All tax allocations required by this Section 5.7 shall be made using any method permitted by Regulation 1.704-3 as determined by the General Partner, with the advice of the Partnership’s auditors or tax counsel.

(d) Allocations. Except as set forth in this Agreement or otherwise required by law, all items of income, deduction, loss and credit shall be allocated for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes in the same manner such items are allocated for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts.

5.8 Changes in Partners’ Interests . If during any year there is a change in any Partner’s Interest in the Partnership, the General Partner shall confer with the tax advisors to the Partnership and, in conformity with such advice, allocate the Net Profit or Net Loss to the Partners so as to take into account the varying Interests of the Partners in the Partnership in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided that where the transferor or transferee of such Interest is TPG Cayman or Oaktree Cayman, such allocation of Net Profit and Net Loss shall be based on an interim closing of the books of the Partnership as of the date of transfer, unless such transferor or transferee consents to an alternative allocation method.

5.9 Allocation for Canadian Tax Purposes . The income and loss for Canadian tax purposes of the Partnership for a Fiscal Year shall be computed pursuant to Section 96

 

- 21 -


of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any other taxation or other legislation or similar laws of Canada or of any province or jurisdiction, as applicable. Each Limited Partner’s share of the income or loss for tax purposes of the Partnership for a Fiscal Year shall be allocated to Limited Partners consistent with this Section 5 ; provided , that where, during a Fiscal Year of the Partnership, a Limited Partner ceases to be a Limited Partner (a “ Withdrawing Partner ”), the share of the income or loss for such Fiscal Year to be allocated to each Limited Partner shall be adjusted to the extent possible so that any such Withdrawing Partner shall be allocated its share of income or loss which accrued during such Fiscal Year up to the time that a Limited Partner became a Withdrawing Partner, and such allocation shall be made consistent with this Section 5 .

5.10 No Duty to Account . The Limited Partners who are not TMHC or Subsidiaries of TMHC shall have no duty to account to the Partnership or other Partners in respect of any profits deriving from activities outside of the Partnership.

 

6. STATUS, RIGHTS AND POWERS OF LIMITED PARTNERS.

6.1 Return of Distributions of Capital . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or as otherwise expressly required by law, a Limited Partner, in such capacity, shall have no liability for obligations or liabilities of the Partnership in excess of (a) the amount of such Limited Partner’s Capital Contributions, (b) such Limited Partner’s share of any assets and undistributed profits of the Partnership and (c) to the extent required by law or this Agreement, the amount of any Distributions wrongfully distributed to such Limited Partner. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or by the ELP Law upon an insolvency of the Partnership, no Limited Partner shall be obligated by this Agreement to return any Distribution to the Partnership or pay the amount of any Distribution for the account of the Partnership or to any creditor of the Partnership; provided , however , that if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding this Agreement, any Limited Partner is obligated to return or pay any part of any Distribution, such obligation shall bind such Limited Partner alone and not any other Limited Partner and provided , further , that if any Limited Partner is required to return all or any portion of any Distribution under circumstances that are not unique to such Limited Partner but that would have been applicable to all Limited Partners (or all similarly situated Limited Partners) if such Limited Partners had been named in the lawsuit against the Limited Partner in question (such as where a Distribution was made to all Limited Partners and rendered the Partnership insolvent, but only one Limited Partner was sued for the return of such Distribution), the Limited Partner that was required to return or repay the Distribution (or any portion thereof) shall be entitled to reimbursement from the other Limited Partners (or the other similarly situated Limited Partners as the case may be) that were not required to return the Distributions made to them based on each such Limited Partner’s share of the Distribution in question. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence are solely for the benefit of the Limited Partners and shall not be construed as benefiting any third party. The amount of any Distribution returned to the Partnership by a Limited Partner or paid by a Limited Partner for the account of the Partnership or to a creditor of the Partnership shall be added to the account or accounts from which it was subtracted when it was distributed to such Limited Partner.

 

- 22 -


6.2 No Management or Control . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner in its capacity as such shall take part in the management of the Partnership’s activities or interfere in any manner with the management of the affairs of the Partnership or have any right or authority to act for or bind the Partnership or have any voting rights with respect to the Partnership.

 

7. MANAGEMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP.

7.1 General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall direct, manage, conduct and control the affairs of the Partnership. Except as otherwise required by this Agreement or by non-waivable provisions of applicable law, the General Partner shall have full and complete authority, power and discretion to manage and control the properties of the Partnership, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Partnership in fulfillment of the purposes of the Partnership as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, the General Partner shall not assign, sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of its interest as the general partner of the Partnership, without the written consent of such of TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman, as directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited Partner other than through ownership of TMHC Common Stock), then has an ownership interest in Units or Interests in the Partnership.

(c) Unless permitted with the written consent of such of TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman as, directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited Partner other than through ownership of TMHC Common Stock), then has an ownership interest in Units or Interests in the Partnership, the General Partner shall (A) cause the Partnership to not have any direct subsidiaries other than TMM and TMM Holdings (G.P.) ULC or directly or indirectly own any equity interests or other debt or equity investments in any other Person (other than its own treasury stock or indirectly through TMHI or Monarch), (B) cause TMM to not have any direct subsidiaries other than TMHI and Monarch or directly or indirectly own any equity interests or other debt or equity investments in any other Person (other than indirectly through TMHI or Monarch) and (C) cause TMM Holdings (G.P.) ULC to not own any equity interests or other debt or equity investments in any Person (other than its direct ownership of the sole general partnership interest in TMM or indirectly through TMHI or Monarch).

(d) The General Partner may not withdraw prior to the dissolution of the Partnership unless (before it does so) it has, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement transferred its entire interest as the general partner of the Partnership to a successor general partner.

 

- 23 -


(e) The General Partner will maintain a registered office in the Cayman Islands at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

(f) Except upon the prior written consent of TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman, in each case solely to the extent such Person, directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited Partner other than through ownership of the TMHC Common Stock), then has an ownership interest in Units or Interests in the Partnership, the Partnership shall not conduct any activities (directly or indirectly) (A) other than stewardship over the investments of the Partnership in its Subsidiaries or (B) that may cause the Partnership (i) to be treated at any time as engaged in a trade or business within the United States within the meaning of Section 864 of the Code (a “trade or business”), (ii) to realize income treated as effectively connected with a trade or business (including pursuant to Section 897 of the Code, but excluding gain from the sale of Monarch Communities Inc.), (iii) to hold interests in a “United States real property interest” (a “USRPI”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes directly or indirectly (other than the stock of Monarch Communities Inc. and other than a USRPI held through a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes the stock of which is not a USPRI), (iv) to be treated at any time as engaged in commercial activities within the meaning of Section 892 of the Code; or (v) to carry on business in Canada or to cause an interest in the Partnership to be “taxable Canadian property” within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

(g) The General Partner shall be entitled to receive an annual fee of $500 out of the Net Profits of the Partnership.

7.2 Authority of the General Partner Exclusive . Unless authorized to do so by this Agreement or the General Partner, no attorney-in-fact, employee or other agent of the General Partner or the Partnership shall have any power or authority to bind the Partnership in any way, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose.

7.3 Execution of Papers . Except as the General Partner may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, cheques, drafts or other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the General Partner for on behalf of the Partnership shall be signed by a director or officer of the General Partner.

7.4 Noncontravention . The Partnership will not give effect to any action by any Limited Partner that is in contravention of this Article 7 .

 

- 24 -


8. DESIGNATION, RIGHTS, AUTHORITIES, POWERS, RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS AND AGENTS.

8.1 Officers, Agents . The General Partner shall have the power, but no obligation, to appoint officers and agents to act for the Partnership with such titles, if any, as the General Partner deems appropriate and to delegate to such officers or agents such of the powers as are granted to the General Partner hereunder, including the power to execute documents on behalf of the Partnership, as the General Partner may determine. The officers so appointed may include persons holding titles such as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Vice President, Treasurer or Controller. Unless the authority of the officer in question is limited in the document appointing such officer or is otherwise specified by the General Partner, any officer so appointed shall have the same authority to act for the Partnership as a corresponding officer of the General Partner would have to act for the General Partner in the absence of a specific delegation of authority and as more specifically set forth in Exhibit 8.1 ; provided , however , that unless such power is specifically delegated to the officer in question either for a specific transaction or generally in a separate writing, no such officer shall have the power to lease or acquire real property, to borrow money, to issue notes, debentures, securities, equity or other interests of or in the Partnership, to make investments in (other than the investment of surplus cash in the ordinary course) or to acquire securities of any Person, to give guarantees or indemnities, to merge, liquidate or dissolve the Partnership or to sell or lease all or any substantial portion of the assets of the Partnership.

 

9. BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS.

9.1 Books and Records . The Partnership shall maintain at its principal office or such other office as the General Partner shall determine such books and records with respect to the Partnership’s activities as the General Partner deems appropriate in accordance with the ELP Law. For Canadian tax purposes, the first Fiscal Year of the Partnership will end immediately after the Second Initial New TMM Contribution (as such term is defined in the Reorganization Agreement dated as of [    ], 2013, by and among the Partnership and certain other parties, pursuant to which, among other things, this Agreement is entered into) and a new Fiscal Year will begin immediately after such time and end on the calendar year end.

9.2 Tax Information . The Tax Matters Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all income and other tax and informational returns of the Company. As soon as practicable (but in no event more than 55 days) after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Tax Matters Partner shall prepare and submit to the General Partner for its review and approval the Partnership’s tax returns for such Fiscal Year. The Tax Matters Partner shall furnish to each Partner a copy of each approved return and statement, together with any schedules or other information which each Limited Partner has reasonably requested or may otherwise require in connection with such Limited Partner’s own tax affairs as soon as practicable (but in no event more than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year). In addition, the Tax Matters Partner (a) has as of the date hereof informed each Limited Partner in writing (1) of the current adjusted basis and fair market value, each for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of each of the assets of the Partnership (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, the stock of TMHI and Monarch) and (2) which of those assets are “United States real property interests” within the meaning of Code Section 897 (and

 

- 25 -


identifying whether such assets are described in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(i) or 897(c)(1)(A)(ii)) (the “ USRPI Information ”) and (b) will promptly provide in writing upon the request of a Limited Partner (but in no event more than 10 days after such request is made) the USRPI Information relating to the Partnership as of a given date and such other requested information to assist such Limited Partner in completing its tax withholding and other compliance obligations (including pursuant to Code Section 1446).

9.3 Continuation . The parties intend that the Partnership be treated as a “continuation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes of TMM and shall not (other than with the consent of the General Partner) take a position inconsistent therewith on a tax return except upon a final determination by an applicable taxing authority. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Partnership shall file an election described in Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 to be classified, as of a date no later than the date hereof, as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any similar election under state, local or non-U.S. law), and it shall not file any election to be classified as other than a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

9.4 Non-Disclosure .

(a) Each Limited Partner (other than TMHC) (on behalf of itself and, to the extent that such Limited Partner would be responsible for the acts of the following Persons under principles of agency law, its directors, officers, Affiliates, shareholders, partners, employees and agents) agrees that, except as otherwise consented to by the General Partner, all non-public information relating to the Partnership furnished to such Limited Partner, including but not limited to confidential information of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries regarding identifiable, specific and discrete business opportunities being pursued by the Partnership or its Subsidiaries (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) will be kept confidential, will not be used for commercial or proprietary advantage and will not be disclosed by such Limited Partner (or, to the extent that such Limited Partner would be responsible for the acts of the following Persons under principles of agency law, its directors, officers, Affiliates, shareholders, partners, employees and agents) in any manner, in whole or in part, except that each Limited Partner (and its directors, officers, Affiliates, shareholders, partners, employees and agents) shall be permitted to disclose such Confidential Information (i) to those of its respective agents, Representatives and employees who need to be familiar with such Confidential Information in connection with such Limited Partner’s investment in the Partnership and who are charged with an obligation of confidentiality, (ii) to its respective direct and indirect partners and equity holders so long as they agree to keep such Confidential Information confidential on the terms set forth herein, (iii) with respect to an Affiliate of TPG Cayman or Oaktree Cayman, as part of such Limited Partner’s or its Affiliates’ reporting or review procedures, or in connection with such Limited Partner’s or its Affiliates’ fund raising, marketing, informational or reporting activities, (iv) for general portfolio information that does not identify the Partnership or its Subsidiaries and (v) to the extent required by law, so long as such Limited Partner shall have first provided the Partnership a reasonable opportunity to contest the necessity of disclosing such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Partner and each of his,

 

- 26 -


her, or its Representatives may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment, tax strategies and tax structure of the Partnership and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Partner and his, her, or its Representatives relating to such tax treatment, tax strategies and tax structure. Each Partner agrees that he, she or it will be responsible for any breach or violation of the provisions of this Section 9.3(a) by any Person receiving Confidential Information from such Partner.

(b) For purposes of this Section 9.3 , “Confidential Information” shall not include any information: (i) of which such Person (or its Affiliates) became aware prior to its affiliation with the Partnership or any Subsidiary thereof from a source not known to be bound by duty or obligations of confidentiality to the Partnership, (ii) of which such Person (or its Affiliates) learns from sources other than the Partnership or its Subsidiaries not known to be bound by duty or obligations of confidentiality to the Partnership, whether prior to or after such information is actually disclosed by the Partnership or its Subsidiaries, or (iii) which is disclosed in a prospectus or other documents available for dissemination to the public. Nothing in this Section 9.3 shall in any way limit or otherwise modify any confidentiality covenants entered into by any Limited Partner pursuant to any other agreement to which such Limited Partner and the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries are parties.

 

10. TAX MATTERS PARTNER.

10.1 Classification as a Partnership and Other Tax Matters . It is intended that the Partnership will be classified as a partnership for U.S. and Canadian federal tax purposes. The General Partner and/or the Tax Matters Partner are authorized to take such measures as they deem necessary or appropriate to ensure such classification, and all other Partners agree to reasonably cooperate with such measures. Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, the General Partner and/or the Tax Matters Partner shall also be authorized to make any elections, filings and determinations for the Partnership (or enter into any agreements for or on behalf of the Partnership) with respect to taxes (except any election, filing or determination that would cause the Partnership to be treated other than as a partnership for U.S. and Canadian federal tax purposes) and all Partners hereby agree to promptly provide any information reasonably requested by the General Partner and/or the Tax Matters Partner in respect of such tax matters (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any information reasonably requested in connection with ensuring the Partnership’s compliance under Sections 1471-1474 of the Code) and compliance with the Income Tax Act (Canada).

10.2 Tax Matters Partner . Unless and until another Partner is designated as the tax matters partner by the General Partner, the tax matters partner of the Partnership as provided in the Regulations under Code Section 6231 and any analogous provisions of state law shall be the General Partner, and in such capacity is referred to as the “ Tax Matters Partner ”. Without the prior consent of the General Partner, any Person other than the General Partner that serves as the Tax Matters Partner may not in such capacity (a) settle disputes with the Internal Revenue Service, (b) extend the statute of limitations for any taxes or (c) take any other significant action affecting the tax liability of the Partnership or the Partners.

 

- 27 -


10.3 Indemnity of Tax Matters Partner . The Partnership shall indemnify and reimburse, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Tax Matters Partner for all expenses (including legal and accounting fees) incurred as Tax Matters Partner while acting in good faith pursuant to this Article 10 in connection with any administrative or judicial proceeding with respect to the tax liability of the Limited Partners attributable to their interests in the Partnership.

10.4 Tax Returns . Unless otherwise agreed by the General Partner, all tax returns of the Partnership shall be prepared by the Partnership’s independent certified public accountants.

 

11. TRANSFER OF INTERESTS.

11.1 Restricted Transfer .

(a) No Limited Partner shall Transfer any Units without the prior written consent of the General Partner, and such of TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman as, directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited Partner other than through ownership of TMHC Common Stock), then has an ownership interest in Units or Interests in the Partnership. Any attempted Transfer not in compliance with the terms of this Article 11 shall be null and void and the Partnership shall not in any way give effect to any such Transfer, provided that (i) a Management Limited Partner may Transfer any of such Management Limited Partner’s Vested Common Units to any Management Permitted Transferee thereof if such Transfer is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Article 11 and the Management Permitted Transferee agrees to assume the obligations of the applicable Management Rollover Agreement and (ii) any Limited Partner may at any time Transfer any of such Limited Partner’s Common Units (except for Unvested Common Units) pursuant to the Exchange Agreement without the consent of the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and the Partnership shall give effect to each such Transfer.

(b) Any Limited Partner who shall Transfer any Units (any such Partner, an “ Assignor ”) in accordance with this Article 11 , shall cease to be a Limited Partner of the Partnership with respect to such Units and shall no longer have any rights or privileges of a Limited Partner with respect to such Units (but shall still be bound by this Agreement in accordance with this Article 11 ).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Transfer will be made if, in the opinion of legal counsel or a qualified tax advisor to the Partnership, there is a material risk that such Transfer would cause the Partnership to be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Code Section 7704(b) and/or Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1.

 

- 28 -


(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no change of name of a Limited Partner, no Transfer of a Unit of a Limited Partner and no admission of an additional Limited Partner will be effective for the purposes of this Agreement until such change, Transfer, substitution or addition is duly reflected in Exhibit 3.1 .

11.2 Transfer Requirements . Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1 and except for Transfers of Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, no Transfer of Units shall be effective and no Assignee shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Partner unless the following conditions are satisfied or such conditions are waived by the General Partner:

(a) A duly executed written instrument of Transfer is provided to the General Partner, specifying the Units being Transferred and setting forth the intention of the Limited Partner effecting the Transfer that the transferee succeed to a portion or all of such Limited Partner’s Interest as a Limited Partner, and a deed of adherence or assumption agreement duly executed by the transferee agreeing to be bound by this Agreement in respect of the Units Transferred;

(b) If requested by the General Partner, an opinion of responsible counsel (who may be counsel for the Partnership) is provided to it, satisfactory in form and substance to the General Partner to the effect that such Transfer would not violate (i) the Securities Act or any state securities laws or blue sky laws applicable to the Partnership or the Units to be Transferred or (ii) the Insider Trading Policy, then in effect, for TMHC;

(c) The Limited Partner effecting the Transfer and the transferee execute any other instruments that the General Partner deems reasonably necessary or desirable for admission of the transferee, and the Partner effecting the Transfer and the transferee provide the General Partner any information necessary to comply with the requirements of Code Section 743(e), if applicable; and

(d) The Limited Partner effecting the Transfer or the transferee pays to the Partnership a transfer fee in an amount sufficient to cover the reasonable expenses incurred by the Partnership in connection with the admission of the transferee and provides to the Partnership any information necessary for the Partnership to make required basis adjustments and comply with tax reporting requirements.

11.3 Consent . Each Partner hereby agrees that, upon satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Article 11 with respect to any proposed Transfer, the Assignee may be admitted as a Limited Partner by the General Partner.

11.4 Withdrawal of Partner . If a Limited Partner Transfers all of its Interest pursuant to Section 11.1 and the Assignee of such Interest is admitted as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3 , such Assignee shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner effective on the effective date of the Transfer or such other date as may be specified when the Assignee is admitted and, if such Assignor has not already ceased to be a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(b) ,

 

- 29 -


then immediately following such admission the Assignor shall cease to be a Limited Partner of the Partnership. Upon the Assignor ceasing to be a Limited Partner, the Assignor shall not be entitled to any Distributions from and after the date of such Transfer. Notwithstanding the admission of an Assignee as a Limited Partner and, except as otherwise expressly approved by the General Partner, the Assignor shall not be released from any obligations to the Partnership as a Limited Partner (or otherwise) existing as of the date of the Transfer (other than obligations of the Assignor to make future capital contributions, if any), including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 5.3 .

11.5 Amendment of Exhibit 3.1 . In the event of the admission of any transferee as a Partner of the Partnership, the General Partner shall promptly amend Exhibit 3.1 to reflect such Transfer or admission, as the case may be.

11.6 FIRPTA Certificates and Withholding . For so long as TPG Cayman or Oaktree Cayman owns an Interest in the Partnership (directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited Partner other through ownership of TMHC Common Stock)), (1) such Person may submit a request to the General Partner that the Partnership provide to such requesting Person and to TMHC a certificate described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-11T(d), (2) the Partnership shall comply with such request within [10] days of receipt of the request unless doing so would be impermissible under Section 1445 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, and (3) neither TMHC nor any of its Affiliates will withhold any amounts pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code in connection with a transfer to TMHC or any of its Affiliates of any portion of the Interests held by TPG Cayman or Oaktree Cayman unless TMHC or its Affiliate, as applicable, reasonably determines it is legally required to do so. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Partners hereby agree that, as of the date hereof, it is permissible under Section 1445 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder for the Partnership to provide a certificate described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-11T(d), and the Partnership shall execute and deliver such a certificate to TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and TMHC as of the date hereof.

 

12. WINDING UP AND DISSOLUTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP.

12.1 Termination of Limited Partnership . Except as otherwise provided herein, no Limited Partner shall resign or withdraw from the Partnership. The death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of any Limited Partner shall not in and of itself cause the Partnership to be wound up and dissolved, and upon the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall be continued without winding up or dissolving.

12.2 Events of Liquidation . The Partnership shall only be wound up upon the occurrence of the following events and Sections 15(2), (5), (6) and (7) of the ELP Law shall not apply to the Partnership except as expressly stated herein: (a) the prior written consent of the General Partner, TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman, in each case solely to the extent such Person, directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited

 

- 30 -


Partner other than through ownership of TMHC Common Stock), then has an ownership interest in Units or Interests in the Partnership, which consent and approval shall be in lieu of any vote otherwise required or permitted under the ELP Law to commence winding up and dissolution or (b) 90 days after the occurrence of any event specified under 15(5)(a), (b) or (c) of the ELP Law with respect to the General Partner, unless the Partnership is continued following the appointment of a replacement General Partner by a majority vote of the Limited Partners within 90 days of such event.

12.3 Liquidation . Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Section 12.2 , save where the Partnership is continued as provided for therein, the Partnership shall immediately commence to wind up its affairs. A reasonable period of time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the Partnership’s affairs, discharge of its liabilities, and distribution or liquidation of the remaining assets so as to enable the Partnership to minimize the normal losses attendant to the liquidation process. The Partnership’s property and assets or the proceeds from the liquidation thereof shall be distributed (a) in accordance with the ELP Law and (b) following satisfaction (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment) of the Partnership’s liabilities, in accordance with Section 5.1 . Upon such final accounting, the General Partner shall file a notice of dissolution in accordance with the ELP Law and the Partnership will then dissolve.

12.4 No Further Claim . Without limitation of the provisions of Sections 12.1 and 12.2 , upon winding-up, each Limited Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of its capital, and if the Partnership’s property remaining after payment or discharge of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership, including debts and liabilities owed to one or more of the Limited Partners, is insufficient to return the aggregate Capital Contributions of each Limited Partner, such Limited Partners shall have no recourse against the Partnership, any Limited Partner or the General Partner.

 

13. INDEMNIFICATION.

13.1 Indemnification Rights .

(a) General . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the General Partner, each officer of the Partnership, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and each of their respective Affiliates in their respective capacities as General Partner or Limited Partner (or a direct or indirect equity owner of the General Partner or such Limited Partner), officer of the Partnership or Tax Matters Partner (all indemnified persons being referred to as “ Indemnified Persons ” for purposes of this Article 13 ), from any liability, loss or damage incurred by the Indemnified Person by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by the Indemnified Person in connection with the activities of the Partnership and from liabilities or obligations of the Partnership imposed on such Person by virtue of such Person’s position with the Partnership, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and any amounts expended in the settlement of any such claims of liability, loss or

 

- 31 -


damage; provided , however , that if the liability, loss, damage or claim arises out of any action or inaction of an Indemnified Person, indemnification under this Section 13.1 shall be available only if such action or inaction was not expressly prohibited by this Agreement and (i) either (A) the Indemnified Person, at the time of such action or inaction, determined in good faith that its, his or her course of conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership and/or its Subsidiaries or (B) in the case of inaction by the Indemnified Person, the Indemnified Person did not intend its, his or her inaction to be harmful or opposed to the best interests of the Partnership and/or its Subsidiaries and (ii) the action or inaction did not constitute fraud or willful misconduct by the Indemnified Person; provided , further , however , that indemnification under this Section 13.1 shall be recoverable only from the assets of the Partnership and not from any assets of the Limited Partners. The Partnership shall advance reasonable attorneys’ fees of an Indemnified Person as incurred, provided that such Indemnified Person executes an undertaking, to repay the amount so paid or reimbursed in the event that a final non-appealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction finds that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to indemnification under this Article 13 . The Partnership may pay for insurance covering liability of the Indemnified Persons for negligence in the operation of the Partnership’s affairs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this Section 13.1 shall require the Partnership to indemnify any Person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such Person, other than an action approved by the General Partner.

(b) Indemnification Priority . The Partnership hereby acknowledges that the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided pursuant to this Section 13.1 may also be provided to certain Indemnified Persons by one or more of their respective Affiliates (other than TMHC, the General Partner or any direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Partnership) or their insurers (collectively, the “ Affiliate Indemnitors ”). The Partnership and TMHC hereby agree that, as between the Partnership and TMHC on the one hand, and the Affiliate Indemnitors on the other (i) the Partnership and TMHC are jointly and severally the full indemnitors of first resort and the Affiliate Indemnitors are the full indemnitors of second resort with respect to all such indemnifiable claims against such Indemnified Persons, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise (i.e., the obligations of the Partnership and TMHC to such Indemnified Persons are primary and any obligation of the Affiliate Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Persons are secondary), (ii) the Partnership and TMHC shall be jointly and severally required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Indemnified Persons and shall be jointly and severally liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement (or any other agreement between the Partnership or TMHC and such Indemnified Persons), without regard to any rights such Indemnified Persons may have against the Affiliate Indemnitors, and (iii) the Partnership and TMHC irrevocably waive, relinquish and release the Affiliate Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Affiliate Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Partnership and TMHC agree to indemnify the Affiliate Indemnitors

 

- 32 -


directly for any amounts that the Affiliate Indemnitors pay as indemnification or advancement on behalf of any such Indemnified Person and for which such Indemnified Person may be entitled to indemnification from the Partnership or TMHC in connection with serving as a director or officer (or equivalent titles) of TMHC, the Partnership or their respective Subsidiaries. The Partnership and TMHC further agree that no advancement or payment by the Affiliate Indemnitors on behalf of any such Indemnified Person with respect to any claim for which such Indemnified Person has sought indemnification from the Partnership or TMHC shall affect the foregoing and the Affiliate Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnified Person against the Partnership and TMHC, and the Partnership and TMHC shall cooperate with the Affiliate Indemnitors in pursuing such rights.

(c) Third Party Indemnification . The General Partner may make, execute, record and file on its own behalf and on behalf of each Limited Partner all instruments and other documents (including one or more deeds poll in favour of the persons to whom the benefit of the exculpation and indemnification provisions of this Agreement are intended (the “ Covered Persons ”) and/or one or more separate indemnification agreements between the General Partner, the Partnership, each Limited Partner (as applicable) and individual Covered Persons) that the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate in order to extend the benefit of the exculpation and indemnification provisions of this Agreement to the Covered Persons; provided , that, such other instruments and documents authorized hereunder shall be on the same terms as provided for in this Agreement except as otherwise may be required by applicable law

13.2 Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Indemnified Person shall be liable, in damages or otherwise, to TMHC, the Partnership or to any Limited Partner for any loss that arises out of any act performed or omitted to be performed by it, him or her pursuant to the authority granted by this Agreement if (a) either (i) the Indemnified Person, at the time of such action or inaction, determined in good faith that such Indemnified Person’s course of conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, or (ii) in the case of inaction by the Indemnified Person, the Indemnified Person did not intend such Indemnified Person’s inaction to be harmful or opposed to the best interests of the Partnership and (b) the conduct of the Indemnified Person did not constitute fraud or willful misconduct by such Indemnified Person.

13.3 Persons Entitled to Indemnity . Any Person who is within the definition of “ Indemnified Person ” at the time of any action or inaction in connection with the activities of the Partnership shall be entitled to the benefits of this Article 13 as an “Indemnified Person” with respect thereto, regardless of whether such Person continues to be within the definition of “Indemnified Person” at the time of such Indemnified Person’s claim for indemnification or exculpation hereunder. The right to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 13 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, by law, vote of the General Partner or otherwise. If this Article 13 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of

 

- 33 -


competent jurisdiction, then the Partnership shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person pursuant to this Article 13 to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article 13 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

13.4 Procedure Agreements . The Partnership may enter into an agreement with any Indemnified Person setting forth procedures consistent with applicable law for implementing the indemnities provided in this Article 13 .

13.5 Business and Investment Opportunities . Each employee, consultant and service provider of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries that is party to this Agreement shall, and shall cause each of his, her or its Affiliates to, bring all investment or business opportunities to the Partnership of which any of the foregoing become aware and which are related to, complimentary with or competitive with the activities then conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything at law or in equity to the contrary, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the foregoing sentence nor the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall apply to (a) TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman, Builders Holdings International, L.P., Toeis, L.P., Oaktree TM Holdings TP, SRL, JHI Holding Limited Partnership, JHI Management Limited Partnership or their respective Affiliates, (b) any employees or partners of TPG Global, LLC or Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or (c) any directors or officers (or their respective equivalents) of the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership that are Affiliates of TPG Global, LLC, Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., JHI Holding Limited Partnership or JHI Management Limited Partnership (any such Person referred to in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c), an “ Exempted Person ”). The Partnership renounces any interest or expectancy of the Partnership in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business or investment opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Exempted Person, including any transactions with TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman or any of their respective Affiliates. No Exempted Person who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, including any transaction with the TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman or any of their respective Affiliates, shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and such Exempted Person shall not be liable to the Partnership or to the Limited Partners for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such opportunity, or directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership. No amendment or repeal of this Section 13.5 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any opportunities of which any such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 13.5 shall have independent effect with respect to, and shall not be construed as being in lieu of or otherwise limiting, any separate obligations of any Person under any agreement between such Person and the Partnership and/or its Subsidiaries, including any agreement related to any noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality or other restrictions on the activities or operations of such Person.

 

- 34 -


13.6 Reliance, etc .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, an Indemnified Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any other Indemnified Person for its, his or her good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. To the fullest extent provided by law, the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partnership, each Partner and each Limited Partner to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Indemnified Person.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement but subject to applicable law, whenever in this Agreement an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its, his or her discretion or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as such Indemnified Person desires, including its, his or her own and its, his or her Affiliates’ interests, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership, any Partner, any Limited Partner or any other Person, or (ii) in its, his or her good faith or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.

 

14. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS BY THE PARTNERS

Each Limited Partner hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the General Partner, severally and not jointly and solely on its own behalf, as follows:

14.1 Investment Intent . Such Partner is acquiring such Partner’s Interest as principal for its own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or applicable Canadian securities legislation.

14.2 Securities Regulation . Such Partner has been advised that its Interest has not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Partner is aware that the Partnership is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to Interest or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration except as expressly agreed by the Partnership.

14.3 Knowledge and Experience and Economic Risk . Such Partner is an accredited investor as that term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act and/or such Partner has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Partner is

 

- 35 -


capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such Partner’s investment in the Partnership, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time.

14.4 Binding Agreement . Such Partner has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Partner and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Partner enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, arrangement, fraudulent transfer or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally.

14.5 Tax Position . Such Partner will not, without the consent of the General Partner, take a position on such Partner’s U.S. federal income tax return, in any claim for refund or in any administrative or legal proceedings that is inconsistent with this Agreement or with any information return filed by the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Partner may take any such position to the extent (A) it is advised by its tax counsel or tax accountant that such action is reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law and (B) it promptly notifies the General Partner of such action.

14.6 Information . Such Partner has had an opportunity (a) to question, and to receive information from, the Partnership concerning the Partnership, the Units and such Partner’s investment in the Partnership and (b) to obtain any and all additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information that such Partner has deemed relevant to make an informed investment decision as to such Partner’s investment in the Partnership.

14.7 Tax and Other Advice . Such Partner has had the opportunity to consult with such Partner’s own tax and other advisors with respect to the consequences to such Partner of the purchase, receipt or ownership of the Units, including the tax consequences under federal, state, local, and other income tax laws of the United States or any other country and the possible effects of changes in such tax laws. Such Partner acknowledges that none of the Partnership, its Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors, beneficiaries, heirs and assigns and its and their past and present directors, officers, employees, and agents (including their attorneys) makes or has made any representations or warranties to such Partner regarding the consequences to such Partner of the purchase, receipt or ownership of the Units, including the tax consequences under federal, state, local and other tax laws of the United States or any other country and the possible effects of changes in such tax laws.

14.8 Publicly Traded Partnership Matters . Such Partner is acquiring its Interest for its own account and is the sole beneficial owner thereof for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If such Partner is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (A) such Partner makes the representations, warranties and covenants in this Section 14.8 on behalf of its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (B) the equity interests in such Partner will not

 

- 36 -


be transferred directly or indirectly in a transaction that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes in whole or in part as a transfer of Interests if such transaction causes the Partnership to be unable to rely on the safe harbor described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h), (iii) either (1) such Partner is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a partnership, trust, estate or “S Corporation” as defined in the Code (in each case a “Pass-Through Entity”) or (2) such Partner is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a Pass-Through Entity, and within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (A) it is not a principal purpose of the use of the tiered arrangement involving such Partner to permit the Partnership to satisfy the 100-partner limitation described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) or (B) at no time during the term of the Partnership will substantially all of the value of a beneficial owner’s interest in such Partner (directly or indirectly) be attributable to such Partner’s ownership of its Interest and (iv) such Partner has not transferred and will not transfer its Interest on or through (x) an established securities market or (y) a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, all within the meaning of Code Section 7704(b).

14.9 Tax Information . Such Partner’s taxable year-end for U.S. federal income tax purposes is December 31 or such other date identified by such Partner to the Partnership. Such Partner has provided the Partnership with the applicable IRS Form W-8 or W-9 and will provide the Partnership with such additional information, documentation and representation (including any applicable tax-related forms) as it may reasonably request from time to time including, without limitation, with respect to its citizenship, residency, ownership or control so as to permit the Partnership to evaluate and comply with any tax requirements applicable to the Partnership or its investments. In the event any information, documentation or representations provided by such Partner become incorrect or obsolete, such Partner will promptly inform the General Partner and provided updated information, documentation and representations, as applicable.

14.10 Licenses and Permits . Such Partner will cooperate in providing such information, in signing such documents and in taking any other action as may reasonably be requested by the Partnership in connection with obtaining any non-U.S., federal, state or local license or permit needed to conduct its activities or the activities of any entity in which the Partnership invests.

14.11 Canadian Securities Laws .

(a) Such Partner is aware that (i) its Interest is subject to hold periods and other restrictions on resale pursuant to the provisions of applicable Canadian securities legislation (the “ Legislation ”), (ii) the Partnership has made no representations with respect to such hold periods or resale restrictions, and (iii) such Partner has been advised to seek independent legal advice with respect to any such hold periods or resale restrictions.

(b) Such Partner is aware that the Partnership is not a public company or a “reporting issuer” as defined in the Securities Act (British Columbia) and its Interest has been issued as an exempt distribution, and no filings, clearances or reviews under the Legislation have been or will be made in connection with the distribution.

 

- 37 -


(c) Such Partner acknowledges that the offer, sale and issuance of its Interest by the Partnership to such Partner is exempt from the prospectus requirements under the Legislation and, as a result: (i) such Partner may not have received information that would otherwise be required under the Legislation or be contained in a prospectus prepared in accordance with the Legislation, (ii) such Partner is restricted from using most of the protections, rights and remedies available under the Legislation, including statutory rights of rescission or damages, and (iii) the Partnership is relieved from certain obligations that would otherwise apply under the Legislation.

 

15. PARTNERSHIP REPRESENTATIONS

In order to induce the Partners to enter into this Agreement and to make the Capital Contributions contemplated hereby, the Partnership hereby represents and warrants to each Partner as follows:

15.1 Duly Formed . The Partnership is a duly formed and validly existing limited partnership under the ELP Law, with all necessary power and authority under the ELP Law to issue the Interests to be issued to the Partners hereunder.

15.2 Valid Issue . When Limited Partners make a Capital Contribution in return for Interests as contemplated by this Agreement, they will hold such Interests, which will represent valid obligations of the Partnership and in respect of which they will not be liable to make any additional capital contributions (except as they otherwise agree) and no obligations of the Partnership will attach thereto.

 

16. AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENT.

16.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be modified, amended or supplemented by written action of the General Partner; provided , that this Agreement may not be modified, amended or supplemented (i) without the prior written consent of TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman to the extent such Person, directly or indirectly (through a direct or indirect ownership interest in any Limited Partner other than through ownership of TMHC Common Stock), has an ownership interest in Units or Interests in the Partnership and (ii) in any way that would affect any Class of Units in a manner materially and disproportionately adverse to any other Class of Units in existence immediately prior to such amendment without the prior written consent of the Limited Partners, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that hold at least a majority of such Class of Units so materially adversely and disproportionately affected (it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 16.1(ii) , the Vested Common Units and Unvested Common Units shall be treated as one Class of Units).

 

- 38 -


16.2 Binding Effect . Any modification or amendment to this Agreement pursuant to this Article 16 shall be binding on all Limited Partners.

 

17. GENERAL.

17.1 Successors; Governing Law . This Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, estates, heirs and legal successors of the Limited Partners. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereunder shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms “gross negligence,” “negligence” and “willful misconduct” as used in this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

17.2 Notices, Etc . All notices, demands and communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given to a party to this Agreement if (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent and received by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) sent by certified or registered mail or by Federal Express, UPS or any other comparably reputable overnight courier service, postage prepaid, to the appropriate address as follows: (a) if to any Limited Partner, at the address of such Limited Partner on file with the Partnership; and (b) if to the General Partner or the Partnership, to

c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:  

Darrell Sherman,

Vice President and General Counsel

Facsimile:

E-mail:

 

(866) 390-2612

dsherman@taylormorrison.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention:  

John C. Kennedy

Lawrence G. Wee

Facsimile:

E-mail:

 

(212) 757-3990

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

  lwee@paulweiss.com

 

- 39 -


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attention:   Julie H. Jones
  Alfred O. Rose
Facsimile:   (617) 951-7050
E-mail:   julie.jones@ropesgray.com
  alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York

USA 10022

Attention:   George E.B. Maguire
  Jasmine Ball
Facsimile No.:   (212) 909-6836
E-mail:   gebmaguire@debevoise.com
  jball@debevoise.com

if to TMHC or any Management Limited Partners:

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:   Darrell Sherman,
  Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:   (866) 390-2612
E-mail:   dsherman@taylormorrison.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention:   John C. Kennedy
  Lawrence G. Wee
Facsimile:   (212) 757-3990
E-mail:   jkennedy@paulweiss.com
  lwee@paulweiss.com

if to TPG Cayman:

TPG Global, LLC

301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300

Fort Worth, TX 76102

USA 94104

Attention:   Ronald Cami
Facsimile No.:   (415) 743-1501
E-mail:   rcami@tpg.com

 

- 40 -


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attention:   Julie H. Jones
  Alfred O. Rose
Facsimile:   (617) 951-7050
E-mail:   julie.jones@ropesgray.com
  alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

if to Oaktree Cayman:

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.

333 South Grand Ave., 28 th Floor

Los Angeles, California

USA 90071

Attention:   Kenneth Liang
Facsimile No.:   (213) 830-6293
E-mail:   kliang@oaktreecapital.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York

USA 10022

Attention:   George E.B. Maguire
  Jasmine Ball
Facsimile No.:   (212) 909-6836
Email:   gebmaguire@debevoise.com
  jball@debevoise.com

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective, (a) on the date received, if personally delivered or sent by facsimile or electronic mail during normal business hours, (b) on the business day after being received if sent by facsimile or electronic mail other than during normal business hours, (c) one business day after being sent by Federal Express, DHL or UPS or other comparably reputable delivery service and (d) five business days after being sent by registered or certified mail. Each of the Limited Partner shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to the General Partner and

 

- 41 -


the Partnership. The General Partner and the Partnership shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto. Sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands shall not apply.

17.3 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, that determination shall not affect the other provisions hereof, each of which shall be construed and enforced as if the invalid or unenforceable portion were not contained herein. Such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any valid and enforceable application thereof, and each such provision shall be deemed to be effective, operative, made, entered into or taken in the manner and to the full extent permitted by law.

17.4 Construction . In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, the principle of contra proferentum shall not apply to this Agreement and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

17.5 Table of Contents, Headings . The table of contents and headings used in this Agreement are used for administrative convenience only and do not constitute substantive matter to be considered in construing this Agreement.

17.6 Rights Limited . Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as (a) giving any Person the right to continued employment with or the right to continue in any other service relationship with the Partnership or any of its Affiliates, or (b) limiting in any respect the ability of the Partnership or any of its Affiliates to terminate any Person’s employment for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Partnership or its Affiliates to such Person.

17.7 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, each Limited Partner’s respective purchase agreement, subscription agreement, Management Rollover Agreement or unit certificate and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby constitute the entire agreement of the Limited Partners and their Affiliates relating to the Partnership and supersede all prior meetings, communications, representations, negotiations, contracts or agreements (including any prior drafts thereof) with respect to the Partnership, whether oral or written, none of which shall be used as evidence of the parties’ intent. In addition, each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that all prior drafts of this Agreement contain attorney work product and shall in all respects be subject to the foregoing sentence.

17.8 No Third Party Rights . Except as expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Partnership, the General Partner and the Limited Partners, and no other Person, including creditors of the Partnership, shall have any right or claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or any Limited Partner by reason of this

 

- 42 -


Agreement or any provision hereof or be entitled to enforce any provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Indemnified Person and Exempted Person shall be an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

17.9 Effect of Waiver or Consent . A waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of its obligations with respect to the Partnership is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person with respect to the Partnership. Failure on the part of a Person to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default with respect to the Partnership, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that Person of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-of-limitations period has run.

17.10 Counterparts and Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument. This Agreement, each Limited Partner’s respective purchase agreement, subscription agreement or unit certificate and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or electronic delivery (i.e., by email of a PDF signature page) shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic delivery to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or by electronic delivery as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

17.11 Jurisdiction and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 17.11(a) , the parties irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Delaware in connection with any action relating to this Agreement and agree that service of summons, complaint or other process in connection with any such action may be made as set forth in Section 17.2 and that service so made shall be as effective as if personally made in the State of Delaware. To the extent not prohibited by applicable Law, each Partner waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such proceeding brought in the above-named courts, any claim that such Partner is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of such courts, that such Partner’s property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that such proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter thereof, may not be enforced in or

 

- 43 -


by such courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 17.11 excludes the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands courts with respect to any matter reserved to it pursuant to the ELP Law or Cayman Islands law.

(b) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 17.11 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 17.11 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

17.12 Offset . Whenever hereunder the Partnership is to pay any sum to any Limited Partner, any amounts that such Limited Partner owes to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries may be deducted from that sum before payment and the amount of such sum deducted shall nonetheless be treated as paid to such Limited Partner.

17.13 Adjustment of Numbers . Subject to Section 16.1 , all numbers set forth herein that refer to Unit prices or amounts and all references to numbers of Units shall be appropriately adjusted by the General Partner in good faith to reflect Unit splits, Unit dividends, combinations of Units and other recapitalizations affecting the subject class of equity.

17.14 Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday in the State of New York, the Cayman Islands, or the jurisdiction in which the Partnership’s principal office is located, the time period shall automatically be extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.

17.15 Survival . Section 2.5 , Section 5.3 and Article 13 shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the dissolution of the Partnership.

 

- 44 -


17.16 Wills . Each Limited Partner who is a natural person agrees to execute a will which shall contain a direction and authorization to his or her personal representative, executor or administrator to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and to sell his or her Units, as the case may be, in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however , that the failure of any such Limited Partner to do so shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

17.17 Spousal Consent . If requested by the General Partner, each married Partner, and each such Partner who, subsequent to the date hereof, marries or remarries, shall concurrently with his or her execution hereof deliver to the General Partner the written consent of his or her spouse; provided , however , that the failure of any such Partner to do so shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

17.18 Designees . Each of the rights granted to a Limited Partner may, upon the request of such Limited Partner, be exercised in whole or in part from time to time by its Affiliates and other designees.

17.19 Gender . Any reference to the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter genders unless the context otherwise requires.

*    *    *    *    *

 

- 45 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement of Exempted Limited Partnership as a deed on the date and year first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:   Executed and delivered as a deed by:
  TMM Holdings II GP, ULC
  By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
INITIAL LIMITED PARTNER:   Executed and delivered as a deed by:
  TPG TMM Holdings II LP, ULC
  By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  

[Signature Page to Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement for TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership]


LIMITED PARTNER:   Executed and delivered as a deed by:
  TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P.
  By:   TPG TMM Holdings II GP, ULC,
    its general partner
  By:  

 

    Name:   Ronald Cami
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary

[Signature Page to Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement for TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership]


LIMITED PARTNER:   Executed and delivered as a deed by:
  OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P.
  By:   OCM TMM Holdings II GP, ULC,
    its general partner
  By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
  By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  

[Signature Page to Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement for TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership]


LIMITED PARTNER:   Executed and delivered as a deed by:
  Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
  By:  
  By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERS:      

[Signature Page to Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement for TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership]


Exhibit 3.1

LIMITED PARTNERS OF THE PARTNERSHIP

 

Limited Partner

 

Common Units

 

Unvested Common

Units

 

Capital

Contribution

TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P.   [ ] Common Units   N/A  
OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P.   [ ] Common Units   N/A  
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation   [ ] Common Units   N/A  
JHI Holding Limited Partnership   [ ] Common Units   N/A  
[Management Limited Partner]   [ ] Vested Common Units   [ ] Unvested Common Units  


Exhibit 8.1

OFFICERS

1. Election . The officers may be elected by the General Partner at any time. At any time or from time to time the General Partner may delegate to any officer their power to elect or appoint any other officer or any agents.

2. Tenure . Each officer shall hold office until his or her respective successor is chosen and qualified unless a shorter period shall have been specified by the terms of his or her election or appointment, or in each case until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each agent shall retain his or her authority at the pleasure of the General Partner, or the officer by whom he or she was appointed or by the officer who then holds agent appointive power.

3. President and Vice President . Unless the General Partner otherwise specifies, the President shall be the chief executive officer and shall have direct charge of all activities of the Partnership and, subject to the control of the General Partner, shall have general charge and supervision of the activities of the Partnership. Any Vice Presidents shall have duties as shall be designated from time to time by the General Partner or the President.

4. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . Unless the General Partner otherwise specifies, the Treasurer (or if no Treasurer is elected, the President) shall be the chief financial officer of the Partnership and shall be in charge of its funds and valuable papers, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the General Partner or the President. If no Controller is elected, the Treasurer (or if no Treasurer is elected, the President) shall, unless the General Partner otherwise specifies, also have the duties and powers of the Controller. Any Assistant Treasurers shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the General Partner, the President or the Treasurer.

5. Controller and Assistant Controllers . If a Controller is elected, the Controller shall, unless the General Partner otherwise specifies, be the chief accounting officer of the Partnership and be in charge of its books of account and accounting records, and of its accounting procedures. The Controller shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the General Partner, the President or the Treasurer. Any Assistant Controller shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the General Partner, the President, the Treasurer or the Controller.

6. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall record all proceedings of the Partners and the General Partner in a book or series of books to be kept therefor and shall file therein all actions by written consent of the General Partner. In the absence of the Secretary from any meeting, an Assistant Secretary, or if no Assistant Secretary is present, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept records, which shall contain the names and record addresses of all Limited Partners. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may from time to time be designated by the General Partner or the President. Any Assistant Secretaries shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the General Partner, the President or the Secretary.


7. Vacancies . If the office of any officer becomes vacant, any person or body empowered to elect or appoint that officer may choose a successor. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term, and until his or her successor is chosen and qualified or in each case until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

8. Resignation and Removal . The General Partner may at any time remove any officer either with or without cause. The General Partner may at any time terminate or modify the authority of any agent. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation in writing to the General Partner, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time, and without in either case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation shall so state.

Exhibit 10.4

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this [            ] day of [ ], 2013, by and among Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (the “ Company ”), Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. (“ U.S. Parent ”), Monarch Communities Inc. (“ Canadian Parent ” and, collectively with the Company and U.S. Parent, the “ TMM Companies ,” and each a “ TMM Company ”), and [            ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, in light of the litigation costs and risks to directors resulting from their service to companies, and the desire of the TMM Companies to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for each of the TMM Companies to indemnify and advance expenses on behalf of its and the other TMM Companies’ directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they shall serve or continue to serve one or more of the TMM Companies free from undue concern regarding such risks;

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee has been serving as a director of one or more of the TMM Entities (as hereinafter defined) and one or more of the TMM Companies has requested that Indemnitee serve or continue to serve as a director of one or more of the TMM Entities; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve as a director of the board of directors of one or more of the TMM Entities on the condition that Indemnitee be jointly and severally indemnified by the TMM Companies as provided for herein; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the advancement or indemnification protections provided for in the Organizational Documents (as hereinafter defined) to be adequate protection against personal liability; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Designating Stockholders (as hereinafter defined) (or their affiliates other than the Indemnitors), which Indemnitee, the Indemnitors and the Designating Stockholders (or their affiliates) intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the TMM Companies to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with TMM Companies’ acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director of the board of directors of any of the TMM Entities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the TMM Companies and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees to serve (or continue to serve, as the case may be) as a director of one or more of the TMM Entities. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from any such position.

2. Indemnification - General . On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties, costs, amounts paid in settlement, Expenses (as hereinafter defined)


and other amounts that Indemnitee incurs and that result from, arise in connection with or are by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined) and shall advance Expenses to Indemnitee. The obligations of the TMM Companies under this Agreement (a) are joint and several obligations of each TMM Company, (b) are intended to apply to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; (c) shall continue after such time as Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director of the TMM Entities or in any other Corporate Status, (d) include, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against Indemnitee in respect of any actual or alleged liability or other loss of Indemnitee, and (e) be fully primary relative to any obligation of any Designating Stockholder to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law (including, if applicable, Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) as in existence on the date hereof and as amended from time to time. A limitation under the law applicable to any TMM Company on providing indemnification or an advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee shall not limit the indemnification and advancement obligations of any TMM Company not so limited.

3. Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the TMM Entities . If in connection with or by reason of Indemnittee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of any of the TMM Entities to procure a judgment in its favor, the TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

4. Proceedings by or in the Right of the TMM Entities . If in connection with or by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of any of the TMM Entities to procure a judgment in such TMM Entity’s favor, the TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

5. Mandatory Indemnification in Case of Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (including, without limitation, any Proceeding brought by or in the right of any TMM Entity, the TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, jointly and severally indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, jointly and severally indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim,

 

- 2 -


issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, on substantive or procedural grounds, or settlement of any such claim prior to a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to such Proceeding, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter; provided , however , that any settlement of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding shall not be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the TMM Companies’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

6. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise to indemnification by any of the TMM Companies for some or a portion of the Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, or if the Indemnitee is or was acting in furtherance of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the TMM Companies shall jointly and severally indemnify Indemnitee to the extent to which Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification.

7. Indemnification for Additional Expenses Incurred to Secure Recovery or as Witness .

(a) The TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance on an as-incurred basis (subject to Section 8 of this Agreement) such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action or proceeding or part thereof brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the TMM Companies under this Agreement, any other agreement or the Organizational Documents of the applicable TMM Company as now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) recovery under any director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by any TMM Entity.

(b) To the extent that Indemnitee is a witness (or is forced or asked to respond to discovery requests) in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, and the TMM Companies shall advance on an as-incurred basis (in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement), all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

8. Advancement of Expenses . The TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, advance on a current and as-incurred basis all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding in any way connected with, resulting from or relating to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Such Expenses shall be paid in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, without regard to whether Indemnitee shall ultimately be entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses and without regard to whether an Adverse Determination (as hereinafter defined) has been or may be made. Upon submission of a request for

 

- 3 -


advancement of Expenses pursuant to Section 9(c) of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses as provided in this Section 8 , and such advancement of Expenses shall continue until such time (if any) as there is a final non-appealable judicial determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee shall repay such amounts advanced if and only to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined in a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the TMM Companies for such Expenses. Such repayment obligation shall be unsecured and shall not bear interest. The TMM Companies shall not impose on Indemnitee additional conditions to advancement or require from Indemnitee additional undertakings regarding repayment.

9. Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notice of Proceeding . Indemnitee agrees to notify the TMM Companies promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder. Any failure by Indemnitee to notify any TMM Company shall relieve the TMM Company of its advancement or indemnification obligations under this Agreement only to the extent the TMM Company can establish that such omission to notify resulted in actual and material prejudice to it which cannot be reversed or otherwise eliminated without any material negative effect on the TMM Company, and the omission to notify such TMM Company shall, in any event, not relieve any TMM Company from any liability which it may have to indemnify Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. If, at the time of receipt of any such notice, the TMM Companies have director and officer liability insurance policies in effect, the TMM Companies shall promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies. The TMM Companies shall thereafter keep such director and officer, or other management or professional liability, insurers informed of the status of the Proceeding or other claim, as appropriate to secure coverage of Indemnitee for such claim.

(b) Defense; Settlement . Indemnitee shall have the sole right and obligation to control the defense or conduct of any claim or Proceeding with respect to Indemnitee. The TMM Companies shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which may be provided or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, effect any settlement of any Proceeding against Indemnitee or which could have been brought against Indemnitee. The TMM Companies shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding against Indemnitee if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the TMM Companies’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money or performance of any obligation by persons other than the TMM Companies and includes an unconditional release of the TMM Companies by any party to such Proceeding other than the Indemnitee from all liability on any matters that are the subject of such Proceeding and an acknowledgment that the TMM Companies deny all wrongdoing in connection with such matters.

 

- 4 -


(c) Request for Advancement; Request for Indemnification .

 

  (i) To obtain advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the TMM Companies a written request therefor, together with such invoices or other supporting information as may be reasonably requested by the TMM Companies and reasonably available to Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall submit an unsecured written undertaking to repay amounts advanced only to the extent required by applicable law which cannot be waived. The TMM Companies shall make advance payment of Expenses to Indemnitee required by this Agreement no later than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the written request for advancement (and each subsequent request for advancement) by Indemnitee. If, at the time of receipt of any such written request for advancement of Expenses, the TMM Companies have director and officer insurance policies in effect, the TMM Companies shall promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies.

 

  (ii) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, at any time before or after submission of a request for advancement pursuant to Section 9(c)(i) of this Agreement, Indemnitee may submit a written request for indemnification hereunder. The time at which Indemnitee submits a written request for indemnification shall be determined by the Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s sole discretion. Once Indemnitee submits such a written request for indemnification (and only at such time that Indemnitee submits such a written request for indemnification), a Determination (as hereinafter defined) shall thereafter be made, as provided in and only to the extent required by Section 9(d) of this Agreement. In no event shall a Determination be made, or required to be made, as a condition to or otherwise in connection with any advancement of Expenses pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Agreement. If, at the time of receipt of any such request for indemnification, the TMM Companies have director and officer insurance policies in effect, the TMM Companies shall promptly notify the relevant insurers and take such other actions as necessary or appropriate to secure coverage of Indemnitee for such claim in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies.

(d) Determination . The TMM Companies agree that Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law and that no Determination shall be required in connection with such indemnification unless specifically required by applicable law which cannot be waived. In no event shall a Determination be required in connection with indemnification for Expenses pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement or incurred in connection with any Proceeding or portion thereof with respect to which Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise. Any Determination shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(c)(ii) and such Determination shall be made either

 

- 5 -


(i) by the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum, so long as Indemnitee does not request that such Determination be made by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) if so requested by Indemnitee, in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the TMM Companies and Indemnitee. If a Determination is made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within fifteen (15) business days after such Determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such Determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel, as the case may be, making such determination shall be advanced and borne by the TMM Companies in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement (irrespective of the Determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and each TMM Company is liable to indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 9(d) of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a Favorable Determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the TMM Companies of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such thirty (30) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(d) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(e) .

(e) Independent Counsel . In the event Indemnitee requests that the Determination be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 9(e) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the applicable TMM Company, in which event the Board of Directors of the applicable TMM Company shall make such selection on behalf of the TMM Companies, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 9(e) ), and Indemnitee or the TMM Companies, as the case may be, shall give written notice to the other, advising the TMM Companies or Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. The TMM Companies or Indemnitee, as the case may be, may, within fifteen (15) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to Indemnitee or the TMM Companies, as the

 

- 6 -


case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 15 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within ten (10) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(c)(ii) of this Agreement and after a request for the appointment of Independent Counsel has been made, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the TMM Companies or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the TMM Companies or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 9(d) of this Agreement. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 9(f) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). Any expenses incurred by or in connection with the appointment of Independent Counsel shall be borne by the TMM Companies (irrespective of the Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and not by Indemnitee.

(f) Consequences of Determination; Remedies of Indemnitee . The TMM Companies shall be bound by and shall have no right to challenge a Favorable Determination. If an Adverse Determination is made, or if for any other reason the TMM Companies do not make timely indemnification payments or advances of Expenses required by this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence a Proceeding before a court of competent jurisdiction to challenge such Adverse Determination and/or to require the TMM Companies to make such payments or advances (and the TMM Companies shall have the right to defend their position in such Proceeding and to appeal any adverse judgment in such Proceeding). Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred in connection with such a Proceeding and to have such Expenses advanced by the TMM Companies in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement. If Indemnitee fails to challenge an Adverse Determination within ninety (90) business days, or if Indemnitee challenges an Adverse Determination and such Adverse Determination has been upheld by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken, then, to the extent and only to the extent required by such Adverse Determination or final judgment, the TMM Companies shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement.

 

- 7 -


(g) Presumptions; Burden and Standard of Proof . The parties intend and agree that, to the extent permitted by law, in connection with any Determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder by any person, including a court:

 

  (i) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (notwithstanding any Adverse Determination), and the TMM Entities or any other person or entity challenging such right shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption;

 

  (ii) the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the applicable TMM Entity, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful;

 

  (iii) Indemnitee shall be presumed to have acted in good faith in furtherance of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status if Indemnitee’s acts or omissions in Indemnitee’s capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, or agent of any of the TMM Entities are based on the reliance in good faith on the records or books of account of the applicable TMM Entity, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers, employees, or committees of the board of directors of the applicable TMM Entity, or on the advice of legal counsel or other advisors (including financial advisors and accountants) for the applicable TMM Entity or on information or records given in reports made to the applicable TMM Entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert or advisor selected by the applicable TMM Entity; and

 

  (iv) the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of any of the TMM Entities or relevant enterprises shall not be imputed to Indemnitee in a manner that limits or otherwise adversely affects Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 9(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any remedy, recourse or recovery of Indemnitee hereunder shall be sought: (i) first from the TMM Company with which Indemnitee is employed or serves as a director; (ii) second, if recovery is not available under (i) above, from the direct or indirect parent entities of the TMM Entity with which Indemnitee is employed or serves as a director; (iii) third, if recovery is not available under (i) or (ii) above, from the direct or indirect subsidiaries of

 

- 8 -


the TMM Entity with which Indemnitee is employed or serves as a director; and (iv) fourth, if recovery is not available under (i), (ii) or (iii) above, from any other TMM Company.

10. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 10(e) , in the event that (i) an Adverse Determination is made pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses required by this Agreement is not timely made pursuant to Section 9(c) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the TMM Companies of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 , 6 or 7 of this Agreement within fifteen (15) business days after receipt by the TMM Companies of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 , 4 or 7 of this Agreement is not made within fifteen (15) business days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) the TMM Companies or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 10(a) ; provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The TMM Companies shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that an Adverse Determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, in which (i) Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination, and (ii) the TMM Companies shall bear the burden of establishing that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

(c) If a Favorable Determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the TMM Companies shall be bound by such Determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

- 9 -


(d) The TMM Companies shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the TMM Companies are bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

11. Insurance; Subrogation; Other Rights of Recovery, etc .

(a) Each TMM Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not any such TMM Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the TMM Companies. If any TMM Company has such insurance in effect at the time it receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit, proceeding or other claim, such TMM Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit, proceeding or other claim to the insurers and take such other actions in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy as required or appropriate to secure coverage of Indemnitee for such action, suit, proceeding or other claim. Such TMM Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such action, suit, proceeding or other claim in accordance with the terms of such policy. Such TMM Company shall continue to provide such insurance coverage to Indemnitee for a period of at least ten (10) years after Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director or in any other Corporate Status.

(b) In the event of any payment by any TMM Company under this Agreement, such TMM Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against any other TMM Entity, and Indemnitee hereby agrees, as a condition to obtaining any advancement or indemnification from the TMM Companies, to assign to such TMM Company all of Indemnitee’s rights to obtain from such other TMM Entity such amounts to the extent that they have been paid by such TMM Company to or for the benefit of Indemnitee as advancement or indemnification under this Agreement and are adequate to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to the costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder; and Indemnitee shall (upon request by the TMM Companies) execute all papers required and use reasonable best efforts to take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable such TMM Company to bring suit or enforce such rights.

 

- 10 -


(c) Each of the TMM Companies hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise (and to cause each of the other TMM Entities not to exercise), any rights that such TMM Company may now have or hereafter acquire against any Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the TMM Companies’ obligations under this Agreement or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter or other Organizational Documents) with any person or entity, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation (whether pursuant to contract or common law), reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification, or to be held harmless, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

(d) The TMM Companies shall not be liable to pay or advance to Indemnitee any amounts otherwise indemnifiable under this Agreement or under any other indemnification agreement if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided , however , that (i) the TMM Companies hereby agree that they are the indemnitors of first resort under this Agreement and under any other indemnification agreement (i.e., their obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement or any other agreement or undertaking to provide advancement and/or indemnification to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of Designating Stockholder (or any affiliate thereof other than a TMM Company), and any obligation of any insurer providing insurance coverage under any policy purchased or maintained by any Designating Stockholder (or by any affiliate thereof, other than a TMM Company) or under any personal umbrella liability insurance policy, to provide advancement, indemnification, or insurance coverage for the same Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), and (ii) if any Designating Stockholder (or any affiliate thereof other than a TMM Entity) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws, charter or other Organizational Documents) with Indemnitee, then (x) such Designating Stockholder (or such affiliate, as the case may be) shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (y) the TMM Companies shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless such Designating Stockholder (or such other affiliate) for all such payments actually made by such Designating Stockholder (or such other affiliate).

 

- 11 -


(e) The TMM Companies’ obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee in respect of or relating to Indemnitee’s service at the request of any of the TMM Companies as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, representative, partner or agent of any other TMM Entity shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as payment of indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other TMM Entity, except to the extent that such indemnification payments and advance payment of Expenses when taken together with any such amount actually received from other TMM Entities or under director and officer insurance policies maintained by one or more TMM Entities are inadequate to fully pay all costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is otherwise entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder.

(f) Except as provided in Sections 11(c) , 11(d) and 11(e) of this Agreement, the rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time, whenever conferred or arising, be entitled under applicable law, under the TMM Entities’ Organizational Documents, or under any other agreement, or otherwise. Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement are present contractual rights that fully vest upon Indemnitee’s first service as a director of any of the TMM Companies. The Parties hereby agree that Sections 11(c) , 11(d) and 11(e) of this Agreement shall be deemed exclusive and shall be deemed to modify, amend and clarify any right to indemnification or advancement provided to Indemnitee under any other contract, agreement or document with any TMM Entity.

(g) No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in furtherance of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or other applicable law), whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the TMM Entities’ Organizational Documents and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

12. Employment Rights; Successors; Third Party Beneficiaries .

(a) This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the TMM Companies and Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue in force as provided above after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director of the TMM Companies or any other Corporate Status.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the TMM Companies and their successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. If any of the TMM Companies or any of their respective successors or assigns shall (i) consolidate with or merge into any other

 

- 12 -


corporation or entity and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any individual, corporation or other entity, then, and in each such case, proper provisions shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the TMM Companies shall assume all of the obligations set forth in this Agreement.

(c) Each Designating Stockholder is an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement, is entitled to rely upon this Agreement, and may specifically enforce the TMM Companies’ obligations hereunder (including but not limited to the obligations specified in Section 11 of this Agreement) as though a party hereunder.

13. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

14. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7(a) of this Agreement or as may otherwise be agreed by any TMM Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to:

(a) any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee or its Designating Stockholder (other than a Proceeding by Indemnitee (i) by way of defense or counterclaim or other similar portion of a Proceeding, (ii) to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, including rights conferred under Section 7 of this Agreement, or (iii) to enforce any other rights of Indemnitee to indemnification, advancement or contribution from the TMM Companies under any other contract, by-laws or charter or other Organizational Documents or under statute or other law, including any rights under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), unless the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the applicable TMM Company; or

(b) any Proceeding by any TMM Company against Indemnitee for (i) misappropriation of trade secrets or other confidential information belonging to any TMM Company; (ii) wrongful taking of a corporate opportunity; or (iii) violation of any non-competition agreement.

 

- 13 -


15. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the specified Person, (b) any Person who is a general partner, partner, managing director, manager, officer, director or principal of the specified Person or (c) in the event that the specified Person is a natural Person, a member of the immediate family of such Person; provided that each TMM Entity shall be deemed not to be an Affiliate of any TPG Entity, Oaktree Entity or JHI Entity. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” means those acts or omissions by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s past, present or future capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, or agent of any of the TMM Entities (including, without limitation, one who serves at the request of any of the TMM Companies as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee or agent of any other TMM Entity).

(c) “ Designating Stockholder ” means any of the Sponsors, in each case so long as an individual designated (directly or indirectly) by the Sponsors or any of their respective affiliates serves as a director of any TMM Entity.

(d) “ Determination ” means a determination that either (x) there is a reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances (a “ Favorable Determination ”) or (y) there is no reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances (an “ Adverse Determination ”). An Adverse Determination shall include the decision that a Determination was required in connection with indemnification and the decision as to the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee and does not otherwise have an interest materially adverse to any interest of the Indemnitee.

(f) “ Expenses ” shall mean all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever and shall specifically include, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees and costs, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness, in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding, including, but not limited to, the premium for appeal bonds, attachment bonds or similar bonds and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with

 

- 14 -


or in respect of any such Expenses, and shall also specifically include, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with preparing and submitting any requests or statements for indemnification, advancement, contribution or any other right provided by this Agreement. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means, at any time, any law firm, or a member of a law firm, that (i) is experienced in matters of corporation law and (ii) is not, at such time, or has not been in the five years prior to such time, retained to represent: (A) any TMM Entity or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnities under similar indemnification agreements), or (B) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the TMM Companies or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The TMM Companies agree to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto and to be jointly and severally liable therefor.

(h) “ JHI Entities ” means JHI Management Limited Partnership, JHI Holding Limited Partnership, JHI Investments Inc., and Intracorp Management Services, LLC, and any other investment fund or related management company or general partner (in each case, other than any TMM Entity) that is an affiliate of any of the foregoing entities or that is advised by the same investment advisor as any of the foregoing entities or by an affiliate of such investment adviser.

(i) “ Oaktree Entities ” means Oaktree TM Holdings TP, SRL, Oaktree TM Holdings CTB, Ltd., OCM FIE, LLC, and Oaktree Opps Reserve Holdings I, Ltd., and any other investment fund or related management company or general partner (in each case, other than any TMM Entity) that is an affiliate of any of the foregoing entities or that is advised by the same investment advisor as any of the foregoing entities or by an affiliate of such investment adviser.

(j) “ Organizational Documents ” means the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement, partnership agreement, or other similar governing documents.

(k) “ Proceeding ” includes any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (formal or informal), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of any TMM Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, may be or shall be involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by

 

- 15 -


reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee or agent of any TMM Entity (in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement).

(l) “ Sponsors ” means, collectively, the TPG Entities, the Oaktree Entities and the JHI Entities.

(m) “ TMM Entity ” means any TMM Company, any of their respective subsidiaries and any other corporation, partnership (including TMM Holdings Limited Partnership), limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise with respect to which Indemnitee serves as a director, officer, employee, partner, representative, fiduciary, trustee, or agent, or in any similar capacity, at the request of any TMM Company.

(n) “ TPG Entities ” means Toeis, L.P., Builders Holdings International, L.P., TPG Advisors VI-AIV, Inc., TPG Capital, L.P., and TPG Advisors VI, Inc., and any other investment fund or related management company or general partner (in each case, other than any TMM Entity) that is an affiliate of any of the foregoing entities or that is advised by the same investment advisor as any of the foregoing entities or by an affiliate of such investment adviser.

16. Construction . Whenever required by the context, as used in this Agreement the singular number shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and all words herein in any gender shall be deemed to include (as appropriate) the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

17. Reliance; Integration . The TMM Companies expressly confirm and agree that they have entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on each of them hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or to continue to serve as a director of one or more of the TMM Companies, and the TMM Companies acknowledge that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of one or more of the TMM Companies. This Agreement (i) sets forth the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, (ii) replaces and supersedes all previous written or oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation any and all prior indemnification agreements between Indemnitee and the Company, and (iii) merges all prior and contemporaneous discussions between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in a writing identified as such by all of the parties hereto. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of a party hereunder (including the right to enforce the obligations hereunder of the other parties) may be waived only with the written consent of such party, and no waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

- 16 -


19. Notice Mechanics . All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

  (a) If to Indemnitee to:

[Address]

Attention: [ ]

Facsimile No.: [ ]

E-mail: [ ]

 

  (b) If to the TMM Companies, to:

 

TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc.
3260 – 666 Burrard Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada V6C 2X8
Attention:    [ ]
Facsimile No.:    [ ]
E-mail:    [ ]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02119

Attention:    Alfred O. Rose & Amanda M. Morrison

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York

USA 10022

Attention:    George E.B. Maguire

or to such other address as may have been furnished (in the manner prescribed above) as follows: (a) in the case of a change in address for notices to Indemnitee, furnished by Indemnitee to the TMM Companies and (b) in the case of a change in address for notices to any TMM Company, furnished by the TMM Companies to Indemnitee.

 

- 17 -


20. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the TMM Companies, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for reasonably incurred Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the TMM Companies and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the TMM Companies (and their other directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

21. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The TMM Companies and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or otherwise inconvenient forum.

22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

- 18 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

TMM Companies:     Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
    Monarch Communities Inc.
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
    Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc.
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
Indemnitee:    

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.5

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2013, is made by and among Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ New TMM ”), and the holders of New TMM Units (as defined herein) and shares of Class B Common Stock (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto (each, a “ Holder ”).

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange of New TMM Units together with shares of Class B Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SECTION 1.1. Definitions

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Corporation.

Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Corporation.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Election of Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Rate ” means the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which one Paired Interest is entitled to be Exchanged. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.


New TMM ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

New TMM LPA ” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of New TMM, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

New TMM Unit ” means the Common Units (as such term is defined in the New TMM LPA).

Paired Interest ” means one New TMM Unit together with one share of Class B Common Stock.

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement by and among the Corporation and the stockholders party thereto, dated as of [            ], 2013.

Stockholders Agreement ” means the stockholders agreement by and among the Corporation and the stockholders party thereto, dated as of [            ], 2013.

ARTICLE II

SECTION 2.1. Exchange of Paired Interests for Class A Common Stock .

(a) From and after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Holder shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to surrender Paired Interests to the Corporation in exchange for the delivery to the Holder of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of Paired Interests surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (such exchange, an “ Exchange ”).

(b) A Holder shall exercise its right to effect an Exchange as set forth in Section 2.1(a) above by delivering to the Corporation a written election of exchange in respect of the Paired Interests to be Exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Election of Exchange ”), duly executed by such Holder or such Holder’s duly authorized attorney, in each case delivered to the Corporation at its address set forth in Section 4.2(a). Each Exchange shall be deemed to be effective at the time the Election of Exchange is delivered to the Corporation, and the exchanging Holder shall be deemed to be a holder of Class A Common Stock from and after that time. As promptly as practicable following the delivery of the Election of Exchange, the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the exchanging Holder the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such Exchange, registered in the name of such Holder. To the extent the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the Corporation will, subject to Section 2.1(c) below, upon the written instruction of a Holder, deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such Holder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such Holder.

 

-2-


(c) Subject to Section 2.3(b), the shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THE TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED OTHER THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW), OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

(d) If (i) any shares of Class A Common Stock may be sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 are met, or (iii) if a Holder otherwise requests removal of the legend, the Corporation, upon the written request of the Holder thereof and, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), receipt of an opinion of counsel to such Holder reasonably acceptable to the Corporation, shall take all necessary action promptly to remove such legend (in the case of clause (i), with respect to any such shares) and, if the shares of Class A Common Stock are certificated, issue to such Holder new certificates evidencing such shares of Class A Common Stock without the legend.

(e) The Corporation shall bear all expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, including any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided , however , that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the Holder that requested the Exchange (or The Depository Trust Company or its nominee for the account of a participant of The Depository Trust Company that will hold the shares for the account of such Holder), then such Holder and/or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

SECTION 2.2. Adjustment .

(a) The Exchange Rate and/or the components of a Paired Interest shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (i) any subdivision (by any stock or unit split, stock or unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock or unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the shares of Class B Common Stock or New TMM Units that is not accompanied by a substantially equivalent subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (ii) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by a substantially equivalent subdivision or combination of the shares of Class B Common Stock and New TMM Units. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security,

 

-3-


securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging Holder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 2.2 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis , with respect to such security or other property. This Agreement shall apply to the Paired Interests held by the Holders and their Permitted Transferees as of the date hereof, as well as any Paired Interests hereafter acquired by a Holder and his or her or its Permitted Transferees. This Agreement shall apply to, mutatis mutandis , and all references to “Paired Interests” shall be deemed to include, any security, securities or other property of the Corporation or New TMM which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of shares of Class B Common Stock or New TMM Units, as applicable, by reason of any distribution or dividend, split, reverse split, combination, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, exchange (other than an Exchange) or other transaction.

SECTION 2.3. Class A Common Stock to be Issued; Class B Common Stock to be Cancelled .

(a) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon Exchange of all then-outstanding Paired Interests; provided, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of an Exchange by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock that are held in the treasury of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof). The Corporation covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance in accordance with this Agreement, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(b) When a Paired Interest has been exchanged in accordance with this Agreement, the share of Class B Common Stock corresponding to such Paired Interest shall be cancelled by the Corporation.

(c) Subject to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Corporation covenants and agrees to deliver shares of Class A Common Stock, if requested, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any Exchange to the extent that a registration statement is effective and available for such shares. In the event that any Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the Holders requesting such Exchange, the Corporation and New TMM shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any

 

-4-


reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. The Corporation shall use reasonable best efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon Exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery.

(d) The Corporation agrees that it has taken all or will take such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and to be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions from, or dispositions to, the Corporation of equity securities of the Corporation (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities that may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of the Corporation for such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by each officer or director of the Corporation, including any director by deputization. The authorizing resolutions shall be approved by either the Corporation’s board of directors or a committee composed solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors (as defined in Rule 16b-3) of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties of the Corporation and of New TMM . Each of the Corporation and New TMM represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation or limited partnership duly incorporated or formed and is existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) it has all requisite corporate or limited partnership power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and, in the case of the Corporation, to issue the Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation, in the case of the Corporation, the issuance of the Class A Common Stock) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited partnership action on its part and (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

SECTION 3.2. Representations and Warranties of the Holders . Each Holder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that (i) if it is not a natural person, that it is duly incorporated or formed and, the extent such concept exists in its jurisdiction of organization, is in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction, (ii) it has all requisite legal capacity and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) if it is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other entity action on the part of such Holder and (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Holder enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

 

-5-


ARTICLE IV

SECTION 4.1. Additional Holders . To the extent a Holder validly transfers any or all of such Holder’s Paired Interests to another person in a transaction in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the New TMM LPA, the Stockholders Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, then such transferee (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become a Holder hereunder. To the extent New TMM issues New TMM Units in the future, then the holder of such New TMM Units shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such holder shall become a Holder hereunder.

SECTION 4.2. Addresses and Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax (delivery receipt requested), by electronic mail or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 4.2):

 

  (a) If to the Corporation, to:

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000
Scottsdale, AZ 85251
Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail: dsherman@taylormorrison.com

 

  (b) If to New TMM, to:

 

TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership
c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000
Scottsdale, AZ 85251
Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail: dsherman@taylormorrison.com

(c) If to any Holder, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of the Corporation or New TMM from time to time.

SECTION 4.3. Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

-6-


SECTION 4.4. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

SECTION 4.5. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

SECTION 4.6. Amendment . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the Corporation, (ii) New TMM, (iii) TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. (to the extent it then holds New TMM Units or shares of Class B Common Stock) and (iv) OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P. (to the extent it then holds New TMM Units or shares of Class B Common Stock).

SECTION 4.7. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

SECTION 4.8. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) The parties irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Delaware in connection with any action relating to this Agreement and agree that service of summons, complaint or other process in connection with any such action may be made as set forth in Section 4.2 and that service so made shall be as effective as if personally made in the State of Delaware. To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, each party hereto waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such proceeding brought in the above-named courts, any claim that such party is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of such courts, that such party’s property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that such proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter thereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.

(b) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS

 

-7-


CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 4.8(b) CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 4.8(b) WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 4.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 4.9.

SECTION 4.10. Tax Treatment . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the New TMM LPA as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. As required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations, the parties shall report any Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of the New TMM Units and shares of Class B Common Stock by a Holder to the Corporation, and no party shall take a contrary position on any income tax return or amendment thereof unless an alternate position is permitted under the Code and Treasury Regulations and the Corporation consents in writing.

SECTION 4.11. Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

SECTION 4.12. I ndependent Nature of Holders’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each Holder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Holder, and no Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Holder under hereunder. The decision of each Holder to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such Holder independently of any other Holder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 4.13. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


TMM HOLDINGS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:   TMM Holdings II GP, ULC,
  its general partner
By:  

 

  Name:   Ronald Cami
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P.
By:   OCM TMM Holdings II GP, ULC,
  its general partner
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:   TPG TMM Holdings II GP, ULC,
  its general partner
By:  

 

  Name:   Ronald Cami
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


JHI Holding Limited Partnership
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


 

Dar Ahrens

 

Michelle Bassett

 

Phil Bodem

 

Calvin Boyd

 

Michelle Campbell

 

David Cone

 

Mark Delillo

 

Timothy Eller

 

Charlie Enochs

 

Caroline Estrada

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


 

Kip Gilleland

 

Amy Haywood

 

Tom Hennessy

 

Erik Heuser

 

Doug Holloway

 

David Hreha

 

Graham Hughes

 

Jim Jimison

 

Maurice Johnson

 

Tawn Kelley

 

Steve Kempton

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


 

Peter Lane

 

John Lucas

 

Lynn Manning

 

Todd Merrill

 

Doug Miller

 

Katy Owen

 

Sheryl Palmer

 

Joe Poletti

 

Darrell Sherman

 

Lou Steffens

 

Tim Towell

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


 

Steve Wethor

 

Jonathan White

 

Erin Willis

 

Bob Witte

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

ELECTION OF EXCHANGE

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:         Darrell Sherman

New TMM Cayman LP

c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:        Darrell Sherman

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of             , 2013 (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), among Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership and the holders of New TMM Units (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

The undersigned Holder hereby transfers to the Corporation the number of Paired Interests set forth below in Exchange for shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name as set forth below, in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement.

 

Legal Name of Holder:   

 

Address:   

 

Number of Paired Interests to be Exchanged:   

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Election of Exchange and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) this Election of Exchange has been duly executed and delivered by the undersigned and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, as the case may be, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies; (iii) the shares of Class B Common Stock and New TMM Units subject to this Election of Exchange are being transferred to the Corporation free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, equities or claim; and (iv) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the shares of Class B Common Stock or the New TMM Units subject to this Election of Exchange is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock or New TMM Units to the Corporation.


The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Corporation as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to the Corporation the shares of Class B Common Stock and New TMM Units subject to this Election of Exchange and to deliver to the undersigned the shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in Exchange therefor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Election of Exchange to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.

 

 

Name:  
Dated:  

 


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) is a joinder to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), among Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ New TMM ”), and each of the Holders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have their meanings given to them in the Agreement. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder Agreement and the Agreement, the terms of this Joinder Agreement shall control.

The undersigned, having acquired shares of Class B Common Stock and New TMM Units, hereby joins and enters into the Agreement. By signing and returning this Joinder Agreement to the Corporation, the undersigned (i) accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of a Holder contained in the Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of a Holder thereunder and (ii) makes each of the representations and warranties of a Holder set forth in Section 3.2 of the Agreement as fully as if such representations and warranties were set forth herein. The parties to the Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder Agreement by the Corporation and by New TMM, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Agreement.

 

Name:   

 

  

 

Address for Notices:     With copies to:

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

AND

THE STOCKHOLDERS PARTY HERETO

D ATED AS OF [            ], 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I DEFINITIONS

     2   

Section 1.1

 

Definitions .

     2   

Section 1.2

 

Other Interpretive Provisions .

     5   

Article II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     6   

Section 2.1

  Existence; Authority; Enforceability .      6   

Section 2.2

 

Absence of Conflicts .

     6   

Section 2.3

 

Consents .

     6   

Article III GOVERNANCE

     7   

Section 3.1

 

The Board .

     7   

Section 3.2

 

Voting Agreement .

     10   

Section 3.3

 

The Boards of Directors of U.S. Parent and Canadian Parent .

     10   

Section 3.4

 

Company and Partnership Activities; Approvals .

     10   

Section 3.5

 

Subsidiaries of the Company .

     12   

Article IV GENERAL PROVISIONS

     12   

Section 4.1

 

Company Charter and Company Bylaws .

     12   

Section 4.2

 

Freedom to Pursue Opportunities .

     12   

Section 4.3

 

Assignment; Benefit .

     13   

Section 4.4

 

Termination .

     13   

Section 4.5

 

Limits on Transfer or Issuance of Class B Common Stock .

     13   

Section 4.6

 

Severability .

     14   

Section 4.7

 

Entire Agreement; Amendment .

     14   

Section 4.8

 

Counterparts .

     14   

Section 4.9

 

Notices .

     14   

Section 4.10

 

Governing Law .

     17   

Section 4.11

 

Jurisdiction .

     17   

Section 4.12

 

Waiver of Jury Trial .

     17   

Section 4.13

 

Specific Performance .

     17   

Section 4.14

 

Subsequent Acquisition of Shares .

     18   

 

i


This STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2013, is made by and among:

i. Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”);

ii. TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ TPG ” or the “ TPG Investor ”);

iii. OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ Oaktree ” or the “ Oaktree Investor ”);

iv. JHI Holding Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ JHI ” or the “ JHI Investor ”); and

v. such other Persons who from time to time become party hereto by executing a counterpart signature page hereof and are designated by the Board (as defined below) as “Other Stockholders” (the “ Other Stockholders ” and, together with the TPG Investor, the Oaktree Investor and the JHI Investor, the “ Stockholders ”).

For purposes of this Agreement, each of TPG and Oaktree is a “ Principal Sponsor ”, and each of TPG, Oaktree and JHI is an “ Investor ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc., TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (the “ Partnership ”), and certain stockholders party thereto entered into a Stockholders Agreement (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Reorganization Agreement dated [            ], 2013, the Company, the Partnership, the Investors and certain other Persons have effected a series of reorganization transactions (collectively, the “ Reorganization Transactions ”);

WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the Principal Sponsors own limited partnership interests in TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership (“ New TMM Units ”) and shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), which, subject to certain restrictions, are exchangeable from time to time at the option of the holder thereof for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ” and, together with the Class B Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) pursuant to an Exchange Agreement dated [            ], 2013;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company has priced an initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “ IPO ”) pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement dated [            ], 2013 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”);

 

1


WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Prior Agreement is being terminated by the parties thereto; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for certain governance rights and other matters, and to set forth the respective rights and obligations of the Stockholders following the IPO.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

90-Day Unaffiliated Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person or (b) in the event that the specified Person is a natural Person, a Member of the Immediate Family of such Person; provided that the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent, Canadian Parent and each of their respective subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of the TPG Investor, Oaktree Investor or JHI Investor. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Canadian Parent ” means Monarch Communities Inc., a British Columbia corporation.

Canadian Parent Governance Agreement ” means the Canadian Parent Governance Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent and the other parties thereto.

Chief Executive Officer ” means the chief executive officer of the Company then in office.

 

2


Class A Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class A Units ” means, collectively, the Class A-T Units of TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. and the Class A-O Units of Oaktree TMM Holdings II, L.P.

Class B Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class J Units ” means, collectively, the Class J1-T Units, Class J2-T Units and Class J3-T Units of TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. and the Class J1-O Units, Class J2-O Units and Class J3-O Units of Oaktree TMM Holdings II, L.P.

Closing ” means the closing of the IPO.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code shall include a reference to any successor provision thereto.

Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Company in effect on the date hereof, as may be amended from time to time.

Company Charter ” means the certificate of incorporation of the Company in effect on the date hereof, as may be amended from time to time.

Company Shares ” means (i) all shares of Common Stock that are not then subject to vesting (including shares that were at one time subject to vesting to the extent they have vested), (ii) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any option, warrant or convertible security that are not then subject to vesting (including shares that were at one time subject to vesting to the extent they have vested) (without double counting shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon an exchange of shares of Class B Common Stock together with New TMM Units) and (iii) all shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of unit or stock dividend or unit or stock split, or in connection with a combination of units or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Debt Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Fund Indemnitors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(i).

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(i).

Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

3


IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

JHI ” or “ JHI Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

JHI Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Loan Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Majority in Interest ” means, with respect to the Stockholders or any subset thereof, Stockholders who beneficially own a majority of Company Shares held by the Stockholders or such subset of Stockholders, as applicable.

Member of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to an individual, (a) each parent, spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such individual is legally separated) or child (including those adopted) of such individual and (b) each trustee, solely in his or her capacity as trustee and so long as such trustee is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, for a trust naming only one or more of the Persons listed in sub-clause (a) as beneficiaries.

Necessary Action ” means, with respect to a specified result, all actions necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Company Shares, (ii) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the organizational documents of the Company, (iii) executing agreements and instruments, and (iv) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

Oaktree ” or “ Oaktree Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Oaktree Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Other Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, association, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Principal Sponsor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Principal Sponsor Minimum ” means, with respect to a Principal Sponsor, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by such Principal Sponsor as of the closing of all of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and the Put/Call Agreement, or, if no such closing occurs prior to June 30, 2013, the Closing.

Purchase Consideration Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

 

4


Put/Call Agreement ” means the Put/Call Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among TPG, Oaktree, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and the Company.

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

Requisite Investor Approval ” means (a) for so long as each Principal Sponsor holds at least the Principal Sponsor Minimum, the approval of a majority of the Board, including in each case at least one director designated by each Principal Sponsor; and (b) to the extent only one Principal Sponsor holds the Principal Sponsor Minimum, the approval of a majority of the Board, including in each case at least one director designated by such Principal Sponsor. At such time as neither Principal Sponsor holds at least the Principal Sponsor Minimum, any action requiring “Requisite Investor Approval” shall be determined by the Company or the Board in accordance with applicable law.

Sale Consideration Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

TMM Companies ” means the Partnership, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, TMM Holdings II GP, ULC and TMM Holdings (G.P.) ULC.

TPG ” or “ TPG Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

TPG Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Company Shares, any interest therein, or any other securities or equity interests, a direct or indirect transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition thereof, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law; and “ Transferred ”, “ Transferee ” and “ Transferor ” shall each have a correlative meaning.

Unaffiliated Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Underwriting Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

U.S. Parent ” means Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

U.S. Parent Governance Agreement ” means the U.S. Parent Governance Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent and the other parties thereto.

 

5


Section 1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions . (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” “ hereunder ” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and any subsection and section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The term “ including ” is not limiting and means “ including without limitation .”

(d) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(e) Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby represents and warrants to each other party to this Agreement that as of the date such party executes this Agreement:

Section 2.1 Existence; Authority; Enforceability . Such party has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. Such party is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary action on the part of its board of directors (or equivalent) and shareholders (or other holders of equity interests), if required, and no other act or proceeding on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

Section 2.2 Absence of Conflicts . The execution and delivery by such party of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and will not (a) conflict with, or result in the breach of any provision of the constitutive documents of such party, (b) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or an event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or an event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any contract, agreement or permit to which such party is a party or by which such party’s assets or operations are bound or affected, or (c) violate any law applicable to such party.

 

6


Section 2.3 Consents . Other than as expressly required herein or any consents which have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein.

ARTICLE III

GOVERNANCE

Section 3.1 The Board .

(a) Composition of Initial Board . Prior to Closing, the Company and the Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause the Board to be comprised of ten (10) directors, (i) three (3) of whom shall be designated by TPG (each, a “ TPG Director ”), (ii) three (3) of whom shall be designated by Oaktree (each, an “ Oaktree Director ”), (iii) one (1) of whom shall be designated by JHI (the “ JHI Director ”), (iv) one (1) of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer and (v) two (2) of whom shall be directors who meet the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act (each, an “ Unaffiliated Director ”). Within ninety (90) days of the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Company and the Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause the Board to increase in size by one (1) director to eleven (11) directors and to fill such vacancy with one (1) additional Unaffiliated Director (the “ 90-Day Unaffiliated Director ”) who shall be appointed by a majority of the Board. The foregoing directors shall be divided into three classes of directors, each of whose members shall serve for staggered three-year terms as follows:

(1) the class I directors shall include one (1) TPG Director, one (1) Oaktree Director, the Chief Executive Officer and one (1) Unaffiliated Director;

(2) the class II directors shall include one (1) TPG Director, one (1) Oaktree Director, the JHI Director and the 90-Day Unaffiliated Director; and

(3) the class III directors shall include one (1) TPG Director, one (1) Oaktree Director and (1) one Unaffiliated Director.

The initial term of the class I directors shall expire immediately following the Company’s 2014 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the class II directors shall expire immediately following the Company’s 2015 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the class III directors shall expire immediately following the Company’s 2016 annual meeting at which directors are elected.

 

7


For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 3.1(a) is applicable solely to the initial composition of the Board and shall have no further force or effect after the 90-Day Unaffiliated Director is appointed to the Board (except that (i) a director shall remain a member of the class of directors to which he or she was assigned in accordance with this Section 3.1(a) and (ii) the initial terms of each class of directors shall expire as set forth in this Section 3.1(a)).

(b) Principal Sponsor Representation . For so long as a Principal Sponsor holds a number of shares of Common Stock representing at least the percentage of shares of Common Stock held by such Principal Sponsor as of the closing of all of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and the Put/Call Agreement (or, if no such closing occurs prior to June 30, 2013, the Closing) shown below, there shall be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by such Principal Sponsor (each, a “ Principal Sponsor Designee ”) that, if elected, will result in such Principal Sponsor having the number of directors serving on the Board that is shown below.

 

Percent

  

Number of Directors

50% or greater    3
Less than 50% but greater than or equal to 10%    2
Less than 10% but greater than or equal to 5%    1

Upon any decrease in the number of directors that a Principal Sponsor is entitled to designate for election to the Board, such Principal Sponsor shall take all Necessary Action to cause the appropriate number of Principal Sponsor Designees to offer to tender resignation. If such resignation is then accepted by the Board, the Company and the Stockholders shall cause the authorized size of the Board to be reduced accordingly unless the Company with Requisite Investor Approval determines not to reduce the authorized size of the Board.

(c) JHI Representation . For so long as the Principal Sponsors in the aggregate own at least fifty percent (50%) of the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Principal Sponsors as of the closing of all of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and the Put/Call Agreement (or, if no such closing occurs prior to June 30, 2013, the Closing) and JHI owns at least fifty percent (50%) in the aggregate of the Class A Units and at least fifty percent (50%) in the aggregate of the Class J Units that JHI holds as of such time, there shall be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by JHI (each, a “ JHI Designee ”) that, if elected, will result in there being one (1) JHI Director serving on the Board. Upon any decrease in the number of directors that JHI is entitled to designate for election to the Board, JHI shall take all Necessary Action to cause the JHI Designee to offer to tender resignation. If such resignation is accepted by the Board, then the Company and the Stockholders shall cause the authorized size of the Board to be reduced accordingly unless the Company with Requisite Investor Approval determines not to reduce the authorized size of the Board.

(d) CEO Representation . Subject to the last sentence of Section 3.1(e), if the term of the Chief Executive Officer as a director on the Board is to expire in conjunction with

 

8


any annual or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected, the Chief Executive Officer shall be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election.

(e) Vacancies . Except as provided in Sections 3.1(b) and 3.1(c), (i) each Investor shall have the exclusive right to remove its designees from the Board, and the Company and the Principal Sponsors shall take all Necessary Action to cause the removal of any such designee at the request of the designating Investor and (ii) each Investor shall have the exclusive right to designate for election to the Board directors to fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of its designees to the Board, and the Company and the Principal Sponsors shall take all Necessary Action to cause any such vacancies to be filled by replacement directors designated by such designating Investor as promptly as reasonably practicable; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, no Investor shall have the right to designate a replacement director, and the Company and the Principal Sponsors shall not be required to take any action to cause any vacancy to be filled by any such designee, to the extent that election or appointment of such designee to the Board would result in a number of directors designated by such Investor in excess of the number of directors that such Investor is then entitled to designate for membership on the Board pursuant to Section 3.1(b) or Section 3.1(c), as applicable. If the Chief Executive Officer resigns or is terminated for any reason, the Company, the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Sponsors shall take all Necessary Action to remove the Chief Executive Officer from the Board and fill such vacancy with the next Chief Executive Officer in office.

(f) Additional Unaffiliated Directors . For so long as any Principal Sponsor has the right to designate at least one (1) director for nomination under this Agreement, the Company will take all Necessary Action to ensure that the number of directors serving on the Board shall not exceed eleven (11); provided , that the number of directors may be increased if necessary to satisfy the requirements of applicable laws and stock exchange regulations.

(g) Committees . Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations, each Principal Sponsor shall have the right to have a representative appointed to serve on each committee of the Board for so long as such Principal Sponsor has the right to designate at least one (1) director for election to the Board. Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations, each Principal Sponsor shall have the right to have a representative appointed as an observer to any committee of the Board to which such Principal Sponsor (i) does not elect to have a representative appointed or (ii) is prohibited by applicable laws or stock exchange regulations from having a representative appointed, in each case for so long as such Principal Sponsor has the right to designate at least one (1) director for nomination under this Agreement.

(h) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse each TPG Director, Oaktree Director, JHI Director, Principal Sponsor Designee and JHI Designee for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such director’s or designee’s participation in the meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board, including reasonable travel, lodging and meal expenses.

(i) D&O Insurance; Indemnification Priority . The Company shall obtain customary director and officer indemnity insurance on commercially reasonable terms. The

 

9


Company hereby acknowledges that any director, officer or other indemnified person covered by any such indemnity insurance policy (any such Person, an “ Indemnitee ”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by TPG, Oaktree or one or more of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby (i) agrees that the Company and any Company subsidiary that provides indemnity shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its or their obligations to an Indemnitee shall be primary and any obligation of any Fund Indemnitor to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee shall be secondary), and (ii) irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of an Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company, as the case may be, shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnitee against the Company.

Section 3.2 Voting Agreement . Each Principal Sponsor agrees to cast all votes to which such Principal Sponsor is entitled in respect of its Company Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, so as to cause to be elected to the Board those individuals designated in accordance with Section 3.1(a)-(f) and to otherwise effect the intent of this Article III.

Section 3.3 The Boards of Directors of U.S. Parent and Canadian Parent . The Company shall take all Necessary Action to cause the composition of the board of directors of U.S. Parent and the board of directors of Canadian Parent to be identical at all times to that of the Board; provided , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.3, in the event that a Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee is not elected to the Board at the applicable annual or special meeting of shareholders at which such nominee is up for election (or re-election) to the Board pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall take all Necessary Action to cause such Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee to be appointed or elected to the board of directors of U.S. Parent and the board of directors of Canadian Parent in place of a director who was not on the slate of nominees recommended by the Board at the time of the annual or special meeting of shareholders at which he or she was not elected (or re-elected) to the Board; provided , further , that the Company shall take all Necessary Action to fill any vacancy caused by the removal or resignation of any such Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee with a replacement director designated by the applicable Principal Sponsor or JHI, as applicable, unless the election or appointment of such a replacement would result in a number of directors designated by such Investor in excess of the number of directors that such Investor is then entitled to designate for membership on the Board pursuant to Section 3.1(b) or Section 3.1(c), as applicable.

 

10


Section 3.4 Company and Partnership Activities; Approvals . The Company shall not take, and shall cause TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and the Partnership not to take, any actions that would cause TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership or the Partnership to conduct any activities other than stewardship over the investments of the Partnership in U.S. Parent and Canadian Parent. The Company shall not conduct any business or operations other than those of a holding company, the sole direct subsidiaries of which are TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and TMM Holdings II GP, ULC. The Company shall be permitted, among other things, to maintain its legal existence, including by incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, to participate in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of a consolidated group with TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, to make public offerings of any securities (subject to the paragraphs below), to register its securities under applicable securities laws and maintain public listing of its securities, to incur expenses relating to overhead and general operations, to provide indemnification to officers, directors, consultants and agents, and to perform activities incidental to those enumerated in this sentence. The Company shall take all Necessary Action to cause (i) TMM Holdings II GP, ULC to conduct no activities other than acting as general partner of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and (ii) TMM Holdings (G.P.) ULC to conduct no activities other than acting as general partner of the Partnership. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall not take, and shall cause the TMM Companies not to take, any of the following actions without prior Requisite Investor Approval:

 

  i. Any transactions or series of related transactions (i) in which any Person or Persons (other than TPG Investors or Oaktree Investors) acquires in excess of 50% of the then outstanding shares of any class of capital stock (or equivalent) of the Company, any TMM Company, U.S. Parent or Canadian Parent (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of partnership interests, tender offer, exchange offer, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or (ii) following which any Person or Persons (other than TPG Investors, Oaktree Investors or the Company) have the direct or indirect power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or equivalent) of the Company, any TMM Company, U.S. Parent or Canadian Parent;

 

  ii. Any transaction or series of related transactions involving the sale, lease, exchange or other disposal by the Company or any TMM Company of any of their respective assets for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of the Sale Consideration Threshold;

 

  iii. Any transaction or series of related transactions involving the purchase, rent, license, exchange or other acquisition by the Company or any TMM Company of any assets (including securities) for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of the Purchase Consideration Threshold;

 

11


  iv. The hiring or termination of the Chief Executive Officer;

 

  v. (A) any incurrence of indebtedness by the Company or any TMM Company if, after taking into account the incurrence of such indebtedness, the aggregate outstanding indebtedness of the Company and the TMM Companies would exceed the Debt Threshold, or (B) the making of any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person (other than a TMM Company, U.S. Parent or Canadian Parent) by the Company or any TMM Company in excess of the Loan Threshold;

 

  vi. Any authorization or issuance of equity securities of the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries other than (A) pursuant to any equity incentive plans or arrangements of U.S. Parent, Canadian Parent and their respective subsidiaries that have been approved by “Requisite Investor Approval” (as such term is defined in the U.S. Parent Governance Agreement and the Canadian Parent Governance Agreement, respectively) or (B) upon an exchange of shares of Class B Common Stock together with New TMM Units for shares of Class A Common Stock; or

 

  vii. Any increase or decrease in the size of the Board other than in accordance with Section 3.1.

Each of TPG and Oaktree acknowledges and agrees that Requisite Investor Approval has been obtained with respect to all actions taken and transactions undertaken on the date hereof in connection with the IPO. Each Investor agrees to cast all votes to which such holder is entitled in respect of its Company Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, against any action that otherwise requires Requisite Investor Approval but for which Requisite Investor Approval has not been obtained.

Section 3.5 Unless permitted with Requisite Investor Approval, the Company shall not have any direct subsidiaries other than TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and TMM Holdings II GP, ULC nor shall it directly own any equity interests or other debt or equity investments in any other Person (other than its own treasury stock). Unless otherwise permitted following receipt of Requisite Investor Approval, the Company shall take all Necessary Action to cause TMM Holdings II GP, ULC not to have any direct subsidiaries other than TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and not to directly own any equity interests or other debt or equity investments in any other Person (other than its own treasury stock).

 

12


ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 4.1 Company Charter and Company Bylaws .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be controlling if any such provisions or the operation thereof conflict with the provisions of the Company Charter or the Company Bylaws. The Company and the Principal Sponsors agree to take all Necessary Action to amend the Company Charter and Company Bylaws so as to avoid any conflict with the provisions hereof.

(b) Any amendment to the Company Bylaws shall only be effective if approved by Requisite Investor Approval or such shareholder approval as is set forth in the Company Bylaws.

Section 4.2 Freedom to Pursue Opportunities . The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that: (i) each Investor, each Representative of an Investor and each director or officer of the Company, the Partnership or any TMM Company that is an Affiliate or designee of an Investor (each, an “ Investor Designee ”) has the right to, and has no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, (x) directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company, the Partnership or any TMM Company, including those deemed to be competing with the Company, the Partnership or any TMM Company, or (y) directly or indirectly do business with any client, customer or supplier of the Company, the Partnership or any TMM Company; and (ii) in the event that an Investor, any Representative of a Principal Sponsor or any Investor Designee acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for the Company, the Partnership or any TMM Company, such Investor, Representative or Investor Designee shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Company, the Partnership, any TMM Company or any of their respective Affiliates, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to the Company, the Partnership, any TMM Company or any of their respective Affiliates, subsidiaries, stockholders or other equity holders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Investor, Representative or Investor Designee, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Company, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, the Partnership or any of their respective Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 4.2 shall have independent effect with respect to, and shall not be construed as being in lieu of or otherwise limiting, any separate obligations of any Person under any agreement between the Company and/or the Partnership, including any agreement related to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality or other restrictions on the activities or operations of such Person.

 

13


Section 4.3 Assignment; Benefit .

(a) The rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Section 4.3 shall be null and void.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and there shall be no third-party beneficiaries to this Agreement other than the Indemnitees and the Fund Indemnitors under Section 3.1(i), and the Investors, their Representatives and the Investor Designees under Section 4.2.

Section 4.4 Termination . If not otherwise stipulated, this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) as to each Stockholder as of the later of (i) when such Stockholder no longer owns any shares of Common Stock, or (ii) when such Stockholder no longer has the right to nominate any directors to the Board pursuant to Article III hereof.

Section 4.5 Limits on Transfer or Issuance of Class B Common Stock . The parties each acknowledge and agree that no shares of Class B Common Stock may be Transferred or issued unless a corresponding number of New TMM Units are Transferred or issued therewith (including any transfers or issuances of shares of Class B Common Stock held in treasury or otherwise, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries) and that the Company will not register any Transfers of shares of Class B Common Stock that do not satisfy this Section 4.5.

Section 4.6 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable such provision shall be construed by limiting it so as to be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent provided by law and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 4.7 Entire Agreement; Amendment .

(a) This Agreement (together with the U.S. Parent Governance Agreement and the Canadian Parent Governance Agreement) sets forth the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case written or oral, of any kind and every nature with respect hereto. This Agreement or any

 

14


provision hereof may only be amended, modified or waived, in whole or in part, at any time by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Principal Sponsors with respect to which this Agreement is not terminated; provided that (i) the prior written consent of any Investor shall be required for any amendment, modification or waiver that would have a disproportionate adverse effect in any material respect on the rights of such Investor relative to the other Investors and (ii) the prior written consent of the holders of the Majority in Interest of the Company Shares then held by the Other Stockholders shall be required for any amendment, modification or waiver that would have a disproportionate and adverse effect in any material respect on the rights of Other Stockholders under this Agreement relative to the Investors.

(b) No waiver of any breach of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is expressly made in writing and executed and delivered by the party against whom such waiver is claimed. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

Section 4.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or electronic delivery ( i.e ., by email of a PDF signature page) and each such counterpart signature page will constitute an original for all purposes.

Section 4.9 Notices . Unless otherwise specified herein, all notices, consents, approvals, reports, designations, requests, waivers, elections and other communications authorized or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given, made or delivered by personal hand-delivery, by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail, by mailing the same in a sealed envelope, registered first-class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly given, made or delivered (a) on the date received, if delivered by personal hand delivery, (b) on the date received, if delivered by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail or by registered first-class mail prior to 5:00 p.m. prevailing local time on a Business Day, or if delivered after 5:00 p.m. prevailing local time on a Business Day or on other than a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter and (c) two (2) Business Days after being sent by air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery), at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be specified by like notice):

if to the Company to:

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com

 

15


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention:    John C. Kennedy
   Lawrence G. Wee
Facsimile:    (212) 757-3990
E-mail:    jkennedy@paulweiss.com
   lwee@paulweiss.com

if to the TPG Investor, to:

 

TPG Global, LLC

301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300

Fort Worth, TX 76102

Attention:    Ronald Cami
Facsimile:    (415) 743-1501
E-mail:    rcami@tpg.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

Attention:    Alfred O. Rose
   Julie H. Jones
Facsimile:    (617) 951-7050
E-mail:    alfred.rose@ropesgray.com
   julie.jones@ropesgray.com

if to the Oaktree Investor:

 

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.

333 South Grand Ave., 28th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention:    Kenneth Liang
Facsimile:    (213) 830-6293
E-mail:    kliang@oaktreecapital.com

 

16


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention:    George E.B. Maguire
   Jasmine Ball
Facsimile:    (212) 909-6836
E-mail:    gebmaguire@debevoise.com
   jball@debevoise.com

if to the JHI Investor, to:

 

JHI Holding Limited Partnership

c/o JHI Advisory Inc.

Suite 3260 - 666 Burrard Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V6C 2X8

Attention:    G. Gail Edwards
Facsimile:    (604) 648-6685
E-mail:    gedwards@jhinvest.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

1300 – 777 Dunsmuir Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V7Y 1K2

Attention:    Cameron Belsher
Facsimile:    (604) 622-5674
E-mail:    cbelsher@mccarthy.ca

Section 4.10 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY RELATED DISPUTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

Section 4.11 Jurisdiction . ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE PARTIES RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR (TO THE EXTENT SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION EXISTS THEREFORE) THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF BOTH SUCH COURTS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. ANY ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT ISSUED BY ONE OF THE FOREGOING COURTS MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY JURISDICTION.

 

17


Section 4.12 Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT SUCH PARTY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE DEALINGS OF ANY SHAREHOLDER OR THE GENERAL PARTNER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 4.12 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH IT IS RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 4.12 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

Section 4.13 Specific Performance . It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them by this Agreement and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved party will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such party shall therefore be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such party may be entitled at law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

Section 4.14 Subsequent Acquisition of Shares . Any equity securities of the Company acquired subsequent to the date hereof by a Stockholder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

[Signature pages follow]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]


TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:   Ronald Cami
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]


OCM TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]


JHI HOLDING LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]


Solely with respect to Section 3.1(e):
Sheryl Palmer

 

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]

Exhibit 10.7

PUT/CALL AGREEMENT

This PUT/CALL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [            ], 2013 by and between Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and each of the entities identified on Schedule 1 hereto (each a “ Seller ” and collectively, the “ Sellers ”).

Background

A. Each Seller (i) owns in aggregate [            ] common units (the “ Common Units ”) of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and [            ] shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), and (ii) desires to have the option to require the Company to purchase from such Seller [            ] of such Seller’s Common Units and a corresponding number of the shares of Class B Common Stock (each such Common Unit together with its corresponding share of Class B Common Stock to be purchased, a “ Purchased Interest ” of such Seller) at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

B. The Company desires to have the option to require each Seller to transfer such Seller’s Purchased Interests to the Company at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

C. The Company is conducting an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “ Underwritten Shares ”) pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, dated [    ], 2013 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”);

D. If the Sellers elect to exercise their Put Option or Additional Put Option (in each case, as defined below) or the Company elects to exercise its Call Option or Additional Call Option (in each case, as defined below), the Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds received from the IPO to complete such purchase; and

E. The board of directors of the Company or a sub-committee thereof has approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), which approval is intended to exempt each issuance to a Seller who may be deemed an officer or director of the Company, including a “director by deputization,” from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

Agreement

1. Put/Call .

(a) Seller Option to Put . Each Seller shall have the option to require the Company to purchase from each Seller all but not less than all of such Seller’s Purchased Interests on the terms and conditions described in this Agreement (such Seller’s “ Put Option ”). Each Seller may exercise such Seller’s Put Option one time on or after April [15], 2013, by delivering written notice of its exercise to the Company (a “ Put Option Notice ”). In addition, in the event the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement purchase Optional Securities (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), each Seller shall have the option to require the Company to purchase a number of additional Common Units and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock in an amount equal to 50% of the number of such Optional Securities purchased on an as converted basis (such Seller’s option, such Seller’s “ Additional Put Option ” and each such Common Unit together with its corresponding share of Class B Common Stock to be purchased, the “ Additional Purchased Interests ” of such Seller). The Sellers may exercise the Additional Put Option in whole and only once with respect to each purchase of Optional Securities by the underwriters on or after the later of April [15], 2013 and the applicable Optional Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), by delivering written notice of its exercise to the Company (the “ Additional Put Option Notice ”). The obligations of the Company to purchase the Purchased Interests from any Seller pursuant to such Seller’s Put Option shall be subject to the following conditions, the satisfaction of which shall be determined by a special committee of the Board of Directors of the Company comprised solely of independent directors (the “ Special Committee ”): (i) the consummation of the IPO prior to the Closing (as defined below) (ii) the representations and warranties in this Agreement of such Seller shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing, (iii) such Seller shall have complied in all material respects with all of the covenants required to be performed by such Seller pursuant to this Agreement on or prior to the Closing and (iv) since the date hereof, there will not have occurred any event, change, fact, condition, circumstance or occurrence that, when considered either individually or in the aggregate together with all other adverse events, changes, facts, conditions, circumstances or occurrences, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (A) the business, operations, results of operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) the ability of the Company and the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The obligations of the Company to purchase Additional Purchased Interests from any Seller pursuant to such Seller’s Additional Put Option shall be subject to the following conditions, the satisfaction of which shall be determined by the Special


Committee: (i) the consummation of the IPO and the applicable sale of the Optional Securities to the underwriters prior to the applicable Additional Closing (as defined below) (ii) the representations and warranties in this Agreement of such Seller shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the applicable Additional Closing, (iii) such Seller shall have complied in all material respects with all of the covenants required to be performed by such Seller pursuant to this Agreement on or prior to the applicable Additional Closing and (iv) since the date hereof, there will not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect. If not previously exercised, the Put Option will expire on June 30, 2013 or at the date and time the Call Option is exercised. If not previously exercised, the Additional Put Option with respect to any Additional Purchased Interests will expire on June 30, 2013 or at the date and time the Additional Call Option is exercised with respect to such Additional Purchased Interests.

(b) Company Option to Call . The Company, as determined by the Special Committee, shall have the option to require each Seller to transfer all but not less than all of such Seller’s Purchased Interests to the Company on the terms and conditions described in this Agreement (the “ Call Option ”). The Company, as determined by the Special Committee, may exercise the Call Option on or after April [15], 2013, by delivering written notice of its exercise to such Seller (a “ Call Option Notice ”). The obligations of each Seller to transfer the Purchased Interests to the Company pursuant to the Call Option shall not be subject to any conditions. If not previously exercised, the Call Option will expire on June 30, 2013 or at the date and time the Put Option is exercised. In addition, the Company, as determined by the Special Committee, shall have the option to require each Seller to transfer such Seller’s Additional Purchased Interests to the Company on the terms and conditions described in this Agreement (the “ Additional Call Option ”). The Company, as determined by the Special Committee, may exercise the Additional Call Option on or after the later of April [15], 2013 and the Optional Closing Date, by delivering written notice of its exercise to each Seller (an “ Additional Call Option Notice ”). The obligations of the Sellers to transfer Additional Purchased Interests to the Company pursuant to the Additional Call Option shall not be subject to any conditions. If not previously exercised, the Additional Call Option with respect to any Additional Purchased Interests will expire on June 30, 2013 or at the date and time the Additional Put Option is exercised in full. The Additional Call Option may not be exercised with respect to any Additional Purchased Interests with respect to which the Additional Put Option has been exercised.

(c) At the Closing and each Additional Closing, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions and to the terms set forth in paragraphs 1(a) and 1(b) above, each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to transfer, assign, sell, convey and deliver to the Company 100% of its right, title and interest in and to all of such Seller’s Purchased Interests or the designated number of such Seller’s Additional Purchased Interests, as applicable, and the Company hereby agrees to purchase all of such Seller’s Purchased Interests or the designated number of such Seller’s Additional Purchased Interests, as applicable, at a purchase price per Purchased Interest equal to the per share price at which the Company sells the Underwritten Shares to the underwriters in the IPO (the “ Per Share Purchase Price ”).

(d) The closing of the Put Option (subject to satisfaction or waiver of the applicable conditions precedent) or Call Option and the transfer of the Purchased Interests from the Sellers to the Company (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of the Company on or after April [15], 2013 promptly after receipt of the Put Option Notice or Call Option Notice, or at such other time and place as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Sellers. The closing of each Additional Put Option (subject to satisfaction or waiver of the applicable conditions precedent) or Additional Call Option and the transfer of the Additional Purchased Interests from the Sellers to the Company (each, an “ Additional Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of the Company from time to time on or after the later of April [15], 2013 and the Optional Closing Date promptly after receipt of the Additional Put Option Notice or Additional Call Option Notice, or at such other time and place as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Sellers. At the Closing and each Additional Closing, each Seller shall deliver to the Company or as instructed by the Company duly executed transfer powers relating to all of such Seller’s Purchased Interests or the designated number of such Seller’s Additional Purchased Interests, as applicable, and the Company agrees to deliver to each Seller against delivery of such transfer powers the Applicable Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account(s) specified in writing by such Seller. “ Applicable Purchase Price ” means, with respect to any Seller, the product of (x) the Per Share Purchase Price and (y) the aggregate number of Purchased Interests or Additional Purchased Interests, as applicable, being sold by such Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement at the Closing or Additional Closing, as applicable.

2. Company Representations . In connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company represents and warrants to the Sellers as of the date hereof that:

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general equitable principles.

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any

 

2


of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or other organizational documents, as applicable, of the Company or its subsidiaries or (iii) violate any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties; in the case of each such clause, after giving effect to any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, qualifications, waivers and amendments as will have been obtained or made as of the date of this Agreement, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, including the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except where the failure to obtain or make any such consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3. Representations of the Sellers . In connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, each of the Sellers severally and not jointly represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof and covenants and agrees that:

(a) Such Seller is duly organized and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

(b) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Seller of this Agreement and for the sale and delivery of the Purchased Interests and Additional Purchased Interests to be sold by such Seller hereunder, have been obtained; and such Seller has authority to enter into this Agreement, and as of the applicable Closing or Additional Closing will have, full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Purchased Interests or Additional Purchased Interests, as applicable, to be sold by such Seller hereunder at such Closing or Additional Closing, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations and orders as would not impair in any material respect the consummation of the Sellers’ obligations hereunder.

(c) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Seller and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general equitable principles.

(d) The sale of the Purchased Interests and Additional Purchased Interests to be sold by such Seller hereunder and the compliance by such Seller with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein (i) does not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Seller is a party or by which such Seller is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Seller is subject as of the date hereof and as of the Closing or the applicable Additional Closing, (ii) nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of (x) any organizational or similar documents pursuant to which such Seller was formed (to the extent such Seller is not an individual) or (y) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Seller or the property of such Seller; except in the case of clause (i) or clause (ii)(y), for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults as would not impair in any material respect the consummation of such Seller’s obligations hereunder.

(e) As of the date hereof and immediately prior to the delivery of the Purchased Interests to the Company at the Closing or the delivery of Additional Purchased Interests to the Company at the applicable Additional Closing, such Seller holds good and valid title to the Purchased Interests or Additional Purchased Interests to be sold at the Closing or such Additional Closing, as applicable, or a securities entitlement in respect thereof, and holds, and will hold until delivered to the Company, such Purchased Interests or Additional Purchased Interests, as applicable, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Purchased Interests and Additional Purchased Interests, as applicable, (including by crediting to a securities account of the Company) and payment therefor pursuant hereto, assuming that the Company has no notice of any adverse claims within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time (the “UCC”), the Company will acquire good and valid title to such Purchased Interests and Additional Purchased Interests, as applicable, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, as well as a valid security entitlement (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC) to such Purchased Interests or Additional Purchased Interests purchased by the Company, and no action (whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien or other theory) based on an adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) to such security entitlement may be asserted against the Company.

(f) Such Seller (either alone or together with its advisors) has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of transfer of the Purchased Interests and the Additional Purchased Interests. Such Seller has had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the transfer of the Purchased Interests and Additional Purchased Interests and has had full access to such other information concerning the Purchased Interests, Additional Purchased Interests and the Company as it has requested. Such Seller has received all information that it believes is necessary or appropriate in connection with the transfer of the Purchased Interests and Additional Purchased Interests. Such Seller is an informed and sophisticated party and has engaged, to the extent such Seller deems appropriate, expert advisors experienced in the evaluation of transactions of the type contemplated hereby. Such Seller acknowledges that such Seller has not relied upon any express or implied representations or warranties of any nature made by or on behalf of the Company, whether or not any such representations, warranties or statements were made in writing or orally, except as expressly set forth for the benefit of such Seller in this Agreement.

 

3


4. Termination . This Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect (a) with respect to the Purchased Interests, in the event that neither the Put Option nor the Call Option has been exercised as set forth in Sections 1(a) or 1(b) on or prior to June 30, 2013; and (b) with respect to any Additional Purchased Interests, in the event that neither the Additional Put Option nor the Additional Call Option applicable to such Additional Purchased Interests has been exercised as set forth in Sections 1(a) or 1(b) on or prior to June 30, 2013.

5. Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent via facsimile to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the address indicated below:

To the Sellers:

At the address listed for each Seller on Schedule 1 hereto.

To the Company:

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention:    John C. Kennedy
   Lawrence G. Wee
Facsimile:    (212) 757-3990
E-mail:   

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

lwee@paulweiss.com

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties and covenants contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed, and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(c) Complete Agreement . This Agreement and any other agreements ancillary thereto and executed and delivered on the date hereof embody the complete agreement and understanding between the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4


(e) Assignment; Successors and Assigns . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by any of the parties without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Sellers and the Company and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any purported assignment not permitted under this paragraph shall be null and void.

(f) No Third Party Beneficiaries or Other Rights. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein express or implied shall give or shall be construed to confer any legal or equitable rights or remedies to any person other than the parties to this Agreement and such successors and permitted assigns.

(g) Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement and all disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT. Each of the parties (i) irrevocably submits to the personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware, as well as to the jurisdiction of all courts to which an appeal may be taken from such courts, in any suit, action or proceeding relating to or arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of such suit, action or proceeding, whether arising under contract, tort or otherwise, shall be brought, heard and determined exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery (provided that, in the event that subject matter jurisdiction is unavailable in that court, then all such claims shall be brought, heard and determined exclusively in any other state or federal court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware), (iii) agrees that it shall not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court, and (iv) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding relating to or arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the Company’s business or affairs in any other court, tribunal, forum or proceeding. Each of the parties waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding brought in accordance with this paragraph. Each of the parties agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to its address set forth herein shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against it in accordance with this paragraph, provided that nothing in the foregoing sentence shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law.

(h) Mutuality of Drafting . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of the Agreement.

(i) Remedies.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages will not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement, that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement shall cause the other parties irreparable harm, and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance or other injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions of this Agreement.

(j) Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and each of the Sellers; provided , that this Agreement may not be amended in a manner that is adverse to any Seller without such Seller’s prior written consent. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Moreover, no failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy arising out of a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions or any other breaches of this Agreement.

(k) Further Assurances . Each of the Company and the Sellers shall execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and shall take such further action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate fully the provisions of this Agreement.

[Signatures appear on following page.]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Put/Call Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Company:
TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Put/Call Agreement]


 

Sellers:
TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
OCM TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Put/Call Agreement]


Schedule 1

 

Entity

  

Address

TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.   

TPG Global, LLC

301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300

Fort Worth, TX 76102

Attention: Ronald Cami

Facsimile: (415) 743-1501

E-mail: rcami@tpg.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02199

Attention:   Alfred O. Rose

Julie H. Jones

Facsimile: (617) 951-7050

E-mail:  alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

     julie.jones@ropesgray.com

OCM TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.   

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.

333 South Grand Ave., 28th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Kenneth Liang

Facsimile: (213) 830-6293

E-mail: kliang@oaktreecapital.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention:   George E.B. Maguire

Jasmine Ball

Facsimile: (212) 909-6836

E-mail:  gebmaguire@debevoise.com

     jball@debevoise.com

[Schedule 1 to Put/Call Agreement]

Exhibit 10.14

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and its Affiliates may attract and retain key personnel, including the services of experienced and knowledgeable non-executive directors, and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including but not limited to incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock or the results of operations of the Company, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s shareholders. This Plan document is an omnibus document which includes, in addition to the Plan, separate sub-plans (“ Sub-Plans ”) that permit offerings of grants to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries. Offerings under the Sub-Plans may be made in particular locations outside the United States of America and shall comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. The Plan shall be a separate and independent plan from the Sub-Plans, but the total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued under the Plan applies in the aggregate to both the Plan and the Sub-Plans.

2. Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) “ Affiliate ” means (i) any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any person or entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award and Performance Compensation Award granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under Section 13 of the Exchange Act.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Cause ” means, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, (i) the Company or an Affiliate having “cause” to terminate a Participant’s Employment, as defined in any employment, consulting, change in control, severance or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate in effect at the time of such termination or (ii) in the absence of any such employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement (or the absence of any definition of “cause” or term of similar import therein), (A) the Participant is convicted of, pleads guilty to, or confesses to any felony or any act of fraud, theft, misappropriation or embezzlement; (B) any act or omission by the Participant involving malfeasance, negligence, or intentional failure in the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Company or an Affiliate and, within five (5) days after written notice from the Company or an Affiliate of any such act or omission, the Participant has not corrected such act or omission; or (C) the Participant otherwise fails to comply with the terms of the Plan, the applicable Award agreement or deviates from any written policies,


directives of the Board, employee handbook, or rules of conduct, including without limitation, the Company or its Affiliates’ drug and alcohol and no harassment policies, as such policies are amended from time to time. Any determination of whether Cause exists shall be made by the Committee or its designee in its sole discretion.

(f) “ Change in Control ” shall, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise or contains a different definition of “Change in Control,” be deemed to occur upon:

(i) the acquisition by any Person other than TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., and OCM TMM Holdings II L.P., or their respective Affiliates (each, individually an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided , however , that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company, or (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate; provided , however , that the foregoing exception for acquisitions by Investors, shall cease to apply with respect to such Investor after the date on which such Investor ceases to have beneficial ownership of at least 10% of the Outstanding Company Common Stock

(ii) individuals who, during any consecutive 24-month period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided , that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be deemed an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or

(iv) the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), or sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to an entity that is not an Affiliate of the Company (a “ Sale ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination or Sale: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the entity which has acquired all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company in a Sale (in either case, the “ Surviving Company ”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “ Parent

 

2


Company ”), is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination or Sale (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination or Sale), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination or Sale, (B) no Person (other than any Investor or any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination or Sale were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination or Sale.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

(h) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof if required with respect to actions taken to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code or to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act in respect of Awards or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such common stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(j) “ Company ” means Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(k) “ Date of Grant ” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization and set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

(l) “ Designated Foreign Subsidiaries ” means all Affiliates organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

(m) “ Disability ” means, unless in the case of a particular Award the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, (i) circumstances providing the Company or an Affiliate the ability to terminate a Participant’s Employment on account of “disability,” as defined in any then-existing employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or, (ii) in the absence of such an employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement (or in the absence of any definition of “disability” or term of similar import therein), a Participant’s total disability as defined below and (to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code) determined in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder:

(A) The Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

3


(B) A Participant will be deemed to have suffered a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. In addition, the Participant will be deemed to have suffered a Disability if determined to be disabled in accordance with a disability insurance program maintained by the Company.

(n) “ Effective Date ” means the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company.

(o) “ Eligible Director ” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and (iii) an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation.

(p) “ Eligible Person ” means any (i) individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate who satisfies all of the requirements of Section 6 of the Plan; provided , however , that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless, and to the extent, such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities registrable on Form S-8 under the Securities Act; or (iv) any prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Affiliates (and would satisfy the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) above once he or she begins employment with or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates).

(q) “ Employment ” means (i) a Participant’s employment if the Participant is an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a Participant’s services as a consultant, if the Participant is a consultant to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iii) a Participant’s services as a non-employee director, if the Participant is a non-employee member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate of the Company.

(r) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(s) “ Exercise Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

(t) “ Fair Market Value ” means, on a given date, unless the Committee determines otherwise, (i) if the Common Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market, the fair market value shall be any of the following, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion: (A) the price of the last sale before or the first sale after such date, (B) the closing price on the trading day before or the trading day of such date, (C) the arithmetic mean of the high and low prices on the trading day before or the trading day of the such date, or (D) such other amount determined by the Committee’s application of a reasonable method using actual transactions in such Common Stock as reported by such market; or (ii) if the Common Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the fair market value of the stock shall be determined by the Committee in good faith consistent with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable.

 

4


(u) “ Immediate Family Members ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15(b)(ii) of the Plan.

(v) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(w) “ Indemnifiable Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(f) of the Plan.

(x) “ Investor ” and “ Investors ” have the meaning given such term in the definition of “Change in Control”.

(y) “ Negative Discretion ” shall mean the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

(z) “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(aa) “ Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of a member of the Company or any Affiliate.

(bb) “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

(cc) “ Option ” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(dd) “ Option Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Plan.

(ee) “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(ff) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.

(gg) “ Performance Compensation Award ” shall mean any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(hh) “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.

(ii) “ Performance Formula ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(jj) “ Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.

 

5


(kk) “ Performance Period ” shall mean the one or more periods of time, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.

(ll) “ Permitted Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15(b)(ii) of the Plan.

(mm) “ Person ” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock of the Company.

(nn) “ Plan ” means this Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(oo) “ Released Unit ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9(e)(ii) of the Plan.

(pp) “ Restricted Period ” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award or a portion thereof is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

(qq) “ Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (including, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(rr) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain restrictions (including, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(ss) “ SAR Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(c) of the Plan.

(tt) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(uu) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(vv) “ Strike Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

(ww) “ Substitute Award ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(e) of the Plan.

(xx) “ Sub-Plans ” has the meaning given such term in Section 1 of the Plan.

(yy) “ Vesting Commencement Date ” has the meaning given such term in an applicable Award agreement under the Plan.

 

6


3. Effective Date; Duration. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided , however , that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

4. Administration. (a) The Committee shall administer the Plan. The majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, or any exception or exemption under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time he or she takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be an Eligible Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted or action taken by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted or taken under the Plan.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) accelerate the vesting, delivery or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on, or waive any condition in respect of, Awards; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Affiliate the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to persons (i) who are non-employee members of the Board or subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

7


(d) The Committee shall have the authority to amend the Plan (including by the adoption of appendices or Sub-Plans) and/or the terms and conditions relating to an Award to the extent necessary to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are located outside of the United States on terms and conditions comparable to those afforded to Eligible Persons located within the United States; provided , however , that no such action shall be taken without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including as necessary to prevent the Company from being denied a tax deduction on account of Section 162(m) of the Code).

(e) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any shareholder of the Company.

(f) No member of the Board, the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company (each such person, an “ Indemnifiable Person ”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld), in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

 

8


5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations. (a) The Committee may, from time to time, grant Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Other Stock-Based Awards and/or Performance Compensation Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.

(b) Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 12 of the Plan and subsection (e) below, no more than 7,956,955 shares of Common Stock may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan; (ii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than 3,903,748 shares of Common Stock may be delivered pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than 1,951,739 shares of Common Stock may be delivered in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan to any Participant for a single Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of $3,150,000 shares of Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates; and (iv) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash described in Section 11(a) of the Plan shall be $3,150,000.

(c) Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to have been used in settlement of Awards whether or not they are actually delivered; provided , however , that if the Fair Market Value equivalent of such shares is paid in cash such shares shall again become available for other Awards under the Plan. In addition, if shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award, or shares of Common Stock owned by a Participant are surrendered or tendered to the Company (either directly or by means of attestation) in payment of the Exercise Price of an Award or any taxes required to be withheld in respect of an Award, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and any applicable Award agreement, such surrendered or tendered shares shall be deemed delivered to the Participant and shall again become available for other Awards under the Plan; provided , however , that in no event shall such shares increase the number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered pursuant to Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan. In accordance with (and without limitation upon) the preceding sentence, if and to the extent an Award under the Plan expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason whatsoever, including if shares are not issued on the settlement of SARs, without the Participant having received any benefit therefrom, the shares covered by such Award shall again become available for other Awards under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a Participant shall not be deemed to have received any “benefit” (i) in the case of forfeited Restricted Stock by reason of having enjoyed voting rights and dividend rights prior to the date of forfeiture or (ii) in the case of an Award canceled by reason of a new Award being granted in substitution therefor.

(d) Shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of the foregoing. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e) Subject to Section 14(b), awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted or an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“ Substitute Awards ”). The number of shares of Common Stock underlying any Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan; provided , that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of

 

9


the Code that were previously granted by an entity that is acquired by the Company or any Affiliate through a merger or acquisition shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a shareholder approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

6. Eligibility. Participation shall be limited to Eligible Persons who have entered into an Award agreement or who have received written notification from the Committee, or from a person designated by the Committee, that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.

7. Options. (a) Generally . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the shareholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

(b) Exercise Price. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“ Exercise Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant. Any modification to the Exercise Price of an outstanding Option shall be subject to the prohibition on repricing set forth in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

(c) Vesting and Expiration.

(i) Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “ Option Period ”); provided , that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”) or otherwise prohibited by law, the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition but only to the extent such extension would not violate Section 409A of the Code; provided , however , that in no event shall the Option Period exceed five years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing

 

10


more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate; provided , further , that notwithstanding any vesting or exercisability dates set by the Committee, but subject to Section 11 below with respect to Performance Compensation Awards, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of such Option other than with respect to vesting and/or exercisability, as applicable.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement or any applicable employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, the unvested portion of an Option shall expire upon termination of Employment of the Participant to whom the Option was granted, and the vested portion of such Option shall remain exercisable for either (A) one year following termination of Employment with the Company and its Affiliates by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, but not later than the expiration of the Option Period, or (B) 90 days following termination of Employment with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason other than such Participant’s death or Disability, but not later than the expiration of the Option Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a termination of a Participant’s Employment with the Company and its Affiliates by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause, all of such Participant’s Options shall expire at the time of such termination, whether or not then vested.

(d) Other Terms and Conditions . Except as specifically provided otherwise in an Award agreement, each Option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Each Option or portion thereof that is exercisable shall be exercisable for the full amount or for any part thereof.

(ii) Each share of Common Stock purchased through the exercise of an Option shall be paid for in full at the time of the exercise. Each Option shall cease to be exercisable, as to any share, when the Participant purchases the share or when the Option expires.

(iii) Subject to Section 15(b) of the Plan, Options shall not be transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

(iv) At the time of any exercise of an Option, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, require a Participant to deliver to the Committee a written representation that the shares of Common Stock to be acquired upon such exercise are to be acquired for investment and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof. Upon such a request by the Committee, delivery of such representation prior to the delivery of any shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Participant or such other person to purchase any shares. In the event certificates for shares are delivered under the Plan with respect to which such investment representation has been obtained, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificates to make appropriate reference to such representation and to restrict transfer in the absence of compliance with applicable federal or state securities laws.

(e) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment. No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the

 

11


Company or its designee (including a third party administrator), or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee, in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding taxes shall be payable (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided , that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation: (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding taxes or (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding taxes or (C) by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay for the Exercise Price and the applicable minimum statutory withholding liability. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(f) Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option. Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instruction from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.

(g) Compliance With Laws, etc. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock of the Company is listed or quoted, if any.

(h) $100,000 Per Year Limitation for Incentive Stock Options . To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of shares of Common Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights. (a) Generally. Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.

 

12


(b) Strike Price. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price (“ Strike Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for, as provided in subsection (f) below) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option. Any modification to the Strike Price of an outstanding SAR shall be subject to the prohibition on repricing set forth in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

(c) Vesting and Expiration.

(i) A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable and shall expire in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “ SAR Period ”); provided , however , that notwithstanding any vesting or exercisability dates set by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of any SAR, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of such SAR other than with respect to vesting and/or exercisability. If the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or the Company-imposed “blackout period”) or otherwise prohibited by law, the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition but only to the extent such extension would not violate Section 409A of the Code.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement or any applicable employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, the unvested portion of a SAR shall expire upon termination of Employment of the Participant to whom the SAR was granted, and the vested portion of such SAR shall remain exercisable for either (A) one year following termination of Employment with the Company and its Affiliates by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, but not later than the expiration of the SAR Period, or (B) 90 days following termination of Employment with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason other than such Participant’s death or Disability, but not later than the expiration of the SAR Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a termination of a Participant’s Employment with the Company and its Affiliates by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause, all of such Participant’s SARs shall expire at the time of such termination, whether or not then vested.

(d) Other Terms and Conditions . Except as specifically provided otherwise in an Award agreement, each SAR granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Each SAR or portion thereof that is exercisable shall be exercisable for the full amount or for any part thereof.

(ii) Subject to Section 15(b) of the Plan, SARs shall not be transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

(iii) At the time of any exercise of a SAR, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, require a Participant to deliver to the Committee a written representation that the shares of Common Stock to be acquired upon such exercise are to be acquired for investment and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof. Upon such a request by the Committee, delivery

 

13


of such representation prior to the delivery of any shares issued upon exercise of a SAR shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Participant or such other person to purchase any shares. In the event certificates for shares are delivered under the Plan with respect to which such investment representation has been obtained, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificates to make appropriate reference to such representation and to restrict transfer in the absence of compliance with applicable federal or state securities laws.

(e) Method of Exercise. SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written (or electronic notice or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) notice of exercise to the Company or its designee (including a third party administrator) in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on the last day of the Option Period (or in the case of a SAR independent of an Option, the SAR Period), the Fair Market Value exceeds the Strike Price, the Participant has not exercised the SAR or the corresponding Option (if applicable), and neither the SAR nor the corresponding Option (if applicable) has expired, such SAR shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day and the Company shall make the appropriate payment therefor.

(f) Payment. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that are being exercised multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld based on the minimum statutory withholding liability. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(g) Substitution of SARs for Nonqualified Stock Options . The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to substitute, without the consent of the affected Participant or any holder or beneficiary of SARs, SARs settled in shares of Common Stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for outstanding Nonqualified Stock Options, provided that (i) the substitution shall not otherwise result in a modification of the terms of any such Nonqualified Stock Option or constitute a modification or extension of the Nonqualified Stock Option under Section 409A of the Code, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the substituted SARs shall be the same as the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Nonqualified Stock Options and (iii) the Strike Price of the substituted SARs shall be equal to the Exercise Price of such Nonqualified Stock Options; provided , however , that if, in the opinion of the Company’s independent public auditors, the foregoing provision creates adverse accounting consequences for the Company, such provision shall be considered null and void.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. (a) Generally. Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as determined by the Committee and may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. The Committee shall establish restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, including the Restricted Period, and the time or times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted or become vested. The Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting and/or the lapse of any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units which acceleration shall not affect any other terms and conditions of such Awards.

 

14


(b) Stock Certificates; Escrow or Similar Arrangement. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending vesting and the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 15(a) of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the applicable Award agreement, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder as to such Restricted Stock, including without limitation the right to vote such Restricted Stock (provided that any dividends payable on such shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company and delivered (without interest) to the Participant within 15 days following the date on which the restrictions on such Restricted Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate)). The Committee shall also be permitted to cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued. To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a shareholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(c) Vesting; Acceleration of Lapse of Restrictions . Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units awarded to a Participant shall be subject to forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period and the attainment of any other vesting criteria established by the Committee, and Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following provisions in addition to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award agreement: (i) if an escrow arrangement is used, the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate, and (ii) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or any applicable employment, consulting, change in control, severance, or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, the unvested portion of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall terminate and be forfeited upon termination of Employment of the Participant granted the applicable Award. In the event of any forfeiture of Restricted Stock, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a shareholder shall terminate without further action or obligation on the part of the Company. In the event of any forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate without further action or obligation on the part of the Company. The Committee may in its sole discretion, but subject to Section 11(a) with respect to Performance Compensation Awards, accelerate the lapse of any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units at any time, which acceleration shall not affect any other terms and conditions of such Awards.

(d) Dividend Equivalents : No shares shall be issued at the time an Award of Restricted Stock Units is made, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. At the discretion of the Committee, each Restricted Stock Unit (representing one share of Common Stock) awarded to a Participant may be credited with cash and stock dividends paid in respect of one share of Common Stock (“ Dividend Equivalents ”). Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, at the discretion of the Committee, Dividend Equivalents may be either currently paid to the Participant or reserved by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash Dividend Equivalents withheld at a reasonable rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Participant’s account and attributable to any particular

 

15


Restricted Stock Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant upon settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit and, if such Restricted Stock Unit is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such Dividend Equivalents. Any entitlement to Dividend Equivalents or similar entitlements shall be established and administered consistent either with exemption from, or compliance with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(e) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

(i) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock and the attainment of any other vesting criteria established by the Committee, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge a notice evidencing a book entry notation (or, if applicable, the stock certificate) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share). Dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period and the attainment of any other vesting criteria established by the Committee, with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit which has not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired and any other such vesting criteria are attained (“ Released Unit ”); provided , however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Released Units or (ii) defer the delivery of Common Stock (or cash or part Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units, less an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld.

(f) Legends on Restricted Stock. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION 2013 OMNIBUS EQUITY AWARD PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF                     , BETWEEN TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION AND                     . A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

 

16


10. Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, rights to receive grants of Awards at a future date, or other Awards denominated in Common Stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units), or Awards that provide for cash payments based in whole or in part on the value or future value of shares of Common Stock under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Other Stock-Based Award so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement including, without limitation, the payment by the Participant of the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

11. Performance Compensation Awards. (a) Generally. To the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable, the Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award described in Sections 7 through 10 of the Plan, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any Award to a Participant who is a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) for a fiscal year that satisfies the requirements of this Section 11 may be treated as a Performance Compensation Award in the absence of any such Committee designation, and if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 11 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan).

(b) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing (which may be in the form of minutes of a meeting of the Committee).

(c) Performance Criteria. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more Affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, units, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following: (i) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (ii) pre- or after-tax income (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); (iii) operating income (before or after taxes); (iv) revenue, net revenue, net revenue growth or product revenue growth; (v) gross profit or gross profit growth; (vi) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vii) earnings, including earnings before or after interest, depreciation and/or taxes; (viii) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, net assets, capital, total capital, tangible capital, invested capital, equity, sales, or total shareholder return); (ix) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash

 

17


flow return on capital, cash flow return on investment, and cash flow per share (before or after dividends)); (x) margins, gross or operating margins, or cash margin; (xi) operating efficiency; (xii) productivity ratios; (xiii) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return); (xiv) expense targets; (xv) objective measures of customer satisfaction; (xvi) working capital targets; (xvii) measures of economic value added, or economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; (xviii) inventory control; (xix) enterprise value; (xx) net sales; (xxi) appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the Company’s Common Stock; (xxii) market share; (xxiii) comparisons with various stock market indices; (xxiv) reductions in costs; (xxv) improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels; (xxvi) year-end cash; (xxvii) debt reductions; (xxviii) shareholder equity; (xxix) regulatory achievements; (xxx) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures and recruiting and maintaining personnel or (xxxi) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or a percentage of a prior period’s Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute, relative or adjusted basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting, delivery and exercisability of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

(d) Modification of Performance Goal(s). In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining shareholder approval of such alterations, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such alterations without obtaining shareholder approval. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Compensation Award is granted, the Committee is authorized at any time during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for such Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and (x) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

(e) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards. (i) Condition to Receipt of Payment. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement or any employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, a Participant must be employed by or rendering services to the Company or an Affiliate on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

 

18


(ii) Limitation. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, or any employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved, as determined by the Committee; and (B) all or some of the portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals as determined by the Committee.

(iii) Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing (which may be in the form of minutes of a meeting of the Committee) whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing (which may be in the form of minutes of a meeting of the Committee) that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion.

(iv) Use of Negative Discretion. In determining the actual amount of an individual Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to (A) provide payment or delivery in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

(f) Timing of Award Payments. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 11. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. To the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable, unless otherwise provided in an Award agreement, any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d) of the Plan).

12. Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events. In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common

 

19


Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transactions or events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) that affects the shares of Common Stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in any case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation any or all of the following:

(i) adjusting any or all of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be delivered in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan) and (B) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate, (2) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria, Performance Formula and Performance Goals) solely to the extent such adjustment would not cause any Performance Compensation Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code;

(ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), accelerating the delivery, vesting and/or exercisability of, lapse of restrictions and/or other conditions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than ten (10) days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and

(iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards (or awards of an acquiring company) and causing to be paid to the holders thereof, in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor).

Payments to holders pursuant to paragraph (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or a combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price). In addition, in connection with any such transaction, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 12, the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his Awards, (B) bear such Participant’s pro-rata

 

20


share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Common Stock, and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto, “ ASC 718 ”), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 12 (other than any cancelation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 12 shall be made in a manner that does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Company shall give each Participant notice (including by placement on the Company’s website) of an adjustment hereunder, and upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

13. Effect of Change in Control.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, except to the extent otherwise provided in an Award agreement, or any applicable employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, in the event of a Change in Control, if a Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Company and its Affiliates other than for Cause (and other than due to death or Disability) within the 24-month period following a Change in Control, then:

(i) all then-outstanding Options and SARs shall become immediately exercisable as of such Participant’s date of termination with respect to all of the shares subject to such Option or SAR;

(ii) the Restricted Period shall expire as of such Participant’s date of termination with respect to all of then-outstanding shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units (including without limitation a waiver of any applicable Performance Goals); and

(iii) Awards previously deferred shall be settled in full as soon as practicable following such Participant’s date of termination.

(b) All incomplete Performance Periods in effect on the date the Change in Control occurs shall end on such date, and the Committee may (i) determine the extent to which Performance Goals with respect to each such Performance Period have been met based upon such audited or unaudited financial information or other information then available as it deems relevant and (ii) cause the Participant to receive partial or full payment of Awards for each such Performance Period based upon the Committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of Performance Goals, or assuming that the applicable “target” levels of performance have been attained or on such other basis determined by the Committee.

(c) In addition, in the event of a Change of Control, the Committee may in its discretion and upon at least five (5) days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Award and pay to the holders thereof, in cash, securities or other property (including of the acquiring or successor company), or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event. Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall exercise such discretion over any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code at the time such Award is granted.

 

21


(d) The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(e) To the extent practicable, the provisions of this Section 13 shall occur in a manner and at a time which allows affected Participants the ability to participate in the Change in Control transaction with respect to the Common Stock subject to their Awards.

14. Amendments and Termination. (a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock may be listed or quoted), as applicable; provided , further , except as provided for herein, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 14(b) of the Plan without shareholder approval.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s termination of Employment with the Company); provided that, except as provided for herein, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided , further , that without shareholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR, (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash in a manner which would either (A) be reportable on the Company’s proxy statement as Options which have been “repriced” (as such term is used in Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act), or (B) result in any “repricing” for financial statement reporting purposes (or otherwise cause the Award to fail to qualify for equity accounting treatment) and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, if any.

15. General. (a) Award Agreements. Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto. For purposes of the Plan, an Award agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

22


(b) Nontransferability. (i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statements promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “ Immediate Family Members ”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or (D) any other transferee as may be approved either (I) by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion, or (II) as provided in the applicable Award agreement; (each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the termination of the Participant’s Employment by, or services to, the Company or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Permitted Transferee as if the Permitted Transferee were the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. The Committee in its sole discretion may provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation, payment directly to the

 

23


Participant, reserving of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards; provided, that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends and dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid as soon as administratively practicable, but no more than 30 days after such Awards are earned and become distributable).

(d) Tax Withholding. (i) A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right (but not the obligation) and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property) of any required withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding and taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability (but no more than the minimum required statutory liability withholding liability, if required to avoid adverse accounting treatment of the Award as a liability award under ACS 718) by (A) payment in cash; (B) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (C) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.

(e) No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver. No employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Company or any of its Affiliates may at any time dismiss a Participant from Employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award agreement, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Company and its Affiliates and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on or after the Date of Grant.

(f) Data Privacy . As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including, but not

 

24


limited to, the Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and details of all Awards (the “ Data ”). In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, the Company and its Affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. Recipients of the Data may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his local human resources representative. The Company may cancel the Participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committee’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

(g) International Participants. Without limiting the generality of Section 4(d) of the Plan, with respect to Participants who are foreign nationals or who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expect to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may in its sole discretion amend the terms of the Plan or Sub-Plans or appendices thereto, or outstanding Awards, with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or its Affiliates.

(h) Designation and Change of Beneficiary. Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his or her death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided , however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse (or domestic partner if such status is recognized by the Company according to the procedures established by the Company and in such jurisdiction), or if the Participant is otherwise unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate. After receipt of Options in accordance with this paragraph, beneficiaries will only be able to exercise such options in accordance with Section 7(e) of this Plan.

(i) Termination of Employment. Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement or any employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, unless determined otherwise by the Committee: (i) neither a temporary absence from Employment due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a

 

25


call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from Employment with the Company to Employment with an Affiliate (or vice-versa) shall be considered a termination of Employment with the Company or an Affiliate; and (ii) if a Participant’s Employment with the Company and its Affiliates terminates, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company or its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity (including as a Non-Employee Director) (or vice-versa), such change in status shall not be considered a termination of Employment with the Company or an Affiliate for purposes of the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Participant’s employer ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), each Participant who is employed by or provides services to such employer shall be deemed to have suffered a termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction, unless the Participant’s Employment is transferred to the Company or another entity that would constitute an Affiliate immediately following such transaction.

(j) No Rights as a Shareholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to that person.

(k) Government and Other Regulations. (i) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award agreement, the federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which such shares or other securities of the Company are then listed or quoted and any other applicable federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(ii) The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to

 

26


cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or delivered, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of delivery of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof except as would otherwise cause the Award to fail to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code.

(l) No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company. No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

(m) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants. If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative or a beneficiary designation form has been filed with the Company) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(n) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

(o) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(p) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board (and their respective designees) shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself or herself.

 

27


(q) Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(r) Purchase for Investment . Whether or not the Options and shares covered by the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act, each person exercising an Option under the Plan or acquiring shares under the Plan may be required by the Company to give a representation in writing that such person is acquiring such shares for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any part thereof. The Company will endorse any necessary legend referring to the foregoing restriction upon the certificate or certificates representing any shares issued or transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of any Option granted under the Plan.

(s) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

(t) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(u) Obligations Binding on Successors. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(v) 409A of the Code. (i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Plan either (i) qualify for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, or (ii) satisfies such requirements and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for not being subject to taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Company (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments or deliveries in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A

 

28


of the Code shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code after giving effect to the presumptions contained in the regulations thereunder) or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments or deliveries will be paid or delivered (without interest) in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) Clawback/Forfeiture . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such Award if the Participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate or after termination of such Employment, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or non-disclosure covenant or agreement, engages in conduct that would constitute Cause under the Plan or otherwise has engaged in or engages in activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interest of the Company or any Affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any activity referred to in the preceding sentence, the Participant shall forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized thereafter on the vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award, the sale or other transfer of such Award, or the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired in respect of such Award, and must promptly repay such amounts to the Company. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that in the event of an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance by the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws or as a result of any mistake in calculations or other administrative error, in each case, which reduces the amount of the Award that would have been earned had the financial results been properly reported (as determined by the Committee) (i) the Award will be cancelled and (ii) the Participant will forfeit (A) the shares of Common Stock received or payable on the vesting or exercise of the Award and (B) the amount of the proceeds of the sale, gain or other value realized on the vesting or exercise of the Award (and the Participant may be required to return or pay such shares of Common Stock or amount to the Company). To the extent required by applicable law (including without limitation Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of NYSE or other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the Company, Awards shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into all outstanding Award agreements).

(x) Code Section 162(m) Re-approval. If so determined by the Committee, the provisions of the Plan regarding Performance Compensation Awards shall be submitted for re-approval by the shareholders of the Company no later than the first shareholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year that shareholders previously approved such provisions following the date of initial shareholder approval, for purposes of exempting certain Awards granted after such time from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code. Nothing in this subsection, however, shall affect the validity of Awards granted after such time if such shareholder approval has not been obtained.

 

29


(y) Expenses; Gender; Titles and Headings. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

*        *        *

As adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company

on April     , 2013.

As approved by the shareholders of the Company

on April     , 2013.

 

30

Exhibit 10.15

FORM OF OPTION AGREEMENT

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

2013 OMNIBUS EQUITY AWARD PLAN

EMPLOYEE NONQUALIFIED

OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS NONQUALIFIED OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [Insert Date] (the “ Date of Grant ”), is made by and between Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Insert Name] (“ Participant ”). Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), pursuant to which Options may be granted; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to Participant subject to the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option.

(a) Grant . The Company hereby grants to Participant an Option (the “ Option ”) to purchase [Insert Number] shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (“ Shares ”) (such Shares, the “ Option Shares ”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. The Exercise Price, being the price at which Participant shall be entitled to purchase the Option Shares upon the exercise of all or any portion of the Option, shall be $ [Insert Price] per Option Share.

(b) Incorporation by Reference, Etc. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall have final authority to interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement and to make any and all determinations under them, and its decision shall be binding and conclusive upon Participant and his or her legal representative in respect of any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

2. Vesting. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, subject to Participant’s continued Employment with the Company or an Affiliate through the applicable vesting date and the satisfaction of the “IPO Condition” (as described below), the Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Date of Grant (each such date, a “ Vesting Date ”). The “IPO Condition” shall be deemed satisfied upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering of the Shares. Any fractional Option Shares resulting from the application of the vesting schedule shall be aggregated and the Option Shares resulting from such aggregation shall vest on the final Vesting Date.

3. Termination of Employment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 13 of the Plan, if Participant’s Employment with the Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, terminates for any reason, then the unvested portion of the Option shall be cancelled immediately and Participant shall immediately forfeit any rights to the Option Shares subject to such unvested portion.


4. Expiration.

(a) In no event shall all or any portion of the Option be exercisable after the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Option Period ”).

(b) If, prior to the end of the Option Period, Participant’s Employment with the Company and all of its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or its Affiliates without Cause, [ by the Participant for Good Reason], or by Participant for any reason other than [(i) for Good Reason or (ii)] at a time when grounds to terminate Participant’s Employment for Cause exist, the Option shall expire on the earlier of the last day of the Option Period or the date that is 90 days after the date of such termination. In the event of a termination described in this subsection (b), the Option shall remain exercisable by Participant until its expiration only to the extent the Option was exercisable at the time of such termination.

(c) If Participant dies or is terminated on account of Disability prior to the end of the Option Period and while still in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, the Option shall remain exercisable by Participant or his or her beneficiary, as applicable, until the earlier of the last day of the Option Period or the date that is one year after the date of death or termination on account of Disability of Participant, as applicable.

(d) If Participant ceases Employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates due to a termination for Cause or a termination by Participant for any reason at a time when grounds to terminate Participant’s Employment for Cause exist, the Option (including any vested portion of the Option) shall expire immediately upon such cessation of Employment.

5. Method of Exercise.

(a) Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of a duly executed written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal business office using such form as attached hereto as Annex A or such other form, as may be required from time to time by the Company. Participant may obtain such form(s) by contacting the General Counsel at Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, Arizona 85251.

(b) No Option Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of the Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company in accordance with Section 5(c) of this Agreement and Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld.

(c) Subject to applicable law, the Exercise Price and applicable tax withholding shall be payable (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of Shares in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided , that such Shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; (ii) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price and the applicable minimum required statutory withholding liability; (iii) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price and the applicable minimum

 

2


required statutory withholding liability; (iv) by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of Shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay for the Exercise Price and the applicable minimum statutory withholding liability or (iv) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, on the last day of the Option Period, the Fair Market Value exceeds the Exercise Price, Participant has not exercised the Option, and the Option has not expired, such Option shall be deemed to have been exercised by Participant on such last day by means of a net exercise and the Company shall deliver to Participant the number of Shares for which the Option was deemed exercised less such number of Shares required to be withheld to cover the payment of the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional Share shall be settled in cash.

6. Rights as a Shareholder. Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares subject to this Option unless, until and to the extent that (i) this Option shall have been exercised pursuant to its terms, (ii) the Company shall have issued and delivered to Participant the Option Shares, and (iii) Participant’s name shall have been entered as a shareholder of record with respect to such Option Shares on the books of the Company.

7. Restrictive Covenants . In consideration of the grant of the Option, Participant agrees that Participant will comply with noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality restrictions set forth in any restrictive covenant agreement, employment agreement or similar agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates as in effect on the Date of Grant, or any such agreement that the Company or any of its Affiliates requires Participant to enter into as a condition to receipt of this Option. In the event that Participant violates any of the restrictive covenants set forth in any such agreement, the Option shall be automatically forfeited effective as of the date on which such violation first occurs, and, in the event that Participant has previously exercised all or any portion of the Option, Participant shall forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized on the exercise of such Option, or the subsequent sale of Shares acquired in respect of such Option, and must promptly repay such amounts to the Company. The foregoing rights and remedies are in addition to any other rights and remedies that may be available to the Company and shall not prevent (and Participant shall not assert that they shall prevent) the Company from bringing one or more actions in any applicable jurisdiction to recover damages as a result of Participant’s breach of such restrictive covenants.

8. Compliance with Legal Requirements.

(a) Generally . The granting and exercising of the Option, and any other obligations of the Company under this Agreement, shall be subject to all applicable federal, provincial, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Committee shall have the right to impose such restrictions on the Option as it deems necessary or advisable under applicable federal securities laws, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or market upon which Shares are then listed or traded, and/or any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares. Participant agrees to take all steps the Committee or the Company determines are necessary to comply with all applicable provisions of federal and state securities law in exercising his or her rights under this Agreement.

(b) Tax Withholding . The exercise of the Option (or any portion thereof) shall be subject to Participant satisfying any applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold from all amounts payable to Participant in connection with the Option or otherwise, or require Participant to remit to the Company, an

 

3


amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding liability required by law. Further, the Company may permit or require Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, such tax obligations by withholding Shares that would otherwise be received upon exercise of the Option.

9. Clawback. In the event of an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance by the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws or as a result of any mistake in calculations or other administrative error, in each case, which reduces the amount payable in respect of the Option that would have been earned had the financial results been properly reported (as determined by the Committee) (i) the Option will be cancelled and (ii) Participant will forfeit (A) the Shares (or cash) received or payable on the vesting or exercise of the Option and (B) the amount of the proceeds of the sale, gain or other value realized on the vesting or exercise of the Option or the Shares acquired in respect of such Option (and Participant may be required to return or pay such Shares or amount to the Company). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate or after termination of such Employment, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or non-disclosure covenant or agreement, including but not limited to the covenants described in Section 7 above, or otherwise has engaged in or engages in activity that constitutes Cause under the Plan or is in conflict with or adverse to the interest of the Company or any Affiliate as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, then (i) any outstanding, vested or unvested, earned or unearned portion of the Option may, at the Committee’s discretion, be canceled without any payment therefor and (ii) the Committee, in its discretion, may require Participant or other person to whom any payment has been made or Shares or other property have been transferred in connection with the exercise of the Option to forfeit and pay over to the Company, on demand, all or any portion of the compensation, gain or other value (whether or not taxable) realized upon the exercise of such Option, or the subsequent sale of the Shares acquired upon exercise of such Option. To the extent required by applicable law (including without limitation Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of New York Stock Exchange or other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted, or if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the Company, which may be amended from time to time, the Option (or the Shares acquired upon exercise of such Option) shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement).

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Transferability . The Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or as otherwise permitted under Section 15(b) of the Plan. In the event of Participant’s death, the Option shall thereafter be exercisable (to the extent otherwise exercisable hereunder) only by Participant’s executors or administrators.

(b) Waiver . Any right of the Company contained in this Agreement may be waived in writing by the Committee. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach.

(c) Section 409A . The Option is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if any provision of the Plan or this Agreement contravenes Section 409A of the Code or could cause Participant to incur any tax, interest or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and

 

4


without Participant’s consent, modify such provision to (i) comply with, or avoid being subject to, Section 409A of the Code, or to avoid the incurrence of taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, and/or (ii) maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to Participant of the applicable provision without materially increasing the cost to the Company or contravening the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. This Section 10(c) does not create an obligation on the part of the Company to modify the Plan or this Agreement and does not guarantee that the Option or the Option Shares will not be subject to interest and penalties under Section 409A.

(d) Notices . Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax, pdf/email or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to Participant, at Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, to the attention of the General Counsel at the Company’s principal business office.

(e) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(f) No Rights to Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Participant any right to be retained, in any position with the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.

(g) Fractional Shares . In lieu of issuing a fraction of a Share resulting from any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to pay to Participant an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such fractional Share.

(h) Beneficiary . Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. Any notice should be made to the attention of the General Counsel of the Company at the Company’s principal business office. If no designated beneficiary survives Participant, Participant’s estate shall be deemed to be Participant’s beneficiary.

(i) Bound by Plan and Acceptance of Agreement . By signing this Agreement, Participant acknowledges that Participant has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan. By accepting this Agreement, Participant consents to the electronic delivery of prospectuses, annual reports and other information required to be delivered by Securities and Exchange Commission rules (which consent may be revoked in writing by Participant at any time upon three business days’ notice to the Company, in which case subsequent prospectuses, annual reports and other information will be delivered in hard copy to Participant).

(j) Successors . The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and of Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of Participant.

(k) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereto. No change, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same be in writing and signed by the parties hereto, except for any changes permitted without consent under Section 12 of the Plan.

 

5


(l) Governing Law; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . To the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, this Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States, as applicable. THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN THE EVENT ANY ACTION ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT IS LITIGATED OR HEARD IN ANY COURT.

(m) Headings . The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Participant have executed this Agreement as set forth below.

 

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:   Sheryl D. Palmer
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

Agreed to and Accepted by:

 

[Employee Name]
Date:  

[Signature Page to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement]


Annex A

NOTICE OF OPTION EXERCISE

PURSUANT TO THE TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

2013 OMNIBUS EQUITY AWARD PLAN

To exercise your option to purchase shares of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) Common Stock (“ Shares ”), please fill out this form and return it to the Secretary of the Company, together with a check in the amount of the exercise price due , which is the product of the number of Shares with respect to which you are exercising the option and the per share exercise price. You are not required to exercise your option with respect to all Shares thereunder. You also must include, as applicable, a check in the amount of any required payroll tax withholding and income tax withholding due in connection with your exercise unless the Board administering the Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan specifically provides for such obligation to be satisfied in a different manner.

I hereby exercise my right to purchase          Shares under the option granted to me pursuant to the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between myself and the Company, dated as of             , 20    . I am vested in my option as to the Shares being purchased hereunder. I have enclosed one or more checks covering both the exercise price of $         and the required payroll tax withholding and income tax withholding of $        . (Please contact the office of the Secretary of the Company to determine the amount of any required payroll tax withholding and income tax withholding.) I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, I am legally entitled to exercise this option.

 

Signature:  
Printed Name:  
Social Security Number:  

Date:                     

Exhibit 10.16

FORM OF RSU AGREEMENT

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

2013 OMNIBUS EQUITY AWARD PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [Insert Date] (the “ Date of Grant ”), is made by and between Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Insert Name] (“ Participant ”). Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Taylor Morrison Home Corporation 2013 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), pursuant to which Restricted Stock Units may be granted; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Restricted Stock Units provided for herein to Participant subject to the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Grant . The Company hereby grants to Participant an award of [Insert Number] Restricted Stock Units (the “ RSUs ”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan. Each RSU represents the right to receive payment in respect of one share of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (a “ Share ”) as of the Settlement Date (as defined below), subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan. The RSUs are subject to the restrictions described herein, including forfeiture under the circumstances described in Section 4 hereof. The RSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable in accordance with Section 2 and Section 4 hereof.

(b) Incorporation by Reference, Etc. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall have final authority to interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement and to make any and all determinations under them, and its decision shall be binding and conclusive upon Participant and his or her legal representative in respect of any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

2. Vesting . Except as may otherwise be provided herein, subject to Participant’s continued Employment with the Company or an Affiliate through the applicable vesting date and satisfaction of both the “performance condition” and “IPO condition” (each as defined below), the RSUs shall become vested with respect to twenty-five - percent (25%) of the RSUs on each of the first four anniversaries of the Grant Date; provided, that, if the performance condition has not been met as of any such annual vesting date, then such portion of the RSUs shall continue to have


the opportunity to become vested with respect to the performance condition on such subsequent date on which the performance condition is first satisfied. The “performance condition” shall be satisfied only if the weighted average price (after reduction for underwriting discount and commissions) at which the “Principal Equityholders” (as defined below) have actually sold their common units of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“TMM II”), or related Shares, exceeds the price per Share paid by the public in the Company’s initial public offering as set forth on the front cover of the final prospectus, it being understood that (i) all sales by the Principal Equityholders through December 31, 2015 will be included (including sales of common units of TMM II as part of the synthetic secondary component of the initial public offering) and (ii) the “performance condition” will be satisfied the first time prior to December 31, 2015 that the weighted-average price per common unit (or related Share) actually sold by the Principal Equityholders, after reduction for underwriting discount and commissions, exceeds the applicable threshold. If the performance condition has not been met as of December 31, 2015, all of the RSUs being granted hereunder shall be automatically forfeited without consideration and of no further force or effect. The “Principal Equityholders” refers collectively to: (i) TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., and (ii) OCM TMM Holdings II L.P. The “IPO Condition” shall be deemed satisfied upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering of the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the authority to remove the restrictions on the RSUs whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the Date of Grant, such action is appropriate.

3. Settlement . The obligation to make payments and distributions with respect to RSUs shall be satisfied through the issuance of one Share for each vested RSU (the “ settlement ”), and the settlement of the RSUs may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee shall determine. The RSUs shall be settled as soon as practicable after the RSUs vest, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the calendar year in which the RSUs vested (as applicable, the “ Settlement Date ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment dates set forth in this Section 3 have been specified for the purpose of being exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

4. Termination of Employment. If Participant’s Employment with the Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, terminates for any reason, then the unvested portion of the RSUs shall be cancelled immediately and Participant shall immediately forfeit any rights to the RSUs subject to such unvested portion.

5. Dividend Equivalents; No Voting Rights. Each outstanding RSU shall be credited with dividend equivalents with respect to any extraordinary dividends, if so determined by the Committee, declared and paid to other shareholders of the Company in respect of one Share. Dividend equivalents shall not bear interest. On the Settlement Date, such dividend equivalents, if any, in respect of each vested RSU shall be settled by delivery to Participant of a number of Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate accumulated value of such dividend equivalents by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the applicable vesting date, rounded down to the nearest whole share, less any applicable withholding taxes. No dividend equivalents shall be accrued for the benefit of Participant with respect to record dates occurring prior to the Date of Grant, or with respect to record dates occurring on or after the date, if any, on which Participant has forfeited the RSUs. Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to the RSUs or any dividend equivalents.

6. No Rights as Shareholder . Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares subject to the RSUs until such Shares, if any, are delivered to Participant in accordance with Section 3 hereof. The Company shall not be required to set aside any fund for the payment of the RSUs.

7. Restrictive Covenants . In consideration of the grant of the RSUs, Participant agrees that Participant will comply with noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality restrictions set

 

2


forth in any restrictive covenant agreement, employment agreement or similar agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates as in effect on the Date of Grant, or any such agreement that the Company or any of its Affiliates requires Participant to enter into as a condition to receipt of the RSUs. In the event that Participant violates any of the restrictive covenants set forth in any such agreement, the RSUs shall be automatically forfeited effective as of the date on which such violation first occurs, and, in the event that Participant has previously vested in all or any portion of the RSUs, Participant shall forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized on the settlement of such RSUs, or the subsequent sale of Shares acquired upon settlement of the RSUs (if any), and must promptly repay such amounts to the Company. The foregoing rights and remedies are in addition to any other rights and remedies that may be available to the Company and shall not prevent (and Participant shall not assert that they shall prevent) the Company from bringing one or more actions in any applicable jurisdiction to recover damages as a result of Participant’s breach of such restrictive covenants.

8. Compliance with Legal Requirements.

(a) Generally . The granting and settlement of the RSUs, and any other obligations of the Company under this Agreement, shall be subject to all applicable federal, provincial, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Committee shall have the right to impose such restrictions or delay the settlement of the RSUs as it deems necessary or advisable under applicable income tax laws, federal securities laws, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or market upon which the Shares are then listed or traded, and/or any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to the Shares; provided that any settlement shall be delayed only until the earliest date on which settlement would not be so prohibited. Participant agrees to take all steps the Committee or the Company determines are necessary to comply with all applicable provisions of federal and state securities law in exercising his or her rights under this Agreement.

(b) Tax Withholding . All distributions under the Plan are subject to withholding of all applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes, and the Committee may condition the settlement of the RSUs on satisfaction of the applicable withholding obligations. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold from all amounts payable to Participant in connection with the RSUs or otherwise, or require Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding liability required by law. Further, the Company may permit or require Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, such tax obligations by withholding Shares or other property deliverable to Participant in connection with the settlement of RSUs or from any compensation or other amounts owing to Participant the amount (in cash, Shares or other property) of any required tax withholding upon the settlement of the RSUs.

9. Clawback. In the event of an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance by the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws or as a result of any mistake in calculations or other administrative error, in each case, which reduces the amount payable in respect of the RSUs that would have been earned had the financial results been properly reported (as determined by the Committee) (i) the RSUs will be cancelled and (ii) Participant will forfeit (A) the Shares (or cash) received or payable on the settlement of the RSUs and (B) the amount of the proceeds of the sale, gain or other value realized on the settlement of the RSUs (and Participant may be required to return or pay such Shares or amount to the Company). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any

 

3


Affiliate or after termination of such Employment, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or non-disclosure covenant or agreement, including but not limited to the covenants described in Section 7 above, or otherwise has engaged in or engages in activity that constitutes Cause under the Plan or is in conflict with or adverse to the interest of the Company or any Affiliate as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, then (i) any outstanding, vested or unvested, earned or unearned portion of the RSUs, may at the Committee’s discretion, be canceled without payment therefor and (ii) the Committee, in its discretion, may require Participant or other person to whom any payment has been made or Shares or other property have been transferred in connection with the settlement of the RSUs to forfeit and pay over to the Company, on demand, all or any portion of the compensation, gain or other value (whether or not taxable) realized upon on the settlement of such RSUs, or the subsequent sale of acquired Shares (if any). To the extent required by applicable law (including without limitation Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of New York Stock Exchange or other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted, or if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the Company, which may be amended from time to time, the RSUs (or the Shares acquired upon settlement of the RSUs (if any)) shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement).

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Transferability . The RSUs may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or as otherwise permitted under Section 15(b) of the Plan.

(b) Waiver . Any right of the Company contained in this Agreement may be waived in writing by the Committee. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach.

(c) Section 409A . The RSUs are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if any provision of the Plan or this Agreement contravenes Section 409A of the Code or could cause Participant to incur any tax, interest or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without Participant’s consent, modify such provision to (i) comply with, or avoid being subject to, Section 409A of the Code, or to avoid the incurrence of taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, and/or (ii) maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to Participant of the applicable provision without materially increasing the cost to the Company or contravening the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. This Section 10(c) does not create an obligation on the part of the Company to modify the Plan or this Agreement and does not guarantee that the RSUs will not be subject to interest and penalties under Section 409A.

(d) Notices . Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax, pdf/email or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual

 

4


receipt. Notices shall be directed, if to Participant, at Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, to the attention of the General Counsel at the Company’s principal business office.

(e) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(f) No Rights to Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Participant any right to be retained, in any position with the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.

(g) Beneficiary . Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. Any notice should be made to the attention of the General Counsel of the Company at the Company’s principal business office. If no designated beneficiary survives Participant, Participant’s estate shall be deemed to be Participant’s beneficiary.

(h) Bound by Plan and Acceptance of Agreement . By signing this Agreement, Participant acknowledges that Participant has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan. By accepting this Agreement, Participant consents to the electronic delivery of prospectuses, annual reports and other information required to be delivered by Securities and Exchange Commission rules (which consent may be revoked in writing by Participant at any time upon three business days’ notice to the Company, in which case subsequent prospectuses, annual reports and other information will be delivered in hard copy to Participant).

(i) Successors . The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and of Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of Participant.

(j) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereto. No change, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same be in writing and signed by the parties hereto, except for any changes permitted without consent under Section 12 of the Plan.

 

5


(k) Governing Law; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . To the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, this Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States, as applicable. THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN THE EVENT ANY ACTION ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT IS LITIGATED OR HEARD IN ANY COURT.

(l) Headings . The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Participant have executed this Agreement as set forth below.

 

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:   Sheryl D. Palmer
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

 

Agreed to and Accepted by:
                                                                          
[Participant]
Date:

[Signature Page to RSU Award Agreement]

Exhibit 10.17

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE SECURITIES ACQUIRED HEREUNDER MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS THEREUNDER.

CLASS B COMMON STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS CLASS B COMMON STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [ ], 2013, by and between Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the parties listed on Schedule I hereto (each, a “ Subscriber ”).

WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of the shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and reorganization transactions contemplated by that certain Reorganization Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2013, by and among the Company, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized under the laws of British Columbia (“ TMM ”), TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ New TMM ”) and certain other parties listed therein (the “ Reorganization Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, holders of units representing partnership interests in TMM (“ TMM Units ”) will directly or indirectly contribute a portion of such units to New TMM in exchange for units representing partnership interests in New TMM (“ New TMM Units ”) and a corresponding number of shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”);

WHEREAS, as contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement, each Subscriber is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to issue and transfer to each such Subscriber, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such Subscriber on Schedule I hereto, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

The parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, as follows:

1. Subscription for Class B Common Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in connection with each Subscriber’s direct or indirect contribution of TMM Units to New TMM in exchange for New TMM Units and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock, each Subscriber hereby subscribes for and agrees to purchase, and the Company hereby agrees to sell and issue to each Subscriber, that number of shares of Class B Common Stock specified on Schedule I hereto, in exchange for the payment of the purchase price of $.00001 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”). On or about [            ], 2013, and not as a condition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, each Subscriber agrees to tender to the Company, in cash, check or wire transfer, the Purchase Price.

2. Shares . The Company represents and warrants that the shares of Class B Common Stock subscribed for hereunder (the “ Shares ”) have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

- 1 -


3. Representations and Warranties . The Subscriber hereby represents, warrants and agrees:

(a) that the Subscriber is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”);

(b) that the Subscriber or the Subscriber’s representative has had access to the same kind of information concerning the Company that is required by Schedule A of the Act, to the extent that the Company possesses such information;

(c) that the Subscriber has received a copy of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, dated             , 2013, and has had access to such information concerning the Company and the Shares as it deems necessary to enable it to make an informed investment decision concerning the purchase of the Shares;

(d) that the Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of utilizing the information that is available to it concerning the Company to evaluate the risks of investment in the Company including the risk that it could lose its entire investment in the Company;

(e) that the Subscriber understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Act, the securities laws of any state or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction, and agrees that the Shares shall be held indefinitely unless the sale or transfer is registered under the Act and other applicable securities laws or pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Act and other applicable securities laws covering the sale or transfer of the Shares;

(f) that the Shares are being purchased by the Subscriber for the Subscriber’s own sole benefit and account for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, a public offering or distribution thereof;

(g) that the Subscriber understands that the certificate or certificates representing the Shares (if certificated) may be impressed with a legend stating that the Shares have not been registered under the Act or any state securities laws and setting out or referring to the restrictions on the transferability and resale of the Shares; and

(h) that the Subscriber understands that stop transfer instructions in respect of the Shares may be issued to any transfer agent, transfer clerk or other agent at any time acting for the Company.

4. Transfer Restrictions . The Subscriber hereby agrees not to transfer Shares except when transferring a corresponding number of New TMM Units in accordance with the means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Exempted Limited Partnership of New TMM Cayman, dated [            ], 2013, as amended from time to time (the “ New TMM LPA ”).

 

- 2 -


5. Restrictive Legends . Certificates evidencing the Shares, to the extent such certificates are issued, may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and/or the Company’s counsel may deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following legends:

“THE TRANSFER OF SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE COMMON STOCK CLASS B COMMON STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF [            ], 2013, AMONG TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION AND THE SUBSCRIBERS LISTED THEREIN, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED AND/OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND NO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES WILL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED.

THE TRANSFER OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE SECURITIES ACQUIRED HEREUNDER MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS THEREUNDER.”

6. Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the other party hereto at the address shown beneath his or her or its respective signature to this Agreement, or at such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other.

7. Successors and Assigns . The rights, duties, and obligations under this Agreement and Plan may not be assigned by Subscriber or the Company except that this Agreement shall be assignable by the Company to any successor entity, including an entity acquiring all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on any such assignee.

 

- 3 -


8. Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Amendments . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties. There are no agreements, understandings, specific restrictions, warranties, or representations relating to said subject matter between the parties other than those set forth herein or herein provided for.

(b) Waivers . The failure of a party to insist upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement in any one or more instances shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of the right to insist upon strict compliance with such provision in the future.

9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . SUBSCRIBER WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM CONCERNING ANY RIGHTS UNDER THE AGREEMENT, OR UNDER ANY AMENDMENT, WAIVER, CONSENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR OTHER AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH, IN THE FUTURE, MAY BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, PROCEEDINGS OR COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY. SUBSCRIBER REPRESENTS THAT NO OFFICER, REPRESENTATIVE, OR ATTORNEY OF THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE COMPANY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS.

10. Invalidity . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any word, phrase, clause, sentence, or other portion thereof shall be deemed to be illegal or unenforceable for any reason, such provision or portion thereof shall be modified or deleted in such a manner so as to make this Agreement, as modified, legal and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under applicable laws.

11. Number; Titles . As employed in this Agreement, the singular form shall include, if appropriate, the plural. The headings employed in this Agreement are solely for the convenience and reference of the parties and are not intended to be descriptive of the entire contents of any paragraph and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of terms, provisions, or construction thereof.

12. Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having, or claiming to have, any interest under this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law, provided that the validity, construction and effect of the Restrictive Covenants shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction in which Subscriber has rendered the majority of Subscriber’s service as an employee of the Employer, without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law. Any suit with respect to the Agreement will be brought in the federal or state courts in the districts which include the State of Delaware, and Subscriber agrees and submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue thereof.

 

- 4 -


13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, any of which may be executed and transmitted by facsimile (including “pdf”), and each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

14. Further Representations and Acknowledgements of Subscriber . Subscriber acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement alters the at-will nature of Employment with the Employer, under which Subscriber retains the right to end the Employment relationship at any time, and for any reason, and the Employer retains the same right. Subscriber acknowledges having been afforded a reasonable opportunity to consult with the financial or legal advisors of Subscriber’s choosing with respect to Subscriber’s rights and responsibilities under this Agreement, and Subscriber is advised to so consult.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

- 5 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY:     Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:
   

In the presence of:

   

 

    Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
      (State)           

[ Signature Page to Class B Common Stock Subscription Agreement ]


Schedule I

 

Name of Subscriber

  

Number of Shares

TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P.

  

OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P.

  

JHI Holding Limited Partnership

  

Exhibit 10.18

TAYLOR MORRISON HOLDINGS, INC.

LONG-TERM CASH INCENTIVE PLAN

 

I. Purpose

The purpose of the Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to provide long-term performance-based cash compensation to designated officers and/or key employees of Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries and divisions based on the performance results of the business of the Company and its Affiliates. The Plan allows for the issuance of multi-year cash incentive awards, contingent upon continued employment and meeting certain corporate goals, to certain officers and key employees who make substantial contributions to the Company.

 

II. Definitions

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

Administrator ” means the compensation committee of the Board, or, if at any time there is no such committee of the Board, then the full Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the discretion of the Board, the Administrator may at any time be the board directors of any parent of the company, or any subcommittee of such board.

Affiliate ” means (i) any entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, controls or is under common control with the Company or (ii) to the extent provided by the Administrator, any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Bonus Award ” means the award or awards, as determined by the Administrator, to be granted to a Participant based on attainment of certain Performance Goals established in accordance with Articles IV and V of the Plan.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” means Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

Designated Beneficiary ” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant in accordance with Article XII hereof to receive the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon such Participant’s death.

Participant ” means any officer or key employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries designated by the Administrator to participate in the Plan.

Performance Goals ” means the performance objectives of the Company or an Affiliate during a Performance Period established for the purpose of determining whether, and to what extent, Bonus Awards will be earned for the Performance Period. If the Administrator


determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company or its Affiliates, or the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the Performance Goals to be unsuitable, the Administrator may modify such Performance Goals or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Administrator deems appropriate and equitable.

Performance Period ” means any period during which performance is measured to determine the level of attainment of a Bonus Award, which may be coincident with one or more fiscal years of the Company or a portion of any fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Administrator.

Plan ” means the Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.

 

III. Eligibility

Participants in the Plan shall be selected by the Administrator for each Performance Period from those officers and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries whose efforts contribute materially to the success of the Company. No employee shall be a Participant unless he or she is selected by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. No employee shall at any time have the right to be selected as a Participant nor, having been selected as a Participant for one Performance Period, to be selected as a Participant in any other Performance Period.

 

IV. Administration

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine eligibility for participation, establish the maximum aggregate award which may be earned by each Participant (which may be expressed in terms of a dollar amount, percentage of salary or any other measurement), establish goals for each Participant (which may be objective or subjective, and based on individual, Company, Affiliate subsidiary, parent and/or division performance), calculate and determine each Participant’s level of attainment of such goals, and calculate the Bonus Award for each Participant based upon such level of attainment.

Except as otherwise herein expressly provided, full power and authority to construe, interpret and administer the Plan shall be vested in the Administrator, including the power to amend or terminate the Plan as further described in Article XIV. The Administrator may at any time adopt such rules, regulations, policies or practices as, in its sole discretion, it shall determine to be necessary or appropriate for the administration of, or the performance of its respective responsibilities under, the Plan. The Administrator may at any time amend, modify, suspend or terminate such rules, regulations, policies or practices. Any determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding.

 

V. Bonus Awards

The Administrator, based upon information to be supplied by management of the Company and, where determined as necessary by the Board, the ratification of the Board, will establish for each Performance Period a maximum aggregate award (and, if the Administrator deems appropriate, threshold and target awards) and goals relating to Company, Affiliate

 

2


subsidiary, parent, divisional, departmental and/or functional performance for each Participant and communicate such award levels and goals in writing to each Participant prior to or during the Performance Period for which such award may be made. Bonus Awards will be earned by each Participant based upon the level of attainment of the applicable goals during the applicable Performance Period. As soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Performance Period, the Administrator shall determine the level of attainment of the goals for each Participant and the Bonus Award to be made to each Participant.

 

VI. Payment of Bonus Awards

Except as provided in Article VIII below, Bonus Awards earned during any Performance Period shall be paid in the following calendar year as soon as practicable following the end of such Performance Period (at a time intended to qualify as a short-term deferral for purposes of Section 409A of the Code) and the determination of the amount thereof shall be made by the Administrator. Payment of Bonus Awards shall be made in the form of cash. Bonus Award amounts earned but not yet paid will not accrue interest.

 

VII. Termination of Employment

Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment of his or her Bonus Award earned during a Performance Period, so long as the Participant is employed on the last day of such Performance Period, notwithstanding any subsequent termination of employment prior to the actual payment of the Bonus Award. In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the payment of a Bonus Award which has been earned, such payment shall be made to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary or, if there is none living, to the estate of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to receive payment of all or a pro rata portion of his or her Bonus Award following a termination of such Participant’s employment prior to the last day of a Performance Period.

 

VIII. Reorganization; Discontinuance; Assignment

The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. In addition, the Plan may be assigned by the Company to any Affiliate in connection with any such event, including any reorganization occurring in connection with an initial public offering of the equity of any Affiliate. The Company will make appropriate provision for the preservation of Participants’ rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan which it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets, including an obligation on the part of a successor or Affiliate to assume the Plan. If the business conducted by the Company shall be discontinued, any previously earned and unpaid Bonus Awards under the Plan shall become immediately payable to the Participants then entitled thereto.

 

3


IX. Non-Alienation of Benefits

A Participant may not assign, sell, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of any rights or interests under the Plan except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted disposition in contravention of the preceding sentence shall be null and void.

 

X. No Claim or Right to Plan Participation; No Rights to Awards

No current or former Participant, employee or any other person shall have any claim or right to be selected as a Participant under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken pursuant to the Plan shall be construed as giving any employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants regarding the amount of any Bonus Award or the manner in which awards are made. The terms and conditions of Bonus Awards made under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

XI. Taxes

The Company shall deduct from all amounts paid under the Plan all federal, state, local and other taxes that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines are required to be withheld with respect to such payments.

 

XII. Designation and Change of Beneficiary

Each Participant may indicate upon notice to such Participant by the Administrator of such Participant’s right to receive a Bonus Award a designation of one or more persons as the Designated Beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon the death of the Participant. Such designation shall be in writing to the Administrator. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her Designated Beneficiary without the consent of any prior Designated Beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Administrator. The last such designation received by the Administrator shall be controlling; provided , however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Administrator prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. In the event that a Participant fails to designate a Designated Beneficiary as provided in this Article XII, or if the Designated Beneficiary predeceases the Participant, then any Bonus Award payable following the Participant’s death shall be payable to such Participant’s estate.

 

XIII. No Liability of Administrator

No individual serving on any committee or body that is the Administrator hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument related to the Plan executed by such individual or on such individual’s behalf in such individual’s capacity as a member of the committee or body serving as the Administrator hereunder, nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each employee, officer,

 

4


or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against any cost or expense (including legal fees, disbursements and other related charges) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Board) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

 

XIV. Termination or Amendment of the Plan, Bonus Awards

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. The Committee may amend or modify a Bonus Award at any time; provided that no such amendment or modification may materially impair the rights of any Participant holding such Bonus Award.

 

XV. Unfunded Plan

Participants shall have no right, title or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan or any Bonus Award. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, Designated Beneficiary, legal representative or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan or in connection with a Bonus Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan.

The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

XVI. Governing Law

The terms of the Plan and all rights thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws thereof that would cause the laws of any other jurisdiction to apply.

 

XVII. Term

The Plan is effective commencing with Bonus Awards granted during 2012 and shall be effective until terminated by the Board in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

XVIII. Section 409A of the Code

To the extent applicable, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Plan and Bonus Awards issued hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the effective date of the Plan and Bonus Awards may also be designed to qualify as a

 

5


short-term deferral for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Administrator determines that any amounts payable hereunder will be taxable to a Participant under Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance prior to payment to such Participant of such amount, the Company may (i) adopt such amendments to the Plan and Bonus Awards and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by the Plan and Bonus Awards hereunder and/or (ii) take such other actions as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate to avoid or limit the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Bonus Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the Bonus Award, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Bonus Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code. The Participant shall be solely responsible for, and nothing herein shall obligate the Company to pay for or on behalf of any Participant, any taxes imposed on such Participant under Section 409A of the Code in respect of any Bonus Award granted under the Plan.

*        *        *

 

6

Exhibit 10.19

MONARCH COMMUNITIES INC.

LONG-TERM CASH INCENTIVE PLAN

 

I. Purpose

The purpose of the Monarch Communities Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to provide long-term performance-based cash compensation to designated officers and/or key employees of Monarch Communities Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of British Columbia (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries and divisions based on the performance results of the business of the Company and its Affiliates. The Plan allows for the issuance of multi-year cash incentive awards, contingent upon continued employment and meeting certain corporate goals, to certain officers and key employees who make substantial contributions to the Company.

 

II. Definitions

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

Administrator ” means the compensation committee of the Board, or, if at any time there is no such committee of the Board, then the full Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the discretion of the Board, the Administrator may at any time be the board directors of any parent of the company, or any subcommittee of such board.

Affiliate ” means (i) any entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, controls or is under common control with the Company or (ii) to the extent provided by the Administrator, any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Bonus Award ” means the award or awards, as determined by the Administrator, to be granted to a Participant based on attainment of certain Performance Goals established in accordance with Articles IV and V of the Plan.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” means Monarch Communities Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of British Columbia, and any successor thereto.

Designated Beneficiary ” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant in accordance with Article XII hereof to receive the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon such Participant’s death.

Participant ” means any officer or key employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries designated by the Administrator to participate in the Plan.

Performance Goals ” means the performance objectives of the Company or an Affiliate during a Performance Period established for the purpose of determining whether, and to what


extent, Bonus Awards will be earned for the Performance Period. If the Administrator determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company or its Affiliates, or the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the Performance Goals to be unsuitable, the Administrator may modify such Performance Goals or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Administrator deems appropriate and equitable.

Performance Period ” means any period during which performance is measured to determine the level of attainment of a Bonus Award, which may be coincident with one or more fiscal years of the Company or a portion of any fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Administrator.

Plan ” means the Monarch Communities Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.

 

III. Eligibility

Participants in the Plan shall be selected by the Administrator for each Performance Period from those officers and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries whose efforts contribute materially to the success of the Company. No employee shall be a Participant unless he or she is selected by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. No employee shall at any time have the right to be selected as a Participant nor, having been selected as a Participant for one Performance Period, to be selected as a Participant in any other Performance Period.

 

IV. Administration

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine eligibility for participation, establish the maximum aggregate award which may be earned by each Participant (which may be expressed in terms of a dollar amount, percentage of salary or any other measurement), establish goals for each Participant (which may be objective or subjective, and based on individual, Company, Affiliate subsidiary, parent and/or division performance), calculate and determine each Participant’s level of attainment of such goals, and calculate the Bonus Award for each Participant based upon such level of attainment.

Except as otherwise herein expressly provided, full power and authority to construe, interpret and administer the Plan shall be vested in the Administrator, including the power to amend or terminate the Plan as further described in Article XIV. The Administrator may at any time adopt such rules, regulations, policies or practices as, in its sole discretion, it shall determine to be necessary or appropriate for the administration of, or the performance of its respective responsibilities under, the Plan. The Administrator may at any time amend, modify, suspend or terminate such rules, regulations, policies or practices. Any determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding.

 

V. Bonus Awards

The Administrator, based upon information to be supplied by management of the Company and, where determined as necessary by the Board, the ratification of the Board, will establish for each Performance Period a maximum aggregate award (and, if the Administrator

 

2


deems appropriate, threshold and target awards) and goals relating to Company, Affiliate subsidiary, parent, divisional, departmental and/or functional performance for each Participant and communicate such award levels and goals in writing to each Participant prior to or during the Performance Period for which such award may be made. Bonus Awards will be earned by each Participant based upon the level of attainment of the applicable goals during the applicable Performance Period. As soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Performance Period, the Administrator shall determine the level of attainment of the goals for each Participant and the Bonus Award to be made to each Participant.

 

VI. Payment of Bonus Awards

Except as provided in Article VIII below, Bonus Awards earned during any Performance Period shall be paid in the following calendar year as soon as practicable following the end of such Performance Period (at a time intended to qualify as a short-term deferral for purposes of Section 409A of the Code) and the determination of the amount thereof shall be made by the Administrator. Payment of Bonus Awards shall be made in the form of cash. Bonus Award amounts earned but not yet paid will not accrue interest.

 

VII. Termination of Employment

Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment of his or her Bonus Award earned during a Performance Period, so long as the Participant is employed on the last day of such Performance Period, notwithstanding any subsequent termination of employment prior to the actual payment of the Bonus Award. In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the payment of a Bonus Award which has been earned, such payment shall be made to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary or, if there is none living, to the estate of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to receive payment of all or a pro rata portion of his or her Bonus Award following a termination of such Participant’s employment prior to the last day of a Performance Period.

 

VIII. Reorganization; Discontinuance; Assignment

The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. In addition, the Plan may be assigned by the Company to any Affiliate in connection with any such event, including any reorganization occurring in connection with an initial public offering of the equity of any Affiliate. The Company will make appropriate provision for the preservation of Participants’ rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan which it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets, including an obligation on the part of a successor or Affiliate to assume the Plan. If the business conducted by the Company shall be discontinued, any previously earned and unpaid Bonus Awards under the Plan shall become immediately payable to the Participants then entitled thereto.

 

3


IX. Non-Alienation of Benefits

A Participant may not assign, sell, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of any rights or interests under the Plan except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted disposition in contravention of the preceding sentence shall be null and void.

 

X. No Claim or Right to Plan Participation; No Rights to Awards

No current or former Participant, employee or any other person shall have any claim or right to be selected as a Participant under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken pursuant to the Plan shall be construed as giving any employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants regarding the amount of any Bonus Award or the manner in which awards are made. The terms and conditions of Bonus Awards made under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

XI. Taxes

The Company shall deduct from all amounts paid under the Plan all federal, state, local and other taxes that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines are required to be withheld with respect to such payments.

 

XII. Designation and Change of Beneficiary

Each Participant may indicate upon notice to such Participant by the Administrator of such Participant’s right to receive a Bonus Award a designation of one or more persons as the Designated Beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon the death of the Participant. Such designation shall be in writing to the Administrator. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her Designated Beneficiary without the consent of any prior Designated Beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Administrator. The last such designation received by the Administrator shall be controlling; provided , however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Administrator prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. In the event that a Participant fails to designate a Designated Beneficiary as provided in this Article XII, or if the Designated Beneficiary predeceases the Participant, then any Bonus Award payable following the Participant’s death shall be payable to such Participant’s estate.

 

XIII. No Liability of Administrator

No individual serving on any committee or body that is the Administrator hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument related to the Plan executed by such individual or on such individual’s behalf in such individual’s capacity as a member of the committee or body serving as the Administrator hereunder, nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each employee, officer,

 

4


or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against any cost or expense (including legal fees, disbursements and other related charges) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Board) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

 

XIV. Termination or Amendment of the Plan, Bonus Awards

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. The Committee may amend or modify a Bonus Award at any time; provided that no such amendment or modification may materially impair the rights of any Participant holding such Bonus Award.

 

XV. Unfunded Plan

Participants shall have no right, title or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan or any Bonus Award. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, Designated Beneficiary, legal representative or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan or in connection with a Bonus Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan.

The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

XVI. Governing Law

The terms of the Plan and all rights thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws thereof that would cause the laws of any other jurisdiction to apply.

 

XVII. Term

The Plan is effective commencing with Bonus Awards granted during 2012 and shall be effective until terminated by the Board in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

XVIII. Section 409A of the Code

To the extent applicable, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Plan and Bonus Awards issued hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the effective date of the Plan and Bonus Awards may also be designed to qualify as a

 

5


short-term deferral for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Administrator determines that any amounts payable hereunder will be taxable to a Participant under Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance prior to payment to such Participant of such amount, the Company may (i) adopt such amendments to the Plan and Bonus Awards and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by the Plan and Bonus Awards hereunder and/or (ii) take such other actions as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate to avoid or limit the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Bonus Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the Bonus Award, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Bonus Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code. The Participant shall be solely responsible for, and nothing herein shall obligate the Company to pay for or on behalf of any Participant, any taxes imposed on such Participant under Section 409A of the Code in respect of any Bonus Award granted under the Plan.

*        *        *

 

6

Exhibit 10.20

REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT

This Reorganization Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [    ], 2013, is entered into by and among Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ TMHC ”), TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ New TMM ”), TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company (“ New TMM GP ”), TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“ TMM GP ”), Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TMHI ”), Monarch Communities Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“ Monarch ”), TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ TPG Cayman ”), TPG TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company (“ TPG Cayman GP ”), OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Oaktree Cayman ”), OCM TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company (“ Oaktree Cayman GP ”), TPG TMM Holdings II LP, Inc., a British Columbia corporation (the “ TPG Initial Canadian LP ”), OCM TMM Holdings II LP, Inc., a British Columbia corporation (the “ Oaktree Initial Canadian LP ”), Builders Holdings International, L.P., a Barbados limited partnership (“ Builders ”), Toeis, L.P., a Barbados limited partnership (“ Toeis ”), TPG Advisors VI-AIV, Inc., a Cayman Islands exempt company (“ TPG Advisors ”), Oaktree TM Holdings TP, SRL, a Barbados Society with Restricted Liability (“ Oaktree TM ”), Oaktree TM Holdings CTB, LTD, a Cayman Islands exempt company (“ Oaktree CTB ”), JHI Holding Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership (“ JHI Holding ”), JHI Management Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership (“ JHI Management ”), MJs Investors, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (the “ JHI Redeemed Party ”) and the individuals listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Management Parties” (each, a “ Management Party ”). The parties hereto are collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of TMHC (the “ Board ”) has determined to effect an underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares of TMHC’s Class A Common Stock (as defined below) on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to effect the Reorganization Transactions (as defined below) in contemplation of the IPO; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and the IPO, the applicable Parties hereto intend to enter into the Reorganization Documents (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

 

  a. Certain Defined Terms . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

  i. Class A Common Stock ” shall mean Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of TMHC.


  ii. Class B Common Stock ” shall mean Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of TMHC.

 

  iii. Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  iv. IPO Closing ” means the initial closing of the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock in the IPO (without giving effect to any exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).

 

  v. IPO Effective Time ” means the date and time on which the Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

  vi. JHI Parties ” means JHI Holding and JHI Management.

 

  vii. Oaktree Parties ” means Oaktree TM and Oaktree Cayman.

 

  viii. Paired Interest ” means one vested common unit of New TMM and one share of Class B Common Stock.

 

  ix. Performance-based M-O Unit ” means any Class M-O Units of the Partnership or Oaktree Cayman, as applicable, which vest in connection with the satisfaction of certain performance targets associated with the cash returns of Oaktree TM and certain of its affiliates.

 

  x. Performance-based M-O2 Units ” means any Class M-O2 Units of the Partnership or Oaktree Cayman, as applicable, which vests in connection with the satisfaction of certain performance targets associated with the cash returns of Oaktree TM and certain of its affiliates.

 

  xi. Performance-based M-T Units ” means any Class M-T Units of the Partnership or TPG Cayman, as applicable, which vest in connection with the satisfaction of certain performance targets associated with the cash returns of Builders, Toeis and certain of their respective affiliates.

 

  xii. Performance-based M-T2 Units ” means any Class M-T2 Units of the Partnership or TPG Cayman, as applicable, which vest in connection with the satisfaction of certain performance targets associated with the cash returns of Builders, Toeis and certain of their respective affiliates.

 

2


  xiii. Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, an association, a corporation, a trust, an estate, a limited liability company, a limited liability partnership, an unincorporated entity of any kind, a governmental entity or any other legal entity.

 

  xiv. Pricing ” means such date and time as the Board or the pricing committee thereof determines, such date and time to be no later than immediately prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  xv. Registration Statement ” means the Exchange Act registration statement filed by TMHC on Form 8-A with the SEC to register the Class A Common Stock.

 

  xvi. Reorganization Documents ” means each of the documents attached as an exhibit hereto and all other agreements and documents entered into in connection with the Reorganization Transactions.

 

  xvii. SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  xviii. Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  xix. TPG Parties ” means Builders, Toeis and TPG Cayman.

 

  xx. Underwriting Agreement ” means the underwriting agreement, dated as of the day prior to the IPO Effective Time, by and among TMHC and the underwriters of the IPO.

 

  b. Other Definitional Provisions.

 

  i. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Article and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

  ii. The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

2. Reorganization . Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and on the basis of and in reliance upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto shall take the actions described in this Section 2 (collectively the “ Reorganization Transactions ”):

 

  a. Promptly following the Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time, the applicable Parties hereto shall take the actions set forth below (or cause such actions to take place):

 

  i. JHI Redemption . Each of JHI Holding and JHI Management shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, redeem the limited partnership interests in JHI Holding and JHI Management, respectively, that are owned by the JHI Redeemed Party in exchange for the distribution to the JHI Redeemed Party of its proportionate share of Class A-O Units, Class A-T Units, Class J1-O Units, Class J2-O Units, Class J3-O Units, Class J1-T Units, Class J2-T Units and Class J3-T Units of the Partnership (collectively, the “ JHI Redemption ”), and the JHI Redeemed Party shall retire as a limited partner of each of JHI Holding and JHI Management and cease to be a partner of each of JHI Holding and JHI Management immediately upon the JHI Redemption.

 

3


  ii. TMM GP Conversion . Immediately following the JHI Redemption, TPG Advisors, Oaktree CTB and the JHI Parties shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, convert TMM GP to a British Columbia unlimited liability company.

 

  iii. TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman Contributions .

 

  1. Immediately following the JHI Redemption, (A) JHI Holding shall, and hereby agrees to, contribute [    ] Class A-O Units of the Partnership held by it to Oaktree Cayman in exchange for an equal number of Class A-O Units of Oaktree Cayman and (B) simultaneous with the transfers described in clause (A) above, JHI Management shall, and hereby agrees to, contribute each Class J1-O Unit, Class J2-O Unit, and Class J3-O Unit of the Partnership held by it to Oaktree Cayman in exchange for an equal number of Class J1-O Units, Class J2-O Units and Class J3-O Units of Oaktree Cayman (the contributions referenced in clauses (A) and (B) above, collectively the “ JHI O Unit Contribution ”). Each JHI Party will become admitted as a limited partner of Oaktree Cayman upon such transfer; the Partnership Agreement of Oaktree Cayman will reflect the contributions by the JHI Parties and their admission as limited partners; and each JHI Party and each member of Oaktree Cayman shall, and hereby severally agrees to, file the tax election referred to in Section 5(c) of this Agreement in respect of such contribution.

 

  2.

Immediately following the First Initial New TMM Contribution (as defined below), each Management Party who is at such time a resident of Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or by virtue of an applicable treaty with Canada (a “ Canadian Management Party ”) shall, and hereby agrees to, contribute all of his Class A-O

 

4


  Units and Class A-O2 Units to Oaktree Cayman in exchange for an equal number of Class A-O Units and Class A-O2 Units of Oaktree Cayman (the “ Canadian Management O Unit Contribution ”) and each Canadian Management Party and each member of Oaktree Cayman shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, file the tax election referred to in Section 5(c) of this Agreement in respect of such contribution.

 

  3. Immediately following the JHI Redemption, and simultaneously with the JHI O Unit Contribution, (A) JHI Holding shall, and hereby agrees to, contribute [    ] Class A-T Units of the Partnership held by it to TPG Cayman in exchange for an equal number of Class A-T Units of TPG Cayman and (B) JHI Management shall, and hereby agrees to, contribute each Class J1-T Unit, Class J2-T Unit, and Class J3-T Unit of the Partnership held by it to TPG Cayman in exchange for an equal number of Class J1-T Units, Class J2-T Units and Class J3-T Units of TPG Cayman (the contributions referenced in clauses (A) and (B) above, collectively the “ JHI T Unit Contribution ”). Each JHI Party will become admitted as a limited partner of TPG Cayman upon the transfer; the Partnership Agreement of TPG Cayman will reflect the contributions by the JHI Parties and their admission as limited partners; and each JHI Party and each member of TPG Cayman shall, and hereby severally agrees to, file the tax election referred to in Section 5(c) of this Agreement in respect of such contribution.

 

  4. Immediately following the First Initial New TMM Contribution (as defined below), each Canadian Management Party shall, and hereby agrees to, contribute contemporaneously with the Canadian Management O Unit Contribution all of his Class A-T Units and Class A-T2 Units to TPG Cayman in exchange for an equal number of Class A-T Units and Class A-T2 Units of TPG Cayman (the “ Canadian Management T Unit Contribution ”) and each Canadian Management Party and each member of TPG Cayman shall, and each hereby severally agrees to file the tax election referred to in Section 5(c) of this Agreement in respect of such contribution.

 

  iv. New TMM Contributions .

 

  1.

Immediately following the JHI O Unit Contribution and the JHI T Unit Contribution, (A) Oaktree Cayman and TPG

 

5


  Cayman shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, transfer each Class A-O Unit, Class J1-O Unit, Class J2-O Unit, Class J3-O Unit, Class A-T Unit, Class J1-T Unit, Class J2-T Unit, and Class J3-T Unit of the Partnership that were received in the JHI O Unit Contribution and the JHI T Unit Contribution to New TMM in exchange for a number of common units of New TMM calculated in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement and (B) simultaneous with the transfers described in clause (A) above, JHI Holding shall, and hereby agrees to, transfer [    ] Class A-T Units, and [    ] Class A-O Units to New TMM in exchange for a number of common units of New TMM calculated in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement (the contributions referenced in clauses (A) and (B) above, collectively the “ First Initial New TMM Contribution ”). Each of Oaktree Cayman, TPG Cayman and JHI Holding will become admitted as a limited partner of New TMM upon the transfers described above; the Partnership Agreement of New TMM will reflect the contributions by Oaktree Cayman, TPG Cayman and JHI Holding and their admission as limited partners; and each of Oaktree Cayman, TPG Cayman and JHI Holding, respectively, and each of the members of New TMM shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, file the tax election referred to in Section 5(c) of this Agreement in respect of such transfers.

 

  2. Immediately following the Canadian Management O Unit Contribution and the Canadian Management T Unit Contribution, Oaktree Cayman and TPG Cayman shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, transfer each Class A-O Unit, Class A-O2 Unit, Class A-T Unit and Class A-T2 Unit, in each case that were received in the Canadian Management O Unit Contribution and the Canadian Management T Unit Contribution, to New TMM in exchange for a number of common units of New TMM calculated in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement (the “ Second Initial New TMM Contribution ” and together with the First Initial New TMM Contribution the “ Initial New TMM Contributions ”). Each of Oaktree Cayman and TPG Cayman, respectively, and each of the members of New TMM shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, file the tax election referred to in Section 5(c) of this Agreement in respect of such transfers.

 

  3.

In conjunction with the Initial New TMM Contributions, Oaktree Cayman and TPG Cayman shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, enter into the Amended and Restated

 

6


  Agreement of Limited Partnership of New TMM, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , and the TPG Initial Canadian LP shall withdraw as the initial limited partner.

 

  4. Immediately following the Initial New TMM Contributions, Builders, Toeis, Oaktree TM, the Management Parties who are not residents of Canada under the Income Tax Act (Canada) or by virtue of an applicable treaty with Canada (the “ Non-Canadian Management Parties ”), and the JHI Redeemed Party, shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, transfer each Class A-O Unit, Class A-O2 Unit, Class A-T Unit, Class A-T2 Unit, Class M-O Unit, Class M-O2 Unit, Class M-T Unit, Class M-T2 Unit, Class J1-O Unit, Class J2-O Unit, Class J3-O Unit, Class J1-T Unit, Class J2-T Unit, and Class J3-T Unit of the Partnership, as applicable, held by such Party, to New TMM in exchange for a number of common units of New TMM calculated in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement (the “ Second New TMM Contribution ”). Simultaneously with the Second New TMM Contribution, TPG Advisors, Oaktree CTB and the JHI Parties shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, transfer all of their respective equity interests in TMM GP to New TMM held by it in exchange for C$0.01.

 

  5.

Immediately following the Second New TMM Contribution and simultaneously with the TPG Cayman Contribution (as defined below), (A) (i) Oaktree TM shall, and hereby agrees to, contribute all of its common units of New TMM, and (ii) the Non-Canadian Management Parties shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, contribute one-half of the total number of common units of New TMM that were received by such Party in the Second New TMM Contribution in exchange for such Party’s Class A-O Units, Class A-O2 Units, Performance-based M-O Units, and Performance-based M-O2 Units of the Partnership, as applicable, to Oaktree Cayman, in exchange for the same respective numbers of Class A-O Units, Class A-O2 Units, Performance-based M-O Units and Performance-based M-O2 Units of Oaktree Cayman as the respective numbers of Class A-O Units, Class A-O2 Units, Performance-based M-O Units and Performance-based M-O2 Units of the Partnership that such Party transferred to New TMM as part of the Second New TMM Contribution, and (B) the JHI Redeemed Party shall, and hereby agrees to contribute [    ] common units of New TMM to Oaktree Cayman in

 

7


  exchange for [    ] Class A-O Units of Oaktree Cayman, and the same respective numbers of Class J1-O Units, Class J2-O Units, and Class J3-O Units of Oaktree Cayman as the respective number of Class J1-O Units, Class J2-O Units and Class J3-O Units of the Partnership that the JHI Redeemed Party transferred to New TMM as part of the Second New TMM Contribution (the contributions referenced in clauses (A) and (B) above, collectively the “ Oaktree Cayman Contribution ”). Simultaneously with the Oaktree Cayman Contribution, Oaktree TM, the Non-Canadian Management Parties (that are transferring common units of New TMM) and the JHI Redeemed Party shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, enter into the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Oaktree Cayman, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, and the Oaktree Initial Canadian LP shall withdraw as the initial limited partner.

 

  6.

Immediately following the Second New TMM Contribution and simultaneously with the Oaktree Cayman Contribution, (A) (i) Builders and Toeis shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, contribute all of their common units of New TMM, and (ii) the Non-Canadian Management Parties shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, contribute one-half of the total number of common units of New TMM that were received by such Party in the Second New TMM Contribution in exchange for such Party’s Class A-T Units, Class A-T2 Units, Performance-based M-T Units, and Performance-based M-T2 Units of the Partnership, as applicable, to TPG Cayman, in exchange for the same respective numbers of Class A-T Units, Class A-T2 Units, Performance-based M-T Units and Performance-based M-T2 Units of TPG Cayman as the respective numbers of Class A-T Units, Class A-T2 Units, Performance-based M-T Units and Performance-based M-T2 Units of the Partnership that such Party transferred to New TMM as part of the Second New TMM Contribution, and (B) the JHI Redeemed Party shall, and hereby agrees to contribute [    ] common units of New TMM to TPG Cayman, in exchange for [    ] Class A-T Units of TPG Cayman and the same respective numbers of Class J1-T Units, Class J2-T Units, and Class J3-T Units of TPG Cayman as the respective number of Class J1-T Units, Class J2-T Units and Class J3-T Units of the Partnership that the JHI Redeemed Party transferred to New TMM as part of the Second New TMM Contribution (the contributions referenced in clauses (A) and (B) above, collectively the

 

8


  TPG Cayman Contribution ”). Builders, Toeis, the Non-Canadian Management Parties (that are transferring common units of New TMM to TPG Cayman as part of the TPG Cayman Contribution) and the JHI Redeemed Party shall, and each hereby severally agrees to, enter into the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of TPG Cayman, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, and the TPG Initial Canadian LP shall withdraw as the initial limited partner.

 

  v. Adoption of Amended and Restated Charter and Bylaws of TMHC; Issuance of Class B Common Stock

 

  1. Prior to the IPO Effective Time, the Board will adopt the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TMHC (the “ TMHC Charter ”) and the Amended and Restated By-laws of TMHC. TMHC will file the TMHC Charter with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware.

 

  2. Prior to the IPO Effective Time, TMHC will redeem all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company held by Builders, Toeis and Oaktree TM in exchange for $.00001 per share.

 

  3. Immediately following the Oaktree Cayman Contribution and the TPG Cayman Contribution, TMHC will issue to each holder of common units of New TMM (other than TMHC and New TMM GP) a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to the number of common units of New TMM then held by such holder in exchange for $0.00001 per share.

 

  b. At approximately 6:00 a.m. (EST) on the business day following Pricing (and following all of the actions set forth in Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) of this Agreement), TMHC will file the Registration Statement with the SEC.

 

  c. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of all of the closing conditions enumerated in the Underwriting Agreement, the IPO Closing will take place at approximately 10:00am EST on April 12, 2013.

 

  d. Following the IPO Closing, the following transactions will take place:

 

  i.

Immediately following the IPO Closing, pursuant to a New TMM common unit subscription agreement, TMHC shall, and hereby agrees to, acquire common units of New TMM from New TMM at a price per common unit equal to the price per share paid in the

 

9


  IPO by the underwriters to TMHC for shares of Class A Common Stock (the “ IPO Price Per Share ”). The aggregate number of common units of New TMM to be acquired pursuant to this Section 2(e)(i) by TMHC shall equal the quotient of (a) $[ ] 1 divided by (b) the IPO Price Per Share. The aggregate purchase price for such common units of $[ ] will be paid in cash by TMHC to, or at the direction of, New TMM immediately following the IPO Closing.

 

  ii. Immediately following the IPO Closing, pursuant to a New TMM common unit subscription agreement, New TMM shall, and hereby agrees to, issue a number of common units of New TMM to TMHC equal to the quotient of (a) [ ] 2 divided by (b) the IPO Price Per Share. The consideration for the issuance of such common units will be TMHC’s agreement to bear the $[ ] of IPO offering expenses.

 

  iii. Immediately following the IPO Closing, pursuant to separate purchase agreements, each Non-Canadian Management Party that intends to sell Paired Interests to TMHC will sell such Paired Interests to TMHC at a price per Paired Interest equal to the IPO Price Per Share.

 

  iv. Following the IPO Closing, pursuant to, and subject to the conditions in, the JHI Put/Call Agreement (as defined below) (the “ JHI Put/Call ”, (i) JHI Holding may require TMHC to purchase Paired Interests from JHI Holding at a price per Paired Interest equal to the IPO Price Per Share and (ii) TMHC may require JHI Holding to transfer Paired Interests to TMHC at a price per Paired Interest equal to the IPO Price Per Share, as set forth in the JHI Put/Call Agreement. The aggregate number of Paired Interests to be subject to the JHI Put/Call pursuant to this Section 2(e)(iv) with respect to JHI Holding is expected to equal to the quotient of (a) [ ] 3 divided by (b) the IPO Price Per Share. The JHI Put/Call shall not be exercised earlier than April 15, 2013.

 

  v. Following the IPO Closing, pursuant to, and subject to the conditions in, the Put/Call Agreement (as defined below) (the “ Put/Call ”), (i) Oaktree Cayman and TPG Cayman may require TMHC to purchase Paired Interests from TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman at a price per Paired Interest equal to the IPO

 

1   To equal aggregate purchase price paid by underwriters to TMHC in the IPO for shares of Class A Common Stock less IPO offering expenses borne by TMHC less the aggregate amount to be used to complete purchase of common units/shares of Class B Common Stock from the sponsors and management in the secondary component of the IPO.
2   To equal the aggregate amount of IPO offering expenses borne by TMHC (as agreed in writing by TMHC, Oaktree Cayman and TPG Cayman).
3  

To equal aggregate amount expected to be paid to JHI Holding.

 

10


  Price Per Share and (ii) TMHC may require Oaktree Cayman and TPG Cayman to transfer Paired Interests to TMHC at a price per Paired Interest equal to the IPO Price Per Share, as set forth in the Put/Call Agreement. The aggregate number of Paired Interests to be subject to the Put/Call pursuant to this Section 2(e)(v) with respect to each of TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman is expected to equal the quotient of (a) $[ ] 4 divided by (b) the IPO Price Per Share. The Put/Call shall not be exercised earlier than April 15, 2013.

 

  vi. Following the IPO Closing, if the underwriters elect to exercise their over-allotment option on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement entered into in connection with the IPO (the “ Over-Allotment Option” ), (i) Oaktree Cayman and TPG Cayman may require TMHC to purchase Paired Interests from TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman at a price per Paired Interest equal to the IPO Price Per Share and (ii) TMHC may require Oaktree Cayman and TPG Cayman to transfer common units of New TMM and shares of Class B Common Stock to TMHC at a price per Paired Interest equal to the IPO Price Per Share, in each case, pursuant to, and subject to the conditions in, the Put/Call Agreement (the “ Over-Allotment Put/Call ”). The aggregate number of Paired Interests to be subject to the Over-Allotment Put/Call pursuant to this Section 2(e)(vi) with respect to each of TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman shall equal the quotient of (a) one-half of the aggregate purchase price paid by the underwriters to TMHC for shares of Class A Common Stock in the Over-Allotment Option divided by (b) the IPO Price Per Share. The Over-Allotment Put/Call shall not be exercised earlier than April 15, 2013.

3. Execution of Documents .

 

  a. TMHC, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and JHI Holding shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into the Stockholders Agreement of TMHC, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ TMHC Stockholders Agreement ”), promptly following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  b. TMHC, TMHI, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and JHI Holding shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into the Governance Agreement of TMHI (the “ TMHI Governance Agreement ”), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , promptly following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

4   To equal aggregate amount expected to be paid to TPG Cayman or Oaktree Cayman.

 

11


  c. TMHC, Monarch, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and JHI Holding shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into the Governance Agreement of Monarch (the “ Monarch Governance Agreement ”), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , promptly following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  d. TMHC, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and the [Managers] shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into the Registration Rights Agreement of TMHC (the “ TMHC Registration Rights Agreement ”), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , promptly following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  e. TMHC, New TMM and the holders of common units of New TMM and Class B Common Stock party thereto, shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into the Exchange Agreement of TMHC (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , promptly following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  f. TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into the Coordination Agreement of TMHC (the “ Coordination Agreement ”), substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, promptly following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  g. TMHC, TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into the Put/Call Agreement (the “ Put/Call Agreement ”), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , promptly following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  h. TMHC and JHI Holding shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into the JHI Put/Call Agreement (the “ JHI Put/Call Agreement ”), substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, promptly following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  i. The Partnership, Oaktree Cayman and JHI Management shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into an Oaktree Cayman JHI Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, with regard to its Class J Units of the Partnership in connection with the JHI O Unit Contribution, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  j.

The Partnership, TPG Cayman and JHI Management shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into a TPG Cayman JHI Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, with regard to

 

12


  its Class J Units of the Partnership in connection with the JHI T Unit Contribution, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  k. The Partnership, New TMM and JHI Holding shall and each hereby agrees to, enter into a Class A Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, with regard to the First Initial New TMM Contribution, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  l. The Partnership, Oaktree Cayman and JHI Holding shall and each hereby agrees to, enter into a Class A Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto with regard to the contribution by JHI Holding of Class A-O Units of the Partnership in exchange for Class A-O Units of Oaktree Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  m. The Partnership, TPG Cayman and JHI Holding shall and each hereby agrees to, enter into a Class A Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto with regard to the contribution by JHI Holding of Class A-T Units of the Partnership in exchange for Class A-T Units of TPG Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  n. The Partnership, New TMM, Oaktree Cayman and the JHI Redeemed Party shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into a Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, with regard to the contribution by the JHI Redeemed Party of Class J Units and Class A-O Units of the Partnership in exchange for common units of New TMM, which in turn will be exchanged for Class J Units and Class A-O Units of Oaktree Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  o. The Partnership, New TMM, TPG Cayman and the JHI Redeemed Party shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into a Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form agreed upon by the parties thereto, with regard to the contribution by the JHI Redeemed Party of Class J Units and Class A-T Units of the Partnership in exchange for common units of New TMM, which in turn will be exchanged for Class J Units and Class A-T Units of TPG Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  p.

The Partnership, New TMM and the unit holders listed on Schedule I hereto shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into a New TMM Common Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , in connection with the contribution by holders of Class M-O Units of the Partnership, Class M-O2 Units of the Partnership, Class M-T

 

13


  Units of the Partnership and Class M-T2 Units of the Partnership to New TMM in exchange for common units of New TMM, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  q. The Partnership, New TMM, Oaktree Cayman and the unit holders listed on Schedule II hereto shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into an Oaktree Cayman Class M Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I , in connection with the contribution by holders of performance-based vesting Class M-O Units of the Partnership and performance-based vesting Class M-O2 Units of the Partnership in exchange for common units of New TMM, which will be in turn exchanged for Class M-O and Class M-O2 Units of Oaktree Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  r. The Partnership, New TMM, TPG Cayman and the unit holders listed on Schedule II hereto shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into a TPG Cayman Class M Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J , in connection with the contribution by holders of performance-based vesting Class M-T Units of the Partnership and performance-based vesting Class M-T2 Units of the Partnership in exchange for common units of New TMM, which in turn will be exchanged for Class M-T Units and Class M-T2 Units of TPG Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  s. The Partnership, Oaktree Cayman, New TMM and the unit holders of the Partnership listed on Schedule III hereto (i) shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into an Oaktree Cayman Class A Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K , in connection with the contribution by holders of Class A-O Units of the Partnership and Class A-O2 Units of the Partnership in exchange for common units of New TMM, which will in turn be exchanged for Class A-O Units of Oaktree Cayman and Class A-O2 Units of Oaktree Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  t. The Partnership, TPG Cayman, New TMM and the unit holders of the Partnership listed on Schedule III hereto (i) shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into an TPG Cayman Class A Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L , in connection with the contribution by holders of Class A-T Units of the Partnership and Class A-T2 Units of the Partnership in exchange for common units of New TMM, which will in turn be exchanged for Class A-T Units of TPG Cayman and Class A-T2 Units of TPG Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  u.

The Partnership, Oaktree Cayman and the unit holders of the Partnership listed on Schedule IV hereto (i) shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into an Oaktree Cayman Class A Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the

 

14


  form attached hereto as Exhibit M , in connection with the contribution by holders of Class A-O Units of the Partnership and Class A-O2 Units of the Partnership in exchange for Class A-O Units of Oaktree Cayman and Class A-O2 Units of Oaktree Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  v. The Partnership, TPG Cayman and the unit holders of the Partnership listed on Schedule IV hereto (i) shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into an TPG Cayman Class A Unit Rollover Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N , in connection with the contribution by holders of Class A-T Units of the Partnership and Class A-T2 Units of the Partnership in exchange for Class A-T Units of TPG Cayman and Class A-T2 Units of TPG Cayman, promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  w. The Partnership, New TMM and the unit holders of the Partnership listed on Schedule IV hereto (i) shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into a New TMM Cayman Limited Partnership Incentive Unit Exchange Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O , promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  x. The Partnership, Oaktree Cayman and the unit holders of the Partnership listed on Schedule IV hereto (i) shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into an Oaktree Cayman Limited Partnership Incentive Unit Exchange Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit P , promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

 

  y. The Partnership, TPG Cayman and the unit holders of the Partnership listed on Schedule IV hereto (i) shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into a TPG Cayman Limited Partnership Incentive Unit Exchange Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit Q , promptly following Pricing and prior to the IPO Effective Time.

4. Exchange of Units of TMM for Units of New TMM .

 

  a. The number of common units of New TMM that will be issued in exchange for any Class A-O Unit, Class A-O2 Unit, Class A-T Unit, Class A-T2 Unit, Class M-O Unit, Class M-O2 Unit, Class M-T Unit, Class M-T2 Unit, Class J1-O Unit, Class J2-O Unit, Class J3-O Units Class J1-T Unit, Class J2-T Unit or Class J3-T Unit of the Partnership will be calculated as follows:

 

  i. The number of outstanding common units of New TMM immediately following the Second Initial New TMM Contribution and Second New TMM Contribution will equal [ ] and [ ], respectively.

 

15


  ii. The value of the Partnership immediately prior to the [IPO Effective Time] (the “ Pre-IPO Partnership Value ”) will be equal to the product of (a) the number of outstanding common units of New TMM immediately following the Second New TMM Contribution, multiplied by (b) the IPO Price Per Share.

 

  iii. Each Class A-O Unit, Class A-O2 Unit, Class A-T Unit, Class A-T2 Unit, Class M-O Unit, Class M-O2 Unit, Class M-T Unit, Class M-T2 Unit, Class J1-O Unit, Class J2-O, Class J3-O Units, Class J1-T Unit, Class J2-T Unit and Class J3-T Unit of the Partnership will be exchanged for a number of common units of New TMM calculated by dividing (i) the amount of cash that would be required to be distributed in respect of such unit of the Partnership (if any) if all assets of the Partnership were sold for a total cash value equal to the Pre-IPO Partnership Value and the proceeds from such sale were distributed in accordance with Section 5.1(b) of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as in effect as of the date hereof (the “ Original LPA ”), by (ii) the IPO Price Per Share. No fractional common units of New TMM will be issued. In lieu of any fractional common units of New TMM, a Party otherwise entitled to a fractional interest in a common unit of New TMM, shall receive the nearest whole number of common units of New TMM (with fractions equal to exactly 0.5 being rounded up).

5. Consent to the Reorganization Transactions and the IPO .

 

  a. Each of the Parties hereto hereby acknowledges, agrees and consents to all of the Reorganization Transactions. Each of the Parties hereto shall take all action necessary or appropriate in order to effect, or cause to be effected, to the extent within its control, each of the Reorganization Transactions and the IPO.

 

  b. The Parties hereto shall deliver to each other, as applicable, as soon as practicable prior to the IPO Effective Time, each of the Reorganization Documents to which it is a Party, together with any other documents and instruments necessary or desirable to be delivered in connection with the Reorganization Transactions.

 

  c.

The Parties hereto intend that the JHI O Unit Contribution, the JHI T Unit Contribution, the Canadian Management O Unit Contribution, the Canadian Management T Unit Contribution and the Initial New TMM Contributions be treated for Canadian federal income tax purposes as dispositions of property to a partnership that qualify for the election under subsection 97(2) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended (the “ITA”) and the corresponding provisions of any applicable provincial statute. The elected amount in such elections shall be determined by the disposing

 

16


  partner in its sole discretion, but such elected amount shall not be less than its cost amount (as defined in the ITA) of the property disposed of to the applicable partnership and, in the case of the Initial New TMM Contribution, shall be equal to its cost amount of the property. The Parties further agree to jointly make the necessary elections and to execute and file, within the prescribed delays, the prescribed election forms and any other documents required to give effect to the foregoing. All the members of each of Oaktree Cayman, TPG Cayman and New TMM hereby give authorization to each of Oaktree Cayman GP, TPG Cayman GP and New TMM GP specifically to act on their behalf regarding the execution, signing and filing of such prescribed election forms and documents and agree to sign an authorizing agreement to confirm such authority of each of Oaktree Cayman GP, TPG Cayman GP and New TMM GP.

 

  d. The Parties hereto intend that (i) the JHI O Unit Contribution, the JHI T Unit Contribution, the Canadian Management O Unit Contribution, the Canadian Management T Unit Contribution, the Oaktree Cayman Contribution, and the TPG Cayman Contribution each be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a contribution to a partnership under Section 721 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); and (ii) New TMM be treated as a “continuation” of the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Parties will not take a position on a tax return filed with a taxing authority inconsistent with the foregoing except in the case of a final determination by such taxing authority. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) New TMM shall file an election described in Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 to be classified, as of a date no later than the date hereof, as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any similar election under state, local or non-U.S. law), and it shall not file any election to be classified as other than a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

  e. Each Party hereto shall, no later than the date hereof, execute and deliver a copy of each FIRPTA Notice (as defined in Exhibit R ) set forth opposite such Party’s name in Exhibit R in a form reasonably acceptable to TPG Cayman GP and Oaktree Cayman GP. Each Party shall, within five (5) days of the date hereof, deliver to the address specified in Exhibit R two (2) original copies of each FIRPTA Notice executed by such Party. It is the expectation of the Parties that no withholding will be required under Section 1445 of the Code in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, except with respect to the Canadian Management O Unit Contribution and the Canadian Management T Unit Contribution, in each case to the extent that Oaktree Cayman or TPG Cayman, as the case may be, does not receive a final Notice of Nonrecognition (as defined in Exhibit R) from the relevant Canadian Management Party prior to the time that Oaktree Cayman or TPG Cayman, as the case may be, submits such withholding tax to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The Parties will not take a position on a tax return filed with a taxing authority inconsistent with the foregoing except in the case of a final determination by such taxing authority.

 

17


  f. Each Canadian Management Party acknowledges that such party will be subject to withholding under Section 1445 of the Code in connection with the Canadian Management O Unit Contribution and the Canadian Management T Unit Contribution, in each case to the extent that Oaktree Cayman or TPG Cayman, as the case may be, does not receive a final Notice of Nonrecognition from such Canadian Management Party prior to the time that Oaktree Cayman or TPG Cayman, as the case may be, submits such withholding tax to the IRS. Each Canadian Management Party agrees to take all action necessary to ensure that the Canadian Management O Unit Contribution and the Canadian Management T Unit Contribution qualify for nonrecognition treatment under the Code (including Section 897 of the Code), including, but not limited to, provision of the FIRPTA Notices required by Exhibit R.

6. No Liabilities in Event of Termination; Certain Covenants . In the event that TMHC determines in writing to abandon the IPO prior to the occurrence of the events described in Section 2, (A) this Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect except for this Section 6 and Sections 8(c), (f), (g), (j) and (k) and (B) there shall be no liability on the part of any of the Parties hereto, except that such termination shall not preclude any Party from pursuing judicial remedies for damages and/or other relief as a result of the breach by the other Parties of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein prior to such termination. In the event that TMHC determines to abandon the IPO after the occurrence of some or all of the events described in Section 2, the Parties agree, as applicable, to amend the TMHC Stockholders Agreement, the TMHI Governance Agreement, the Monarch Governance Agreement, the TMHC Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and the limited partnership agreements of New TMM, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman and the Partnership so that the governance, transfer restrictions, liquidity rights and other provisions therein with respect to New TMM, TPG Cayman, Oaktree Cayman, the Partnership and each of their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries correspond in the aggregate in all substantive respects with the provisions contained in the Original LPA, the Canadian Parent Governance Agreement (as defined in the Original LPA), the US Parent Governance Agreement (as defined in the Original LPA), the General Partner Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the Original LPA) and the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, by and among the Partnership, Builders, Toeis, Oaktree TM, JHI Holding and the other parties thereto.

7. Representations and Warranties .

 

  a. Representations and Warranties of all Parties . Each Party hereby represents and warrants to all of the other Parties hereto as follows:

 

  i.

To the extent such Party is not an individual, such Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or incorporation. The execution,

 

18


  delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement and of the applicable Reorganization Documents, to the extent a Party thereto and to the extent such Party is not an individual, has been or prior to the IPO Effective Time will be duly authorized by all necessary action;

 

  ii. To the extent such Party is not an individual, such Party has or prior to the IPO Effective Time will have the requisite power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Reorganization Documents, to the extent a Party thereto, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, as the case may be;

 

  iii. This Agreement and each of the Reorganization Documents to which it is a Party has been (or when executed will be) duly executed and delivered by such Party and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and

 

  iv. Neither the execution, delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement and the applicable Reorganization Documents, to the extent a Party thereto, nor the consummation by such Party of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by such Party with the terms and provisions hereof, will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), (i) contravene or conflict with, or result in a breach or termination of, or constitute a default under (or with notice or lapse of time or both, result in the breach or termination of or constitute a default under) the organization documents of such Party (to the extent such Party is not an individual), (ii) constitute a violation by such Party of any existing requirement of law applicable to such Party or any of its properties, rights or assets or (iii) require the consent or approval of any Person, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), as would not reasonably be expected to result in, individual or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of such Party to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  v.

Such Party is the record and beneficial owner of any equity interests of TMHC, TMM, New TMM, TPG Cayman and/or Oaktree Cayman, as applicable, that are intended to be transferred by it pursuant to this Agreement, the Reorganization Documents

 

19


  and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and, as applicable, such Party has good and marketable title to such equity interests, free and clear of all encumbrances. Such Party has full right, power and authority to transfer and deliver to any other Party valid title to such equity interests held by such Party, free and clear of all encumbrances.

 

  vi. Such Party (either alone or together with its advisors) has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Reorganization Transactions. Such Party has had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the Reorganization Transactions and has had full access to such other information concerning the Reorganization Transactions as it has requested. Such Party has received all information that it believes is necessary or appropriate in connection with the Reorganization Transactions. Such Party is an informed and sophisticated party and has engaged, to the extent such Party deems appropriate, expert advisors experienced in the evaluation of transactions of the type contemplated hereby. Such Party is an accredited investor as that term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933. Such Party understands that the transfer of the securities acquired hereunder has not been registered and agrees to resell such securities pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to an available exemption from registration, or, if applicable, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

  vii. To the extent such Party is an employee of Monarch, he or she is not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) or purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. person, such Party is acquiring securities hereunder in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S and such Party agrees not to engage in hedging transactions with regard to such securities unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

8. Miscellaneous .

 

  a. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be modified, amended or waived only with the written approval of TPG Cayman and Oaktree Cayman, provided, however that an amendment or modification that would affect any other Party in a manner materially and disproportionately adverse to such Party shall be effective against such Party so materially and adversely affected only with the prior written consent of such Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The failure of any Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such Party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

  b. Successors, Assigns and Transferees . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

20


  c. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the Party to be notified; (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, provided that a copy of such notice is also sent via nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt; (c) three days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to such Party’s address as set forth below or at such other address as the Party shall have furnished to each other Party in writing in accordance with this provision:

 

If to TMHC, TMHI or Monarch, to it at:
4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000
Scottsdale, AZ 85251
Attention:  

Darrell Sherman,

Vice President and General Counsel

Facsimile:   (866) 390-2612
E-mail:   dsherman@taylormorrison.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

USA 10019

Attention:  

John C. Kennedy

Lawrence G. Wee

Facsimile No.:   (212) 757-3990
E-mail:  

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

lwee@paulweiss.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attention:  

Julie H. Jones

Alfred O. Rose

Facsimile:   (617) 951-7050
E-mail:  

julie.jones@ropesgray.com

alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

 

21


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York

USA 10022

Attention:  

George E.B. Maguire

Jasmine Ball

Facsimile No.:   (212) 909-6836
E-mail:  

gebmaguire@debevoise.com

jball@debevoise.com

If to New TMM, New TMM GP, the Partnership or TMM GP, to it at:

c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:  

Darrell Sherman,

Vice President and General Counsel

Facsimile:   (866) 390-2612
E-mail:   dsherman@taylormorrison.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

USA 10019-6064

Attention:  

John C. Kennedy

Lawrence G. Wee

Facsimile No.:   (212) 757-3990
E-mail:  

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

lwee@paulweiss.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attention:  

Julie H. Jones

Alfred O. Rose

Facsimile:   (617) 951-7050
E-mail:  

julie.jones@ropesgray.com

alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

 

22


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York

USA 10022

Attention:  

George E.B. Maguire

Jasmine Ball

Facsimile No.:   (212) 909-6836
E-mail:  

gebmaguire@debevoise.com

jball@debevoise.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

1300 – 777 Dunsmuir Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V7Y 1K2

Attention:   Cameron Belsher
Facsimile No.:   (604) 622-5674
E-mail:   cbelsher@mccarthy.ca
if to TPG Cayman, TPG Cayman GP, TPG Initial Canadian LP, Builders, Toeis or TPG Advisors, to it at:

TPG Global, LLC

301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300

Fort Worth, TX 76102

Attention:   Ronald Cami
Facsimile No.:   (415) 743-1501
E-mail:   rcami@tpg.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attention:  

Julie H. Jones

Alfred O. Rose

Facsimile:   (617) 951-7050
E-mail:  

julie.jones@ropesgray.com

alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

 

23


if to Oaktree Cayman, Oaktree Cayman GP, Oaktree Initial Canadian LP, Oaktree TM or Oaktree CTB, to it at:

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.

333 South Grand Ave., 28 th Floor

Los Angeles, California

USA 90071

Attention:   Kenneth Liang
Facsimile No.:   (213) 830-6293
E-mail:   kliang@oaktreecapital.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York

USA 10022

Attention:  

George E.B. Maguire

Jasmine Ball

Facsimile No.:   (212) 909-6836
Email:   gebmaguire@debevoise.com
  jball@debevoise.com
If to either JHI Party, to it at:

JHI Advisory Inc.

Suite 3260 - 666 Burrard Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V6C 2X8

Attention:   G. Gail Edwards
Facsimile No.:   (604) 648-6685
E-mail:   gedwards@jhinvest.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

1300 – 777 Dunsmuir Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V7Y 1K2

Attention:   Cameron Belsher
Facsimile No.:   (604) 622-5674
E-mail:   cbelsher@mccarthy.ca
If to the JHI Redeemed Party, to it at:

419 Occidental Ave.

Suite 300

Seattle, Washington

USA 98104

 

24


   Attention: Michael Miller
   Facsimile No.: (206) 728-4583
   Email: mikem@intra-corp.com
   If to any Management Party, to it at:
   c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
   900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000
   Scottsdale, AZ 85251
   Attention:   

Darrell Sherman,

Vice President and General Counsel

   Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
   E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com
   with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
   1285 Avenue of the Americas
   New York, NY 10019-6064
   Attention:   

John C. Kennedy

Lawrence G. Wee

   Facsimile:    (212) 757-3990
   E-mail:   

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

lwee@paulweiss.com

 

  d. Further Assurances; Power of Attorney .

 

  i. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the Parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other Party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as another Party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the Parties hereunder.

 

  ii. Each Management Party appoints Sheryl Palmer and Darrell Sherman (each an “ Attorney-in-Fact ”), and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as such Management Party’s exclusive and irrevocable agent, proxy and attorney-in fact (and such proxy shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest), for all purposes under this Agreement and the Reorganization Documents, including full power and authority to act on such Management Party’s behalf with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Attorney-in-Fact, acting in good faith, is authorized and empowered to:

 

  1. make all determinations and take all actions with respect to such Management Party’s equity interests of TMM, New TMM, TPG Cayman or Oaktree Cayman, including without limitation the exercise of all rights and the performance of all obligations under this Agreement and the Reorganization Documents, and the transfer or other disposition of such interests;

 

25


  2. in connection with any such transfer or disposition, execute, endorse and receive all documents, instruments, certificates, statements and agreements on behalf of and in the name of such Management Party necessary to effectuate and consummate the Reorganization Transactions;

 

  3. take all actions on such Management Party’s behalf in connection with any claims made under this Agreement or any of the Reorganization Documents to defend or settle such claims;

 

  4. approve any changes or modifications to the Reorganization Documents from the forms set forth on the Exhibits attached hereto prior to execution and delivery;

 

  5. execute and deliver, should it elect to do so in its sole discretion, on such Management Party’s behalf, any amendment to this Agreement or any of the Reorganization Documents or any waiver of any of the terms thereof; and

 

  6. take all other actions to be taken by or on such Management Party’s behalf that are permitted or required under this Agreement or any of the Reorganization Documents.

 

  iii. All decisions and actions taken by the Attorney-in-Fact will be binding upon the Management Parties; no Management Party will have the right to object, dissent, protest or otherwise contest the same; and each Party will be able to rely conclusively on the written instructions of the Attorney-in-Fact as to such decisions and actions taken by the Attorney-in-Fact hereunder. The Attorney-in-Fact will not be liable to any Management Party for any action taken by it in good faith pursuant to this Agreement. The Attorney-in-Fact is serving in that capacity solely for purposes of administrative convenience, and is not personally liable in such capacity for any of the obligations of any Management Party hereunder.

 

26


  e. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement, together with the Reorganization Documents, embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

  f. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of New York. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement may be brought in any court or before any similar authority other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, and the Parties hereto hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for the purpose of such suit, proceeding or judgment. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Party hereto irrevocably waives any right it may have had to bring such an action in any other court, domestic or foreign, or before any similar domestic or foreign authority. Each of the Parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives trial by jury in any legal action or proceeding in relation to this Agreement and for any counterclaim herein.

 

  g. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

  h. Enforcement . Each Party hereto acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching Party will have the right to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof.

 

  i. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of the Parties and no other Person or entity shall be a third Party beneficiary hereof.

 

  j. Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

27


  k. Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature(s).

* * * * *

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

28


Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
                                             (State)

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership
By:   TMM Holdings II GP, ULC,
  its general partner
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
                                             (State)

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TMM Holdings II GP, ULC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
                                             (State)

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TMM Holdings Limited Partnership
By:   TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
                                             (State)

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


Monarch Communities Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P.
By:   TPG TMM Holdings II GP, ULC,
  its general partner
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TPG TMM Holdings II GP, ULC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P.
By:   OCM TMM Holdings II GP, ULC,
  its general partner
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


OCM TMM Holdings II GP, ULC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TPG TMM Holdings II LP, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


OCM TMM Holdings II LP, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


BUILDERS HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, L.P.
By:   TPG TM III, SRL, its General Partner
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary public in and for                                          .

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TOEIS, L.P.
By:   TPG TM III, SRL, its General Partner
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary public in and for                                          .

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


TPG ADVISORS VI-AIV, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                     , U.S.A.
(State)                               

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


Oaktree TM Holdings TP, SRL
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Manager
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                                         
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Manager
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                                         
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Manager
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                                         

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


Oaktree TM Holdings CTB, LTD
By:   Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.
Its:   Sole Director
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                                         
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                                         

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


JHI Holding Limited Partnership, by its General Partner, JHI Advisory Ltd.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Director
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                                         

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


JHI Management Limited Partnership, by its General Partner, JHI Advisory Ltd.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                                         

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


MJs Investors, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
In the presence of:

 

Notary Public in and for                                         

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


MANAGEMENT PARTIES:    

 

    Kenneth Dar Ahrens
   

 

    Sally Michelle Bassett
   

 

    Philip S. Bodem
   

 

    Calvin R. Boyd
   

 

    Michelle M. Campbell
   

 

    Brad Carr
   

 

    Carl David Cone
   

 

    Mark A. Delillo
   

 

    Timothy Eller
   

 

    Charles Enochs
   

 

    Caroline G. Estrada

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


 

David George

 

Kip Williams Gilleland

 

Amy L. Haywood

 

George T. Hennessy

 

Erik M. Heuser

 

Douglas P. Holloway

 

David Hreha

 

Graham Hughes

 

James E. Jimison

 

Maurice B. Johnson

 

Tawn Kelley

 

John Kempton

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


 

Peter Lane

 

John H. Lucas

 

Tommi Lynn Manning

 

Todd Merrill

 

Douglas Miller

 

Kathleen R. Owen

 

Sheryl D. Palmer

 

Joseph B. Poletti

 

Darrell Sherman

 

Louis Steffens

 

Emilio Tesolin

 

Timothy J. Towell

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


 

Stephen J. Wethor

 

Jonathan C. White

 

Erin A. Willis

 

Robert W. Witte

 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

(U.S. participants with Class M Units)

Ahrens, Dar

Bassett, Michelle

Bodem, Phil

Boyd, Calvin

Campbell, Michelle

Cone, David

Delillo, Mark

Eller, Timothy

Enochs, Charlie

Estrada, Carlie

Gilleland, Kip

Haywood, Amy

Hennessy, Tom

Heuser, Erik

Holloway, Doug

Hreha, David

Hughes, Graham

Jimison, Jim

Johnson, Maurice

Kelley, Tawn

Kempton, Steve

Lane, Peter

Lucas, John

Manning, Lynn

Merrill, Todd

Miller, Doug

Owen, Katy

Palmer, Sheryl

Poletti, Joe

Sherman, Darrell

Steffens, Lou

Towell, Tim

Wethor, Steve

White, Jonathan

Willis, Erin

Witte, Bob


SCHEDULE II

(U.S. participants with Class M Units subject to performance-based vesting)

Ahrens, Dar

Bassett, Michelle

Bodem, Phil

Boyd, Calvin

Campbell, Michelle

Cone, David

Delillo, Mark

Enochs, Charlie

Estrada, Carlie

Gilleland, Kip

Haywood, Amy

Hennessy, Tom

Heuser, Erik

Holloway, Doug

Hreha, David

Hughes, Graham

Jimison, Jim

Johnson, Maurice

Kelley, Tawn

Kempton, Steve

Lucas, John

Manning, Lynn

Merrill, Todd

Miller, Doug

Owen, Katy

Palmer, Sheryl

Poletti, Joe

Sherman, Darrell

Steffens, Lou

Towell, Tim

Wethor, Steve

White, Jonathan

Willis, Erin

Witte, Bob


SCHEDULE III

(US participants with Class A Units)

Ahrens, Dar

Bodem, Phil

Eller, Timothy

Enochs, Charlie

Heuser, Erik

Hughes, Graham

Johnson, Maurice

Kelley, Tawn

Kempton, Steve

Kunzweiller, Laura

Lane, Peter

Owen, Katy

Palmer, Sheryl

Sherman, Darrell

Steffens, Lou

Towell, Tim

Wethor, Steve

White, Jonathan

Witte, Bob


SCHEDULE IV

(Canadian participants)

Carr, Brad

George, David

Tesolin, Emilio


EXHIBITS A-Q


EXHIBIT R

SCHEDULE OF FIRPTA NOTICES

 

Part I. Definitions

Capitalized terms not defined herein are used herein as defined in the Reorganization Agreement to which this Exhibit it attached. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(i) Certification of Non-Foreign Status ” shall mean a certification described in Treasury Regulation section 1.1445-2(b) that is substantially in one of the forms of Schedule A hereto and reasonably acceptable to TPG Cayman GP and Oaktree Cayman GP;

 

(ii) IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service;

 

(iii) FIRPTA Notice ” shall mean a Certification of Non-Foreign Status, a Notice of Nonrecognition, a Required Cover Letter, or a Statement of Partnership FIRPTA Status, as applicable;

 

(iv) Notice of Nonrecognition ” shall mean a notice described in Treasury Regulation section 1.1445-2(d)(2)(i)(A) that is substantially in the form of Schedule B hereto and reasonably acceptable to TPG Cayman GP and Oaktree Cayman GP;

 

(v) Party Providing Notice ” shall mean a Party listed in Part III of this Exhibit;

 

(vi) Required Cover Letter ” shall mean the two cover letters, each as described in Treasury Regulation section 1.1445-2(d)(2)(i)(B), that are substantially in the form of Schedule C hereto and are reasonably acceptable to TPG Cayman GP and Oaktree Cayman GP; and

 

(vii) Statement of Partnership FIRPTA Status ” shall mean a certificate described in Treasury Regulation section 1.1445-11T(d) that is substantially in the form of Schedule D hereto and reasonably acceptable to TPG Cayman GP and Oaktree Cayman GP.

 

Part II. Execution and Delivery of FIRPTA Notices

 

  1. Each Party Providing Notice shall prepare the FIRPTA Notices required hereby from such Party Providing Notice in the following manner:

 

  a. Each Party Providing Notice that is hereby required to prepare a Notice of Nonrecognition and that has a United States Taxpayer Identification Number (“ TIN ”) as of the day prior to the date hereof shall prepare such Notice of Nonrecognition with respect to each Transferee identified opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit, in each case with respect to the relevant interests in the Partnership identified opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit. Each Party Providing Notice that is hereby required to prepare a Notice of Nonrecognition and that does not have a TIN as of the day prior to the date hereof shall take the steps specified in Section 5, below.


  b. Each Party Providing Notice that is hereby required to prepare a Required Cover Letter shall prepare such Required Cover Letter with respect to the Transferors identified opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit.

 

  c. Each Party Providing Notice that is hereby required to prepare a Statement of Partnership FIRPTA Status shall prepare such Statement of Partnership FIRPTA Status with respect to the Transferors identified opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit.

 

  2. Each Party Providing Notice shall, no later than the day prior to the date hereof, execute and deliver a copy of each FIRPTA Notice set forth opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit.

 

  3. If any Party Providing Notice is a disregarded entity as defined in §1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii), the FIRPTA Notice(s) set forth opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit shall be executed by such Party’s most immediate owner that is not a disregarded entity as defined in §1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

  4. Each Party Providing Notice shall, within five (5) days of the date hereof, deliver two (2) original copies of each FIRPTA Notice executed by such Party to the following address:

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attn: Erin T. Turban

erin.turban@ropesgray.com

 

  5. Any Party Providing Notice that is hereby required to prepare a Notice of Nonrecognition but that does not have a TIN as of the day prior to the date hereof shall take the following steps:

 

  a. The Party shall prepare such Notice of Nonrecognition, marked “DRAFT”, with respect to each Transferee identified opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit, in each case with respect to the relevant interests in the Partnership identified opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit, and each such draft Notice of Nonrecognition shall indicate that such Party has applied for a TIN;

 

  b. The Party shall complete an IRS Form W-7 Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, requesting processing under “Exception 4”;

 

-60-


  c. No later than the day prior to the date hereof, the Party shall send such Form W-7, together with all documentation required by the IRS to be filed with such Form W-7 (including the relevant Notices of Nonrecognition, marked “DRAFT”), to the following address:

1) Internal Revenue Service,

Austin Service Center, ITIN Operation,

PO Box 149342,

Austin TX 78714-9342;

 

  d. No later than the day prior to the date hereof, the Party shall send a copy of such Form W-7 with the relevant Notice of Nonrecognition (marked “DRAFT”) to the address specified in Section 4, above;

 

  e. Upon receipt by the Party of a TIN, the Party shall prepare a final version of each Notice of Nonrecognition identified opposite such Party’s name in Part III of this Exhibit, which shall include such Party’s TIN; and

 

  f. Within five (5) days of the date the Party receives a TIN from the IRS, the Party shall send two (2) original copies of each final Notice of Nonrecognition required by this Schedule R to the address specified in Section 4, above.

 

-61-


Part III. Required FIRPTA Notices*

 

    

INFORMATION FOR COMPLETING NOTICES

Party Providing Notice

 

FIRPTA Notice

  

Transferor

  

Transferee

  

Partnership

Builders   Notice of Nonrecognition    N/A    TPG Cayman    New TMM
Each Canadian Management Party   Notice of Nonrecognition    N/A   

1.    Oaktree Cayman

2.    TPG Cayman

   TMM Holdings Limited Partnership
Each JHI Party   Notice of Nonrecognition    N/A   

1.    Oaktree Cayman

2.    TPG Cayman

   TMM Holdings Limited Partnership
JHI Redeemed Party   Certification of Non-Foreign Status    N/A    N/A    N/A
New TMM   Statement of Partnership FIRPTA Status   

1.    Oaktree Cayman

2.    TPG Cayman

   N/A    N/A
Each Non-Canadian Management Party   Certification of Non-Foreign Status    N/A    N/A    N/A
Oaktree Cayman   Required Cover Letter   

1.    Oaktree TM

2.    Each JHI Party

3.    Each Canadian

       Management Party

   N/A    N/A
Oaktree TM   Notice of Nonrecognition    N/A    Oaktree Cayman    New TMM
Toeis   Notice of Nonrecognition    N/A    TPG Cayman    New TMM
TPG Cayman   Required Cover Letter   

1.    Builders

2.    Toies

3.    Each JHI Party

4.    Each Canadian

       Management Party

   N/A    N/A

 

* The required filings for any entity listed in the table above that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be completed by the regarded owner of such entity.


Schedule A: Form of Certification of Non-Foreign Status

1. Form of Certification of Non-Foreign Status for Individual Transferor

[Date]

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attn: Erin T. Turban

Re: Certification of Non-Foreign Status of [Party Providing Notice]

Dear Sir or Madam:

Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) provides that a transferee of a U.S. real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. For U.S. tax purposes (including section 1445 of the Code), the owner of a disregarded entity (which has legal title to a U.S. real property interest under local law) will be the transferor of the property and not the disregarded entity. To inform the transferee that withholding of tax is not required upon the disposition of a U.S. real property interest by [Party Providing Notice] (“Transferor”), the undersigned hereby certifies the following:

 

  1. Transferor is not a nonresident alien for U.S. income tax purposes;

 

  2. Transferor’s U.S. [social security number/taxpayer identification number] is [            ] ; and

 

  3. Transferor’s home address is [                    ] .

Transferor understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by transferee and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

Under penalties of perjury I declare that I have examined this certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct, and complete.

[Signature and date]


Schedule A: Form of Certification of Non-Foreign Status

2. Form of Certification of Non-Foreign Status for Entity Transferor

[Date]

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attn: Erin T. Turban

Re: Certification of Non-Foreign Status of [Party Providing Notice]

Dear Sir or Madam:

Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) provides that a transferee of a U.S. real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. For U.S. tax purposes (including section 1445 of the Code), the owner of a disregarded entity (which has legal title to a U.S. real property interest under local law) will be the transferor of the property and not the disregarded entity. To inform the transferee that withholding of tax is not required upon the disposition of a U.S. real property interest by [Party Providing Notice] (“Transferor”), the undersigned hereby certifies the following on behalf of Transferor:

 

  1. Transferor is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code and Income Tax Regulations);

 

  2. Transferor is not a disregarded entity as defined in §1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii);

 

  3. Transferor’s U.S. employer identification number is [            ] ; and

 

  4. Transferor’s office address is [                    ] .

Transferor understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by transferee and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

Under penalties of perjury I declare that I have examined this certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of Transferor.

[Signature(s) and date]

[Title(s)]

 

-64-


Schedule B: Form of Notice of Nonrecognition

[Note: If the Party Providing Notice does not have a TIN as of the day prior to the date hereof, the initial Notice of Nonrecognition provided should be marked “DRAFT”]

[Date]

[Transferee]

[Address]

Re: Notice of nonrecognition transaction from [Party Providing Notice] to [Transferee]

Dear Sir or Madam:

Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) provides that a transferee of a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”) must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. Under Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-2(d)(2), a transferee shall not be required to withhold under section 1445 of the Code with respect to a USRPI if the transferor notifies the transferee that by reason of the operation of a nonrecognition provision of the Code, the transferor is not required to recognize gain or loss with respect to the transfer. To inform the transferee that withholding of tax is not required upon the transfer of USRPIs by [Party Providing Notice] (“Transferor”) to [Transferee] (“Transferee”), the undersigned hereby certifies the following [if Party Providing Notice is an entity: on behalf of Transferor ] :

 

  A. Notice . To inform the Transferee that withholding of tax is not required upon the disposition of a USRPI by Transferor, the undersigned hereby submits this notice of a nonrecognition transaction pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-2(d)(2).

 

  B. Transferor .

 

  1. The name of the Transferor submitting this Notice is [Party Providing Notice] ;

 

  2. The taxpayer identification number of the Transferor is [            ] ; and [ Note: If the Party Providing Notice does not have a TIN as of the day prior to the date of the Notice, the initial Notice provided should read “ The Transferor does not currently have a taxpayer identification number and has applied for one on IRS Form W-7, requesting processing under “Exception 4.”]

 

  3. The [home/office] address of the Transferor is [            ] .

 

  C. Statement . Transferor is not required to recognize any gain or loss with respect to the transfer described herein.

 

  D.

Description of the Transfer . Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement executed by Transferor and Transferee on [            ] (the “Reorganization Agreement”), Transferor will transfer to Transferee a partnership interest (the “Transferred Interest”) in [Partnership]

 

-65-


  (the “Partnership”) in exchange for a partnership interest in Transferee (the “Received Interest”). The Partnership may hold a USRPI. Immediately after the exchange of the Transferred Interest for the Received Interest, the Transferee will indirectly hold the same potential USRPI.

 

  E. Summary of Facts and Law Supporting Nonrecognition . Code section 721(a) provides that no gain or loss shall be recognized to a partnership or to any of its partners in the case of a contribution of property to the partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership. Code section 721(b) provides that subsection (a) does not apply in the case of a contribution to a partnership which would be treated as an investment company (within the meaning of section 351 of the Code) if the partnership were incorporated.

In the present case, Transferor will transfer the Transferred Interest to the Transferee in exchange for the Received Interest. Transferee would not be treated as an investment company (within the meaning of section 351 of the Code) if Transferee were incorporated. Therefore, under Code section 721(a), no gain or loss is recognized to Transferor or Transferee as a result of the contribution of the Transferred Interest in exchange for the Received Interest.

Code section 897(e) provides that a nonrecognition provision of the Code shall apply only in the case of an exchange of a USRPI for an interest the sale of which would be subject to taxation. Code section 897(g) provides that the transfer of a partnership interest is taxable to the extent that the partnership interest is attributable to USRPIs. Immediately after the exchange of the Transferred Interest for the Received Interest, the Transferee will indirectly hold the same potential USRPI that the Transferor currently holds indirectly. Therefore, the transfer of the Received Interest would be taxable to the extent that the Received Interest is attributable to a USRPI. Furthermore, the extent the Received Interest is attributable to a USRPI will be the same as the extent the Transferred Interest is attributable to a USRPI. Therefore, the requirement of section 897(e) is met and the nonrecognition provision of Code section 721(a) applies to the transfer described herein.

Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-2(d)(2)(ii) provides that a transferee may not rely upon this Notice of Nonrecognition Transfer, and must withhold under section 1445(a) with respect to the transfer of a USRPI, if the Transferor qualifies for nonrecognition treatment with respect to part, but not all, of the gain realized by the Transferor upon the transfer. In the present case, Transferor is transferring the Transferred Interest solely in exchange for the Received Interest. Therefore, the Transferor qualifies for nonrecognition treatment with respect to all of the gain realized by the transferor upon the transfer of the Transferred Property pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement and Transferee may rely upon the rule set forth in Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-2(d)(2)(i).

Transferor understands that this certification will be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by Transferee and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

 

-66-


Under penalties of perjury I declare that I have examined this certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct, and complete [if Party Providing Notice is an entity: , and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of Transferor ] .

[Signature(s) and date]

[Title(s), if Party Providing Notice is an entity]

 

-67-


Schedule C: Form of Required Cover Letter A

[Date]

Internal Revenue Service Center

P.O. box 409101

Ogden, UT 84409

Re: Notice of nonrecognition transaction from [Transferor] to [Party Providing Notice]

Dear Sir or Madam:

Please find attached a notice of a nonrecognition transaction pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-2(d)(2) from [Transferor] .

 

  1. The name of the Transferee submitting this Notice is [Party Providing Notice] (“Transferee”);

 

  2. The employer identification number of the Transferee is [            ]; and

 

  3. The office address of the Transferee is [                    ].

Best regards,

[Name]

[Title]

cc: Director, Philadelphia Service Center

 

-68-


Schedule C: Form of Required Cover Letter B (cont.)

[NOTE DIFFERENT ADDRESS]

[Date]

Director, Philadelphia Service Center

P.O. Box 21086

Drop Point 8731

FIRPTA Unit

Philadelphia, PA 19114-0586

Re: Notice of nonrecognition transaction from [Transferor] to [Party Providing Notice]

Dear Sir or Madam:

Please find attached a notice of a nonrecognition transaction pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-2(d)(2) from [Transferor] .

 

  1. The name of the Transferee submitting this Notice is [Party Providing Notice] (“Transferee”);

 

  2. The employer identification number of the Transferee is [            ]; and

 

  3. The office address of the Transferee is [                    ].

Best regards,

[Name]

[Title]

cc: Internal Revenue Service Center, Ogden, UT

 

-69-


Schedule D: Form of Statement of Partnership FIRPTA Status

[Date]

[TPG Cayman/Oaktree Cayman]

[Address]

Re: FIRPTA Status of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership

Dear Sir or Madam:

Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) provides that a transferee of a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. Under Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-11T(d)(2), no withholding under section 1445 of the Code is required upon the disposition by a foreign partner of an interest in a domestic or foreign partnership if the transferee is provided a statement, issued by the partnership and signed by a general partner under penalties of perjury no earlier than 30 days before the transfer, certifying that fifty percent or more of the value of the gross assets of the partnership does not consist of USRPIs, or that ninety percent or more of the value of the gross assets of the partnership does not consist of USRPIs plus cash or cash equivalents.

Pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-11T(d)(2), the undersigned hereby certifies on behalf of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”) that ninety percent or more of the value of the gross assets of the Partnership does not consist of USRPIs plus cash or cash equivalents.

The Partnership understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

Under penalties of perjury I declare that I have examined this certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of the Partnership.

[Signature(s) and date]

[Title] , [TMM Holdings II GP, ULC], General Partner of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership

 

-70-

Exhibit 10.21

 

 

 

U.S. PARENT GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION,

TAYLOR MORRISON HOLDINGS, INC.,

TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.,

OCM TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.

AND

JHI HOLDING LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

D ATED AS OF [                    ], 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I DEFINITIONS      2   

Section 1.1

     Definitions      2   

Section 1.2

     Other Interpretive Provisions      5   
Article II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      5   

Section 2.1

     Existence; Authority; Enforceability      5   

Section 2.2

     Absence of Conflicts      6   

Section 2.3

     Consents      6   
Article III GOVERNANCE      6   

Section 3.1

     The U.S. Parent Board      6   

Section 3.2

     U.S. Parent Activities; Approvals      7   
Article IV GENERAL PROVISIONS      8   

Section 4.1

     Freedom to Pursue Opportunities      8   

Section 4.2

     Assignment; Benefit      9   

Section 4.3

     Termination      9   

Section 4.4

     Severability      10   

Section 4.5

     Entire Agreement; Amendment      10   

Section 4.6

     Counterparts      10   

Section 4.7

     Notices      10   

Section 4.8

     Governing Law      13   

Section 4.9

     Jurisdiction      13   

Section 4.10

     Waiver of Jury Trial      13   

Section 4.11

     Specific Performance      14   

 

i


This U.S. PARENT GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [                    ], 2013, is made by and among:

i. Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”);

ii. Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ U.S. Parent ”);

iii. TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ TPG ”);

iv. OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ Oaktree ”); and

v. JHI Holding Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ JHI ”).

For purposes of this Agreement, each of TPG and Oaktree is a “ Principal Sponsor ” and each of TPG, Oaktree and JHI is an “ Investor ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc., TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (the “ Partnership ”), the U.S. Parent and certain stockholders party thereto entered into a Governance Agreement (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Reorganization Agreement dated [                    ], 2013, the Company, the Partnership, the Investors and certain other Persons have effected a series of reorganization transactions (collectively, the “ Reorganization Transactions ”);

WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the Principal Sponsors own limited partnership interests in TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership (“ New TMM Units ”) and shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), which, subject to certain restrictions, are exchangeable from time to time at the option of the holder thereof for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ” and, together with the Class B Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) pursuant to an Exchange Agreement dated [                    ], 2013;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company has priced an initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “ IPO ”) pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement dated [                    ], 2013 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Partnership owns 100% of the equity interests in U.S. Parent and Monarch Communities Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“ Canadian Parent ”);

 

1


WHEREAS, the Prior Agreement is being terminated by the parties thereto as of the Closing; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the governance of the U.S. Parent.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person or (b) in the event that the specified Person is a natural Person, a Member of the Immediate Family of such Person; provided that the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent, Canadian Parent and each of their respective subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Affiliates of TPG, Oaktree or JHI. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Canadian Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Canadian Parent Governance Agreement ” means the Canadian Parent Governance Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent and the other parties thereto.

Class A Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class B Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Closing ” means the closing of the IPO.

Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

2


Company Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Company Shares ” means (i) all shares of Common Stock that are not then subject to vesting (including shares that were at one time subject to vesting to the extent they have vested), (ii) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any option, warrant or convertible security that are not then subject to vesting (including shares that were at one time subject to vesting to the extent they have vested) (without double counting shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon an exchange of shares of Class B Common Stock together with New TMM Units) and (iii) all shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of unit or stock dividend or unit or stock split, or in connection with a combination of units or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Company Stockholders Agreement ” means the Company Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto.

Debt Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Fund Indemnitors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals

JHI ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

JHI Designee ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Stockholders Agreement.

Loan Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Member of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any natural Person, (a) each parent, spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such Partner is legally separated) or child (including those adopted) of such individual and (b) each trustee, solely in his or her capacity as trustee and so long as such trustee is reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Parent, for a trust naming only one or more of the Persons listed in sub-clause (a) as beneficiaries.

Necessary Action ” shall mean, with respect to a specified result, all actions necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Company Shares, (ii) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and

 

3


amendments to the organizational documents of the Company, (iii) executing agreements and instruments, and (iv) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

Oaktree ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, association, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Principal Sponsor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Principal Sponsor Designee ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Stockholders Agreement.

Principal Sponsor Minimum ” means, with respect to a Principal Sponsor, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by such Principal Sponsor as of the closing of all of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and the Put/Call Agreement, or, if no such closing occurs prior to June 30, 2013, the Closing.

Purchase Consideration Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Put/Call Agreement ” means the Put/Call Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among TPG, Oaktree, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and the Company.

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

Requisite Investor Approval ” means (a) for so long as each Principal Sponsor holds at least the Principal Sponsor Minimum, the approval of a majority of the U.S. Parent Board, including in each case at least one Principal Sponsor Designee of each Principal Sponsor; (b) to the extent only one Principal Sponsor holds the Principal Sponsor Minimum, the approval of a majority of the U.S. Parent Board, including in each case at least one Principal Sponsor Designee of such Principal Sponsor. At such time as neither Principal Sponsor holds at least the Principal Sponsor Minimum, any action requiring “Requisite Investor Approval” shall be determined by U.S. Parent or the U.S. Parent Board in accordance with applicable law.

Sale Consideration Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

4


TPG ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Underwriting Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

U.S. Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

U.S. Parent Board ” means the board of directors (or equivalent) of the U.S. Parent.

Section 1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions . (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “ hereof ”, “ herein ”, “ hereunder ” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and any subsection and section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The term “ including ” is not limiting and means “ including without limitation .”

(d) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(e) Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby represents and warrants to each other party to this Agreement that as of the date such party executes this Agreement:

Section 2.1 Existence; Authority; Enforceability . Such party has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. Such party is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary action on the part of its board of directors (or equivalent) and shareholders (or other holders of equity interests), if required, and no other act or proceeding on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

5


Section 2.2 Absence of Conflicts . The execution and delivery by such party of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and will not (a) conflict with, or result in the breach of any provision of the constitutive documents of such party, (b) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or an event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or an event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any contract, agreement or permit to which such party is a party or by which such party’s assets or operations are bound or affected, or (c) violate any law applicable to such party.

Section 2.3 Consents . Other than as expressly required herein or any consents which have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein.

ARTICLE III

GOVERNANCE

Section 3.1 The U.S. Parent Board .

(a) Composition of the U.S. Parent Board . The Company and U.S. Parent shall take all Necessary Action to cause the composition of the U.S. Parent Board to be identical at all times to the composition of the Company Board; provided , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.1(a), in the event that a Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee is not elected to the Company Board at the applicable annual or special meeting of the shareholders at which such nominee is up for election (or re-election) to the Company Board, the Company and U.S. Parent shall take all Necessary Action to cause such Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee to be appointed or elected to the U.S. Parent Board; provided , further , that the Company shall take all Necessary Action to fill any vacancy caused by the removal or resignation of any such Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee with a replacement director designated by the applicable Principal Sponsor or JHI, as applicable, unless the election or appointment of such a replacement would result in a number of directors designated by such Investor in excess of the number of directors that such Investor is then entitled to designate for election pursuant to Section 3.1(b) or Section 3.1(c) of the Company Stockholders Agreement, as applicable.

(b) Composition of U.S. Parent Board Committees . The Company and U.S. Parent shall take all Necessary Action to cause there to be an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee of the U.S. Parent Board in addition to such other committees of the U.S. Parent Board as the U.S. Parent Board determines. Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations, each Principal Sponsor shall have the right to have a representative appointed to serve on each committee of the U.S. Parent Board for so long as such Principal Sponsor shall have the right to designate at least one (1) director for election to the Company Board. Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations and for so long

 

6


as such Principal Sponsor shall have the right to designate at least one (1) director for election to the Company Board, each Principal Sponsor shall have the right to have a representative appointed as an observer to any committee of the U.S. Parent Board to which such Principal Sponsor (i) does not elect to have a representative appointed or (ii) is prohibited by applicable laws or stock exchange regulations from having a representative appointed.

(c) Reimbursement of Expenses . U.S. Parent shall, and shall cause each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries to, reimburse their directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their participation in the meetings of the U.S. Parent Board or any committees thereof, including reasonable travel, lodging and meal expenses.

(d) D&O Insurance; Indemnification Priority . U.S. Parent shall obtain customary director and officer indemnity insurance on commercially reasonable terms. The Company and U.S. Parent hereby acknowledge that any director, officer or other indemnified person covered by any such indemnity insurance policy (any such Person, an “ Indemnitee ”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by TPG, Oaktree or one or more of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company and U.S. Parent hereby (i) agree that the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent and their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries shall be the indemnitors of first resort (i.e., their respective obligations to an Indemnitee shall be primary and any obligation of any Fund Indemnitor to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee shall be secondary) and the obligation of the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent and their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries to indemnify and advance expenses to an Indemnitee shall be joint and several, and (ii) irrevocably waive, relinquish and release the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company and U.S. Parent further agree that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of an Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company or U.S. Parent, as the case may be, shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or to be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnitee against the Company and U.S. Parent as the case may be.

Section 3.2 U.S. Parent Activities; Approvals .

(a) U.S. Parent shall not take, and shall cause each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries not to take, any of the following actions without prior Requisite Investor Approval:

 

  i. Any transaction or series of related transactions (i) in which any Person or Persons (other than TPG, Oaktree, the Partnership or the Company) acquires in excess of 50% of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of U.S. Parent (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of partnership interests, tender offer, exchange offer, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or (ii) following which any Person or Persons (other than TPG, Oaktree, the Partnership or the Company) have the direct or indirect power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or equivalent) of U.S. Parent;

 

7


  ii. Any transaction or series of related transactions involving the sale, lease, exchange or other disposal by U.S. Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries of any of their respective assets for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the U.S. Parent Board) in excess of the Sale Consideration Threshold, other than intercompany transactions between and among direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Partnership;

 

  iii. Any transaction or series of related transactions involving the purchase, rent, license, exchange or other acquisition by U.S. Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries of any assets (including securities) for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the U.S. Parent Board) in excess of the Purchase Consideration Threshold, other than intercompany transactions between and among direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Partnership;

 

  iv. The hiring or termination of the chief executive officer of U.S. Parent;

 

  v. (A) any incurrence of indebtedness by U.S. Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries if, after taking into account the incurrence of such indebtedness, the aggregate outstanding indebtedness of U.S. Parent and its direct and indirect subsidiaries would exceed the Debt Threshold, or (B) the making of any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person (other than U.S. Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) by U.S. Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries in excess of the Loan Threshold; and

 

  vi. Any change in the composition of the U.S. Parent Board other than in accordance with Section 3.1(a).

Each of TPG and Oaktree acknowledges and agrees that Requisite Investor Approval has been obtained with respect to all actions taken and transactions undertaken in connection with the IPO.

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 4.1 Freedom to Pursue Opportunities . The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that: (i) each Investor, each Representative of an Investor and each director or officer of the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries that is an Affiliate of an Investor (each, an “ Investor Designee ”) has the right to, and has no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, (x) directly or indirectly engage in the same or

 

8


similar business activities or lines of business as the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries, including those deemed to be competing with the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries, or (y) directly or indirectly do business with any client, customer or supplier of the Company, the Partnership or any of their respective subsidiaries; and (ii) in the event that any Investor, any Representative of an Investor or any Investor Designee acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries, such Investor, Representative, or Investor Designee shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent or any of their respective Affiliates, subsidiaries, stockholders or other equity holders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Investor, Representative or Investor Designee, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 4.1 shall have independent effect with respect to, and shall not be construed as being in lieu of or otherwise limiting, any separate obligations of any Person under any agreement between such Person and U.S. Parent and/or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof, including any agreement related to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality or other restrictions on the activities or operations of such Person.

Section 4.2 Assignment; Benefit .

(a) The rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided that each of TPG and Oaktree may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its respective Affiliates without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Section 4.2 shall be null and void.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and there shall be no third-party beneficiaries to this Agreement other than the Indemnitees and the Fund Indemnitors under Section 3.1(l) and the Investors, their Representatives and the Investor Designees under Section 4.1.

Section 4.3 Termination . If not otherwise stipulated, this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) as to each Investor as of the later of (i) when such Investor no longer owns any shares of Common Stock, or (ii) when such Investor no longer has the right to nominate any directors to the Company Board pursuant to Article III hereof.

 

9


Section 4.4 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable such provision shall be construed by limiting it so as to be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent provided by law and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 4.5 Entire Agreement; Amendment .

(a) This Agreement (together with the Company Stockholders Agreement and the Canadian Parent Governance Agreement) sets forth the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case written or oral, of any kind and every nature with respect hereto. Except as set forth above, there are no other agreements with respect to the governance of U.S. Parent among the Company, U.S. Parent, TPG, Oaktree and JHI. This Agreement or any provision hereof may only be amended, modified or waived, in whole or in part, at any time by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Principal Sponsors as to which this Agreement has not terminated; provided that the prior written consent of any Investor shall be required for any amendment, modification or waiver that would have a disproportionate and adverse effect in any material respect on the rights of such Investor relative to the other Investors.

(b) No waiver of any breach of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is expressly made in writing and executed and delivered by the party against whom such waiver is claimed. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

Section 4.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or electronic delivery ( i.e ., by email of a PDF signature page) and each such counterpart signature page will constitute an original for all purposes.

Section 4.7 Notices . Unless otherwise specified herein, all notices, consents, approvals, reports, designations, requests, waivers, elections and other communications authorized or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given, made or delivered by personal hand-delivery, by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail, by mailing the same in a sealed envelope, registered first-class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly given, made or delivered (a) on the date received, if delivered by personal hand delivery, (b) on

 

10


the date received, if delivered by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail or by registered first-class mail prior to 5:00 p.m. prevailing local time on a Business Day, or if delivered after 5:00 p.m. prevailing local time on a Business Day or on other than a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter and (c) two (2) Business Days after being sent by air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery), at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be specified by like notice):

if to the Company to:

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

USA 10019-6064

Attention:   

John C. Kennedy

Lawrence G. Wee

Facsimile:    (212) 757-3990
E-mail:   

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

lwee@paulweiss.com

if to U.S. Parent to:

 

Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc.

c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

USA 10019-6064

 

11


Attention:   

John C. Kennedy

Lawrence G. Wee

Facsimile:    (212) 757-3990
E-mail:   

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

lwee@paulweiss.com

if to TPG, to:

 

TPG Global, LLC

301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300

Fort Worth, TX

USA 76102

Attention:    Ronald Cami
Facsimile:    (415) 743-1501
E-mail:    rcami@tpg.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attention:   

Alfred O. Rose

Julie H. Jones

Facsimile:    (617) 951-7050
E-mail:   

alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

julie.jones@ropesgray.com

if to Oaktree:

 

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.

333 South Grand Ave., 28th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention:    Kenneth Liang
Facsimile.:    (213) 830-6293
E-mail:    kliang@oaktreecapital.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York

USA 10022

Attention:   

George E.B. Maguire

Jasmine Ball

Facsimile:    (212) 909-6836
E-mail:   

gebmaguire@debevoise.com

jball@debevoise.com

 

12


if to JHI, to:

 

JHI Holdings Limited Partnership

c/o JHI Advisory Inc.

Suite 3260 - 666 Burrard Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V6C 2X8

Attention:    G. Gail Edwards
Facsimile:    (604) 648-6685
E-mail:    gedwards@jhinvest.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

1300 – 777 Dunsmuir Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V7Y 1K2

Attention:    Cameron Belsher
Facsimile:    (604) 622-5674
E-mail:    cbelsher@mccarthy.ca

Section 4.8 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY RELATED DISPUTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

Section 4.9 Jurisdiction . ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE PARTIES RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR (TO THE EXTENT SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION EXISTS THEREFORE) THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF BOTH SUCH COURTS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. ANY ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT ISSUED BY ONE OF THE FOREGOING COURTS MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY JURISDICTION.

Section 4.10 Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT SUCH PARTY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED

 

13


WITH THE DEALINGS OF ANY SHAREHOLDER OR THE GENERAL PARTNER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 4.10 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 4.10 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

Section 4.11 Specific Performance . It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them by this Agreement and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved party will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such party shall therefore be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such party may be entitled at law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

[Signature pages follow]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to U.S. Parent Governance Agreement]


TAYLOR MORRISON HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to U.S. Parent Governance Agreement]


TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:   Ronald Cami
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page to U.S. Parent Governance Agreement]


OCM TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to U.S. Parent Governance Agreement]


JHI HOLDING LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to U.S. Parent Governance Agreement]

Exhibit 10.22

 

 

 

CANADIAN PARENT GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION,

MONARCH COMMUNITIES INC.,

TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.,

OCM TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.

AND

JHI HOLDING LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

D ATED AS OF [                ], 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I DEFINITIONS

     2   

Section 1.1

    

Definitions

     2   

Section 1.2

    

Other Interpretive Provisions

     5   

Article II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     5   

Section 2.1

    

Existence; Authority; Enforceability

     5   

Section 2.2

    

Absence of Conflicts

     6   

Section 2.3

    

Consents

     6   

Article III GOVERNANCE

     6   

Section 3.1

    

The Canadian Parent Board

     6   

Section 3.2

    

Canadian Parent Activities; Approvals

     7   

Article IV GENERAL PROVISIONS

     9   

Section 4.1

    

Freedom to Pursue Opportunities

     9   

Section 4.2

    

Assignment; Benefit

     9   

Section 4.3

    

Termination

     9   

Section 4.4

    

Severability

     10   

Section 4.5

    

Entire Agreement; Amendment

     10   

Section 4.6

    

Counterparts

     10   

Section 4.7

    

Notices

     10   

Section 4.8

    

Governing Law

     13   

Section 4.9

    

Jurisdiction

     13   

Section 4.10

    

Waiver of Jury Trial

     14   

Section 4.11

    

Specific Performance

     14   

 

i


This CANADIAN PARENT GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [                    ], 2013, is made by and among:

i. Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”);

ii. Monarch Communities Inc., a British Columbia corporation (the “ Canadian Parent ”);

iii. TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ TPG ”);

iv. OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ Oaktree ”); and

v. JHI Holding Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership (together with its Affiliates, “ JHI ”).

For purposes of this Agreement, each of TPG and Oaktree is a “ Principal Sponsor ” and each of TPG, Oaktree and JHI is an “ Investor ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc., TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (the “ Partnership ”), the Canadian Parent and certain stockholders party thereto entered into a Governance Agreement (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Reorganization Agreement dated [                    ], 2013, the Company, the Partnership, the Investors and certain other Persons have effected a series of reorganization transactions (collectively, the “ Reorganization Transactions ”);

WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the Principal Sponsors own limited partnership interests in TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership (“ New TMM Units ”) and shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), which, subject to certain restrictions, are exchangeable from time to time at the option of the holder thereof for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ” and, together with the Class B Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) pursuant to an Exchange Agreement dated [                    ], 2013;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company has priced an initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “ IPO ”) pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement dated [                    ], 2013 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Partnership owns 100% of the equity interests in Canadian Parent and Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. Parent ”);

 

1


WHEREAS, the Prior Agreement is being terminated by the parties thereto as of the Closing; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the governance of the Canadian Parent.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person or (b) in the event that the specified Person is a natural Person, a Member of the Immediate Family of such Person; provided that the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent, Canadian Parent and each of their respective subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Affiliates of TPG, Oaktree or JHI. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Canadian Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Canadian Parent Board ” means the board of directors (or equivalent) of the Canadian Parent.

Class A Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class B Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Closing ” means the closing of the IPO.

Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

2


Company Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Company Shares ” means (i) all shares of Common Stock that are not then subject to vesting (including shares that were at one time subject to vesting to the extent they have vested), (ii) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any option, warrant or convertible security that are not then subject to vesting (including shares that were at one time subject to vesting to the extent they have vested) (without double counting shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon an exchange of shares of Class B Common Stock together with New TMM Units) and (iii) all shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of unit or stock dividend or unit or stock split, or in connection with a combination of units or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Company Stockholders Agreement ” means the Company Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto.

Debt Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Fund Indemnitors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals

JHI ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

JHI Designee ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Stockholders Agreement.

Loan Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Member of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any natural Person, (a) each parent, spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such Partner is legally separated) or child (including those adopted) of such individual and (b) each trustee, solely in his or her capacity as trustee and so long as such trustee is reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Parent, for a trust naming only one or more of the Persons listed in sub-clause (a) as beneficiaries.

Necessary Action ” shall mean, with respect to a specified result, all actions necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Company Shares, (ii) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and

 

3


amendments to the organizational documents of the Company, (iii) executing agreements and instruments, and (iv) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

Oaktree ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, association, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Principal Sponsor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Principal Sponsor Designee ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Stockholders Agreement.

Principal Sponsor Minimum ” means, with respect to a Principal Sponsor, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by such Principal Sponsor as of the closing of all of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and the Put/Call Agreement, or, if no such closing occurs prior to June 30, 2013, the Closing.

Purchase Consideration Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Put/Call Agreement ” means the Put/Call Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among TPG, Oaktree, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership and the Company.

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

Requisite Investor Approval ” means (a) for so long as each Principal Sponsor holds at least the Principal Sponsor Minimum, the approval of a majority of the Canadian Parent Board, including in each case at least one Principal Sponsor Designee of each Principal Sponsor; (b) to the extent only one Principal Sponsor holds the Principal Sponsor Minimum, the approval of a majority of the Canadian Parent Board, including in each case at least one Principal Sponsor Designee of such Principal Sponsor. At such time as neither Principal Sponsor holds at least the Principal Sponsor Minimum, any action requiring “Requisite Investor Approval” shall be determined by Canadian Parent or the Canadian Parent Board in accordance with applicable law.

Sale Consideration Threshold ” means an amount equal to $50.0 million.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

4


TPG ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Underwriting Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

U.S. Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

U.S. Parent Governance Agreement ” means the U.S. Parent Governance Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Partnership, U.S. Parent and the other parties thereto.

Section 1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions . (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “ hereof ”, “ herein ”, “ hereunder ” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and any subsection and section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The term “ including ” is not limiting and means “ including without limitation .”

(d) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(e) Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby represents and warrants to each other party to this Agreement that as of the date such party executes this Agreement:

Section 2.1 Existence; Authority; Enforceability . Such party has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. Such party is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary action on the part of its board of directors (or equivalent) and shareholders (or other holders of equity interests), if required, and no other act or proceeding on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

5


Section 2.2 Absence of Conflicts . The execution and delivery by such party of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and will not (a) conflict with, or result in the breach of any provision of the constitutive documents of such party, (b) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or an event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or an event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any contract, agreement or permit to which such party is a party or by which such party’s assets or operations are bound or affected, or (c) violate any law applicable to such party.

Section 2.3 Consents . Other than as expressly required herein or any consents which have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein.

ARTICLE III

GOVERNANCE

Section 3.1 The Canadian Parent Board .

(a) Composition of the Canadian Parent Board . The Company and Canadian Parent shall take all Necessary Action to cause the composition of the Canadian Parent Board to be identical at all times to the composition of the Company Board; provided , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.1(a), in the event that a Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee is not elected to the Company Board at the applicable annual or special meeting of the shareholders at which such nominee is up for election (or re-election) to the Company Board, the Company and Canadian Parent shall take all Necessary Action to cause such Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee to be appointed or elected to the Canadian Parent Board; provided , further , that the Company shall take all Necessary Action to fill any vacancy caused by the removal or resignation of any such Principal Sponsor Designee or JHI Designee with a replacement director designated by the applicable Principal Sponsor or JHI, as applicable, unless the election or appointment of such a replacement would result in a number of directors designated by such Investor in excess of the number of directors that such Investor is then entitled to designate for election pursuant to Section 3.1(b) or Section 3.1(c) of the Company Stockholders Agreement, as applicable.

(b) Composition of Canadian Parent Board Committees . The Company and Canadian Parent shall take all Necessary Action to cause there to be an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee of the Canadian Parent Board in addition to such other committees of the Canadian Parent Board as the Canadian Parent Board determines. Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations, each Principal Sponsor shall have the right to have a representative appointed to serve on each committee of the

 

6


Canadian Parent Board for so long as such Principal Sponsor shall have the right to designate at least one (1) director for election to the Company Board. Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations and for so long as such Principal Sponsor shall have the right to designate at least one (1) director for election to the Company Board, each Principal Sponsor shall have the right to have a representative appointed as an observer to any committee of the Canadian Parent Board to which such Principal Sponsor (i) does not elect to have a representative appointed or (ii) is prohibited by applicable laws or stock exchange regulations from having a representative appointed.

(c) Reimbursement of Expenses . Canadian Parent shall, and shall cause each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries to, reimburse their directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their participation in the meetings of the Canadian Parent Board or any committees thereof, including reasonable travel, lodging and meal expenses.

(d) D&O Insurance; Indemnification Priority . Canadian Parent shall obtain customary director and officer indemnity insurance on commercially reasonable terms. The Company and Canadian Parent hereby acknowledge that any director, officer or other indemnified person covered by any such indemnity insurance policy (any such Person, an “ Indemnitee ”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by TPG, Oaktree or one or more of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company and Canadian Parent hereby (i) agree that the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent and their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries shall be the indemnitors of first resort (i.e., their respective obligations to an Indemnitee shall be primary and any obligation of any Fund Indemnitor to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee shall be secondary) and the obligation of the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent and their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries to indemnify and advance expenses to an Indemnitee shall be joint and several, and (ii) irrevocably waive, relinquish and release the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company and Canadian Parent further agree that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of an Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company or Canadian Parent, as the case may be, shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or to be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnitee against the Company and Canadian Parent as the case may be.

Section 3.2 Canadian Parent Activities; Approvals .

(a) Canadian Parent shall not take, and shall cause each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries not to take, any of the following actions without prior Requisite Investor Approval:

 

  i.

Any transaction or series of related transactions (i) in which any Person or Persons (other than TPG, Oaktree, the Partnership or the Company) acquires in excess of 50% of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of Canadian Parent (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of

 

7


  partnership interests, tender offer, exchange offer, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or (ii) following which any Person or Persons (other than TPG, Oaktree, the Partnership or the Company) have the direct or indirect power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or equivalent) of Canadian Parent;

 

  ii. Any transaction or series of related transactions involving the sale, lease, exchange or other disposal by Canadian Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries of any of their respective assets for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Canadian Parent Board) in excess of the Sale Consideration Threshold, other than intercompany transactions between and among direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Partnership;

 

  iii. Any transaction or series of related transactions involving the purchase, rent, license, exchange or other acquisition by Canadian Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries of any assets (including securities) for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Canadian Parent Board) in excess of the Purchase Consideration Threshold, other than intercompany transactions between and among direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Partnership;

 

  iv. The hiring or termination of the chief executive officer of Canadian Parent;

 

  v. (A) any incurrence of indebtedness by Canadian Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries if, after taking into account the incurrence of such indebtedness, the aggregate outstanding indebtedness of Canadian Parent and its direct and indirect subsidiaries would exceed the Debt Threshold, or (B) the making of any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person (other than Canadian Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) by Canadian Parent or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries in excess of the Loan Threshold; and

 

  vi. Any change in the composition of the Canadian Parent Board other than in accordance with Section 3.1(a).

Each of TPG and Oaktree acknowledges and agrees that Requisite Investor Approval has been obtained with respect to all actions taken and transactions undertaken in connection with the IPO.

 

8


ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 4.1 Freedom to Pursue Opportunities . The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that: (i) each Investor, each Representative of an Investor and each director or officer of the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries that is an Affiliate of an Investor (each, an “ Investor Designee ”) has the right to, and has no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, (x) directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries, including those deemed to be competing with the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries, or (y) directly or indirectly do business with any client, customer or supplier of the Company, the Partnership or any of their respective subsidiaries; and (ii) in the event that any Investor, any Representative of an Investor or any Investor Designee acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries, such Investor, Representative, or Investor Designee shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent or any of their respective Affiliates, subsidiaries, stockholders or other equity holders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Investor, Representative or Investor Designee, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Company, the Partnership, Canadian Parent or any of their respective subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 4.1 shall have independent effect with respect to, and shall not be construed as being in lieu of or otherwise limiting, any separate obligations of any Person under any agreement between such Person and Canadian Parent and/or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof, including any agreement related to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality or other restrictions on the activities or operations of such Person.

Section 4.2 Assignment; Benefit .

(a) The rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided that each of TPG and Oaktree may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its respective Affiliates without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Section 4.2 shall be null and void.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and there shall be no third-party beneficiaries to this Agreement other than the Indemnitees and the Fund Indemnitors under Section 3.1(l) and the Investors, their Representatives and the Investor Designees under Section 4.1.

Section 4.3 Termination . If not otherwise stipulated, this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) as to each Investor as of the later of (i) when such Investor no longer owns any shares of Common Stock, or (ii) when such Investor no longer has the right to nominate any directors to the Company Board pursuant to Article III hereof.

 

9


Section 4.4 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable such provision shall be construed by limiting it so as to be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent provided by law and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 4.5 Entire Agreement; Amendment .

(a) This Agreement (together with the Company Stockholders Agreement and the U.S. Parent Governance Agreement) sets forth the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case written or oral, of any kind and every nature with respect hereto. Except as set forth above, there are no other agreements with respect to the governance of Canadian Parent among the Company, Canadian Parent, TPG, Oaktree and JHI. This Agreement or any provision hereof may only be amended, modified or waived, in whole or in part, at any time by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Principal Sponsors as to which this Agreement has not terminated; provided that the prior written consent of any Investor shall be required for any amendment, modification or waiver that would have a disproportionate and adverse effect in any material respect on the rights of such Investor relative to the other Investors.

(b) No waiver of any breach of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is expressly made in writing and executed and delivered by the party against whom such waiver is claimed. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

Section 4.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or electronic delivery ( i.e ., by email of a PDF signature page) and each such counterpart signature page will constitute an original for all purposes.

Section 4.7 Notices . Unless otherwise specified herein, all notices, consents, approvals, reports, designations, requests, waivers, elections and other communications authorized or required to be

 

10


given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given, made or delivered by personal hand-delivery, by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail, by mailing the same in a sealed envelope, registered first-class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly given, made or delivered (a) on the date received, if delivered by personal hand delivery, (b) on the date received, if delivered by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail or by registered first-class mail prior to 5:00 p.m. prevailing local time on a Business Day, or if delivered after 5:00 p.m. prevailing local time on a Business Day or on other than a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter and (c) two (2) Business Days after being sent by air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery), at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be specified by like notice):

if to the Company to:

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251
Attention:    Darrell Sherman,
   Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

USA 10019-6064

Attention:   

John C. Kennedy

Lawrence G. Wee

Facsimile:    (212) 757-3990
E-mail:   

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

lwee@paulweiss.com

if to Canadian Parent to:

 

Monarch Communities Inc.

c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

4900 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

Attention:   

Darrell Sherman,

Vice President and General Counsel

Facsimile:    (866) 390-2612
E-mail:    dsherman@taylormorrison.com

 

11


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

USA 10019-6064

Attention:   

John C. Kennedy

Lawrence G. Wee

Facsimile:    (212) 757-3990
E-mail:   

jkennedy@paulweiss.com

lwee@paulweiss.com

if to TPG, to:

 

TPG Global, LLC 301

Commerce Street, Suite 3300

Fort Worth, TX USA 76102

Attention:    Ronald Cami
Facsimile:    (415) 743-1501
E-mail:    rcami@tpg.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts

USA 02199

Attention:   

Alfred O. Rose

Julie H. Jones

Facsimile:    (617) 951-7050
E-mail:   

alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

julie.jones@ropesgray.com

if to Oaktree:

 

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.

333 South Grand Ave., 28th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention:    Kenneth Liang
Facsimile.:    (213) 830-6293
E-mail:    kliang@oaktreecapital.com

 

12


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York

USA 10022

Attention:   

George E.B. Maguire

Jasmine Ball

Facsimile:    (212) 909-6836
E-mail:   

gebmaguire@debevoise.com

jball@debevoise.com

if to JHI, to:

 

JHI Holdings Limited Partnership

c/o JHI Advisory Inc.

Suite 3260 - 666 Burrard Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V6C 2X8

Attention:    G. Gail Edwards
Facsimile:    (604) 648-6685
E-mail:    gedwards@jhinvest.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

1300 – 777 Dunsmuir Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V7Y 1K2

Attention:    Cameron Belsher
Facsimile:    (604) 622-5674
E-mail:    cbelsher@mccarthy.ca

Section 4.8 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY RELATED DISPUTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

Section 4.9 Jurisdiction . ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE PARTIES RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR (TO THE EXTENT SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION EXISTS THEREFORE) THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF BOTH SUCH COURTS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. ANY ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT ISSUED BY ONE OF THE FOREGOING COURTS MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY JURISDICTION.

 

13


Section 4.10 Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT SUCH PARTY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE DEALINGS OF ANY SHAREHOLDER OR THE GENERAL PARTNER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 4.10 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 4.10 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

Section 4.11 Specific Performance . It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them by this Agreement and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved party will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such party shall therefore be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such party may be entitled at law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

[Signature pages follow]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Canadian Parent Governance Agreement]


MONARCH COMMUNITIES INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Canadian Parent Governance Agreement]


TPG TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:   Ronald Cami
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Canadian Parent Governance Agreement]


OCM TMM HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Canadian Parent Governance Agreement]


JHI HOLDING LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Canadian Parent Governance Agreement]

Exhibit 10.23

TMM HOLDINGS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

2013 COMMON UNIT PLAN

Effective as of [ ] , 2013

WHEREAS, the general partner of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized under the laws of British Columbia (“ TMM ”), adopted the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Management Incentive Plan (the “ TMM Plan ”) as of December 15, 2011;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the TMM Plan, as amended, Class M-O Units, Class M-O2 Units, Class M-T Units and Class M-T2 Units of TMM subject to time-based vesting (collectively, the “ TMM Time-Based M Units ”) were issued to eligible service providers;

WHEREAS, TMM, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ New TMM Cayman ” or the “ Partnership ”), and certain other parties entered into a Reorganization Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2013 (as amended from time to time, the “ Reorganization Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, participants in the TMM Plan have agreed to contribute their TMM Time-Based M Units to New TMM Cayman in exchange for Common Units of New TMM Cayman (“ Common Units ”); and

WHEREAS, such Common Units shall be governed by this TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership 2013 Common Unit Plan, the applicable Common Unit Agreement (defined below) and the Limited Partnership Agreement (as defined in Exhibit A ).

NOW, therefore, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Exhibit A , which is incorporated by reference, defines the terms used in the Plan and sets forth certain operational rules related to those terms. Any capitalized terms not defined in the Plan shall have the meanings set forth in the Limited Partnership Agreement.

2. Purpose . The Plan has been established to govern the Common Units that are being issued to holders of TMM Time-Based M Units in exchange for such TMM Time-Based M Units in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Reorganization Agreement.

3. Administration . The Administrator shall administer the Plan, and shall, with respect to the subject matter herein, have discretionary authority to administer and interpret this Plan; determine, modify or waive the terms and conditions of any Award; prescribe forms, rules and procedures; determine whether to offer to purchase a previously awarded Common Unit and determine the terms and conditions of such offer including whether such payment is to be made in cash or other property and otherwise do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan and any Common Unit Agreement (defined below). All determinations of the Administrator made under the Plan and any Common Unit Agreement will be conclusive and will bind all parties.


4. Maximum Number of Units Subject to Plan . A maximum number of [ ] Common Units will be available for grant under the Plan and all such units shall be issued in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement. Upon the grant of the maximum number of Common Units available under the Plan, no further Common Units will be granted to any Participants.

5. Eligibility and Participation . The Participants shall be those key employees and directors of the Partnership or its Affiliates who are contributing TMM Time-Based M Units previously granted under the TMM Plan pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement.

6. Rules Applicable To Awards .

(a) Award Provisions . The material terms of all Awards shall be the same as those terms governing the corresponding TMM Time-Based M Units which are being exchanged for the Common Units (as described above), subject to the limitations provided herein, and shall furnish to each Participant the TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership Common Unit Rollover Agreement (the “ Common Unit Agreement ”) setting forth the specific terms applicable to the Participant’s Award. By entering into the Common Unit Agreement, the Participant agrees to the terms of the Award and of the Plan.

(b) Vesting, Etc . A Participant’s Common Units will vest on the terms and conditions set forth in such Participant’s Common Unit Agreement which shall be the same vesting terms as those terms governing the corresponding TMM Time-Based M Units which are being exchanged for the Common Units.

(c) Taxes . The Administrator will make such provision for the withholding of taxes as it deems necessary. Each Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer agrees that, within thirty days of the date of grant of the Award, the Participant will make an “83(b) Election” by filing with the appropriate office or offices of the Internal Revenue Service and provide a copy of such election to the Administrator. Each Participant shall be responsible for satisfying and paying all taxes arising from or due in connection with respect the receipt of Common Units under this Plan. The Partnership and its Affiliates shall have no liability or obligation related to the two sentences immediately preceding this one.

7. Rights Limited . Nothing in the Plan will be construed as giving any Person the right to continued Employment. A Participant’s rights as a Partner of the Partnership will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Common Unit Plan, the Common Unit Agreement and the Limited Partnership Agreement. The loss of potential appreciation in Awards will not constitute an element of damages in the event of termination of Employment for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries to the Participant.

8. Section 409A . Each Award shall contain such terms as the Administrator determines, and shall be construed and administered, such that the Award either (i) qualifies for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A to the extent applicable, or (ii) satisfies such requirements. In on event, however, shall the Administrator or any person acting through them have any liability to the Participant with respect to the sentence immediately preceding this one.

 

-2-


9. Redemption Right; Forfeiture .

(a) Termination of Employment .

(1) Unvested Common Units . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Participant shall immediately forfeit without payment any unvested Common Units held by the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee upon the termination of the Participant’s status as an Employee for any reason.

(2) Termination for Cause . Upon the termination of a Participant’s Employment by his or her Employer for Cause, the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee shall immediately forfeit without payment all vested and unvested Common Units and/or rights to undistributed property held for distribution in respect of unvested Common Units upon their vesting. In addition, until July 13, 2016, the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee will be required to pay to the Partnership within 30 business days following the termination of the Participant’s Employment for Cause an amount equal to the amount that the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee received as Distributions in respect of his or her vested Common Units in the one-year period prior to such termination.

(3) Termination Other than for Cause. Upon the termination of the Participant’s Employment by his or her Employer for any reason other than for Cause or by the Participant voluntarily (including by reason of the Participant’s death, disability or Retirement), the Partnership may elect within one hundred eighty days (180) days following the later to occur of (x) such termination or (y) the date that is six (6) months plus one (1) day following the latest date on which any of the Participant’s Common Units vested, to repurchase vested Common Units granted to the Participant (whether or not held by the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee) for cash at their Fair Value determined on the date that notice of the repurchase is provided to the Participant. In addition, with respect to any Participant subject to Restrictive Covenants, in the event that the Participant commences employment or a service relationship with a competitor (as defined in the Restrictive Covenants), other than any Affiliate of the Partnership, that is not in violation of the Restrictive Covenants, the Partnership may, within one hundred eighty (180) days following the latest to occur of (a) the date on which the Partnership obtained actual knowledge of such employee or service relationship or (b) the date that is six (6) months plus one (1) day following the latest date on which any of the Participant’s Common Units vested, repurchase vested Common Units granted to the Participant (whether or not held by the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee) for cash at their Fair Value determined on the date that notice of the repurchase is provided to the Participant. Such repurchase shall be closed promptly after the Partnership provides written notice of its desire to repurchase such Common Units. The Participant agrees at any time after the granting of a Common Unit to execute, and to cause any Permitted Transferee to execute, any documents (including a power of attorney) determined by the Administrator in good faith to be necessary or appropriate to give effect to the Partnership’s repurchase right. If the Partnership finances its repurchase from funds of a Subsidiary that is prohibited under any financing agreement from paying the repurchase price in a cash lump sum, the Partnership may delay the exercise of its right to repurchase

 

-3-


the Common Units until a period beginning on the date on which the Subsidiary is permitted to finance the repurchase of Common Units and ending ninety (90) days thereafter. For avoidance of doubt, the Fair Value of the Common Units purchased following a delay shall be determined on the date of the notice provided following such delay.

(4) Violation of Restrictive Covenants . With respect to any Participant subject to Restrictive Covenants, if a Participant’s Employment is terminated by his or her Employer for any reason or if a Participant resigns his or her Employment for any reason and, in either case, within eighteen (18) months of such termination or resignation, such Participant violates any Restrictive Covenants, the Common Units held by the Participant (or his or her Permitted Transferee) will be immediately and automatically forfeited without payment and such Participant shall be liable to the Partnership for actual damages suffered by the Partnership and/or its Subsidiaries by reason of such Participant’s violation of any Restrictive Covenants, to the extent provided in the Restrictive Covenants. Furthermore, with respect to vested Common Units, until July 13, 2016, the Participant will be required to pay to the Partnership within 30 business days following the commencement of the action causing the violation of the Restrictive Covenants an amount equal to the amount that the Participant and/or his or her Permitted Transferee received as Distributions in respect of his or her vested Common Units in the one-year period prior to such termination. The Participant (and his or her Permitted Transferee) hereby agree to execute any documents (including a power of attorney) determined by the Administrator in good faith to be necessary or appropriate to give effect to the Partnership’s rights. For clarity, Section 1 of the Restrictive Covenants shall not apply in the event that the Employee is terminated by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause or terminates his or her Employment for Good Reason, except during any period in which the Employee is receiving severance payments from the Company.

10. Rights and Obligations as a Partner . Once a Common Unit is granted, the Participant shall have rights provided for under the Limited Partnership Agreement; provided , however , that (i) until all of the restrictions imposed hereunder or under the Common Unit Agreement expire or shall have been removed, the Participant’s interest in such Common Units shall be subject to forfeiture as provided herein and in the Common Unit Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Common Units shall not be entitled to vote on any matter submitted to a vote of the Partners of the Partnership. As a condition to receiving a Common Unit, the Participant will be required to sign such documents as may be prescribed by the Administrator.

11. Distributions . Each Participant holding Common Units shall receive cash Distributions in respect of his or her Common Units in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Partnership Agreement.

12. Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time or times amend the Plan for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law and may at any time terminate the Plan as to any future grants of Awards; provided , that except as otherwise expressly provided in the Common Unit Plan the Administrator may not, without the Participant’s consent, alter the terms of an Award so as to affect adversely the Participant’s rights under the Award in any

 

-4-


material respect, except to the extent the Administrator expressly reserved the right to do so in this Common Unit Plan or the applicable Common Unit Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, an adjustment to Common Units as provided in Section [ ] of the Limited Partnership Agreement shall not be treated as an amendment requiring the Participant’s consent. The Common Unit Plan shall terminate on the ten (10) year anniversary of the Effective Date, though any Common Units issued at such time will remain outstanding beyond such date in accordance with their terms.

13. Other Compensation Arrangements . The existence of the Common Unit Plan or the grant of any Award will not in any way affect the right of the Partnership or an Affiliate to award a Person bonuses or other compensation in addition to Awards under the Plan.

14. Investment Intent . The Partnership may require a Participant, as a condition of the grant or issuance of any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Partnership as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Partnership who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of acquiring the Common Units; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Partnership stating that the Participant is acquiring the Common Units subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Units. The Partnership may, upon advice of counsel to the Partnership, place legends on certificates (or such other appropriate documents) evidencing Common Units issued under this Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable law or the Limited Partnership Agreement, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Units.

15. Miscellaneous .

(a) Conditions to Ownership of Common Units . The Partnership shall not be required to issue any Common Units upon the grant of any Award or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (i) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Common Units under any state or federal law, or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body which the General Partner shall, in its reasonable discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (ii) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the General Partner shall, in its reasonable discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (iii) the receipt by the Partnership of any other document or agreement required by the General Partner in connection with the grant of an Award.

(b) Non-Transferability of Awards . Common Units may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than as permitted pursuant to the terms of the Limited Partnership Agreement. Any Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Common Unit Plan, the applicable Common Unit Agreement and the Limited Partnership Agreement. Any such purported disposition in violation of this Section 15(b) shall be void and unenforceable against the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries. In no event will transfers be permitted to the extent that such transfers could result in the Partnership being treated as a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

-5-


(C) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BY ACCEPTING AN AWARD UNDER THE COMMON UNIT PLAN, EACH PARTICIPANT WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM CONCERNING ANY RIGHTS UNDER THE COMMON UNIT PLAN AND ANY AWARD, OR UNDER ANY AMENDMENT, WAIVER, CONSENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR OTHER AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH IN THE FUTURE MAY BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, PROCEEDINGS OR COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY. BY ACCEPTING AN AWARD UNDER THE COMMON UNIT PLAN, EACH PARTICIPANT CERTIFIES THAT NO OFFICER, REPRESENTATIVE, OR ATTORNEY OF THE PARTNERSHIP OR ANY AFFILIATE HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE PARTNERSHIP WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS.

(d) Limitation of Liability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Common Unit Plan, neither the Partnership nor the Administrator, nor any Person acting on behalf of the Partnership or the Administrator, shall be liable to any Participant or to the estate or beneficiary of any Participant by reason of any acceleration of income, or any additional tax, asserted by reason of the failure of an Award to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A or by reason of Section 4999 of the Code.

(e) Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the members, partners, officers, employees and agents of the Administrator shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to this Common Unit Plan. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Partnership may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

16. Governing Law . Except as otherwise provided by the express terms of the Common Unit Agreement, the provisions of the Common Unit Plan and of Awards under the Common Unit Plan shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Delaware, except that compliance with the Restrictive Covenants shall be governed by the laws of the state or province in which the Participant resides.

17. Entire Agreement . This Common Unit Plan, the Common Unit Agreement and the Limited Partnership Agreement constitute the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof; provided that in the event of any inconsistency between this Common Unit Plan and the Common Unit Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Common Unit Plan shall control. In the event of any inconsistency between the Limited Partnership Agreement and the Common Unit Plan or the Common Unit Agreement, the Limited Partnership Agreement shall

 

-6-


control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any agreement, all parties hereto agree that any holder of a Common Unit shall be treated as a partner of the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

18. TPG Cayman / Oaktree Cayman . For the avoidance of doubt, the Common Unit Plan and any Common Unit Agreement shall not apply with respect to any vested or unvested Common Units received in exchange for Class M-O Units, Class M-O2 Units, Class M-T Units and Class M-T2 Units of TMM that are subject to performance-based vesting, which vested or unvested Common Units will be then exchanged for Class M-T Units or Class M-T2 Units of TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. subject to the TPG TMM Holdings II, L.P. 2013 Class M Unit Plan, or Class M-O Units or Class M-O2 Units of OCM TMM Holdings II, L.P. subject to the OCM TMM Holdings II L.P. 2013 Class M Unit Plan.

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

Definitions of Terms

The following terms, when used in the Plan, will have the meanings and be subject to the provisions set forth below:

Administrator ” means the General Partner. The Administrator may delegate his authority to a Committee and delegate administrative tasks to such Persons as it deems appropriate.

Award ” means an award of Common Units under the Common Unit Plan.

Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following by the Participant: (i) Participant is convicted of, pleads guilty to, or confesses to any felony or any act of fraud, theft, misappropriation or embezzlement; (ii) any act or omission by Participant involving malfeasance, gross negligence, or intentional failure in the performance of Participant’s duties to the Company and, within five (5) days after written notice from the Company of any such act or omission, Participant has not corrected such act or omission; or (iii) Participant otherwise fails to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” means, for the purposes of this Plan such committee that the General Partner, in consultation with the boards of the Employers of the Participants has, from time to time, made responsible for matters relating to this Common Unit Plan.

Common Unit ” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Partnership Agreement.

Distribution ” means cash or property (net of liabilities assumed or to which the property is subject) distributed to a Partner in respect of the Partner’s Interest and does not include advisory fees, compensation or expense reimbursements paid to a holder of Common Units or his or her Affiliates.

Effective Date ” means the date of adoption of this Common Unit Plan by the General Partner.

Employ ” or “ Employment ” means a Participant’s active employment or other service relationship with a Subsidiary of the Partnership. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise: (1) a Participant who receives an Award in respect of his or her active employment with a Subsidiary will be deemed to cease Employment when the employee-employer relationship with the Subsidiary ceases; (2) a Participant who receives an Award in any other capacity will be deemed to continue Employment so long as the Participant is providing services in a capacity and to an entity described in Section 5; and (3) if a Participant’s relationship is solely with an entity that ceases to be an Affiliate, the Participant will be deemed to cease Employment when the entity ceases to be an Affiliate unless the Participant transfers Employment to a remaining Affiliate. In any case in which payment under an Award is deemed or determined to consist of “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code is intended to satisfy


Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code by reason of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code (pertaining to distributions in connection with a separation from service), any provision of the Award providing for payment upon a cessation of Employment shall be deemed modified (including by limiting the definition of “Affiliate” for purposes of this definition of “Employment” to those corporations or other entities that stand in a relationship to the Partnership that would result in the Partnership and such corporation or other entity being treated as part of a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code) to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Employee ” means any Person who is actively Employed by any Subsidiary of the Partnership.

Employer ” means the Subsidiary of the Partnership that Employs the Participant.

Fair Value ” means, unless otherwise defined in the Common Unit Agreement, the fair market value of a Common Unit as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Administrator, determined in accordance with the Limited Partnership Agreement.

Interest ” means, with respect to any Partner as of any time, such Partner’s limited partnership interest in the Partnership, which includes the number of Common Units such Partner holds and such Partner’s Capital Account balance.

Limited Partnership Agreement ” means the agreement of exempted limited partnership of TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership dated as of [ ], 2013, as amended from time to time.

Participant ” means a Person who is granted an Award under the Common Unit Plan.

Plan ” or “ Common Unit Plan ” means the TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership 2013 Management Incentive Plan, as from time to time amended and in effect.

Restrictive Covenants ” means, with respect to each Participant, any of the restrictive covenants as defined in the Common Unit Agreement.

Retirement ” means a voluntary termination of Participant’s Employment upon or following the attainment of age 55 and the completion of at least five years of Employment with the Employer, which termination is consented to by the Employer, in its sole discretion.

Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code.

 

-2-

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement No. 333-185269 of our report dated March 4, 2013, relating to the financial statements of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that the financial information of the predecessor and successor periods is not comparable, and our report dated March 4, 2013, relating to the balance sheet of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

LOGO

Phoenix, Arizona

April 3, 2013